syncing docs from 3.0 tree (thanks jelmer).

author: Gerald Carter <jerry@samba.org> 2003-08-15 19:32:45 +0000
committer: Gerald Carter <jerry@samba.org> 2003-08-15 19:32:45 +0000
commit: 603b66d22d486c254b0b710165e952f77e57c594 (patch)
tree: b95a7785ffd62a6367645ed7b95356204f534317
parent: c62c8711be1f839b9ec91fbd93c1e76090763349 (diff)
download: samba-603b66d22d486c254b0b710165e952f77e57c594.tar.gz
139 files changed, 6954 insertions, 8609 deletions
diff --git a/docs/docbook/Makefile.in b/docs/docbook/Makefile.in
index ba3d0845ef8..e8495073f9c 100644
--- a/docs/docbook/Makefile.in
+++ b/docs/docbook/Makefile.in
@@ -1,16 +1,14 @@
 #################################################################
 # Makefile.in for Samba Documentation
 # Authors:	James Moore <jmoore@php.net>
-# 			Gerald Carter <jerry@samba.org>
-# 			Jelmer Vernooij <jelmer@samba.org>
+# 		Gerald Carter <jerry@samba.org>
+# 		Jelmer Vernooij <jelmer@samba.org>
 #
 # Please see http://www.samba.org/samba/cvs.html
 # for information on getting the latest  
 # source and documentation source files.  
 #
-
-# Autoconf Variables
-
+#
 MANPAGES_NAMES=findsmb.1 smbclient.1 \
 	smbspool.8 lmhosts.5 \
 	smbcontrol.1 smbstatus.1 \
@@ -28,19 +26,17 @@ MANPAGES_NAMES=findsmb.1 smbclient.1 \
 ## This part contains only rules. You shouldn't need to change it 
 ## if you are adding docs
 
-XSLTPROC = @XSLTPROC@
-PDFLATEX = @PDFLATEX@
-LATEX = @LATEX@
+TEXSTYLESHEET = @TEXSTYLESHEET@
+XSLTPROC = @XSLTPROC@ @PAPERSIZE@ --stringparam samba-book 1 --stringparam duplicate_ulinks "@DUPLICATE_ULINKS@" @FONTSIZE@ @CROP@
 DVIPS = @DVIPS@
-HTMLDOC = @HTMLDOC@
 PNGTOPNM = @PNGTOPNM@
 PNMTOPS = @PNMTOPS@
 XMLTO = @XMLTO@
 SRCDIR = @srcdir@
 MANDIR=../manpages
-HTMLDIR=../htmldocs
 MANPROJDOC = manpages
 PROJDOC = projdoc
+MAKEINDEX = @MAKEINDEX@
 IMAGEPROJDIR = $(PROJDOC)/imagefiles
 DEVDOC = devdoc
 SMBDOTCONFDOC = smbdotconf
@@ -50,22 +46,26 @@ DVIDIR = ..
 TXTDIR = ../textdocs
 FAQPROJDOC = faq
 FAQDIR = ../faq
+HTMLDIR=../htmldocs
+PDFLATEX = TEXINPUTS=xslt/latex:.: @PDFLATEX@ --interaction nonstopmode
+LATEX = TEXINPUTS=xslt/latex:.: @LATEX@ --interaction nonstopmode
 
 MANPAGES=$(patsubst %,$(MANDIR)/%,$(MANPAGES_NAMES))
 MANPAGES_HTML=$(patsubst %,$(HTMLDIR)/%.html,$(MANPAGES_NAMES))
 
 PROJDOC_IMAGES_PNG = $(wildcard $(IMAGEPROJDIR)/*.png)
 PROJDOC_IMAGES_EPS=$(patsubst %.png,%.eps,$(wildcard $(IMAGEPROJDIR)/*.png))
-PROJDOC_DEPS = $(PROJDOC)/*.xml $(PROJDOC)/attributions.xml
+PROJDOC_DEPS = $(PROJDOC)/*.xml $(PROJDOC)/attributions.xml $(MANPROJDOC)/*.xml $(SMBDOTCONFDOC)/smb.conf.5.xml $(SMBDOTCONFDOC)/parameters.all.xml $(SMBDOTCONFDOC)/parameters.global.xml $(SMBDOTCONFDOC)/parameters.service.xml 
 DEVDOC_DEPS = $(DEVDOC)/*.xml $(DEVDOC)/attributions.xml
 
 all: 
 	@echo "Supported make targets:"
+	@echo "pdf - Build PDF version of book"
+	@echo "tex - Build Latex version of book"
+	@echo "dvi - Build Device Independant File of book"
+	@echo "ps - Build PostScript version of book"
+	@echo "everything - Build all of the above"
 	@echo "manpages - Build manpages"
-	@echo "pdf - Build PDF version of HOWTO Collection and Developers Guide"
-	@echo "tex - Build Latex version of HOWTO Collection and Developers Guide"
-	@echo "dvi - Build Device Independant Files of HOWTO Collection and Developers Guide"
-	@echo "ps - Build PostScript version of HOWTO Collection and Developers Guide"
 	@echo "txt - Build plain text version of HOWTO Collection and Developers Guide"
 	@echo -n "html-single - Build single file HTML version of HOWTO Collection"
 	@echo " and developers guide"
@@ -79,106 +79,92 @@ everything: manpages pdf html-single html htmlman htmlfaq txt ps
 
 # Global rules
 
-manpages: $(MANDIR) $(MANPAGES)
-tex: samba-doc.tex dev-doc.tex
 pdf: $(PDFDIR) $(PDFDIR)/Samba-HOWTO-Collection.pdf $(PDFDIR)/Samba-Developers-Guide.pdf
 dvi: $(DVIDIR) $(DVIDIR)/Samba-HOWTO-Collection.dvi $(DVIDIR)/Samba-Developers-Guide.dvi
 ps: $(PSDIR) $(PSDIR)/Samba-HOWTO-Collection.ps $(PSDIR)/Samba-Developers-Guide.ps
-hpdf: $(PDFDIR) $(PDFDIR)/Samba-HOWTO-Collection.pdf
 txt: $(TXTDIR) $(TXTDIR)/Samba-HOWTO-Collection.txt $(TXTDIR)/Samba-Developers-Guide.txt
 htmlman: $(HTMLDIR) $(MANPAGES_HTML) CSS
 htmlfaq: $(HTMLDIR) CSS
-	@$(XSLTPROC) --stringparam base.dir "$(FAQDIR)/" --stringparam root.filename samba-faq xslt/html-chunk.xsl $(FAQPROJDOC)/sambafaq.xml
+	$(XSLTPROC) --stringparam base.dir "$(FAQDIR)/" --stringparam root.filename samba-faq xslt/html-chunk.xsl $(FAQPROJDOC)/sambafaq.xml
 html-single: $(HTMLDIR) CSS $(HTMLDIR)/Samba-HOWTO-Collection.html  $(HTMLDIR)/Samba-Developers-Guide.html
-html: $(HTMLDIR) CSS $(PROJDOC_DEPS)
-	@$(XSLTPROC) xslt/html-chunk.xsl $(PROJDOC)/samba-doc.xml
+html: $(HTMLDIR) CSS Samba-HOWTO-Collection.xml
+	$(XSLTPROC) -o $(HTMLDIR) xslt/html-chunk.xsl Samba-HOWTO-Collection.xml
+manpages: $(MANDIR) $(MANPAGES)
+tex: Samba-HOWTO-Collection.tex Samba-Developers-Guide.tex
+
+Samba-HOWTO-Collection.xml: $(PROJDOC)/samba-doc.xml $(PROJDOC_DEPS)
+	$(XSLTPROC) --xinclude --output $@ xslt/expand-sambadoc.xsl $<
+
+Samba-Developers-Guide.xml: $(DEVDOC)/dev-doc.xml $(DEVDOC_DEPS)
+	$(XSLTPROC) --xinclude --output $@ xslt/expand-sambadoc.xsl $<
+
+$(PROJDOC)/attributions.xml: $(PROJDOC)/samba-doc.xml
+	@echo > $@ # Make sure we don't get recursive dependencies, etc!
+	$(XSLTPROC) --output $@ xslt/generate-attributions.xsl $<
+
+$(DEVDOC)/attributions.xml: $(DEVDOC)/dev-doc.xml
+	@echo > $@ # Make sure we don't get recursive dependencies, etc!
+	$(XSLTPROC) --output $@ xslt/generate-attributions.xsl $<
+
+clean: 
+	@rm -f *.xml $(MANPAGES) $(TXTDIR)/*.txt $(PSDIR)/*.ps $(PDFDIR)/*.pdf 
+	@rm -f $(SMBDOTCONFDOC)/parameters.*.xml $(DVIDIR)/*.dvi
+	@rm -f samba-doc.* dev-doc.* $(PROJDOC)/attributions.xml $(DEVDOC)/attributions.xml
+	@rm -f $(IMAGEPROJDIR)/*.eps $(MANPROJDOC)/smb.conf.5.xml
 
 # Text files
 $(TXTDIR):
 	mkdir $(TXTDIR)
 
-$(TXTDIR)/Samba-HOWTO-Collection.txt: $(PROJDOC)/samba-doc.xml $(PROJDOC_DEPS)
-	@echo "Converting samba-doc to plain text..."
-	@$(XMLTO) txt -o $(TXTDIR) $<
-	@mv $(TXTDIR)/samba-doc.txt $(TXTDIR)/Samba-HOWTO-Collection.txt
-
-$(TXTDIR)/Samba-Developers-Guide.txt: $(DEVDOC)/dev-doc.xml $(DEVDOC_DEPS)
-	@echo "Converting dev-doc to plain text..."
-	@$(XMLTO) txt -o $(TXTDIR) $<
-	@mv $(TXTDIR)/dev-doc.txt $(TXTDIR)/Samba-Developers-Guide.txt
+$(TXTDIR)/%.txt: %.xml
+	$(XMLTO) txt -o $(TXTDIR) $< > $@
 
 # Tex files
-samba-doc.tex: $(PROJDOC)/samba-doc.xml $(PROJDOC_DEPS)
-	@echo "Converting samba-doc to LaTeX..."
-	@$(XSLTPROC) --output $@ xslt/latex.xsl $<
+%.tex: %.xml
+	$(XSLTPROC) --output $@ xslt/latex.xsl $<
 	
-dev-doc.tex: $(DEVDOC)/dev-doc.xml $(DEVDOC_DEPS)
-	@echo "Converting dev-doc to LaTeX..."
-	@$(XSLTPROC) --output $@ xslt/latex.xsl $<
-
 # Adobe PDF files
-$(PDFDIR)/Samba-HOWTO-Collection.pdf: samba-doc.tex $(PROJDOC_IMAGES_PNG)
-	@echo "Building LaTeX sources via $(PDFLATEX)..."
-	@$(PDFLATEX) $< | grep 'Rerun to get cross-references right' && \
-	$(PDFLATEX) $< | grep 'Rerun to get cross-references right' && \
-	$(PDFLATEX) $< || echo
-	@echo "done"
-	@mv samba-doc.pdf $@
-
-$(PDFDIR)/Samba-Developers-Guide.pdf: dev-doc.tex
-	@echo "Building LaTeX sources via $(PDFLATEX)..."
-	@$(PDFLATEX) $< | grep 'Rerun to get cross-references right' && \
-	$(PDFLATEX) $< | grep 'Rerun to get cross-references right' && \
-	$(PDFLATEX) $< || echo 
-	@echo "done"
-	@mv dev-doc.pdf $@
+$(PDFDIR)/%.pdf: %.tex
+	$(PDFLATEX) $<
+	$(PDFLATEX) $<
+	$(PDFLATEX) $<
+	mv $(patsubst %.tex,%.pdf,$<) $@
 
 epsimages: $(PROJDOC_IMAGES_EPS)
 
 # DVI files
-$(DVIDIR)/Samba-HOWTO-Collection.dvi: samba-doc.tex $(PROJDOC_IMAGES_EPS)
-	@echo "Building LaTeX sources via $(LATEX)..."
-	@$(LATEX) $< 2>&1 | grep 'Rerun to get cross-references right' && \
-	$(LATEX) $< 2>&1 | grep 'Rerun to get cross-references right' && \
-	$(LATEX) $< 2>&1 || echo
-	@echo "done"
-	@mv samba-doc.dvi $@
-
-$(DVIDIR)/Samba-Developers-Guide.dvi: dev-doc.tex
-	@echo "Building LaTeX sources via $(LATEX)..."
-	@$(LATEX) $< 2>&1 | grep 'Rerun to get cross-references right' && \
-	$(LATEX) $< 2>&1 | grep 'Rerun to get cross-references right' && \
-	$(LATEX) $< 2>&1 || echo 
-	@echo "done"
-	@mv dev-doc.dvi $@
-
-$(IMAGEPROJDIR)/%.eps: $(IMAGEPROJDIR)/%.png
-	@$(PNGTOPNM) $< | $(PNMTOPS) > $@
+$(DVIDIR)/%.dvi: %.tex epsimages
+	$(LATEX) $<
+	$(LATEX) $< 
+	$(LATEX) $< 
+	mv $(patsubst %.tex,%.dvi,$<) $@
 
-# PostScript files
-$(PSDIR)/Samba-HOWTO-Collection.ps: $(DVIDIR)/Samba-HOWTO-Collection.dvi
-	$(DVIPS) -o $@ $<
+%.eps: %.png
+	$(PNGTOPNM) $< | $(PNMTOPS) > $@
 
-$(PSDIR)/Samba-Developers-Guide.ps: $(DVIDIR)/Samba-Developers-Guide.dvi
+# PostScript files
+$(PSDIR)/%.ps: $(DVIDIR)/%.dvi
 	$(DVIPS) -o $@ $<
 
 # Single large HTML files
 
 $(HTMLDIR):
-	@mkdir $(HTMLDIR)
+	mkdir $(HTMLDIR)
 
 CSS: $(HTMLDIR) xslt/html/samba.css
-	@cp xslt/html/samba.css $(HTMLDIR)/
+	cp xslt/html/samba.css $(HTMLDIR)/
 
-$(HTMLDIR)/Samba-HOWTO-Collection.html: $(PROJDOC)/samba-doc.xml $(PROJDOC_DEPS) $(PROJDOC_IMAGES_PNG)
-	@$(XSLTPROC) --output $@ xslt/html.xsl $<
+$(HTMLDIR)/Samba-HOWTO-Collection.html: Samba-HOWTO-Collection.xml $(PROJDOC_DEPS) $(PROJDOC_IMAGES_PNG)
+	$(XSLTPROC) --output $@ xslt/html.xsl $<
 
-$(HTMLDIR)/Samba-Developers-Guide.html: $(DEVDOC)/dev-doc.xml $(DEVDOC_DEPS)
-	@$(XSLTPROC) --output $@ xslt/html.xsl $<
+$(HTMLDIR)/Samba-Developers-Guide.html: Samba-Developers-Guide.xml $(DEVDOC_DEPS)
+	$(XSLTPROC) --output $@ xslt/html.xsl $<
 
+$(HTMLDIR)/%.html: %.xml
+	$(XSLTPROC) --output $@ xslt/html.xsl $<
 
-$(HTMLDIR)/%.html: $(MANPROJDOC)/%.xml
-	@$(XSLTPROC) --output $@ xslt/html.xsl $<
+%.xml: $(MANPROJDOC)/%.xml
+	$(XSLTPROC) --output $@ xslt/expand-sambadoc.xsl $<
 
 # Manpages
 $(SMBDOTCONFDOC)/parameters.all.xml: $(SMBDOTCONFDOC)/generate-file-list.sh
@@ -202,33 +188,15 @@ $(SMBDOTCONFDOC)/parameters.service.xml: $(SMBDOTCONFDOC)/parameters.all.xml $(S
 	generate-context.xsl parameters.all.xml && \
 	cd ..
 
-$(MANPROJDOC)/smb.conf.5.xml: $(SMBDOTCONFDOC)/smb.conf.5.xml $(SMBDOTCONFDOC)/parameters.all.xml \
- 			$(SMBDOTCONFDOC)/parameters.global.xml $(SMBDOTCONFDOC)/parameters.service.xml \
- 			$(SMBDOTCONFDOC)/expand-smb.conf.xsl
-	@$(XSLTPROC) --xinclude --output $(MANPROJDOC)/smb.conf.5.xml $(SMBDOTCONFDOC)/expand-smb.conf.xsl $(SMBDOTCONFDOC)/smb.conf.5.xml
-
-$(PROJDOC)/attributions.xml: $(PROJDOC)/samba-doc.xml
-	@echo > $@ # Make sure we don't get recursive dependencies, etc!
-	@echo "Generating attributions page"
-	@$(XSLTPROC) --output $@ xslt/generate-attributions.xsl $<
-
-$(DEVDOC)/attributions.xml: $(DEVDOC)/dev-doc.xml
-	@echo > $@ # Make sure we don't get recursive dependencies, etc!
-	@echo "Generating attributions page"
-	@$(XSLTPROC) --output $@ xslt/generate-attributions.xsl $<
+smb.conf.5.xml: $(SMBDOTCONFDOC)/smb.conf.5.xml $(SMBDOTCONFDOC)/parameters.all.xml \
+ 		$(SMBDOTCONFDOC)/parameters.global.xml $(SMBDOTCONFDOC)/parameters.service.xml 
+	$(XSLTPROC) --xinclude --output $@ xslt/expand-sambadoc.xsl $<
 
 $(MANDIR): 
 	mkdir $(MANDIR)
 
-$(MANDIR)/%: $(MANPROJDOC)/%.xml
-	@$(XSLTPROC) xslt/man.xsl $<
+$(MANDIR)/%: %.xml
+	$(XSLTPROC) --output $@ xslt/man.xsl $<
 
 undocumented: $(SMBDOTCONFDOC)/parameters.all.xml
 	$(PERL) scripts/find_missing_doc.pl ../..
-
-clean: 
-	@rm -f $(MANPAGES) $(MANPAGES_HTML) $(HTMLDIR)/*.html $(HTMLDIR)/*.css $(TXTDIR)/*.txt $(PSDIR)/*.ps $(PDFDIR)/*.pdf 
-	@rm -f $(MANPROJDOC)/smb.conf.5.xml $(SMBDOTCONFDOC)/parameters.*.xml $(DVIDIR)/*.dvi
-	@rm -f samba-doc.* dev-doc.* $(PROJDOC)/attributions.xml
-	@rm -f $(IMAGEPROJDIR)/*.eps
-
diff --git a/docs/docbook/configure b/docs/docbook/configure
index 1fbfb02115d..d51cdfc48c2 100755
--- a/docs/docbook/configure
+++ b/docs/docbook/configure
@@ -1,287 +1,32 @@
 #! /bin/sh
+
 # Guess values for system-dependent variables and create Makefiles.
-# Generated by GNU Autoconf 2.57.
+# Generated automatically using autoconf version 2.13 
+# Copyright (C) 1992, 93, 94, 95, 96 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 #
-# Copyright 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002
-# Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 # This configure script is free software; the Free Software Foundation
 # gives unlimited permission to copy, distribute and modify it.
-## --------------------- ##
-## M4sh Initialization.  ##
-## --------------------- ##
-
-# Be Bourne compatible
-if test -n "${ZSH_VERSION+set}" && (emulate sh) >/dev/null 2>&1; then
-  emulate sh
-  NULLCMD=:
-  # Zsh 3.x and 4.x performs word splitting on ${1+"$@"}, which
-  # is contrary to our usage.  Disable this feature.
-  alias -g '${1+"$@"}'='"$@"'
-elif test -n "${BASH_VERSION+set}" && (set -o posix) >/dev/null 2>&1; then
-  set -o posix
-fi
-
-# Support unset when possible.
-if (FOO=FOO; unset FOO) >/dev/null 2>&1; then
-  as_unset=unset
-else
-  as_unset=false
-fi
-
-
-# Work around bugs in pre-3.0 UWIN ksh.
-$as_unset ENV MAIL MAILPATH
-PS1='$ '
-PS2='> '
-PS4='+ '
-
-# NLS nuisances.
-for as_var in \
-  LANG LANGUAGE LC_ADDRESS LC_ALL LC_COLLATE LC_CTYPE LC_IDENTIFICATION \
-  LC_MEASUREMENT LC_MESSAGES LC_MONETARY LC_NAME LC_NUMERIC LC_PAPER \
-  LC_TELEPHONE LC_TIME
-do
-  if (set +x; test -n "`(eval $as_var=C; export $as_var) 2>&1`"); then
-    eval $as_var=C; export $as_var
-  else
-    $as_unset $as_var
-  fi
-done
-
-# Required to use basename.
-if expr a : '\(a\)' >/dev/null 2>&1; then
-  as_expr=expr
-else
-  as_expr=false
-fi
-
-if (basename /) >/dev/null 2>&1 && test "X`basename / 2>&1`" = "X/"; then
-  as_basename=basename
-else
-  as_basename=false
-fi
-
-
-# Name of the executable.
-as_me=`$as_basename "$0" ||
-$as_expr X/"$0" : '.*/\([^/][^/]*\)/*$' \| \
-	 X"$0" : 'X\(//\)$' \| \
-	 X"$0" : 'X\(/\)$' \| \
-	 .     : '\(.\)' 2>/dev/null ||
-echo X/"$0" |
-    sed '/^.*\/\([^/][^/]*\)\/*$/{ s//\1/; q; }
-  	  /^X\/\(\/\/\)$/{ s//\1/; q; }
-  	  /^X\/\(\/\).*/{ s//\1/; q; }
-  	  s/.*/./; q'`
-
-
-# PATH needs CR, and LINENO needs CR and PATH.
-# Avoid depending upon Character Ranges.
-as_cr_letters='abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz'
-as_cr_LETTERS='ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ'
-as_cr_Letters=$as_cr_letters$as_cr_LETTERS
-as_cr_digits='0123456789'
-as_cr_alnum=$as_cr_Letters$as_cr_digits
-
-# The user is always right.
-if test "${PATH_SEPARATOR+set}" != set; then
-  echo "#! /bin/sh" >conf$$.sh
-  echo  "exit 0"   >>conf$$.sh
-  chmod +x conf$$.sh
-  if (PATH="/nonexistent;."; conf$$.sh) >/dev/null 2>&1; then
-    PATH_SEPARATOR=';'
-  else
-    PATH_SEPARATOR=:
-  fi
-  rm -f conf$$.sh
-fi
-
-
-  as_lineno_1=$LINENO
-  as_lineno_2=$LINENO
-  as_lineno_3=`(expr $as_lineno_1 + 1) 2>/dev/null`
-  test "x$as_lineno_1" != "x$as_lineno_2" &&
-  test "x$as_lineno_3"  = "x$as_lineno_2"  || {
-  # Find who we are.  Look in the path if we contain no path at all
-  # relative or not.
-  case $0 in
-    *[\\/]* ) as_myself=$0 ;;
-    *) as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
-for as_dir in $PATH
-do
-  IFS=$as_save_IFS
-  test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
-  test -r "$as_dir/$0" && as_myself=$as_dir/$0 && break
-done
-
-       ;;
-  esac
-  # We did not find ourselves, most probably we were run as `sh COMMAND'
-  # in which case we are not to be found in the path.
-  if test "x$as_myself" = x; then
-    as_myself=$0
-  fi
-  if test ! -f "$as_myself"; then
-    { echo "$as_me: error: cannot find myself; rerun with an absolute path" >&2
-   { (exit 1); exit 1; }; }
-  fi
-  case $CONFIG_SHELL in
-  '')
-    as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
-for as_dir in /bin$PATH_SEPARATOR/usr/bin$PATH_SEPARATOR$PATH
-do
-  IFS=$as_save_IFS
-  test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
-  for as_base in sh bash ksh sh5; do
-	 case $as_dir in
-	 /*)
-	   if ("$as_dir/$as_base" -c '
-  as_lineno_1=$LINENO
-  as_lineno_2=$LINENO
-  as_lineno_3=`(expr $as_lineno_1 + 1) 2>/dev/null`
-  test "x$as_lineno_1" != "x$as_lineno_2" &&
-  test "x$as_lineno_3"  = "x$as_lineno_2" ') 2>/dev/null; then
-	     $as_unset BASH_ENV || test "${BASH_ENV+set}" != set || { BASH_ENV=; export BASH_ENV; }
-	     $as_unset ENV || test "${ENV+set}" != set || { ENV=; export ENV; }
-	     CONFIG_SHELL=$as_dir/$as_base
-	     export CONFIG_SHELL
-	     exec "$CONFIG_SHELL" "$0" ${1+"$@"}
-	   fi;;
-	 esac
-       done
-done
-;;
-  esac
-
-  # Create $as_me.lineno as a copy of $as_myself, but with $LINENO
-  # uniformly replaced by the line number.  The first 'sed' inserts a
-  # line-number line before each line; the second 'sed' does the real
-  # work.  The second script uses 'N' to pair each line-number line
-  # with the numbered line, and appends trailing '-' during
-  # substitution so that $LINENO is not a special case at line end.
-  # (Raja R Harinath suggested sed '=', and Paul Eggert wrote the
-  # second 'sed' script.  Blame Lee E. McMahon for sed's syntax.  :-)
-  sed '=' <$as_myself |
-    sed '
-      N
-      s,$,-,
-      : loop
-      s,^\(['$as_cr_digits']*\)\(.*\)[$]LINENO\([^'$as_cr_alnum'_]\),\1\2\1\3,
-      t loop
-      s,-$,,
-      s,^['$as_cr_digits']*\n,,
-    ' >$as_me.lineno &&
-  chmod +x $as_me.lineno ||
-    { echo "$as_me: error: cannot create $as_me.lineno; rerun with a POSIX shell" >&2
-   { (exit 1); exit 1; }; }
-
-  # Don't try to exec as it changes $[0], causing all sort of problems
-  # (the dirname of $[0] is not the place where we might find the
-  # original and so on.  Autoconf is especially sensible to this).
-  . ./$as_me.lineno
-  # Exit status is that of the last command.
-  exit
-}
-
-
-case `echo "testing\c"; echo 1,2,3`,`echo -n testing; echo 1,2,3` in
-  *c*,-n*) ECHO_N= ECHO_C='
-' ECHO_T='	' ;;
-  *c*,*  ) ECHO_N=-n ECHO_C= ECHO_T= ;;
-  *)       ECHO_N= ECHO_C='\c' ECHO_T= ;;
-esac
 
-if expr a : '\(a\)' >/dev/null 2>&1; then
-  as_expr=expr
-else
-  as_expr=false
-fi
-
-rm -f conf$$ conf$$.exe conf$$.file
-echo >conf$$.file
-if ln -s conf$$.file conf$$ 2>/dev/null; then
-  # We could just check for DJGPP; but this test a) works b) is more generic
-  # and c) will remain valid once DJGPP supports symlinks (DJGPP 2.04).
-  if test -f conf$$.exe; then
-    # Don't use ln at all; we don't have any links
-    as_ln_s='cp -p'
-  else
-    as_ln_s='ln -s'
-  fi
-elif ln conf$$.file conf$$ 2>/dev/null; then
-  as_ln_s=ln
-else
-  as_ln_s='cp -p'
-fi
-rm -f conf$$ conf$$.exe conf$$.file
-
-if mkdir -p . 2>/dev/null; then
-  as_mkdir_p=:
-else
-  as_mkdir_p=false
-fi
-
-as_executable_p="test -f"
-
-# Sed expression to map a string onto a valid CPP name.
-as_tr_cpp="sed y%*$as_cr_letters%P$as_cr_LETTERS%;s%[^_$as_cr_alnum]%_%g"
-
-# Sed expression to map a string onto a valid variable name.
-as_tr_sh="sed y%*+%pp%;s%[^_$as_cr_alnum]%_%g"
-
-
-# IFS
-# We need space, tab and new line, in precisely that order.
-as_nl='
-'
-IFS=" 	$as_nl"
-
-# CDPATH.
-$as_unset CDPATH
-
-
-# Name of the host.
-# hostname on some systems (SVR3.2, Linux) returns a bogus exit status,
-# so uname gets run too.
-ac_hostname=`(hostname || uname -n) 2>/dev/null | sed 1q`
-
-exec 6>&1
-
-#
-# Initializations.
-#
+# Defaults:
+ac_help=
 ac_default_prefix=/usr/local
-ac_config_libobj_dir=.
-cross_compiling=no
-subdirs=
-MFLAGS=
-MAKEFLAGS=
-SHELL=${CONFIG_SHELL-/bin/sh}
-
-# Maximum number of lines to put in a shell here document.
-# This variable seems obsolete.  It should probably be removed, and
-# only ac_max_sed_lines should be used.
-: ${ac_max_here_lines=38}
-
-# Identity of this package.
-PACKAGE_NAME=
-PACKAGE_TARNAME=
-PACKAGE_VERSION=
-PACKAGE_STRING=
-PACKAGE_BUGREPORT=
-
-ac_unique_file="global.ent"
-ac_subst_vars='SHELL PATH_SEPARATOR PACKAGE_NAME PACKAGE_TARNAME PACKAGE_VERSION PACKAGE_STRING PACKAGE_BUGREPORT exec_prefix prefix program_transform_name bindir sbindir libexecdir datadir sysconfdir sharedstatedir localstatedir libdir includedir oldincludedir infodir mandir build_alias host_alias target_alias DEFS ECHO_C ECHO_N ECHO_T LIBS XSLTPROC PDFLATEX XMLTO LATEX DVIPS PNGTOPNM PNMTOPS DOC_BUILD_DATE LIBOBJS LTLIBOBJS'
-ac_subst_files=''
+# Any additions from configure.in:
+ac_help="$ac_help
+ --enable-crop					    Whether to use a crop template"
+ac_help="$ac_help
+ --with-papersize					Specify papersize (a4paper,letter) "
+ac_help="$ac_help
+ --with-fontsize	              Specify the fontsize in points (default: 10.5) "
 
 # Initialize some variables set by options.
-ac_init_help=
-ac_init_version=false
 # The variables have the same names as the options, with
 # dashes changed to underlines.
-cache_file=/dev/null
+build=NONE
+cache_file=./config.cache
 exec_prefix=NONE
+host=NONE
 no_create=
+nonopt=NONE
 no_recursion=
 prefix=NONE
 program_prefix=NONE
@@ -290,15 +35,10 @@ program_transform_name=s,x,x,
 silent=
 site=
 srcdir=
+target=NONE
 verbose=
 x_includes=NONE
 x_libraries=NONE
-
-# Installation directory options.
-# These are left unexpanded so users can "make install exec_prefix=/foo"
-# and all the variables that are supposed to be based on exec_prefix
-# by default will actually change.
-# Use braces instead of parens because sh, perl, etc. also accept them.
 bindir='${exec_prefix}/bin'
 sbindir='${exec_prefix}/sbin'
 libexecdir='${exec_prefix}/libexec'
@@ -312,9 +52,17 @@ oldincludedir='/usr/include'
 infodir='${prefix}/info'
 mandir='${prefix}/man'
 
+# Initialize some other variables.
+subdirs=
+MFLAGS= MAKEFLAGS=
+SHELL=${CONFIG_SHELL-/bin/sh}
+# Maximum number of lines to put in a shell here document.
+ac_max_here_lines=12
+
 ac_prev=
 for ac_option
 do
+
   # If the previous option needs an argument, assign it.
   if test -n "$ac_prev"; then
     eval "$ac_prev=\$ac_option"
@@ -322,59 +70,59 @@ do
     continue
   fi
 
-  ac_optarg=`expr "x$ac_option" : 'x[^=]*=\(.*\)'`
+  case "$ac_option" in
+  -*=*) ac_optarg=`echo "$ac_option" | sed 's/[-_a-zA-Z0-9]*=//'` ;;
+  *) ac_optarg= ;;
+  esac
 
   # Accept the important Cygnus configure options, so we can diagnose typos.
 
-  case $ac_option in
+  case "$ac_option" in
 
   -bindir | --bindir | --bindi | --bind | --bin | --bi)
     ac_prev=bindir ;;
   -bindir=* | --bindir=* | --bindi=* | --bind=* | --bin=* | --bi=*)
-    bindir=$ac_optarg ;;
+    bindir="$ac_optarg" ;;
 
   -build | --build | --buil | --bui | --bu)
-    ac_prev=build_alias ;;
+    ac_prev=build ;;
   -build=* | --build=* | --buil=* | --bui=* | --bu=*)
-    build_alias=$ac_optarg ;;
+    build="$ac_optarg" ;;
 
   -cache-file | --cache-file | --cache-fil | --cache-fi \
   | --cache-f | --cache- | --cache | --cach | --cac | --ca | --c)
     ac_prev=cache_file ;;
   -cache-file=* | --cache-file=* | --cache-fil=* | --cache-fi=* \
   | --cache-f=* | --cache-=* | --cache=* | --cach=* | --cac=* | --ca=* | --c=*)
-    cache_file=$ac_optarg ;;
-
-  --config-cache | -C)
-    cache_file=config.cache ;;
+    cache_file="$ac_optarg" ;;
 
   -datadir | --datadir | --datadi | --datad | --data | --dat | --da)
     ac_prev=datadir ;;
   -datadir=* | --datadir=* | --datadi=* | --datad=* | --data=* | --dat=* \
   | --da=*)
-    datadir=$ac_optarg ;;
+    datadir="$ac_optarg" ;;
 
   -disable-* | --disable-*)
-    ac_feature=`expr "x$ac_option" : 'x-*disable-\(.*\)'`
+    ac_feature=`echo $ac_option|sed -e 's/-*disable-//'`
     # Reject names that are not valid shell variable names.
-    expr "x$ac_feature" : ".*[^-_$as_cr_alnum]" >/dev/null &&
-      { echo "$as_me: error: invalid feature name: $ac_feature" >&2
-   { (exit 1); exit 1; }; }
-    ac_feature=`echo $ac_feature | sed 's/-/_/g'`
-    eval "enable_$ac_feature=no" ;;
+    if test -n "`echo $ac_feature| sed 's/[-a-zA-Z0-9_]//g'`"; then
+      { echo "configure: error: $ac_feature: invalid feature name" 1>&2; exit 1; }
+    fi
+    ac_feature=`echo $ac_feature| sed 's/-/_/g'`
+    eval "enable_${ac_feature}=no" ;;
 
   -enable-* | --enable-*)
-    ac_feature=`expr "x$ac_option" : 'x-*enable-\([^=]*\)'`
+    ac_feature=`echo $ac_option|sed -e 's/-*enable-//' -e 's/=.*//'`
     # Reject names that are not valid shell variable names.
-    expr "x$ac_feature" : ".*[^-_$as_cr_alnum]" >/dev/null &&
-      { echo "$as_me: error: invalid feature name: $ac_feature" >&2
-   { (exit 1); exit 1; }; }
-    ac_feature=`echo $ac_feature | sed 's/-/_/g'`
-    case $ac_option in
-      *=*) ac_optarg=`echo "$ac_optarg" | sed "s/'/'\\\\\\\\''/g"`;;
+    if test -n "`echo $ac_feature| sed 's/[-_a-zA-Z0-9]//g'`"; then
+      { echo "configure: error: $ac_feature: invalid feature name" 1>&2; exit 1; }
+    fi
+    ac_feature=`echo $ac_feature| sed 's/-/_/g'`
+    case "$ac_option" in
+      *=*) ;;
       *) ac_optarg=yes ;;
     esac
-    eval "enable_$ac_feature='$ac_optarg'" ;;
+    eval "enable_${ac_feature}='$ac_optarg'" ;;
 
   -exec-prefix | --exec_prefix | --exec-prefix | --exec-prefi \
   | --exec-pref | --exec-pre | --exec-pr | --exec-p | --exec- \
@@ -383,47 +131,95 @@ do
   -exec-prefix=* | --exec_prefix=* | --exec-prefix=* | --exec-prefi=* \
   | --exec-pref=* | --exec-pre=* | --exec-pr=* | --exec-p=* | --exec-=* \
   | --exec=* | --exe=* | --ex=*)
-    exec_prefix=$ac_optarg ;;
+    exec_prefix="$ac_optarg" ;;
 
   -gas | --gas | --ga | --g)
     # Obsolete; use --with-gas.
     with_gas=yes ;;
 
-  -help | --help | --hel | --he | -h)
-    ac_init_help=long ;;
-  -help=r* | --help=r* | --hel=r* | --he=r* | -hr*)
-    ac_init_help=recursive ;;
-  -help=s* | --help=s* | --hel=s* | --he=s* | -hs*)
-    ac_init_help=short ;;
+  -help | --help | --hel | --he)
+    # Omit some internal or obsolete options to make the list less imposing.
+    # This message is too long to be a string in the A/UX 3.1 sh.
+    cat << EOF
+Usage: configure [options] [host]
+Options: [defaults in brackets after descriptions]
+Configuration:
+  --cache-file=FILE       cache test results in FILE
+  --help                  print this message
+  --no-create             do not create output files
+  --quiet, --silent       do not print \`checking...' messages
+  --version               print the version of autoconf that created configure
+Directory and file names:
+  --prefix=PREFIX         install architecture-independent files in PREFIX
+                          [$ac_default_prefix]
+  --exec-prefix=EPREFIX   install architecture-dependent files in EPREFIX
+                          [same as prefix]
+  --bindir=DIR            user executables in DIR [EPREFIX/bin]
+  --sbindir=DIR           system admin executables in DIR [EPREFIX/sbin]
+  --libexecdir=DIR        program executables in DIR [EPREFIX/libexec]
+  --datadir=DIR           read-only architecture-independent data in DIR
+                          [PREFIX/share]
+  --sysconfdir=DIR        read-only single-machine data in DIR [PREFIX/etc]
+  --sharedstatedir=DIR    modifiable architecture-independent data in DIR
+                          [PREFIX/com]
+  --localstatedir=DIR     modifiable single-machine data in DIR [PREFIX/var]
+  --libdir=DIR            object code libraries in DIR [EPREFIX/lib]
+  --includedir=DIR        C header files in DIR [PREFIX/include]
+  --oldincludedir=DIR     C header files for non-gcc in DIR [/usr/include]
+  --infodir=DIR           info documentation in DIR [PREFIX/info]
+  --mandir=DIR            man documentation in DIR [PREFIX/man]
+  --srcdir=DIR            find the sources in DIR [configure dir or ..]
+  --program-prefix=PREFIX prepend PREFIX to installed program names
+  --program-suffix=SUFFIX append SUFFIX to installed program names
+  --program-transform-name=PROGRAM
+                          run sed PROGRAM on installed program names
+EOF
+    cat << EOF
+Host type:
+  --build=BUILD           configure for building on BUILD [BUILD=HOST]
+  --host=HOST             configure for HOST [guessed]
+  --target=TARGET         configure for TARGET [TARGET=HOST]
+Features and packages:
+  --disable-FEATURE       do not include FEATURE (same as --enable-FEATURE=no)
+  --enable-FEATURE[=ARG]  include FEATURE [ARG=yes]
+  --with-PACKAGE[=ARG]    use PACKAGE [ARG=yes]
+  --without-PACKAGE       do not use PACKAGE (same as --with-PACKAGE=no)
+  --x-includes=DIR        X include files are in DIR
+  --x-libraries=DIR       X library files are in DIR
+EOF
+    if test -n "$ac_help"; then
+      echo "--enable and --with options recognized:$ac_help"
+    fi
+    exit 0 ;;
 
   -host | --host | --hos | --ho)
-    ac_prev=host_alias ;;
+    ac_prev=host ;;
   -host=* | --host=* | --hos=* | --ho=*)
-    host_alias=$ac_optarg ;;
+    host="$ac_optarg" ;;
 
   -includedir | --includedir | --includedi | --included | --include \
   | --includ | --inclu | --incl | --inc)
     ac_prev=includedir ;;
   -includedir=* | --includedir=* | --includedi=* | --included=* | --include=* \
   | --includ=* | --inclu=* | --incl=* | --inc=*)
-    includedir=$ac_optarg ;;
+    includedir="$ac_optarg" ;;
 
   -infodir | --infodir | --infodi | --infod | --info | --inf)
     ac_prev=infodir ;;
   -infodir=* | --infodir=* | --infodi=* | --infod=* | --info=* | --inf=*)
-    infodir=$ac_optarg ;;
+    infodir="$ac_optarg" ;;
 
   -libdir | --libdir | --libdi | --libd)
     ac_prev=libdir ;;
   -libdir=* | --libdir=* | --libdi=* | --libd=*)
-    libdir=$ac_optarg ;;
+    libdir="$ac_optarg" ;;
 
   -libexecdir | --libexecdir | --libexecdi | --libexecd | --libexec \
   | --libexe | --libex | --libe)
     ac_prev=libexecdir ;;
   -libexecdir=* | --libexecdir=* | --libexecdi=* | --libexecd=* | --libexec=* \
   | --libexe=* | --libex=* | --libe=*)
-    libexecdir=$ac_optarg ;;
+    libexecdir="$ac_optarg" ;;
 
   -localstatedir | --localstatedir | --localstatedi | --localstated \
   | --localstate | --localstat | --localsta | --localst \
@@ -432,19 +228,19 @@ do
   -localstatedir=* | --localstatedir=* | --localstatedi=* | --localstated=* \
   | --localstate=* | --localstat=* | --localsta=* | --localst=* \
   | --locals=* | --local=* | --loca=* | --loc=* | --lo=*)
-    localstatedir=$ac_optarg ;;
+    localstatedir="$ac_optarg" ;;
 
   -mandir | --mandir | --mandi | --mand | --man | --ma | --m)
     ac_prev=mandir ;;
   -mandir=* | --mandir=* | --mandi=* | --mand=* | --man=* | --ma=* | --m=*)
-    mandir=$ac_optarg ;;
+    mandir="$ac_optarg" ;;
 
   -nfp | --nfp | --nf)
     # Obsolete; use --without-fp.
     with_fp=no ;;
 
   -no-create | --no-create | --no-creat | --no-crea | --no-cre \
-  | --no-cr | --no-c | -n)
+  | --no-cr | --no-c)
     no_create=yes ;;
 
   -no-recursion | --no-recursion | --no-recursio | --no-recursi \
@@ -458,26 +254,26 @@ do
   -oldincludedir=* | --oldincludedir=* | --oldincludedi=* | --oldincluded=* \
   | --oldinclude=* | --oldinclud=* | --oldinclu=* | --oldincl=* | --oldinc=* \
   | --oldin=* | --oldi=* | --old=* | --ol=* | --o=*)
-    oldincludedir=$ac_optarg ;;
+    oldincludedir="$ac_optarg" ;;
 
   -prefix | --prefix | --prefi | --pref | --pre | --pr | --p)
     ac_prev=prefix ;;
   -prefix=* | --prefix=* | --prefi=* | --pref=* | --pre=* | --pr=* | --p=*)
-    prefix=$ac_optarg ;;
+    prefix="$ac_optarg" ;;
 
   -program-prefix | --program-prefix | --program-prefi | --program-pref \
   | --program-pre | --program-pr | --program-p)
     ac_prev=program_prefix ;;
   -program-prefix=* | --program-prefix=* | --program-prefi=* \
   | --program-pref=* | --program-pre=* | --program-pr=* | --program-p=*)
-    program_prefix=$ac_optarg ;;
+    program_prefix="$ac_optarg" ;;
 
   -program-suffix | --program-suffix | --program-suffi | --program-suff \
   | --program-suf | --program-su | --program-s)
     ac_prev=program_suffix ;;
   -program-suffix=* | --program-suffix=* | --program-suffi=* \
   | --program-suff=* | --program-suf=* | --program-su=* | --program-s=*)
-    program_suffix=$ac_optarg ;;
+    program_suffix="$ac_optarg" ;;
 
   -program-transform-name | --program-transform-name \
   | --program-transform-nam | --program-transform-na \
@@ -494,7 +290,7 @@ do
   | --program-transfo=* | --program-transf=* \
   | --program-trans=* | --program-tran=* \
   | --progr-tra=* | --program-tr=* | --program-t=*)
-    program_transform_name=$ac_optarg ;;
+    program_transform_name="$ac_optarg" ;;
 
   -q | -quiet | --quiet | --quie | --qui | --qu | --q \
   | -silent | --silent | --silen | --sile | --sil)
@@ -504,7 +300,7 @@ do
     ac_prev=sbindir ;;
   -sbindir=* | --sbindir=* | --sbindi=* | --sbind=* | --sbin=* \
   | --sbi=* | --sb=*)
-    sbindir=$ac_optarg ;;
+    sbindir="$ac_optarg" ;;
 
   -sharedstatedir | --sharedstatedir | --sharedstatedi \
   | --sharedstated | --sharedstate | --sharedstat | --sharedsta \
@@ -515,57 +311,58 @@ do
   | --sharedstated=* | --sharedstate=* | --sharedstat=* | --sharedsta=* \
   | --sharedst=* | --shareds=* | --shared=* | --share=* | --shar=* \
   | --sha=* | --sh=*)
-    sharedstatedir=$ac_optarg ;;
+    sharedstatedir="$ac_optarg" ;;
 
   -site | --site | --sit)
     ac_prev=site ;;
   -site=* | --site=* | --sit=*)
-    site=$ac_optarg ;;
+    site="$ac_optarg" ;;
 
   -srcdir | --srcdir | --srcdi | --srcd | --src | --sr)
     ac_prev=srcdir ;;
   -srcdir=* | --srcdir=* | --srcdi=* | --srcd=* | --src=* | --sr=*)
-    srcdir=$ac_optarg ;;
+    srcdir="$ac_optarg" ;;
 
   -sysconfdir | --sysconfdir | --sysconfdi | --sysconfd | --sysconf \
   | --syscon | --sysco | --sysc | --sys | --sy)
     ac_prev=sysconfdir ;;
   -sysconfdir=* | --sysconfdir=* | --sysconfdi=* | --sysconfd=* | --sysconf=* \
   | --syscon=* | --sysco=* | --sysc=* | --sys=* | --sy=*)
-    sysconfdir=$ac_optarg ;;
+    sysconfdir="$ac_optarg" ;;
 
   -target | --target | --targe | --targ | --tar | --ta | --t)
-    ac_prev=target_alias ;;
+    ac_prev=target ;;
   -target=* | --target=* | --targe=* | --targ=* | --tar=* | --ta=* | --t=*)
-    target_alias=$ac_optarg ;;
+    target="$ac_optarg" ;;
 
   -v | -verbose | --verbose | --verbos | --verbo | --verb)
     verbose=yes ;;
 
-  -version | --version | --versio | --versi | --vers | -V)
-    ac_init_version=: ;;
+  -version | --version | --versio | --versi | --vers)
+    echo "configure generated by autoconf version 2.13"
+    exit 0 ;;
 
   -with-* | --with-*)
-    ac_package=`expr "x$ac_option" : 'x-*with-\([^=]*\)'`
+    ac_package=`echo $ac_option|sed -e 's/-*with-//' -e 's/=.*//'`
     # Reject names that are not valid shell variable names.
-    expr "x$ac_package" : ".*[^-_$as_cr_alnum]" >/dev/null &&
-      { echo "$as_me: error: invalid package name: $ac_package" >&2
-   { (exit 1); exit 1; }; }
+    if test -n "`echo $ac_package| sed 's/[-_a-zA-Z0-9]//g'`"; then
+      { echo "configure: error: $ac_package: invalid package name" 1>&2; exit 1; }
+    fi
     ac_package=`echo $ac_package| sed 's/-/_/g'`
-    case $ac_option in
-      *=*) ac_optarg=`echo "$ac_optarg" | sed "s/'/'\\\\\\\\''/g"`;;
+    case "$ac_option" in
+      *=*) ;;
       *) ac_optarg=yes ;;
     esac
-    eval "with_$ac_package='$ac_optarg'" ;;
+    eval "with_${ac_package}='$ac_optarg'" ;;
 
   -without-* | --without-*)
-    ac_package=`expr "x$ac_option" : 'x-*without-\(.*\)'`
+    ac_package=`echo $ac_option|sed -e 's/-*without-//'`
     # Reject names that are not valid shell variable names.
-    expr "x$ac_package" : ".*[^-_$as_cr_alnum]" >/dev/null &&
-      { echo "$as_me: error: invalid package name: $ac_package" >&2
-   { (exit 1); exit 1; }; }
-    ac_package=`echo $ac_package | sed 's/-/_/g'`
-    eval "with_$ac_package=no" ;;
+    if test -n "`echo $ac_package| sed 's/[-a-zA-Z0-9_]//g'`"; then
+      { echo "configure: error: $ac_package: invalid package name" 1>&2; exit 1; }
+    fi
+    ac_package=`echo $ac_package| sed 's/-/_/g'`
+    eval "with_${ac_package}=no" ;;
 
   --x)
     # Obsolete; use --with-x.
@@ -576,110 +373,99 @@ do
     ac_prev=x_includes ;;
   -x-includes=* | --x-includes=* | --x-include=* | --x-includ=* | --x-inclu=* \
   | --x-incl=* | --x-inc=* | --x-in=* | --x-i=*)
-    x_includes=$ac_optarg ;;
+    x_includes="$ac_optarg" ;;
 
   -x-libraries | --x-libraries | --x-librarie | --x-librari \
   | --x-librar | --x-libra | --x-libr | --x-lib | --x-li | --x-l)
     ac_prev=x_libraries ;;
   -x-libraries=* | --x-libraries=* | --x-librarie=* | --x-librari=* \
   | --x-librar=* | --x-libra=* | --x-libr=* | --x-lib=* | --x-li=* | --x-l=*)
-    x_libraries=$ac_optarg ;;
+    x_libraries="$ac_optarg" ;;
 
-  -*) { echo "$as_me: error: unrecognized option: $ac_option
-Try \`$0 --help' for more information." >&2
-   { (exit 1); exit 1; }; }
+  -*) { echo "configure: error: $ac_option: invalid option; use --help to show usage" 1>&2; exit 1; }
     ;;
 
-  *=*)
-    ac_envvar=`expr "x$ac_option" : 'x\([^=]*\)='`
-    # Reject names that are not valid shell variable names.
-    expr "x$ac_envvar" : ".*[^_$as_cr_alnum]" >/dev/null &&
-      { echo "$as_me: error: invalid variable name: $ac_envvar" >&2
-   { (exit 1); exit 1; }; }
-    ac_optarg=`echo "$ac_optarg" | sed "s/'/'\\\\\\\\''/g"`
-    eval "$ac_envvar='$ac_optarg'"
-    export $ac_envvar ;;
-
   *)
-    # FIXME: should be removed in autoconf 3.0.
-    echo "$as_me: WARNING: you should use --build, --host, --target" >&2
-    expr "x$ac_option" : ".*[^-._$as_cr_alnum]" >/dev/null &&
-      echo "$as_me: WARNING: invalid host type: $ac_option" >&2
-    : ${build_alias=$ac_option} ${host_alias=$ac_option} ${target_alias=$ac_option}
+    if test -n "`echo $ac_option| sed 's/[-a-z0-9.]//g'`"; then
+      echo "configure: warning: $ac_option: invalid host type" 1>&2
+    fi
+    if test "x$nonopt" != xNONE; then
+      { echo "configure: error: can only configure for one host and one target at a time" 1>&2; exit 1; }
+    fi
+    nonopt="$ac_option"
     ;;
 
   esac
 done
 
 if test -n "$ac_prev"; then
-  ac_option=--`echo $ac_prev | sed 's/_/-/g'`
-  { echo "$as_me: error: missing argument to $ac_option" >&2
-   { (exit 1); exit 1; }; }
+  { echo "configure: error: missing argument to --`echo $ac_prev | sed 's/_/-/g'`" 1>&2; exit 1; }
 fi
 
-# Be sure to have absolute paths.
-for ac_var in exec_prefix prefix
-do
-  eval ac_val=$`echo $ac_var`
-  case $ac_val in
-    [\\/$]* | ?:[\\/]* | NONE | '' ) ;;
-    *)  { echo "$as_me: error: expected an absolute directory name for --$ac_var: $ac_val" >&2
-   { (exit 1); exit 1; }; };;
-  esac
-done
+trap 'rm -fr conftest* confdefs* core core.* *.core $ac_clean_files; exit 1' 1 2 15
+
+# File descriptor usage:
+# 0 standard input
+# 1 file creation
+# 2 errors and warnings
+# 3 some systems may open it to /dev/tty
+# 4 used on the Kubota Titan
+# 6 checking for... messages and results
+# 5 compiler messages saved in config.log
+if test "$silent" = yes; then
+  exec 6>/dev/null
+else
+  exec 6>&1
+fi
+exec 5>./config.log
 
-# Be sure to have absolute paths.
-for ac_var in bindir sbindir libexecdir datadir sysconfdir sharedstatedir \
-              localstatedir libdir includedir oldincludedir infodir mandir
+echo "\
+This file contains any messages produced by compilers while
+running configure, to aid debugging if configure makes a mistake.
+" 1>&5
+
+# Strip out --no-create and --no-recursion so they do not pile up.
+# Also quote any args containing shell metacharacters.
+ac_configure_args=
+for ac_arg
 do
-  eval ac_val=$`echo $ac_var`
-  case $ac_val in
-    [\\/$]* | ?:[\\/]* ) ;;
-    *)  { echo "$as_me: error: expected an absolute directory name for --$ac_var: $ac_val" >&2
-   { (exit 1); exit 1; }; };;
+  case "$ac_arg" in
+  -no-create | --no-create | --no-creat | --no-crea | --no-cre \
+  | --no-cr | --no-c) ;;
+  -no-recursion | --no-recursion | --no-recursio | --no-recursi \
+  | --no-recurs | --no-recur | --no-recu | --no-rec | --no-re | --no-r) ;;
+  *" "*|*"	"*|*[\[\]\~\#\$\^\&\*\(\)\{\}\\\|\;\<\>\?]*)
+  ac_configure_args="$ac_configure_args '$ac_arg'" ;;
+  *) ac_configure_args="$ac_configure_args $ac_arg" ;;
   esac
 done
 
-# There might be people who depend on the old broken behavior: `$host'
-# used to hold the argument of --host etc.
-# FIXME: To remove some day.
-build=$build_alias
-host=$host_alias
-target=$target_alias
-
-# FIXME: To remove some day.
-if test "x$host_alias" != x; then
-  if test "x$build_alias" = x; then
-    cross_compiling=maybe
-    echo "$as_me: WARNING: If you wanted to set the --build type, don't use --host.
-    If a cross compiler is detected then cross compile mode will be used." >&2
-  elif test "x$build_alias" != "x$host_alias"; then
-    cross_compiling=yes
-  fi
-fi
-
-ac_tool_prefix=
-test -n "$host_alias" && ac_tool_prefix=$host_alias-
+# NLS nuisances.
+# Only set these to C if already set.  These must not be set unconditionally
+# because not all systems understand e.g. LANG=C (notably SCO).
+# Fixing LC_MESSAGES prevents Solaris sh from translating var values in `set'!
+# Non-C LC_CTYPE values break the ctype check.
+if test "${LANG+set}"   = set; then LANG=C;   export LANG;   fi
+if test "${LC_ALL+set}" = set; then LC_ALL=C; export LC_ALL; fi
+if test "${LC_MESSAGES+set}" = set; then LC_MESSAGES=C; export LC_MESSAGES; fi
+if test "${LC_CTYPE+set}"    = set; then LC_CTYPE=C;    export LC_CTYPE;    fi
 
-test "$silent" = yes && exec 6>/dev/null
+# confdefs.h avoids OS command line length limits that DEFS can exceed.
+rm -rf conftest* confdefs.h
+# AIX cpp loses on an empty file, so make sure it contains at least a newline.
+echo > confdefs.h
 
+# A filename unique to this package, relative to the directory that
+# configure is in, which we can look for to find out if srcdir is correct.
+ac_unique_file=global.ent
 
 # Find the source files, if location was not specified.
 if test -z "$srcdir"; then
   ac_srcdir_defaulted=yes
   # Try the directory containing this script, then its parent.
-  ac_confdir=`(dirname "$0") 2>/dev/null ||
-$as_expr X"$0" : 'X\(.*[^/]\)//*[^/][^/]*/*$' \| \
-         X"$0" : 'X\(//\)[^/]' \| \
-         X"$0" : 'X\(//\)$' \| \
-         X"$0" : 'X\(/\)' \| \
-         .     : '\(.\)' 2>/dev/null ||
-echo X"$0" |
-    sed '/^X\(.*[^/]\)\/\/*[^/][^/]*\/*$/{ s//\1/; q; }
-  	  /^X\(\/\/\)[^/].*/{ s//\1/; q; }
-  	  /^X\(\/\/\)$/{ s//\1/; q; }
-  	  /^X\(\/\).*/{ s//\1/; q; }
-  	  s/.*/./; q'`
+  ac_prog=$0
+  ac_confdir=`echo $ac_prog|sed 's%/[^/][^/]*$%%'`
+  test "x$ac_confdir" = "x$ac_prog" && ac_confdir=.
   srcdir=$ac_confdir
   if test ! -r $srcdir/$ac_unique_file; then
     srcdir=..
@@ -689,390 +475,13 @@ else
 fi
 if test ! -r $srcdir/$ac_unique_file; then
   if test "$ac_srcdir_defaulted" = yes; then
-    { echo "$as_me: error: cannot find sources ($ac_unique_file) in $ac_confdir or .." >&2
-   { (exit 1); exit 1; }; }
+    { echo "configure: error: can not find sources in $ac_confdir or .." 1>&2; exit 1; }
   else
-    { echo "$as_me: error: cannot find sources ($ac_unique_file) in $srcdir" >&2
-   { (exit 1); exit 1; }; }
+    { echo "configure: error: can not find sources in $srcdir" 1>&2; exit 1; }
   fi
 fi
-(cd $srcdir && test -r ./$ac_unique_file) 2>/dev/null ||
-  { echo "$as_me: error: sources are in $srcdir, but \`cd $srcdir' does not work" >&2
-   { (exit 1); exit 1; }; }
-srcdir=`echo "$srcdir" | sed 's%\([^\\/]\)[\\/]*$%\1%'`
-ac_env_build_alias_set=${build_alias+set}
-ac_env_build_alias_value=$build_alias
-ac_cv_env_build_alias_set=${build_alias+set}
-ac_cv_env_build_alias_value=$build_alias
-ac_env_host_alias_set=${host_alias+set}
-ac_env_host_alias_value=$host_alias
-ac_cv_env_host_alias_set=${host_alias+set}
-ac_cv_env_host_alias_value=$host_alias
-ac_env_target_alias_set=${target_alias+set}
-ac_env_target_alias_value=$target_alias
-ac_cv_env_target_alias_set=${target_alias+set}
-ac_cv_env_target_alias_value=$target_alias
-
-#
-# Report the --help message.
-#
-if test "$ac_init_help" = "long"; then
-  # Omit some internal or obsolete options to make the list less imposing.
-  # This message is too long to be a string in the A/UX 3.1 sh.
-  cat <<_ACEOF
-\`configure' configures this package to adapt to many kinds of systems.
-
-Usage: $0 [OPTION]... [VAR=VALUE]...
-
-To assign environment variables (e.g., CC, CFLAGS...), specify them as
-VAR=VALUE.  See below for descriptions of some of the useful variables.
-
-Defaults for the options are specified in brackets.
+srcdir=`echo "${srcdir}" | sed 's%\([^/]\)/*$%\1%'`
 
-Configuration:
-  -h, --help              display this help and exit
-      --help=short        display options specific to this package
-      --help=recursive    display the short help of all the included packages
-  -V, --version           display version information and exit
-  -q, --quiet, --silent   do not print \`checking...' messages
-      --cache-file=FILE   cache test results in FILE [disabled]
-  -C, --config-cache      alias for \`--cache-file=config.cache'
-  -n, --no-create         do not create output files
-      --srcdir=DIR        find the sources in DIR [configure dir or \`..']
-
-_ACEOF
-
-  cat <<_ACEOF
-Installation directories:
-  --prefix=PREFIX         install architecture-independent files in PREFIX
-                          [$ac_default_prefix]
-  --exec-prefix=EPREFIX   install architecture-dependent files in EPREFIX
-                          [PREFIX]
-
-By default, \`make install' will install all the files in
-\`$ac_default_prefix/bin', \`$ac_default_prefix/lib' etc.  You can specify
-an installation prefix other than \`$ac_default_prefix' using \`--prefix',
-for instance \`--prefix=\$HOME'.
-
-For better control, use the options below.
-
-Fine tuning of the installation directories:
-  --bindir=DIR           user executables [EPREFIX/bin]
-  --sbindir=DIR          system admin executables [EPREFIX/sbin]
-  --libexecdir=DIR       program executables [EPREFIX/libexec]
-  --datadir=DIR          read-only architecture-independent data [PREFIX/share]
-  --sysconfdir=DIR       read-only single-machine data [PREFIX/etc]
-  --sharedstatedir=DIR   modifiable architecture-independent data [PREFIX/com]
-  --localstatedir=DIR    modifiable single-machine data [PREFIX/var]
-  --libdir=DIR           object code libraries [EPREFIX/lib]
-  --includedir=DIR       C header files [PREFIX/include]
-  --oldincludedir=DIR    C header files for non-gcc [/usr/include]
-  --infodir=DIR          info documentation [PREFIX/info]
-  --mandir=DIR           man documentation [PREFIX/man]
-_ACEOF
-
-  cat <<\_ACEOF
-_ACEOF
-fi
-
-if test -n "$ac_init_help"; then
-
-  cat <<\_ACEOF
-
-_ACEOF
-fi
-
-if test "$ac_init_help" = "recursive"; then
-  # If there are subdirs, report their specific --help.
-  ac_popdir=`pwd`
-  for ac_dir in : $ac_subdirs_all; do test "x$ac_dir" = x: && continue
-    test -d $ac_dir || continue
-    ac_builddir=.
-
-if test "$ac_dir" != .; then
-  ac_dir_suffix=/`echo "$ac_dir" | sed 's,^\.[\\/],,'`
-  # A "../" for each directory in $ac_dir_suffix.
-  ac_top_builddir=`echo "$ac_dir_suffix" | sed 's,/[^\\/]*,../,g'`
-else
-  ac_dir_suffix= ac_top_builddir=
-fi
-
-case $srcdir in
-  .)  # No --srcdir option.  We are building in place.
-    ac_srcdir=.
-    if test -z "$ac_top_builddir"; then
-       ac_top_srcdir=.
-    else
-       ac_top_srcdir=`echo $ac_top_builddir | sed 's,/$,,'`
-    fi ;;
-  [\\/]* | ?:[\\/]* )  # Absolute path.
-    ac_srcdir=$srcdir$ac_dir_suffix;
-    ac_top_srcdir=$srcdir ;;
-  *) # Relative path.
-    ac_srcdir=$ac_top_builddir$srcdir$ac_dir_suffix
-    ac_top_srcdir=$ac_top_builddir$srcdir ;;
-esac
-# Don't blindly perform a `cd "$ac_dir"/$ac_foo && pwd` since $ac_foo can be
-# absolute.
-ac_abs_builddir=`cd "$ac_dir" && cd $ac_builddir && pwd`
-ac_abs_top_builddir=`cd "$ac_dir" && cd ${ac_top_builddir}. && pwd`
-ac_abs_srcdir=`cd "$ac_dir" && cd $ac_srcdir && pwd`
-ac_abs_top_srcdir=`cd "$ac_dir" && cd $ac_top_srcdir && pwd`
-
-    cd $ac_dir
-    # Check for guested configure; otherwise get Cygnus style configure.
-    if test -f $ac_srcdir/configure.gnu; then
-      echo
-      $SHELL $ac_srcdir/configure.gnu  --help=recursive
-    elif test -f $ac_srcdir/configure; then
-      echo
-      $SHELL $ac_srcdir/configure  --help=recursive
-    elif test -f $ac_srcdir/configure.ac ||
-           test -f $ac_srcdir/configure.in; then
-      echo
-      $ac_configure --help
-    else
-      echo "$as_me: WARNING: no configuration information is in $ac_dir" >&2
-    fi
-    cd $ac_popdir
-  done
-fi
-
-test -n "$ac_init_help" && exit 0
-if $ac_init_version; then
-  cat <<\_ACEOF
-
-Copyright 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002
-Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-This configure script is free software; the Free Software Foundation
-gives unlimited permission to copy, distribute and modify it.
-_ACEOF
-  exit 0
-fi
-exec 5>config.log
-cat >&5 <<_ACEOF
-This file contains any messages produced by compilers while
-running configure, to aid debugging if configure makes a mistake.
-
-It was created by $as_me, which was
-generated by GNU Autoconf 2.57.  Invocation command line was
-
-  $ $0 $@
-
-_ACEOF
-{
-cat <<_ASUNAME
-## --------- ##
-## Platform. ##
-## --------- ##
-
-hostname = `(hostname || uname -n) 2>/dev/null | sed 1q`
-uname -m = `(uname -m) 2>/dev/null || echo unknown`
-uname -r = `(uname -r) 2>/dev/null || echo unknown`
-uname -s = `(uname -s) 2>/dev/null || echo unknown`
-uname -v = `(uname -v) 2>/dev/null || echo unknown`
-
-/usr/bin/uname -p = `(/usr/bin/uname -p) 2>/dev/null || echo unknown`
-/bin/uname -X     = `(/bin/uname -X) 2>/dev/null     || echo unknown`
-
-/bin/arch              = `(/bin/arch) 2>/dev/null              || echo unknown`
-/usr/bin/arch -k       = `(/usr/bin/arch -k) 2>/dev/null       || echo unknown`
-/usr/convex/getsysinfo = `(/usr/convex/getsysinfo) 2>/dev/null || echo unknown`
-hostinfo               = `(hostinfo) 2>/dev/null               || echo unknown`
-/bin/machine           = `(/bin/machine) 2>/dev/null           || echo unknown`
-/usr/bin/oslevel       = `(/usr/bin/oslevel) 2>/dev/null       || echo unknown`
-/bin/universe          = `(/bin/universe) 2>/dev/null          || echo unknown`
-
-_ASUNAME
-
-as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
-for as_dir in $PATH
-do
-  IFS=$as_save_IFS
-  test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
-  echo "PATH: $as_dir"
-done
-
-} >&5
-
-cat >&5 <<_ACEOF
-
-
-## ----------- ##
-## Core tests. ##
-## ----------- ##
-
-_ACEOF
-
-
-# Keep a trace of the command line.
-# Strip out --no-create and --no-recursion so they do not pile up.
-# Strip out --silent because we don't want to record it for future runs.
-# Also quote any args containing shell meta-characters.
-# Make two passes to allow for proper duplicate-argument suppression.
-ac_configure_args=
-ac_configure_args0=
-ac_configure_args1=
-ac_sep=
-ac_must_keep_next=false
-for ac_pass in 1 2
-do
-  for ac_arg
-  do
-    case $ac_arg in
-    -no-create | --no-c* | -n | -no-recursion | --no-r*) continue ;;
-    -q | -quiet | --quiet | --quie | --qui | --qu | --q \
-    | -silent | --silent | --silen | --sile | --sil)
-      continue ;;
-    *" "*|*"	"*|*[\[\]\~\#\$\^\&\*\(\)\{\}\\\|\;\<\>\?\"\']*)
-      ac_arg=`echo "$ac_arg" | sed "s/'/'\\\\\\\\''/g"` ;;
-    esac
-    case $ac_pass in
-    1) ac_configure_args0="$ac_configure_args0 '$ac_arg'" ;;
-    2)
-      ac_configure_args1="$ac_configure_args1 '$ac_arg'"
-      if test $ac_must_keep_next = true; then
-        ac_must_keep_next=false # Got value, back to normal.
-      else
-        case $ac_arg in
-          *=* | --config-cache | -C | -disable-* | --disable-* \
-          | -enable-* | --enable-* | -gas | --g* | -nfp | --nf* \
-          | -q | -quiet | --q* | -silent | --sil* | -v | -verb* \
-          | -with-* | --with-* | -without-* | --without-* | --x)
-            case "$ac_configure_args0 " in
-              "$ac_configure_args1"*" '$ac_arg' "* ) continue ;;
-            esac
-            ;;
-          -* ) ac_must_keep_next=true ;;
-        esac
-      fi
-      ac_configure_args="$ac_configure_args$ac_sep'$ac_arg'"
-      # Get rid of the leading space.
-      ac_sep=" "
-      ;;
-    esac
-  done
-done
-$as_unset ac_configure_args0 || test "${ac_configure_args0+set}" != set || { ac_configure_args0=; export ac_configure_args0; }
-$as_unset ac_configure_args1 || test "${ac_configure_args1+set}" != set || { ac_configure_args1=; export ac_configure_args1; }
-
-# When interrupted or exit'd, cleanup temporary files, and complete
-# config.log.  We remove comments because anyway the quotes in there
-# would cause problems or look ugly.
-# WARNING: Be sure not to use single quotes in there, as some shells,
-# such as our DU 5.0 friend, will then `close' the trap.
-trap 'exit_status=$?
-  # Save into config.log some information that might help in debugging.
-  {
-    echo
-
-    cat <<\_ASBOX
-## ---------------- ##
-## Cache variables. ##
-## ---------------- ##
-_ASBOX
-    echo
-    # The following way of writing the cache mishandles newlines in values,
-{
-  (set) 2>&1 |
-    case `(ac_space='"'"' '"'"'; set | grep ac_space) 2>&1` in
-    *ac_space=\ *)
-      sed -n \
-        "s/'"'"'/'"'"'\\\\'"'"''"'"'/g;
-    	  s/^\\([_$as_cr_alnum]*_cv_[_$as_cr_alnum]*\\)=\\(.*\\)/\\1='"'"'\\2'"'"'/p"
-      ;;
-    *)
-      sed -n \
-        "s/^\\([_$as_cr_alnum]*_cv_[_$as_cr_alnum]*\\)=\\(.*\\)/\\1=\\2/p"
-      ;;
-    esac;
-}
-    echo
-
-    cat <<\_ASBOX
-## ----------------- ##
-## Output variables. ##
-## ----------------- ##
-_ASBOX
-    echo
-    for ac_var in $ac_subst_vars
-    do
-      eval ac_val=$`echo $ac_var`
-      echo "$ac_var='"'"'$ac_val'"'"'"
-    done | sort
-    echo
-
-    if test -n "$ac_subst_files"; then
-      cat <<\_ASBOX
-## ------------- ##
-## Output files. ##
-## ------------- ##
-_ASBOX
-      echo
-      for ac_var in $ac_subst_files
-      do
-	eval ac_val=$`echo $ac_var`
-        echo "$ac_var='"'"'$ac_val'"'"'"
-      done | sort
-      echo
-    fi
-
-    if test -s confdefs.h; then
-      cat <<\_ASBOX
-## ----------- ##
-## confdefs.h. ##
-## ----------- ##
-_ASBOX
-      echo
-      sed "/^$/d" confdefs.h | sort
-      echo
-    fi
-    test "$ac_signal" != 0 &&
-      echo "$as_me: caught signal $ac_signal"
-    echo "$as_me: exit $exit_status"
-  } >&5
-  rm -f core core.* *.core &&
-  rm -rf conftest* confdefs* conf$$* $ac_clean_files &&
-    exit $exit_status
-     ' 0
-for ac_signal in 1 2 13 15; do
-  trap 'ac_signal='$ac_signal'; { (exit 1); exit 1; }' $ac_signal
-done
-ac_signal=0
-
-# confdefs.h avoids OS command line length limits that DEFS can exceed.
-rm -rf conftest* confdefs.h
-# AIX cpp loses on an empty file, so make sure it contains at least a newline.
-echo >confdefs.h
-
-# Predefined preprocessor variables.
-
-cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF
-#define PACKAGE_NAME "$PACKAGE_NAME"
-_ACEOF
-
-
-cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF
-#define PACKAGE_TARNAME "$PACKAGE_TARNAME"
-_ACEOF
-
-
-cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF
-#define PACKAGE_VERSION "$PACKAGE_VERSION"
-_ACEOF
-
-
-cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF
-#define PACKAGE_STRING "$PACKAGE_STRING"
-_ACEOF
-
-
-cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF
-#define PACKAGE_BUGREPORT "$PACKAGE_BUGREPORT"
-_ACEOF
-
-
-# Let the site file select an alternate cache file if it wants to.
 # Prefer explicitly selected file to automatically selected ones.
 if test -z "$CONFIG_SITE"; then
   if test "x$prefix" != xNONE; then
@@ -1083,1265 +492,670 @@ if test -z "$CONFIG_SITE"; then
 fi
 for ac_site_file in $CONFIG_SITE; do
   if test -r "$ac_site_file"; then
-    { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: loading site script $ac_site_file" >&5
-echo "$as_me: loading site script $ac_site_file" >&6;}
-    sed 's/^/| /' "$ac_site_file" >&5
+    echo "loading site script $ac_site_file"
     . "$ac_site_file"
   fi
 done
 
 if test -r "$cache_file"; then
-  # Some versions of bash will fail to source /dev/null (special
-  # files actually), so we avoid doing that.
-  if test -f "$cache_file"; then
-    { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: loading cache $cache_file" >&5
-echo "$as_me: loading cache $cache_file" >&6;}
-    case $cache_file in
-      [\\/]* | ?:[\\/]* ) . $cache_file;;
-      *)                      . ./$cache_file;;
-    esac
-  fi
+  echo "loading cache $cache_file"
+  . $cache_file
 else
-  { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: creating cache $cache_file" >&5
-echo "$as_me: creating cache $cache_file" >&6;}
-  >$cache_file
-fi
-
-# Check that the precious variables saved in the cache have kept the same
-# value.
-ac_cache_corrupted=false
-for ac_var in `(set) 2>&1 |
-               sed -n 's/^ac_env_\([a-zA-Z_0-9]*\)_set=.*/\1/p'`; do
-  eval ac_old_set=\$ac_cv_env_${ac_var}_set
-  eval ac_new_set=\$ac_env_${ac_var}_set
-  eval ac_old_val="\$ac_cv_env_${ac_var}_value"
-  eval ac_new_val="\$ac_env_${ac_var}_value"
-  case $ac_old_set,$ac_new_set in
-    set,)
-      { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: \`$ac_var' was set to \`$ac_old_val' in the previous run" >&5
-echo "$as_me: error: \`$ac_var' was set to \`$ac_old_val' in the previous run" >&2;}
-      ac_cache_corrupted=: ;;
-    ,set)
-      { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: \`$ac_var' was not set in the previous run" >&5
-echo "$as_me: error: \`$ac_var' was not set in the previous run" >&2;}
-      ac_cache_corrupted=: ;;
-    ,);;
-    *)
-      if test "x$ac_old_val" != "x$ac_new_val"; then
-        { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: \`$ac_var' has changed since the previous run:" >&5
-echo "$as_me: error: \`$ac_var' has changed since the previous run:" >&2;}
-        { echo "$as_me:$LINENO:   former value:  $ac_old_val" >&5
-echo "$as_me:   former value:  $ac_old_val" >&2;}
-        { echo "$as_me:$LINENO:   current value: $ac_new_val" >&5
-echo "$as_me:   current value: $ac_new_val" >&2;}
-        ac_cache_corrupted=:
-      fi;;
-  esac
-  # Pass precious variables to config.status.
-  if test "$ac_new_set" = set; then
-    case $ac_new_val in
-    *" "*|*"	"*|*[\[\]\~\#\$\^\&\*\(\)\{\}\\\|\;\<\>\?\"\']*)
-      ac_arg=$ac_var=`echo "$ac_new_val" | sed "s/'/'\\\\\\\\''/g"` ;;
-    *) ac_arg=$ac_var=$ac_new_val ;;
-    esac
-    case " $ac_configure_args " in
-      *" '$ac_arg' "*) ;; # Avoid dups.  Use of quotes ensures accuracy.
-      *) ac_configure_args="$ac_configure_args '$ac_arg'" ;;
-    esac
-  fi
-done
-if $ac_cache_corrupted; then
-  { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: changes in the environment can compromise the build" >&5
-echo "$as_me: error: changes in the environment can compromise the build" >&2;}
-  { { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: run \`make distclean' and/or \`rm $cache_file' and start over" >&5
-echo "$as_me: error: run \`make distclean' and/or \`rm $cache_file' and start over" >&2;}
-   { (exit 1); exit 1; }; }
+  echo "creating cache $cache_file"
+  > $cache_file
 fi
 
 ac_ext=c
+# CFLAGS is not in ac_cpp because -g, -O, etc. are not valid cpp options.
 ac_cpp='$CPP $CPPFLAGS'
-ac_compile='$CC -c $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext >&5'
-ac_link='$CC -o conftest$ac_exeext $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS $LDFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext $LIBS >&5'
-ac_compiler_gnu=$ac_cv_c_compiler_gnu
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
+ac_compile='${CC-cc} -c $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext 1>&5'
+ac_link='${CC-cc} -o conftest${ac_exeext} $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS $LDFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext $LIBS 1>&5'
+cross_compiling=$ac_cv_prog_cc_cross
+
+ac_exeext=
+ac_objext=o
+if (echo "testing\c"; echo 1,2,3) | grep c >/dev/null; then
+  # Stardent Vistra SVR4 grep lacks -e, says ghazi@caip.rutgers.edu.
+  if (echo -n testing; echo 1,2,3) | sed s/-n/xn/ | grep xn >/dev/null; then
+    ac_n= ac_c='
+' ac_t='	'
+  else
+    ac_n=-n ac_c= ac_t=
+  fi
+else
+  ac_n= ac_c='\c' ac_t=
+fi
 
 
 
 # Extract the first word of "xsltproc", so it can be a program name with args.
 set dummy xsltproc; ac_word=$2
-echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for $ac_word" >&5
-echo $ECHO_N "checking for $ac_word... $ECHO_C" >&6
-if test "${ac_cv_path_XSLTPROC+set}" = set; then
-  echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
+echo $ac_n "checking for $ac_word""... $ac_c" 1>&6
+echo "configure:535: checking for $ac_word" >&5
+if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_path_XSLTPROC'+set}'`\" = set"; then
+  echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6
 else
-  case $XSLTPROC in
-  [\\/]* | ?:[\\/]*)
+  case "$XSLTPROC" in
+  /*)
   ac_cv_path_XSLTPROC="$XSLTPROC" # Let the user override the test with a path.
   ;;
+  ?:/*)			 
+  ac_cv_path_XSLTPROC="$XSLTPROC" # Let the user override the test with a dos path.
+  ;;
   *)
-  as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
-for as_dir in $PATH
-do
-  IFS=$as_save_IFS
-  test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
-  for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do
-  if $as_executable_p "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; then
-    ac_cv_path_XSLTPROC="$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"
-    echo "$as_me:$LINENO: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5
-    break 2
-  fi
-done
-done
-
+  IFS="${IFS= 	}"; ac_save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS=":"
+  ac_dummy="$PATH"
+  for ac_dir in $ac_dummy; do 
+    test -z "$ac_dir" && ac_dir=.
+    if test -f $ac_dir/$ac_word; then
+      ac_cv_path_XSLTPROC="$ac_dir/$ac_word"
+      break
+    fi
+  done
+  IFS="$ac_save_ifs"
   ;;
 esac
 fi
-XSLTPROC=$ac_cv_path_XSLTPROC
-
+XSLTPROC="$ac_cv_path_XSLTPROC"
 if test -n "$XSLTPROC"; then
-  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $XSLTPROC" >&5
-echo "${ECHO_T}$XSLTPROC" >&6
+  echo "$ac_t""$XSLTPROC" 1>&6
 else
-  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: no" >&5
-echo "${ECHO_T}no" >&6
+  echo "$ac_t""no" 1>&6
 fi
 
 if test "x$XSLTPROC" = x; then
-   { { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: \"xsltproc is required\"" >&5
-echo "$as_me: error: \"xsltproc is required\"" >&2;}
-   { (exit 1); exit 1; }; }
+   { echo "configure: error: "xsltproc is required"" 1>&2; exit 1; }
 fi
 # Extract the first word of "pdflatex", so it can be a program name with args.
 set dummy pdflatex; ac_word=$2
-echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for $ac_word" >&5
-echo $ECHO_N "checking for $ac_word... $ECHO_C" >&6
-if test "${ac_cv_path_PDFLATEX+set}" = set; then
-  echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
+echo $ac_n "checking for $ac_word""... $ac_c" 1>&6
+echo "configure:573: checking for $ac_word" >&5
+if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_path_PDFLATEX'+set}'`\" = set"; then
+  echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6
 else
-  case $PDFLATEX in
-  [\\/]* | ?:[\\/]*)
+  case "$PDFLATEX" in
+  /*)
   ac_cv_path_PDFLATEX="$PDFLATEX" # Let the user override the test with a path.
   ;;
+  ?:/*)			 
+  ac_cv_path_PDFLATEX="$PDFLATEX" # Let the user override the test with a dos path.
+  ;;
   *)
-  as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
-for as_dir in $PATH
-do
-  IFS=$as_save_IFS
-  test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
-  for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do
-  if $as_executable_p "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; then
-    ac_cv_path_PDFLATEX="$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"
-    echo "$as_me:$LINENO: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5
-    break 2
-  fi
-done
-done
-
+  IFS="${IFS= 	}"; ac_save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS=":"
+  ac_dummy="$PATH"
+  for ac_dir in $ac_dummy; do 
+    test -z "$ac_dir" && ac_dir=.
+    if test -f $ac_dir/$ac_word; then
+      ac_cv_path_PDFLATEX="$ac_dir/$ac_word"
+      break
+    fi
+  done
+  IFS="$ac_save_ifs"
   ;;
 esac
 fi
-PDFLATEX=$ac_cv_path_PDFLATEX
-
+PDFLATEX="$ac_cv_path_PDFLATEX"
 if test -n "$PDFLATEX"; then
-  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $PDFLATEX" >&5
-echo "${ECHO_T}$PDFLATEX" >&6
+  echo "$ac_t""$PDFLATEX" 1>&6
 else
-  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: no" >&5
-echo "${ECHO_T}no" >&6
+  echo "$ac_t""no" 1>&6
 fi
 
 if test "x$PDFLATEX" = x; then
-   { { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: \"pdflatex is required\"" >&5
-echo "$as_me: error: \"pdflatex is required\"" >&2;}
-   { (exit 1); exit 1; }; }
+   { echo "configure: error: "pdflatex is required"" 1>&2; exit 1; }
 fi
-
-# Extract the first word of "xmlto", so it can be a program name with args.
-set dummy xmlto; ac_word=$2
-echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for $ac_word" >&5
-echo $ECHO_N "checking for $ac_word... $ECHO_C" >&6
-if test "${ac_cv_path_XMLTO+set}" = set; then
-  echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
+# Extract the first word of "makeindex", so it can be a program name with args.
+set dummy makeindex; ac_word=$2
+echo $ac_n "checking for $ac_word""... $ac_c" 1>&6
+echo "configure:611: checking for $ac_word" >&5
+if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_path_MAKEINDEX'+set}'`\" = set"; then
+  echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6
 else
-  case $XMLTO in
-  [\\/]* | ?:[\\/]*)
-  ac_cv_path_XMLTO="$XMLTO" # Let the user override the test with a path.
+  case "$MAKEINDEX" in
+  /*)
+  ac_cv_path_MAKEINDEX="$MAKEINDEX" # Let the user override the test with a path.
+  ;;
+  ?:/*)			 
+  ac_cv_path_MAKEINDEX="$MAKEINDEX" # Let the user override the test with a dos path.
   ;;
   *)
-  as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
-for as_dir in $PATH
-do
-  IFS=$as_save_IFS
-  test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
-  for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do
-  if $as_executable_p "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; then
-    ac_cv_path_XMLTO="$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"
-    echo "$as_me:$LINENO: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5
-    break 2
-  fi
-done
-done
-
+  IFS="${IFS= 	}"; ac_save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS=":"
+  ac_dummy="$PATH"
+  for ac_dir in $ac_dummy; do 
+    test -z "$ac_dir" && ac_dir=.
+    if test -f $ac_dir/$ac_word; then
+      ac_cv_path_MAKEINDEX="$ac_dir/$ac_word"
+      break
+    fi
+  done
+  IFS="$ac_save_ifs"
   ;;
 esac
 fi
-XMLTO=$ac_cv_path_XMLTO
-
-if test -n "$XMLTO"; then
-  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $XMLTO" >&5
-echo "${ECHO_T}$XMLTO" >&6
+MAKEINDEX="$ac_cv_path_MAKEINDEX"
+if test -n "$MAKEINDEX"; then
+  echo "$ac_t""$MAKEINDEX" 1>&6
 else
-  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: no" >&5
-echo "${ECHO_T}no" >&6
+  echo "$ac_t""no" 1>&6
+fi
+
+if test "x$MAKEINDEX" = x; then
+	{ echo "configure: error: "makeindex is required"" 1>&2; exit 1; }
 fi
 
+PAPERSIZE=""
+TEXSTYLESHEET=xslt/latex.xsl
+DUPLICATE_ULINKS=""
+
+CROP="--stringparam docrop 0"
+
+# Check whether --enable-crop or --disable-crop was given.
+if test "${enable_crop+set}" = set; then
+  enableval="$enable_crop"
+   test "$withval" && CROP="--stringparam docrop 1" 
+fi
+
+
+PAPERSIZE="--stringparam papersize a4paper"
+
+# Check whether --with-papersize or --without-papersize was given.
+if test "${with_papersize+set}" = set; then
+  withval="$with_papersize"
+   test "$withval" && PAPERSIZE="--stringparam papersize $withval" 
+fi
+
+
+FONTSIZE="--stringparam fontsize 10.5"
+
+# Check whether --with-fontsize or --without-fontsize was given.
+if test "${with_fontsize+set}" = set; then
+  withval="$with_fontsize"
+   test "$withval" && FONTSIZE="--stringparam fontsize $withval" 
+fi
+
+
 # Extract the first word of "latex", so it can be a program name with args.
 set dummy latex; ac_word=$2
-echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for $ac_word" >&5
-echo $ECHO_N "checking for $ac_word... $ECHO_C" >&6
-if test "${ac_cv_path_LATEX+set}" = set; then
-  echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
+echo $ac_n "checking for $ac_word""... $ac_c" 1>&6
+echo "configure:681: checking for $ac_word" >&5
+if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_path_LATEX'+set}'`\" = set"; then
+  echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6
 else
-  case $LATEX in
-  [\\/]* | ?:[\\/]*)
+  case "$LATEX" in
+  /*)
   ac_cv_path_LATEX="$LATEX" # Let the user override the test with a path.
   ;;
+  ?:/*)			 
+  ac_cv_path_LATEX="$LATEX" # Let the user override the test with a dos path.
+  ;;
   *)
-  as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
-for as_dir in $PATH
-do
-  IFS=$as_save_IFS
-  test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
-  for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do
-  if $as_executable_p "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; then
-    ac_cv_path_LATEX="$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"
-    echo "$as_me:$LINENO: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5
-    break 2
-  fi
-done
-done
-
+  IFS="${IFS= 	}"; ac_save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS=":"
+  ac_dummy="$PATH"
+  for ac_dir in $ac_dummy; do 
+    test -z "$ac_dir" && ac_dir=.
+    if test -f $ac_dir/$ac_word; then
+      ac_cv_path_LATEX="$ac_dir/$ac_word"
+      break
+    fi
+  done
+  IFS="$ac_save_ifs"
   ;;
 esac
 fi
-LATEX=$ac_cv_path_LATEX
-
+LATEX="$ac_cv_path_LATEX"
 if test -n "$LATEX"; then
-  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $LATEX" >&5
-echo "${ECHO_T}$LATEX" >&6
+  echo "$ac_t""$LATEX" 1>&6
 else
-  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: no" >&5
-echo "${ECHO_T}no" >&6
+  echo "$ac_t""no" 1>&6
 fi
 
 # Extract the first word of "dvips", so it can be a program name with args.
 set dummy dvips; ac_word=$2
-echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for $ac_word" >&5
-echo $ECHO_N "checking for $ac_word... $ECHO_C" >&6
-if test "${ac_cv_path_DVIPS+set}" = set; then
-  echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
+echo $ac_n "checking for $ac_word""... $ac_c" 1>&6
+echo "configure:716: checking for $ac_word" >&5
+if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_path_DVIPS'+set}'`\" = set"; then
+  echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6
 else
-  case $DVIPS in
-  [\\/]* | ?:[\\/]*)
+  case "$DVIPS" in
+  /*)
   ac_cv_path_DVIPS="$DVIPS" # Let the user override the test with a path.
   ;;
+  ?:/*)			 
+  ac_cv_path_DVIPS="$DVIPS" # Let the user override the test with a dos path.
+  ;;
   *)
-  as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
-for as_dir in $PATH
-do
-  IFS=$as_save_IFS
-  test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
-  for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do
-  if $as_executable_p "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; then
-    ac_cv_path_DVIPS="$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"
-    echo "$as_me:$LINENO: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5
-    break 2
-  fi
-done
-done
-
+  IFS="${IFS= 	}"; ac_save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS=":"
+  ac_dummy="$PATH"
+  for ac_dir in $ac_dummy; do 
+    test -z "$ac_dir" && ac_dir=.
+    if test -f $ac_dir/$ac_word; then
+      ac_cv_path_DVIPS="$ac_dir/$ac_word"
+      break
+    fi
+  done
+  IFS="$ac_save_ifs"
   ;;
 esac
 fi
-DVIPS=$ac_cv_path_DVIPS
-
+DVIPS="$ac_cv_path_DVIPS"
 if test -n "$DVIPS"; then
-  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $DVIPS" >&5
-echo "${ECHO_T}$DVIPS" >&6
+  echo "$ac_t""$DVIPS" 1>&6
 else
-  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: no" >&5
-echo "${ECHO_T}no" >&6
+  echo "$ac_t""no" 1>&6
 fi
 
 # Extract the first word of "pngtopnm", so it can be a program name with args.
 set dummy pngtopnm; ac_word=$2
-echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for $ac_word" >&5
-echo $ECHO_N "checking for $ac_word... $ECHO_C" >&6
-if test "${ac_cv_path_PNGTOPNM+set}" = set; then
-  echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
+echo $ac_n "checking for $ac_word""... $ac_c" 1>&6
+echo "configure:751: checking for $ac_word" >&5
+if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_path_PNGTOPNM'+set}'`\" = set"; then
+  echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6
 else
-  case $PNGTOPNM in
-  [\\/]* | ?:[\\/]*)
+  case "$PNGTOPNM" in
+  /*)
   ac_cv_path_PNGTOPNM="$PNGTOPNM" # Let the user override the test with a path.
   ;;
+  ?:/*)			 
+  ac_cv_path_PNGTOPNM="$PNGTOPNM" # Let the user override the test with a dos path.
+  ;;
   *)
-  as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
-for as_dir in $PATH
-do
-  IFS=$as_save_IFS
-  test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
-  for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do
-  if $as_executable_p "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; then
-    ac_cv_path_PNGTOPNM="$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"
-    echo "$as_me:$LINENO: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5
-    break 2
-  fi
-done
-done
-
+  IFS="${IFS= 	}"; ac_save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS=":"
+  ac_dummy="$PATH"
+  for ac_dir in $ac_dummy; do 
+    test -z "$ac_dir" && ac_dir=.
+    if test -f $ac_dir/$ac_word; then
+      ac_cv_path_PNGTOPNM="$ac_dir/$ac_word"
+      break
+    fi
+  done
+  IFS="$ac_save_ifs"
   ;;
 esac
 fi
-PNGTOPNM=$ac_cv_path_PNGTOPNM
-
+PNGTOPNM="$ac_cv_path_PNGTOPNM"
 if test -n "$PNGTOPNM"; then
-  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $PNGTOPNM" >&5
-echo "${ECHO_T}$PNGTOPNM" >&6
+  echo "$ac_t""$PNGTOPNM" 1>&6
 else
-  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: no" >&5
-echo "${ECHO_T}no" >&6
+  echo "$ac_t""no" 1>&6
 fi
 
 # Extract the first word of "pnmtops", so it can be a program name with args.
 set dummy pnmtops; ac_word=$2
-echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for $ac_word" >&5
-echo $ECHO_N "checking for $ac_word... $ECHO_C" >&6
-if test "${ac_cv_path_PNMTOPS+set}" = set; then
-  echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
+echo $ac_n "checking for $ac_word""... $ac_c" 1>&6
+echo "configure:786: checking for $ac_word" >&5
+if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_path_PNMTOPS'+set}'`\" = set"; then
+  echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6
 else
-  case $PNMTOPS in
-  [\\/]* | ?:[\\/]*)
+  case "$PNMTOPS" in
+  /*)
   ac_cv_path_PNMTOPS="$PNMTOPS" # Let the user override the test with a path.
   ;;
+  ?:/*)			 
+  ac_cv_path_PNMTOPS="$PNMTOPS" # Let the user override the test with a dos path.
+  ;;
   *)
-  as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
-for as_dir in $PATH
-do
-  IFS=$as_save_IFS
-  test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
-  for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do
-  if $as_executable_p "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; then
-    ac_cv_path_PNMTOPS="$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"
-    echo "$as_me:$LINENO: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5
-    break 2
-  fi
-done
-done
+  IFS="${IFS= 	}"; ac_save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS=":"
+  ac_dummy="$PATH"
+  for ac_dir in $ac_dummy; do 
+    test -z "$ac_dir" && ac_dir=.
+    if test -f $ac_dir/$ac_word; then
+      ac_cv_path_PNMTOPS="$ac_dir/$ac_word"
+      break
+    fi
+  done
+  IFS="$ac_save_ifs"
+  ;;
+esac
+fi
+PNMTOPS="$ac_cv_path_PNMTOPS"
+if test -n "$PNMTOPS"; then
+  echo "$ac_t""$PNMTOPS" 1>&6
+else
+  echo "$ac_t""no" 1>&6
+fi
 
+# Extract the first word of "perl", so it can be a program name with args.
+set dummy perl; ac_word=$2
+echo $ac_n "checking for $ac_word""... $ac_c" 1>&6
+echo "configure:821: checking for $ac_word" >&5
+if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_path_PERL'+set}'`\" = set"; then
+  echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6
+else
+  case "$PERL" in
+  /*)
+  ac_cv_path_PERL="$PERL" # Let the user override the test with a path.
+  ;;
+  ?:/*)			 
+  ac_cv_path_PERL="$PERL" # Let the user override the test with a dos path.
+  ;;
+  *)
+  IFS="${IFS= 	}"; ac_save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS=":"
+  ac_dummy="$PATH"
+  for ac_dir in $ac_dummy; do 
+    test -z "$ac_dir" && ac_dir=.
+    if test -f $ac_dir/$ac_word; then
+      ac_cv_path_PERL="$ac_dir/$ac_word"
+      break
+    fi
+  done
+  IFS="$ac_save_ifs"
   ;;
 esac
 fi
-PNMTOPS=$ac_cv_path_PNMTOPS
+PERL="$ac_cv_path_PERL"
+if test -n "$PERL"; then
+  echo "$ac_t""$PERL" 1>&6
+else
+  echo "$ac_t""no" 1>&6
+fi
 
-if test -n "$PNMTOPS"; then
-  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $PNMTOPS" >&5
-echo "${ECHO_T}$PNMTOPS" >&6
+# Extract the first word of "xmlto", so it can be a program name with args.
+set dummy xmlto; ac_word=$2
+echo $ac_n "checking for $ac_word""... $ac_c" 1>&6
+echo "configure:856: checking for $ac_word" >&5
+if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_path_XMLTO'+set}'`\" = set"; then
+  echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6
+else
+  case "$XMLTO" in
+  /*)
+  ac_cv_path_XMLTO="$XMLTO" # Let the user override the test with a path.
+  ;;
+  ?:/*)			 
+  ac_cv_path_XMLTO="$XMLTO" # Let the user override the test with a dos path.
+  ;;
+  *)
+  IFS="${IFS= 	}"; ac_save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS=":"
+  ac_dummy="$PATH"
+  for ac_dir in $ac_dummy; do 
+    test -z "$ac_dir" && ac_dir=.
+    if test -f $ac_dir/$ac_word; then
+      ac_cv_path_XMLTO="$ac_dir/$ac_word"
+      break
+    fi
+  done
+  IFS="$ac_save_ifs"
+  ;;
+esac
+fi
+XMLTO="$ac_cv_path_XMLTO"
+if test -n "$XMLTO"; then
+  echo "$ac_t""$XMLTO" 1>&6
 else
-  echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: no" >&5
-echo "${ECHO_T}no" >&6
+  echo "$ac_t""no" 1>&6
 fi
 
 
 DOC_BUILD_DATE=`date '+%d-%m-%Y'`
 
 
-          ac_config_files="$ac_config_files Makefile"
-cat >confcache <<\_ACEOF
+
+
+
+
+
+trap '' 1 2 15
+cat > confcache <<\EOF
 # This file is a shell script that caches the results of configure
 # tests run on this system so they can be shared between configure
-# scripts and configure runs, see configure's option --config-cache.
-# It is not useful on other systems.  If it contains results you don't
-# want to keep, you may remove or edit it.
+# scripts and configure runs.  It is not useful on other systems.
+# If it contains results you don't want to keep, you may remove or edit it.
 #
-# config.status only pays attention to the cache file if you give it
-# the --recheck option to rerun configure.
+# By default, configure uses ./config.cache as the cache file,
+# creating it if it does not exist already.  You can give configure
+# the --cache-file=FILE option to use a different cache file; that is
+# what configure does when it calls configure scripts in
+# subdirectories, so they share the cache.
+# Giving --cache-file=/dev/null disables caching, for debugging configure.
+# config.status only pays attention to the cache file if you give it the
+# --recheck option to rerun configure.
 #
-# `ac_cv_env_foo' variables (set or unset) will be overridden when
-# loading this file, other *unset* `ac_cv_foo' will be assigned the
-# following values.
-
-_ACEOF
-
+EOF
 # The following way of writing the cache mishandles newlines in values,
 # but we know of no workaround that is simple, portable, and efficient.
 # So, don't put newlines in cache variables' values.
 # Ultrix sh set writes to stderr and can't be redirected directly,
 # and sets the high bit in the cache file unless we assign to the vars.
-{
-  (set) 2>&1 |
-    case `(ac_space=' '; set | grep ac_space) 2>&1` in
-    *ac_space=\ *)
-      # `set' does not quote correctly, so add quotes (double-quote
-      # substitution turns \\\\ into \\, and sed turns \\ into \).
-      sed -n \
-        "s/'/'\\\\''/g;
-    	  s/^\\([_$as_cr_alnum]*_cv_[_$as_cr_alnum]*\\)=\\(.*\\)/\\1='\\2'/p"
-      ;;
-    *)
-      # `set' quotes correctly as required by POSIX, so do not add quotes.
-      sed -n \
-        "s/^\\([_$as_cr_alnum]*_cv_[_$as_cr_alnum]*\\)=\\(.*\\)/\\1=\\2/p"
-      ;;
-    esac;
-} |
-  sed '
-     t clear
-     : clear
-     s/^\([^=]*\)=\(.*[{}].*\)$/test "${\1+set}" = set || &/
-     t end
-     /^ac_cv_env/!s/^\([^=]*\)=\(.*\)$/\1=${\1=\2}/
-     : end' >>confcache
-if diff $cache_file confcache >/dev/null 2>&1; then :; else
+(set) 2>&1 |
+  case `(ac_space=' '; set | grep ac_space) 2>&1` in
+  *ac_space=\ *)
+    # `set' does not quote correctly, so add quotes (double-quote substitution
+    # turns \\\\ into \\, and sed turns \\ into \).
+    sed -n \
+      -e "s/'/'\\\\''/g" \
+      -e "s/^\\([a-zA-Z0-9_]*_cv_[a-zA-Z0-9_]*\\)=\\(.*\\)/\\1=\${\\1='\\2'}/p"
+    ;;
+  *)
+    # `set' quotes correctly as required by POSIX, so do not add quotes.
+    sed -n -e 's/^\([a-zA-Z0-9_]*_cv_[a-zA-Z0-9_]*\)=\(.*\)/\1=${\1=\2}/p'
+    ;;
+  esac >> confcache
+if cmp -s $cache_file confcache; then
+  :
+else
   if test -w $cache_file; then
-    test "x$cache_file" != "x/dev/null" && echo "updating cache $cache_file"
-    cat confcache >$cache_file
+    echo "updating cache $cache_file"
+    cat confcache > $cache_file
   else
     echo "not updating unwritable cache $cache_file"
   fi
 fi
 rm -f confcache
 
+trap 'rm -fr conftest* confdefs* core core.* *.core $ac_clean_files; exit 1' 1 2 15
+
 test "x$prefix" = xNONE && prefix=$ac_default_prefix
 # Let make expand exec_prefix.
 test "x$exec_prefix" = xNONE && exec_prefix='${prefix}'
 
-# VPATH may cause trouble with some makes, so we remove $(srcdir),
-# ${srcdir} and @srcdir@ from VPATH if srcdir is ".", strip leading and
-# trailing colons and then remove the whole line if VPATH becomes empty
-# (actually we leave an empty line to preserve line numbers).
+# Any assignment to VPATH causes Sun make to only execute
+# the first set of double-colon rules, so remove it if not needed.
+# If there is a colon in the path, we need to keep it.
 if test "x$srcdir" = x.; then
-  ac_vpsub='/^[ 	]*VPATH[ 	]*=/{
-s/:*\$(srcdir):*/:/;
-s/:*\${srcdir}:*/:/;
-s/:*@srcdir@:*/:/;
-s/^\([^=]*=[ 	]*\):*/\1/;
-s/:*$//;
-s/^[^=]*=[ 	]*$//;
-}'
+  ac_vpsub='/^[ 	]*VPATH[ 	]*=[^:]*$/d'
 fi
 
+trap 'rm -f $CONFIG_STATUS conftest*; exit 1' 1 2 15
+
 # Transform confdefs.h into DEFS.
 # Protect against shell expansion while executing Makefile rules.
 # Protect against Makefile macro expansion.
-#
-# If the first sed substitution is executed (which looks for macros that
-# take arguments), then we branch to the quote section.  Otherwise,
-# look for a macro that doesn't take arguments.
-cat >confdef2opt.sed <<\_ACEOF
-t clear
-: clear
-s,^[ 	]*#[ 	]*define[ 	][ 	]*\([^ 	(][^ 	(]*([^)]*)\)[ 	]*\(.*\),-D\1=\2,g
-t quote
-s,^[ 	]*#[ 	]*define[ 	][ 	]*\([^ 	][^ 	]*\)[ 	]*\(.*\),-D\1=\2,g
-t quote
-d
-: quote
-s,[ 	`~#$^&*(){}\\|;'"<>?],\\&,g
-s,\[,\\&,g
-s,\],\\&,g
-s,\$,$$,g
-p
-_ACEOF
-# We use echo to avoid assuming a particular line-breaking character.
-# The extra dot is to prevent the shell from consuming trailing
-# line-breaks from the sub-command output.  A line-break within
-# single-quotes doesn't work because, if this script is created in a
-# platform that uses two characters for line-breaks (e.g., DOS), tr
-# would break.
-ac_LF_and_DOT=`echo; echo .`
-DEFS=`sed -n -f confdef2opt.sed confdefs.h | tr "$ac_LF_and_DOT" ' .'`
-rm -f confdef2opt.sed
-
-
-ac_libobjs=
-ac_ltlibobjs=
-for ac_i in : $LIBOBJS; do test "x$ac_i" = x: && continue
-  # 1. Remove the extension, and $U if already installed.
-  ac_i=`echo "$ac_i" |
-         sed 's/\$U\././;s/\.o$//;s/\.obj$//'`
-  # 2. Add them.
-  ac_libobjs="$ac_libobjs $ac_i\$U.$ac_objext"
-  ac_ltlibobjs="$ac_ltlibobjs $ac_i"'$U.lo'
-done
-LIBOBJS=$ac_libobjs
-
-LTLIBOBJS=$ac_ltlibobjs
-
-
-
+cat > conftest.defs <<\EOF
+s%#define \([A-Za-z_][A-Za-z0-9_]*\) *\(.*\)%-D\1=\2%g
+s%[ 	`~#$^&*(){}\\|;'"<>?]%\\&%g
+s%\[%\\&%g
+s%\]%\\&%g
+s%\$%$$%g
+EOF
+DEFS=`sed -f conftest.defs confdefs.h | tr '\012' ' '`
+rm -f conftest.defs
+
+
+# Without the "./", some shells look in PATH for config.status.
 : ${CONFIG_STATUS=./config.status}
-ac_clean_files_save=$ac_clean_files
-ac_clean_files="$ac_clean_files $CONFIG_STATUS"
-{ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: creating $CONFIG_STATUS" >&5
-echo "$as_me: creating $CONFIG_STATUS" >&6;}
-cat >$CONFIG_STATUS <<_ACEOF
-#! $SHELL
-# Generated by $as_me.
+
+echo creating $CONFIG_STATUS
+rm -f $CONFIG_STATUS
+cat > $CONFIG_STATUS <<EOF
+#! /bin/sh
+# Generated automatically by configure.
 # Run this file to recreate the current configuration.
+# This directory was configured as follows,
+# on host `(hostname || uname -n) 2>/dev/null | sed 1q`:
+#
+# $0 $ac_configure_args
+#
 # Compiler output produced by configure, useful for debugging
-# configure, is in config.log if it exists.
-
-debug=false
-ac_cs_recheck=false
-ac_cs_silent=false
-SHELL=\${CONFIG_SHELL-$SHELL}
-_ACEOF
-
-cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<\_ACEOF
-## --------------------- ##
-## M4sh Initialization.  ##
-## --------------------- ##
-
-# Be Bourne compatible
-if test -n "${ZSH_VERSION+set}" && (emulate sh) >/dev/null 2>&1; then
-  emulate sh
-  NULLCMD=:
-  # Zsh 3.x and 4.x performs word splitting on ${1+"$@"}, which
-  # is contrary to our usage.  Disable this feature.
-  alias -g '${1+"$@"}'='"$@"'
-elif test -n "${BASH_VERSION+set}" && (set -o posix) >/dev/null 2>&1; then
-  set -o posix
-fi
+# configure, is in ./config.log if it exists.
 
-# Support unset when possible.
-if (FOO=FOO; unset FOO) >/dev/null 2>&1; then
-  as_unset=unset
-else
-  as_unset=false
-fi
-
-
-# Work around bugs in pre-3.0 UWIN ksh.
-$as_unset ENV MAIL MAILPATH
-PS1='$ '
-PS2='> '
-PS4='+ '
-
-# NLS nuisances.
-for as_var in \
-  LANG LANGUAGE LC_ADDRESS LC_ALL LC_COLLATE LC_CTYPE LC_IDENTIFICATION \
-  LC_MEASUREMENT LC_MESSAGES LC_MONETARY LC_NAME LC_NUMERIC LC_PAPER \
-  LC_TELEPHONE LC_TIME
+ac_cs_usage="Usage: $CONFIG_STATUS [--recheck] [--version] [--help]"
+for ac_option
 do
-  if (set +x; test -n "`(eval $as_var=C; export $as_var) 2>&1`"); then
-    eval $as_var=C; export $as_var
-  else
-    $as_unset $as_var
-  fi
+  case "\$ac_option" in
+  -recheck | --recheck | --rechec | --reche | --rech | --rec | --re | --r)
+    echo "running \${CONFIG_SHELL-/bin/sh} $0 $ac_configure_args --no-create --no-recursion"
+    exec \${CONFIG_SHELL-/bin/sh} $0 $ac_configure_args --no-create --no-recursion ;;
+  -version | --version | --versio | --versi | --vers | --ver | --ve | --v)
+    echo "$CONFIG_STATUS generated by autoconf version 2.13"
+    exit 0 ;;
+  -help | --help | --hel | --he | --h)
+    echo "\$ac_cs_usage"; exit 0 ;;
+  *) echo "\$ac_cs_usage"; exit 1 ;;
+  esac
 done
 
-# Required to use basename.
-if expr a : '\(a\)' >/dev/null 2>&1; then
-  as_expr=expr
-else
-  as_expr=false
-fi
+ac_given_srcdir=$srcdir
 
-if (basename /) >/dev/null 2>&1 && test "X`basename / 2>&1`" = "X/"; then
-  as_basename=basename
-else
-  as_basename=false
-fi
+trap 'rm -fr `echo "Makefile " | sed "s/:[^ ]*//g"` conftest*; exit 1' 1 2 15
+EOF
+cat >> $CONFIG_STATUS <<EOF
 
+# Protect against being on the right side of a sed subst in config.status.
+sed 's/%@/@@/; s/@%/@@/; s/%g\$/@g/; /@g\$/s/[\\\\&%]/\\\\&/g;
+ s/@@/%@/; s/@@/@%/; s/@g\$/%g/' > conftest.subs <<\\CEOF
+$ac_vpsub
+$extrasub
+s%@SHELL@%$SHELL%g
+s%@CFLAGS@%$CFLAGS%g
+s%@CPPFLAGS@%$CPPFLAGS%g
+s%@CXXFLAGS@%$CXXFLAGS%g
+s%@FFLAGS@%$FFLAGS%g
+s%@DEFS@%$DEFS%g
+s%@LDFLAGS@%$LDFLAGS%g
+s%@LIBS@%$LIBS%g
+s%@exec_prefix@%$exec_prefix%g
+s%@prefix@%$prefix%g
+s%@program_transform_name@%$program_transform_name%g
+s%@bindir@%$bindir%g
+s%@sbindir@%$sbindir%g
+s%@libexecdir@%$libexecdir%g
+s%@datadir@%$datadir%g
+s%@sysconfdir@%$sysconfdir%g
+s%@sharedstatedir@%$sharedstatedir%g
+s%@localstatedir@%$localstatedir%g
+s%@libdir@%$libdir%g
+s%@includedir@%$includedir%g
+s%@oldincludedir@%$oldincludedir%g
+s%@infodir@%$infodir%g
+s%@mandir@%$mandir%g
+s%@XSLTPROC@%$XSLTPROC%g
+s%@PDFLATEX@%$PDFLATEX%g
+s%@MAKEINDEX@%$MAKEINDEX%g
+s%@LATEX@%$LATEX%g
+s%@DVIPS@%$DVIPS%g
+s%@PNGTOPNM@%$PNGTOPNM%g
+s%@PNMTOPS@%$PNMTOPS%g
+s%@PERL@%$PERL%g
+s%@XMLTO@%$XMLTO%g
+s%@DOC_BUILD_DATE@%$DOC_BUILD_DATE%g
+s%@TEXSTYLESHEET@%$TEXSTYLESHEET%g
+s%@PAPERSIZE@%$PAPERSIZE%g
+s%@DUPLICATE_ULINKS@%$DUPLICATE_ULINKS%g
+s%@FONTSIZE@%$FONTSIZE%g
+s%@CROP@%$CROP%g
 
-# Name of the executable.
-as_me=`$as_basename "$0" ||
-$as_expr X/"$0" : '.*/\([^/][^/]*\)/*$' \| \
-	 X"$0" : 'X\(//\)$' \| \
-	 X"$0" : 'X\(/\)$' \| \
-	 .     : '\(.\)' 2>/dev/null ||
-echo X/"$0" |
-    sed '/^.*\/\([^/][^/]*\)\/*$/{ s//\1/; q; }
-  	  /^X\/\(\/\/\)$/{ s//\1/; q; }
-  	  /^X\/\(\/\).*/{ s//\1/; q; }
-  	  s/.*/./; q'`
-
-
-# PATH needs CR, and LINENO needs CR and PATH.
-# Avoid depending upon Character Ranges.
-as_cr_letters='abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz'
-as_cr_LETTERS='ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ'
-as_cr_Letters=$as_cr_letters$as_cr_LETTERS
-as_cr_digits='0123456789'
-as_cr_alnum=$as_cr_Letters$as_cr_digits
-
-# The user is always right.
-if test "${PATH_SEPARATOR+set}" != set; then
-  echo "#! /bin/sh" >conf$$.sh
-  echo  "exit 0"   >>conf$$.sh
-  chmod +x conf$$.sh
-  if (PATH="/nonexistent;."; conf$$.sh) >/dev/null 2>&1; then
-    PATH_SEPARATOR=';'
+CEOF
+EOF
+
+cat >> $CONFIG_STATUS <<\EOF
+
+# Split the substitutions into bite-sized pieces for seds with
+# small command number limits, like on Digital OSF/1 and HP-UX.
+ac_max_sed_cmds=90 # Maximum number of lines to put in a sed script.
+ac_file=1 # Number of current file.
+ac_beg=1 # First line for current file.
+ac_end=$ac_max_sed_cmds # Line after last line for current file.
+ac_more_lines=:
+ac_sed_cmds=""
+while $ac_more_lines; do
+  if test $ac_beg -gt 1; then
+    sed "1,${ac_beg}d; ${ac_end}q" conftest.subs > conftest.s$ac_file
   else
-    PATH_SEPARATOR=:
+    sed "${ac_end}q" conftest.subs > conftest.s$ac_file
   fi
-  rm -f conf$$.sh
-fi
-
-
-  as_lineno_1=$LINENO
-  as_lineno_2=$LINENO
-  as_lineno_3=`(expr $as_lineno_1 + 1) 2>/dev/null`
-  test "x$as_lineno_1" != "x$as_lineno_2" &&
-  test "x$as_lineno_3"  = "x$as_lineno_2"  || {
-  # Find who we are.  Look in the path if we contain no path at all
-  # relative or not.
-  case $0 in
-    *[\\/]* ) as_myself=$0 ;;
-    *) as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
-for as_dir in $PATH
-do
-  IFS=$as_save_IFS
-  test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
-  test -r "$as_dir/$0" && as_myself=$as_dir/$0 && break
-done
-
-       ;;
-  esac
-  # We did not find ourselves, most probably we were run as `sh COMMAND'
-  # in which case we are not to be found in the path.
-  if test "x$as_myself" = x; then
-    as_myself=$0
-  fi
-  if test ! -f "$as_myself"; then
-    { { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: cannot find myself; rerun with an absolute path" >&5
-echo "$as_me: error: cannot find myself; rerun with an absolute path" >&2;}
-   { (exit 1); exit 1; }; }
-  fi
-  case $CONFIG_SHELL in
-  '')
-    as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
-for as_dir in /bin$PATH_SEPARATOR/usr/bin$PATH_SEPARATOR$PATH
-do
-  IFS=$as_save_IFS
-  test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
-  for as_base in sh bash ksh sh5; do
-	 case $as_dir in
-	 /*)
-	   if ("$as_dir/$as_base" -c '
-  as_lineno_1=$LINENO
-  as_lineno_2=$LINENO
-  as_lineno_3=`(expr $as_lineno_1 + 1) 2>/dev/null`
-  test "x$as_lineno_1" != "x$as_lineno_2" &&
-  test "x$as_lineno_3"  = "x$as_lineno_2" ') 2>/dev/null; then
-	     $as_unset BASH_ENV || test "${BASH_ENV+set}" != set || { BASH_ENV=; export BASH_ENV; }
-	     $as_unset ENV || test "${ENV+set}" != set || { ENV=; export ENV; }
-	     CONFIG_SHELL=$as_dir/$as_base
-	     export CONFIG_SHELL
-	     exec "$CONFIG_SHELL" "$0" ${1+"$@"}
-	   fi;;
-	 esac
-       done
-done
-;;
-  esac
-
-  # Create $as_me.lineno as a copy of $as_myself, but with $LINENO
-  # uniformly replaced by the line number.  The first 'sed' inserts a
-  # line-number line before each line; the second 'sed' does the real
-  # work.  The second script uses 'N' to pair each line-number line
-  # with the numbered line, and appends trailing '-' during
-  # substitution so that $LINENO is not a special case at line end.
-  # (Raja R Harinath suggested sed '=', and Paul Eggert wrote the
-  # second 'sed' script.  Blame Lee E. McMahon for sed's syntax.  :-)
-  sed '=' <$as_myself |
-    sed '
-      N
-      s,$,-,
-      : loop
-      s,^\(['$as_cr_digits']*\)\(.*\)[$]LINENO\([^'$as_cr_alnum'_]\),\1\2\1\3,
-      t loop
-      s,-$,,
-      s,^['$as_cr_digits']*\n,,
-    ' >$as_me.lineno &&
-  chmod +x $as_me.lineno ||
-    { { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: cannot create $as_me.lineno; rerun with a POSIX shell" >&5
-echo "$as_me: error: cannot create $as_me.lineno; rerun with a POSIX shell" >&2;}
-   { (exit 1); exit 1; }; }
-
-  # Don't try to exec as it changes $[0], causing all sort of problems
-  # (the dirname of $[0] is not the place where we might find the
-  # original and so on.  Autoconf is especially sensible to this).
-  . ./$as_me.lineno
-  # Exit status is that of the last command.
-  exit
-}
-
-
-case `echo "testing\c"; echo 1,2,3`,`echo -n testing; echo 1,2,3` in
-  *c*,-n*) ECHO_N= ECHO_C='
-' ECHO_T='	' ;;
-  *c*,*  ) ECHO_N=-n ECHO_C= ECHO_T= ;;
-  *)       ECHO_N= ECHO_C='\c' ECHO_T= ;;
-esac
-
-if expr a : '\(a\)' >/dev/null 2>&1; then
-  as_expr=expr
-else
-  as_expr=false
-fi
-
-rm -f conf$$ conf$$.exe conf$$.file
-echo >conf$$.file
-if ln -s conf$$.file conf$$ 2>/dev/null; then
-  # We could just check for DJGPP; but this test a) works b) is more generic
-  # and c) will remain valid once DJGPP supports symlinks (DJGPP 2.04).
-  if test -f conf$$.exe; then
-    # Don't use ln at all; we don't have any links
-    as_ln_s='cp -p'
+  if test ! -s conftest.s$ac_file; then
+    ac_more_lines=false
+    rm -f conftest.s$ac_file
   else
-    as_ln_s='ln -s'
+    if test -z "$ac_sed_cmds"; then
+      ac_sed_cmds="sed -f conftest.s$ac_file"
+    else
+      ac_sed_cmds="$ac_sed_cmds | sed -f conftest.s$ac_file"
+    fi
+    ac_file=`expr $ac_file + 1`
+    ac_beg=$ac_end
+    ac_end=`expr $ac_end + $ac_max_sed_cmds`
   fi
-elif ln conf$$.file conf$$ 2>/dev/null; then
-  as_ln_s=ln
-else
-  as_ln_s='cp -p'
-fi
-rm -f conf$$ conf$$.exe conf$$.file
-
-if mkdir -p . 2>/dev/null; then
-  as_mkdir_p=:
-else
-  as_mkdir_p=false
-fi
-
-as_executable_p="test -f"
-
-# Sed expression to map a string onto a valid CPP name.
-as_tr_cpp="sed y%*$as_cr_letters%P$as_cr_LETTERS%;s%[^_$as_cr_alnum]%_%g"
-
-# Sed expression to map a string onto a valid variable name.
-as_tr_sh="sed y%*+%pp%;s%[^_$as_cr_alnum]%_%g"
-
-
-# IFS
-# We need space, tab and new line, in precisely that order.
-as_nl='
-'
-IFS=" 	$as_nl"
-
-# CDPATH.
-$as_unset CDPATH
-
-exec 6>&1
-
-# Open the log real soon, to keep \$[0] and so on meaningful, and to
-# report actual input values of CONFIG_FILES etc. instead of their
-# values after options handling.  Logging --version etc. is OK.
-exec 5>>config.log
-{
-  echo
-  sed 'h;s/./-/g;s/^.../## /;s/...$/ ##/;p;x;p;x' <<_ASBOX
-## Running $as_me. ##
-_ASBOX
-} >&5
-cat >&5 <<_CSEOF
-
-This file was extended by $as_me, which was
-generated by GNU Autoconf 2.57.  Invocation command line was
-
-  CONFIG_FILES    = $CONFIG_FILES
-  CONFIG_HEADERS  = $CONFIG_HEADERS
-  CONFIG_LINKS    = $CONFIG_LINKS
-  CONFIG_COMMANDS = $CONFIG_COMMANDS
-  $ $0 $@
-
-_CSEOF
-echo "on `(hostname || uname -n) 2>/dev/null | sed 1q`" >&5
-echo >&5
-_ACEOF
-
-# Files that config.status was made for.
-if test -n "$ac_config_files"; then
-  echo "config_files=\"$ac_config_files\"" >>$CONFIG_STATUS
-fi
-
-if test -n "$ac_config_headers"; then
-  echo "config_headers=\"$ac_config_headers\"" >>$CONFIG_STATUS
-fi
-
-if test -n "$ac_config_links"; then
-  echo "config_links=\"$ac_config_links\"" >>$CONFIG_STATUS
-fi
-
-if test -n "$ac_config_commands"; then
-  echo "config_commands=\"$ac_config_commands\"" >>$CONFIG_STATUS
-fi
-
-cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<\_ACEOF
-
-ac_cs_usage="\
-\`$as_me' instantiates files from templates according to the
-current configuration.
-
-Usage: $0 [OPTIONS] [FILE]...
-
-  -h, --help       print this help, then exit
-  -V, --version    print version number, then exit
-  -q, --quiet      do not print progress messages
-  -d, --debug      don't remove temporary files
-      --recheck    update $as_me by reconfiguring in the same conditions
-  --file=FILE[:TEMPLATE]
-                   instantiate the configuration file FILE
-
-Configuration files:
-$config_files
-
-Report bugs to <bug-autoconf@gnu.org>."
-_ACEOF
-
-cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<_ACEOF
-ac_cs_version="\\
-config.status
-configured by $0, generated by GNU Autoconf 2.57,
-  with options \\"`echo "$ac_configure_args" | sed 's/[\\""\`\$]/\\\\&/g'`\\"
-
-Copyright 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001
-Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-This config.status script is free software; the Free Software Foundation
-gives unlimited permission to copy, distribute and modify it."
-srcdir=$srcdir
-_ACEOF
-
-cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<\_ACEOF
-# If no file are specified by the user, then we need to provide default
-# value.  By we need to know if files were specified by the user.
-ac_need_defaults=:
-while test $# != 0
-do
-  case $1 in
-  --*=*)
-    ac_option=`expr "x$1" : 'x\([^=]*\)='`
-    ac_optarg=`expr "x$1" : 'x[^=]*=\(.*\)'`
-    ac_shift=:
-    ;;
-  -*)
-    ac_option=$1
-    ac_optarg=$2
-    ac_shift=shift
-    ;;
-  *) # This is not an option, so the user has probably given explicit
-     # arguments.
-     ac_option=$1
-     ac_need_defaults=false;;
-  esac
-
-  case $ac_option in
-  # Handling of the options.
-_ACEOF
-cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<\_ACEOF
-  -recheck | --recheck | --rechec | --reche | --rech | --rec | --re | --r)
-    ac_cs_recheck=: ;;
-  --version | --vers* | -V )
-    echo "$ac_cs_version"; exit 0 ;;
-  --he | --h)
-    # Conflict between --help and --header
-    { { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: ambiguous option: $1
-Try \`$0 --help' for more information." >&5
-echo "$as_me: error: ambiguous option: $1
-Try \`$0 --help' for more information." >&2;}
-   { (exit 1); exit 1; }; };;
-  --help | --hel | -h )
-    echo "$ac_cs_usage"; exit 0 ;;
-  --debug | --d* | -d )
-    debug=: ;;
-  --file | --fil | --fi | --f )
-    $ac_shift
-    CONFIG_FILES="$CONFIG_FILES $ac_optarg"
-    ac_need_defaults=false;;
-  --header | --heade | --head | --hea )
-    $ac_shift
-    CONFIG_HEADERS="$CONFIG_HEADERS $ac_optarg"
-    ac_need_defaults=false;;
-  -q | -quiet | --quiet | --quie | --qui | --qu | --q \
-  | -silent | --silent | --silen | --sile | --sil | --si | --s)
-    ac_cs_silent=: ;;
-
-  # This is an error.
-  -*) { { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: unrecognized option: $1
-Try \`$0 --help' for more information." >&5
-echo "$as_me: error: unrecognized option: $1
-Try \`$0 --help' for more information." >&2;}
-   { (exit 1); exit 1; }; } ;;
-
-  *) ac_config_targets="$ac_config_targets $1" ;;
-
-  esac
-  shift
 done
-
-ac_configure_extra_args=
-
-if $ac_cs_silent; then
-  exec 6>/dev/null
-  ac_configure_extra_args="$ac_configure_extra_args --silent"
-fi
-
-_ACEOF
-cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<_ACEOF
-if \$ac_cs_recheck; then
-  echo "running $SHELL $0 " $ac_configure_args \$ac_configure_extra_args " --no-create --no-recursion" >&6
-  exec $SHELL $0 $ac_configure_args \$ac_configure_extra_args --no-create --no-recursion
-fi
-
-_ACEOF
-
-
-
-
-
-cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<\_ACEOF
-for ac_config_target in $ac_config_targets
-do
-  case "$ac_config_target" in
-  # Handling of arguments.
-  "Makefile" ) CONFIG_FILES="$CONFIG_FILES Makefile" ;;
-  *) { { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: invalid argument: $ac_config_target" >&5
-echo "$as_me: error: invalid argument: $ac_config_target" >&2;}
-   { (exit 1); exit 1; }; };;
-  esac
-done
-
-# If the user did not use the arguments to specify the items to instantiate,
-# then the envvar interface is used.  Set only those that are not.
-# We use the long form for the default assignment because of an extremely
-# bizarre bug on SunOS 4.1.3.
-if $ac_need_defaults; then
-  test "${CONFIG_FILES+set}" = set || CONFIG_FILES=$config_files
+if test -z "$ac_sed_cmds"; then
+  ac_sed_cmds=cat
 fi
+EOF
 
-# Have a temporary directory for convenience.  Make it in the build tree
-# simply because there is no reason to put it here, and in addition,
-# creating and moving files from /tmp can sometimes cause problems.
-# Create a temporary directory, and hook for its removal unless debugging.
-$debug ||
-{
-  trap 'exit_status=$?; rm -rf $tmp && exit $exit_status' 0
-  trap '{ (exit 1); exit 1; }' 1 2 13 15
-}
-
-# Create a (secure) tmp directory for tmp files.
-
-{
-  tmp=`(umask 077 && mktemp -d -q "./confstatXXXXXX") 2>/dev/null` &&
-  test -n "$tmp" && test -d "$tmp"
-}  ||
-{
-  tmp=./confstat$$-$RANDOM
-  (umask 077 && mkdir $tmp)
-} ||
-{
-   echo "$me: cannot create a temporary directory in ." >&2
-   { (exit 1); exit 1; }
-}
-
-_ACEOF
-
-cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<_ACEOF
+cat >> $CONFIG_STATUS <<EOF
 
-#
-# CONFIG_FILES section.
-#
-
-# No need to generate the scripts if there are no CONFIG_FILES.
-# This happens for instance when ./config.status config.h
-if test -n "\$CONFIG_FILES"; then
-  # Protect against being on the right side of a sed subst in config.status.
-  sed 's/,@/@@/; s/@,/@@/; s/,;t t\$/@;t t/; /@;t t\$/s/[\\\\&,]/\\\\&/g;
-   s/@@/,@/; s/@@/@,/; s/@;t t\$/,;t t/' >\$tmp/subs.sed <<\\CEOF
-s,@SHELL@,$SHELL,;t t
-s,@PATH_SEPARATOR@,$PATH_SEPARATOR,;t t
-s,@PACKAGE_NAME@,$PACKAGE_NAME,;t t
-s,@PACKAGE_TARNAME@,$PACKAGE_TARNAME,;t t
-s,@PACKAGE_VERSION@,$PACKAGE_VERSION,;t t
-s,@PACKAGE_STRING@,$PACKAGE_STRING,;t t
-s,@PACKAGE_BUGREPORT@,$PACKAGE_BUGREPORT,;t t
-s,@exec_prefix@,$exec_prefix,;t t
-s,@prefix@,$prefix,;t t
-s,@program_transform_name@,$program_transform_name,;t t
-s,@bindir@,$bindir,;t t
-s,@sbindir@,$sbindir,;t t
-s,@libexecdir@,$libexecdir,;t t
-s,@datadir@,$datadir,;t t
-s,@sysconfdir@,$sysconfdir,;t t
-s,@sharedstatedir@,$sharedstatedir,;t t
-s,@localstatedir@,$localstatedir,;t t
-s,@libdir@,$libdir,;t t
-s,@includedir@,$includedir,;t t
-s,@oldincludedir@,$oldincludedir,;t t
-s,@infodir@,$infodir,;t t
-s,@mandir@,$mandir,;t t
-s,@build_alias@,$build_alias,;t t
-s,@host_alias@,$host_alias,;t t
-s,@target_alias@,$target_alias,;t t
-s,@DEFS@,$DEFS,;t t
-s,@ECHO_C@,$ECHO_C,;t t
-s,@ECHO_N@,$ECHO_N,;t t
-s,@ECHO_T@,$ECHO_T,;t t
-s,@LIBS@,$LIBS,;t t
-s,@XSLTPROC@,$XSLTPROC,;t t
-s,@PDFLATEX@,$PDFLATEX,;t t
-s,@XMLTO@,$XMLTO,;t t
-s,@LATEX@,$LATEX,;t t
-s,@DVIPS@,$DVIPS,;t t
-s,@PNGTOPNM@,$PNGTOPNM,;t t
-s,@PNMTOPS@,$PNMTOPS,;t t
-s,@DOC_BUILD_DATE@,$DOC_BUILD_DATE,;t t
-s,@LIBOBJS@,$LIBOBJS,;t t
-s,@LTLIBOBJS@,$LTLIBOBJS,;t t
-CEOF
-
-_ACEOF
-
-  cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<\_ACEOF
-  # Split the substitutions into bite-sized pieces for seds with
-  # small command number limits, like on Digital OSF/1 and HP-UX.
-  ac_max_sed_lines=48
-  ac_sed_frag=1 # Number of current file.
-  ac_beg=1 # First line for current file.
-  ac_end=$ac_max_sed_lines # Line after last line for current file.
-  ac_more_lines=:
-  ac_sed_cmds=
-  while $ac_more_lines; do
-    if test $ac_beg -gt 1; then
-      sed "1,${ac_beg}d; ${ac_end}q" $tmp/subs.sed >$tmp/subs.frag
-    else
-      sed "${ac_end}q" $tmp/subs.sed >$tmp/subs.frag
-    fi
-    if test ! -s $tmp/subs.frag; then
-      ac_more_lines=false
-    else
-      # The purpose of the label and of the branching condition is to
-      # speed up the sed processing (if there are no `@' at all, there
-      # is no need to browse any of the substitutions).
-      # These are the two extra sed commands mentioned above.
-      (echo ':t
-  /@[a-zA-Z_][a-zA-Z_0-9]*@/!b' && cat $tmp/subs.frag) >$tmp/subs-$ac_sed_frag.sed
-      if test -z "$ac_sed_cmds"; then
-  	ac_sed_cmds="sed -f $tmp/subs-$ac_sed_frag.sed"
-      else
-  	ac_sed_cmds="$ac_sed_cmds | sed -f $tmp/subs-$ac_sed_frag.sed"
-      fi
-      ac_sed_frag=`expr $ac_sed_frag + 1`
-      ac_beg=$ac_end
-      ac_end=`expr $ac_end + $ac_max_sed_lines`
-    fi
-  done
-  if test -z "$ac_sed_cmds"; then
-    ac_sed_cmds=cat
-  fi
-fi # test -n "$CONFIG_FILES"
-
-_ACEOF
-cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<\_ACEOF
-for ac_file in : $CONFIG_FILES; do test "x$ac_file" = x: && continue
+CONFIG_FILES=\${CONFIG_FILES-"Makefile "}
+EOF
+cat >> $CONFIG_STATUS <<\EOF
+for ac_file in .. $CONFIG_FILES; do if test "x$ac_file" != x..; then
   # Support "outfile[:infile[:infile...]]", defaulting infile="outfile.in".
-  case $ac_file in
-  - | *:- | *:-:* ) # input from stdin
-        cat >$tmp/stdin
-        ac_file_in=`echo "$ac_file" | sed 's,[^:]*:,,'`
-        ac_file=`echo "$ac_file" | sed 's,:.*,,'` ;;
-  *:* ) ac_file_in=`echo "$ac_file" | sed 's,[^:]*:,,'`
-        ac_file=`echo "$ac_file" | sed 's,:.*,,'` ;;
-  * )   ac_file_in=$ac_file.in ;;
+  case "$ac_file" in
+  *:*) ac_file_in=`echo "$ac_file"|sed 's%[^:]*:%%'`
+       ac_file=`echo "$ac_file"|sed 's%:.*%%'` ;;
+  *) ac_file_in="${ac_file}.in" ;;
   esac
 
-  # Compute @srcdir@, @top_srcdir@, and @INSTALL@ for subdirectories.
-  ac_dir=`(dirname "$ac_file") 2>/dev/null ||
-$as_expr X"$ac_file" : 'X\(.*[^/]\)//*[^/][^/]*/*$' \| \
-         X"$ac_file" : 'X\(//\)[^/]' \| \
-         X"$ac_file" : 'X\(//\)$' \| \
-         X"$ac_file" : 'X\(/\)' \| \
-         .     : '\(.\)' 2>/dev/null ||
-echo X"$ac_file" |
-    sed '/^X\(.*[^/]\)\/\/*[^/][^/]*\/*$/{ s//\1/; q; }
-  	  /^X\(\/\/\)[^/].*/{ s//\1/; q; }
-  	  /^X\(\/\/\)$/{ s//\1/; q; }
-  	  /^X\(\/\).*/{ s//\1/; q; }
-  	  s/.*/./; q'`
-  { if $as_mkdir_p; then
-    mkdir -p "$ac_dir"
+  # Adjust a relative srcdir, top_srcdir, and INSTALL for subdirectories.
+
+  # Remove last slash and all that follows it.  Not all systems have dirname.
+  ac_dir=`echo $ac_file|sed 's%/[^/][^/]*$%%'`
+  if test "$ac_dir" != "$ac_file" && test "$ac_dir" != .; then
+    # The file is in a subdirectory.
+    test ! -d "$ac_dir" && mkdir "$ac_dir"
+    ac_dir_suffix="/`echo $ac_dir|sed 's%^\./%%'`"
+    # A "../" for each directory in $ac_dir_suffix.
+    ac_dots=`echo $ac_dir_suffix|sed 's%/[^/]*%../%g'`
   else
-    as_dir="$ac_dir"
-    as_dirs=
-    while test ! -d "$as_dir"; do
-      as_dirs="$as_dir $as_dirs"
-      as_dir=`(dirname "$as_dir") 2>/dev/null ||
-$as_expr X"$as_dir" : 'X\(.*[^/]\)//*[^/][^/]*/*$' \| \
-         X"$as_dir" : 'X\(//\)[^/]' \| \
-         X"$as_dir" : 'X\(//\)$' \| \
-         X"$as_dir" : 'X\(/\)' \| \
-         .     : '\(.\)' 2>/dev/null ||
-echo X"$as_dir" |
-    sed '/^X\(.*[^/]\)\/\/*[^/][^/]*\/*$/{ s//\1/; q; }
-  	  /^X\(\/\/\)[^/].*/{ s//\1/; q; }
-  	  /^X\(\/\/\)$/{ s//\1/; q; }
-  	  /^X\(\/\).*/{ s//\1/; q; }
-  	  s/.*/./; q'`
-    done
-    test ! -n "$as_dirs" || mkdir $as_dirs
-  fi || { { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: cannot create directory \"$ac_dir\"" >&5
-echo "$as_me: error: cannot create directory \"$ac_dir\"" >&2;}
-   { (exit 1); exit 1; }; }; }
-
-  ac_builddir=.
-
-if test "$ac_dir" != .; then
-  ac_dir_suffix=/`echo "$ac_dir" | sed 's,^\.[\\/],,'`
-  # A "../" for each directory in $ac_dir_suffix.
-  ac_top_builddir=`echo "$ac_dir_suffix" | sed 's,/[^\\/]*,../,g'`
-else
-  ac_dir_suffix= ac_top_builddir=
-fi
+    ac_dir_suffix= ac_dots=
+  fi
 
-case $srcdir in
-  .)  # No --srcdir option.  We are building in place.
-    ac_srcdir=.
-    if test -z "$ac_top_builddir"; then
-       ac_top_srcdir=.
-    else
-       ac_top_srcdir=`echo $ac_top_builddir | sed 's,/$,,'`
-    fi ;;
-  [\\/]* | ?:[\\/]* )  # Absolute path.
-    ac_srcdir=$srcdir$ac_dir_suffix;
-    ac_top_srcdir=$srcdir ;;
+  case "$ac_given_srcdir" in
+  .)  srcdir=.
+      if test -z "$ac_dots"; then top_srcdir=.
+      else top_srcdir=`echo $ac_dots|sed 's%/$%%'`; fi ;;
+  /*) srcdir="$ac_given_srcdir$ac_dir_suffix"; top_srcdir="$ac_given_srcdir" ;;
   *) # Relative path.
-    ac_srcdir=$ac_top_builddir$srcdir$ac_dir_suffix
-    ac_top_srcdir=$ac_top_builddir$srcdir ;;
-esac
-# Don't blindly perform a `cd "$ac_dir"/$ac_foo && pwd` since $ac_foo can be
-# absolute.
-ac_abs_builddir=`cd "$ac_dir" && cd $ac_builddir && pwd`
-ac_abs_top_builddir=`cd "$ac_dir" && cd ${ac_top_builddir}. && pwd`
-ac_abs_srcdir=`cd "$ac_dir" && cd $ac_srcdir && pwd`
-ac_abs_top_srcdir=`cd "$ac_dir" && cd $ac_top_srcdir && pwd`
+    srcdir="$ac_dots$ac_given_srcdir$ac_dir_suffix"
+    top_srcdir="$ac_dots$ac_given_srcdir" ;;
+  esac
 
 
+  echo creating "$ac_file"
+  rm -f "$ac_file"
+  configure_input="Generated automatically from `echo $ac_file_in|sed 's%.*/%%'` by configure."
+  case "$ac_file" in
+  *Makefile*) ac_comsub="1i\\
+# $configure_input" ;;
+  *) ac_comsub= ;;
+  esac
 
-  if test x"$ac_file" != x-; then
-    { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: creating $ac_file" >&5
-echo "$as_me: creating $ac_file" >&6;}
-    rm -f "$ac_file"
-  fi
-  # Let's still pretend it is `configure' which instantiates (i.e., don't
-  # use $as_me), people would be surprised to read:
-  #    /* config.h.  Generated by config.status.  */
-  if test x"$ac_file" = x-; then
-    configure_input=
-  else
-    configure_input="$ac_file.  "
-  fi
-  configure_input=$configure_input"Generated from `echo $ac_file_in |
-                                     sed 's,.*/,,'` by configure."
-
-  # First look for the input files in the build tree, otherwise in the
-  # src tree.
-  ac_file_inputs=`IFS=:
-    for f in $ac_file_in; do
-      case $f in
-      -) echo $tmp/stdin ;;
-      [\\/$]*)
-         # Absolute (can't be DOS-style, as IFS=:)
-         test -f "$f" || { { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: cannot find input file: $f" >&5
-echo "$as_me: error: cannot find input file: $f" >&2;}
-   { (exit 1); exit 1; }; }
-         echo $f;;
-      *) # Relative
-         if test -f "$f"; then
-           # Build tree
-           echo $f
-         elif test -f "$srcdir/$f"; then
-           # Source tree
-           echo $srcdir/$f
-         else
-           # /dev/null tree
-           { { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: cannot find input file: $f" >&5
-echo "$as_me: error: cannot find input file: $f" >&2;}
-   { (exit 1); exit 1; }; }
-         fi;;
-      esac
-    done` || { (exit 1); exit 1; }
-_ACEOF
-cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<_ACEOF
-  sed "$ac_vpsub
-$extrasub
-_ACEOF
-cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<\_ACEOF
-:t
-/@[a-zA-Z_][a-zA-Z_0-9]*@/!b
-s,@configure_input@,$configure_input,;t t
-s,@srcdir@,$ac_srcdir,;t t
-s,@abs_srcdir@,$ac_abs_srcdir,;t t
-s,@top_srcdir@,$ac_top_srcdir,;t t
-s,@abs_top_srcdir@,$ac_abs_top_srcdir,;t t
-s,@builddir@,$ac_builddir,;t t
-s,@abs_builddir@,$ac_abs_builddir,;t t
-s,@top_builddir@,$ac_top_builddir,;t t
-s,@abs_top_builddir@,$ac_abs_top_builddir,;t t
-" $ac_file_inputs | (eval "$ac_sed_cmds") >$tmp/out
-  rm -f $tmp/stdin
-  if test x"$ac_file" != x-; then
-    mv $tmp/out $ac_file
-  else
-    cat $tmp/out
-    rm -f $tmp/out
-  fi
+  ac_file_inputs=`echo $ac_file_in|sed -e "s%^%$ac_given_srcdir/%" -e "s%:% $ac_given_srcdir/%g"`
+  sed -e "$ac_comsub
+s%@configure_input@%$configure_input%g
+s%@srcdir@%$srcdir%g
+s%@top_srcdir@%$top_srcdir%g
+" $ac_file_inputs | (eval "$ac_sed_cmds") > $ac_file
+fi; done
+rm -f conftest.s*
 
-done
-_ACEOF
+EOF
+cat >> $CONFIG_STATUS <<EOF
 
-cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<\_ACEOF
+EOF
+cat >> $CONFIG_STATUS <<\EOF
 
-{ (exit 0); exit 0; }
-_ACEOF
+exit 0
+EOF
 chmod +x $CONFIG_STATUS
-ac_clean_files=$ac_clean_files_save
-
-
-# configure is writing to config.log, and then calls config.status.
-# config.status does its own redirection, appending to config.log.
-# Unfortunately, on DOS this fails, as config.log is still kept open
-# by configure, so config.status won't be able to write to it; its
-# output is simply discarded.  So we exec the FD to /dev/null,
-# effectively closing config.log, so it can be properly (re)opened and
-# appended to by config.status.  When coming back to configure, we
-# need to make the FD available again.
-if test "$no_create" != yes; then
-  ac_cs_success=:
-  ac_config_status_args=
-  test "$silent" = yes &&
-    ac_config_status_args="$ac_config_status_args --quiet"
-  exec 5>/dev/null
-  $SHELL $CONFIG_STATUS $ac_config_status_args || ac_cs_success=false
-  exec 5>>config.log
-  # Use ||, not &&, to avoid exiting from the if with $? = 1, which
-  # would make configure fail if this is the last instruction.
-  $ac_cs_success || { (exit 1); exit 1; }
-fi
+rm -fr confdefs* $ac_clean_files
+test "$no_create" = yes || ${CONFIG_SHELL-/bin/sh} $CONFIG_STATUS || exit 1
 
diff --git a/docs/docbook/configure.in b/docs/docbook/configure.in
index 25abecafe19..9df47950224 100644
--- a/docs/docbook/configure.in
+++ b/docs/docbook/configure.in
@@ -8,14 +8,46 @@ AC_PATH_PROG(PDFLATEX, pdflatex)
 if test "x$PDFLATEX" = x; then
    AC_MSG_ERROR("pdflatex is required")
 fi
+AC_PATH_PROG(MAKEINDEX, makeindex)
+if test "x$MAKEINDEX" = x; then
+	AC_MSG_ERROR("makeindex is required")
+fi
+
+PAPERSIZE=""
+TEXSTYLESHEET=xslt/latex.xsl
+DUPLICATE_ULINKS=""
+
+CROP="--stringparam docrop 0"
+
+AC_ARG_ENABLE(crop,
+[ --enable-crop					    Whether to use a crop template],
+[ test "$withval" && CROP="--stringparam docrop 1" ])
+
+PAPERSIZE="--stringparam papersize a4paper"
+
+AC_ARG_WITH(papersize,
+[ --with-papersize					Specify papersize (a4paper,letter) ],
+[ test "$withval" && PAPERSIZE="--stringparam papersize $withval" ])
+
+FONTSIZE="--stringparam fontsize 10.5"
+
+AC_ARG_WITH(fontsize,
+[ --with-fontsize	              Specify the fontsize in points (default: 10.5) ],
+[ test "$withval" && FONTSIZE="--stringparam fontsize $withval" ])
 
-AC_PATH_PROG(XMLTO, xmlto)
 AC_PATH_PROG(LATEX, latex)
 AC_PATH_PROG(DVIPS, dvips)
 AC_PATH_PROG(PNGTOPNM, pngtopnm)
 AC_PATH_PROG(PNMTOPS, pnmtops)
+AC_PATH_PROG(PERL, perl)
+AC_PATH_PROG(XMLTO, xmlto)
 
 DOC_BUILD_DATE=`date '+%d-%m-%Y'`
 AC_SUBST(DOC_BUILD_DATE)
+AC_SUBST(TEXSTYLESHEET)
+AC_SUBST(PAPERSIZE)
+AC_SUBST(DUPLICATE_ULINKS)
+AC_SUBST(FONTSIZE)
+AC_SUBST(CROP)
 
 AC_OUTPUT( Makefile )
diff --git a/docs/docbook/devdoc/dev-doc.xml b/docs/docbook/devdoc/dev-doc.xml
index 9236b189864..7000d09c988 100644
--- a/docs/docbook/devdoc/dev-doc.xml
+++ b/docs/docbook/devdoc/dev-doc.xml
@@ -27,10 +27,6 @@
 <title>SAMBA Developers Guide</title>
 
 <bookinfo>
-	<author>
-		<surname>SAMBA Team</surname>
-	</author>
-	<address><email>samba@samba.org</email></address>
 <abstract>
 <para>
 <emphasis>Last Update</emphasis> : Fri Jun  6 00:45:54 CEST 2003
@@ -56,18 +52,13 @@ url="http://www.fsf.org/licenses/gpl.txt">http://www.fsf.org/licenses/gpl.txt</u
 
 </abstract>
 
-<legalnotice>
-
-<formalpara>
+</bookinfo>
+<preface>
 	<title>Attributions</title>
 
-	<para>
 	&attributions-dev;
-	</para>
-</formalpara>
+</preface>
 	
-</legalnotice>
-</bookinfo>
 
 <!-- Contents -->
 <toc/>
diff --git a/docs/docbook/devdoc/modules.xml b/docs/docbook/devdoc/modules.xml
index e2eb78d6c92..171ee27f90b 100644
--- a/docs/docbook/devdoc/modules.xml
+++ b/docs/docbook/devdoc/modules.xml
@@ -136,13 +136,14 @@ for each module and SMB_SUBSYSTEM() for each subsystem.
 
 <para><programlisting>
 SMB_MODULE(<replaceable>subsystem</replaceable>_<replaceable>backend</replaceable>, <replaceable>object files</replaceable>, <replaceable>plugin name</replaceable>, <replaceable>subsystem name</replaceable>, <replaceable>static_action</replaceable>, <replaceable>shared_action</replaceable>)
-SMB_SUBSYSTEM(<replaceable>subsystem</replaceable>)
+SMB_SUBSYSTEM(<replaceable>subsystem</replaceable>,<replaceable>depfile</replaceable>)
 </programlisting></para>
 
-<para>Also, make sure to add the correct directives to 
-<filename>Makefile.in</filename>. <replaceable>@SUBSYSTEM_STATIC@</replaceable>
-will be replaced with a list of objects files of the modules that need to 
-be linked in statically. <replaceable>@SUBSYSTEM_MODULES@</replaceable> will 
+<para>The depfile for a certain subsystem is the file that calls the 
+initialisation functions for the statically built in modules.</para>
+
+<para>
+<replaceable>@SUBSYSTEM_MODULES@</replaceable> in Makefile.in will 
 be replaced with the names of the plugins to build.
 </para>
 
@@ -151,6 +152,13 @@ be changed by ./configure are rebuilded in the 'modules_clean' make target.
 Practically, this means all c files that contain <command>static_init_subsystem;</command> calls need to be rebuilded.
 </para>
 
+<note>
+<para>
+There currently also is a configure.in command called SMB_MODULE_PROVIVES().
+This is used for modules that register multiple things. It should not 
+be used as probing will most likely disappear in the future.</para>
+</note>
+
 </sect2>
 </sect1>
 </chapter>
diff --git a/docs/docbook/global.ent b/docs/docbook/global.ent
index bb1e586cb85..4eb652a92a5 100644
--- a/docs/docbook/global.ent
+++ b/docs/docbook/global.ent
@@ -12,7 +12,7 @@
 
 <!-- Author entities -->
 <!ENTITY person.jelmer '
-<firstname>Jelmer</firstname><surname>Vernooij</surname><othername>R.</othername>
+<firstname>Jelmer</firstname><othername>R.</othername><surname>Vernooij</surname><othername>R.</othername>
 <affiliation>
 	<orgname>The Samba Team</orgname>
 	<address><email>jelmer@samba.org</email></address>
@@ -57,14 +57,14 @@
 	</affiliation>
 </author>'>
 
-<!ENTITY author.jmcd '
-<author>
+<!ENTITY person.jmcd '
 	<firstname>Jim</firstname><surname>McDonough</surname>
 	<affiliation>
 		<orgname>IBM</orgname>
 		<address><email>jmcd@us.ibm.com</email></address>
-	</affiliation>
-</author>'>
+	</affiliation>'>
+
+<!ENTITY author.jmcd '<author>&person.jmcd;</author>'>
 
 <!ENTITY author.vl '
 <author>
@@ -75,6 +75,15 @@
 	</affiliation>
 </author>'>
 
+<!ENTITY author.dbannon '
+<author>
+	<firstname>David</firstname><surname>Bannon</surname>
+	<affiliation>
+		<orgname>Samba Team</orgname>
+		<address><email>dbannon@samba.org</email></address>
+	</affiliation>
+</author>'>
+
 <!ENTITY author.mimir '
 <author>
 	<firstname>Rafal</firstname><surname>Szczesniak</surname>
@@ -149,9 +158,8 @@ use only by developers and generate HUGE amounts of log
 data, most of which is extremely cryptic.</para>
 
 <para>Note that specifying this parameter here will 
-override the <ulink url="smb.conf.5.html#loglevel">log
-level</ulink> parameter in the <ulink url="smb.conf.5.html">
-<filename>smb.conf(5)</filename></ulink> file.</para>
+override the <smbconfoption><name>log level</name></smbconfoption> parameter
+in the &smb.conf; file.</para>
 </listitem>
 </varlistentry>'>
 
@@ -163,8 +171,7 @@ configuration details required by the server.  The
 information in this file includes server-specific
 information such as what printcap file to use, as well 
 as descriptions of all the services that the server is 
-to provide. See <ulink url="smb.conf.5.html"><filename>
-smb.conf(5)</filename></ulink> for more information.
+to provide. See &smb.conf; for more information.
 The default configuration file name is determined at 
 compile time.</para></listitem>
 </varlistentry>'>
@@ -241,15 +248,13 @@ being on a locally connected subnet.
 </itemizedlist>
 
 <para>If this parameter is not set then the name resolve order 
-defined in the <citerefentry><refentrytitle>smb.conf</refentrytitle>
-<manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry> file parameter  
-(<parameter>name resolve order</parameter>) will be used. </para>
+defined in the &smb.conf; file parameter  
+(<smbconfoption><name>name resolve order</name></smbconfoption>) will be used.
+</para>
 
 <para>The default order is lmhosts, host, wins, bcast. Without 
-this parameter or any entry in the <parameter>name resolve order
-</parameter> parameter of the <citerefentry><refentrytitle>smb.conf</refentrytitle>
-<manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry> file, the name resolution methods 
-will be attempted in this order. </para></listitem>
+this parameter or any entry in the <smbconfoption><name>name resolve order</name></smbconfoption> parameter of the &smb.conf; file, the name 
+resolution methods will be attempted in this order. </para></listitem>
 </varlistentry>'>
 
 <!ENTITY stdarg.netbios.name '
@@ -257,12 +262,10 @@ will be attempted in this order. </para></listitem>
 <term>-n &lt;primary NetBIOS name&gt;</term>
 <listitem><para>This option allows you to override
 the NetBIOS name that Samba uses for itself. This is identical
-to setting the <ulink url="smb.conf.5.html#netbiosname"><parameter>NetBIOS
-name</parameter></ulink> parameter in the <citerefentry><refentrytitle>smb.conf</refentrytitle>
-<manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry> file.  However, a command
+to setting the <smbconfoption><name>netbios name</name></smbconfoption> parameter in the &smb.conf; file. 
+However, a command
 line setting will take precedence over settings in
-<citerefentry><refentrytitle>smb.conf</refentrytitle>
-<manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry>.</para></listitem>
+&smb.conf;.</para></listitem>
 </varlistentry>'>
 
 <!ENTITY stdarg.scope '
@@ -292,8 +295,7 @@ SAM (as opposed to the Domain SAM). </para></listitem>
 <term>-O socket options</term>
 <listitem><para>TCP socket options to set on the client
 socket. See the socket options parameter in
-the <citerefentry><refentrytitle>smb.conf</refentrytitle>
-<manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry> manual page for the list of valid
+the &smb.conf; manual page for the list of valid
 options. </para></listitem>
 </varlistentry>
 '>
@@ -317,12 +319,14 @@ this parameter is specified, the client will request a
 password.</para></listitem>
 </varlistentry>'>
 
+<!ENTITY pct "&#37;">
+
 <!ENTITY stdarg.username '
 <varlistentry>
-<term>-U|--user=username[&percnt;password]</term>
+<term>-U|--user=username[&pct;password]</term>
 <listitem><para>Sets the SMB username or username and password. </para>
 
-<para>If &percnt;password is not specified, the user will be prompted. The
+<para>If &pct;password is not specified, the user will be prompted. The
 client will first check the <envar>USER</envar> environment variable, then the
 <envar>LOGNAME</envar> variable and if either exists, the
 string is uppercased. If these environmental variables are not
@@ -435,13 +439,12 @@ an Active Directory environment.
 <!ENTITY MAN-SMBCLIENT SYSTEM "manpages/smbclient.1.xml">
 <!ENTITY MAN-SMBCONTROL SYSTEM "manpages/smbcontrol.1.xml">
 <!ENTITY MAN-LMHOSTS SYSTEM "manpages/lmhosts.5.xml">
-<!ENTITY MAN-SMBCONF SYSTEM "smbdotconf/smb.conf.5.expanded.xml">
+<!ENTITY MAN-SMBCONF SYSTEM "smbdotconf/smb.conf.5.xml">
 <!ENTITY MAN-SAMBA SYSTEM "manpages/samba.7.xml">
 <!ENTITY MAN-NET SYSTEM "manpages/net.8.xml">
 <!ENTITY MAN-NMBD SYSTEM "manpages/nmbd.8.xml">
 <!ENTITY MAN-PDBEDIT SYSTEM "manpages/pdbedit.8.xml">
 <!ENTITY MAN-SMBD SYSTEM "manpages/smbd.8.xml">
-<!ENTITY MAN-SMBGROUPEDIT SYSTEM "manpages/smbgroupedit.8.xml">
 <!ENTITY MAN-SMBMOUNT SYSTEM "manpages/smbmount.8.xml">
 <!ENTITY MAN-SMBMNT SYSTEM "manpages/smbmnt.8.xml">
 <!ENTITY MAN-SMBPASSWDCONF SYSTEM "manpages/smbpasswd.5.xml">
@@ -507,7 +510,18 @@ an Active Directory environment.
 <!ENTITY unicode SYSTEM "projdoc/unicode.xml">
 <!ENTITY attributions SYSTEM "projdoc/attributions.xml">
 <!ENTITY attributions-dev SYSTEM "devdoc/attributions.xml">
-<!ENTITY windows-debug SYSTEM "devdoc/windows-debug.xml">
+<!ENTITY glossary SYSTEM "projdoc/glossary.xml">
+<!ENTITY foreword-tridge SYSTEM "projdoc/foreword-tridge.xml">
 
 <!ENTITY not.implemented "<note><para>Currently NOT implemented.</para></note>">
 <!ENTITY rootprompt "<prompt>root# </prompt>">
+<!ENTITY prompt "<prompt>$ </prompt>">
+<!ENTITY dosprompt "<prompt>C:\&gt; </prompt>">
+
+<!ENTITY example.workgroup "MIDEARTH">
+<!ENTITY example.server.samba "GANDALF">
+<!ENTITY example.server.windows "SARUMAN">
+<!ENTITY example.workstation.windows "FRODO">
+<!ENTITY example.workstation.samba "BILBO">
+<!ENTITY example.pdc.samba "SAURON">
+<!ENTITY example.server.wins "noldor">
diff --git a/docs/docbook/manpages/editreg.1.xml b/docs/docbook/manpages/editreg.1.xml
index 34275523564..0a6b36bcf0f 100644
--- a/docs/docbook/manpages/editreg.1.xml
+++ b/docs/docbook/manpages/editreg.1.xml
@@ -1,8 +1,7 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="iso8859-1"?>
-<!DOCTYPE refentry PUBLIC "-//OASIS//DTD DocBook XML V4.2//EN"
-                  "http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/xml/4.2/docbookx.dtd" [
-
-<!ENTITY % globalentities SYSTEM './../global.ent'> %globalentities;
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="iso-8859-1"?>
+<!DOCTYPE refentry PUBLIC "-//OASIS//DTD DocBook XML V4.2//EN" "http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/xml/4.2/docbookx.dtd" [
+				  
+<!ENTITY % globalentities SYSTEM '../global.ent'> %globalentities;
 ]>
 <refentry id="editreg.1">
 
diff --git a/docs/docbook/manpages/findsmb.1.xml b/docs/docbook/manpages/findsmb.1.xml
index e5ec26c4df0..8a89b2ce24a 100644
--- a/docs/docbook/manpages/findsmb.1.xml
+++ b/docs/docbook/manpages/findsmb.1.xml
@@ -1,8 +1,7 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="iso8859-1"?>
-<!DOCTYPE refentry PUBLIC "-//OASIS//DTD DocBook XML V4.2//EN"
-                  "http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/xml/4.2/docbookx.dtd" [
-
-<!ENTITY % globalentities SYSTEM './../global.ent'> %globalentities;
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="iso-8859-1"?>
+<!DOCTYPE refentry PUBLIC "-//OASIS//DTD DocBook XML V4.2//EN" "http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/xml/4.2/docbookx.dtd" [
+				  
+<!ENTITY % globalentities SYSTEM '../global.ent'> %globalentities;
 ]>
 <refentry id="findsmb.1">
 
diff --git a/docs/docbook/manpages/lmhosts.5.xml b/docs/docbook/manpages/lmhosts.5.xml
index 12d69a7e56b..7e1988c1211 100644
--- a/docs/docbook/manpages/lmhosts.5.xml
+++ b/docs/docbook/manpages/lmhosts.5.xml
@@ -1,8 +1,7 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="iso8859-1"?>
-<!DOCTYPE refentry PUBLIC "-//OASIS//DTD DocBook XML V4.2//EN"
-                  "http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/xml/4.2/docbookx.dtd" [
-
-<!ENTITY % globalentities SYSTEM './../global.ent'> %globalentities;
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="iso-8859-1"?>
+<!DOCTYPE refentry PUBLIC "-//OASIS//DTD DocBook XML V4.2//EN" "http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/xml/4.2/docbookx.dtd" [
+				  
+<!ENTITY % globalentities SYSTEM '../global.ent'> %globalentities;
 ]>
 <refentry id="lmhosts.5">
 
diff --git a/docs/docbook/manpages/net.8.xml b/docs/docbook/manpages/net.8.xml
index 9787f4e0b0f..117fdb58187 100644
--- a/docs/docbook/manpages/net.8.xml
+++ b/docs/docbook/manpages/net.8.xml
@@ -1,34 +1,8 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="iso8859-1"?>
-<!DOCTYPE refentry PUBLIC "-//OASIS//DTD DocBook XML V4.2//EN"
-                  "http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/xml/4.2/docbookx.dtd" [
-
-<!ENTITY % globalentities SYSTEM './../global.ent'> %globalentities;
-
-<!-- This one is only used by shutdown (RPC) -->
-<!ENTITY net.arg.shutdown '
-<varlistentry>
-<term>-r</term>
-<listitem><para>
-Reboot after shutdown.
-</para></listitem>
-</varlistentry>
-
-<varlistentry>
-<term>-f</term>
-<listitem><para>
-Force shutting down all applications.
-</para></listitem>
-</varlistentry>
-
-<varlistentry>
-<term>-t timeout</term>
-<listitem><para>
-Timeout before system will be shut down. An interactive 
-user of the system can use this time to cancel the shutdown.
-</para></listitem>
-</varlistentry>'>
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="iso-8859-1"?>
+<!DOCTYPE refentry PUBLIC "-//OASIS//DTD DocBook XML V4.2//EN" "http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/xml/4.2/docbookx.dtd" [
+				  
+<!ENTITY % globalentities SYSTEM '../global.ent'> %globalentities;
 ]>
-
 <refentry id="net.8">
 
 <refmeta>
@@ -754,7 +728,28 @@ Interdomain account must already be created on the remote PDC.
 <para>Shut down the remote server.</para>
 
 <variablelist>
-&net.arg.shutdown;
+<varlistentry>
+<term>-r</term>
+<listitem><para>
+Reboot after shutdown.
+</para></listitem>
+</varlistentry>
+
+<varlistentry>
+<term>-f</term>
+<listitem><para>
+Force shutting down all applications.
+</para></listitem>
+</varlistentry>
+
+<varlistentry>
+<term>-t timeout</term>
+<listitem><para>
+Timeout before system will be shut down. An interactive 
+user of the system can use this time to cancel the shutdown.
+</para></listitem>
+</varlistentry>'>
+
 <varlistentry>
 <term>-C message</term>
 <listitem><para>Display the specified message on the screen to 
diff --git a/docs/docbook/manpages/nmbd.8.xml b/docs/docbook/manpages/nmbd.8.xml
index a98d1898397..056c12e342d 100644
--- a/docs/docbook/manpages/nmbd.8.xml
+++ b/docs/docbook/manpages/nmbd.8.xml
@@ -1,8 +1,7 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="iso8859-1"?>
-<!DOCTYPE refentry PUBLIC "-//OASIS//DTD DocBook XML V4.2//EN"
-                  "http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/xml/4.2/docbookx.dtd" [
-
-<!ENTITY % globalentities SYSTEM './../global.ent'> %globalentities;
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="iso-8859-1"?>
+<!DOCTYPE refentry PUBLIC "-//OASIS//DTD DocBook XML V4.2//EN" "http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/xml/4.2/docbookx.dtd" [
+				  
+<!ENTITY % globalentities SYSTEM '../global.ent'> %globalentities;
 ]>
 <refentry id="nmbd.8">
 
@@ -134,8 +133,7 @@
 		<listitem><para>NetBIOS lmhosts file.  The lmhosts 
 		file is a list of NetBIOS names to IP addresses that 
 		is loaded by the nmbd server and used via the name 
-		resolution mechanism <ulink url="smb.conf.5.html#nameresolveorder"><parameter>name resolve
-		order</parameter></ulink> described in <citerefentry><refentrytitle>smb.conf</refentrytitle>
+		resolution mechanism <smbconfoption><name>name resolve order</name></smbconfoption> described in <citerefentry><refentrytitle>smb.conf</refentrytitle>
 		<manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry> to resolve any 
 		NetBIOS name queries needed by the server. Note 
 		that the contents of this file are <emphasis>NOT</emphasis> 
@@ -174,9 +172,7 @@
 		<listitem><para>If the server is to be run by the
 		<command>inetd</command> meta-daemon, this file
 		must contain suitable startup information for the
-		meta-daemon. See the <ulink
-		url="install.html">install</ulink> document
-		for details.
+		meta-daemon. 
 		</para></listitem>
 		</varlistentry>
 
@@ -187,9 +183,7 @@
 
 		<para>If running the server as a daemon at startup,
 		this file will need to contain an appropriate startup
-		sequence for the server. See the <ulink
-		url="install.html">"How to Install and Test SAMBA"</ulink> document
-		for details.</para></listitem>
+		sequence for the server.</para></listitem>
 		</varlistentry>
 
 		<varlistentry>
@@ -198,8 +192,7 @@
 		meta-daemon <command>inetd</command>, this file
 		must contain a mapping of service name (e.g., netbios-ssn)
 		to service port (e.g., 139) and protocol type (e.g., tcp).
-		See the <ulink url="install.html">"How to Install and Test SAMBA"</ulink>
-		document for details.</para></listitem>
+		</para></listitem>
 		</varlistentry>
 
 		<varlistentry>
@@ -212,7 +205,7 @@
 		and <filename>/etc/samba/smb.conf</filename>.</para>
 
 		<para>When run as a WINS server (see the
-		<ulink url="smb.conf.5.html#WINSSUPPORT"><constant>wins support</constant></ulink>
+			<smbconfoption><name>wins support</name></smbconfoption>
 		parameter in the <citerefentry><refentrytitle>smb.conf</refentrytitle>
 		<manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry> man page),
 		<command>nmbd</command>
@@ -221,8 +214,7 @@
 		wherever Samba was configured to install itself.</para>
 
 		<para>If <command>nmbd</command> is acting as a <emphasis>
-		browse master</emphasis> (see the <ulink
-		url="smb.conf.5.html#LOCALMASTER"><constant>local master</constant></ulink>
+				browse master</emphasis> (see the <smbconfoption><name>local master</name></smbconfoption>
 		parameter in the <citerefentry><refentrytitle>smb.conf</refentrytitle>
 	<manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry> man page, <command>nmbd</command>
 		will store the browsing database in the file <filename>browse.dat
@@ -278,7 +270,7 @@
 	<manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>, and the Internet 
 	RFC's <filename>rfc1001.txt</filename>, <filename>rfc1002.txt</filename>. 
 	In addition the CIFS (formerly SMB) specification is available 
-	as a link from the Web page <ulink url="http://samba.org/cifs/"> 
+	as a link from the Web page <ulink noescape="1" url="http://samba.org/cifs/"> 
 	http://samba.org/cifs/</ulink>.</para>
 </refsect1>
 
diff --git a/docs/docbook/manpages/nmblookup.1.xml b/docs/docbook/manpages/nmblookup.1.xml
index 3da0649dd5d..14df0066f59 100644
--- a/docs/docbook/manpages/nmblookup.1.xml
+++ b/docs/docbook/manpages/nmblookup.1.xml
@@ -1,8 +1,7 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="iso8859-1"?>
-<!DOCTYPE refentry PUBLIC "-//OASIS//DTD DocBook XML V4.2//EN"
-                  "http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/xml/4.2/docbookx.dtd" [
-
-<!ENTITY % globalentities SYSTEM './../global.ent'> %globalentities;
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="iso-8859-1"?>
+<!DOCTYPE refentry PUBLIC "-//OASIS//DTD DocBook XML V4.2//EN" "http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/xml/4.2/docbookx.dtd" [
+				  
+<!ENTITY % globalentities SYSTEM '../global.ent'> %globalentities;
 ]>
 <refentry id="nmblookup">
 
diff --git a/docs/docbook/manpages/ntlm_auth.1.xml b/docs/docbook/manpages/ntlm_auth.1.xml
index a37b5b3b7dd..77794f0f3fd 100644
--- a/docs/docbook/manpages/ntlm_auth.1.xml
+++ b/docs/docbook/manpages/ntlm_auth.1.xml
@@ -1,8 +1,7 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="iso8859-1"?>
-<!DOCTYPE refentry PUBLIC "-//OASIS//DTD DocBook XML V4.2//EN"
-                  "http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/xml/4.2/docbookx.dtd" [
-
-<!ENTITY % globalentities SYSTEM './../global.ent'> %globalentities;
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="iso-8859-1"?>
+<!DOCTYPE refentry PUBLIC "-//OASIS//DTD DocBook XML V4.2//EN" "http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/xml/4.2/docbookx.dtd" [
+				  
+<!ENTITY % globalentities SYSTEM '../global.ent'> %globalentities;
 ]>
 <refentry id="ntlm-auth.1">
 
diff --git a/docs/docbook/manpages/pdbedit.8.xml b/docs/docbook/manpages/pdbedit.8.xml
index 8f7582dcb5a..8647631f63e 100644
--- a/docs/docbook/manpages/pdbedit.8.xml
+++ b/docs/docbook/manpages/pdbedit.8.xml
@@ -1,8 +1,7 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="iso8859-1"?>
-<!DOCTYPE refentry PUBLIC "-//OASIS//DTD DocBook XML V4.2//EN"
-                  "http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/xml/4.2/docbookx.dtd" [
-
-<!ENTITY % globalentities SYSTEM './../global.ent'> %globalentities;
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="iso-8859-1"?>
+<!DOCTYPE refentry PUBLIC "-//OASIS//DTD DocBook XML V4.2//EN" "http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/xml/4.2/docbookx.dtd" [
+				  
+<!ENTITY % globalentities SYSTEM '../global.ent'> %globalentities;
 ]>
 <refentry id="pdbedit.8">
 
@@ -31,6 +30,7 @@
 		<arg choice="opt">-p profile</arg>	
 		<arg choice="opt">-a</arg>	
 		<arg choice="opt">-m</arg>	
+		<arg choice="opt">-r</arg>	
 		<arg choice="opt">-x</arg>	
 		<arg choice="opt">-i passdb-backend</arg>	
 		<arg choice="opt">-e passdb-backend</arg>   
@@ -40,6 +40,7 @@
 		<arg choice="opt">-s configfile</arg>
 		<arg choice="opt">-P account-policy</arg>
 		<arg choice="opt">-C value</arg>
+		<arg choice="opt">-c account-control</arg>
 	</cmdsynopsis>
 </refsynopsisdiv>
 
diff --git a/docs/docbook/manpages/profiles.1.xml b/docs/docbook/manpages/profiles.1.xml
index 1dbff39efac..3ae823f634a 100644
--- a/docs/docbook/manpages/profiles.1.xml
+++ b/docs/docbook/manpages/profiles.1.xml
@@ -1,8 +1,7 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="iso8859-1"?>
-<!DOCTYPE refentry PUBLIC "-//OASIS//DTD DocBook XML V4.2//EN"
-                  "http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/xml/4.2/docbookx.dtd" [
-
-<!ENTITY % globalentities SYSTEM './../global.ent'> %globalentities;
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="iso-8859-1"?>
+<!DOCTYPE refentry PUBLIC "-//OASIS//DTD DocBook XML V4.2//EN" "http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/xml/4.2/docbookx.dtd" [
+				  
+<!ENTITY % globalentities SYSTEM '../global.ent'> %globalentities;
 ]>
 <refentry id="profiles.1">
 
diff --git a/docs/docbook/manpages/rpcclient.1.xml b/docs/docbook/manpages/rpcclient.1.xml
index 688eef14e83..98795f17757 100644
--- a/docs/docbook/manpages/rpcclient.1.xml
+++ b/docs/docbook/manpages/rpcclient.1.xml
@@ -1,8 +1,7 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="iso8859-1"?>
-<!DOCTYPE refentry PUBLIC "-//OASIS//DTD DocBook XML V4.2//EN"
-                  "http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/xml/4.2/docbookx.dtd" [
-
-<!ENTITY % globalentities SYSTEM './../global.ent'> %globalentities;
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="iso-8859-1"?>
+<!DOCTYPE refentry PUBLIC "-//OASIS//DTD DocBook XML V4.2//EN" "http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/xml/4.2/docbookx.dtd" [
+				  
+<!ENTITY % globalentities SYSTEM '../global.ent'> %globalentities;
 ]>
 <refentry id="rpcclient.1">
 
@@ -58,8 +57,7 @@
 		<term>server</term>
 		<listitem><para>NetBIOS name of Server to which to connect. 
 		The server can be  any SMB/CIFS server.  The name is 
-		resolved using the <ulink url="smb.conf.5.html#NAMERESOLVEORDER">
-		<parameter>name resolve order</parameter></ulink> line from <citerefentry><refentrytitle>smb.conf</refentrytitle>
+		resolved using the <smbconfoption><name>name resolve order</name></smbconfoption> line from <citerefentry><refentrytitle>smb.conf</refentrytitle>
 	<manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry>.</para></listitem>
 	</varlistentry>
 
diff --git a/docs/docbook/manpages/samba.7.xml b/docs/docbook/manpages/samba.7.xml
index 1339f0bb87b..fb7c837c5e7 100644
--- a/docs/docbook/manpages/samba.7.xml
+++ b/docs/docbook/manpages/samba.7.xml
@@ -1,8 +1,7 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="iso8859-1"?>
-<!DOCTYPE refentry PUBLIC "-//OASIS//DTD DocBook XML V4.2//EN"
-                  "http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/xml/4.2/docbookx.dtd" [
-
-<!ENTITY % globalentities SYSTEM './../global.ent'> %globalentities;
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="iso-8859-1"?>
+<!DOCTYPE refentry PUBLIC "-//OASIS//DTD DocBook XML V4.2//EN" "http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/xml/4.2/docbookx.dtd" [
+				  
+<!ENTITY % globalentities SYSTEM '../global.ent'> %globalentities;
 ]>
 <refentry id="samba.7">
 
diff --git a/docs/docbook/manpages/smbcacls.1.xml b/docs/docbook/manpages/smbcacls.1.xml
index ab4fe517eb8..bb57ab563dd 100644
--- a/docs/docbook/manpages/smbcacls.1.xml
+++ b/docs/docbook/manpages/smbcacls.1.xml
@@ -1,8 +1,7 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="iso8859-1"?>
-<!DOCTYPE refentry PUBLIC "-//OASIS//DTD DocBook XML V4.2//EN"
-                  "http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/xml/4.2/docbookx.dtd" [
-
-<!ENTITY % globalentities SYSTEM './../global.ent'> %globalentities;
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="iso-8859-1"?>
+<!DOCTYPE refentry PUBLIC "-//OASIS//DTD DocBook XML V4.2//EN" "http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/xml/4.2/docbookx.dtd" [
+				  
+<!ENTITY % globalentities SYSTEM '../global.ent'> %globalentities;
 ]>
 <refentry id="smbcacls.1">
 
diff --git a/docs/docbook/manpages/smbclient.1.xml b/docs/docbook/manpages/smbclient.1.xml
index 8e52e878dd5..d3b0bb45cd7 100644
--- a/docs/docbook/manpages/smbclient.1.xml
+++ b/docs/docbook/manpages/smbclient.1.xml
@@ -1,8 +1,7 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="iso8859-1"?>
-<!DOCTYPE refentry PUBLIC "-//OASIS//DTD DocBook XML V4.2//EN"
-                  "http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/xml/4.2/docbookx.dtd" [
-
-<!ENTITY % globalentities SYSTEM './../global.ent'> %globalentities;
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="iso-8859-1"?>
+<!DOCTYPE refentry PUBLIC "-//OASIS//DTD DocBook XML V4.2//EN" "http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/xml/4.2/docbookx.dtd" [
+				  
+<!ENTITY % globalentities SYSTEM '../global.ent'> %globalentities;
 ]>
 <refentry id="smbclient.1">
 
@@ -221,23 +220,6 @@
 		</varlistentry>
 		
 		
-		<varlistentry>
-		<term>-l logfilename</term>
-		<listitem><para>If specified, <replaceable>logfilename</replaceable> specifies a base filename 
-		into which operational data from the running client will be 
-		logged. </para>
-
-		<para>The default base name is specified at compile time.</para>
-
-		<para>The base name is used to generate actual log file names.
-		For example, if the name specified was "log", the debug file 
-		would be <filename>log.client</filename>.</para>
-		
-		<para>The log file generated is never removed by the client. 		
-		</para></listitem>
-		</varlistentry>
-		
-		
 		&stdarg.help;
 		
 		<varlistentry>
diff --git a/docs/docbook/manpages/smbcontrol.1.xml b/docs/docbook/manpages/smbcontrol.1.xml
index 7bcb7420bab..af6054de582 100644
--- a/docs/docbook/manpages/smbcontrol.1.xml
+++ b/docs/docbook/manpages/smbcontrol.1.xml
@@ -1,8 +1,7 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="iso8859-1"?>
-<!DOCTYPE refentry PUBLIC "-//OASIS//DTD DocBook XML V4.2//EN"
-                  "http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/xml/4.2/docbookx.dtd" [
-
-<!ENTITY % globalentities SYSTEM './../global.ent'> %globalentities;
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="iso-8859-1"?>
+<!DOCTYPE refentry PUBLIC "-//OASIS//DTD DocBook XML V4.2//EN" "http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/xml/4.2/docbookx.dtd" [
+				  
+<!ENTITY % globalentities SYSTEM '../global.ent'> %globalentities;
 ]>
 <refentry id="smbcontrol.1">
 
diff --git a/docs/docbook/manpages/smbcquotas.1.xml b/docs/docbook/manpages/smbcquotas.1.xml
index 90166beaf14..341778ccfaa 100644
--- a/docs/docbook/manpages/smbcquotas.1.xml
+++ b/docs/docbook/manpages/smbcquotas.1.xml
@@ -1,8 +1,7 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="iso8859-1"?>
-<!DOCTYPE refentry PUBLIC "-//OASIS//DTD DocBook XML V4.2//EN"
-                  "http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/xml/4.2/docbookx.dtd" [
-
-<!ENTITY % globalentities SYSTEM './../global.ent'> %globalentities;
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="iso-8859-1"?>
+<!DOCTYPE refentry PUBLIC "-//OASIS//DTD DocBook XML V4.2//EN" "http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/xml/4.2/docbookx.dtd" [
+				  
+<!ENTITY % globalentities SYSTEM '../global.ent'> %globalentities;
 ]>
 <refentry id="smbcquotas.1">
 
diff --git a/docs/docbook/manpages/smbd.8.xml b/docs/docbook/manpages/smbd.8.xml
index 0566c67fcbc..ded41f995ff 100644
--- a/docs/docbook/manpages/smbd.8.xml
+++ b/docs/docbook/manpages/smbd.8.xml
@@ -1,8 +1,7 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="iso8859-1"?>
-<!DOCTYPE refentry PUBLIC "-//OASIS//DTD DocBook XML V4.2//EN"
-                  "http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/xml/4.2/docbookx.dtd" [
-
-<!ENTITY % globalentities SYSTEM './../global.ent'> %globalentities;
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="iso-8859-1"?>
+<!DOCTYPE refentry PUBLIC "-//OASIS//DTD DocBook XML V4.2//EN" "http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/xml/4.2/docbookx.dtd" [
+				  
+<!ENTITY % globalentities SYSTEM '../global.ent'> %globalentities;
 ]>
 <refentry id="smbd.8">
 
@@ -144,8 +143,8 @@
 		file will be created for informational and debug 
 		messages from the running server. The log 
 		file generated is never removed by the server although 
-		its size may be controlled by the <ulink 
-		url="smb.conf.5.html#maxlogsize"><parameter>max log size</parameter></ulink>
+		its size may be controlled by the 
+		<smbconfoption><name>max log size</name></smbconfoption>
 		option in the <citerefentry><refentrytitle>smb.conf</refentrytitle>
 		<manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry> file. <emphasis>Beware:</emphasis>
 		If the directory specified does not exist, <command>smbd</command>
@@ -192,8 +191,7 @@
 		<listitem><para>If the server is to be run by the 
 		<command>inetd</command> meta-daemon, this file 
 		must contain suitable startup information for the 
-		meta-daemon. See the <ulink url="install.html">"How to Install and Test SAMBA"</ulink>
-		document for details.
+		meta-daemon. 
 		</para></listitem>
 		</varlistentry>
 		
@@ -204,8 +202,7 @@
 
 		<para>If running the server as a daemon at startup, 
 		this file will need to contain an appropriate startup 
-		sequence for the server. See the <ulink url="install.html">"How to Install and Test SAMBA"</ulink>
-		document for details.</para></listitem>
+		sequence for the server. </para></listitem>
 		</varlistentry>
 		
 		<varlistentry>
@@ -214,8 +211,7 @@
 		meta-daemon <command>inetd</command>, this file 
 		must contain a mapping of service name (e.g., netbios-ssn) 
 		to service port (e.g., 139) and protocol type (e.g., tcp). 
-		See the <ulink url="install.html">"How to Install and Test SAMBA"</ulink>
-		document for details.</para></listitem>
+		</para></listitem>
 		</varlistentry>
 		
 		<varlistentry>
@@ -265,8 +261,7 @@
 	<para>Samba uses PAM for authentication (when presented with a plaintext 
 	password), for account checking (is this account disabled?) and for
 	session management.  The degree too which samba supports PAM is restricted
-	by the limitations of the SMB protocol and the <ulink url="smb.conf.5.html#OBEYPAMRESRICTIONS"><parameter>obey 
-	pam restricions</parameter></ulink> <citerefentry><refentrytitle>smb.conf</refentrytitle>
+	by the limitations of the SMB protocol and the <smbconfoption><name>obey pam restrictions</name></smbconfoption> <citerefentry><refentrytitle>smb.conf</refentrytitle>
 	<manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry> paramater.  When this is set, the following restrictions apply:
 	</para>
 
@@ -352,7 +347,7 @@
 	<manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>, and the 
 	Internet RFC's	<filename>rfc1001.txt</filename>, <filename>rfc1002.txt</filename>. 
 	In addition the CIFS (formerly SMB) specification is available 
-	as a link from the Web page <ulink url="http://samba.org/cifs/"> 
+	as a link from the Web page <ulink noescape="1" url="http://samba.org/cifs/"> 
 	http://samba.org/cifs/</ulink>.</para>
 </refsect1>
 
diff --git a/docs/docbook/manpages/smbmnt.8.xml b/docs/docbook/manpages/smbmnt.8.xml
index 86596f3dedb..0495fa5be0f 100644
--- a/docs/docbook/manpages/smbmnt.8.xml
+++ b/docs/docbook/manpages/smbmnt.8.xml
@@ -1,8 +1,7 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="iso8859-1"?>
-<!DOCTYPE refentry PUBLIC "-//OASIS//DTD DocBook XML V4.2//EN"
-                  "http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/xml/4.2/docbookx.dtd" [
-
-<!ENTITY % globalentities SYSTEM './../global.ent'> %globalentities;
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="iso-8859-1"?>
+<!DOCTYPE refentry PUBLIC "-//OASIS//DTD DocBook XML V4.2//EN" "http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/xml/4.2/docbookx.dtd" [
+				  
+<!ENTITY % globalentities SYSTEM '../global.ent'> %globalentities;
 ]>
 <refentry id="smbmnt.8">
 
diff --git a/docs/docbook/manpages/smbmount.8.xml b/docs/docbook/manpages/smbmount.8.xml
index f3f7d1a99b7..0017c99cd53 100644
--- a/docs/docbook/manpages/smbmount.8.xml
+++ b/docs/docbook/manpages/smbmount.8.xml
@@ -1,8 +1,7 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="iso8859-1"?>
-<!DOCTYPE refentry PUBLIC "-//OASIS//DTD DocBook XML V4.2//EN"
-                  "http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/xml/4.2/docbookx.dtd" [
-
-<!ENTITY % globalentities SYSTEM './../global.ent'> %globalentities;
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="iso-8859-1"?>
+<!DOCTYPE refentry PUBLIC "-//OASIS//DTD DocBook XML V4.2//EN" "http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/xml/4.2/docbookx.dtd" [
+				  
+<!ENTITY % globalentities SYSTEM '../global.ent'> %globalentities;
 ]>
 <refentry id="smbmount.8">
 
diff --git a/docs/docbook/manpages/smbpasswd.5.xml b/docs/docbook/manpages/smbpasswd.5.xml
index c3bd654564e..cb6a6070bd3 100644
--- a/docs/docbook/manpages/smbpasswd.5.xml
+++ b/docs/docbook/manpages/smbpasswd.5.xml
@@ -1,8 +1,7 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="iso8859-1"?>
-<!DOCTYPE refentry PUBLIC "-//OASIS//DTD DocBook XML V4.2//EN"
-                  "http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/xml/4.2/docbookx.dtd" [
-
-<!ENTITY % globalentities SYSTEM './../global.ent'> %globalentities;
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="iso-8859-1"?>
+<!DOCTYPE refentry PUBLIC "-//OASIS//DTD DocBook XML V4.2//EN" "http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/xml/4.2/docbookx.dtd" [
+				  
+<!ENTITY % globalentities SYSTEM '../global.ent'> %globalentities;
 ]>
 <refentry id="smbpasswd.5">
 
@@ -140,9 +139,9 @@
 			account has no password (the passwords in the fields LANMAN 
 			Password Hash and NT Password Hash are ignored). Note that this 
 			will only allow users to log on with no password if the <parameter>
-			null passwords</parameter> parameter is set in the <ulink
-			url="smb.conf.5.html#NULLPASSWORDS"><citerefentry><refentrytitle>smb.conf</refentrytitle>
-			<manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry></ulink> config file. </para></listitem>
+			null passwords</parameter> parameter is set in the 
+			<citerefentry><refentrytitle>smb.conf</refentrytitle>
+			<manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry> config file. </para></listitem>
 				
 			<listitem><para><emphasis>D</emphasis> - This means the account 
 			is disabled and no SMB/CIFS logins  will be allowed for this user. </para></listitem>
@@ -199,7 +198,7 @@
 	
 	<para>The original Samba man pages were written by Karl Auer. 
 	The man page sources were converted to YODL format (another 
-	excellent piece of Open Source software, available at <ulink url="ftp://ftp.icce.rug.nl/pub/unix/">
+	excellent piece of Open Source software, available at <ulink noescape="1" url="ftp://ftp.icce.rug.nl/pub/unix/">
 	ftp://ftp.icce.rug.nl/pub/unix/</ulink>) and updated for the Samba 2.0 
 	release by Jeremy Allison.  The conversion to DocBook for 
 	Samba 2.2 was done by Gerald Carter. The conversion to DocBook XML 4.2
diff --git a/docs/docbook/manpages/smbpasswd.8.xml b/docs/docbook/manpages/smbpasswd.8.xml
index 37f617e46a7..3ee3a9e12eb 100644
--- a/docs/docbook/manpages/smbpasswd.8.xml
+++ b/docs/docbook/manpages/smbpasswd.8.xml
@@ -1,8 +1,7 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="iso8859-1"?>
-<!DOCTYPE refentry PUBLIC "-//OASIS//DTD DocBook XML V4.2//EN"
-                  "http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/xml/4.2/docbookx.dtd" [
-
-<!ENTITY % globalentities SYSTEM './../global.ent'> %globalentities;
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="iso-8859-1"?>
+<!DOCTYPE refentry PUBLIC "-//OASIS//DTD DocBook XML V4.2//EN" "http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/xml/4.2/docbookx.dtd" [
+				  
+<!ENTITY % globalentities SYSTEM '../global.ent'> %globalentities;
 ]>
 <refentry id="smbpasswd.8">
 
@@ -318,8 +317,7 @@
 		has been configured to use the experimental
 		<command>--with-ldapsam</command> option. The <parameter>-w</parameter> 
 		switch is used to specify the password to be used with the 
-		<ulink url="smb.conf.5.html#LDAPADMINDN"><parameter>ldap admin 
-		dn</parameter></ulink>.  Note that the password is stored in
+		<smbconfoption><name>ldap admin dn</name></smbconfoption>.  Note that the password is stored in
 		the <filename>secrets.tdb</filename> and is keyed off 
 		of the admin's DN.  This means that if the value of <parameter>ldap
 		admin dn</parameter> ever changes, the password will need to be 
@@ -370,9 +368,7 @@
 	allow "localhost" access to the smbd. </para>
 
 	<para>In addition, the smbpasswd command is only useful if Samba
-	has been set up to use encrypted passwords. See the document <ulink url="pwencrypt.html">
-	"LanMan and NT Password Encryption in Samba"</ulink> in the docs directory for details 
-	on how to do this. </para>
+	has been set up to use encrypted passwords. </para>
 </refsect1>
 
 
diff --git a/docs/docbook/manpages/smbsh.1.xml b/docs/docbook/manpages/smbsh.1.xml
index 1bd29917b9d..948d5865899 100644
--- a/docs/docbook/manpages/smbsh.1.xml
+++ b/docs/docbook/manpages/smbsh.1.xml
@@ -1,8 +1,7 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="iso8859-1"?>
-<!DOCTYPE refentry PUBLIC "-//OASIS//DTD DocBook XML V4.2//EN"
-                  "http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/xml/4.2/docbookx.dtd" [
-
-<!ENTITY % globalentities SYSTEM './../global.ent'> %globalentities;
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="iso-8859-1"?>
+<!DOCTYPE refentry PUBLIC "-//OASIS//DTD DocBook XML V4.2//EN" "http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/xml/4.2/docbookx.dtd" [
+				  
+<!ENTITY % globalentities SYSTEM '../global.ent'> %globalentities;
 ]>
 <refentry id="smbsh.1">
 
diff --git a/docs/docbook/manpages/smbspool.8.xml b/docs/docbook/manpages/smbspool.8.xml
index 340c7ffff21..ec62a0d5df8 100644
--- a/docs/docbook/manpages/smbspool.8.xml
+++ b/docs/docbook/manpages/smbspool.8.xml
@@ -1,8 +1,7 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="iso8859-1"?>
-<!DOCTYPE refentry PUBLIC "-//OASIS//DTD DocBook XML V4.2//EN"
-                  "http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/xml/4.2/docbookx.dtd" [
-
-<!ENTITY % globalentities SYSTEM './../global.ent'> %globalentities;
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="iso-8859-1"?>
+<!DOCTYPE refentry PUBLIC "-//OASIS//DTD DocBook XML V4.2//EN" "http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/xml/4.2/docbookx.dtd" [
+				  
+<!ENTITY % globalentities SYSTEM '../global.ent'> %globalentities;
 ]>
 <refentry id="smbspool.8">
 
diff --git a/docs/docbook/manpages/smbstatus.1.xml b/docs/docbook/manpages/smbstatus.1.xml
index 657175bf48c..1e96b392632 100644
--- a/docs/docbook/manpages/smbstatus.1.xml
+++ b/docs/docbook/manpages/smbstatus.1.xml
@@ -1,10 +1,8 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="iso8859-1"?>
-<!DOCTYPE refentry PUBLIC "-//OASIS//DTD DocBook XML V4.2//EN"
-                  "http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/xml/4.2/docbookx.dtd" [
-
-<!ENTITY % globalentities SYSTEM './../global.ent'> %globalentities;
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="iso-8859-1"?>
+<!DOCTYPE refentry PUBLIC "-//OASIS//DTD DocBook XML V4.2//EN" "http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/xml/4.2/docbookx.dtd" [
+				  
+<!ENTITY % globalentities SYSTEM '../global.ent'> %globalentities;
 ]>
-
 <refentry id="smbstatus.1">
 
 <refmeta>
diff --git a/docs/docbook/manpages/smbtar.1.xml b/docs/docbook/manpages/smbtar.1.xml
index 40c915f1f6d..c7739378441 100644
--- a/docs/docbook/manpages/smbtar.1.xml
+++ b/docs/docbook/manpages/smbtar.1.xml
@@ -1,8 +1,7 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="iso8859-1"?>
-<!DOCTYPE refentry PUBLIC "-//OASIS//DTD DocBook XML V4.2//EN"
-                  "http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/xml/4.2/docbookx.dtd" [
-
-<!ENTITY % globalentities SYSTEM './../global.ent'> %globalentities;
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="iso-8859-1"?>
+<!DOCTYPE refentry PUBLIC "-//OASIS//DTD DocBook XML V4.2//EN" "http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/xml/4.2/docbookx.dtd" [
+				  
+<!ENTITY % globalentities SYSTEM '../global.ent'> %globalentities;
 ]>
 <refentry id="smbtar.1">
 
@@ -222,13 +221,13 @@
 	by the Samba Team as an Open Source project similar 
 	to the way the Linux kernel is developed.</para>
 	
-	<para><ulink url="mailto:poultenr@logica.co.uk">Ricky Poulten</ulink>  
+<para><ulink noescape="1" url="mailto:poultenr@logica.co.uk">Ricky Poulten</ulink>  
 	wrote the tar extension and this man page. The <command>smbtar</command> 
-	script was heavily rewritten and improved by <ulink 
+	script was heavily rewritten and improved by <ulink noescape="1"
 	url="mailto:Martin.Kraemer@mch.sni.de">Martin Kraemer</ulink>. Many 
 	thanks to everyone who suggested extensions, improvements, bug 
 	fixes, etc. The man page sources were converted to YODL format (another 
-	excellent piece of Open Source software, available at <ulink url="ftp://ftp.icce.rug.nl/pub/unix/">
+	excellent piece of Open Source software, available at <ulink noescape="1" url="ftp://ftp.icce.rug.nl/pub/unix/">
 	ftp://ftp.icce.rug.nl/pub/unix/</ulink>) and updated for the Samba 2.0 
 	release by Jeremy Allison.  The conversion to DocBook for 
 	Samba 2.2 was done by Gerald Carter. The conversion to DocBook XML 4.2 for
diff --git a/docs/docbook/manpages/smbtree.1.xml b/docs/docbook/manpages/smbtree.1.xml
index 05f0256b870..9ed2ed4ed8b 100644
--- a/docs/docbook/manpages/smbtree.1.xml
+++ b/docs/docbook/manpages/smbtree.1.xml
@@ -1,8 +1,7 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="iso8859-1"?>
-<!DOCTYPE refentry PUBLIC "-//OASIS//DTD DocBook XML V4.2//EN"
-                  "http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/xml/4.2/docbookx.dtd" [
-
-<!ENTITY % globalentities SYSTEM './../global.ent'> %globalentities;
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="iso-8859-1"?>
+<!DOCTYPE refentry PUBLIC "-//OASIS//DTD DocBook XML V4.2//EN" "http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/xml/4.2/docbookx.dtd" [
+				  
+<!ENTITY % globalentities SYSTEM '../global.ent'> %globalentities;
 ]>
 <refentry id="smbtree.1">
 
diff --git a/docs/docbook/manpages/smbumount.8.xml b/docs/docbook/manpages/smbumount.8.xml
index 665ffdceb3e..d8feb8e9382 100644
--- a/docs/docbook/manpages/smbumount.8.xml
+++ b/docs/docbook/manpages/smbumount.8.xml
@@ -1,8 +1,7 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="iso8859-1"?>
-<!DOCTYPE refentry PUBLIC "-//OASIS//DTD DocBook XML V4.2//EN"
-                  "http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/xml/4.2/docbookx.dtd" [
-
-<!ENTITY % globalentities SYSTEM './../global.ent'> %globalentities;
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="iso-8859-1"?>
+<!DOCTYPE refentry PUBLIC "-//OASIS//DTD DocBook XML V4.2//EN" "http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/xml/4.2/docbookx.dtd" [
+				  
+<!ENTITY % globalentities SYSTEM '../global.ent'> %globalentities;
 ]>
 <refentry id="smbumount.8">
 
diff --git a/docs/docbook/manpages/swat.8.xml b/docs/docbook/manpages/swat.8.xml
index ad6829c3a60..c0579a9f1f5 100644
--- a/docs/docbook/manpages/swat.8.xml
+++ b/docs/docbook/manpages/swat.8.xml
@@ -1,8 +1,7 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="iso8859-1"?>
-<!DOCTYPE refentry PUBLIC "-//OASIS//DTD DocBook XML V4.2//EN"
-                  "http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/xml/4.2/docbookx.dtd" [
-
-<!ENTITY % globalentities SYSTEM './../global.ent'> %globalentities;
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="iso-8859-1"?>
+<!DOCTYPE refentry PUBLIC "-//OASIS//DTD DocBook XML V4.2//EN" "http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/xml/4.2/docbookx.dtd" [
+				  
+<!ENTITY % globalentities SYSTEM '../global.ent'> %globalentities;
 ]>
 <refentry id="swat.8">
 
diff --git a/docs/docbook/manpages/tdbbackup.8.xml b/docs/docbook/manpages/tdbbackup.8.xml
index c8c5b7e33db..e5f060b101f 100644
--- a/docs/docbook/manpages/tdbbackup.8.xml
+++ b/docs/docbook/manpages/tdbbackup.8.xml
@@ -1,8 +1,7 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="iso8859-1"?>
-<!DOCTYPE refentry PUBLIC "-//OASIS//DTD DocBook XML V4.2//EN"
-                  "http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/xml/4.2/docbookx.dtd" [
-
-<!ENTITY % globalentities SYSTEM './../global.ent'> %globalentities;
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="iso-8859-1"?>
+<!DOCTYPE refentry PUBLIC "-//OASIS//DTD DocBook XML V4.2//EN" "http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/xml/4.2/docbookx.dtd" [
+				  
+<!ENTITY % globalentities SYSTEM '../global.ent'> %globalentities;
 ]>
 <refentry id="tdbbackup.8">
 
diff --git a/docs/docbook/manpages/testparm.1.xml b/docs/docbook/manpages/testparm.1.xml
index 085a645a88d..84ead172348 100644
--- a/docs/docbook/manpages/testparm.1.xml
+++ b/docs/docbook/manpages/testparm.1.xml
@@ -1,8 +1,7 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="iso8859-1"?>
-<!DOCTYPE refentry PUBLIC "-//OASIS//DTD DocBook XML V4.2//EN"
-                  "http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/xml/4.2/docbookx.dtd" [
-
-<!ENTITY % globalentities SYSTEM './../global.ent'> %globalentities;
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="iso-8859-1"?>
+<!DOCTYPE refentry PUBLIC "-//OASIS//DTD DocBook XML V4.2//EN" "http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/xml/4.2/docbookx.dtd" [
+				  
+<!ENTITY % globalentities SYSTEM '../global.ent'> %globalentities;
 ]>
 <refentry id="testparm.1">
 
@@ -182,7 +181,7 @@
 	
 	<para>The original Samba man pages were written by Karl Auer. 
 	The man page sources were converted to YODL format (another 
-	excellent piece of Open Source software, available at <ulink url="ftp://ftp.icce.rug.nl/pub/unix/">
+	excellent piece of Open Source software, available at <ulink noescape="1" url="ftp://ftp.icce.rug.nl/pub/unix/">
 	ftp://ftp.icce.rug.nl/pub/unix/</ulink>) and updated for the Samba 2.0 
 	release by Jeremy Allison.  The conversion to DocBook for 
 	Samba 2.2 was done by Gerald Carter. The conversion to DocBook XML 4.2
diff --git a/docs/docbook/manpages/testprns.1.xml b/docs/docbook/manpages/testprns.1.xml
index 2afeba22d31..50584f5a180 100644
--- a/docs/docbook/manpages/testprns.1.xml
+++ b/docs/docbook/manpages/testprns.1.xml
@@ -1,8 +1,7 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="iso8859-1"?>
-<!DOCTYPE refentry PUBLIC "-//OASIS//DTD DocBook XML V4.2//EN"
-                  "http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/xml/4.2/docbookx.dtd" [
-
-<!ENTITY % globalentities SYSTEM './../global.ent'> %globalentities;
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="iso-8859-1"?>
+<!DOCTYPE refentry PUBLIC "-//OASIS//DTD DocBook XML V4.2//EN" "http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/xml/4.2/docbookx.dtd" [
+				  
+<!ENTITY % globalentities SYSTEM '../global.ent'> %globalentities;
 ]>
 <refentry id="testprns.1">
 
@@ -138,7 +137,7 @@
 	
 	<para>The original Samba man pages were written by Karl Auer. 
 	The man page sources were converted to YODL format (another 
-	excellent piece of Open Source software, available at <ulink url="ftp://ftp.icce.rug.nl/pub/unix/">
+	excellent piece of Open Source software, available at <ulink noescape="1" url="ftp://ftp.icce.rug.nl/pub/unix/">
 	ftp://ftp.icce.rug.nl/pub/unix/</ulink>) and updated for the Samba 2.0 
 	release by Jeremy Allison.  The conversion to DocBook for 
 	Samba 2.2 was done by Gerald Carter. The conversion to DocBook XML 4.2
diff --git a/docs/docbook/manpages/vfstest.1.xml b/docs/docbook/manpages/vfstest.1.xml
index baf45fb0e4c..28b543dd819 100644
--- a/docs/docbook/manpages/vfstest.1.xml
+++ b/docs/docbook/manpages/vfstest.1.xml
@@ -1,8 +1,7 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="iso8859-1"?>
-<!DOCTYPE refentry PUBLIC "-//OASIS//DTD DocBook XML V4.2//EN"
-                  "http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/xml/4.2/docbookx.dtd" [
-
-<!ENTITY % globalentities SYSTEM './../global.ent'> %globalentities;
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="iso-8859-1"?>
+<!DOCTYPE refentry PUBLIC "-//OASIS//DTD DocBook XML V4.2//EN" "http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/xml/4.2/docbookx.dtd" [
+				  
+<!ENTITY % globalentities SYSTEM '../global.ent'> %globalentities;
 ]>
 <refentry id="vfstest.1">
 
diff --git a/docs/docbook/manpages/wbinfo.1.xml b/docs/docbook/manpages/wbinfo.1.xml
index 075ce140ccb..728e4f166a1 100644
--- a/docs/docbook/manpages/wbinfo.1.xml
+++ b/docs/docbook/manpages/wbinfo.1.xml
@@ -1,8 +1,7 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="iso8859-1"?>
-<!DOCTYPE refentry PUBLIC "-//OASIS//DTD DocBook XML V4.2//EN"
-                  "http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/xml/4.2/docbookx.dtd" [
-
-<!ENTITY % globalentities SYSTEM './../global.ent'> %globalentities;
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="iso-8859-1"?>
+<!DOCTYPE refentry PUBLIC "-//OASIS//DTD DocBook XML V4.2//EN" "http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/xml/4.2/docbookx.dtd" [
+				  
+<!ENTITY % globalentities SYSTEM '../global.ent'> %globalentities;
 ]>
 <refentry id="wbinfo.1">
 
@@ -20,24 +19,31 @@
 <refsynopsisdiv>
 	<cmdsynopsis>
 		<command>wbinfo</command>
-		<arg choice="opt">-u</arg>
-		<arg choice="opt">-g</arg>
-		<arg choice="opt">-N netbios-name</arg>
+		<arg choice="opt">-a user%password</arg>
+		<arg choice="opt">-c username</arg>
+		<arg choice="opt">-C groupname</arg>
+		<arg choice="opt">--domain domain</arg>
 		<arg choice="opt">-I ip</arg>
-		<arg choice="opt">-n name</arg>
 		<arg choice="opt">-s sid</arg>
+		<arg choice="opt">-u</arg>
 		<arg choice="opt">-U uid</arg>
+		<arg choice="opt">-g</arg>
+		<arg choice="opt">--get-auth-user</arg>
 		<arg choice="opt">-G gid</arg>
-		<arg choice="opt">-S sid</arg>
-		<arg choice="opt">-Y sid</arg>
-		<arg choice="opt">-t</arg>
 		<arg choice="opt">-m</arg>
-		<arg choice="opt">--sequence</arg>
+		<arg choice="opt">-n name</arg>
+		<arg choice="opt">-N netbios-name</arg>
+		<arg choice="opt">-o user:group</arg>
+		<arg choice="opt">-O user:group</arg>
+		<arg choice="opt">-p</arg>
 		<arg choice="opt">-r user</arg>
-		<arg choice="opt">-a user%password</arg>
 		<arg choice="opt">--set-auth-user user%password</arg>
-		<arg choice="opt">--get-auth-user</arg>
-		<arg choice="opt">-p</arg>
+		<arg choice="opt">--sequence</arg>
+		<arg choice="opt">-S sid</arg>
+		<arg choice="opt">-t</arg>
+		<arg choice="opt">-x username</arg>
+		<arg choice="opt">-X groupname</arg>
+		<arg choice="opt">-Y sid</arg>
 	</cmdsynopsis>
 </refsynopsisdiv>
 
@@ -60,19 +66,37 @@
 <refsect1>
 	<title>OPTIONS</title>
 
-	<variablelist>
+	<variablelist>		
 		<varlistentry>
-		<term>-u</term>
-		<listitem><para>This option will list all users available 
-		in the Windows NT domain for which the <citerefentry><refentrytitle>winbindd</refentrytitle>
-		<manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> daemon is operating in. Users in all trusted domains 
-		will also be listed.  Note that this operation does not assign 
-		user ids to any users that have not already been seen by <citerefentry>
-		<refentrytitle>winbindd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>
-		.</para></listitem>
+		<term>-a username%password</term>
+		<listitem><para>Attempt to authenticate a user via winbindd. 
+                This checks both authenticaion methods and reports its results.
+		</para></listitem>
+		</varlistentry>
+
+		<varlistentry>
+		<term>-c user</term>
+		<listitem><para>Create a local winbind user.
+		</para></listitem>
 		</varlistentry>
 		
 		<varlistentry>
+		<term>-C group</term>
+		<listitem><para>Create a local winbindd group.
+		</para></listitem>
+		</varlistentry>
+		
+		<varlistentry>
+		<term>--domain name</term>
+		<listitem><para>This parameter sets the domain on which any specified
+		operations will performed.  If special domain name '.' is used to represent
+		the current domain to which winbindd belongs.  Currently only the 
+		<option>--sequence</option>,
+		<option>-u</option>, and <option>-g</option> options honor this parameter.
+		</para></listitem>
+		</varlistentry>
+
+		<varlistentry>
 		<term>-g</term>
 		<listitem><para>This option will list all groups available 
 		in the Windows NT domain for which the <citerefentry><refentrytitle>Samba</refentrytitle>
@@ -82,18 +106,22 @@
 		seen by <citerefentry><refentrytitle>winbindd</refentrytitle>
 		<manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>. </para></listitem>
 		</varlistentry>
+
+		<varlistentry>
+		<term>--get-auth-user</term>
+		<listitem><para>Print username and password used by winbindd
+		during session setup to a domain controller. Username 
+		and password can be set using '-A'. Only available for 
+		root.</para></listitem>
+		</varlistentry>
 		
 		<varlistentry>
-		<term>-N name</term>
-		<listitem><para>The <parameter>-N</parameter> option 
-		queries <citerefentry><refentrytitle>winbindd</refentrytitle>
-		<manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> to query the WINS
-		server for the IP address associated with the NetBIOS name
-		specified by the <parameter>name</parameter> parameter.
-		</para></listitem>
+		<term>-G gid</term>
+		<listitem><para>Try to convert a UNIX group id to a Windows 
+		NT SID.  If the gid specified does not refer to one within 
+		the idmap gid range then the operation will fail. </para></listitem>
 		</varlistentry>
-
-
+		
 		<varlistentry>
 		<term>-I ip</term>
 		<listitem><para>The <parameter>-I</parameter> option 
@@ -106,6 +134,16 @@
 
 
 		<varlistentry>
+		<term>-m</term>
+		<listitem><para>Produce a list of domains trusted by the 
+		Windows NT server <citerefentry><refentrytitle>winbindd</refentrytitle>
+		<manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> contacts 
+		when resolving names.  This list does not include the Windows 
+		NT domain the server is a Primary Domain Controller for.
+		</para></listitem>
+		</varlistentry>
+		
+		<varlistentry>
 		<term>-n name</term>
 		<listitem><para>The <parameter>-n</parameter> option 
 		queries <citerefentry><refentrytitle>winbindd</refentrytitle>
@@ -118,9 +156,47 @@
 		<manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry>	<parameter>workgroup
 		</parameter> parameter. </para></listitem>
 		</varlistentry>
+		
+		<varlistentry>
+		<term>-N name</term>
+		<listitem><para>The <parameter>-N</parameter> option 
+		queries <citerefentry><refentrytitle>winbindd</refentrytitle>
+		<manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> to query the WINS
+		server for the IP address associated with the NetBIOS name
+		specified by the <parameter>name</parameter> parameter.
+		</para></listitem>
+		</varlistentry>
 
+		<varlistentry>
+		<term>-o user:group</term>
+		<listitem><para>Add a winbindd local group as a secondary group 
+		for the specified winbindd local user.
+		</para></listitem>
+		</varlistentry>
+		
+		<varlistentry>
+		<term>-O user:group</term>
+		<listitem><para>Remove a winbindd local group as a secondary group 
+		for the specified winbindd local user.
+		</para></listitem>
+		</varlistentry>
+		
+		<varlistentry>
+		<term>-p</term>
+		<listitem><para>Check whether winbindd is still alive. 
+		Prints out either 'succeeded' or 'failed'.
+		</para></listitem>
+		</varlistentry>
 
 		<varlistentry>
+		<term>-r username</term>
+		<listitem><para>Try to obtain the list of UNIX group ids
+		to which the user belongs.  This only works for users
+		defined on a Domain Controller.
+		</para></listitem>
+		</varlistentry>
+		
+		<varlistentry>
 		<term>-s sid</term>
 		<listitem><para>Use <parameter>-s</parameter> to resolve
 		a SID to a name.  This is the inverse of the <parameter>-n
@@ -129,23 +205,22 @@
 		S-1-5-21-1455342024-3071081365-2475485837-500. </para></listitem>
 		</varlistentry>
 
-
 		<varlistentry>
-		<term>-U uid</term>
-		<listitem><para>Try to convert a UNIX user id to a Windows NT 
-		SID.  If the uid specified does not refer to one within
-		the winbind uid range then the operation will fail. </para></listitem>
+		<term>--set-auth-user username%password</term>
+		<listitem><para>Store username and password used by winbindd 
+		during session setup to a domain controller.  This enables
+		winbindd to operate in a Windows 2000 domain with Restrict
+		Anonymous turned on (a.k.a. Permissions compatiable with
+		Windows 2000 servers only).
+		</para></listitem>
 		</varlistentry>
 
-
 		<varlistentry>
-		<term>-G gid</term>
-		<listitem><para>Try to convert a UNIX group id to a Windows 
-		NT SID.  If the gid specified does not refer to one within 
-		the winbind gid range then the operation will fail. </para></listitem>
+		<term>--sequence</term>
+		<listitem><para>Show sequence numbers of 
+		all known domains</para></listitem>
 		</varlistentry>
 		
-		
 		<varlistentry>
 		<term>-S sid</term>
 		<listitem><para>Convert a SID to a UNIX user id.  If the SID 
@@ -154,17 +229,6 @@
 		</citerefentry> then the operation will fail. </para></listitem>
 		</varlistentry>
 
-
-		<varlistentry>
-		<term>-Y sid</term>
-		<listitem><para>Convert a SID to a UNIX group id.  If the SID 
-		does not correspond to a UNIX group mapped by <citerefentry>
-		<refentrytitle>winbindd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> then 
-		the operation will fail. </para></listitem>
-		</varlistentry>
-
-
-
 		<varlistentry>
 		<term>-t</term>
 		<listitem><para>Verify that the workstation trust account 
@@ -172,64 +236,44 @@
 		domain is working. </para></listitem>
 		</varlistentry>
 
-
 		<varlistentry>
-		<term>-m</term>
-		<listitem><para>Produce a list of domains trusted by the 
-		Windows NT server <citerefentry><refentrytitle>winbindd</refentrytitle>
-		<manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> contacts 
-		when resolving names.  This list does not include the Windows 
-		NT domain the server is a Primary Domain Controller for.
-		</para></listitem>
-		</varlistentry>
-
-		<varlistentry>
-		<term>--sequence</term>
-		<listitem><para>Show sequence numbers of 
-		all known domains</para></listitem>
+		<term>-u</term>
+		<listitem><para>This option will list all users available 
+		in the Windows NT domain for which the <citerefentry><refentrytitle>winbindd</refentrytitle>
+		<manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> daemon is operating in. Users in all trusted domains 
+		will also be listed.  Note that this operation does not assign 
+		user ids to any users that have not already been seen by <citerefentry>
+		<refentrytitle>winbindd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>
+		.</para></listitem>
 		</varlistentry>
-
+		
 		<varlistentry>
-		<term>-r username</term>
-		<listitem><para>Try to obtain the list of UNIX group ids
-		to which the user belongs.  This only works for users
-		defined on a Domain Controller.
-		</para></listitem>
+		<term>-U uid</term>
+		<listitem><para>Try to convert a UNIX user id to a Windows NT 
+		SID.  If the uid specified does not refer to one within
+		the idmap uid range then the operation will fail. </para></listitem>
 		</varlistentry>
-
-
+		
 		<varlistentry>
-		<term>-a username%password</term>
-		<listitem><para>Attempt to authenticate a user via winbindd. 
-                This checks both authenticaion methods and reports its results.
+		<term>-x user</term>
+		<listitem><para>Delete an existing local winbind user.
 		</para></listitem>
 		</varlistentry>
-
-
+		
 		<varlistentry>
-		<term>--set-auth-user username%password</term>
-		<listitem><para>Store username and password used by winbindd 
-		during session setup to a domain controller.  This enables
-		winbindd to operate in a Windows 2000 domain with Restrict
-		Anonymous turned on (a.k.a. Permissions compatiable with
-		Windows 2000 servers only).
+		<term>-X group</term>
+		<listitem><para>Delete an existing local winbindd group.
 		</para></listitem>
 		</varlistentry>
-
+		
 		<varlistentry>
-		<term>--get-auth-user</term>
-		<listitem><para>Print username and password used by winbindd
-		during session setup to a domain controller. Username 
-		and password can be set using '-A'. Only available for 
-		root.</para></listitem>
+		<term>-Y sid</term>
+		<listitem><para>Convert a SID to a UNIX group id.  If the SID 
+		does not correspond to a UNIX group mapped by <citerefentry>
+		<refentrytitle>winbindd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> then 
+		the operation will fail. </para></listitem>
 		</varlistentry>
 
-		<varlistentry>
-		<term>-p</term>
-		<listitem><para>Check whether winbindd is still alive. 
-		Prints out either 'succeeded' or 'failed'.
-		</para></listitem>
-		</varlistentry>
 
 		&stdarg.version;
 		&stdarg.help;
diff --git a/docs/docbook/manpages/winbindd.8.xml b/docs/docbook/manpages/winbindd.8.xml
index d41620b707a..d63c8e06e31 100644
--- a/docs/docbook/manpages/winbindd.8.xml
+++ b/docs/docbook/manpages/winbindd.8.xml
@@ -1,8 +1,7 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="iso8859-1"?>
-<!DOCTYPE refentry PUBLIC "-//OASIS//DTD DocBook XML V4.2//EN"
-                  "http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/xml/4.2/docbookx.dtd" [
-
-<!ENTITY % globalentities SYSTEM './../global.ent'> %globalentities;
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="iso-8859-1"?>
+<!DOCTYPE refentry PUBLIC "-//OASIS//DTD DocBook XML V4.2//EN" "http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/xml/4.2/docbookx.dtd" [
+				  
+<!ENTITY % globalentities SYSTEM '../global.ent'> %globalentities;
 ]>
 <refentry id="winbindd.8">
 
@@ -207,24 +206,24 @@ group:          files winbind
 	[global] section of smb.conf. </para>
 
 	<itemizedlist>
-		<listitem><para><ulink url="smb.conf.5.html#WINBINDSEPARATOR">
-		<parameter>winbind separator</parameter></ulink></para></listitem>
-		<listitem><para><ulink url="smb.conf.5.html#WINBINDUID">
-		<parameter>winbind uid</parameter></ulink></para></listitem>
-		<listitem><para><ulink url="smb.conf.5.html#WINBINDGID">
-		<parameter>winbind gid</parameter></ulink></para></listitem>
-		<listitem><para><ulink url="smb.conf.5.html#WINBINDCACHETIME">
-		<parameter>winbind cache time</parameter></ulink></para></listitem>
-		<listitem><para><ulink url="smb.conf.5.html#WINBINDENUMUSERS">
-		<parameter>winbind enum users</parameter></ulink></para></listitem>
-		<listitem><para><ulink url="smb.conf.5.html#WINBINDENUMGROUPS">
-		<parameter>winbind enum groups</parameter></ulink></para></listitem>
-		<listitem><para><ulink url="smb.conf.5.html#TEMPLATEHOMEDIR">
-		<parameter>template homedir</parameter></ulink></para></listitem>
-		<listitem><para><ulink url="smb.conf.5.html#TEMPLATESHELL">
-		<parameter>template shell</parameter></ulink></para></listitem>
-		<listitem><para><ulink url="smb.conf.5.html#WINBINDUSEDEFAULTDOMAIN">
-		<parameter>winbind use default domain</parameter></ulink></para></listitem>
+		<listitem><para>
+		<smbconfoption><name>winbind separator</name></smbconfoption></para></listitem>
+		<listitem><para>
+		<smbconfoption><name>idmap uid</name></smbconfoption></para></listitem>
+		<listitem><para>
+		<smbconfoption><name>idmap gid</name></smbconfoption></para></listitem>
+		<listitem><para>
+		<smbconfoption><name>winbind cache time</name></smbconfoption></para></listitem>
+		<listitem><para>
+		<smbconfoption><name>winbind enum users</name></smbconfoption></para></listitem>
+		<listitem><para>
+		<smbconfoption><name>winbind enum groups</name></smbconfoption></para></listitem>
+		<listitem><para>
+		<smbconfoption><name>template homedir</name></smbconfoption></para></listitem>
+		<listitem><para>
+		<smbconfoption><name>template shell</name></smbconfoption></para></listitem>
+		<listitem><para>
+		<smbconfoption><name>winbind use default domain</name></smbconfoption></para></listitem>
 	</itemizedlist>
 </refsect1>
 
@@ -287,8 +286,8 @@ auth       required     /lib/security/pam_pwdb.so use_first_pass shadow nullok
         winbind cache time = 10
         template shell = /bin/bash
         template homedir = /home/%D/%U
-        winbind uid = 10000-20000
-        winbind gid = 10000-20000
+        idmap uid = 10000-20000
+        idmap gid = 10000-20000
         workgroup = DOMAIN
         security = domain
         password server = *
diff --git a/docs/docbook/projdoc/AccessControls.xml b/docs/docbook/projdoc/AccessControls.xml
index 44780501fe7..344e51e5c02 100644
--- a/docs/docbook/projdoc/AccessControls.xml
+++ b/docs/docbook/projdoc/AccessControls.xml
@@ -2,20 +2,21 @@
 <chapterinfo>
 	&author.jht;
 	&author.jeremy;
+	<author>&person.jelmer;<contrib>drawing</contrib></author>
 	<pubdate>May 10, 2003</pubdate>
 </chapterinfo>
 <title>File, Directory and Share Access Controls</title>
 
+<indexterm><primary>ACLs</primary></indexterm>
 <para>
 Advanced MS Windows users are frequently perplexed when file, directory and share manipulation of
 resources shared via Samba do not behave in the manner they might expect. MS Windows network
-administrators are often confused regarding network access controls and what is the best way to
-provide users with the type of access they need while protecting resources from the consequences
-of untoward access capabilities.
+administrators are often confused regarding network access controls and how to
+provide users with the access they need while protecting resources from unauthorised access.
 </para>
 
 <para>
-Unix administrators frequently are not familiar with the MS Windows environment and in particular
+Many UNIX administrators are unfamiliar with the MS Windows environment and in particular
 have difficulty in visualizing what the MS Windows user wishes to achieve in attempts to set file
 and directory access permissions. 
 </para>
@@ -23,12 +24,13 @@ and directory access permissions.
 <para>
 The problem lies in the differences in how file and directory permissions and controls work
 between the two environments. This difference is one that Samba can not completely hide, even
-though it does try to make the chasm transparent.
+though it does try to bridge the chasm to a degree.
 </para>
 
+<indexterm><primary>Extended Attributes</primary></indexterm>
 <para>
 POSIX Access Control List technology has been available (along with Extended Attributes)
-for Unix for many years, yet there is little evidence today of any significant use. This
+for UNIX for many years, yet there is little evidence today of any significant use. This
 explains to some extent the slow adoption of ACLs into commercial Linux products. MS Windows
 administrators are astounded at this given that ACLs were a foundational capability of the now
 decade old MS Windows NT operating system.
@@ -41,12 +43,11 @@ for delivering the best environment for MS Windows desktop users.
 </para>
 
 <para>
-This is an opportune point to mention that it should be borne in mind that Samba was created to
-provide a means of interoperability and interchange of data between two operating environments
-that are quite different. It was never the intent to make Unix/Linux like MS Windows NT. Instead
-the purpose was an is to provide a sufficient level of exchange of data between the two environments.
-What is available today extends well beyond early plans and expectations, yet the gap continues to
-shrink.
+This is an opportune point to mention that Samba was created to provide a means of interoperability
+and interchange of data between differing operating environments. Samba has no intent change
+UNIX/Linux into a platform like MS Windows. Instead the purpose was and is to provide a sufficient
+level of exchange of data between the two environments.  What is available today extends well
+beyond early plans and expectations, yet the gap continues to shrink.
 </para>
 
 <sect1>
@@ -60,17 +61,17 @@ shrink.
 	<itemizedlist>
 	<title>Samba Access Control Facilities</title>
 		<listitem><para>
-		<emphasis>Unix File and Directory Permissions</emphasis>
+		<emphasis>UNIX File and Directory Permissions</emphasis>
 		</para>
 
 			<para>
-			Samba honours and implements Unix file system access controls. Users
+			Samba honours and implements UNIX file system access controls. Users
 			who access a Samba server will do so as a particular MS Windows user.
 			This information is passed to the Samba server as part of the logon or
 			connection setup process. Samba uses this user identity to validate
 			whether or not the user should be given access to file system resources
 			(files and directories). This chapter provides an overview for those
-			to whom the Unix permissions and controls are a little strange or unknown.
+			to whom the UNIX permissions and controls are a little strange or unknown.
 			</para>
 		</listitem>
 
@@ -102,13 +103,13 @@ shrink.
 		</listitem>
 
 		<listitem><para>
-		<emphasis>MS Windows ACLs through Unix POSIX ACLs</emphasis>
+		<emphasis>MS Windows ACLs through UNIX POSIX ACLs</emphasis>
 		</para>
 
 			<para>
-			The use of POSIX ACLs on Unix/Linux is possible ONLY if the underlying
+			The use of POSIX ACLs on UNIX/Linux is possible ONLY if the underlying
 			operating system supports them. If not, then this option will not be
-			available to you. Current Unix technology platforms have native support
+			available to you. Current UNIX technology platforms have native support
 			for POSIX ACLs. There are patches for the Linux kernel that provide
 			this also. Sadly, few Linux platforms ship today with native ACLs and
 			Extended Attributes enabled. This chapter has pertinent information
@@ -124,16 +125,18 @@ shrink.
 
 <para>
 Perhaps the most important recognition to be made is the simple fact that MS Windows NT4 / 200x / XP
-implement a totally divergent file system technology from what is provided in the Unix operating system
+implement a totally divergent file system technology from what is provided in the UNIX operating system
 environment. Firstly we should consider what the most significant differences are, then we shall look
 at how Samba helps to bridge the differences.
 </para>
 
+<indexterm><primary>NTFS</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm><primary>File System</primary></indexterm>
 	<sect2>
-	<title>MS Windows NTFS Comparison with Unix File Systems</title>
+	<title>MS Windows NTFS Comparison with UNIX File Systems</title>
 
 	<para>
-	Samba operates on top of the Unix file system. This means it is subject to Unix file system conventions
+	Samba operates on top of the UNIX file system. This means it is subject to UNIX file system conventions
 	and permissions. It also means that if the MS Windows networking environment requires file system
 	behaviour that differs from unix file system behaviour then somehow Samba is responsible for emulating
 	that in a transparent and consistent manner.
@@ -152,12 +155,12 @@ at how Samba helps to bridge the differences.
 			<term>Name Space</term>
 			<listitem>
 		<para>
-		MS Windows NT4 / 200x/ XP files names may be up to 254 characters long, Unix file names
+		MS Windows NT4 / 200x/ XP files names may be up to 254 characters long, UNIX file names
 		may be 1023 characters long. In MS Windows file extensions indicate particular file types,
-		in Unix this is not so rigorously observed as all names are considered arbitrary. 
+		in UNIX this is not so rigorously observed as all names are considered arbitrary. 
 		</para>
 		<para>
-		What MS Windows calls a Folder, Unix calls a directory,
+		What MS Windows calls a Folder, UNIX calls a directory.
 		</para>
 			</listitem>
 		</varlistentry>
@@ -166,25 +169,26 @@ at how Samba helps to bridge the differences.
 			<term>Case Sensitivity</term>
 			<listitem>
 		<para>
-		MS Windows file names are generally Upper Case if made up of 8.3 (ie: 8 character file name
+		<indexterm><primary>8.3</primary><secondary>file names</secondary></indexterm>
+		MS Windows file names are generally upper case if made up of 8.3 (ie: 8 character file name
 		and 3 character extension. If longer than 8.3 file names are Case Preserving, and Case
 		Insensitive.
 		</para>
 		<para>
-		Unix file and directory names are Case Sensitive and Case Preserving. Samba implements the
-		MS Windows file name behaviour, but it does so as a user application. The Unix file system
+		UNIX file and directory names are case sensitive and case preserving. Samba implements the
+		MS Windows file name behaviour, but it does so as a user application. The UNIX file system
 		provides no mechanism to perform case insensitive file name lookups. MS Windows does this
 		by default. This means that Samba has to carry the processing overhead to provide features
-		that are NOT native to the Unix operating system environment.
+		that are NOT native to the UNIX operating system environment.
 		</para>
 		<para>
-		Consider the following, all are unique Unix names but one single MS Windows file name:
+		Consider the following, all are unique UNIX names but one single MS Windows file name:
 		<computeroutput>
 				MYFILE.TXT
 				MyFile.txt
 				myfile.txt
 		</computeroutput>
-		So clearly, In an MS Windows file name space these three files CAN NOT co-exist! But in Unix 
+		So clearly, In an MS Windows file name space these three files CAN NOT co-exist! But in UNIX 
 		they can. So what should Samba do if all three are present? Answer, the one that is lexically
 		first will be accessible to MS Windows users, the others are invisible and unaccessible - any
 		other solution would be suicidal.
@@ -196,7 +200,7 @@ at how Samba helps to bridge the differences.
 			<term>Directory Separators</term>
 			<listitem>
 		<para>
-		MS Windows and DOS uses the back-slash '\' as a directory delimiter, Unix uses the forward-slash '/'
+		MS Windows and DOS uses the back-slash '\' as a directory delimiter, UNIX uses the forward-slash '/'
 		as it's directory delimiter. This is transparently handled by Samba.
 		</para>
 			</listitem>
@@ -207,9 +211,9 @@ at how Samba helps to bridge the differences.
 			<listitem>
 		<para>
 		MS Windows products support a notion of drive letters, like <command>C:</command> to represent
-		disk partitions. Unix has NO concept if separate identifiers for file partitions since each
+		disk partitions. UNIX has NO concept if separate identifiers for file partitions since each
 		such file system is <filename>mounted</filename> to become part of the over-all directory tree.
-		The Unix directory tree begins at '/', just like the root of a DOS drive is specified like
+		The UNIX directory tree begins at '/', just like the root of a DOS drive is specified like
 		<command>C:\</command>.
 		</para>
 			</listitem>
@@ -219,9 +223,9 @@ at how Samba helps to bridge the differences.
 			<term>File Naming Conventions</term>
 			<listitem>
 		<para>
-		MS Windows generally never experiences file names that begin with a '.', while in Unix these
+		MS Windows generally never experiences file names that begin with a '.', while in UNIX these
 		are commonly found in a user's home directory. Files that begin with a '.' are typically
-		either start up files for various Unix applications, or they may be files that contain
+		either start up files for various UNIX applications, or they may be files that contain
 		start-up configuration data.
 		</para>
 			</listitem>
@@ -231,12 +235,16 @@ at how Samba helps to bridge the differences.
 			<term>Links and Short-Cuts</term>
 			<listitem>
 		<para>
+		<indexterm><primary>Links</primary><secondary>hard</secondary></indexterm>
+		<indexterm><primary>Links</primary><secondary>soft</secondary></indexterm>
+		<indexterm><primary>Short-Cuts</primary></indexterm>
+
 		MS Windows make use of "links and Short-Cuts" that are actually special types of files that will
-		redirect an attempt to execute the file to the real location of the file. Unix knows of file and directory
+		redirect an attempt to execute the file to the real location of the file. UNIX knows of file and directory
 		links, but they are entirely different from what MS Windows users are used to.
 		</para>
 		<para>
-		Symbolic links are files in Unix that contain the actual location of the data (file OR directory). An
+		Symbolic links are files in UNIX that contain the actual location of the data (file OR directory). An
 		operation (like read or write) will operate directly on the file referenced. Symbolic links are also
 		referred to as 'soft links'. A hard link is something that MS Windows is NOT familiar with. It allows
 		one physical file to be known simultaneously by more than one file name.
@@ -247,8 +255,8 @@ at how Samba helps to bridge the differences.
 
 	<para>
 	There are many other subtle differences that may cause the MS Windows administrator some temporary discomfort
-	in the process of becoming familiar with Unix/Linux. These are best left for a text that is dedicated to the
-	purpose of Unix/Linux training/education.
+	in the process of becoming familiar with UNIX/Linux. These are best left for a text that is dedicated to the
+	purpose of UNIX/Linux training/education.
 	</para>
 
 	</sect2>
@@ -262,7 +270,7 @@ at how Samba helps to bridge the differences.
 		<title>Managing directories with unix and windows</title>
 		<tgroup align="center" cols="3">
 		<thead>
-		<row><entry>Action</entry><entry>MS Windows Command</entry><entry>Unix Command</entry></row>
+		<row><entry>Action</entry><entry>MS Windows Command</entry><entry>UNIX Command</entry></row>
 		</thead>
 	
 		<tbody>
@@ -281,67 +289,44 @@ at how Samba helps to bridge the differences.
 
 	<para>
 	The network administrator is strongly advised to read foundational training manuals and reference materials
-	regarding file and directory permissions maintenance. Much can be achieved with the basic Unix permissions
+	regarding file and directory permissions maintenance. Much can be achieved with the basic UNIX permissions
 	without having to resort to more complex facilities like POSIX Access Control Lists (ACLs) or Extended
 	Attributes (EAs).
 	</para>
 
 	<para>
-	Unix/Linux file and directory access permissions involves setting three (3) primary sets of data and one (1) control set.
-	A Unix file listing looks as follows:-
-
-	<screen>
-	<prompt>jht@frodo:~/stuff> </prompt><userinput>ls -la</userinput>
-	total 632
-	drwxr-xr-x   13 jht   users      816 2003-05-12 22:56 .
-	drwxr-xr-x   37 jht   users     3800 2003-05-12 22:29 ..
-	d---------    2 jht   users       48 2003-05-12 22:29 muchado00
-	d--x--x--x    2 jht   users       48 2003-05-12 22:29 muchado01
-	dr-xr-xr-x    2 jht   users       48 2003-05-12 22:29 muchado02
-	drwxrwxrwx    2 jht   users       48 2003-05-12 22:29 muchado03
-	drw-rw-rw-    2 jht   users       48 2003-05-12 22:29 muchado04
-	d-w--w--w-    2 jht   users       48 2003-05-12 22:29 muchado05
-	dr--r--r--    2 jht   users       48 2003-05-12 22:29 muchado06
-	drwxrwxrwt    2 jht   users       48 2003-05-12 22:29 muchado07
-	drwsrwsrwx    2 jht   users       48 2003-05-12 22:29 muchado08
-	----------    1 jht   users     1242 2003-05-12 22:31 mydata00.lst
-	---x--x--x    1 jht   users     1674 2003-05-12 22:33 mydata01.lst
-	--w--w--w-    1 jht   users     7754 2003-05-12 22:33 mydata02.lst
-	--wx-wx-wx    1 jht   users   260179 2003-05-12 22:33 mydata03.lst
-	-r--r--r--    1 jht   users    21017 2003-05-12 22:32 mydata04.lst
-	-r-xr-xr-x    1 jht   users   206339 2003-05-12 22:32 mydata05.lst
-	-rw-rw-rw-    1 jht   users    41105 2003-05-12 22:32 mydata06.lst
-	-rwxrwxrwx    1 jht   users    19312 2003-05-12 22:32 mydata07.lst
-	<prompt>jht@frodo:~/stuff></prompt>
-	</screen>
+	UNIX/Linux file and directory access permissions involves setting three (3) primary sets of data and one (1) control set.
+	A UNIX file listing looks as follows:-
+
+<screen>
+&prompt;<userinput>ls -la</userinput>
+total 632
+drwxr-xr-x   13 maryo   gnomes      816 2003-05-12 22:56 .
+drwxrwxr-x   37 maryo   gnomes     3800 2003-05-12 22:29 ..
+dr-xr-xr-x    2 maryo   gnomes       48 2003-05-12 22:29 muchado02
+drwxrwxrwx    2 maryo   gnomes       48 2003-05-12 22:29 muchado03
+drw-rw-rw-    2 maryo   gnomes       48 2003-05-12 22:29 muchado04
+d-w--w--w-    2 maryo   gnomes       48 2003-05-12 22:29 muchado05
+dr--r--r--    2 maryo   gnomes       48 2003-05-12 22:29 muchado06
+drwsrwsrwx    2 maryo   gnomes       48 2003-05-12 22:29 muchado08
+----------    1 maryo   gnomes     1242 2003-05-12 22:31 mydata00.lst
+--w--w--w-    1 maryo   gnomes     7754 2003-05-12 22:33 mydata02.lst
+-r--r--r--    1 maryo   gnomes    21017 2003-05-12 22:32 mydata04.lst
+-rw-rw-rw-    1 maryo   gnomes    41105 2003-05-12 22:32 mydata06.lst
+&prompt;
+</screen>
 	</para>
 
 	<para>
-	The columns above represent (from left to right): permissions, no blocks used, owner, group, size (bytes), access date, access time, file name.
+	The columns above represent (from left to right): permissions, number of hard links to file, owner, group, size (bytes), access date, access time, file name.
 	</para>
 
 	<para>
-	The permissions field is made up of:
-
-	<programlisting>
-	<comment> JRV: Put this into a diagram of some sort</comment>
-	[ type  ] [ users ] [ group ] [ others ]   [File, Directory Permissions]
-	[ d | l ] [ r w x ] [ r w x ] [ r w x  ]
-	  |   |     | | |     | | |     | | |
-	  |   |     | | |     | | |     | | |-----> Can Execute, List files
-	  |   |     | | |     | | |     | |-------> Can Write,   Create files
-	  |   |     | | |     | | |     |---------> Can Read,    Read files
-	  |   |     | | |     | | |---------------> Can Execute, List files
-	  |   |     | | |     | |-----------------> Can Write,   Create files
-	  |   |     | | |     |-------------------> Can Read,    Read files
-	  |   |     | | |-------------------------> Can Execute, List files
-	  |   |     | |---------------------------> Can Write,   Create files
-	  |   |     |-----------------------------> Can Read,    Read files
-	  |   |-----------------------------------> Is a symbolic Link
-	  |---------------------------------------> Is a directory
-	</programlisting>
+		An overview of the permissions field can be found in <link linkend="access1">the image below</link>.
 	</para>
 
+	<image scale="40"><imagedescription>Overview of unix permissions field</imagedescription><imagefile>access1</imagefile></image>
+
 	<para>
 	Any bit flag may be unset. An unset bit flag is the equivalent of 'Can NOT' and is represented as a '-' character.
 
@@ -357,7 +342,7 @@ at how Samba helps to bridge the differences.
 	</para>
 
 	<para>
-	Additional possibilities in the [type] field are: c = character device, b = block device, p = pipe device, s = Unix Domain Socket.
+	Additional possibilities in the [type] field are: c = character device, b = block device, p = pipe device, s = UNIX Domain Socket.
 	</para>
 
 	<para>
@@ -403,10 +388,10 @@ Before using any of the following options please refer to the man page for &smb.
 
 	<para>
 	User and group based controls can prove very useful. In some situations it is distinctly desirable to affect all
-	file system operations as if a single user is doing this, the use of the <parameter>force user</parameter> and 
-	<parameter>force group</parameter> behaviour will achieve this. In other situations it may be necessary to affect a
+	file system operations as if a single user is doing this, the use of the <smbconfoption><name>force user</name></smbconfoption> and 
+	<smbconfoption><name>force group</name></smbconfoption> behaviour will achieve this. In other situations it may be necessary to affect a
 	paranoia level of control to ensure that only particular authorised persons will be able to access a share or
-	it's contents, here the use of the <parameter>valid users</parameter> or the <parameter>invalid users</parameter> may
+	it's contents, here the use of the <smbconfoption><name>valid users</name></smbconfoption> or the <smbconfoption><name>invalid users</name></smbconfoption> may
 	be most useful.
 	</para>
 
@@ -417,8 +402,10 @@ Before using any of the following options please refer to the man page for &smb.
 	Samba being removed and an alternative solution being adopted.
 	</para>
 
-	<table frame='all'><title>User and Group Based Controls</title>
+	<table frame='all' pgwide='0'><title>User and Group Based Controls</title>
 	<tgroup cols='2'>
+		<colspec align="left"/>
+		<colspec align="justify"/>
 		<thead>
 		<row>
 			<entry align="center">Control Parameter</entry>
@@ -427,7 +414,7 @@ Before using any of the following options please refer to the man page for &smb.
 		</thead>
 		<tbody>
 		<row>
-			<entry>admin users</entry>
+			<entry><smbconfoption><name>admin users</name></smbconfoption></entry>
 			<entry><para>
 			List of users who will be granted administrative privileges on the share.
 			They will do all file operations as the super-user (root).  
@@ -436,59 +423,59 @@ Before using any of the following options please refer to the man page for &smb.
 			</para></entry>
 		</row>
 		<row>
-			<entry>force group</entry>
+			<entry><smbconfoption><name>force group</name></smbconfoption></entry>
 			<entry><para>
 			Specifies a UNIX group name that will be assigned as the default primary group
 			for all users connecting to this service.
 			</para></entry>
 		</row>
 		<row>
-			<entry>force user</entry>
+			<entry><smbconfoption><name>force user</name></smbconfoption></entry>
 			<entry><para>
 			Specifies a UNIX user name that will be assigned as the default user for all users connecting to this service.
 			This is useful for sharing files. Incorrect use can cause security problems.
 			</para></entry>
 		</row>
 		<row>
-			<entry>guest ok</entry>
+			<entry><smbconfoption><name>guest ok</name></smbconfoption></entry>
 			<entry><para>
 			If this parameter is set for a service, then no password is required to connect to the service. Privileges will be 
 			those of the  guest account.
 			</para></entry>
 		</row>
 		<row>
-			<entry>invalid users</entry>
+			<entry><smbconfoption><name>invalid users</name></smbconfoption></entry>
 			<entry><para>
 			List of users that should not be allowed to login to this service.
 			</para></entry>
 		</row>
 		<row>
-			<entry>only user</entry>
+			<entry><smbconfoption><name>only user</name></smbconfoption></entry>
 			<entry><para>
 			Controls whether connections with usernames not in the user list will be allowed.
 			</para></entry>
 		</row>
 		<row>
-			<entry>read list</entry>
+			<entry><smbconfoption><name>read list</name></smbconfoption></entry>
 			<entry><para>
 			List of users that are given read-only access to a service. Users in this list
 			will not be given write access, no matter what the  read only  option is set to. 
 			</para></entry>
 		</row>
 		<row>
-			<entry>username</entry>
+			<entry><smbconfoption><name>username</name></smbconfoption></entry>
 			<entry><para>
 			Refer to the &smb.conf; man page for more information - this is a complex and potentially misused parameter.
 			</para></entry>
 		</row>
 		<row>
-			<entry>valid users</entry>
+			<entry><smbconfoption><name>valid users</name></smbconfoption></entry>
 			<entry><para>
 			List of users that should be allowed to login to this service.
 			</para></entry>
 		</row>
 		<row>
-			<entry>write list</entry>
+			<entry><smbconfoption><name>write list</name></smbconfoption></entry>
 			<entry><para>
 			List of users that are given read-write access to a service.
 			</para></entry>
@@ -510,7 +497,9 @@ Before using any of the following options please refer to the man page for &smb.
 	</para>
 
 	<table frame='all'><title>File and Directory Permission Based Controls</title>
-	<tgroup cols='2'>
+		<tgroup cols='2'>
+			<colspec align="left"/>
+			<colspec align="justify"/>
 		<thead>
 		<row>
 			<entry align="center">Control Parameter</entry>
@@ -519,67 +508,67 @@ Before using any of the following options please refer to the man page for &smb.
 		</thead>
 		<tbody>
 		<row>
-			<entry>create mask</entry>
+			<entry><smbconfoption><name>create mask</name></smbconfoption></entry>
 			<entry><para>
 			Refer to the &smb.conf; man page.
 			</para></entry>
 		</row>
 		<row>
-			<entry>directory mask</entry>
+			<entry><smbconfoption><name>directory mask</name></smbconfoption></entry>
 			<entry><para>
 			The octal modes used when converting DOS modes to UNIX modes when creating UNIX directories.
 			See also: directory security mask.
 			</para></entry></row>
 		<row>
-			<entry>dos filemode</entry>
+			<entry><smbconfoption><name>dos filemode</name></smbconfoption></entry>
 			<entry><para>
 			Enabling this parameter allows a user who has write access to the file to modify the permissions on it.
 			</para></entry>
 		</row>
 		<row>
-			<entry>force create mode</entry>
+			<entry><smbconfoption><name>force create mode</name></smbconfoption></entry>
 			<entry><para>
 			This parameter specifies a set of UNIX mode bit permissions that will always be set on a file created by Samba.
 			</para></entry>
 		</row>
 		<row>
-			<entry>force directory mode</entry>
+			<entry><smbconfoption><name>force directory mode</name></smbconfoption></entry>
 			<entry><para>
 			This parameter specifies a set of UNIX mode bit permissions that will always be set on a directory created by Samba.
 			</para></entry>
 		</row>
 		<row>
-			<entry>force directory security mode</entry>	
+			<entry><smbconfoption><name>force directory security mode</name></smbconfoption></entry>
 			<entry><para>
 			Controls UNIX permission bits modified when a Windows NT client is manipulating UNIX permissions on a directory
 			</para></entry>
 		</row>
 		<row>
-			<entry>force security mode</entry>
+			<entry><smbconfoption><name>force security mode</name></smbconfoption></entry>
 			<entry><para>
 			Controls UNIX permission bits modified when a Windows NT client manipulates UNIX permissions.
 			</para></entry>
 		</row>
 		<row>
-			<entry>hide unreadable</entry>
+			<entry><smbconfoption><name>hide unreadable</name></smbconfoption></entry>
 			<entry><para>
 			Prevents clients from seeing the existence of files that cannot be read.
 			</para></entry>
 		</row>
 		<row>
-			<entry>hide unwriteable files</entry>
+			<entry><smbconfoption><name>hide unwriteable files</name></smbconfoption></entry>
 			<entry><para>
 			Prevents clients from seeing the existence of files that cannot be written to. Unwriteable directories are shown as usual. 
 			</para></entry>
 		</row>
 		<row>
-			<entry>nt acl support</entry>
+			<entry><smbconfoption><name>nt acl support</name></smbconfoption></entry>
 			<entry><para>
 			This parameter controls whether smbd will attempt to map UNIX permissions into Windows NT access control lists.
 			</para></entry>
 		</row>
 		<row>
-			<entry>security mask</entry>
+			<entry><smbconfoption><name>security mask</name></smbconfoption></entry>
 			<entry><para>
 			Controls UNIX permission bits modified when a Windows NT client is manipulating the UNIX permissions on a file.
 			</para></entry>
@@ -594,12 +583,14 @@ Before using any of the following options please refer to the man page for &smb.
 	<title>Miscellaneous Controls</title>
 
 	<para>
-	The following are documented because of the prevalence of administrators creating inadvertant barriers to file
+	The following are documented because of the prevalence of administrators creating inadvertent barriers to file
 	access by not understanding the full implications of &smb.conf; file settings.
 	</para>
 
 	<table frame='all'><title>Other Controls</title>
 	<tgroup cols='2'>
+		<colspec align="justify"/>
+		<colspec align="justify"/>
 		<thead>
 		<row>
 			<entry align="center">Control Parameter</entry>
@@ -608,58 +599,58 @@ Before using any of the following options please refer to the man page for &smb.
 		</thead>
 		<tbody>
 		<row>
-			<entry>case sensitive, default case, short preserve case</entry>
+			<entry><smbconfoption><name>case sensitive</name></smbconfoption>, <smbconfoption><name>default case</name></smbconfoption>, <smbconfoption><name>short preserve case</name></smbconfoption></entry>
 			<entry><para>
 			This means that all file name lookup will be done in a case sensitive manner. 
 			Files will be created with the precise filename Samba received from the MS Windows client.
 			</para></entry>
 		</row>
 		<row>
-			<entry>csc policy</entry>
+			<entry><smbconfoption><name>csc policy</name></smbconfoption></entry>
 			<entry><para>
 			Client Side Caching Policy - parallels MS Windows client side file caching capabilities.
 			</para></entry>
 		</row>
 		<row>
-			<entry>dont descend</entry>
+			<entry><smbconfoption><name>dont descend</name></smbconfoption></entry>
 			<entry><para>
 			Allows to specify a comma-delimited list of directories that the server should always show as empty.
 			</para></entry>
 		</row>
 		<row>
-			<entry>dos filetime resolution</entry>
+			<entry><smbconfoption><name>dos filetime resolution</name></smbconfoption></entry>
 			<entry><para>
 			This option is mainly used as a compatibility option for Visual C++ when used against Samba shares.
 			</para></entry>
 		</row>
 		<row>
-			<entry>dos filetimes</entry>
+			<entry><smbconfoption><name>dos filetimes</name></smbconfoption></entry>
 			<entry><para>
 			DOS and Windows allows users to change file time stamps if they can write to the file. POSIX semantics prevent this.
 			This options allows DOS and Windows behaviour.
 			</para></entry>
 		</row>
 		<row>
-			<entry>fake oplocks</entry>
+			<entry><smbconfoption><name>fake oplocks</name></smbconfoption></entry>
 			<entry><para>
 			Oplocks are the way that SMB clients get permission from a server to locally cache file operations. If a server grants an
 			oplock then the client is free to assume that it is the only one accessing the file and it will aggressively cache file data.
 			</para></entry>
 		</row>
 		<row>
-			<entry>hide dot files, hide files, veto files</entry>
+			<entry><smbconfoption><name>hide dot files</name></smbconfoption>, <smbconfoption><name>hide files</name></smbconfoption>, <smbconfoption><name>veto files</name></smbconfoption></entry>
 			<entry><para>
 			Note: MS Windows Explorer allows over-ride of files marked as hidden so they will still be visible.
 			</para></entry>
 		</row>
 		<row>
-			<entry>read only</entry>
+			<entry><smbconfoption><name>read only</name></smbconfoption></entry>
 			<entry><para>
 			If this parameter is yes, then users of a service may not create or modify files in the service's directory.
 			</para></entry>
 		</row>
 		<row>
-			<entry>veto files</entry>
+			<entry><smbconfoption><name>veto files</name></smbconfoption></entry>
 			<entry><para>
 			List of files and directories that are neither visible nor accessible.
 			</para></entry>
@@ -733,7 +724,7 @@ Before using any of the following options please refer to the man page for &smb.
 
 			<para>
 			On <application>MS Windows NT4/200x/XP</application> system access control lists on the share itself are set using native
-			tools, usually from filemanager. For example, in Windows 200x: right click on the shared folder,
+			tools, usually from file manager. For example, in Windows 200x: right click on the shared folder,
 			then select <guimenuitem>Sharing</guimenuitem>, then click on <guilabel>Permissions</guilabel>. The default 
 			Windows NT4/200x permission allows <emphasis>Everyone</emphasis> Full Control on the Share.
 			</para>
@@ -783,26 +774,31 @@ Before using any of the following options please refer to the man page for &smb.
 </sect1>
 
 <sect1>
-<title>MS Windows Access Control Lists and Unix Interoperability</title>
+<title>MS Windows Access Control Lists and UNIX Interoperability</title>
 
 	<sect2>
 		<title>Managing UNIX permissions Using NT Security Dialogs</title>
 
-		<para>Windows NT clients can use their native security settings 
-		dialog box to view and modify the underlying UNIX permissions.</para>
+		<para>
+		Windows NT clients can use their native security settings dialog box to view and modify the
+		underlying UNIX permissions.
+		</para>
 
-		<para>Note that this ability is careful not to compromise 
-		the security of the UNIX host Samba is running on, and 
-		still obeys all the file permission rules that a Samba 
-		administrator can set.</para>
+		<para>
+		Note that this ability is careful not to compromise the security of the UNIX host Samba is running on, and 
+		still obeys all the file permission rules that a Samba administrator can set.
+		</para>
+
+		<para>
+		Samba does not attempt to go beyond POSIX ACLs, so that the various finer-grained access control
+		options provided in Windows are actually ignore.
+		</para> 
 
 		<note>
 		<para>
-		All access to Unix/Linux system file via Samba is controlled at
-		the operating system file access control level. When trying to
-		figure out file access problems it is vitally important to identify
-		the identity of the Windows user as it is presented by Samba at
-		the point of file access. This can best be determined from the
+		All access to UNIX/Linux system files via Samba is controlled by the operating system file access controls.
+		When trying to figure out file access problems it is vitally important to find the identity of the Windows
+		user as it is presented by Samba at the point of file access. This can best be determined from the
 		Samba log files.
 		</para>
 		</note>
@@ -811,93 +807,89 @@ Before using any of the following options please refer to the man page for &smb.
 	<sect2>
 		<title>Viewing File Security on a Samba Share</title>
 
-		<para>From an NT4/2000/XP client, single-click with the right 
-		mouse button on any file or directory in a Samba mounted 
-		drive letter or UNC path. When the menu pops-up, click 
-		on the <guilabel>Properties</guilabel> entry at the bottom of 
-		the menu. This brings up the file properties dialog
-		box. Click on the tab <guilabel>Security</guilabel> and you 
-		will see three buttons, <guibutton>Permissions</guibutton>,	 
-		<guibutton>Auditing</guibutton>, and <guibutton>Ownership</guibutton>. 
-		The <guibutton>Auditing</guibutton> button will cause either 
-		an error message <errorname>A requested privilege is not held 
-		by the client</errorname> to appear if the user is not the 
-		NT Administrator, or a dialog which is intended to allow an 
-		Administrator to add auditing requirements to a file if the 
-		user is logged on as the NT Administrator. This dialog is 
-		non-functional with a Samba share at this time, as the only 
-		useful button, the <guibutton>Add</guibutton> button will not currently 
-		allow a list of users to be seen.</para>
+		<para>
+		From an NT4/2000/XP client, single-click with the right mouse button on any file or directory in a Samba
+		mounted drive letter or UNC path. When the menu pops-up, click on the <guilabel>Properties</guilabel>
+		entry at the bottom of the menu. This brings up the file properties dialog box. Click on the tab
+		<guilabel>Security</guilabel> and you will see three buttons, <guibutton>Permissions</guibutton>,
+		<guibutton>Auditing</guibutton>, and <guibutton>Ownership</guibutton>. The <guibutton>Auditing</guibutton>
+		button will cause either an error message <errorname>A requested privilege is not held by the client</errorname>
+		to appear if the user is not the NT Administrator, or a dialog which is intended to allow an Administrator
+		to add auditing requirements to a file if the user is logged on as the NT Administrator. This dialog is
+		non-functional with a Samba share at this time, as the only useful button, the <guibutton>Add</guibutton>
+		button will not currently allow a list of users to be seen.
+		</para>
 
 	</sect2>
 
 	<sect2>
 		<title>Viewing file ownership</title>
 
-		<para>Clicking on the <guibutton>Ownership</guibutton> button 
-		brings up a dialog box telling you who owns the given file. The 
-		owner name will be of the form :</para>
-
-		<para><command>"SERVER\user (Long name)"</command></para>
-
-		<para>Where <replaceable>SERVER</replaceable> is the NetBIOS name of 
-		the Samba server, <replaceable>user</replaceable> is the user name of 
-		the UNIX user who owns the file, and <replaceable>(Long name)</replaceable>
-		is the descriptive string identifying the user (normally found in the
-		GECOS field of the UNIX password database). Click on the 
-		<guibutton>Close </guibutton> button to remove this dialog.</para>
-
-		<para>If the parameter <parameter>nt acl support</parameter>
-		is set to <constant>false</constant> then the file owner will 
-		be shown as the NT user <constant>"Everyone"</constant>.</para>
-
-		<para>The <guibutton>Take Ownership</guibutton> button will not allow 
-		you to change the ownership of this file to yourself (clicking on 
-		it will display a dialog box complaining that the user you are 
-		currently logged onto the NT client cannot be found). The reason 
-		for this is that changing the ownership of a file is a privileged 
-		operation in UNIX, available only to the <emphasis>root</emphasis> 
-		user. As clicking on this button causes NT to attempt to change 
-		the ownership of a file to the current user logged into the NT 
-		client this will not work with Samba at this time.</para>
-
-		<para>There is an NT chown command that will work with Samba 
-		and allow a user with Administrator privilege connected 
-		to a Samba server as root to change the ownership of 
-		files on both a local NTFS filesystem or remote mounted NTFS 
-		or Samba drive. This is available as part of the <application>Seclib
-		</application> NT security library written by Jeremy Allison of 
-		the Samba Team, available from the main Samba ftp site.</para>
+		<para>
+		Clicking on the <guibutton>Ownership</guibutton> button brings up a dialog box telling you who owns
+		the given file. The owner name will be of the form:
+		</para>
+
+		<para>
+		<command>"SERVER\user (Long name)"</command>
+		</para>
+
+		<para>
+		Where <replaceable>SERVER</replaceable> is the NetBIOS name of the Samba server, <replaceable>user</replaceable>
+		is the user name of the UNIX user who owns the file, and <replaceable>(Long name)</replaceable> is the
+		descriptive string identifying the user (normally found in the GECOS field of the UNIX password database).
+		Click on the <guibutton>Close </guibutton> button to remove this dialog.
+		</para>
+
+		<para>
+		If the parameter <smbconfoption><name>nt acl support</name></smbconfoption> is set to <constant>false</constant>
+		then the file owner will be shown as the NT user <constant>"Everyone"</constant>.
+		</para>
+
+		<para>
+		The <guibutton>Take Ownership</guibutton> button will not allow you to change the ownership of this file to
+		yourself (clicking on it will display a dialog box complaining that the user you are currently logged onto
+		the NT client cannot be found). The reason for this is that changing the ownership of a file is a privileged
+		operation in UNIX, available only to the <emphasis>root</emphasis> user. As clicking on this button causes
+		NT to attempt to change the ownership of a file to the current user logged into the NT client this will
+		not work with Samba at this time.</para>
+
+		<para>
+		There is an NT chown command that will work with Samba and allow a user with Administrator privilege connected 
+		to a Samba server as root to change the ownership of files on both a local NTFS filesystem or remote mounted NTFS 
+		or Samba drive. This is available as part of the <application>Seclib</application> NT security library written
+		by Jeremy Allison of the Samba-Team, available from the main Samba FTP site.</para>
 
 	</sect2>
 
 	<sect2>
 		<title>Viewing File or Directory Permissions</title>
 
-		<para>The third button is the <guibutton>Permissions</guibutton> 
-		button. Clicking on this brings up a dialog box that shows both 
-		the permissions and the UNIX owner of the file or directory. 
-		The owner is displayed in the form :</para>
+		<para>
+		The third button is the <guibutton>Permissions</guibutton> button. Clicking on this brings up a dialog box
+		that shows both the permissions and the UNIX owner of the file or directory. The owner is displayed in the form:
+		</para>
 
 		<para><command>"<replaceable>SERVER</replaceable>\
 				<replaceable>user</replaceable> 
 				<replaceable>(Long name)</replaceable>"</command></para>
 
-		<para>Where <replaceable>SERVER</replaceable> is the NetBIOS name of 
-		the Samba server, <replaceable>user</replaceable> is the user name of 
-		the UNIX user who owns the file, and <replaceable>(Long name)</replaceable>
-		is the descriptive string identifying the user (normally found in the
+		<para>Where <replaceable>SERVER</replaceable> is the NetBIOS name of the Samba server,
+		<replaceable>user</replaceable> is the user name of the UNIX user who owns the file, and
+		<replaceable>(Long name)</replaceable> is the descriptive string identifying the user (normally found in the
 		GECOS field of the UNIX password database).</para>
 
-		<para>If the parameter <parameter>nt acl support</parameter>
-		is set to <constant>false</constant> then the file owner will 
-		be shown as the NT user <constant>"Everyone"</constant> and the 
-		permissions will be shown as NT "Full Control".</para>
+		<para>
+		If the parameter <smbconfoption><name>nt acl support</name></smbconfoption> is set to <constant>false</constant>
+		then the file owner will be shown as the NT user <constant>"Everyone"</constant> and the permissions will be
+		shown as NT "Full Control".
+		</para>
 
 
-		<para>The permissions field is displayed differently for files 
-		and directories, so I'll describe the way file permissions 
-		are displayed first.</para>
+		<para>
+		The permissions field is displayed differently for files and directories, so I'll describe the way file permissions 
+		are displayed first.
+		</para>
 
 		<sect3>
 			<title>File Permissions</title>
@@ -921,7 +913,7 @@ Before using any of the following options please refer to the man page for &smb.
 			"Special Access"</constant> in the NT display list.</para>
 
 			<para>But what happens if the file has no permissions allowed 
-			for a particular UNIX user group or world component ? In order 
+			for a particular UNIX user group or world component? In order 
 			to  allow "no permissions" to be seen and modified then Samba 
 			overloads the NT <command>"Take Ownership"</command> ACL attribute 
 			(which has no meaning in UNIX) and reports a component with 
@@ -963,7 +955,7 @@ Before using any of the following options please refer to the man page for &smb.
 		with the standard Samba permission masks and mapping of DOS 
 		attributes that need to also be taken into account.</para>
 
-		<para>If the parameter <parameter>nt acl support</parameter>
+		<para>If the parameter <smbconfoption><name>nt acl support</name></smbconfoption>
 		is set to <constant>false</constant> then any attempt to set 
 		security permissions will fail with an <errorname>"Access Denied"
 		</errorname> message.</para>
@@ -1013,37 +1005,36 @@ Before using any of the following options please refer to the man page for &smb.
 		to control interaction with the standard Samba create mask parameters.
 		These are :
 
-		<simplelist>
-			<member><parameter>security mask</parameter></member>
-			<member><parameter>force security mode</parameter></member>
-			<member><parameter>directory security mask</parameter></member>
-			<member><parameter>force directory security mode</parameter></member>
-		</simplelist>
+		<itemizedlist>
+			<listitem><para><smbconfoption><name>security mask</name></smbconfoption></para></listitem>
+			<listitem><para><smbconfoption><name>force security mode</name></smbconfoption></para></listitem>
+			<listitem><para><smbconfoption><name>directory security mask</name></smbconfoption></para></listitem>
+			<listitem><para><smbconfoption><name>force directory security mode</name></smbconfoption></para></listitem>
+	</itemizedlist>
 
 		</para>
 
 		<para>Once a user clicks <guibutton>OK</guibutton> to apply the 
 		permissions Samba maps the given permissions into a user/group/world 
 		r/w/x triplet set, and then will check the changed permissions for a 
-		file against the bits set in the <ulink url="smb.conf.5.html#SECURITYMASK"> 
-		<parameter>security mask</parameter></ulink> parameter. Any bits that 
+		file against the bits set in the  
+		<smbconfoption><name>security mask</name></smbconfoption> parameter. Any bits that 
 		were changed that are not set to '1' in this parameter are left alone 
 		in the file permissions.</para>
 
-		<para>Essentially, zero bits in the <parameter>security mask</parameter>
+		<para>Essentially, zero bits in the <smbconfoption><name>security mask</name></smbconfoption>
 		mask may be treated as a set of bits the user is <emphasis>not</emphasis> 
 		allowed to change, and one bits are those the user is allowed to change.
 		</para>
 
 		<para>If not set explicitly this parameter is set to the same value as 
-		the <ulink url="smb.conf.5.html#CREATEMASK"><parameter>create mask
-		</parameter></ulink> parameter. To allow a user to modify all the
+			the <smbconfoption><name>create mask</name></smbconfoption>	parameter. To allow a user to modify all the
 		user/group/world permissions on a file, set this parameter 
 		to 0777.</para>
 
 		<para>Next Samba checks the changed permissions for a file against 
-		the bits set in the <ulink url="smb.conf.5.html#FORCESECURITYMODE">
-		<parameter>force security mode</parameter></ulink> parameter. Any bits 
+		the bits set in the 
+		<smbconfoption><name>force security mode</name></smbconfoption> parameter. Any bits 
 		that were changed that correspond to bits set to '1' in this parameter 
 		are forced to be set.</para>
 
@@ -1052,12 +1043,11 @@ Before using any of the following options please refer to the man page for &smb.
 		modifying security on a file, the user has always set to be 'on'.</para>
 
 		<para>If not set explicitly this parameter is set to the same value 
-		as the <ulink url="smb.conf.5.html#FORCECREATEMODE"><parameter>force 
-		create mode</parameter></ulink> parameter.
+			as the <smbconfoption><name>force create mode</name></smbconfoption> parameter.
 		To allow a user to modify all the user/group/world permissions on a file
 		with no restrictions set this parameter to 000.</para>
 
-		<para>The <parameter>security mask</parameter> and <parameter>force 
+		<para>The <smbconfoption><name>security mask</name></smbconfoption> and <parameter>force 
 		security mode</parameter> parameters are applied to the change 
 		request in that order.</para>
 
@@ -1068,11 +1058,11 @@ Before using any of the following options please refer to the man page for &smb.
 		</parameter> parameter instead of <parameter>force security mode
 		</parameter>.</para>
 
-		<para>The <parameter>directory security mask</parameter> parameter 
+		<para>The <smbconfoption><name>directory security mask</name></smbconfoption> parameter 
 		by default is set to the same value as the <parameter>directory mask
 		</parameter> parameter and the <parameter>force directory security 
 		mode</parameter> parameter by default is set to the same value as 
-		the <parameter>force directory mode</parameter> parameter. </para>
+		the <smbconfoption><name>force directory mode</name></smbconfoption> parameter. </para>
 
 		<para>In this way Samba enforces the permission restrictions that 
 		an administrator can set on a Samba share, whilst still allowing users 
@@ -1084,23 +1074,24 @@ Before using any of the following options please refer to the man page for &smb.
 		parameters in the &smb.conf; file in that share specific section :
 		</para>
 
-		<simplelist>
-			<member><parameter>security mask = 0777</parameter></member>
-			<member><parameter>force security mode = 0</parameter></member>
-			<member><parameter>directory security mask = 0777</parameter></member>
-			<member><parameter>force directory security mode = 0</parameter></member>
-		</simplelist>
+		<smbconfblock>
+			<smbconfoption><name>security mask</name><value>0777</value></smbconfoption>
+			<smbconfoption><name>force security mode</name><value>0</value></smbconfoption>
+			<smbconfoption><name>directory security mask</name><value>0777</value></smbconfoption>
+			<smbconfoption><name>force directory security mode</name><value>0</value></smbconfoption>
+		</smbconfblock>
 	</sect2>
 
 	<sect2>
-		<title>Interaction with the standard Samba file attribute 
-		mapping</title>
+		<title>Interaction with the standard Samba file attribute mapping</title>
 
+		<note>
 		<para>Samba maps some of the DOS attribute bits (such as "read 
 		only") into the UNIX permissions of a file. This means there can 
 		be a conflict between the permission bits set via the security 
 		dialog and the permission bits set by the file attribute mapping.
 		</para>
+		</note>
 
 		<para>One way this can show up is if a file has no UNIX read access
 		for the owner it will show up as "read only" in the standard 
@@ -1146,7 +1137,6 @@ are examples taken from the mailing list in recent times.
 	</para>
 
 	<procedure>
-	<title>Example Solution:</title>
 		<step>
 			<para>
 			Go to the top of the directory that is shared
@@ -1156,17 +1146,17 @@ are examples taken from the mailing list in recent times.
 		<step>
 			<para>
 			Set the ownership to what ever public owner and group you want
-			<programlisting>
-			find 'directory_name' -type d -exec chown user.group {}\;
-			find 'directory_name' -type d -exec chmod 6775 'directory_name'
-			find 'directory_name' -type f -exec chmod 0775 {} \;
-			find 'directory_name' -type f -exec chown user.group {}\;
-			</programlisting>
+<screen>
+&prompt;find 'directory_name' -type d -exec chown user.group {}\;
+&prompt;find 'directory_name' -type d -exec chmod 6775 'directory_name'
+&prompt;find 'directory_name' -type f -exec chmod 0775 {} \;
+&prompt;find 'directory_name' -type f -exec chown user.group {}\;
+</screen>
 			</para>
 
 			<note><para>
 			The above will set the 'sticky bit' on all directories. Read your
-			Unix/Linux man page on what that does. It causes the OS to assign 
+			UNIX/Linux man page on what that does. It causes the OS to assign 
 			to all files created in the directories the ownership of the 
 			directory.
 			</para></note>
@@ -1175,62 +1165,62 @@ are examples taken from the mailing list in recent times.
 			<para>
 
 			Directory is: <replaceable>/foodbar</replaceable>
-			<screen>
-				<prompt>$ </prompt><userinput>chown jack.engr /foodbar</userinput>
-			</screen>
+<screen>
+&prompt;<userinput>chown jack.engr /foodbar</userinput>
+</screen>
 			</para>
 
-			<note><para>
+			<note>
 				<para>This is the same as doing:</para>
-				<screen>
-					<prompt>$ </prompt><userinput>chown jack /foodbar</userinput>
-					<prompt>$ </prompt><userinput>chgrp engr /foodbar</userinput>
-				</screen>
-			</para></note>
+<screen>
+&prompt;<userinput>chown jack /foodbar</userinput>
+&prompt;<userinput>chgrp engr /foodbar</userinput>
+</screen>
+			</note>
 		</step>
 		<step>
 			<para>Now do: 
 
-			<screen>
-				<prompt>$ </prompt><userinput>chmod 6775 /foodbar</userinput>
-				<prompt>$ </prompt><userinput>ls -al /foodbar/..</userinput>
-			</screen>
+<screen>
+&prompt;<userinput>chmod 6775 /foodbar</userinput>
+&prompt;<userinput>ls -al /foodbar/..</userinput>
+</screen>
 
 			</para>
 		
 			<para>You should see:
-			<screen>
-				drwsrwsr-x  2 jack  engr    48 2003-02-04 09:55 foodbar
-			</screen>
+<screen>
+drwsrwsr-x  2 jack  engr    48 2003-02-04 09:55 foodbar
+</screen>
 			</para>
 		</step>
 		<step>
 
 		<para>Now do:
-			<screen>
-				<prompt>$ </prompt><userinput>su - jill</userinput>
-				<prompt>$ </prompt><userinput>cd /foodbar</userinput>
-				<prompt>$ </prompt><userinput>touch Afile</userinput>
-				<prompt>$ </prompt><userinput>ls -al</userinput>
-			</screen>
+<screen>
+&prompt;<userinput>su - jill</userinput>
+&prompt;<userinput>cd /foodbar</userinput>
+&prompt;<userinput>touch Afile</userinput>
+&prompt;<userinput>ls -al</userinput>
+</screen>
 		</para>
 
 		<para>
 		You should see that the file <filename>Afile</filename> created by Jill will have ownership
 		and permissions of Jack, as follows:
-		<screen>
-		-rw-r--r--  1 jack  engr     0 2003-02-04 09:57 Afile
-		</screen>
+<screen>
+-rw-r--r--  1 jack  engr     0 2003-02-04 09:57 Afile
+</screen>
 		</para>
 		</step>
 
 		<step>
 		<para>
 		Now in your &smb.conf; for the share add:
-		<programlisting>
-		force create mode = 0775
-		force directory mode = 6775
-		</programlisting>
+		<smbconfblock>
+<smbconfoption><name>force create mode</name><value>0775</value></smbconfoption>
+<smbconfoption><name>force direcrtory mode</name><value>6775</value></smbconfoption>
+		</smbconfblock>
 		</para>
 
 		<note><para>
@@ -1241,10 +1231,10 @@ are examples taken from the mailing list in recent times.
 		
 		<para>
 		An alternative is to set in the &smb.conf; entry for the share:
-		<programlisting>
-		force user = jack
-		force group = engr
-		</programlisting>
+		<smbconfblock>
+<smbconfoption><name>force user</name><value>jack</value></smbconfoption>
+<smbconfoption><name>force group</name><value>engr</value></smbconfoption>
+		</smbconfblock>
 		</para>
 	</step>
 	</procedure>
@@ -1252,14 +1242,49 @@ are examples taken from the mailing list in recent times.
 
 
 	<sect2>
-		<title>I have set force user and Samba still makes <emphasis>root</emphasis> the owner of all the files
-			I touch!</title>
+		<title>I have set force user but Samba still makes <emphasis>root</emphasis> the owner of all the files I touch!</title>
 		<para>
-			When you have a user in 'admin users', Samba will always do file operations for
-			this user as <emphasis>root</emphasis>, even if <parameter>force user</parameter> has been set.
+			When you have a user in <smbconfoption><name>admin users</name></smbconfoption>, samba will always do file operations for
+			this user as <emphasis>root</emphasis>, even if <smbconfoption><name>force user</name></smbconfoption> has been set.
 		</para>
 	</sect2>
 	
+	<sect2>
+		<title>MS Word with Samba changes owner of file</title>
+
+		<para>
+		<emphasis>Question:</emphasis> <quote>When userB saves a word document that is owned by userA the updated file is now owned by userB.
+		Why is Samba doing this? How do I fix this?</quote>
+		</para>
+
+		<para>
+		<emphasis>Answer:</emphasis> Word does the following when you modify/change a Word document: Word Creates a NEW document with
+		a temporary name, Word then closes the old document and deletes it, Word then renames the new document to the original document name.
+		There is NO mechanism by which Samba CAN IN ANY WAY know that the new document really should be owned by the owners
+		of the original file. Samba has no way of knowing that the file will be renamed by MS Word.  As far as Samba is able
+		to tell, the file that gets created is a NEW file, not one that the application (Word) is updating.
+		</para>
+
+		<para>
+		There is a work-around to solve the permissions problem. That work-around involves understanding how you can manage file
+		system behaviour from within the &smb.conf; file, as well as understanding how Unix file systems work. Set on the directory
+		in which you are changing word documents: <command>chmod g+s 'directory_name'</command> This ensures that all files will
+		be created with the group that owns the directory. In smb.conf share declaration section set:
+		</para>
+
+		<para>
+		<smbconfblock>
+                <smbconfoption><name>force create mode</name><value>0660</value></smbconfoption>
+                <smbconfoption><name>force directory mode</name><value>0770</value></smbconfoption>
+		</smbconfblock>
+		</para>
+
+		<para>
+		These two settings will ensure that all directories and files that get created in the share will be read/writable by the
+		owner and group set on the directory itself.
+		</para>
+		
+	</sect2>
 
 </sect1>
 
diff --git a/docs/docbook/projdoc/Backup.xml b/docs/docbook/projdoc/Backup.xml
index b3c37aba534..bf391c5c6d3 100644
--- a/docs/docbook/projdoc/Backup.xml
+++ b/docs/docbook/projdoc/Backup.xml
@@ -11,8 +11,6 @@
 <para>
 This chapter did not make it into this release.
 It is planned for the published release of this document.
-If you have something to contribute for this section please email it to
-<link url="mail://jht@samba.org">jht@samba.org</link>/
 </para>
 
 </sect1>
diff --git a/docs/docbook/projdoc/Bugs.xml b/docs/docbook/projdoc/Bugs.xml
index b2b8d5c67e2..0688e23cf3c 100644
--- a/docs/docbook/projdoc/Bugs.xml
+++ b/docs/docbook/projdoc/Bugs.xml
@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
 
 <chapterinfo>
 	&author.jelmer;
-	<author><surname>Someone; Tridge or Karl Auer perhaps?</surname></author>
+	&author.tridge; <!-- This is mostly a guess -->
 	<pubdate> 27 June 1997 </pubdate>
 </chapterinfo>
 
@@ -40,7 +40,7 @@ that list that may be able to help you.
 <para>
 You may also like to look though the recent mailing list archives,
 which are conveniently accessible on the Samba web pages
-at <ulink url="http://samba.org/samba/">http://samba.org/samba/</ulink>.
+at <ulink noescape="1" url="http://samba.org/samba/">http://samba.org/samba/</ulink>.
 </para>
 
 </sect1>
@@ -80,37 +80,37 @@ detail, but may use too much disk space.
 </para>
 
 <para>
-To set the debug level use the <parameter>log level</parameter> in your 
+To set the debug level use the <smbconfoption><name>log level</name></smbconfoption> in your 
 &smb.conf;. You may also find it useful to set the log 
 level higher for just one machine and keep separate logs for each machine. 
-To do this use:
+To do this add the following lines to your main &smb.conf; file:
 </para>
 
-<para><programlisting>
-log level = 10
-log file = /usr/local/samba/lib/log.%m
-include = /usr/local/samba/lib/smb.conf.%m
-</programlisting></para>
+<para><smbconfblock>
+<smbconfoption><name>log level</name><value>10</value></smbconfoption>
+<smbconfoption><name>log file</name><value>/usr/local/samba/lib/log.%m</value></smbconfoption>
+<smbconfoption><name>include</name><value>/usr/local/samba/lib/smb.conf.%m</value></smbconfoption>
+</smbconfblock></para>
 
 <para>
 then create a file 
 <filename>/usr/local/samba/lib/smb.conf.<replaceable>machine</replaceable></filename> where
 <replaceable>machine</replaceable> is the name of the client you wish to debug. In that file
 put any &smb.conf; commands you want, for example 
-<parameter>log level</parameter> may be useful. This also allows you to 
+<smbconfoption><name>log level</name></smbconfoption> may be useful. This also allows you to 
 experiment with different security systems, protocol levels etc on just 
 one machine.
 </para>
 
 <para>
-The &smb.conf; entry <parameter>log level</parameter> 
-is synonymous with the parameter <parameter>debuglevel</parameter> that has
+The &smb.conf; entry <smbconfoption><name>log level</name></smbconfoption> 
+is synonymous with the parameter <smbconfoption><name>debuglevel</name></smbconfoption> that has
 been used in older versions of Samba and is being retained for backwards 
 compatibility of &smb.conf; files.
 </para>
 
 <para>
-As the <parameter>log level</parameter> value is increased you will record 
+As the <smbconfoption><name>log level</name></smbconfoption> value is increased you will record 
 a significantly increasing level of debugging information. For most 
 debugging operations you may not need a setting higher than 
 <constant>3</constant>. Nearly 
@@ -142,6 +142,8 @@ You should also detail how to reproduce the problem, if
 possible. Please make this reasonably detailed.
 </para>
 
+<indexterm><primary>core files</primary></indexterm>
+
 <para>
 You may also find that a core file appeared in a <filename>corefiles</filename>
 subdirectory of the directory where you keep your samba log
@@ -149,8 +151,11 @@ files. This file is the most useful tool for tracking down the bug. To
 use it you do this:
 </para>
 
+<indexterm><primary>gdb</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm><primary>debug</primary></indexterm>
+
 <screen>
-	<prompt>$ </prompt><userinput>gdb smbd core</userinput>
+&prompt;<userinput>gdb smbd core</userinput>
 </screen>
 
 <para>
@@ -191,6 +196,9 @@ where it occurred.
 <sect1>
 <title>Patches</title>
 
+<indexterm><primary>diff</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm><primary>patch</primary></indexterm>
+
 <para>
 The best sort of bug report is one that includes a fix! If you send us
 patches please use <userinput>diff -u</userinput> format if your version of 
diff --git a/docs/docbook/projdoc/CUPS-printing.xml b/docs/docbook/projdoc/CUPS-printing.xml
index 252da6f4ef9..945092d4136 100644
--- a/docs/docbook/projdoc/CUPS-printing.xml
+++ b/docs/docbook/projdoc/CUPS-printing.xml
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 	<author>
 		<firstname>Kurt</firstname><surname>Pfeifle</surname>
 		<affiliation>
-			<orgname> Danka Deutschland GmbH </orgname>
+			<orgname>Danka Deutschland GmbH </orgname>
                         <address><email>kpfeifle@danka.de</email></address>
 		</affiliation>
 	</author>
@@ -17,6 +17,8 @@
 		<contrib>drawings</contrib>
 	</author>
 
+	<author>&person.jelmer;<contrib>drawings</contrib></author>
+
 	<pubdate> (3 June 2003) </pubdate>
 </chapterinfo>
 
@@ -30,20 +32,15 @@
 		<title>Features and Benefits</title>
 
 		<para>
-			The Common Unix Print System (<ulink
-				url="http://www.cups.org/">CUPS</ulink>) has become very popular. All
-			big Linux distributions now ship it as their default printing
-			system. But to many it is still a very mystical tool.  Normally it
-			"just works" (TM). People tend to regard it as a sort of "black box",
-			which they don't want to look into, as long as it works OK. But once
+			The Common UNIX Print System (<ulink
+			url="http://www.cups.org/">CUPS</ulink>) has become very popular. All
+			major Linux distributions now ship it as their default printing
+			system. To many it is still a very mystical tool.  Mostly, it
+			"just works" (TM). People tend to regard it as a "black box"
+			which they don't want to look into, as long as it works. But once
 			there is a little problem, they are in trouble to find out where to
-			start debugging it. Also, even the most recent and otherwise excellent
-			printed Samba documentation has only limited attention paid to CUPS
-			printing, leaving out important pieces or even writing plain wrong
-			things about it. This demands rectification.  But before you dive into
-			this chapter, make sure that you don't forget to refer to the
-			"Classical Printing" chapter also. It contains a lot of information
-			that is relevant for CUPS too.
+			start debugging it.  Refer to the "Classical Printing" chapter also, it
+			contains a lot of information that is relevant for CUPS.
 		</para>
 
 		<para>
@@ -51,12 +48,10 @@
 			basic functions may be grasped quite easily, they are also
 			new. Because they are different from other, more traditional printing
 			systems, it is best to try and not apply any prior knowledge about
-			printing upon this new system. Rather try to start understand CUPS
-			from the beginning. This documentation will lead you here to a
-			complete understanding of CUPS, if you study all of the material
-			contained. But lets start with the most basic things first. Maybe this
-			is all you need for now. Then you can skip most of the other
-			paragraphs.
+			printing upon this new system. Rather, try to understand CUPS
+			from the beginning. This documentation will lead you to a
+			complete understanding of CUPS. Let's start with the most basic
+			things first.
 		</para>
 
 	</sect2>
@@ -71,11 +66,10 @@
 			and IETF (<emphasis>Internet Engineering Task Force</emphasis>)
 			standard for network printing. Many of its functions can be managed
 			remotely (or locally) via a web browser (giving you a
-			platform-independent access to the CUPS print server). In addition it
-			has the traditional commandline and several more modern GUI interfaces
+			platform-independent access to the CUPS print server). Additionally, it
+			has the traditional command line and several more modern GUI interfaces
 			(GUI interfaces developed by 3rd parties, like KDE's
-			overwhelming <ulink
-				url="http://printing.kde.org/">KDEPrint</ulink>).
+			overwhelming <ulink url="http://printing.kde.org/">KDEPrint</ulink>).
 		</para>
 
 		<para>
@@ -95,31 +89,24 @@
 	<title>Basic Configuration of CUPS support</title>
 
 	<para>
-		Printing with CUPS in the most basic <filename>smb.conf</filename>
-		setup in Samba 3.0 (as was true for 2.2.x) only needs two
-		settings: <parameter>printing = cups</parameter> and <parameter>printcap
-			= cups</parameter>. CUPS itself doesn't need a printcap file
-		anymore. However, the <filename>cupsd.conf</filename> configuration
-		file knows two related directives: they control if such a file should
-		be automatically created and maintained by CUPS for the convenience of
-		third party applications (example: <parameter>Printcap
-			/etc/printcap</parameter> and <parameter>PrintcapFormat
-			BSD</parameter>). These legacy programs often require the existence of
-		printcap file containing printernames or they will refuse to
-		print. Make sure CUPS is set to generate and maintain a printcap! For
-		details see <command>man cupsd.conf</command> and other CUPS-related
-		documentation, like the wealth of documents on your CUPS server
-		itself: <ulink
-			url="http://localhost:631/documentation.html">http://localhost:631/documentation.html</ulink>.
+		Printing with CUPS in the most basic &smb.conf; setup in Samba 3.0 (as was true for 2.2.x) only needs two
+		settings: <smbconfoption><name>printing</name><value>cups</value></smbconfoption> and
+		<smbconfoption><name>printcap</name><value>cups</value></smbconfoption>. CUPS does not need a printcap file.
+		However, the <filename>cupsd.conf</filename> configuration file knows of two related directives that control
+		how such a file will be automatically created and maintained by CUPS for the convenience of third party
+		applications (example: <parameter>Printcap /etc/printcap</parameter> and <parameter>PrintcapFormat BSD</parameter>).
+		Legacy programs often require the existence of a printcap file containing printer names or they will refuse to
+		print. Make sure CUPS is set to generate and maintain a printcap file! For details see
+		<command>man cupsd.conf</command> and other CUPS-related documentation, like the wealth of documents on your CUPS server
+		itself: <ulink noescape="1" url="http://localhost:631/documentation.html">http://localhost:631/documentation.html</ulink>.
 	</para>
 
 	<sect2>
 		<title>Linking of smbd with libcups.so</title>
 
 		<para>
-			Samba has a very special relationship to CUPS. The reason is: Samba
-			can be compiled with CUPS library support. Most recent installations
-			have this support enabled, and per default CUPS linking is compiled
+			Samba has a very special relationship to CUPS. Samba can be compiled with CUPS library support.
+			Most recent installations have this support enabled. Per default CUPS linking is compiled
 			into smbd and other Samba binaries. Of course, you can use CUPS even
 			if Samba is not linked against <filename>libcups.so</filename> -- but
 			there are some differences in required or supported configuration
@@ -127,69 +114,65 @@
 		</para>
 
 		<para>
-			If SAMBA is compiled against libcups, then <parameter>printcap =
-				cups</parameter> uses the CUPS API to list printers, submit jobs,
-			query queues, etc.  Otherwise it maps to the System V commands with an
-			additional <command>-oraw</command> option for printing. On a Linux
-			system, you can use the <command>ldd</command> utility to find out
-			details (ldd may not be present on other OS platforms, or its function
-			may be embodied by a different command):
+			When Samba is compiled against libcups, <smbconfoption><name>printcap</name><value>cups</value></smbconfoption>
+			uses the CUPS API to list printers, submit jobs, query queues, etc.  Otherwise it maps to the System V
+			commands with an additional <command>-oraw</command> option for printing. On a Linux
+			system, you can use the <command>ldd</command> utility to find out details (ldd may not be present on
+			other OS platforms, or its function may be embodied by a different command):
 		</para>
 
-		<para><screen>
-				transmeta:/home/kurt # ldd `which smbd`
-				libssl.so.0.9.6 =&gt; /usr/lib/libssl.so.0.9.6 (0x4002d000)
-				libcrypto.so.0.9.6 =&gt; /usr/lib/libcrypto.so.0.9.6 (0x4005a000)
-				libcups.so.2 =&gt; /usr/lib/libcups.so.2 (0x40123000)
-				[....]
-		</screen></para>
+<para><screen>
+&rootprompt;<userinput>ldd `which smbd`</userinput>
+libssl.so.0.9.6 =&gt; /usr/lib/libssl.so.0.9.6 (0x4002d000)
+libcrypto.so.0.9.6 =&gt; /usr/lib/libcrypto.so.0.9.6 (0x4005a000)
+libcups.so.2 =&gt; /usr/lib/libcups.so.2 (0x40123000)
+[....]
+</screen></para>
 
 		<para>
-			The line <computeroutput>libcups.so.2 =&gt; /usr/lib/libcups.so.2
-				(0x40123000)</computeroutput> shows there is CUPS support compiled
-			into this version of Samba. If this is the case, and printing = cups
-			is set, then <emphasis>any otherwise manually set print command in
-				<filename>smb.conf</filename> is ignored</emphasis>. This is an
-			important point to remember!
+			The line <computeroutput>libcups.so.2 =&gt; /usr/lib/libcups.so.2 (0x40123000)</computeroutput> shows
+			there is CUPS support compiled into this version of Samba. If this is the case, and printing = cups
+			is set, then <emphasis>any otherwise manually set print command in &smb.conf; is ignored</emphasis>.
+			This is an important point to remember!
 		</para>
 
-		<tip><para> Should you require -- for any reason -- to set your own
-				print commands, you can still do this by setting <parameter>printing =
-					sysv</parameter>. However, you'll loose all the benefits from the
-				close CUPS/Samba integration. You are on your own then to manually
-				configure the rest of the printing system commands (most important:
-				<parameter>print command</parameter>; other commands are
-				<parameter>lppause command, lpresume command, lpq command, lprm
-					command, queuepause command </parameter> and <parameter>queue resume
-					command</parameter>).</para></tip>
+		<tip><para> Should it be necessary, for any reason, to set your own print commands, you can do this by setting
+		<smbconfoption><name>printing</name><value>sysv</value></smbconfoption>. However, you will loose all the benefits
+		of tight CUPS/Samba integration. When you do this you must manually configure the printing system commands
+		(most important: <smbconfoption><name>print command</name></smbconfoption>; other commands are
+				<smbconfoption><name>lppause command</name></smbconfoption>,
+				<smbconfoption><name>lpresume command</name></smbconfoption>,
+				<smbconfoption><name>lpq command</name></smbconfoption>,
+				<smbconfoption><name>lprm command</name></smbconfoption>,
+				<smbconfoption><name>queuepause command</name></smbconfoption> and
+				<smbconfoption><name>queue resume command</name></smbconfoption>).</para></tip>
 	</sect2>
 
 	<sect2>
-		<title>Simple <filename>smb.conf</filename> Settings for CUPS</title>
+		<title>Simple &smb.conf; Settings for CUPS</title>
 
 		<para>
-			To summarize, here is the simplest printing-related setup
-			for <filename>smb.conf</filename> to enable basic CUPS support:
+			To summarize, here is the simplest printing-related setup for &smb.conf; to enable basic CUPS support:
 		</para>
 
-		<para><screen>
-
-				[global]
-				load printers = yes
-				printing = cups
-				printcap name = cups
-
-				[printers]
-				comment = All Printers
-				path = /var/spool/samba
-				browseable = no
-				public = yes
-				guest ok = yes
-				writable = no
-				printable = yes
-				printer admin = root, @ntadmins
-
-		</screen></para>
+		<para><smbconfexample>
+		<title>Simplest printing-related smb.conf</title>
+		<smbconfsection>[global]</smbconfsection>
+		<smbconfoption><name>load printers</name><value>yes</value></smbconfoption>
+		<smbconfoption><name>printing</name><value>cups</value></smbconfoption>
+		<smbconfoption><name>printcap name</name><value>cups</value></smbconfoption>
+
+		<smbconfsection>[printers]</smbconfsection>
+		<smbconfoption><name>comment</name><value>All Printers</value></smbconfoption>
+		<smbconfoption><name>path</name><value>/var/spool/samba</value></smbconfoption>
+		<smbconfoption><name>browseable</name><value>no</value></smbconfoption>
+		<smbconfoption><name>public</name><value>yes</value></smbconfoption>
+		<smbconfoption><name>guest ok</name><value>yes</value></smbconfoption>
+		<smbconfoption><name>writable</name><value>no</value></smbconfoption>
+		<smbconfoption><name>printable</name><value>yes</value></smbconfoption>
+		<smbconfoption><name>printer admin</name><value>root, @ntadmins</value></smbconfoption>
+
+		</smbconfexample></para>
 
 		<para>
 			This is all you need for basic printing setup for CUPS. It will print
@@ -210,63 +193,57 @@
 	</sect2>
 
 <sect2>
-<title>More complex <filename>smb.conf</filename> Settings for
+<title>More complex &smb.conf; Settings for
 CUPS</title>
 
 <para>
 Here is a slightly more complex printing-related setup
-for <filename>smb.conf</filename>. It enables general CUPS printing
+for &smb.conf;. It enables general CUPS printing
 support for all printers, but defines one printer share which is set
 up differently.
 </para>
 
-<para><screen>
-<![CDATA[
- [global]
-         printing = cups
-         printcap name = cups
-         load printers = yes
-
- [printers]
-         comment = All Printers
-         path = /var/spool/samba
-         public = yes
-         guest ok = yes
-         writable = no
-         printable = yes
-         printer admin = root, @ntadmins
- 
- [special_printer]
-         comment = A special printer with his own settings
-         path = /var/spool/samba-special
-         printing = sysv
-         printcap = lpstat
-         print command = echo "NEW: `date`: printfile %f" >> /tmp/smbprn.log ;\
-                         echo "     `date`: p-%p s-%s f-%f" >> /tmp/smbprn.log ;\
-                         echo "     `date`: j-%j J-%J z-%z c-%c" >> /tmp/smbprn.log :\
-                         rm %f
-         public = no
-         guest ok = no
-         writeable = no
-         printable = yes
-         printer admin = kurt
-         hosts deny = 0.0.0.0
-         hosts allow = turbo_xp, 10.160.50.23, 10.160.51.60
-]]>
-</screen></para>
-
-<para>
-This special share is only there for my testing purposes. It doesn't
-even write the print job to a file. It just logs the job parameters
-known to Samba into the <filename>/tmp/smbprn.log</filename> file and
-deletes the jobfile. Moreover, the <parameter>printer
-admin</parameter> of this share is "kurt" (not the "@ntadmins" group);
-guest access is not allowed; the share isn't announced in Network
-Neighbourhood (so you need to know it is there), and it is only
-allowing access from three hosts. To prevent CUPS kicking in and
-taking over the print jobs for that share, we need to set
-<parameter>printing = sysv</parameter> and <parameter>printcap =
-lpstat</parameter>.
+<para><smbconfexample>
+<title>Overriding global CUPS settings for one printer</title>
+<smbconfsection>[global]</smbconfsection>
+<smbconfoption><name>printing</name><value>cups</value></smbconfoption>
+<smbconfoption><name>printcap name</name><value>cups</value></smbconfoption>
+<smbconfoption><name>load printers</name><value>yes</value></smbconfoption>
+
+<smbconfsection>[printers]</smbconfsection>
+<smbconfoption><name>comment</name><value>All Printers</value></smbconfoption>
+<smbconfoption><name>path</name><value>/var/spool/samba</value></smbconfoption>
+<smbconfoption><name>public</name><value>yes</value></smbconfoption>
+<smbconfoption><name>guest ok</name><value>yes</value></smbconfoption>
+<smbconfoption><name>writable</name><value>no</value></smbconfoption>
+<smbconfoption><name>printable</name><value>yes</value></smbconfoption>
+<smbconfoption><name>printer admin</name><value>root, @ntadmins</value></smbconfoption>
+
+<smbconfsection>[special_printer]</smbconfsection>
+<smbconfoption><name>comment</name><value>A special printer with his own settings</value></smbconfoption>
+<smbconfoption><name>path</name><value>/var/spool/samba-special</value></smbconfoption>
+<smbconfoption><name>printing</name><value>sysv</value></smbconfoption>
+<smbconfoption><name>printcap</name><value>lpstat</value></smbconfoption>
+<smbconfoption><name>print command</name><value>echo "NEW: `date`: printfile %f" >> /tmp/smbprn.log ; \</value></smbconfoption>
+<member><parameter>echo "     `date`: p-%p s-%s f-%f" >> /tmp/smbprn.log ; \</parameter></member>
+<member><parameter>echo "     `date`: j-%j J-%J z-%z c-%c" >> /tmp/smbprn.log : rm %f</parameter></member>
+<smbconfoption><name>public</name><value>no</value></smbconfoption>
+<smbconfoption><name>guest ok</name><value>no</value></smbconfoption>
+<smbconfoption><name>writeable</name><value>no</value></smbconfoption>
+<smbconfoption><name>printable</name><value>yes</value></smbconfoption>
+<smbconfoption><name>printer admin</name><value>kurt</value></smbconfoption>
+<smbconfoption><name>hosts deny</name><value>0.0.0.0</value></smbconfoption>
+<smbconfoption><name>hosts allow</name><value>turbo_xp, 10.160.50.23, 10.160.51.60</value></smbconfoption>
+</smbconfexample></para>
+
+<para>
+This special share is only there for testing purposes. It does not write the print job to a file. It just logs the job parameters
+known to Samba into the <filename>/tmp/smbprn.log</filename> file and deletes the jobfile. Moreover, the
+<smbconfoption><name>printer admin</name></smbconfoption> of this share is "kurt" (not the "@ntadmins" group);
+guest access is not allowed; the share isn not published to the Network Neighbourhood (so you need to know it is there), and it only
+allows access from only three hosts. To prevent CUPS kicking in and taking over the print jobs for that share, we need to set
+<smbconfoption><name>printing</name><value>sysv</value></smbconfoption> and
+<smbconfoption><name>printcap</name><value>lpstat</value></smbconfoption>.
 </para>
 </sect2>
 </sect1>
@@ -275,20 +252,23 @@ lpstat</parameter>.
 <title>Advanced Configuration</title>
 
 <para>
-Before we dive into all the configuration options, let's clarify a few
+Before we delve into all the configuration options, let us clarify a few
 points. <emphasis>Network printing needs to be organized and setup
 correctly</emphasis>. Often this is not done correctly. Legacy systems
-or small LANs in business environments often lack a clear design and
-good housekeeping.
+or small business LAN environments often lack design and good housekeeping.
 </para>
 
+
 <sect2>
 <title>Central spooling vs. "Peer-to-Peer" printing</title>
 
+<indexterm><primary>spooling</primary><secondary>central</secondary></indexterm>
+<indexterm><primary>spooling</primary><secondary>peer-to-peer</secondary></indexterm>
+
 <para>
 Many small office or home networks, as well as badly organized larger
 environments, allow each client a direct access to available network
-printers. Generally, this is a bad idea. It often blocks one client's
+printers. This is generally a bad idea. It often blocks one client's
 access to the printer when another client's job is printing. It also
 might freeze the first client's application while it is waiting to get
 rid of the job. Also, there are frequent complaints about various jobs
@@ -304,19 +284,22 @@ printer(s) in the correct order.
 <title>CUPS/Samba as a "spooling-only" Print Server; "raw" printing
 with Vendor Drivers on Windows Clients</title>
 
+<indexterm><primary>spooling-only</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm><primary>"raw" printing</primary></indexterm>
+
 <para>
-Most traditionally configured Unix print servers acting on behalf of
+Most traditionally configured UNIX print servers acting on behalf of
 Samba's Windows clients represented a really simple setup. Their only
 task was to manage the "raw" spooling of all jobs handed to them by
 Samba. This approach meant that the Windows clients were expected to
-prepare the print job file in such a way that it became fit to be fed to
-the printing device. Here a native (vendor-supplied) Windows printer
+prepare the print job file that it s ready to be sent to the printing
+device. Here a native (vendor-supplied) Windows printer
 driver for the target device needed to be installed on each and every
 client.
 </para>
 
 <para>
-Of course you can setup CUPS, Samba and your Windows clients in the
+It is possible to configure CUPS, Samba and your Windows clients in the
 same, traditional and simple way. When CUPS printers are configured
 for RAW print-through mode operation it is the responsibility of the
 Samba client to fully render the print job (file). The file must be
@@ -341,9 +324,12 @@ one by one; this yields the old <emphasis>LanMan</emphasis> style
 printing; it uses a <filename>\\sambaserver\printershare</filename>
 type of connection.</para></listitem>
 
-<listitem><para>deposit and prepare the drivers (for later download) on
+
+<listitem><para>
+<indexterm><primary>point and print</primary></indexterm>
+		deposit and prepare the drivers (for later download) on
 the print server (Samba); this enables the clients to use
-"Point'n'Print" to get drivers semi-automatically installed the
+"Point and Print" to get drivers semi-automatically installed the
 first time they access the printer; with this method NT/2K/XP
 clients use the <emphasis>SPOOLSS/MS-RPC</emphasis>
 type printing calls.</para></listitem>
@@ -358,6 +344,8 @@ The second method is recommended for use over the first.
 <title>Explicitly enable "raw" printing for
 <emphasis>application/octet-stream</emphasis>!</title>
 
+<indexterm><primary>application/octet-stream</primary></indexterm>
+
 <para>
 If you use the first option (drivers are installed on the client
 side), there is one setting to take care of: CUPS needs to be told
@@ -381,9 +369,7 @@ present:
 </para>
 
 <para><screen>
-
  application/octet-stream
-
 </screen></para>
 
 <para>
@@ -391,10 +377,10 @@ In <filename>/etc/cups/mime.convs</filename>,
 have this line:
 </para>
 
-<para><screen>
+<indexterm><primary>application/vnd.cups-raw</primary></indexterm>
 
+<para><screen>
  application/octet-stream   application/vnd.cups-raw   0   - 
-
 </screen></para>
 
 <para>
@@ -411,6 +397,8 @@ convert file 0</computeroutput> in your CUPS error_log file.
 
 <formalpara><title>Background</title>
 
+<indexterm><primary>application/octet-stream</primary></indexterm>
+
 <para>
 CUPS being a more security-aware printing system than traditional ones
 does not by default allow a user to send deliberate (possibly binary)
@@ -437,9 +425,11 @@ of this chapter.
 <sect2>
 <title>Three familiar Methods for driver upload plus a new one</title>
 
+<indexterm><primary>point and print</primary></indexterm>
+
 <para>
 If you want to use the MS-RPC type printing, you must upload the
-drivers onto the Samba server first (<parameter>[print$]</parameter>
+drivers onto the Samba server first (<smbconfsection>[print$]</smbconfsection>
 share). For a discussion on how to deposit printer drivers on the
 Samba host (so that the Windows clients can download and use them via
 "Point'n'Print") please also refer to the previous chapter of this
@@ -447,6 +437,8 @@ HOWTO Collection. There you will find a description or reference to
 three methods of preparing the client drivers on the Samba server:
 </para>
 
+<indexterm><primary>add printer wizard</primary></indexterm>
+
 <itemizedlist>
 <listitem><para>the GUI, "Add Printer Wizard"
 <emphasis>upload-from-a-Windows-client</emphasis>
@@ -456,16 +448,21 @@ method;</para></listitem>
 <emphasis>upload-from-a-UNIX-workstation</emphasis>
 method;</para></listitem>
 
-<listitem><para>the <emphasis>Imprints</emphasis> Toolset
+
+<listitem><para>
+<indexterm><primary>imprints</primary></indexterm>
+		the <emphasis>Imprints</emphasis> Toolset
 method.</para></listitem>
 </itemizedlist>
 
 <para>
 These 3 methods apply to CUPS all the same. A new and more
 convenient way to load the Windows drivers into Samba is provided
-provided if you use CUPS:
+if you use CUPS:
 </para>
 
+<indexterm><primary>cupsaddsmb</primary></indexterm>
+
 <itemizedlist>
 <listitem><para>the <emphasis>cupsaddsmb</emphasis>
 utility.</para></listitem>
@@ -483,8 +480,10 @@ UNIX printing architectures.
 <title>Using CUPS/Samba in an advanced Way -- intelligent printing
 with PostScript Driver Download</title>
 
+<indexterm><primary>PostScript</primary><seealso>Ghostscript</seealso></indexterm>
+
 <para>
-Still reading on? Good. Let's go into more detail then. We now know
+Are you still following this? Good. Let's go into more detail then. We now know
 how to set up a "dump" printserver, that is, a server which is spooling
 printjobs "raw", leaving the print data untouched.
 </para>
@@ -521,12 +520,15 @@ how CUPS works and how you can enable its features.
 
 <para>
 What follows is the comparison of some fundamental concepts for
-Windows and Unix printing; then is the time for a description of the
+Windows and UNIX printing; then is the time for a description of the
 CUPS filtering system, how it works and how you can tweak it.
 </para>
 
-<sect2>
-<title>GDI on Windows -- PostScript on Unix</title>
+<sect2 id="gdipost">
+<title>GDI on Windows -- PostScript on UNIX</title>
+
+<indexterm><primary>GDI</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm><primary>PostScript</primary></indexterm>
 
 <para>
 Network printing is one of the most complicated and error-prone
@@ -534,6 +536,9 @@ day-to-day tasks any user or an administrator may encounter. This is
 true for all OS platforms. And there are reasons for this.
 </para>
 
+<indexterm><primary>PCL</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm><primary>PDL</primary></indexterm>
+
 <para>
 You can't expect for most file formats to just throw them towards
 printers and they get printed. There needs to be a file format
@@ -552,6 +557,10 @@ interpreters, etc.).
 <sect2>
 <title>Windows Drivers, GDI and EMF</title>
 
+<indexterm><primary>GDI</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm><primary>EMF</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm><primary>WYSIWYG</primary></indexterm>
+
 <para>
 In Windows OS, the format conversion job is done by the printer
 drivers. On MS Windows OS platforms all application programmers have
@@ -571,29 +580,30 @@ converted to the printer-specific file format.
 </para>
 
 <note><para>
+<indexterm><primary>PDF</primary></indexterm>
 To the GDI foundation in MS Windows, Apple has chosen to
 put paper and screen output on a common foundation for their
-(BSD-Unix-based, did you know??) Mac OS X and Darwin Operating
-Systems.Their <emphasis>Core Graphic Engine</emphasis> uses a
-<emphasis>PDF</emphasis> derivate for all display work.
+(BSD-UNIX-based, did you know??) Mac OS X and Darwin Operating
+Systems. Their <emphasis>Core Graphic Engine</emphasis> uses a
+<emphasis>PDF</emphasis> derivative for all display work.
 </para></note>
 
 <para>
 
-<figure><title>Windows Printing to a local Printer</title>
-<mediaobject>
-	<imageobject role="latex"><imagedata fileref="projdoc/imagefiles/1small"/></imageobject>
-	<imageobject><imagedata fileref="projdoc/imagefiles/1small.png"/></imageobject>
-</mediaobject>
-</figure>
+<image id="small1"><imagedescription>Windows Printing to a local Printer</imagedescription><imagefile>1small</imagefile></image>
 </para>
 </sect2>
 
 <sect2>
-<title>Unix Printfile Conversion and GUI Basics</title>
+<title>UNIX Printfile Conversion and GUI Basics</title>
+
+<indexterm><primary>X Window System</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm><primary>PostScript</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm><primary>PCL</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm><primary>Xprint</primary></indexterm>
 
 <para>
-In Unix and Linux, there is no comparable layer built into the OS
+In UNIX and Linux, there is no comparable layer built into the OS
 kernel(s) or the X (screen display) server. Every application is
 responsible for itself to create its print output.  Fortunately, most
 use PostScript. That gives at least some common ground. Unfortunately,
@@ -617,6 +627,8 @@ to be used on paper.
 <formalpara>
 <title>Background</title>
 
+<indexterm><primary>PostScript</primary></indexterm>
+
 <para>
 The PostScript programming language is an "invention" by Adobe Inc.,
 but its specifications have been published to the full. Its strength
@@ -637,12 +649,16 @@ program or on paper by a printer.
 </formalpara>
 </sect2>
 
-<sect2>
+<sect2 id="post-and-ghost">
 <title>PostScript and Ghostscript</title>
 
+<indexterm><primary>PostScript</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm><primary>GhostScript</primary><seealso>PostScript</seealso></indexterm>
+<indexterm><primary>PostScript</primary><secondary>RIP</secondary></indexterm>
+
 <para>
-So, Unix is lacking a common ground for printing on paper and
-displaying on screen. Despite this unfavorable legacy for Unix, basic
+So, UNIX is lacking a common ground for printing on paper and
+displaying on screen. Despite this unfavorable legacy for UNIX, basic
 printing is fairly easy: if you have PostScript printers at your
 disposal! The reason is: these devices have a built-in PostScript
 language "interpreter", also called a <emphasis>Raster Image
@@ -654,30 +670,30 @@ you see it on paper, in a resolution as done by your printer. This is
 no different to PostScript printing of a file from a Windows origin.
 </para>
 
-<note><para>Traditional Unix programs and printing systems -- while
+<note><para>
+<indexterm><primary>PPD</primary></indexterm>
+Traditional UNIX programs and printing systems -- while
 using PostScript -- are largely not PPD-aware. PPDs are "PostScript
 Printer Description" files. They enable you to specify and control all
 options a printer supports: duplexing, stapling, punching... Therefore
-Unix users for a long time couldn't choose many of the supported
+UNIX users for a long time couldn't choose many of the supported
 device and job options, unlike Windows or Apple users. But now there
-is CUPS.... ;-)
+is CUPS....
 </para>
 </note>
 
 <para>
-<figure><title>Printing to a Postscript Printer</title>
-<mediaobject>
-	<imageobject role="latex"><imagedata fileref="projdoc/imagefiles/2small"/></imageobject>
-	<imageobject><imagedata fileref="projdoc/imagefiles/2small.png"/></imageobject>
-</mediaobject>
-</figure>
+	<image id="small2"><imagedescription>Printing to a Postscript Printer</imagedescription>
+		<imagefile>2small</imagefile></image>
 </para>
 
+<indexterm><primary>PDL</primary></indexterm>
+
 <para>
 However, there are other types of printers out there. These don't know
 how to print PostScript. They use their own <emphasis>Page Description
 Language</emphasis> (PDL, often proprietary). To print to them is much
-more demanding. Since your Unix applications mostly produce
+more demanding. Since your UNIX applications mostly produce
 PostScript, and since these devices don't understand PostScript, you
 need to convert the printfiles to a format suitable for your printer
 on the host, before you can send it away.
@@ -687,10 +703,12 @@ on the host, before you can send it away.
 <sect2>
 <title>Ghostscript -- the Software RIP for non-PostScript Printers</title>
 
+<indexterm><primary>GhostScript</primary></indexterm>
+
 <para>
 Here is where <emphasis>Ghostscript</emphasis> kicks in. Ghostscript is
 the traditional (and quite powerful) PostScript interpreter used on
-Unix platforms. It is a RIP in software, capable to do a
+UNIX platforms. It is a RIP in software, capable to do a
 <emphasis>lot</emphasis> of file format conversions, for a very broad
 spectrum of hardware devices as well as software file formats.
 Ghostscript technology and drivers is what enables PostScript printing
@@ -698,12 +716,9 @@ to non-PostScript hardware.
 </para>
 
 <para>
-<figure><title>Ghostscript as a RIP for non-postscript printers</title>
-<mediaobject>
-	<imageobject role="latex"><imagedata fileref="projdoc/imagefiles/3small"/></imageobject>
-	<imageobject><imagedata fileref="projdoc/imagefiles/3small.png"/></imageobject>
-</mediaobject>
-</figure>
+	<image id="small3"><imagedescription>Ghostscript as a RIP for non-postscript printers</imagedescription>
+	<imagefile>3small</imagefile>
+</image>
 </para>
 
 <tip><para>
@@ -718,7 +733,7 @@ intervals, now by artofcode LLC. They are initially put under the
 "AFPL" license, but re-released under the GNU GPL as soon as the next
 AFPL version appears. GNU Ghostscript is probably the version
 installed on most Samba systems. But it has got some
-deficiencies. Therefore ESP Ghostscript was developed as an
+deficiencies. <indexterm><primary>Ghostscript</primary><secondary>ESP</secondary><see>ESP GhostScript</see></indexterm>Therefore ESP Ghostscript was developed as an
 enhancement over GNU Ghostscript, with lots of bug-fixes, additional
 devices and improvements. It is jointly maintained by developers from
 CUPS, Gimp-Print, MandrakeSoft, SuSE, RedHat and Debian. It includes
@@ -729,6 +744,8 @@ the "cups" device (essential to print to non-PS printers from CUPS).
 <sect2>
 <title>PostScript Printer Description (PPD) Specification</title>
 
+<indexterm><primary>PPD</primary></indexterm>
+
 <para>
 While PostScript in essence is a <emphasis>Page Description
 Language</emphasis> (PDL) to represent the page layout in a
@@ -761,6 +778,7 @@ file created by the driver.
 </para>
 
 <warning><para>
+<indexterm><primary>PDF</primary></indexterm>
 A PostScript file that was created to contain device-specific commands
 for achieving a certain print job output (e.g. duplexed, stapled and
 punched) on a specific target machine, may not print as expected, or
@@ -775,7 +793,7 @@ for further processing by software (e.g. by a PDF distilling program).
 <para>
 CUPS can handle all spec-compliant PPDs as supplied by the
 manufacturers for their PostScript models. Even if a
-Unix/Linux-illiterate vendor might not have mentioned our favorite
+UNIX/Linux-illiterate vendor might not have mentioned our favorite
 OS in his manuals and brochures -- you can safely trust this:
 <emphasis>if you get hold of the Windows NT version of the PPD, you
 can use it unchanged in CUPS</emphasis> and thus access the full
@@ -784,7 +802,7 @@ power of your printer just like a Windows NT user could!
 
 <tip><para>
 To check the spec compliance of any PPD online, go to <ulink
-url="http://www.cups.org/testppd.php">http://www.cups.org/testppd.php</ulink>
+noescape="1" url="http://www.cups.org/testppd.php">http://www.cups.org/testppd.php</ulink>
 and upload your PPD. You will see the results displayed
 immediately. CUPS in all versions after 1.1.19 has a much more strict
 internal PPD parsing and checking code enabled; in case of printing
@@ -792,6 +810,8 @@ trouble this online resource should be one of your first pitstops.
 </para></tip>
 
 <warning><para>
+<indexterm><primary>foomatic</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm><primary>cupsomatic</primary></indexterm>
 For real PostScript printers <emphasis>don't</emphasis> use the
 <emphasis>Foomatic</emphasis> or <emphasis>cupsomatic</emphasis>
 PPDs from Linuxprinting.org. With these devices the original
@@ -863,7 +883,7 @@ Make sure your Ghostscript version has the "cups" device compiled in
 may encounter the dreaded <computeroutput>Unable to convert file
 0</computeroutput> in your CUPS error_log file. To have "cups" as a
 device in your Ghostscript, you either need to <emphasis>patch GNU
-Ghostscript</emphasis> and re-compile or use <ulink
+Ghostscript</emphasis> and re-compile or use <indexterm><primary>ESP</primary><secondary>Ghostscript</secondary></indexterm><ulink
 url="http://www.cups.org/ghostscript.php">ESP Ghostscript</ulink>. The
 superior alternative is ESP Ghostscript: it supports not just CUPS,
 but 300 other devices too (while GNU Ghostscript supports only about
@@ -873,6 +893,8 @@ Linuxprinting.org for all spoolers.
 </para>
 
 <para>
+<indexterm><primary>cupsomatic</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm><primary>foomatic</primary></indexterm>
 CUPS printers may be setup to use <emphasis>external</emphasis>
 rendering paths. One of the most common ones is provided by the
 <emphasis>Foomatic/cupsomatic</emphasis> concept, from <ulink
@@ -880,6 +902,7 @@ url="http://www.linuxprinting.org/">Linuxprinting.org</ulink>.  This
 uses the classical Ghostscript approach, doing everything in one
 step. It doesn't use the "cups" device, but one of the many
 others. However, even for Foomatic/cupsomatic usage, best results and
+<indexterm><primary>ESP</primary><secondary>Ghostscript</secondary></indexterm>
 broadest printer model support is provided by ESP Ghostscript (more
 about cupsomatic/Foomatic, particularly the new version called now
 <emphasis>foomatic-rip</emphasis>, follows below).
@@ -889,6 +912,7 @@ about cupsomatic/Foomatic, particularly the new version called now
 <title>MIME types and CUPS Filters</title>
 
 <para>
+	<indexterm><primary>MIME</primary></indexterm>
 CUPS reads the file <filename>/etc/cups/mime.types</filename>
 (and all other files carrying a <filename>*.types</filename> suffix
 in the same directory) upon startup. These files contain the MIME
@@ -899,10 +923,10 @@ for <filename>mime.types</filename> and in the comments section of the
 like this:
 </para>
 
-<para><screen>
-
+<para>
+<indexterm><primary>application/pdf</primary></indexterm>
+<screen>
  application/pdf         pdf string(0,%PDF)
-
 </screen></para>
 
 <para>
@@ -915,9 +939,7 @@ Another rule is this:
 </para>
 
 <para><screen>
-
  application/postscript  ai eps ps string(0,%!) string(0,&lt;04&gt;%!)
-
 </screen></para>
 
 <para>
@@ -961,6 +983,8 @@ with its filters.
 <sect2>
 <title>MIME type Conversion Rules</title>
 
+<indexterm><primary>MIME</primary></indexterm>
+
 <para>
 CUPS reads the file <filename>/etc/cups/mime.convs</filename>
 (and all other files named with a <filename>*.convs</filename>
@@ -972,9 +996,7 @@ reads like this:
 </para>
 
 <para><screen>
-
  application/pdf         application/postscript   33   pdftops
-
 </screen></para>
 
 <para>
@@ -985,10 +1007,10 @@ cost of this operation is 33 CUPS-$. The next filter is more
 expensive, costing 66 CUPS-$:
 </para>
 
-<para><screen>
+<indexterm><primary>pdf</primary></indexterm>
 
+<para><screen>
  application/vnd.hp-HPGL application/postscript   66   hpgltops
-
 </screen></para>
 
 <para>
@@ -996,21 +1018,21 @@ This is the <emphasis>hpgltops</emphasis>, which processes HP-GL
 plotter files to PostScript.
 </para>
 
-<para><screen>
+<indexterm><primary>application/octet-stream</primary></indexterm>
 
+<para><screen>
  application/octet-stream
-
 </screen></para>
 
 <para>
 Here are two more examples: 
 </para>
 
-<para><screen>
+<indexterm><primary>text/plain</primary></indexterm>
 
+<para><screen>
  application/x-shell     application/postscript   33    texttops
  text/plain              application/postscript   33    texttops
-
 </screen></para>
 
 <para>
@@ -1024,6 +1046,8 @@ this differentiation is needed for the syntax highlighting feature of
 <sect2>
 <title>Filter Requirements</title>
 
+<indexterm><primary>MIME</primary></indexterm>
+
 <para>
 There are many more combinations named in mime.convs.  However, you
 are not limited to use the ones pre-defined there. You can plug in any
@@ -1053,25 +1077,25 @@ name of the filter being run)</para></listitem>
 printed</para></listitem>
 </varlistentry>
 
-<varlistentry><term>Printer</term>
+<varlistentry><term>user</term>
 <listitem><para>The string from the originating-user-name
 attribute</para></listitem>
 </varlistentry>
 
-<varlistentry><term>Printer</term>
+<varlistentry><term>title</term>
 <listitem><para>The string from the job-name attribute</para></listitem>
 </varlistentry>
 
-<varlistentry><term>Printer</term>
+<varlistentry><term>copies</term>
 <listitem><para>The numeric value from the number-copies
 attribute</para></listitem>
 </varlistentry>
 
-<varlistentry><term>Printer</term>
+<varlistentry><term>options</term>
 <listitem><para>The job options</para></listitem>
 </varlistentry>
 
-<varlistentry><term>Printer</term>
+<varlistentry><term>filename</term>
 <listitem><para>(Optionally) The print request file (if missing,
 filters expected data fed through <filename>stdin</filename>). In most
 cases it is very easy to write a simple wrapper script around existing
@@ -1084,8 +1108,10 @@ filters to make them work with CUPS.</para></listitem>
 <sect2>
 <title>Prefilters</title>
 
+<indexterm><primary>PostScript</primary></indexterm>
+
 <para>
-As was said, PostScript is the central file format to any Unix based
+As was said, PostScript is the central file format to any UNIX based
 printing system. From PostScript, CUPS generates raster data to feed
 non-PostScript printers.
 </para>
@@ -1106,12 +1132,9 @@ print options already embedded into the file.
 </para>
 
 <para>
-<figure><title>Prefiltering in CUPS to form Postscript</title>
-<mediaobject>
-	<imageobject role="latex"><imagedata fileref="projdoc/imagefiles/4small"/></imageobject>
-	<imageobject><imagedata fileref="projdoc/imagefiles/4small.png"/></imageobject>
-</mediaobject>
-</figure>
+	<image id="small4" scale="25"><imagedescription>Prefiltering in CUPS to form Postscript</imagedescription>
+	<imagefile>4small</imagefile>
+</image>
 </para>
 </sect2>
 
@@ -1128,12 +1151,9 @@ stapling an punching it, etc.) into the PostScript file.
 </para>
 
 <para>
-<figure><title>Adding Device-specific Print Options</title>
-<mediaobject>
-	<imageobject role="latex"><imagedata fileref="projdoc/imagefiles/5small"/></imageobject>
-	<imageobject><imagedata fileref="projdoc/imagefiles/5small.png"/></imageobject>
-</mediaobject>
-</figure>
+	<image id="small5" scale="25"><imagedescription>Adding Device-specific Print Options</imagedescription>
+		<imagefile>5small</imagefile>
+	</image>
 </para>
 
 <para>
@@ -1172,12 +1192,7 @@ that are able to generate device-specific printer data.
 </para>
 
 <para>
-<figure><title>Postscript to intermediate Raster format</title>
-<mediaobject>
-	<imageobject role="latex"><imagedata fileref="projdoc/imagefiles/6small"/></imageobject>
-	<imageobject><imagedata fileref="projdoc/imagefiles/6small.png"/></imageobject>
-</mediaobject>
-</figure>
+	<image id="small6" scale="25"><imagedescription>Postscript to intermediate Raster format</imagedescription><imagefile>6small</imagefile></image>
 </para>
 
 <para>
@@ -1186,7 +1201,7 @@ able to include per-page information, color profiles and more to be
 used by the following downstream raster drivers. Its MIME type is
 registered with IANA and its specification is of course completely
 open. It is designed to make it very easy and inexpensive for
-manufacturers to develop Linux and Unix raster drivers for their
+manufacturers to develop Linux and UNIX raster drivers for their
 printer models, should they choose to do so. CUPS always takes care
 for the first stage of rasterization so these vendors don't need to care
 about Ghostscript complications (in fact, there is currently more
@@ -1194,12 +1209,9 @@ than one vendor financing the development of CUPS raster drivers).
 </para>
 
 <para>
-<figure><title>CUPS-raster production using Ghostscript</title>
-<mediaobject>
-	<imageobject role="latex"><imagedata fileref="projdoc/imagefiles/7small"/></imageobject>
-	<imageobject><imagedata fileref="projdoc/imagefiles/7small.png"/></imageobject>
-</mediaobject>
-</figure>
+	<image id="small7"><imagedescription>CUPS-raster production using Ghostscript</imagedescription>
+		<imagefile>7small</imagefile>
+	</image>
 </para>
 
 <para>
@@ -1233,12 +1245,9 @@ filtering:
 </para>
 
 <para>
-<figure><title>Image format to CUPS-raster format conversion</title>
-<mediaobject>
-	<imageobject role="latex"><imagedata fileref="projdoc/imagefiles/8small"/></imageobject>
-	<imageobject><imagedata fileref="projdoc/imagefiles/8small.png"/></imageobject>
-</mediaobject>
-</figure>
+	<image id="small8"><imagedescription>Image format to CUPS-raster format conversion</imagedescription>
+		<imagefile>8small</imagefile>
+	</image>
 </para>
 
 </sect2>
@@ -1249,9 +1258,9 @@ filtering:
 <para>
 CUPS ships with quite some different raster drivers processing CUPS
 raster. On my system I find in /usr/lib/cups/filter/ these:
-<parameter>rastertoalps, rastertobj, rastertoepson, rastertoescp,
-rastertopcl, rastertoturboprint, rastertoapdk, rastertodymo,
-rastertoescp, rastertohp</parameter> and
+<parameter>rastertoalps</parameter>, <parameter>rastertobj</parameter>, <parameter>rastertoepson</parameter>, <parameter>rastertoescp</parameter>,
+<parameter>rastertopcl</parameter>, <parameter>rastertoturboprint</parameter>, <parameter>rastertoapdk</parameter>, <parameter>rastertodymo</parameter>,
+<parameter>rastertoescp</parameter>, <parameter>rastertohp</parameter> and
 <parameter>rastertoprinter</parameter>. Don't worry if you have less
 than this; some of these are installed by commercial add-ons to CUPS
 (like <parameter>rastertoturboprint</parameter>), others (like
@@ -1261,12 +1270,9 @@ closely as possible with CUPS.
 </para>
 
 <para>
-<figure><title>Raster to Printer Specific formats</title>
-<mediaobject>
-	<imageobject role="latex"><imagedata fileref="projdoc/imagefiles/9small"/></imageobject>
-	<imageobject><imagedata fileref="projdoc/imagefiles/9small.png"/></imageobject>
-</mediaobject>
-</figure>
+	<image id="small9"><imagedescription>Raster to Printer Specific formats</imagedescription>
+		<imagefile>9small</imagefile>
+	</image>
 </para>
 </sect2>
 
@@ -1356,7 +1362,7 @@ This backend sends printfiles to printers shared by a Windows
 host. An example for CUPS device-URIs to use are:
 <filename>smb://workgroup/server/printersharename</filename>
 Or
-<filename>Smb://server/printersharename</filename>
+<filename>smb://server/printersharename</filename>
 or
 <filename>smb://username:password@workgroup/server/printersharename</filename>
 or
@@ -1387,20 +1393,21 @@ printername).
 Not all of the mentioned backends may be present on your system or
 usable (depending on your hardware configuration). One test for all
 available CUPS backends is provided by the <emphasis>lpinfo</emphasis>
-utility. Used with the <parameter>-v</parameter> parameter, it lists
+utility. Used with the <option>-v</option> parameter, it lists
 all available backends:
 </para>
 
 <para><screen>
-
- lpinfo -v
-
+&prompt;<userinput>lpinfo -v</userinput>
 </screen></para>
 </sect2>
 
 <sect2>
 <title>cupsomatic/Foomatic -- how do they fit into the Picture?</title>
 
+<indexterm><primary>cupsomatic</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm><primary>foomatic</primary></indexterm>
+
 <para>
 "cupsomatic" filters may be the most widely used on CUPS
 installations. You must be clear about the fact that these were not
@@ -1419,9 +1426,7 @@ You can recognize these PPDs from the line calling the
 </para>
 
 <para><screen>
-
  *cupsFilter: "application/vnd.cups-postscript  0  cupsomatic"
-
 </screen></para>
 
 <para>
@@ -1434,6 +1439,8 @@ auto-constructed from the selected PPD and commandline options give to
 the printjob.
 </para>
 
+<indexterm><primary>point and print</primary></indexterm>
+
 <para>
 However, cupsomatic is now deprecated. Its PPDs (especially the first
 generation of them, still in heavy use out there) are not meeting the
@@ -1515,9 +1522,7 @@ associating any PPD with it. This command:
 </para>
 
 <para><screen>
-
- lpadmin -P rawprinter -v socket://11.12.13.14:9100 -E
-
+&prompt;<userinput>lpadmin -P rawprinter -v socket://11.12.13.14:9100 -E</userinput>
 </screen></para>
 
 <para>
@@ -1550,9 +1555,7 @@ message in your CUPS logs like:
 </para>
 
 <para><screen>
-
  Unable to convert file 0 to printable format for job
-
 </screen></para>
 
 <para>
@@ -1573,10 +1576,10 @@ application/octet-stream. In <filename>/etc/cups/mime.types</filename>
 make sure this line is present:
 </para>
 
-<para><screen>
+<indexterm><primary>application/octet-stream</primary></indexterm>
 
+<para><screen>
  application/octet-stream
-
 </screen></para>
 
 <para>
@@ -1587,11 +1590,11 @@ line:
 </para>
 
 <para><screen>
-
  application/octet-stream   application/vnd.cups-raw   0   -
-
 </screen></para>
 
+<indexterm><primary>MIME</primary></indexterm>
+
 <para>
 This line tells CUPS to use the <emphasis>Null Filter</emphasis>
 (denoted as "-", doing... nothing at all) on
@@ -1631,6 +1634,8 @@ conversion filter(s) may be applied to which MIME types.
 <sect2>
 <title>PostScript Printer Descriptions (PPDs) for non-PS Printers</title>
 
+<indexterm><primary>PPD</primary></indexterm>
+
 <para>
 Originally PPDs were meant to be used for PostScript printers
 only. Here, they help to send device-specific commands and settings
@@ -1648,10 +1653,10 @@ PPDs for a non-PS printer have a few lines that are unique to
 CUPS. The most important one looks similar to this:
 </para>
 
-<para><screen>
+<indexterm><primary>application/vnd.cups-raster</primary></indexterm>
 
+<para><screen>
  *cupsFilter: application/vnd.cups-raster  66   rastertoprinter
-
 </screen></para>
 
 <para>
@@ -1673,74 +1678,50 @@ different paper trays, or you may get larger margins than your
 specific model supports):
 </para>
 
-<variablelist>
-<varlistentry><term>deskjet.ppd</term>
-<listitem><para>older HP inkjet printers and compatible
-</para></listitem>
-</varlistentry>
+<table frame="all">
+	<title>PPD's shipped with CUPS</title>
+	<tgroup cols="2" align="left">
+		<colspec align="left"/>
+		<colspec align="justify"/>
+		<thead><row><entry>PPD file</entry><entry>Printer type</entry></row></thead>
+		<tbody>
+			<row><entry>deskjet.ppd</entry><entry>older HP inkjet printers and compatible</entry></row>
 
-<varlistentry><term>deskjet2.ppd</term>
-<listitem><para>newer HP inkjet printers and compatible
-</para></listitem>
-</varlistentry>
+		<row><entry>deskjet2.ppd</entry> <entry>newer HP inkjet printers and compatible </entry> </row>
 
-<varlistentry><term>dymo.ppd</term>
-<listitem><para>label printers
-</para></listitem>
-</varlistentry>
+		<row><entry>dymo.ppd</entry> <entry>label printers </entry> </row>
 
-<varlistentry><term>epson9.ppd</term>
-<listitem><para>Epson 24pin impact printers and compatible
-</para></listitem>
-</varlistentry>
+		<row><entry>epson9.ppd</entry> <entry>Epson 24pin impact printers and compatible </entry> </row>
 
-<varlistentry><term>epson24.ppd</term>
-<listitem><para>Epson 24pin impact printers and compatible
-</para></listitem>
-</varlistentry>
+		<row><entry>epson24.ppd</entry> <entry>Epson 24pin impact printers and compatible </entry> </row>
 
-<varlistentry><term>okidata9.ppd</term>
-<listitem><para>Okidata 9pin impact printers and compatible
-</para></listitem>
-</varlistentry>
+		<row><entry>okidata9.ppd</entry> <entry>Okidata 9pin impact printers and compatible </entry> </row>
 
-<varlistentry><term>okidat24.ppd</term>
-<listitem><para>Okidata 24pin impact printers and compatible
-</para></listitem>
-</varlistentry>
+		<row><entry>okidat24.ppd</entry> <entry>Okidata 24pin impact printers and compatible </entry> </row>
 
-<varlistentry><term>stcolor.ppd</term>
-<listitem><para>older Epson Stylus Color printers
-</para></listitem>
-</varlistentry>
+		<row><entry>stcolor.ppd</entry> <entry>older Epson Stylus Color printers </entry> </row>
 
-<varlistentry><term>stcolor2.ppd</term>
-<listitem><para>newer Epson Stylus Color printers
-</para></listitem>
-</varlistentry>
+		<row><entry>stcolor2.ppd</entry> <entry>newer Epson Stylus Color printers </entry> </row>
 
-<varlistentry><term>stphoto.ppd</term>
-<listitem><para>older Epson Stylus Photo printers
-</para></listitem>
-</varlistentry>
+		<row><entry>stphoto.ppd</entry> <entry>older Epson Stylus Photo printers </entry> </row>
 
-<varlistentry><term>stphoto2.ppd</term>
-<listitem><para>newer Epson Stylus Photo printers
-</para></listitem>
-</varlistentry>
+		<row><entry>stphoto2.ppd</entry> <entry>newer Epson Stylus Photo printers </entry> </row>
+
+		<row><entry>laserjet.ppd</entry> <entry>all PCL printers. Further below is a discussion of several other driver/PPD-packages suitable for use with CUPS.  </entry> </row>
+
+		</tbody>
+	</tgroup>
+</table>
 
-<varlistentry><term>laserjet.ppd</term>
-<listitem><para>all PCL printers. Further below is a discussion
-of several other driver/PPD-packages suitable fur use with CUPS.
-</para></listitem>
-</varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
 </sect2>
 
 <sect2>
 <title>Difference between <emphasis>cupsomatic/foomatic-rip</emphasis> and
 <emphasis>native CUPS</emphasis> printing</title>
 
+<indexterm><primary>cupsomatic</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm><primary>foomatic-rip</primary></indexterm>
+
 <para>
 Native CUPS rasterization works in two steps.
 </para>
@@ -1748,6 +1729,7 @@ Native CUPS rasterization works in two steps.
 <itemizedlist>
 <listitem><para>
 First is the "pstoraster" step. It uses the special "cups"
+<indexterm><primary>ESP</primary><secondary>Ghostscript</secondary></indexterm>
 device from ESP Ghostscript 7.05.x as its tool
 </para></listitem>
 
@@ -1764,12 +1746,9 @@ advantages) than other methods.
 </para>
 
 <para>
-<figure><title>cupsomatic/foomatic processing versus Native CUPS</title>
-<mediaobject>
-	<imageobject role="latex"><imagedata fileref="projdoc/imagefiles/10small"/></imageobject>
-	<imageobject><imagedata fileref="projdoc/imagefiles/10small.png"/></imageobject>
-</mediaobject>
-</figure>
+	<image id="small10"><imagedescription>cupsomatic/foomatic processing versus Native CUPS</imagedescription>
+		<imagefile>10small</imagefile>
+	</image>
 </para>
 
 <para>
@@ -1777,7 +1756,7 @@ One other method is the <emphasis>cupsomatic/foomatic-rip</emphasis>
 way. Note that cupsomatic is <emphasis>not</emphasis> made by the CUPS
 developers. It is an independent contribution to printing development,
 made by people from Linuxprinting.org (see also <ulink
-url="http://www.cups.org/cups-help.html">http://www.cups.org/cups-help.html</ulink>).
+	noescape="1" url="http://www.cups.org/cups-help.html">http://www.cups.org/cups-help.html</ulink>).
 cupsomatic is no longer developed and maintained and is no longer
 supported. It has now been replaced by
 <emphasis>foomatic-rip</emphasis>. foomatic-rip is a complete re-write
@@ -1788,6 +1767,8 @@ too.
 </para>
 
 <para>
+	<indexterm><primary>cupsomatic</primary></indexterm>
+	<indexterm><primary>foomatic</primary></indexterm>
 Both the cupsomatic (old) and the foomatic-rip (new) methods from
 Linuxprinting.org use the traditional Ghostscript print file
 processing, doing everything in a single step. It therefore relies on
@@ -1855,12 +1836,10 @@ backend, which transfers the job to the printers.</para></listitem>
 </itemizedlist>
 
 <para>
-The resulting filter chain therefore is:
+	The resulting filter chain therefore is as drawn in <link linkend="pdftosocket">the image below</link>.
 </para>
 
-<para><screen>
-pdftops --&gt; pstops --&gt; socket
-</screen></para>
+<image><imagefile>pdftosocket</imagefile><imagedescription>PDF to socket chain</imagedescription></image>
 
 <para>
 Assume your want to print the same filter to an USB-connected
@@ -1904,12 +1883,10 @@ which transfers the job to the printers.</para></listitem>
 </itemizedlist>
 
 <para>
-The resulting filter chain therefore is:
+	The resulting filter chain therefore is as drawn in <link linkend="pdftoepsonusb">the image below</link>.
 </para>
 
-<para><screen>
-pdftops --&gt; pstops --&gt; pstoraster --&gt; rastertoepson --&gt; usb
-</screen></para>
+<image><imagefile>pdftoepsonusb</imagefile><imagedescription>PDF to USB chain</imagedescription></image>
 </sect2>
 
 <sect2>
@@ -1922,44 +1899,46 @@ supporting more than 1000 non-PostScript models.
 </para>
 
 <itemizedlist>
+<indexterm><primary>ESP</primary><secondary>Print Pro</secondary></indexterm>
+<indexterm><primary>PrintPro</primary><see>ESP Print Pro</see></indexterm>
 <listitem><para><ulink url="http://wwwl.easysw.com/printpro/">ESP
-PrintPro (http://wwwl.easysw.com/printpro/)</ulink> (commercial,
+PrintPro</ulink> (commercial,
 non-Free) is packaged with more than 3000 PPDs, ready for
 successful use "out of the box" on Linux, Mac OS X, IBM-AIX,
-HP-UX, Sun-Solaris, SGI-IRIX, Compaq Tru64, Digital Unix and some
+HP-UX, Sun-Solaris, SGI-IRIX, Compaq Tru64, Digital UNIX and some
 more commercial Unices (it is written by the CUPS developers
 themselves and its sales help finance the further development of
 CUPS, as they feed their creators).</para></listitem>
 
 <listitem><para>the <ulink
 url="http://gimp-print.sourceforge.net/">Gimp-Print-Project
-(http://gimp-print.sourceforge.net/)</ulink> (GPL, Free Software)
+</ulink> (GPL, Free Software)
 provides around 140 PPDs (supporting nearly 400 printers, many driven
 to photo quality output), to be used alongside the Gimp-Print CUPS
 filters;</para></listitem>
 
 <listitem><para><ulink url="http://www.turboprint.com/">TurboPrint
-(http://www.turboprint.com/)</ulink> (Shareware, non-Free) supports
+</ulink> (Shareware, non-Free) supports
 roughly the same amount of printers in excellent
 quality;</para></listitem>
 
 <listitem><para><ulink
 url="http://www-124.ibm.com/developerworks/oss/linux/projects/omni/">OMNI
-(http://www-124.ibm.com/developerworks/oss/linux/projects/omni/)</ulink>
+</ulink>
 (LPGL, Free) is a package made by IBM, now containing support for more
 than 400 printers, stemming from the inheritance of IBM OS/2 Know-How
 ported over to Linux (CUPS support is in a Beta-stage at
 present);</para></listitem>
 
 <listitem><para><ulink url="http://hpinkjet.sourceforge.net/">HPIJS
-(http://hpinkjet.sourceforge.net/)</ulink> (BSD-style licenses, Free)
+</ulink> (BSD-style licenses, Free)
 supports around 150 of HP's own printers and is also providing
 excellent print quality now (currently available only via the Foomatic
 path);</para></listitem>
 
 <listitem><para><ulink
 url="http://www.linuxprinting.org/">Foomatic/cupsomatic
-(http://www.linuxprinting.org/)</ulink> (LPGL, Free) from
+</ulink> (LPGL, Free) from
 Linuxprinting.org are providing PPDs for practically every Ghostscript
 filter known to the world (including Omni, Gimp-Print and
 HPIJS).</para></listitem>
@@ -1990,9 +1969,8 @@ the <command>-i</command> option:
 </para>
 
 <para><screen>
-
- lpadmin -p pclprinter -v socket://11.12.13.14:9100 -i /path/to/interface-script
-
+&rootprompt;<userinput>lpadmin -p pclprinter -v socket://11.12.13.14:9100 \
+  -i /path/to/interface-script</userinput>
 </screen></para>
 
 <para>
@@ -2001,7 +1979,7 @@ with CUPS they provide the most easy way to plug in your own
 custom-written filtering script or program into one specific print
 queue (some information about the traditional usage of interface scripts is
 to be found at <ulink
-url="http://playground.sun.com/printing/documentation/interface.html">http://playground.sun.com/printing/documentation/interface.html</ulink>).
+	noescape="1" url="http://playground.sun.com/printing/documentation/interface.html">http://playground.sun.com/printing/documentation/interface.html</ulink>).
 </para>
 </sect2>
 </sect1>
@@ -2024,6 +2002,9 @@ Windows clients printing to an NT-based print server have two
 options. They may
 </para>
 
+<indexterm><primary>GDI</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm><primary>EMF</primary></indexterm>
+
 <itemizedlist>
 <listitem><para>execute the driver locally and render the GDI output
 (EMF) into the printer specific format on their own,
@@ -2045,45 +2026,45 @@ Both print paths are shown in the flowcharts below.
 <para>
 In the first case the print server must spool the file as "raw",
 meaning it shouldn't touch the jobfile and try to convert it in any
-way. This is what traditional Unix-based print server can do too; and
+way. This is what traditional UNIX-based print server can do too; and
 at a better performance and more reliably than NT print server. This
 is what most Samba administrators probably are familiar with. One
 advantage of this setup is that this "spooling-only" print server may
-be used even if no driver(s) for Unix are available it is sufficient
+be used even if no driver(s) for UNIX are available it is sufficient
 to have the Windows client drivers available and installed on the
 clients.
 </para>
 
 <para>
-<figure><title>Print Driver execution on the Client</title>
-<mediaobject>
-	<imageobject role="latex"><imagedata fileref="projdoc/imagefiles/11small"/></imageobject>
-	<imageobject><imagedata fileref="projdoc/imagefiles/11small.png"/></imageobject>
-</mediaobject>
-</figure>
+	<image id="small11"><imagedescription>Print Driver execution on the Client</imagedescription>
+		<imagefile>11small</imagefile>
+	</image>
 </para>
 </sect2>
 
 <sect2>
 <title>Driver Execution on the Server</title>
 
+<indexterm><primary>PostScript</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm><primary>PCL</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm><primary>ESC/P</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm><primary>EMF</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm><primary>GDI</primary></indexterm>
+
 <para>
 The other path executes the printer driver on the server. The clients
 transfers print files in EMF format to the server. The server uses the
 PostScript, PCL, ESC/P or other driver to convert the EMF file into
-the printer-specific language. It is not possible for Unix to do the
+the printer-specific language. It is not possible for UNIX to do the
 same. Currently there is no program or method to convert a Windows
-client's GDI output on a Unix server into something a printer could
+client's GDI output on a UNIX server into something a printer could
 understand.
 </para>
 
 <para>
-<figure><title>Print Driver execution on the Server</title>
-<mediaobject>
-	<imageobject role="latex"><imagedata fileref="projdoc/imagefiles/12small"/></imageobject>
-	<imageobject><imagedata fileref="projdoc/imagefiles/12small.png"/></imageobject>
-</mediaobject>
-</figure>
+	<image id="small12"><imagedescription>Print Driver execution on the Server</imagedescription>
+		<imagefile>12small</imagefile>
+	</image>
 </para>
 
 <para>
@@ -2130,20 +2111,19 @@ printer is a non-PostScript model. It also requires that you have a
 
 <para>
 Firstly, to enable CUPS based printing through Samba the
-following options should be set in your <filename>smb.conf</filename> file [globals]
+following options should be set in your &smb.conf; file [global]
 section:
 </para>
 
 <itemizedlist>
-<listitem><para><parameter>printing = CUPS</parameter></para></listitem>
+<listitem><para><smbconfoption><name>printing</name><value>cups</value></smbconfoption></para></listitem>
 
-<listitem><para><parameter>printcap = CUPS</parameter></para></listitem>
+<listitem><para><smbconfoption><name>printcap</name><value>cups</value></smbconfoption></para></listitem>
 </itemizedlist>
 
 <para>
 When these parameters are specified, all manually set print directives
-(like <parameter>print command =...</parameter>, or <parameter>lppause
-command =...</parameter>) in <filename>smb.conf</filename> (as well as
+(like <smbconfoption><name>print command</name></smbconfoption>, or <smbconfoption><name>lppause command</name></smbconfoption>) in &smb.conf; (as well as
 in samba itself) will be ignored. Instead, Samba will directly
 interface with CUPS through it's application program interface (API) -
 as long as Samba has been compiled with CUPS library (libcups)
@@ -2152,16 +2132,13 @@ other print commands are set up, then printing will use the
 <emphasis>System V</emphasis> AT&amp;T command set, with the -oraw
 option automatically passing through (if you want your own defined
 print commands to work with a Samba that has CUPS support compiled in,
-simply use <parameter>printing = sysv</parameter>).
+simply use <smbconfoption><name>printing</name><value>sysv</value></smbconfoption>).
 </para>
 
 <para>
-<figure><title>Printing via CUPS/samba server</title>
-<mediaobject>
-	<imageobject role="latex"><imagedata fileref="projdoc/imagefiles/13small"/></imageobject>
-	<imageobject><imagedata fileref="projdoc/imagefiles/13small.png"/></imageobject>
-</mediaobject>
-</figure>
+<image id="small13"><imagedescription>Printing via CUPS/samba server</imagedescription>
+	<imagefile>13small</imagefile>
+</image>
 </para>
 </sect2>
 
@@ -2170,10 +2147,10 @@ simply use <parameter>printing = sysv</parameter>).
 
 <para>
 Samba <emphasis>must</emphasis> use its own spool directory (it is set
-by a line similar to <parameter>path = /var/spool/samba</parameter>,
-in the <parameter>[printers]</parameter> or
-<parameter>[printername]</parameter> section of
-<filename>smb.conf</filename>). Samba receives the job in its own
+by a line similar to <smbconfoption><name>path</name><value>/var/spool/samba</value></smbconfoption>,
+in the <smbconfsection>[printers]</smbconfsection> or
+<smbconfsection>[printername]</smbconfsection> section of
+&smb.conf;). Samba receives the job in its own
 spool space and passes it into the spool directory of CUPS (the CUPS
 spooling directory is set by the <parameter>RequestRoot</parameter>
 directive, in a line that defaults to <parameter>RequestRoot
@@ -2196,6 +2173,10 @@ need to make sure the Samba host gets access to printing on CUPS.
 <title>Network PostScript RIP: CUPS Filters on Server -- clients use
 PostScript Driver with CUPS-PPDs</title>
 
+<indexterm><primary>PostScript</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm><primary>PCL</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm><primary>PJL</primary></indexterm>
+
 <para>
 PPDs can control all print device options. They are usually provided
 by the manufacturer; if you own a PostScript printer, that is. PPD
@@ -2211,7 +2192,7 @@ printer. Printer driver GUI dialogs translate these options
 CUPS can load, without any conversions, the PPD file from any Windows
 (NT is recommended) PostScript driver and handle the options. There is
 a web browser interface to the print options (select <ulink
-url="http://localhost:631/printers/">http://localhost:631/printers/</ulink>
+noescape="1" url="http://localhost:631/printers/">http://localhost:631/printers/</ulink>
 and click on one <emphasis>Configure Printer</emphasis> button to see
 it), or a commandline interface (see <command>man lpoptions</command>
 or see if you have lphelp on your system). There are also some
@@ -2223,6 +2204,8 @@ PostScript RIP on the real PostScript printer.
 <sect2>
 <title>PPDs for non-PS Printers on UNIX</title>
 
+<indexterm><primary>PPD</primary></indexterm>
+
 <para>
 CUPS doesn't limit itself to "real" PostScript printers in its usage
 of PPDs. The CUPS developers have extended the scope of the PPD
@@ -2248,6 +2231,7 @@ proper raster print format.
 <sect2>
 <title>PPDs for non-PS Printers on Windows</title>
 
+<indexterm><primary>PPD</primary></indexterm>
 <para>
 CUPS-PPDs can also be used on Windows-Clients, on top of a
 "core" PostScript driver (now recommended is the "CUPS PostScript
@@ -2309,7 +2293,7 @@ of Death" on a regular basis?
 PostScript drivers generally are very well tested. They are not known
 to cause any problems, even though they run in Kernel Mode too. This
 might be because there have so far only been 2 different PostScript
-drivers the ones from Adobe and the one from Microsoft. Both are
+drivers: the ones from Adobe and the one from Microsoft. Both are
 very well tested and are as stable as you ever can imagine on
 Windows. The CUPS driver is derived from the Microsoft one.
 </para>
@@ -2332,6 +2316,9 @@ better, if driven by a different driver! )
 <sect2>
 <title>CUPS: a "Magical Stone"?</title>
 
+<indexterm><primary>PPD</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm><primary>PostScript</primary></indexterm>
+
 <para>
 Using a PostScript driver, enabled with a CUPS-PPD, seems to be a very
 elegant way to overcome all these shortcomings. There are, depending
@@ -2351,6 +2338,7 @@ although the first feedbacks look very promising.
 <title>PostScript Drivers with no major problems -- even in Kernel
 Mode</title>
 
+<indexterm><primary>DDK</primary></indexterm>
 <para>
 More recent printer drivers on W2K and XP don't run in Kernel mode
 (unlike Win NT) any more. However, both operating systems can still
@@ -2372,7 +2360,7 @@ owner of an "MS DDK for Win NT", you can check the driver yourself.
 </sect1>
 
 <sect1>
-<title> Setting up CUPS for driver Download</title>
+<title>Setting up CUPS for driver Download</title>
 
 <para>
 As we have said before: all previously known methods to prepare client
@@ -2386,10 +2374,12 @@ relationship.
 <sect2>
 <title><emphasis>cupsaddsmb</emphasis>: the unknown Utility</title>
 
+<indexterm><primary>cupsaddsmb</primary></indexterm>
+
 <para>
 The cupsaddsmb utility (shipped with all current CUPS versions) is an
 alternative method to transfer printer drivers into the Samba
-<parameter>[print$]</parameter> share. Remember, this share is where
+<smbconfsection>[print$]</smbconfsection> share. Remember, this share is where
 clients expect drivers deposited and setup for download and
 installation.  It makes the sharing of any (or all) installed CUPS
 printers very easy. cupsaddsmb can use the Adobe PostScript driver as
@@ -2427,68 +2417,66 @@ too if you need to support Windows 95, 98, and ME clients.
 </sect2>
 
 <sect2>
-<title>Prepare your <filename>smb.conf</filename> for
-cupsaddsmb</title>
+<title>Prepare your &smb.conf; for cupsaddsmb</title>
 
 <para>
 Prior to running cupsaddsmb, you need the following settings in
-<filename>smb.conf</filename>:
-</para>
-
-<para><screen>
-
- [global]
-         load printers = yes
-         printing = cups
-         printcap name = cups
-
- [printers]
-         comment = All Printers
-         path = /var/spool/samba
-         browseable = no
-         public = yes
-         guest ok = yes           # setting depends on your requirements
-         writable = no
-         printable = yes
-         printer admin = root
-
- [print$]
-         comment = Printer Drivers
-         path = /etc/samba/drivers
-         browseable = yes
-         guest ok = no
-         read only = yes
-         write list = root  
-
-</screen></para>
+&smb.conf;:
+</para>
+
+<para><smbconfexample>
+		<title>smb.conf for cupsaddsmb usage</title>
+<smbconfsection>[global]</smbconfsection>
+<smbconfoption><name>load printers</name><value>yes</value></smbconfoption>
+<smbconfoption><name>printing</name><value>cups</value></smbconfoption>
+<smbconfoption><name>printcap name</name><value>cups</value></smbconfoption>
+
+<smbconfsection>[printers]</smbconfsection>
+<smbconfoption><name>comment</name><value>All Printers</value></smbconfoption>
+<smbconfoption><name>path</name><value>/var/spool/samba</value></smbconfoption>
+<smbconfoption><name>browseable</name><value>no</value></smbconfoption>
+<smbconfoption><name>public</name><value>yes</value></smbconfoption>
+<smbconfcomment>setting depends on your requirements</smbconfcomment>
+<smbconfoption><name>guest ok</name><value>yes</value></smbconfoption>
+<smbconfoption><name>writable</name><value>no</value></smbconfoption>
+<smbconfoption><name>printable</name><value>yes</value></smbconfoption>
+<smbconfoption><name>printer admin</name><value>root</value></smbconfoption>
+ <smbconfsection>[print$]</smbconfsection>
+<smbconfoption><name>comment</name><value>Printer Drivers</value></smbconfoption>
+<smbconfoption><name>path</name><value>/etc/samba/drivers</value></smbconfoption>
+<smbconfoption><name>browseable</name><value>yes</value></smbconfoption>
+<smbconfoption><name>guest ok</name><value>no</value></smbconfoption>
+<smbconfoption><name>read only</name><value>yes</value></smbconfoption>
+<smbconfoption><name>write list</name><value>root</value></smbconfoption>
+</smbconfexample></para>
 </sect2>
 
 <sect2>
 <title>CUPS Package of "PostScript Driver for WinNT/2k/XP"</title>
+<indexterm><primary>PostScript</primary></indexterm>
 
 <para>
-CUPS users may get the exactly same packages from<ulink
-url="http://www.cups.org/software.html"><emphasis>http://www.cups.org/software.html</emphasis></ulink>.
+CUPS users may get the exactly same packages from <ulink
+noescape="1" url="http://www.cups.org/software.html">http://www.cups.org/software.html</ulink>.
 It is a separate package from the CUPS base software files, tagged as
-<emphasis>CUPS 1.1.x Windows NT/2k/XP Printer Driver for SAMBA
+<emphasis>CUPS 1.1.x Windows NT/2k/XP Printer Driver for Samba
 (tar.gz, 192k)</emphasis>. The filename to download is
 <filename>cups-samba-1.1.x.tar.gz</filename>. Upon untar-/unzip-ing,
 it will reveal these files:
 </para>
 
 <para><screen>
-
-# tar xvzf cups-samba-1.1.19.tar.gz 
-
-   cups-samba.install
-   cups-samba.license
-   cups-samba.readme
-   cups-samba.remove
-   cups-samba.ss
-
+&rootprompt;<userinput>tar xvzf cups-samba-1.1.19.tar.gz</userinput>
+cups-samba.install
+cups-samba.license
+cups-samba.readme
+cups-samba.remove
+cups-samba.ss
 </screen></para>
 
 <para>
+<indexterm><primary>ESP</primary><secondary>meta packager</secondary></indexterm>
+<indexterm><primary>EPM</primary><see>ESP meta packager</see></indexterm>
 These have been packaged with the ESP meta packager software
 "EPM". The <filename>*.install</filename> and
 <filename>*.remove</filename> files are simple shell scripts, which
@@ -2500,13 +2488,10 @@ files:
 </para>
 
 <para><screen>
-
-# tar tv cups-samba.ss
-
-    cupsdrvr.dll
-    cupsui.dll
-    cups.hlp  
-
+&rootprompt;<userinput>tar tv cups-samba.ss</userinput>
+cupsdrvr.dll
+cupsui.dll
+cups.hlp  
 </screen></para>
 
 <para>
@@ -2515,15 +2500,12 @@ handle:
 </para>
 
 <para><screen>
-
-# ./cups-samba.install
-
-   [....]
-   Installing software...
-   Updating file permissions...
-   Running post-install commands...
-   Installation is complete.        
-
+&rootprompt;<userinput>./cups-samba.install</userinput>
+[....]
+Installing software...
+Updating file permissions...
+Running post-install commands...
+Installation is complete.        
 </screen></para>
 
 <para>
@@ -2542,11 +2524,11 @@ right place.
 </para></warning>
 
 <para><screen>
-
-   cp /usr/share/drivers/cups.hlp /usr/share/cups/drivers/
-
+&rootprompt;<userinput>cp /usr/share/drivers/cups.hlp /usr/share/cups/drivers/</userinput>
 </screen></para>
 
+<indexterm><primary>DDK</primary></indexterm>
+
 <para>
 This new CUPS PostScript driver is currently binary-only, but free of
 charge. No complete source code is provided (yet). The reason is this:
@@ -2567,14 +2549,15 @@ The CUPS drivers don't support the "older" Windows 95/98/ME, but only
 the Windows NT/2000/XP client:
 </para>
 
-<para><screen>
+<para>Windows NT, 2000, and XP are supported by:</para>
 
- [Windows NT, 2000, and XP are supported by:]
-         cups.hlp
-         cupsdrvr.dll
-         cupsui.dll
-
-</screen></para>
+<para>
+	<itemizedlist>
+		<listitem><para>cups.hlp</para></listitem>
+		<listitem><para>cupsdrvr.dll</para></listitem>
+		<listitem><para>cupsui.dll</para></listitem>
+	</itemizedlist>
+</para>
 
 <para>
 Adobe drivers are available for the older Windows 95/98/ME as well as
@@ -2582,22 +2565,29 @@ the Windows NT/2000/XP clients. The set of files is different for the
 different platforms.
 </para>
 
-<para><screen>
+<para>Windows 95, 98, and Me are supported by:</para>
 
- [Windows 95, 98, and Me are supported by:]
-         ADFONTS.MFM
-         ADOBEPS4.DRV
-         ADOBEPS4.HLP
-         DEFPRTR2.PPD
-         ICONLIB.DLL
-         PSMON.DLL
+<para>
+	<itemizedlist>
+	<listitem><para>ADFONTS.MFM</para></listitem>
+	<listitem><para>ADOBEPS4.DRV</para></listitem>
+	<listitem><para>ADOBEPS4.HLP</para></listitem>
+	<listitem><para>DEFPRTR2.PPD</para></listitem>
+	<listitem><para>ICONLIB.DLL</para></listitem>
+	<listitem><para>PSMON.DLL</para></listitem>
+</itemizedlist>
+</para>
 
- [Windows NT, 2000, and XP are supported by:]
-         ADOBEPS5.DLL
-         ADOBEPSU.DLL
-         ADOBEPSU.HLP
+<para>Windows NT, 2000, and XP are supported by:</para>
 
-</screen></para>
+<para>
+<itemizedlist>
+	<listitem><para>ADOBEPS5.DLL</para></listitem>
+	<listitem><para>ADOBEPSU.DLL</para></listitem>
+	<listitem><para>ADOBEPSU.HLP</para></listitem>
+</itemizedlist>
+
+</para>
 
 <note><para>
 If both, the Adobe driver files and the CUPS driver files for the
@@ -2620,7 +2610,7 @@ native installer and run the installation process on one client
 once. This will install the drivers (and one Generic PostScript
 printer) locally on the client.  When they are installed, share the
 Generic PostScript printer.  After this, the client's
-<parameter>[print$]</parameter> share holds the Adobe files, from
+<smbconfsection>[print$]</smbconfsection> share holds the Adobe files, from
 where you can get them with smbclient from the CUPS host. A more
 detailed description about this is in the next (the CUPS printing)
 chapter.
@@ -2631,19 +2621,22 @@ chapter.
 <title>ESP Print Pro Package of "PostScript Driver for
 WinNT/2k/XP"</title>
 
+
+<indexterm><primary>ESP</primary><secondary>Print Pro</secondary></indexterm>
+
 <para>
 Users of the ESP Print Pro software are able to install their "Samba
 Drivers" package for this purpose with no problem. Retrieve the driver
 files from the normal download area of the ESP Print Pro software
-at<ulink
-url="http://www.easysw.com/software.html">http://www.easysw.com/software.html</ulink>.
+at <ulink
+	noescape="1" url="http://www.easysw.com/software.html">http://www.easysw.com/software.html</ulink>.
 You need to locate the link labelled "SAMBA" amongst the
 <emphasis>Download Printer Drivers for ESP Print Pro 4.x</emphasis>
 area and download the package. Once installed, you can prepare any
 driver by simply highlighting the printer in the Printer Manager GUI
 and select <emphasis>Export Driver...</emphasis> from the menu. Of
 course you need to have prepared Samba beforehand too to handle the
-driver files; i.e.  mainly setup the <parameter>[print$]</parameter>
+driver files; i.e.  mainly setup the <smbconfsection>[print$]</smbconfsection>
 share, etc. The ESP Print Pro package includes the CUPS driver files
 as well as a (licensed) set of Adobe drivers for the Windows 95/98/ME
 client family.
@@ -2653,11 +2646,13 @@ client family.
 <sect2>
 <title>Caveats to be considered</title>
 
+<indexterm><primary>cupsaddsmb</primary></indexterm>
+
 <para>
 Once you have run the install script (and possibly manually
 moved the <filename>cups.hlp</filename> file to
 <filename>/usr/share/cups/drivers/</filename>), the driver is
-ready to be put into Samba's <parameter>[print$]</parameter> share (which often maps to
+ready to be put into Samba's <smbconfsection>[print$]</smbconfsection> share (which often maps to
 <filename>/etc/samba/drivers/</filename> and contains a subdir
 tree with <emphasis>WIN40</emphasis> and
 <emphasis>W32X86</emphasis> branches): You do this by running
@@ -2666,6 +2661,7 @@ CUPS since release 1.1.16).
 </para>
 
 <tip><para>
+<indexterm><primary>Single Sign On</primary></indexterm>
 You may need to put root into the smbpasswd file by running
 <command>smbpasswd</command>; this is especially important if you
 should run this whole procedure for the first time, and are not
@@ -2674,7 +2670,7 @@ working in an environment where everything is configured for
 </para></tip>
 
 <para>
-Once the driver files are in the <parameter>[print$]</parameter> share
+Once the driver files are in the <smbconfsection>[print$]</smbconfsection> share
 and are initialized, they are ready to be downloaded and installed by
 the Win NT/2k/XP clients.
 </para>
@@ -2696,6 +2692,7 @@ automatically prefer "its own" drivers if it finds both.
 </para></listitem>
 
 <listitem><para>
+<indexterm><primary>"Printers" folder</primary></indexterm>
 Should your Win clients have had the old <filename>ADOBE*.*</filename>
 files for the Adobe PostScript driver installed, the download and
 installation of the new CUPS PostScript driver for Windows NT/2k/XP
@@ -2703,8 +2700,7 @@ will fail at first. You need to wipe the old driver from the clients
 first. It is not enough to "delete" the printer, as the driver files
 will still be kept by the clients and re-used if you try to re-install
 the printer. To really get rid of the Adobe driver files on the
-clients, open the "Printers" folder (possibly via <emphasis>Start
---&gt; Settings --&gt; Control Panel --&gt; Printers</emphasis>),
+clients, open the "Printers" folder (possibly via <emphasis>Start, Settings, Control Panel, Printers</emphasis>),
 right-click onto the folder background and select <emphasis>Server
 Properties</emphasis>. When the new dialog opens, select the
 <emphasis>Drivers</emphasis> tab. On the list select the driver you
@@ -2716,9 +2712,10 @@ Administrator privileges to do this.
 </para></listitem>
 
 <listitem><para>
+<indexterm><primary>rpcclient</primary><secondary>setdriver</secondary></indexterm>
 Once you have successfully downloaded the CUPS PostScript driver to a
 client, you can easily switch all printers to this one by proceeding
-as described elsewhere in the "Samba HOWTO Collection": either change
+as described in <link linkend="printing">the printing chapter</link>: either change
 a driver for an existing printer by running the "Printer Properties"
 dialog, or use <command>rpcclient</command> with the
 <command>setdriver</command> sub-command.
@@ -2728,8 +2725,8 @@ dialog, or use <command>rpcclient</command> with the
 </sect2>
 
 <sect2>
-<title>What are the Benefits of using the "CUPS PostScript Driver for
-Windows NT/2k/XP" as compared to the Adobe Driver?</title>
+<title>Benefits of using "CUPS PostScript Driver for
+Windows NT/2k/XP" instead of Adobe Driver</title>
 
 <para>
 You are interested in a comparison between the CUPS and the Adobe
@@ -2743,7 +2740,9 @@ items which weigh in favor of the CUPS ones:
 <listitem><para>no hassle with the question <quote>Where do I
 get the ADOBE*.* driver files from?</quote></para></listitem>
 
-<listitem><para>the Adobe drivers (on request of the printer PPD
+<listitem><para>
+<indexterm><primary>PJL</primary></indexterm>
+		the Adobe drivers (on request of the printer PPD
 associated with them) often put a PJL header in front of the main
 PostScript part of the print file. Thus the printfile starts with
 <parameter>&lt;1B &gt;%-12345X</parameter> or
@@ -2752,8 +2751,10 @@ of <parameter>%!PS</parameter>). This leads to the
 CUPS daemon auto-typing the incoming file as a print-ready file,
 not initiating a pass through the "pstops" filter (to speak more
 technically, it is not regarded as the generic MIME type 
+<indexterm><primary>application/postscript</primary></indexterm>
 <emphasis>application/postscript</emphasis>, but as
 the more special MIME type
+<indexterm><primary>application/cups.vnd-postscript</primary></indexterm>
 <emphasis>application/cups.vnd-postscript</emphasis>),
 which therefore also leads to the page accounting in
 <emphasis>/var/log/cups/page_log</emphasis> not
@@ -2801,42 +2802,33 @@ fully fledged CUPS IPP client for Windows NT/2K/XP to be released soon
 <sect2>
 <title>Run "cupsaddsmb" (quiet Mode)</title>
 
+<indexterm><primary>cupsaddsmb</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm><primary>point and print</primary></indexterm>
+
 <para>
 The cupsaddsmb command copies the needed files into your
-<parameter>[print$]</parameter> share. Additionally, the PPD
+<smbconfsection>[print$]</smbconfsection> share. Additionally, the PPD
 associated with this printer is copied from
 <filename>/etc/cups/ppd/</filename> to
-<parameter>[print$]</parameter>. There the files wait for convenient
+<smbconfsection>[print$]</smbconfsection>. There the files wait for convenient
 Windows client installations via Point'n'Print. Before we can run the
 command successfully, we need to be sure that we can authenticate
 towards Samba. If you have a small network you are probably using user
-level security (<parameter>security = user</parameter>). Probably your
-root has already a Samba account. Otherwise, create it now, using
-<command>smbpasswd</command>:
+level security (<smbconfoption><name>security</name><value>user</value></smbconfoption>). 
 </para>
 
-<para><screen>
-
- #  smbpasswd -a root 
- New SMB password: [type in password 'secret']
- Retype new SMB password: [type in password 'secret']
-
-</screen></para>
-
 <para>
 Here is an example of a successfully run cupsaddsmb command. 
 </para>
 
 <para><screen>
-
- #  cupsaddsmb -U root infotec_IS2027
- Password for root required to access localhost via SAMBA: [type in password 'secret']
-
+&rootprompt;<userinput>cupsaddsmb -U root infotec_IS2027</userinput>
+Password for root required to access localhost via Samba: <userinput>['secret']</userinput>
 </screen></para>
 
 <para>
 To share <emphasis>all</emphasis> printers and drivers, use the
-<parameter>-a</parameter> parameter instead of a printer name. Since
+<option>-a</option> parameter instead of a printer name. Since
 cupsaddsmb "exports" the printer drivers to Samba, it should be
 obvious that it only works for queues with a CUPS driver associated.
 </para>
@@ -2845,9 +2837,11 @@ obvious that it only works for queues with a CUPS driver associated.
 <sect2>
 <title>Run "cupsaddsmb" with verbose Output</title>
 
+<indexterm><primary>cupsaddsmb</primary></indexterm>
+
 <para>
 Probably you want to see what's going on. Use the
-<parameter>-v</parameter> parameter to get a more verbose output. The
+<option>-v</option> parameter to get a more verbose output. The
 output below was edited for better readability: all "\" at the end of
 a line indicate that I inserted an artificial line break plus some
 indentation here:
@@ -2855,86 +2849,79 @@ indentation here:
 
 <warning><para>
 You will see the root password for the Samba account printed on
-screen. If you use remote access, the password will go over the wire
-unencrypted!
+screen. 
 </para></warning>
 
+<indexterm><primary>rpcclient</primary><secondary>adddriver</secondary></indexterm>
+<indexterm><primary>rpcclient</primary><secondary>setdriver</secondary></indexterm>
 <para><screen>
-
-  # cupsaddsmb -U root -v infotec_2105
-  Password for root required to access localhost via SAMBA:
-  Running command: smbclient //localhost/print\$ -N -U'root%secret' -c 'mkdir W32X86;put   \
-                   /var/spool/cups/tmp/3e98bf2d333b5 W32X86/infotec_2105.ppd;put           \
-                   /usr/share/cups/drivers/cupsdrvr.dll W32X86/cupsdrvr.dll;put            \
-                   /usr/share/cups/drivers/cupsui.dll W32X86/cupsui.dll;put                \
-                   /usr/share/cups/drivers/cups.hlp W32X86/cups.hlp'
-  added interface ip=10.160.51.60 bcast=10.160.51.255 nmask=255.255.252.0
-  Domain=[CUPS-PRINT] OS=[Unix] Server=[Samba 2.2.7a]
-  NT_STATUS_OBJECT_NAME_COLLISION making remote directory \W32X86
-  putting file /var/spool/cups/tmp/3e98bf2d333b5 as \W32X86/infotec_2105.ppd (2328.8 kb/s) \
-               (average 2328.8 kb/s)
-  putting file /usr/share/cups/drivers/cupsdrvr.dll as \W32X86/cupsdrvr.dll (9374.3 kb/s)  \
-               (average 5206.6 kb/s)
-  putting file /usr/share/cups/drivers/cupsui.dll as \W32X86/cupsui.dll (8107.2 kb/s)      \
-               (average 5984.1 kb/s)
-  putting file /usr/share/cups/drivers/cups.hlp as \W32X86/cups.hlp (3475.0 kb/s)          \
-               (average 5884.7 kb/s)
+&rootprompt;<userinput>cupsaddsmb -U root -v infotec_2105</userinput>
+Password for root required to access localhost via &example.server.samba;:
+Running command: smbclient //localhost/print\$ -N -U'root%secret' \
+    -c 'mkdir W32X86; \
+    put /var/spool/cups/tmp/3e98bf2d333b5 W32X86/infotec_2105.ppd; \
+	put /usr/share/cups/drivers/cupsdrvr.dll W32X86/cupsdrvr.dll; \
+    put /usr/share/cups/drivers/cupsui.dll W32X86/cupsui.dll; \
+    put /usr/share/cups/drivers/cups.hlp W32X86/cups.hlp'
+added interface ip=10.160.51.60 bcast=10.160.51.255 nmask=255.255.252.0
+Domain=[CUPS-PRINT] OS=[UNIX] Server=[Samba 2.2.7a]
+NT_STATUS_OBJECT_NAME_COLLISION making remote directory \W32X86
+putting file /var/spool/cups/tmp/3e98bf2d333b5 as \W32X86/infotec_2105.ppd
+putting file /usr/share/cups/drivers/cupsdrvr.dll as \W32X86/cupsdrvr.dll
+putting file /usr/share/cups/drivers/cupsui.dll as \W32X86/cupsui.dll
+putting file /usr/share/cups/drivers/cups.hlp as \W32X86/cups.hlp
   
-  Running command: rpcclient localhost -N -U'root%secret' -c 'adddriver "Windows NT x86"   \
-                   "infotec_2105:cupsdrvr.dll:infotec_2105.ppd:cupsui.dll:cups.hlp:NULL:   \
-                   RAW:NULL"'
-  cmd = adddriver "Windows NT x86" "infotec_2105:cupsdrvr.dll:infotec_2105.ppd:cupsui.dll: \
-                   cups.hlp:NULL:RAW:NULL"
-  Printer Driver infotec_2105 successfully installed.
+Running command: rpcclient localhost -N -U'root%secret' 
+   -c 'adddriver "Windows NT x86"   \
+   "infotec_2105:cupsdrvr.dll:infotec_2105.ppd:cupsui.dll:cups.hlp:NULL:   \
+    RAW:NULL"'
+cmd = adddriver "Windows NT x86" \
+    "infotec_2105:cupsdrvr.dll:infotec_2105.ppd:cupsui.dll:cups.hlp:NULL:RAW:NULL"
+Printer Driver infotec_2105 successfully installed.
   
-  Running command: smbclient //localhost/print\$ -N -U'root%secret' -c 'mkdir WIN40;put    \
-                   /var/spool/cups/tmp/3e98bf2d333b5 WIN40/infotec_2105.PPD; put           \
-                   /usr/share/cups/drivers/ADFONTS.MFM WIN40/ADFONTS.MFM;put               \
-                   /usr/share/cups/drivers/ADOBEPS4.DRV WIN40/ADOBEPS4.DRV;put             \
-                   /usr/share/cups/drivers/ADOBEPS4.HLP WIN40/ADOBEPS4.HLP;put             \
-                   /usr/share/cups/drivers/DEFPRTR2.PPD WIN40/DEFPRTR2.PPD;put             \
-                   /usr/share/cups/drivers/ICONLIB.DLL
-  WIN40/ICONLIB.DLL;put /usr/share/cups/drivers/PSMON.DLL WIN40/PSMON.DLL;'
+Running command: smbclient //localhost/print\$ -N -U'root%secret' \
+-c 'mkdir WIN40; \
+    put /var/spool/cups/tmp/3e98bf2d333b5 WIN40/infotec_2105.PPD; \
+	put /usr/share/cups/drivers/ADFONTS.MFM WIN40/ADFONTS.MFM;   \
+    put /usr/share/cups/drivers/ADOBEPS4.DRV WIN40/ADOBEPS4.DRV; \
+    put /usr/share/cups/drivers/ADOBEPS4.HLP WIN40/ADOBEPS4.HLP; \
+    put /usr/share/cups/drivers/DEFPRTR2.PPD WIN40/DEFPRTR2.PPD; \
+	put /usr/share/cups/drivers/ICONLIB.DLL WIN40/ICONLIB.DLL; \
+	put /usr/share/cups/drivers/PSMON.DLL WIN40/PSMON.DLL;'
   added interface ip=10.160.51.60 bcast=10.160.51.255 nmask=255.255.252.0
-  Domain=[CUPS-PRINT] OS=[Unix] Server=[Samba 2.2.7a]
+  Domain=[CUPS-PRINT] OS=[UNIX] Server=[Samba 2.2.7a]
   NT_STATUS_OBJECT_NAME_COLLISION making remote directory \WIN40
-  putting file /var/spool/cups/tmp/3e98bf2d333b5 as \WIN40/infotec_2105.PPD (2328.8 kb/s)  \
-               (average 2328.8 kb/s)
-  putting file /usr/share/cups/drivers/ADFONTS.MFM as \WIN40/ADFONTS.MFM (9368.0 kb/s)     \
-               (average 6469.6 kb/s)
-  putting file /usr/share/cups/drivers/ADOBEPS4.DRV as \WIN40/ADOBEPS4.DRV (9958.2 kb/s)   \
-               (average 8404.3 kb/s)
-  putting file /usr/share/cups/drivers/ADOBEPS4.HLP as \WIN40/ADOBEPS4.HLP (8341.5 kb/s)   \
-               (average 8398.6 kb/s)
-  putting file /usr/share/cups/drivers/DEFPRTR2.PPD as \WIN40/DEFPRTR2.PPD (2195.9 kb/s)   \
-               (average 8254.3 kb/s)
-  putting file /usr/share/cups/drivers/ICONLIB.DLL as \WIN40/ICONLIB.DLL (8239.9 kb/s)     \
-               (average 8253.6 kb/s)
-  putting file /usr/share/cups/drivers/PSMON.DLL as \WIN40/PSMON.DLL (6222.2 kb/s)         \
-               (average 8188.5 kb/s)
+  putting file /var/spool/cups/tmp/3e98bf2d333b5 as \WIN40/infotec_2105.PPD
+  putting file /usr/share/cups/drivers/ADFONTS.MFM as \WIN40/ADFONTS.MFM
+  putting file /usr/share/cups/drivers/ADOBEPS4.DRV as \WIN40/ADOBEPS4.DRV
+  putting file /usr/share/cups/drivers/ADOBEPS4.HLP as \WIN40/ADOBEPS4.HLP
+  putting file /usr/share/cups/drivers/DEFPRTR2.PPD as \WIN40/DEFPRTR2.PPD
+  putting file /usr/share/cups/drivers/ICONLIB.DLL as \WIN40/ICONLIB.DLL
+  putting file /usr/share/cups/drivers/PSMON.DLL as \WIN40/PSMON.DLL
   
-  Running command: rpcclient localhost -N -U'root%secret' -c 'adddriver "Windows 4.0"      \
-                   "infotec_2105:ADOBEPS4.DRV:infotec_2105.PPD:NULL:ADOBEPS4.HLP:          \
-                   PSMON.DLL:RAW:ADOBEPS4.DRV,infotec_2105.PPD,ADOBEPS4.HLP,PSMON.DLL,     \
-                   ADFONTS.MFM,DEFPRTR2.PPD,ICONLIB.DLL"'
+  Running command: rpcclient localhost -N -U'root%secret' \
+   -c 'adddriver "Windows 4.0"      \
+   "infotec_2105:ADOBEPS4.DRV:infotec_2105.PPD:NULL:ADOBEPS4.HLP: \
+   PSMON.DLL:RAW:ADOBEPS4.DRV,infotec_2105.PPD,ADOBEPS4.HLP,PSMON.DLL, \
+    ADFONTS.MFM,DEFPRTR2.PPD,ICONLIB.DLL"'
   cmd = adddriver "Windows 4.0" "infotec_2105:ADOBEPS4.DRV:infotec_2105.PPD:NULL:          \
-                   ADOBEPS4.HLP:PSMON.DLL:RAW:ADOBEPS4.DRV,infotec_2105.PPD,ADOBEPS4.HLP,  \
+    ADOBEPS4.HLP:PSMON.DLL:RAW:ADOBEPS4.DRV,infotec_2105.PPD,ADOBEPS4.HLP,  \
                    PSMON.DLL,ADFONTS.MFM,DEFPRTR2.PPD,ICONLIB.DLL"
   Printer Driver infotec_2105 successfully installed.
   
-  Running command: rpcclient localhost -N -U'root%secret'                                  \
-                             -c 'setdriver infotec_2105 infotec_2105'
+  Running command: rpcclient localhost -N -U'root%secret'  \
+   -c 'setdriver infotec_2105 infotec_2105'
   cmd = setdriver infotec_2105 infotec_2105
   Successfully set infotec_2105 to driver infotec_2105.
 
 </screen></para>
 
 <para>
-If you look closely, you'll discover your root password was transfered
+If you look closely, you'll discover your root password was transferred
 unencrypted over the wire, so beware! Also, if you look further her,
 you'll discover error messages like NT_STATUS_OBJECT_NAME_COLLISION in
 between. They occur, because the directories WIN40 and W32X86 already
-existed in the <parameter>[print$]</parameter> driver download share
+existed in the <smbconfsection>[print$]</smbconfsection> driver download share
 (from a previous driver installation). They are harmless here.
 </para>
 </sect2>
@@ -2942,14 +2929,17 @@ existed in the <parameter>[print$]</parameter> driver download share
 <sect2>
 <title>Understanding cupsaddsmb</title>
 
+<indexterm><primary>cupsaddsmb</primary></indexterm>
+
 <para>
 What has happened? What did cupsaddsmb do? There are five stages of
 the procedure
 </para>
 
 <orderedlist>
-
-<listitem><para>call the CUPS server via IPP and request the
+	<listitem><para>
+	<indexterm><primary>IPP</primary></indexterm>
+			call the CUPS server via IPP and request the
 driver files and the PPD file for the named printer;</para></listitem>
 
 <listitem><para>store the files temporarily in the local
@@ -2957,15 +2947,19 @@ TEMPDIR (as defined in
 <filename>cupsd.conf</filename>);</para></listitem>
 
 <listitem><para>connect via smbclient to the Samba server's
- <parameter>[print$]</parameter> share and put the files into the
+ <smbconfsection>[print$]</smbconfsection> share and put the files into the
  share's WIN40 (for Win95/98/ME) and W32X86/ (for WinNT/2k/XP) sub
  directories;</para></listitem>
 
-<listitem><para>connect via rpcclient to the Samba server and
+<listitem><para>
+<indexterm><primary>rpcclient</primary><secondary>adddriver</secondary></indexterm>
+		connect via rpcclient to the Samba server and
 execute the "adddriver" command with the correct
 parameters;</para></listitem>
 
-<listitem><para>connect via rpcclient to the Samba server a second
+<listitem><para>
+<indexterm><primary>rpcclient</primary><secondary>setdriver</secondary></indexterm>
+		connect via rpcclient to the Samba server a second
 time and execute the "setdriver" command.</para></listitem>
 </orderedlist>
 
@@ -2979,14 +2973,12 @@ same host):
 </para>
 
 <para><screen>
-
- # cupsaddsmb -H sambaserver -h cupsserver -v printername
-
+&rootprompt;<userinput>cupsaddsmb -H sambaserver -h cupsserver -v printername</userinput>
 </screen></para>
 </sect2>
 
 <sect2>
-<title>How to recognize if cupsaddsm completed successfully</title>
+<title>How to recognize if cupsaddsmb completed successfully</title>
 
 <para>
 You <emphasis>must</emphasis> always check if the utility completed
@@ -3010,7 +3002,7 @@ architecture...)</para></listitem>
 
 <para>
 These messages probably not easily recognized in the general
-output. If you run cupsaddsmb with the <parameter>-a</parameter>
+output. If you run cupsaddsmb with the <option>-a</option>
 parameter (which tries to prepare <emphasis>all</emphasis> active CUPS
 printer drivers for download), you might miss if individual printers
 drivers had problems to install properly. Here a redirection of the
@@ -3028,6 +3020,8 @@ might occur.
 <sect2>
 <title>cupsaddsmb with a Samba PDC</title>
 
+<indexterm><primary>cupsaddsmb</primary></indexterm>
+
 <para>
 You can't get the standard cupsaddsmb command to run on a Samba PDC?
 You are asked for the password credential all over again and again and
@@ -3036,11 +3030,9 @@ variations:
 </para>
 
 <para><screen>
-
- # cupsaddsmb -U DOMAINNAME\\root -v printername
- # cupsaddsmb -H SAMBA-PDC -U DOMAINNAME\\root -v printername
- # cupsaddsmb -H SAMBA-PDC -U DOMAINNAME\\root -h cups-server -v printername
-
+&rootprompt;<userinput>cupsaddsmb -U &example.workgroup;\\root -v printername</userinput>
+&rootprompt;<userinput>cupsaddsmb -H &example.pdc.samba; -U &example.workgroup;\\root -v printername</userinput>
+&rootprompt;<userinput>cupsaddsmb -H &example.pdc.samba; -U &example.workgroup;\\root -h cups-server -v printername</userinput>
 </screen></para>
 
 <para>
@@ -3052,6 +3044,7 @@ variations:
 <sect2>
 <title>cupsaddsmb Flowchart</title>
 
+<indexterm><primary>cupsaddsmb</primary></indexterm>
 <para>
 Here is a chart about the procedures, commandflows and
 dataflows of the "cupaddsmb" command. Note again: cupsaddsmb is
@@ -3059,18 +3052,15 @@ not intended to, and does not work with, "raw" queues!
 </para>
 
 <para>
-<figure><title>cupsaddsmb flowchart</title>
-<mediaobject>
-	<imageobject role="latex"><imagedata fileref="projdoc/imagefiles/1small"/></imageobject>
-	<imageobject><imagedata fileref="projdoc/imagefiles/1small.png"/></imageobject>
-</mediaobject>
-</figure>
+	<image id="small14"><imagedescription>cupsaddsmb flowchart</imagedescription>
+		<imagefile>14small</imagefile></image>
 </para>
 </sect2>
 
 <sect2>
 <title>Installing the PostScript Driver on a Client</title>
 
+<indexterm><primary>point and print</primary></indexterm>
 <para>
 After cupsaddsmb completed, your driver is prepared for the clients to
 use. Here are the steps you must perform to download and install it
@@ -3080,6 +3070,8 @@ server;
 
 <itemizedlist>
 
+<indexterm><primary>"Printers" folder</primary></indexterm>
+
 <listitem><para>open the <emphasis>Printers</emphasis>
 share of Samba in Network Neighbourhood;</para></listitem>
 
@@ -3104,6 +3096,7 @@ dropdown list of available printers.
 </para>
 
 <note><para>
+<indexterm><primary>PPD</primary></indexterm>
 cupsaddsmb will only reliably work with CUPS version 1.1.15 or higher
 and Samba from 2.2.4. If it doesn't work, or if the automatic printer
 driver download to the clients doesn't succeed, you can still manually
@@ -3113,9 +3106,7 @@ share for a UNC type of connection:
 </para></note>
 
 <para><screen>
-
-  net use lpt1: \\sambaserver\printershare /user:ntadmin
-
+&dosprompt;<userinput>net use lpt1: \\sambaserver\printershare /user:ntadmin</userinput>
 </screen></para>
 
 <para>
@@ -3190,16 +3181,25 @@ printer should be there. We are providing the driver
 now);</para></listitem>
 
 <listitem><para>copy all files to
-<parameter>[print$]:</parameter></para></listitem>
+		<smbconfsection>[print$]</smbconfsection></para></listitem>
 
-<listitem><para>run <command>rpcclient adddriver</command>
+<listitem><para>
+<indexterm><primary>rpcclient</primary><secondary>adddriver</secondary></indexterm>
+		run <command>rpcclient adddriver</command>
 (for each client architecture you want to support):</para></listitem>
 
-<listitem><para>run <command>rpcclient
+<listitem><para>
+<indexterm><primary>rpcclient</primary><secondary>setdriver</secondary></indexterm>
+		run <command>rpcclient
 setdriver.</command></para></listitem>
 </orderedlist>
 
 <para>
+<indexterm><primary>rpcclient</primary><secondary>enumports</secondary></indexterm>
+<indexterm><primary>rpcclient</primary><secondary>enumprinters</secondary></indexterm>
+<indexterm><primary>rpcclient</primary><secondary>enumdrivers</secondary></indexterm>
+<indexterm><primary>rpcclient</primary><secondary>setdriver</secondary></indexterm>
+<indexterm><primary>rpcclient</primary><secondary>adddriver</secondary></indexterm>
 We are going to do this now. First, read the man page on "rpcclient"
 to get a first idea. Look at all the printing related
 sub-commands. <command>enumprinters</command>,
@@ -3265,7 +3265,7 @@ obtaining a list of installed printers and drivers.
 </sect2>
 
 <sect2>
-<title>Understanding the rpcclient man Page</title>
+<title>Understanding the rpcclient man page</title>
 
 <para>
 The <emphasis>exact</emphasis> format isn't made too clear by the man
@@ -3275,12 +3275,12 @@ command and indicated the breaks with "\". Usually you would type the
 command in one line without the linebreaks:
 </para>
 
-<para><screen>
+<indexterm><primary>rpcclient</primary><secondary>adddriver</secondary></indexterm>
 
+<para><screen>
  adddriver "Architecture" \
            "LongPrinterName:DriverFile:DataFile:ConfigFile:HelpFile:\
            LanguageMonitorFile:DataType:ListOfFiles,Comma-separated"
-
 </screen></para>
 
 <para>
@@ -3316,6 +3316,8 @@ now.
 <title>Producing an Example by querying a Windows Box</title>
 
 <para>
+	<indexterm><primary>rpcclient</primary><secondary>getdriver</secondary></indexterm>
+	<indexterm><primary>rpcclient</primary><secondary>getprinter</secondary></indexterm>
 We could run <command>rpcclient</command> with a
 <command>getdriver</command> or a <command>getprinter</command>
 subcommand (in level 3 verbosity) against it. Just sit down at UNIX or
@@ -3324,9 +3326,7 @@ following command:
 </para>
 
 <para><screen>
-
- rpcclient -U'USERNAME%PASSWORD' NT-SERVER-NAME -c 'getdriver printername 3'
-
+&rootprompt;<userinput>rpcclient -U'USERNAME%PASSWORD' NT-SERVER-NAME -c 'getdriver printername 3'</userinput>
 </screen></para>
 
 <para>
@@ -3334,9 +3334,10 @@ From the result it should become clear which is which. Here is an
 example from my installation:
 </para>
 
+	<indexterm><primary>rpcclient</primary><secondary>getdriver</secondary></indexterm>
 <para><screen>
-
-# rpcclient -U'Danka%xxxx' W2KSERVER -c'getdriver "DANKA InfoStream Virtual Printer" 3'
+&rootprompt;<userinput>rpcclient -U'Danka%xxxx' W2KSERVER \
+	-c'getdriver "DANKA InfoStream Virtual Printer" 3'</userinput>
  cmd = getdriver "DANKA InfoStream Virtual Printer" 3
 
  [Windows NT x86]
@@ -3379,17 +3380,18 @@ From the manpage (and from the quoted output
 of <emphasis>cupsaddsmb</emphasis>, above) it becomes clear that you
 need to have certain conditions in order to make the manual uploading
 and initializing of the driver files succeed. The two rpcclient
+<indexterm><primary>rpcclient</primary><secondary>adddriver</secondary></indexterm>
 subcommands (<command>adddriver</command> and
 <command>setdriver</command>) need to encounter the following
 pre-conditions to complete successfully:
 </para>
 <itemizedlist>
 
-<listitem><para>you are connected as "printer admin", or root (note,
+<listitem><para>you are connected as <smbconfoption><name>printer admin</name></smbconfoption>, or root (note,
 that this is <emphasis>not</emphasis> the "Printer Operators" group in
 NT, but the <emphasis>printer admin</emphasis> group, as defined in
-the <parameter>[global]</parameter> section of
-<filename>smb.conf</filename>);</para></listitem>
+the <smbconfsection>[global]</smbconfsection> section of
+&smb.conf;);</para></listitem>
 
 <listitem><para>copy all required driver files to
 <filename>\\sambaserver\print$\w32x86</filename> and
@@ -3402,13 +3404,16 @@ to escape the "$": <command>smbclient //sambaserver/print\$ -U
 root</command>);</para></listitem>
 
 <listitem><para>the user you're connecting as must be able to write to
-the <parameter>[print$]</parameter> share and create
+the <smbconfsection>[print$]</smbconfsection> share and create
 subdirectories;</para></listitem>
 
 <listitem><para>the printer you are going to setup for the Windows
 clients, needs to be installed in CUPS already;</para></listitem>
 
-<listitem><para>the CUPS printer must be known to Samba, otherwise the
+<listitem><para>
+	<indexterm><primary>rpcclient</primary><secondary>setdriver</secondary></indexterm>
+	<indexterm><primary>rpcclient</primary><secondary>enumprinters</secondary></indexterm>
+		the CUPS printer must be known to Samba, otherwise the
 <command>setdriver</command> subcommand fails with an
 NT_STATUS_UNSUCCESSFUL error. To check if the printer is known by
 Samba you may use the <command>enumprinters</command> subcommand to
@@ -3421,7 +3426,7 @@ Samba.</para></listitem>
 </sect2>
 
 <sect2>
-<title>Manual Commandline Driver Installation in 15 little Steps</title>
+<title>Manual Driver Installation in 15 Steps</title>
 
 <para>
 We are going to install a printer driver now by manually executing all
@@ -3430,13 +3435,14 @@ first, we go through the procedure step by step, explaining every
 single action item as it comes up.
 </para>
 
-<sect3>
-<title>First Step: Install the Printer on CUPS</title>
-
-<para><screen>
+<procedure>
+	<title>Manual Driver Installation installation</title>
 
-# lpadmin -p mysmbtstprn -v socket://10.160.51.131:9100 -E -P /home/kurt/canonIR85.ppd
+<step>
+<title>Install the Printer on CUPS</title>
 
+<para><screen>
+&rootprompt;<userinput>lpadmin -p mysmbtstprn -v socket://10.160.51.131:9100 -E -P canonIR85.ppd</userinput>
 </screen></para>
 
 <para>
@@ -3445,21 +3451,19 @@ to the CUPS system. The printer is accessed via a socket
 (a.k.a. JetDirect or Direct TCP/IP) connection. You need to be root
 for this step
 </para>
-</sect3>
+</step>
 
-<sect3>
-<title>Second Step (optional): Check if the Printer is recognized by
+<step>
+<title>(optional) Check if the Printer is recognized by
 Samba</title>
 
+	<indexterm><primary>rpcclient</primary><secondary>enumprinters</secondary></indexterm>
 <para><screen>
-
- # rpcclient -Uroot%xxxx -c 'enumprinters' localhost | grep -C2 mysmbtstprn
-
-        flags:[0x800000]
-        name:[\\kde-bitshop\mysmbtstprn]
-        description:[\\kde-bitshop\mysmbtstprn,,mysmbtstprn]
-        comment:[mysmbtstprn]
-
+&rootprompt;<userinput>rpcclient -Uroot%xxxx -c 'enumprinters' localhost | grep -C2 mysmbtstprn</userinput>
+flags:[0x800000]
+name:[\\kde-bitshop\mysmbtstprn]
+description:[\\kde-bitshop\mysmbtstprn,,mysmbtstprn]
+comment:[mysmbtstprn]
 </screen></para>
 
 <para>
@@ -3471,32 +3475,35 @@ success. Note the "empty" field between the two commas in the
 already. You need to know root's Samba password (as set by the
 <command>smbpasswd</command> command) for this step and most of the
 following steps. Alternatively you can authenticate as one of the
-users from the "write list" as defined in <filename>smb.conf</filename> for
-<parameter>[print$]</parameter>.
+users from the "write list" as defined in &smb.conf; for
+<smbconfsection>[print$]</smbconfsection>.
 </para>
-</sect3>
+</step>
 
-<sect3>
-<title>Third Step (optional): Check if Samba knows a Driver for the
+<step>
+<title>(optional) Check if Samba knows a Driver for the
 Printer</title>
 
+	<indexterm><primary>rpcclient</primary><secondary>getprinter</secondary></indexterm>
+	<indexterm><primary>rpcclient</primary><secondary>getdriver</secondary></indexterm>
 <para><screen>
-
-#  rpcclient -Uroot%xxxx -c 'getprinter mysmbtstprn 2' localhost | grep driver
-         drivername:[]
- 
-#  rpcclient -Uroot%xxxx -c 'getprinter mysmbtstprn 2' localhost | grep -C4 driv
-        servername:[\\kde-bitshop]
-        printername:[\\kde-bitshop\mysmbtstprn]
-        sharename:[mysmbtstprn]
-        portname:[Samba Printer Port]
-        drivername:[]
-        comment:[mysmbtstprn]
-        location:[]
-        sepfile:[]
-        printprocessor:[winprint]
+&rootprompt;<userinput>rpcclient -Uroot%xxxx -c 'getprinter mysmbtstprn 2' localhost \
+			| grep driver </userinput>
+drivername:[]
+
+&rootprompt;<userinput>rpcclient -Uroot%xxxx -c 'getprinter mysmbtstprn 2' localhost \
+	| grep -C4 driv</userinput>
+servername:[\\kde-bitshop]
+printername:[\\kde-bitshop\mysmbtstprn]
+sharename:[mysmbtstprn]
+portname:[Samba Printer Port]
+drivername:[]
+comment:[mysmbtstprn]
+location:[]
+sepfile:[]
+printprocessor:[winprint]
  
-#  rpcclient -U root%xxxx -c 'getdriver mysmbtstprn' localhost
+&rootprompt;<userinput>rpcclient -U root%xxxx -c 'getdriver mysmbtstprn' localhost</userinput>
  result was WERR_UNKNOWN_PRINTER_DRIVER
 
 </screen></para>
@@ -3508,21 +3515,19 @@ attempt to connect to the printer at this stage will prompt the
 message along the lines: "The server has not the required printer
 driver installed".
 </para>
-</sect3>
+</step>
 
-<sect3>
-<title>Fourth Step: Put all required Driver Files into Samba's
+<step>
+<title>Put all required Driver Files into Samba's
 [print$]</title>
 
 <para><screen>
-
-#  smbclient //localhost/print\$ -U 'root%xxxx'                        \ 
-                              -c 'cd W32X86;                                             \
-                                  put /etc/cups/ppd/mysmbtstprn.ppd mysmbtstprn.PPD;     \
-                                  put /usr/share/cups/drivers/cupsui.dll cupsui.dll;     \
-                                  put /usr/share/cups/drivers/cupsdrvr.dll cupsdrvr.dll; \
-                                  put /usr/share/cups/drivers/cups.hlp cups.hlp'
-
+&rootprompt;<userinput>smbclient //localhost/print\$ -U 'root%xxxx' \
+	-c 'cd W32X86; \
+	put /etc/cups/ppd/mysmbtstprn.ppd mysmbtstprn.PPD; \ 
+	put /usr/share/cups/drivers/cupsui.dll cupsui.dll; \
+	put /usr/share/cups/drivers/cupsdrvr.dll cupsdrvr.dll; \
+	put /usr/share/cups/drivers/cups.hlp cups.hlp'</userinput>
 </screen></para>
 
 <para>
@@ -3530,49 +3535,45 @@ driver installed".
 line. Line-breaks and the line-end indicating "\" has been inserted
 for readability reasons.) This step is <emphasis>required</emphasis>
 for the next one to succeed. It makes the driver files physically
-present in the <parameter>[print$]</parameter> share. However, clients
+present in the <smbconfsection>[print$]</smbconfsection> share. However, clients
 would still not be able to install them, because Samba does not yet
 treat them as driver files. A client asking for the driver would still
 be presented with a "not installed here" message.
 </para>
-</sect3>
+</step>
 
-<sect3>
-<title>Fifth Step: Verify where the Driver Files are now</title>
+<step>
+<title>Verify where the Driver Files are now</title>
 
 <para><screen>
-
-#  ls -l /etc/samba/drivers/W32X86/
- total 669
- drwxr-sr-x    2 root     ntadmin       532 May 25 23:08 2
- drwxr-sr-x    2 root     ntadmin       670 May 16 03:15 3
- -rwxr--r--    1 root     ntadmin     14234 May 25 23:21 cups.hlp
- -rwxr--r--    1 root     ntadmin    278380 May 25 23:21 cupsdrvr.dll
- -rwxr--r--    1 root     ntadmin    215848 May 25 23:21 cupsui.dll
- -rwxr--r--    1 root     ntadmin    169458 May 25 23:21 mysmbtstprn.PPD
-
+&rootprompt;<userinput>ls -l /etc/samba/drivers/W32X86/</userinput>
+total 669
+drwxr-sr-x    2 root     ntadmin       532 May 25 23:08 2
+drwxr-sr-x    2 root     ntadmin       670 May 16 03:15 3
+-rwxr--r--    1 root     ntadmin     14234 May 25 23:21 cups.hlp
+-rwxr--r--    1 root     ntadmin    278380 May 25 23:21 cupsdrvr.dll
+-rwxr--r--    1 root     ntadmin    215848 May 25 23:21 cupsui.dll
+-rwxr--r--    1 root     ntadmin    169458 May 25 23:21 mysmbtstprn.PPD
 </screen></para>
 
 <para>
 The driver files now are in the W32X86 architecture "root" of
-<parameter>[print$]</parameter>.
+<smbconfsection>[print$]</smbconfsection>.
 </para>
-</sect3>
+</step>
 
-<sect3>
-<title>Sixth Step: Tell Samba that these are
+<step>
+<title>Tell Samba that these are
 <emphasis>Driver</emphasis> Files
 (<command>adddriver</command>)</title>
 
+	<indexterm><primary>rpcclient</primary><secondary>adddriver</secondary></indexterm>
 <para><screen>
-
-#  rpcclient -Uroot%xxxx -c `adddriver "Windows NT x86" "mydrivername: \
-                                          cupsdrvr.dll:mysmbtstprn.PPD:                  \
-                                          cupsui.dll:cups.hlp:NULL:RAW<citation>:</citation>NULL"             \
-                                          localhost
-
- Printer Driver mydrivername successfully installed.
-
+&rootprompt;<userinput>rpcclient -Uroot%xxxx -c `adddriver "Windows NT x86" "mydrivername: \
+  cupsdrvr.dll:mysmbtstprn.PPD: \
+  cupsui.dll:cups.hlp:NULL:RAW:NULL" \
+  localhost</userinput>
+Printer Driver mydrivername successfully installed.
 </screen></para>
 
 <para>
@@ -3586,70 +3587,65 @@ the printername; however, in big installations you may use this driver
 for a number of printers which have obviously different names. So the
 name of the driver is not fixed.
 </para>
-</sect3>
+</step>
 
-<sect3>
-<title>Seventh Step: Verify where the Driver Files are now</title>
+<step>
+<title>Verify where the Driver Files are now</title>
 
 <para><screen>
-
-#  ls -l /etc/samba/drivers/W32X86/
- total 1
- drwxr-sr-x    2 root     ntadmin       532 May 25 23:22 2
- drwxr-sr-x    2 root     ntadmin       670 May 16 03:15 3
-
- 
-#  ls -l /etc/samba/drivers/W32X86/2
- total 5039
- [....]
- -rwxr--r--    1 root     ntadmin     14234 May 25 23:21 cups.hlp
- -rwxr--r--    1 root     ntadmin    278380 May 13 13:53 cupsdrvr.dll
- -rwxr--r--    1 root     ntadmin    215848 May 13 13:53 cupsui.dll
- -rwxr--r--    1 root     ntadmin    169458 May 25 23:21 mysmbtstprn.PPD
-
+&rootprompt;<userinput>ls -l /etc/samba/drivers/W32X86/</userinput>
+total 1
+drwxr-sr-x    2 root     ntadmin       532 May 25 23:22 2
+drwxr-sr-x    2 root     ntadmin       670 May 16 03:15 3
+
+&rootprompt;<userinput>ls -l /etc/samba/drivers/W32X86/2</userinput>
+total 5039
+[....]
+-rwxr--r--    1 root     ntadmin     14234 May 25 23:21 cups.hlp
+-rwxr--r--    1 root     ntadmin    278380 May 13 13:53 cupsdrvr.dll
+-rwxr--r--    1 root     ntadmin    215848 May 13 13:53 cupsui.dll
+-rwxr--r--    1 root     ntadmin    169458 May 25 23:21 mysmbtstprn.PPD
 </screen></para>
 
 <para>
 Notice how step 6 did also move the driver files to the appropriate
 subdirectory. Compare with the situation after step 5.
 </para>
-</sect3>
+</step>
 
-<sect3>
-<title>Eighth Step (optional): Verify if Samba now recognizes the
+<step>
+<title>(optional) Verify if Samba now recognizes the
 Driver</title>
 
+	<indexterm><primary>rpcclient</primary><secondary>enumdrivers</secondary></indexterm>
 <para><screen>
-
-#  rpcclient -Uroot%xxxx -c 'enumdrivers 3' localhost | grep -B2 -A5 mydrivername
-
- Printer Driver Info 3:
-        Version: [2]
-        Driver Name: [mydrivername]
-        Architecture: [Windows NT x86]
-        Driver Path: [\\kde-bitshop\print$\W32X86\2\cupsdrvr.dll]
-        Datafile: [\\kde-bitshop\print$\W32X86\2\mysmbtstprn.PPD]
-        Configfile: [\\kde-bitshop\print$\W32X86\2\cupsui.dll]
-        Helpfile: [\\kde-bitshop\print$\W32X86\2\cups.hlp]
-
+&rootprompt;<userinput>rpcclient -Uroot%xxxx -c 'enumdrivers 3' localhost \
+	| grep -B2 -A5 mydrivername</userinput>
+Printer Driver Info 3:
+Version: [2]
+Driver Name: [mydrivername]
+Architecture: [Windows NT x86]
+Driver Path: [\\kde-bitshop\print$\W32X86\2\cupsdrvr.dll]
+Datafile: [\\kde-bitshop\print$\W32X86\2\mysmbtstprn.PPD]
+Configfile: [\\kde-bitshop\print$\W32X86\2\cupsui.dll]
+Helpfile: [\\kde-bitshop\print$\W32X86\2\cups.hlp]
 </screen></para>
 
 <para>
 Remember, this command greps for the name you did choose for the
 driver in step Six. This command must succeed before you can proceed.
 </para>
-</sect3>
+</step>
 
-<sect3>
-<title>Ninth Step: Tell Samba which Printer should use these Driver
+<step>
+<title>Tell Samba which Printer should use these Driver
 Files (<command>setdriver</command>)</title>
 
-<para><screen>
-
-#  rpcclient -Uroot%xxxx -c 'setdriver mysmbtstprn mydrivername' localhost
- 
- Successfully set mysmbtstprn to driver mydrivername
+<indexterm><primary>rpcclient</primary><secondary>setdriver</secondary></indexterm>
 
+<para><screen>
+&rootprompt;<userinput>rpcclient -Uroot%xxxx -c 'setdriver mysmbtstprn mydrivername' localhost</userinput>
+Successfully set mysmbtstprn to driver mydrivername
 </screen></para>
 
 <para>
@@ -3660,63 +3656,69 @@ setdriver command to succeed. The only pre-conditions are:
 <command>enumdrivers</command> must find the driver and
 <command>enumprinters</command> must find the printer.
 </para>
-</sect3>
+</step>
 
-<sect3>
-<title>Tenth Step (optional): Verify if Samba has this Association
+<step>
+<title>(optional) Verify if Samba has this Association
 recognized</title>
 
+<indexterm><primary>rpcclient</primary><secondary>getprinter</secondary></indexterm>
+<indexterm><primary>rpcclient</primary><secondary>getdriver</secondary></indexterm>
+<indexterm><primary>rpcclient</primary><secondary>enumprinters</secondary></indexterm>
 <para><screen>
-
-#  rpcclient -Uroot%xxxx -c 'getprinter mysmbtstprn 2' localhost | grep driver
-       drivername:[mydrivername]
+&rootprompt;<userinput>rpcclient -Uroot%xxxx -c 'getprinter mysmbtstprn 2' localhost \
+  | grep driver</userinput>
+drivername:[mydrivername]
  
-#  rpcclient -Uroot%xxxx -c 'getprinter mysmbtstprn 2' localhost | grep -C4 driv
-       servername:[\\kde-bitshop]
-       printername:[\\kde-bitshop\mysmbtstprn]
-       sharename:[mysmbtstprn]
-       portname:[Done]
-       drivername:[mydrivername]
-       comment:[mysmbtstprn]
-       location:[]
-       sepfile:[]
-       printprocessor:[winprint]
+&rootprompt;<userinput>rpcclient -Uroot%xxxx -c 'getprinter mysmbtstprn 2' localhost \
+  | grep -C4 driv</userinput>
+servername:[\\kde-bitshop]
+printername:[\\kde-bitshop\mysmbtstprn]
+sharename:[mysmbtstprn]
+portname:[Done]
+drivername:[mydrivername]
+comment:[mysmbtstprn]
+location:[]
+sepfile:[]
+printprocessor:[winprint]
  
-#  rpcclient -U root%xxxx -c 'getdriver mysmbtstprn' localhost
- [Windows NT x86]
- Printer Driver Info 3:
-       Version: [2]
-       Driver Name: [mydrivername]
-       Architecture: [Windows NT x86]
-       Driver Path: [\\kde-bitshop\print$\W32X86\2\cupsdrvr.dll]
-       Datafile: [\\kde-bitshop\print$\W32X86\2\mysmbtstprn.PPD]
-       Configfile: [\\kde-bitshop\print$\W32X86\2\cupsui.dll]
-       Helpfile: [\\kde-bitshop\print$\W32X86\2\cups.hlp]
-       Monitorname: []
-       Defaultdatatype: [RAW]
-       Monitorname: []
-       Defaultdatatype: [RAW]
+&rootprompt;<userinput>rpcclient -U root%xxxx -c 'getdriver mysmbtstprn' localhost</userinput>
+[Windows NT x86]
+Printer Driver Info 3:
+     Version: [2]
+     Driver Name: [mydrivername]
+     Architecture: [Windows NT x86]
+     Driver Path: [\\kde-bitshop\print$\W32X86\2\cupsdrvr.dll]
+     Datafile: [\\kde-bitshop\print$\W32X86\2\mysmbtstprn.PPD]
+     Configfile: [\\kde-bitshop\print$\W32X86\2\cupsui.dll]
+     Helpfile: [\\kde-bitshop\print$\W32X86\2\cups.hlp]
+     Monitorname: []
+     Defaultdatatype: [RAW]
+     Monitorname: []
+     Defaultdatatype: [RAW]
  
-#  rpcclient -Uroot%xxxx -c 'enumprinters' localhost | grep mysmbtstprn
-       name:[\\kde-bitshop\mysmbtstprn]
-       description:[\\kde-bitshop\mysmbtstprn,mydrivername,mysmbtstprn]
-       comment:[mysmbtstprn]
+&rootprompt;<userinput>rpcclient -Uroot%xxxx -c 'enumprinters' localhost | grep mysmbtstprn</userinput>
+     name:[\\kde-bitshop\mysmbtstprn]
+     description:[\\kde-bitshop\mysmbtstprn,mydrivername,mysmbtstprn]
+     comment:[mysmbtstprn]
 
 </screen></para>
 
 <para>
+<indexterm><primary>rpcclient</primary><secondary>enumprinters</secondary></indexterm>
 Compare these results with the ones from steps 2 and 3. Note that
 every single of these commands show the driver is installed.  Even
 the <command>enumprinters</command> command now lists the driver
 on the "description" line.
 </para>
-</sect3>
+</step>
 
-<sect3>
-<title>Eleventh Step (optional): Tickle the Driver into a correct
+<step>
+<title>(optional) Tickle the Driver into a correct
 Device Mode</title>
 
 <para>
+<indexterm><primary>"Printers" folder</primary></indexterm>
 You certainly know how to install the driver on the client.  In case
 you are not particularly familiar with Windows, here is a short
 recipe: browse the Network Neighbourhood, go to the Samba server, look
@@ -3731,56 +3733,53 @@ folder, named something like "printersharename on Sambahostname".
 
 <para>
 It is important that you execute this step as a Samba printer admin
-(as defined in <filename>smb.conf</filename>). Here is another method
+(as defined in &smb.conf;). Here is another method
 to do this on Windows XP. It uses a commandline, which you may type
 into the "DOS box" (type root's smbpassword when prompted):
 </para>
 
 <para><screen>
-
- C:\&gt; runas /netonly /user:root "rundll32 printui.dll,PrintUIEntry /in /n \\sambacupsserver\mysmbtstprn"
-
+&dosprompt;<userinput>runas /netonly /user:root "rundll32 printui.dll,PrintUIEntry /in /n\
+			\\sambacupsserver\mysmbtstprn"</userinput>
 </screen></para>
 
 <para>
-Change any printer setting once (like <emphasis>"portrait"
---&gt; "landscape"</emphasis>), click "Apply"; change the setting
+Change any printer setting once (like changing <emphasis>"portrait" to
+	"landscape"</emphasis>), click <guibutton>Apply</guibutton>; change the setting
 back.
 </para>
-</sect3>
+</step>
 
-<sect3>
-<title>Twelfth Step: Install the Printer on a Client
+<step>
+<title>Install the Printer on a Client
 ("Point'n'Print")</title>
 
-<para><screen>
-
- C:\&gt; rundll32 printui.dll,PrintUIEntry /in /n "\\sambacupsserver\mysmbtstprn"
+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>point and print</primary></indexterm>
 
+<para><screen>
+&dosprompt;<userinput>rundll32 printui.dll,PrintUIEntry /in /n "\\sambacupsserver\mysmbtstprn"</userinput>
 </screen></para>
 
 <para>
 If it doesn't work it could be a permission problem with the
-<parameter>[print$]</parameter> share.
+<smbconfsection>[print$]</smbconfsection> share.
 </para>
-</sect3>
+</step>
 
-<sect3>
+<step>
 <title>Thirteenth Step (optional): Print a Test Page</title>
 
 <para><screen>
-
- C:\&gt; rundll32 printui.dll,PrintUIEntry /p /n "\\sambacupsserver\mysmbtstprn"
-
+&dosprompt;<userinput>rundll32 printui.dll,PrintUIEntry /p /n "\\sambacupsserver\mysmbtstprn"</userinput>
 </screen></para>
 
 <para>
 Then hit [TAB] 5 times, [ENTER] twice, [TAB] once and [ENTER] again
 and march to the printer.
 </para>
-</sect3>
+</step>
 
-<sect3>
+<step>
 <title>Fourteenth Step (recommended): Study the Test Page</title>
 
 <para>
@@ -3789,18 +3788,17 @@ installations and you don't need to read a word. Just put it in a
 frame and bolt it to the wall with the heading "MY FIRST
 RPCCLIENT-INSTALLED PRINTER" - why not just throw it away!
 </para>
-</sect3>
+</step>
 
-<sect3>
+<step>
 <title>Fifteenth Step (obligatory): Enjoy. Jump. Celebrate your
 Success</title>
 
 <para><screen>
-
-# echo "Cheeeeerioooooo! Success..." &gt;&gt; /var/log/samba/log.smbd     
-
+&rootprompt;<userinput>echo "Cheeeeerioooooo! Success..." &gt;&gt; /var/log/samba/log.smbd</userinput>
 </screen></para>
-</sect3>
+</step>
+</procedure>
 </sect2>
 
 <sect2>
@@ -3829,7 +3827,8 @@ a disappointing message like this one beneath?
 </screen></para>
 
 <para>
-It is not good enough that <emphasis>you</emphasis>
+<indexterm><primary>lpstat</primary></indexterm>
+It is not good enough that you
 can see the queue <emphasis>in CUPS</emphasis>, using
 the <command>lpstat -p ir85wm</command> command. A
 bug in most recent versions of Samba prevents the proper update of
@@ -3840,26 +3839,24 @@ execute the setdriver command successfully, check if Samba "sees"
 the printer: 
 </para>
 
+<indexterm><primary>rpcclient</primary><secondary>enumprinters</secondary></indexterm>
 <para><screen>
-
-# rpcclient transmeta -N -U'root%secret' -c 'enumprinters 0'| grep  ir85wm
+&rootprompt;<userinput>rpcclient transmeta -N -U'root%secret' -c 'enumprinters 0'| grep  ir85wm</userinput>
         printername:[ir85wm]
-
 </screen></para>
 
 <para>
 An alternative command could be this: 
 </para>
 
+<indexterm><primary>rpcclient</primary><secondary>getprinter</secondary></indexterm>
 <para><screen>
-
-# rpcclient transmeta -N -U'root%secret' -c 'getprinter ir85wm' 
+&rootprompt;<userinput>rpcclient transmeta -N -U'root%secret' -c 'getprinter ir85wm' </userinput>
         cmd = getprinter ir85wm
         flags:[0x800000]
         name:[\\transmeta\ir85wm]
         description:[\\transmeta\ir85wm,ir85wm,DPD]
         comment:[CUPS PostScript-Treiber for WinNT/2K/XP]
-
 </screen></para>
 
 <para>
@@ -3873,6 +3870,19 @@ to install drivers on remote Windows NT print servers too!
 <title>The printing <filename>*.tdb</filename> Files</title>
 
 <para>
+<indexterm><primary>TDB</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm><primary>connections.tdb</primary><seealso>TDB</seealso></indexterm>
+<indexterm><primary>printing.tdb</primary><seealso>TDB</seealso></indexterm>
+<indexterm><primary>share_info.tdb</primary><seealso>TDB</seealso></indexterm>
+<indexterm><primary>ntdrivers.tdb</primary><seealso>TDB</seealso></indexterm>
+<indexterm><primary>unexpected.tdb</primary><seealso>TDB</seealso></indexterm>
+<indexterm><primary>brlock.tdb</primary><seealso>TDB</seealso></indexterm>
+<indexterm><primary>locking.tdb</primary><seealso>TDB</seealso></indexterm>
+<indexterm><primary>ntforms.tdb</primary><seealso>TDB</seealso></indexterm>
+<indexterm><primary>messages.tdb</primary><seealso>TDB</seealso></indexterm>
+<indexterm><primary>ntprinters.tdb</primary><seealso>TDB</seealso></indexterm>
+<indexterm><primary>sessionid.tdb</primary><seealso>TDB</seealso></indexterm>
+<indexterm><primary>secrets.tdb</primary><seealso>TDB</seealso></indexterm>
 Some mystery is associated with the series of files with a
 tdb-suffix appearing in every Samba installation. They are
 <filename>connections.tdb</filename>,
@@ -3892,12 +3902,13 @@ tdb-suffix appearing in every Samba installation. They are
 <sect2>
 <title>Trivial DataBase Files</title>
 
+<indexterm><primary>TDB</primary></indexterm>
 <para>
 A Windows NT (Print) Server keeps track of all information needed to serve
 its duty toward its clients by storing entries in the Windows
 "Registry". Client queries are answered by reading from the registry,
 Administrator or user configuration settings are saved by writing into
-the Registry. Samba and Unix obviously don't have such a kind of
+the Registry. Samba and UNIX obviously don't have such a kind of
 Registry. Samba instead keeps track of all client related information in a
 series of <filename>*.tdb</filename> files. (TDB = Trivial Data
 Base). These are often located in <filename>/var/lib/samba/</filename>
@@ -3946,6 +3957,9 @@ backup of the <filename>*.tdb</filename> files in time.
 <sect2>
 <title>Using <emphasis>tdbbackup</emphasis></title>
 
+<indexterm><primary>TDB</primary><secondary>backing up</secondary><see>tdbbackup</see></indexterm>
+<indexterm><primary>tdbbackup</primary></indexterm>
+
 <para>
 Samba ships with a little utility which helps the root user of your
 system to back up your <filename>*.tdb</filename> files. If you run it
@@ -3953,8 +3967,7 @@ with no argument, it prints a little usage message:
 </para>
 
 <para><screen>
-
-# tdbbackup
+&rootprompt;<userinput>tdbbackup</userinput>
  Usage: tdbbackup [options] &lt;fname...&gt;
  
  Version:3.0a
@@ -3969,16 +3982,16 @@ Here is how I backed up my printing.tdb file:
 </para>
 
 <para><screen>
-
-# ls 
- .           browse.dat       locking.tdb     ntdrivers.tdb   printing.tdb    share_info.tdb
- ..          connections.tdb  messages.tdb    ntforms.tdb     printing.tdbkp  unexpected.tdb
- brlock.tdb  gmon.out         namelist.debug  ntprinters.tdb  sessionid.tdb
+&rootprompt;<userinput>ls</userinput>
+.              browse.dat       locking.tdb     ntdrivers.tdb   printing.tdb
+..             share_info.tdb   connections.tdb messages.tdb    ntforms.tdb
+printing.tdbkp unexpected.tdb   brlock.tdb      gmon.out        namelist.debug  
+ntprinters.tdb sessionid.tdb
  
- kde-bitshop:/var/lock/samba # tdbbackup -s .bak printing.tdb
+&rootprompt;<userinput>tdbbackup -s .bak printing.tdb</userinput>
  printing.tdb : 135 records
  
- kde-bitshop:/var/lock/samba # ls -l printing.tdb*
+&rootprompt;<userinput>ls -l printing.tdb*</userinput>
  -rw-------    1 root     root        40960 May  2 03:44 printing.tdb
  -rw-------    1 root     root        40960 May  2 03:44 printing.tdb.bak
 
@@ -3989,23 +4002,25 @@ Here is how I backed up my printing.tdb file:
 <sect1>
 <title>CUPS Print Drivers from Linuxprinting.org</title>
 
+<indexterm><primary>Linuxprinting.org</primary></indexterm>
+
 <para>
 CUPS ships with good support for HP LaserJet type printers.  You can
 install the generic driver as follows:
 </para>
 
-<para><screen>
-
-lpadmin -p laserjet4plus -v parallel:/dev/lp0 -E -m laserjet.ppd
+<indexterm><primary>lpadmin</primary></indexterm>
 
+<para><screen>
+&rootprompt;<userinput>lpadmin -p laserjet4plus -v parallel:/dev/lp0 -E -m laserjet.ppd</userinput>
 </screen></para>
 
 <para>
-The <parameter>-m</parameter> switch will retrieve the
+The <option>-m</option> switch will retrieve the
 <filename>laserjet.ppd</filename> from the standard repository for
 not-yet-installed-PPDs, which CUPS typically stores in
 <filename>/usr/share/cups/model</filename>. Alternatively, you may use
-<parameter>-P /path/to/your.ppd</parameter>.
+<option>-P /path/to/your.ppd</option>.
 </para>
 
 <para>
@@ -4014,7 +4029,7 @@ for every LaserJet-compatible model. It constitutes a sort of "least
 denominator" of all the models. If for some reason it is ruled out to
 you to pay for the commercially available ESP Print Pro drivers, your
 first move should be to consult the database on <ulink
-url="http://www.linuxprinting.org/printer_list.cgi">http://www.linuxprinting.org/printer_list.cgi</ulink>.
+noescape="1" url="http://www.linuxprinting.org/printer_list.cgi">http://www.linuxprinting.org/printer_list.cgi</ulink>.
 Linuxprinting.org has excellent recommendations about which driver is
 best used for each printer. Its database is kept current by the
 tireless work of Till Kamppeter from MandrakeSoft, who is also the
@@ -4022,11 +4037,12 @@ principal author of the foomatic-rip utility.
 </para>
 
 <note><para>
+<indexterm><primary>foomatic-rip</primary></indexterm>
 The former "cupsomatic" concept is now be replaced by the new, much
 more powerful "foomatic-rip". foomatic-rip is the successor of
 cupsomatic. cupsomatic is no longer maintained. Here is the new URL
 to the Foomatic-3.0 database:<ulink
-url="http://www.linuxprinting.org/driver_list.cgi">http://www.linuxprinting.org/driver_list.cgi</ulink>.
+noescape="1" url="http://www.linuxprinting.org/driver_list.cgi">http://www.linuxprinting.org/driver_list.cgi</ulink>.
 If you upgrade to foomatic-rip, don't forget to also upgrade to the
 new-style PPDs for your foomatic-driven printers. foomatic-rip will
 not work with PPDs generated for the old cupsomatic. The new-style
@@ -4038,6 +4054,9 @@ provide the driver files for the Windows clients also!
 <sect2>
 <title>foomatic-rip and Foomatic explained</title>
 
+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>foomatic</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>foomatic-rip</primary></indexterm>
+
 <para>
 Nowadays most Linux distros rely on the utilities of Linuxprinting.org
 to create their printing related software (which, BTW, works on all
@@ -4104,6 +4123,8 @@ of the data.
 <sect3>
 <title>Foomatic's strange Name</title>
 
+<indexterm><primary>foomatic</primary></indexterm>
+
 <para>
 "Why the funny name?", you ask. When it really took off, around spring
 2000, CUPS was far less popular than today, and most systems used LPD,
@@ -4143,6 +4164,10 @@ Ghostscript filters.</para></listitem>
 <sect3>
 <title>cupsomatic, pdqomatic, lpdomatic, directomatic</title>
 
+<indexterm><primary>cupsomatic</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm><primary>CUPS-PPD</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm><primary>PPD</primary><secondary>CUPS</secondary><see>CUPS-PPD</see></indexterm>
+
 <para>
 CUPS worked through a quickly-hacked up filter script named <ulink
 url="http://www.linuxprinting.org/download.cgi?filename=cupsomatic&amp;show=0">cupsomatic</ulink>.
@@ -4191,9 +4216,11 @@ configuration files..
 </sect3>
 
 <sect3>
-<title>7.13.1.5.The <emphasis>Grand Unification</emphasis>
+<title>The <emphasis>Grand Unification</emphasis>
 achieved...</title>
 
+<indexterm><primary>foomatic-rip</primary></indexterm>
+
 <para>
 This all has changed in Foomatic versions 2.9 (Beta) and released as
 "stable" 3.0. This has now achieved the convergence of all *omatic
@@ -4261,7 +4288,7 @@ the work is currently done in three projects. These are:
 url="http://www-124.ibm.com/developerworks/oss/linux/projects/omni/">Omni</ulink>
 -- a Free Software project by IBM which tries to convert their printer
 driver knowledge from good-ol' OS/2 times into a modern, modular,
-universal driver architecture for Linux/Unix (still Beta).  This
+universal driver architecture for Linux/UNIX (still Beta).  This
 currently supports 437 models.</para></listitem>
 
 <listitem><para><ulink url="http://hpinkjet.sf.net/">HPIJS</ulink> --
@@ -4282,7 +4309,7 @@ platforms). This currently supports 522 models.</para></listitem>
 
 <sect3>
 <title>Forums, Downloads, Tutorials, Howtos -- also for Mac OS X and
-commercial Unix</title>
+commercial UNIX</title>
 
 <para>
 Linuxprinting.org today is the one-stop "shop" to download printer
@@ -4361,11 +4388,11 @@ Linuxprinting.org ensures you to get the latest driver/PPD files):
 </para>
 <itemizedlist>
 <listitem><para>Surf to <ulink
-url="http://www.linuxprinting.org/printer_list.cgi">http://www.linuxprinting.org/printer_list.cgi</ulink>
+noescape="1" url="http://www.linuxprinting.org/printer_list.cgi">http://www.linuxprinting.org/printer_list.cgi</ulink>
 </para></listitem>
 
 <listitem><para>Check the complete list of printers in the database:
-<ulink
+<ulink noescape="1" 
 url="http://www.linuxprinting.org/printer_list.cgi?make=Anyone">http://www.linuxprinting.org/printer_list.cgi?make=Anyone</ulink>
 </para></listitem>
 
@@ -4378,7 +4405,7 @@ with this model (for all printers, there will always be
 first).</para></listitem>
 
 <listitem><para>In our case ("HP LaserJet 4 Plus"), we'll arrive here:
-<ulink
+		<ulink noescape="1"
 url="http://www.linuxprinting.org/show_printer.cgi?recnum=HP-LaserJet_4_Plus">http://www.linuxprinting.org/show_printer.cgi?recnum=HP-LaserJet_4_Plus</ulink>
 </para></listitem>
 
@@ -4389,7 +4416,7 @@ visit them all, if you are not familiar with the Linuxprinting.org
 database.</para></listitem>
 
 <listitem><para>There is a link to the database page for the "ljet4":
-<ulink
+		<ulink noescape="1"
 url="http://www.linuxprinting.org/show_driver.cgi?driver=ljet4">http://www.linuxprinting.org/show_driver.cgi?driver=ljet4</ulink>
 On the driver's page, you'll find important and detailed information
 about how to use that driver within the various available
@@ -4399,23 +4426,23 @@ spoolers.</para></listitem>
 driver author or the driver.</para></listitem>
 
 <listitem><para>Important links are the ones which provide hints with
-setup instructions for CUPS (<ulink
+setup instructions for CUPS (<ulink noescape="1"
 url="http://www.linuxprinting.org/cups-doc.html">http://www.linuxprinting.org/cups-doc.html</ulink>),
-PDQ (<ulink
+PDQ (<ulink noescape="1"
 url="http://www.linuxprinting.org/pdq-doc.html">http://www.linuxprinting.org/pdq-doc.html</ulink>),
-LPD, LPRng and GNUlpr (<ulink
+LPD, LPRng and GNUlpr (<ulink noescape="1"
 url="http://www.linuxprinting.org/lpd-doc.html">http://www.linuxprinting.org/lpd-doc.html</ulink>)
-as well as PPR (<ulink
+as well as PPR (<ulink noescape="1"
 url="http://www.linuxprinting.org/ppr-doc.html">http://www.linuxprinting.org/ppr-doc.html)</ulink>
-or "spooler-less" printing (<ulink
+or "spooler-less" printing (<ulink noescape="1"
 url="http://www.linuxprinting.org/direct-doc.html">http://www.linuxprinting.org/direct-doc.html</ulink>
 ).</para></listitem>
 
 <listitem><para>You can view the PPD in your browser through this
-link: <ulink
+link: <ulink noescape="1"
 url="http://www.linuxprinting.org/ppd-o-matic.cgi?driver=ljet4&amp;printer=HP-LaserJet_4_Plus&amp;show=1">http://www.linuxprinting.org/ppd-o-matic.cgi?driver=ljet4&amp;printer=HP-LaserJet_4_Plus&amp;show=1</ulink>
 </para></listitem> <listitem><para>You can also (most importantly)
-generate and download the PPD: <ulink
+generate and download the PPD: <ulink noescape="1"
 url="http://www.linuxprinting.org/ppd-o-matic.cgi?driver=ljet4&amp;printer=HP-LaserJet_4_Plus&amp;show=0">http://www.linuxprinting.org/ppd-o-matic.cgi?driver=ljet4&amp;printer=HP-LaserJet_4_Plus&amp;show=0</ulink>
 </para></listitem>
 
@@ -4425,7 +4452,7 @@ for the user. Later you'll only need to choose resolution, paper size
 etc. from the web-based menu, or from the print dialog GUI, or from
 the commandline.</para></listitem>
 
-<listitem><para>Should you have ended up on the driver's page (<ulink
+<listitem><para>Should you have ended up on the driver's page (<ulink noescape="1"
 url="http://www.linuxprinting.org/show_driver.cgi?driver=ljet4">http://www.linuxprinting.org/show_driver.cgi?driver=ljet4</ulink>),
 you can choose to use the "PPD-O-Matic" online PPD generator
 program.</para></listitem>
@@ -4461,19 +4488,17 @@ e.g.:
 </para>
 
 <para><screen>
-
-lpadmin -p laserjet4plus -v parallel:/dev/lp0 -E -P path/to/my-printer.ppd
-
+&rootprompt;<userinput>lpadmin -p laserjet4plus -v parallel:/dev/lp0 -E -P path/to/my-printer.ppd</userinput>
 </screen></para></listitem>
 
 <listitem><para>Note again this: for all the new-style "Foomatic-PPDs"
 from Linuxprinting.org, you also need a special "CUPS filter" named
-"foomatic-rip".Get the latest version of "foomatic-rip" from: <ulink
+"foomatic-rip".Get the latest version of "foomatic-rip" from: <ulink noescape="1"
 url="http://www.linuxprinting.org/foomatic2.9/download.cgi?filename=foomatic-rip&amp;show=0">http://www.linuxprinting.org/foomatic2.9/download.cgi?filename=foomatic-rip&amp;show=0</ulink>
 </para></listitem>
 
 <listitem><para>The foomatic-rip Perlscript itself also makes some
-interesting reading (<ulink
+interesting reading (<ulink noescape="1"
 url="http://www.linuxprinting.org/foomatic2.9/download.cgi?filename=foomatic-rip&amp;show=1">http://www.linuxprinting.org/foomatic2.9/download.cgi?filename=foomatic-rip&amp;show=1</ulink>),
 because it is very well documented by Till's inline comments (even
 non-Perl hackers will learn quite a bit about printing by reading
@@ -4538,6 +4563,8 @@ foomatic-rip).</para></listitem>
 <sect1>
 <title>Page Accounting with CUPS</title>
 
+
+<indexterm><primary>CUPS</primary><secondary>Page Accounting</secondary></indexterm>
 <para>
 Often there are questions regarding "print quotas" wherein Samba users
 (that is, Windows clients) should not be able to print beyond a
@@ -4558,15 +4585,17 @@ period you want.
 <sect2>
 <title>Setting up Quotas</title>
 
+<indexterm><primary>CUPS</primary><secondary>quotas</secondary></indexterm>
 <para>
 This is an example command how root would set a print quota in CUPS,
 assuming an existing printer named "quotaprinter":
 </para>
 
-<para><screen>
-
-  lpadmin -p quotaprinter -o job-quota-period=604800 -o job-k-limit=1024 -o job-page-limit=100
+<indexterm><primary>lpadmin</primary></indexterm>
 
+<para><screen>
+&rootprompt;<userinput>lpadmin -p quotaprinter -o job-quota-period=604800 \
+	-o job-k-limit=1024 -o job-page-limit=100</userinput>
 </screen></para>
 
 <para>
@@ -4596,7 +4625,7 @@ printer is a non-PostScript model, you need to let CUPS do the job to
 convert the file to a print-ready format for the target printer. This
 will be working for currently about 1,000 different printer models,
 see <ulink
-url="http://www.linuxprinting.org/printer_list.cgi">http://www.linuxprinting.org/printer_list.cgi</ulink>).
+	url="http://www.linuxprinting.org/printer_list.cgi">the driver list at linuxprinting.org/</ulink>.
 </para>
 </sect2>
 
@@ -4621,6 +4650,7 @@ http://www.cups.org/ as the "cups-samba-1.1.16.tar.gz" package). It does
 </para>
 
 <itemizedlist>
+<indexterm><primary>PJL</primary></indexterm>
 
 <listitem><para>to not write an PJL-header</para></listitem>
 
@@ -4644,6 +4674,7 @@ current from CUPS 1.1.16).
 <sect2>
 <title>The page_log File Syntax</title>
 
+<indexterm><primary>page_log</primary></indexterm>
 <para>
 These are the items CUPS logs in the "page_log" for every
 single <emphasis>page</emphasis> of a job:
@@ -4675,13 +4706,11 @@ format and included items:
 </para>
 
 <para><screen>
-
-        infotec_IS2027 kurt 401 [22/Apr/2003:10:28:43 +0100] 1 3 #marketing 10.160.50.13
-        infotec_IS2027 kurt 401 [22/Apr/2003:10:28:43 +0100] 2 3 #marketing 10.160.50.13
-        infotec_IS2027 kurt 401 [22/Apr/2003:10:28:43 +0100] 3 3 #marketing 10.160.50.13
-        infotec_IS2027 kurt 401 [22/Apr/2003:10:28:43 +0100] 4 3 #marketing 10.160.50.13
-        DigiMaster9110 boss 402 [22/Apr/2003:10:33:22 +0100] 1 440 finance-dep 10.160.51.33
-
+infotec_IS2027 kurt 401 [22/Apr/2003:10:28:43 +0100] 1 3 #marketing 10.160.50.13
+infotec_IS2027 kurt 401 [22/Apr/2003:10:28:43 +0100] 2 3 #marketing 10.160.50.13
+infotec_IS2027 kurt 401 [22/Apr/2003:10:28:43 +0100] 3 3 #marketing 10.160.50.13
+infotec_IS2027 kurt 401 [22/Apr/2003:10:28:43 +0100] 4 3 #marketing 10.160.50.13
+DigiMaster9110 boss 402 [22/Apr/2003:10:33:22 +0100] 1 440 finance-dep 10.160.51.33
 </screen></para>
 
 <para>
@@ -4712,7 +4741,7 @@ of 1000 and the job is aborted by the printer, the "page count" will
 still show the figure of 1000 for that job</para></listitem>
 
 <listitem><para>all quotas are the same for all users (no flexibility
-to give the boss a higher quota than the clerk) no support for
+to give the boss a higher quota than the clerk), no support for
 groups</para></listitem>
 
 <listitem><para>no means to read out the current balance or the
@@ -4788,11 +4817,9 @@ away and re-directs it to go through Ghostscript. CUPS accepts this,
 because the associated CUPS-O-Matic-/Foomatic-PPD specifies:
 </para>
 
-<para><screen>
-
-   *cupsFilter:  "application/vnd.cups-postscript 0 cupsomatic"
-
-</screen></para>
+<para><programlisting>
+  *cupsFilter:  "application/vnd.cups-postscript 0 cupsomatic"
+</programlisting></para>
 
 <para>
 This line persuades CUPS to hand the file to cupsomatic, once it has
@@ -4809,12 +4836,10 @@ mechanism. Another workaround in some situations would be to have in
 <filename>/etc/cups/mime.types</filename> entries as follows:
 </para>
 
-<para><screen>
-
-   application/postscript           application/vnd.cups-raw  0  -
-   application/vnd.cups-postscript  application/vnd.cups-raw  0  -
-
-</screen></para>
+<para><programlisting>
+ application/postscript           application/vnd.cups-raw  0  -
+ application/vnd.cups-postscript  application/vnd.cups-raw  0  -
+</programlisting></para>
 
 <para>
 This would prevent all Postscript files from being filtered (rather,
@@ -4824,11 +4849,9 @@ want to print PS code on non-PS printers (provided they support ASCII
 text printing) an entry as follows could be useful:
 </para>
 
-<para><screen>
-
-   */*           application/vnd.cups-raw  0  -
-
-</screen></para>
+<para><programlisting>
+ */*           application/vnd.cups-raw  0  -
+</programlisting></para>
 
 <para>
 and would effectively send <emphasis>all</emphasis> files to the
@@ -4839,11 +4862,9 @@ backend without further processing.
 Lastly, you could have the following entry:
 </para>
 
-<para><screen>
-
-   application/vnd.cups-postscript  application/vnd.cups-raw  0  my_PJL_stripping_filter
-
-</screen></para>
+<para><programlisting>
+application/vnd.cups-postscript application/vnd.cups-raw 0 my_PJL_stripping_filter
+</programlisting></para>
 
 <para>
 You will need to write a <emphasis>my_PJL_stripping_filter</emphasis>
@@ -4873,10 +4894,9 @@ requested by marketing for the mailing, etc.).
 
 <para>
 Samba print files pass through two "spool" directories. One is the
-incoming directory managed by Samba, (set in the <emphasis>path =
-/var/spool/samba</emphasis> directive in the
-<emphasis>[printers]</emphasis> section of
-<filename>smb.conf</filename>). The other is the spool directory of
+incoming directory managed by Samba, (set in the <smbconfoption><name>path</name><value>/var/spool/samba</value></smbconfoption> directive in the
+<smbconfsection>[printers]</smbconfsection> section of
+&smb.conf;). The other is the spool directory of
 your UNIX print subsystem. For CUPS it is normally
 <filename>/var/spool/cups/</filename>, as set by the cupsd.conf
 directive <filename>RequestRoot /var/spool/cups</filename>.
@@ -4938,17 +4958,20 @@ things:
 <listitem><para>a Samba-smbd which is compiled against "libcups" (Check
 on Linux by running "ldd `which smbd`")</para></listitem>
 
-<listitem><para>a Samba-<filename>smb.conf</filename> setting of
-"printing = cups"</para></listitem>
+<listitem><para>a Samba-&smb.conf; setting of
+		<smbconfoption><name>printing</name><value>cups</value></smbconfoption></para></listitem>
 
-<listitem><para>another Samba-<filename>smb.conf</filename> setting of
-"printcap = cups"</para></listitem>
+<listitem><para>another Samba-&smb.conf; setting of
+		<smbconfoption><name>printcap</name><value>cups</value></smbconfoption></para></listitem>
 </itemizedlist>
 
 <note><para>
 In this case all other manually set printing-related commands (like
-"print command", "lpq command", "lprm command", "lppause command" or
-"lpresume command") are ignored and they should normally have no
+<smbconfoption><name>print command</name></smbconfoption>, 
+<smbconfoption><name>lpq command</name></smbconfoption>, 
+<smbconfoption><name>lprm command</name></smbconfoption>, 
+<smbconfoption><name>lppause command</name></smbconfoption> or
+<smbconfoption><name>lpresume command</name></smbconfoption>) are ignored and they should normally have no
 influence what-so-ever on your printing.
 </para></note>
 </sect2>
@@ -4957,24 +4980,15 @@ influence what-so-ever on your printing.
 <title>Manual Configuration</title>
 
 <para>
-If you want to do things manually, replace the "printing =
-cups" by "printing = bsd". Then your manually set commands may work
-(haven't tested this), and a "print command = lp -d %P %s; rm %s"
+If you want to do things manually, replace the <smbconfoption><name>printing</name><value>cups</value></smbconfoption>
+by <smbconfoption><name>printing</name><value>bsd</value></smbconfoption>. Then your manually set commands may work
+(haven't tested this), and a <smbconfoption><name>print command</name><value>lp -d %P %s; rm %s"</value></smbconfoption>
 may do what you need.
 </para>
 </sect2>
 </sect1>
 
 <sect1>
-<title>When <emphasis>not</emphasis> to use Samba to print to
-CUPS</title>
-
-<para>
-[TO BE DONE]
-</para>
-</sect1>
-
-<sect1>
 <title>In Case of Trouble.....</title>
 
 <para>
@@ -4984,10 +4998,8 @@ relevant to your problem):
 </para>
 
 <para><screen>
-
-   grep -v ^# /etc/cups/cupsd.conf | grep -v ^$
-   grep -v ^# /etc/samba/smb.conf | grep -v ^$ | grep -v "^;"
-
+&prompt;<userinput>grep -v ^# /etc/cups/cupsd.conf | grep -v ^$</userinput>
+&prompt;<userinput>grep -v ^# /etc/samba/smb.conf | grep -v ^$ | grep -v "^;"</userinput>
 </screen></para>
 
 <para>
@@ -4999,35 +5011,9 @@ for experts (and you are expecting experts to read them, right?
 ;-)
 </para>
 
-<sect2>
-<title>Where to find Documentation</title>
-
-<para>
-[TO BE DONE]
-</para>
-</sect2>
-
-<sect2>
-<title>How to ask for Help</title>
-
-<para>
-[TO BE DONE]
-</para>
-</sect2>
-
-<sect2>
-<title>Where to find Help</title>
-
-<para>
-[TO BE DONE]
-</para>
-</sect2>
 </sect1>
 
 <sect1>
-<title>Appendix</title>
-
-<sect2>
 <title>Printing <emphasis>from</emphasis> CUPS to Windows attached
 Printers</title>
 
@@ -5035,7 +5021,7 @@ Printers</title>
 From time to time the question arises, how you can print
 <emphasis>to</emphasis> a Windows attached printer
 <emphasis>from</emphasis> Samba. Normally the local connection
-"Windows host &lt;--&gt; printer" would be done by USB or parallel
+from Windows host to printer would be done by USB or parallel
 cable, but this doesn't matter to Samba. From here only an SMB
 connection needs to be opened to the Windows host. Of course, this
 printer must be "shared" first. As you have learned by now, CUPS uses
@@ -5049,27 +5035,25 @@ which file must exist and be executable:
 </para>
 
 <para><screen>
-
- # ls -l /usr/lib/cups/backend/   
- total 253
- drwxr-xr-x    3 root     root          720 Apr 30 19:04 .
- drwxr-xr-x    6 root     root          125 Dec 19 17:13 ..
- -rwxr-xr-x    1 root     root        10692 Feb 16 21:29 canon
- -rwxr-xr-x    1 root     root        10692 Feb 16 21:29 epson
- lrwxrwxrwx    1 root     root            3 Apr 17 22:50 http -&gt; ipp
- -rwxr-xr-x    1 root     root        17316 Apr 17 22:50 ipp
- -rwxr-xr-x    1 root     root        15420 Apr 20 17:01 lpd
- -rwxr-xr-x    1 root     root         8656 Apr 20 17:01 parallel
- -rwxr-xr-x    1 root     root         2162 Mar 31 23:15 pdfdistiller
- lrwxrwxrwx    1 root     root           25 Apr 30 19:04 ptal -&gt; /usr/local/sbin/ptal-cups
- -rwxr-xr-x    1 root     root         6284 Apr 20 17:01 scsi
- lrwxrwxrwx    1 root     root           17 Apr  2 03:11 smb -&gt; /usr/bin/smbspool
- -rwxr-xr-x    1 root     root         7912 Apr 20 17:01 socket
- -rwxr-xr-x    1 root     root         9012 Apr 20 17:01 usb
-
-# ls -l `which smbspool`
- -rwxr-xr-x    1 root     root       563245 Dec 28 14:49 /usr/bin/smbspool
-
+&rootprompt;<userinput>ls -l /usr/lib/cups/backend/</userinput>
+total 253
+drwxr-xr-x    3 root     root          720 Apr 30 19:04 .
+drwxr-xr-x    6 root     root          125 Dec 19 17:13 ..
+-rwxr-xr-x    1 root     root        10692 Feb 16 21:29 canon
+-rwxr-xr-x    1 root     root        10692 Feb 16 21:29 epson
+lrwxrwxrwx    1 root     root            3 Apr 17 22:50 http -&gt; ipp
+-rwxr-xr-x    1 root     root        17316 Apr 17 22:50 ipp
+-rwxr-xr-x    1 root     root        15420 Apr 20 17:01 lpd
+-rwxr-xr-x    1 root     root         8656 Apr 20 17:01 parallel
+-rwxr-xr-x    1 root     root         2162 Mar 31 23:15 pdfdistiller
+lrwxrwxrwx    1 root     root           25 Apr 30 19:04 ptal -&gt; /usr/sbin/ptal-cups
+-rwxr-xr-x    1 root     root         6284 Apr 20 17:01 scsi
+lrwxrwxrwx    1 root     root           17 Apr  2 03:11 smb -&gt; /usr/bin/smbspool
+-rwxr-xr-x    1 root     root         7912 Apr 20 17:01 socket
+-rwxr-xr-x    1 root     root         9012 Apr 20 17:01 usb
+
+&rootprompt;<userinput>ls -l `which smbspool`</userinput>
+-rwxr-xr-x    1 root     root       563245 Dec 28 14:49 /usr/bin/smbspool
 </screen></para>
 
 <para>
@@ -5077,9 +5061,7 @@ If this symlink doesn't exist, create it:
 </para>
 
 <para><screen>
-
-# ln -s `which smbspool` /usr/lib/cups/backend/smb
-
+&rootprompt;<userinput>ln -s `which smbspool` /usr/lib/cups/backend/smb</userinput>
 </screen></para>
 
 <para>
@@ -5102,9 +5084,8 @@ To install a printer with the smb backend on CUPS, use this command:
 </para>
 
 <para><screen>
-
-# lpadmin -p winprinter -v smb://WINDOWSNETBIOSNAME/printersharename -P /path/to/PPD
-
+&rootprompt;<userinput>lpadmin -p winprinter -v smb://WINDOWSNETBIOSNAME/printersharename \
+  -P /path/to/PPD</userinput>
 </screen></para>
 
 <para>
@@ -5117,13 +5098,11 @@ for: you can include the required parameters as part of the
 <filename>smb://</filename> device-URI. Like this:
 </para>
 
-<para><screen>
-
- smb://WORKGROUP/WINDOWSNETBIOSNAME/printersharename 
- smb://username:password@WORKGROUP/WINDOWSNETBIOSNAME/printersharename
- smb://username:password@WINDOWSNETBIOSNAME/printersharename
-
-</screen></para>
+<itemizedlist>
+	<listitem><para>smb://WORKGROUP/WINDOWSNETBIOSNAME/printersharename </para></listitem>
+	<listitem><para>smb://username:password@WORKGROUP/WINDOWSNETBIOSNAME/printersharename</para></listitem>
+	<listitem><para>smb://username:password@WINDOWSNETBIOSNAME/printersharename</para></listitem>
+</itemizedlist>
 
 <para>
 Note that the device-URI will be visible in the process list of the
@@ -5137,121 +5116,26 @@ working netbios name resolution up and running. Note that this is a
 feature of CUPS and you don't necessarily need to have smbd running
 (but who wants that? :-).
 </para>
-</sect2>
+</sect1>
 
-<sect2>
+<sect1>
 <title>More CUPS filtering Chains</title>
 
 <para>
 The following diagrams reveal how CUPS handles print jobs.
 </para>
 
-<screen>
-#########################################################################
-#
-# CUPS in and of itself has this (general) filter chain (CAPITAL
-# letters are FILE-FORMATS or MIME types, other are filters (this is
-# true for pre-1.1.15 of pre-4.3 versions of CUPS and ESP PrintPro):
-#
-# SOMETHNG-FILEFORMAT
-#      |
-#      V
-#     somethingtops
-#      |
-#      V
-# APPLICATION/POSTSCRIPT
-#      |
-#      V
-#     pstops
-#      |
-#      V
-# APPLICATION/VND.CUPS-POSTSCRIPT
-#      |
-#      V
-#     pstoraster   # as shipped with CUPS, independent from any Ghostscipt
-#      |           # installation on the system
-#      |  (= "postscipt interpreter")
-#      V
-# APPLICATION/VND.CUPS-RASTER
-#      |
-#      V
-#     rastertosomething  (e.g. Gimp-Print filters may be plugged in here)
-#      |   (= "raster driver")
-#      V
-# SOMETHING-DEVICE-SPECIFIC
-#      |
-#      V
-#     backend
-#
-#
-# ESP PrintPro has some enhanced "rastertosomething" filters as compared to
-# CUPS, and also a somewhat improved "pstoraster" filter.
-#
-# NOTE: Gimp-Print and some other 3rd-Party-Filters (like TurboPrint) to
-#       CUPS and ESP PrintPro plug-in where rastertosomething is noted.
-#
-#########################################################################
-</screen>
+<image><imagefile>cups1</imagefile><imagedescription>Filtering chain 1</imagedescription></image>
 
-<screen>
-#########################################################################
-#
-# This is how "cupsomatic" comes into play:
-# =========================================
-#
-# SOMETHNG-FILEFORMAT
-#      |
-#      V
-#    somethingtops
-#      |
-#      V
-# APPLICATION/POSTSCRIPT
-#      |
-#      V
-#    pstops
-#      |
-#      V
-# APPLICATION/VND.CUPS-POSTSCRIPT ----------------+
-#      |                                          V
-#      V                                         cupsomatic
-#    pstoraster                                  (constructs complicated
-#      |  (= "postscipt interpreter")            Ghostscript commandline
-#      |                                         to let the file be
-#      V                                         processed by a
-# APPLICATION/VND.CUPS-RASTER                    "-sDEVICE=s.th."
-#      |                                         call...)
-#      V                                          |
-#    rastertosomething                            V
-#      |    (= "raster driver")     +-------------------------+
-#      |                            | Ghostscript at work.... |
-#      V                            |                         |
-# SOMETHING-DEVICE-SPECIFIC         *-------------------------+
-#      |                                          |
-#      V                                          |
-#    backend &lt;------------------------------------+
-#      |
-#      V
-#    THE PRINTER
-#
-#
-# Note, that cupsomatic "kidnaps" the printfile after the
-# "APPLICATION/VND.CUPS-POSTSCRPT" stage and deviates it gh
-# the CUPS-external, systemwide Ghostscript installation, bypassing the
-# "pstoraster" filter (therefore also bypassing the CUPS-raster-drivers
-# "rastertosomething", and hands the rasterized file directly to the CUPS
-# backend...
-#
-# cupsomatic is not made by the CUPS developers. It is an independent
-# contribution to printing development, made by people from
-# Linuxprinting.org. (see also http://www.cups.org/cups-help.html)
-#
-# NOTE: Gimp-Print and some other 3rd-Party-Filters (like TurboPrint) to
-#       CUPS and ESP PrintPro plug-in where rastertosomething is noted.
-#
-#########################################################################
-</screen>
+<image><imagefile>cups2</imagefile><imagedescription>Filtering chain with cupsomatic</imagedescription></image>
+
+<note><para>
+Gimp-Print and some other 3rd-Party-Filters (like TurboPrint) to
+CUPS and ESP PrintPro plug-in where rastertosomething is noted.
+</para></note>
+
+<!--FIXME: Put this into diagrams... ?
 
-<screen>
 #########################################################################
 #
 # And this is how it works for ESP PrintPro from 4.3:
@@ -5311,7 +5195,7 @@ The following diagrams reveal how CUPS handles print jobs.
 #    pstops
 #      |
 #      V
-# APPLICATION/VND.CUPS-POSTSCRIPT ----------------+
+# APPLICATION/VND.CUPS-POSTSCRIPT ================+
 #      |                                          V
 #      V                                         cupsomatic
 #    gsrip                                       (constructs complicated
@@ -5322,13 +5206,13 @@ The following diagrams reveal how CUPS handles print jobs.
 #      |                                         call...)
 #      V                                          |
 #    rastertosomething                            V
-#      |   (= "raster driver")      +-------------------------+
+#      |   (= "raster driver")      +=========================+
 #      |                            | Ghostscript at work.... |
 #      V                            |                         |
-# SOMETHING-DEVICE-SPECIFIC         *-------------------------+
+# SOMETHING-DEVICE-SPECIFIC         *=========================+
 #      |                                          |
 #      V                                          |
-#    backend &lt;------------------------------------+
+#    backend &lt;=================================+
 #      |
 #      V
 #    THE PRINTER
@@ -5357,8 +5241,8 @@ The following diagrams reveal how CUPS handles print jobs.
 #     pstops
 #      |
 #      V
-# APPLICATION/VND.CUPS-POSTSCRIPT-----+
-#                  +------------------v------------------------------+
+# APPLICATION/VND.CUPS-POSTSCRIPT=====+
+#                  +==================v==============================+
 #                  | Ghostscript                                     |
 #                  | at work...                                      |
 #                  | (with                                           |
@@ -5366,9 +5250,9 @@ The following diagrams reveal how CUPS handles print jobs.
 #                  |                                                 |
 #                  |         (= "postscipt interpreter")             |
 #                  |                                                 |
-#                  +------------------v------------------------------+
+#                  +==================v==============================+
 #                                     |
-# APPLICATION/VND.CUPS-RASTER &gt;-------+
+# APPLICATION/VND.CUPS-RASTER &gt;====+
 #      |
 #      V
 #     rastertosomething
@@ -5416,8 +5300,8 @@ The following diagrams reveal how CUPS handles print jobs.
 #     pstops
 #      |
 #      V
-# APPLICATION/VND.CUPS-POSTSCRIPT-----+
-#                  +------------------v------------------------------+
+# APPLICATION/VND.CUPS-POSTSCRIPT=====+
+#                  +==================v==============================+
 #                  | Ghostscript        . Ghostscript at work....    |
 #                  | at work...         . (with "-sDEVICE=           |
 #                  | (with              .            s.th."          |
@@ -5427,15 +5311,15 @@ The following diagrams reveal how CUPS handles print jobs.
 #                  |                    .                            |
 #                  |          (= "postscript interpreter")           |
 #                  |                    .                            |
-#                  +------------------v--------------v---------------+
+#                  +==================v==============v===============+
 #                                     |              |
-# APPLICATION/VND.CUPS-RASTER &gt;-------+              |
+# APPLICATION/VND.CUPS-RASTER &gt;=======+              |
 #      |                                             |
 #      V                                             |
 #     rastertosomething                              |
 #      |   (= "raster driver")                       |
 #      V                                             |
-# SOMETHING-DEVICE-SPECIFIC &gt;------------------------+
+# SOMETHING-DEVICE-SPECIFIC &gt;========================+
 #      |
 #      V
 #     backend
@@ -5445,76 +5329,72 @@ The following diagrams reveal how CUPS handles print jobs.
 #       CUPS and ESP PrintPro plug-in where rastertosomething is noted.
 #
 ##########################################################################
-</screen>
-</sect2>
+</screen>-->
+</sect1>
 
-<sect2>
-<title>Trouble Shooting Guidelines to fix typical Samba printing
-Problems</title>
+<sect1>
+	<title>Common Errors</title>
 
-<para>
-This is a short description of how to debug printing problems
-with Samba. This describes how to debug problems with printing from
-a SMB client to a Samba server, not the other way around.
-</para>
+	<sect2>
+		<title>Win9x client can't install driver</title>
 
-<variablelist>
-<varlistentry><term>Win9x client can't install driver</term>
-<listitem><para>For Win9x clients require the printer names to be 8
+		<para>For Win9x clients require the printer names to be 8
 chars (or "8 plus 3 chars suffix") max; otherwise the driver files
 won't get transferred when you want to download them from
-Samba.</para></listitem></varlistentry>
-
-<varlistentry><term>testparm</term>
-<listitem><para>Run <command>testparm</command>: It will tell you if
-<filename>smb.conf</filename> parameters are in the wrong
-section. Many people have had the "printer admin" parameter in the
-<parameter>[printers]</parameter> section and experienced
-problems. "testparm" will tell you if it sees
-this.</para></listitem></varlistentry>
-
-<varlistentry><term>"cupsaddsmb" keeps asking for a root password in a
-neverending loop</term>
-<listitem><para>Have you <parameter>security = user</parameter>? Have
+Samba.</para>
+
+	</sect2>
+
+	<sect2>
+		<title>"cupsaddsmb" keeps asking for root password in
+			neverending loop</title>
+
+		<para>Have you <smbconfoption><name>security</name><value>user</value></smbconfoption>? Have
 you used <command>smbpasswd</command> to give root a Samba account?
 You can do 2 things: open another terminal and execute
 <command>smbpasswd -a root</command> to create the account, and
 continue with entering the password into the first terminal. Or break
 out of the loop by hitting ENTER twice (without trying to type a
-password).</para></listitem></varlistentry>
+password).</para>
 
-<varlistentry><term>"cupsaddsmb" gives "No PPD file for printer..."
-message (but I swear there is one!)</term>
+	</sect2>
 
-<listitem>
-<itemizedlist>
-<listitem><para>Have you enabled printer sharing on CUPS? This means:
+	<sect2>
+		<title>"cupsaddsmb" gives "No PPD file for printer..."
+			message while PPD file is present</title>
+
+		<para>Have you enabled printer sharing on CUPS? This means:
 do you have a <parameter>&lt;Location
 /printers&gt;....&lt;/Location&gt;</parameter> section in CUPS
 server's <filename>cupsd.conf</filename> which doesn't deny access to
 the host you run "cupsaddsmb" from?  It <emphasis>could</emphasis> be
 an issue if you use cupsaddsmb remotely, or if you use it with a
-<parameter>-h</parameter> parameter: <command>cupsaddsmb -H
-sambaserver -h cupsserver -v printername</command>.
-</para></listitem>
-<listitem><para>Is your
+<option>-h</option> parameter: <userinput>cupsaddsmb -H
+	sambaserver -h cupsserver -v printername</userinput>.
+</para>
+<para>Is your
 "TempDir" directive in
 <emphasis>cupsd.conf</emphasis>
 set to a valid value and is it writeable?
-</para></listitem></itemizedlist>
-</listitem></varlistentry>
+</para>
 
-<varlistentry><term>I can't connect client to Samba printer.</term>
-<listitem><para>Use <command>smbstatus</command> to check which user
+	</sect2>
+
+	<sect2>
+		<title>Client can't connect to Samba printer</title>
+	<para>Use <command>smbstatus</command> to check which user
 you are from Samba's point of view. Do you have the privileges to
-write into the <parameter>[print$]</parameter>
-share?</para></listitem></varlistentry>
-
-<varlistentry><term>I can't reconnect to Samba under a new account
-from Win2K/XP</term>
-<listitem><para>Once you are connected as the "wrong" user (for
-example as "nobody", which often occurs if you have <parameter>map to
-guest = bad user</parameter>), Windows Explorer will not accept an
+write into the <smbconfsection>[print$]</smbconfsection>
+share?</para>
+
+	</sect2>
+
+	<sect2>
+		<title>Can't reconnect to Samba under new account
+			from Win2K/XP</title>
+	<para>Once you are connected as the "wrong" user (for
+example as "nobody", which often occurs if you have 
+<smbconfoption><name>map to guest</name><value>bad user</value></smbconfoption>), Windows Explorer will not accept an
 attempt to connect again as a different user. There won't be any byte
 transfered on the wire to Samba, but still you'll see a stupid error
 message which makes you think that Samba has denied access. Use
@@ -5527,89 +5407,90 @@ indicating a renewed connection attempt? Shut all Explorer Windows.
 This makes Windows forget what it has cached in its memory as
 established connections. Then re-connect as the right user. Best
 method is to use a DOS terminal window and <emphasis>first</emphasis>
-do <command>net use z: \\SAMBAHOST\print$ /user:root</command>. Check
+do <userinput>net use z: \\&example.server.samba;\print$ /user:root</userinput>. Check
 with <command>smbstatus</command> that you are connected under a
 different account. Now open the "Printers" folder (on the Samba server
 in the <emphasis>Network Neighbourhood</emphasis>), right-click the
 printer in question and select
-<emphasis>Connect...</emphasis></para></listitem></varlistentry>
+<emphasis>Connect...</emphasis></para></sect2>
 
-<varlistentry><term>Avoid being connected to the Samba server as the
-"wrong" user</term>
-<listitem><para>You see per <command>smbstatus</command> that you are
+<sect2>
+	<title>Avoid being connected to the Samba server as the
+		"wrong" user</title>
+	
+	<para>You see per <command>smbstatus</command> that you are
 connected as user "nobody"; while you wanted to be "root" or
-"printeradmin"? This is probably due to <parameter>map to guest = bad
-user</parameter>, which silently connects you under the guest account,
+"printeradmin"? This is probably due to 
+<smbconfoption><name>map to guest</name><value>bad user</value></smbconfoption>, which silently connects you under the guest account,
 when you gave (maybe by accident) an incorrect username. Remove
-<parameter>map to guest</parameter>, if you want to prevent
-this.</para></listitem></varlistentry>
+<smbconfoption><name>map to guest</name></smbconfoption>, if you want to prevent
+this.</para></sect2>
+
+<sect2><title>Upgrading to CUPS drivers from Adobe drivers on
+		NT/2K/XP clients gives problems</title>
 
-<varlistentry><term>Upgrading to CUPS drivers from Adobe drivers on
-NT/2K/XP clients gives problems</term>
-<listitem><para>First delete all "old" Adobe-using printers. Then
+	<para>First delete all "old" Adobe-using printers. Then
 delete all "old" Adobe drivers. (On Win2K/XP, right-click in
 background of "Printers" folder, select "Server Properties...", select
-tab "Drivers" and delete here).</para></listitem></varlistentry>
-
-<varlistentry><term>I can't use "cupsaddsmb"on a Samba server which is
-a PDC</term>
-<listitem><para>Do you use the "naked" root user name? Try to do it
-this way: <emphasis>cupsaddsmb -U DOMAINNAME\\root -v
-printername</emphasis> (note the two backslashes: the first one is
-required to "escape" the second one).</para></listitem></varlistentry>
-
-<varlistentry><term>I deleted a printer on Win2K; but I still see
-its driver</term>
-<listitem><para>Deleting a printer on the client won't delete the
+tab "Drivers" and delete here).</para></sect2>
+
+<sect2><title>Can't use "cupsaddsmb" on Samba server which is
+		a PDC</title>
+<para>Do you use the "naked" root user name? Try to do it
+this way: <userinput>cupsaddsmb -U <replaceable>DOMAINNAME</replaceable>\\root -v
+<replaceable>printername</replaceable></userinput>> (note the two backslashes: the first one is
+required to "escape" the second one).</para></sect2>
+
+<sect2><title>Deleted Win2K printer driver is still shown</title>
+<para>Deleting a printer on the client won't delete the
 driver too (to verify, right-click on the white background of the
 "Printers" folder, select "Server Properties" and click on the
 "Drivers" tab). These same old drivers will be re-used when you try to
 install a printer with the same name. If you want to update to a new
 driver, delete the old ones first. Deletion is only possible if no
-other printer uses the same driver.</para></listitem></varlistentry>
+other printer uses the same driver.</para></sect2>
 
-<varlistentry><term>Win2K/XP "Local Security
-Policies"</term>
-<listitem><para><emphasis>Local Security Policies</emphasis> may not
+<sect2><title>Win2K/XP "Local Security
+		Policies"</title>
+<para><emphasis>Local Security Policies</emphasis> may not
 allow the installation of unsigned drivers. "Local Security Policies"
 may not allow the installation of printer drivers at
-all.</para></listitem></varlistentry>
+all.</para></sect2>
 
-<varlistentry><term>WinXP clients: "Administrator can not install
-printers for all local users"</term>
-<listitem><para>Windows XP handles SMB printers on a "per-user" basis.
+<sect2><title>WinXP clients: "Administrator can not install
+		printers for all local users"</title>
+<para>Windows XP handles SMB printers on a "per-user" basis.
 This means every user needs to install the printer himself. To have a
 printer available for everybody, you might want to use the built-in
 IPP client capabilities of WinXP. Add a printer with the print path of
 <emphasis>http://cupsserver:631/printers/printername</emphasis>.
 Still looking into this one: maybe a "logon script" could
 automatically install printers for all
-users.</para></listitem></varlistentry>
+users.</para></sect2>
 
-<varlistentry><term>"Print Change Notify" functions on
-NT-clients</term>
-<listitem><para>For "print change notify" functions on NT++ clients,
+<sect2><title>"Print Change Notify" functions on
+		NT-clients</title>
+<para>For "print change notify" functions on NT++ clients,
 these need to run the "Server" service first (re-named to
 <emphasis>File &amp; Print Sharing for MS Networks</emphasis> in
-XP).</para></listitem></varlistentry>
+XP).</para></sect2>
 
-<varlistentry><term>WinXP-SP1</term>
-<listitem><para>WinXP-SP1 introduced a <emphasis>Point and Print
+<sect2><title>WinXP-SP1</title>
+<para>WinXP-SP1 introduced a <emphasis>Point and Print
 Restriction Policy</emphasis> (this restriction doesn't apply to
 "Administrator" or "Power User" groups of users).  In Group Policy
-Object Editor: go to <emphasis>User Configuration --&gt;
-Administrative Templates --&gt; Control Panel --&gt;
+Object Editor: go to <emphasis>User Configuration,
+	Administrative Templates, Control Panel,
 Printers</emphasis>. The policy is automatically set to
 <emphasis>Enabled</emphasis> and the <emphasis>Users can only Point
 and Print to machines in their Forest</emphasis> . You probably need
 to change it to <emphasis>Disabled</emphasis> or <emphasis>Users can
 only Point and Print to these servers</emphasis> in order to make
-driver downloads from Samba possible.</para></listitem></varlistentry>
+driver downloads from Samba possible.</para></sect2>
 
-<varlistentry><term>I can't set and save default print options for all
-users on Win2K/XP</term>
+<sect2><title>Print options for all	users can't be set on Win2K/XP</title>
 
-<listitem><para>How are you doing it? I bet the wrong way (it is not
+<para>How are you doing it? I bet the wrong way (it is not
 very easy to find out, though). There are 3 different ways to bring
 you to a dialog that <emphasis>seems</emphasis> to set everything. All
 three dialogs <emphasis>look</emphasis> the same. Only one of them
@@ -5687,16 +5568,16 @@ Do you see any difference? I don't either... However, only the last
 one, which you arrived at with steps "C.1.-6." will save any settings
 permanently and be the defaults for new users. If you want all clients
 to get the same defaults, you need to conduct these steps <emphasis>as
-Administrator</emphasis> (<parameter>printer admin</parameter> in
-<filename>smb.conf</filename>) <emphasis>before</emphasis> a client
+Administrator</emphasis> (<smbconfoption><name>printer admin</name></smbconfoption> in
+&smb.conf;) <emphasis>before</emphasis> a client
 downloads the driver (the clients can later set their own
 <emphasis>per-user defaults</emphasis> by following the
 procedures <emphasis>A.</emphasis> or <emphasis>B.</emphasis>
-above).</para></listitem></varlistentry>
+above).</para></sect2>
 
-<varlistentry><term>What are the most common blunders in driver
-settings on Windows clients?</term>
-<listitem><para>Don't use <emphasis>Optimize for
+<sect2><title>Most common blunders in driver
+		settings on Windows clients</title>
+	<para>Don't use <emphasis>Optimize for
 Speed</emphasis>: use <emphasis>Optimize for
 Portability</emphasis> instead (Adobe PS Driver) Don't use
 <emphasis>Page Independence: No</emphasis>: always
@@ -5708,11 +5589,11 @@ printer</emphasis> (Adobe PS Driver). For
 <emphasis>TrueType Download Options</emphasis>
 choose <emphasis>Outline</emphasis>. Use PostScript
 Level 2, if you are having trouble with a non-PS printer, and if
-there is a choice.</para></listitem></varlistentry>
+there is a choice.</para></sect2>
 
-<varlistentry><term>I can't make <command>cupsaddsmb</command> work
-with newly installed printer</term>
-<listitem><para>Symptom: the last command of
+<sect2><title><command>cupsaddsmb</command> does not work
+		with newly installed printer</title>
+<para>Symptom: the last command of
 <command>cupsaddsmb</command> doesn't complete successfully:
 <command>cmd = setdriver printername printername</command> result was
 NT_STATUS_UNSUCCESSFUL then possibly the printer was not yet
@@ -5721,29 +5602,29 @@ Neighbourhood</emphasis>? Did it show up in <command>rpcclient
 hostname -c 'enumprinters'</command>? Restart smbd (or send a
 <command>kill -HUP</command> to all processes listed by
 <command>smbstatus</command> and try
-again.</para></listitem></varlistentry>
+again.</para></sect2>
 
-<varlistentry><term>My permissions on
+<sect2><title>Permissions on
 <filename>/var/spool/samba/</filename> get reset after each
-reboot</term>
-<listitem><para>Have you by accident set the CUPS spool directory to
+reboot</title>
+<para>Have you by accident set the CUPS spool directory to
 the same location? (<parameter>RequestRoot
 /var/spool/samba/</parameter> in <filename>cupsd.conf</filename> or
 the other way round: <filename>/var/spool/cups/</filename> is set as
-<parameter>path</parameter> in the <parameter>[printers]</parameter>
+<smbconfoption><name>path</name></smbconfoption>> in the <smbconfsection>[printers]</smbconfsection>
 section). These <emphasis>must</emphasis> be different. Set
 <parameter>RequestRoot /var/spool/cups/</parameter> in
-<filename>cupsd.conf</filename> and <parameter>path =
-/var/spool/samba</parameter> in the <parameter>[printers]</parameter>
-section of <filename>smb.conf</filename>. Otherwise cupsd will
+<filename>cupsd.conf</filename> and <smbconfoption><name>path</name><value>
+/var/spool/samba</value></smbconfoption> in the <smbconfsection>[printers]</smbconfsection>
+section of &smb.conf;. Otherwise cupsd will
 sanitize permissions to its spool directory with each restart, and
-printing will not work reliably.</para></listitem></varlistentry>
+printing will not work reliably.</para></sect2>
 
-<varlistentry><term>My printers work fine: just the printer named "lp"
+<sect2><title>Printer named "lp"
 intermittently swallows jobs and spits out completely different
-ones</term>
-<listitem><para>It is a very bad idea to name any printer "lp". This
-is the traditional Unix name for the default printer. CUPS may be set
+ones</title>
+<para>It is a very bad idea to name any printer "lp". This
+is the traditional UNIX name for the default printer. CUPS may be set
 up to do an automatic creation of "Implicit Classes". This means, to
 group all printers with the same name to a pool of devices, and
 loadbalancing the jobs across them in a round-robin fashion.  Chances
@@ -5752,56 +5633,25 @@ receive his jobs and send your own to his device unwittingly. To have
 tight control over the printer names, set <parameter>BrowseShortNames
 No</parameter>. It will present any printer as "printername@cupshost"
 then, giving you a better control over what may happen in a large
-networked environment.</para></listitem></varlistentry>
-
-<varlistentry><term>How do I "watch" my Samba server?</term>
-<listitem><para>You can use <command>tail -f
-/var/log/samba/log.smbd</command> (you may need a different path) to
-see a live scrolling of all log messages.  <command>smbcontrol smbd
-debuglevel</command> tells you which verbosity goes into the
-logs. <command>smbcontrol smbd debug 3</command> sets the verbosity to
-a quite high level (you can choose from 0 to 10 or 100). This works
-"on the fly", without the need to restart the smbd daemon. Don't use
-more than 3 initially; or you'll drown in an ocean of
-messages.</para></listitem></varlistentry>
-
-<varlistentry><term>I can't use Samba from my WinXP Home box, while
-access from WinXP Prof works flawlessly</term>
-<listitem><para>You have our condolences! WinXP home has been
-completely neutered by Microsoft as compared to WinXP Prof: you can
-not log into a WinNT domain. It cannot join a Win NT domain as a
-member server. While it is possible to access domain resources, users
-don't have "single sign-on". They need to supply username and password
-each time they connect to a resource. Logon scripts and roaming
-profiles are not supported. It can serve file and print shares; but
-only in "share-mode security" level. It can not use "user-mode
-security" (what Windows 95/98/ME still can
-do).</para></listitem></varlistentry>
-
-<varlistentry><term>Where do I find the Adobe PostScript driver files
-I need for "cupsaddsmb"?</term>
-<listitem><para>Use <command>smbclient</command> to connect to any
+networked environment.</para></sect2>
+
+<sect2><title>Location of Adobe PostScript driver files necessary for "cupsaddsmb"</title>
+<para>Use <command>smbclient</command> to connect to any
 Windows box with a shared PostScript printer: <command>smbclient
 //windowsbox/print\$ -U guest</command>. You can navigate to the
 <filename>W32X86/2</filename> subdir to <command>mget ADOBE*</command>
 and other files or to <filename>WIN40/0</filename> to do the same. --
 Another option is to download the <filename>*.exe</filename> packaged
-files from the Adobe website.</para></listitem></varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-</sect2>
+files from the Adobe website.</para></sect2>
 
-<sect2>
+</sect1>
+
+<sect1>
 <title>An Overview of the CUPS Printing Processes</title>
 
-<para>
-<figure><title>CUPS Printing Overview</title>
-<mediaobject>
-	<imageobject role="latex"><imagedata fileref="projdoc/imagefiles/a_small"/></imageobject>
-	<imageobject><imagedata fileref="projdoc/imagefiles/a_small.png"/></imageobject>
-</mediaobject>
-</figure>
-</para>
-</sect2>
+<image><imagedescription>CUPS Printing Overview</imagedescription>
+	<imagefile>a_small</imagefile>
+</image>
 </sect1>
 
 </chapter>
diff --git a/docs/docbook/projdoc/Compiling.xml b/docs/docbook/projdoc/Compiling.xml
index 279be2fdb4b..ccb2f46f3f5 100644
--- a/docs/docbook/projdoc/Compiling.xml
+++ b/docs/docbook/projdoc/Compiling.xml
@@ -1,13 +1,13 @@
 <chapter id="compiling">
 <chapterinfo>
 	&author.jelmer;
-	<author><surname>Someone; Jerry perhaps?</surname></author>
+	&author.tridge;
 	
 	<pubdate> 22 May 2001 </pubdate>
 	<pubdate> 18 March 2003 </pubdate>
 </chapterinfo>
 
-<title>How to compile SAMBA</title>
+<title>How to compile Samba</title>
 
 <para>
 You can obtain the samba source from the
@@ -18,6 +18,8 @@ you can download samba from CVS or using rsync.
 <sect1>
 <title>Access Samba source code via CVS</title>
 
+<indexterm><primary>CVS</primary></indexterm>
+
 <sect2>
 <title>Introduction</title>
 
@@ -31,7 +33,7 @@ detailed in this chapter.
 
 <para>
 This chapter is a modified version of the instructions found at
-<ulink url="http://samba.org/samba/cvs.html">http://samba.org/samba/cvs.html</ulink>
+<ulink noescape="1" url="http://samba.org/samba/cvs.html">http://samba.org/samba/cvs.html</ulink>
 </para>
 
 </sect2>
@@ -49,6 +51,8 @@ of accessing the CVS server on this host.
 <sect3>
 <title>Access via CVSweb</title>
 
+<indexterm><primary>CVS</primary><secondary>web</secondary></indexterm>
+
 <para>
 You can access the source code via your 
 favourite WWW browser. This allows you to access the contents of 
@@ -59,7 +63,7 @@ listing between any two versions on the repository.
 
 <para>
 Use the URL : <ulink
-url="http://samba.org/cgi-bin/cvsweb">http://samba.org/cgi-bin/cvsweb</ulink>
+noescape="1"	url="http://samba.org/cgi-bin/cvsweb">http://samba.org/cgi-bin/cvsweb</ulink>
 </para>
 </sect3>
 
@@ -78,7 +82,7 @@ just a casual browser.
 <para>
 To download the latest cvs source code, point your
 browser at the URL :
-<ulink url="http://www.cyclic.com/">http://www.cyclic.com/</ulink>.
+<ulink noescape="1" url="http://www.cyclic.com/">http://www.cyclic.com/</ulink>.
 and click on the 'How to get cvs' link. CVS is free software under 
 the GNU GPL (as is Samba).  Note that there are several graphical CVS clients
 which provide a graphical interface to the sometimes mundane CVS commands.
@@ -167,11 +171,14 @@ on this system just substitute the correct package name
 <sect1>
 	<title>Accessing the samba sources via rsync and ftp</title>
 
+	<indexterm><primary>rsync</primary></indexterm>
+	<indexterm><primary>ftp</primary></indexterm>
+
 	<para>
 	pserver.samba.org also exports unpacked copies of most parts of the CVS
-	tree at <ulink url="ftp://pserver.samba.org/pub/unpacked">ftp://pserver.samba.org/pub/unpacked</ulink> and also via anonymous rsync at 
-	<ulink url="rsync://pserver.samba.org/ftp/unpacked/">rsync://pserver.samba.org/ftp/unpacked/</ulink>. I recommend using rsync rather than ftp.
-	See <ulink url="http://rsync.samba.org/">the rsync homepage</ulink> for more info on rsync.                       
+	tree at <ulink noescape="1" url="ftp://pserver.samba.org/pub/unpacked">ftp://pserver.samba.org/pub/unpacked</ulink> and also via anonymous rsync at 
+	<ulink noescape="1" url="rsync://pserver.samba.org/ftp/unpacked/">rsync://pserver.samba.org/ftp/unpacked/</ulink>. I recommend using rsync rather than ftp.
+	See <ulink noescape="1" url="http://rsync.samba.org/">the rsync homepage</ulink> for more info on rsync.                       
 	</para>
 
 	<para>
@@ -197,17 +204,19 @@ With that said, go ahead and download the following files:
 </para>
 
 <para><screen>
-<prompt>$ </prompt><userinput> wget http://us1.samba.org/samba/ftp/samba-2.2.8a.tar.asc</userinput>
-<prompt>$ </prompt><userinput> wget http://us1.samba.org/samba/ftp/samba-pubkey.asc</userinput>
+&prompt;<userinput>wget http://us1.samba.org/samba/ftp/samba-2.2.8a.tar.asc</userinput>
+&prompt;<userinput>wget http://us1.samba.org/samba/ftp/samba-pubkey.asc</userinput>
 </screen></para>
 
+
 <para>
+<indexterm><primary>GPG</primary></indexterm>
 The first file is the PGP signature for the Samba source file; the other is the Samba public
 PGP key itself. Import the public PGP key with:
 </para>
 
 <screen>
-	<prompt>$ </prompt><userinput>gpg --import samba-pubkey.asc</userinput>
+&prompt;<userinput>gpg --import samba-pubkey.asc</userinput>
 </screen>
 
 <para>
@@ -215,8 +224,8 @@ And verify the Samba source code integrity with:
 </para>
 
 <screen>
-	<prompt>$ </prompt><userinput>gzip -d samba-2.2.8a.tar.gz</userinput>
-	<prompt>$ </prompt><userinput>gpg --verify samba-2.2.8a.tar.asc</userinput>
+&prompt;<userinput>gzip -d samba-2.2.8a.tar.gz</userinput>
+&prompt;<userinput>gpg --verify samba-2.2.8a.tar.asc</userinput>
 </screen>
 
 <para>
@@ -226,51 +235,58 @@ then all is well. The warnings about trust relationships can be ignored. An
 example of what you would not want to see would be:
 </para>
 
+<para>
 <computeroutput>
      gpg: BAD signature from "Samba Distribution Verification Key"
-</computeroutput>
+ </computeroutput>
+ </para>
 
 </sect1>
 
 <sect1>
 	<title>Building the Binaries</title>
 	
-	<para>To do this, first run the program <userinput>./configure
+<indexterm><primary>configure</primary></indexterm>
+
+	<para>
+		To do this, first run the program <userinput>./configure
 	</userinput> in the source directory. This should automatically 
 	configure Samba for your operating system. If you have unusual 
 	needs then you may wish to run</para>
 	
-	<para>&rootprompt;<userinput>./configure --help
-	</userinput></para>
+<para><screen>&rootprompt;<userinput>./configure --help
+</userinput></screen></para>
 	
 	<para>first to see what special options you can enable.
 	Then executing</para>
+
+<indexterm><primary>make</primary></indexterm>
 	
-	<para>&rootprompt;<userinput>make</userinput></para>
+<para><screen>&rootprompt;<userinput>make</userinput></screen></para>
 	
 	<para>will create the binaries. Once it's successfully 
 	compiled you can use </para>
 	
-	<para>&rootprompt;<userinput>make install</userinput></para>
+<para><screen>&rootprompt;<userinput>make install</userinput></screen></para>
 	
 	<para>to install the binaries and manual pages. You can 
 	separately install the binaries and/or man pages using</para>
 	
-	<para>&rootprompt;<userinput>make installbin
-	</userinput></para>
+<para><screen>&rootprompt;<userinput>make installbin
+</userinput></screen></para>
 	
 	<para>and</para>
 	
-	<para>&rootprompt;<userinput>make installman
-	</userinput></para>
+	<para><screen>&rootprompt;<userinput>make installman
+	</userinput></screen></para>
 
 	<para>Note that if you are upgrading for a previous version 
 	of Samba you might like to know that the old versions of 
 	the binaries will be renamed with a ".old" extension. You 
 	can go back to the previous version with</para>
 	
-	<para>&rootprompt;<userinput>make revert
-	</userinput></para>
+<para><screen>&rootprompt;<userinput>make revert
+</userinput></screen></para>
 	
 	<para>if you find this version a disaster!</para>
 
@@ -311,10 +327,10 @@ example of what you would not want to see would be:
 
 	<para>On Debian you need to install the following packages:</para>
 	<para>
-		<simplelist>
-			<member>libkrb5-dev</member>
-			<member>krb5-user</member>
-		</simplelist>
+		<itemizedlist>
+			<listitem><para>libkrb5-dev</para></listitem>
+			<listitem><para>krb5-user</para></listitem>
+		</itemizedlist>
 	</para>
 	</sect3>
 
@@ -323,11 +339,11 @@ example of what you would not want to see would be:
 
 	<para>On RedHat this means you should have at least: </para>
 	<para>
-		<simplelist>
-			<member>krb5-workstation (for kinit)</member>
-			<member>krb5-libs (for linking with)</member>
-			<member>krb5-devel (because you are compiling from source)</member>
-		</simplelist>
+		<itemizedlist>
+			<listitem><para>krb5-workstation (for kinit)</para></listitem>
+			<listitem><para>krb5-libs (for linking with)</para></listitem>
+			<listitem><para>krb5-devel (because you are compiling from source)</para></listitem>
+		</itemizedlist>
 	</para>
 
 	<para>in addition to the standard development environment.</para>
@@ -344,11 +360,14 @@ example of what you would not want to see would be:
 <sect1>
 	<title>Starting the &smbd; and &nmbd;</title>
 
+	<indexterm><primary>inetd</primary></indexterm>
+
 	<para>You must choose to start &smbd; and &nmbd; either
 	as daemons or from <application>inetd</application>. Don't try
 	to do both!  Either you can put them in <filename>
 	inetd.conf</filename> and have them started on demand
-	by <application>inetd</application>, or you can start them as
+	by <application>inetd</application> or <application>xinetd</application>, 
+	or you can start them as
 	daemons either from the command line or in <filename>
 	/etc/rc.local</filename>. See the man pages for details
 	on the command line options. Take particular care to read
@@ -363,6 +382,8 @@ example of what you would not want to see would be:
 	<sect2>
 		<title>Starting from inetd.conf</title>
 
+		<indexterm><primary>inetd</primary></indexterm>
+		
 		<note>
 		<para>The following will be different if 
 		you use NIS, NIS+ or LDAP to distribute services maps.</para>
@@ -388,7 +409,11 @@ example of what you would not want to see would be:
 
 		<para>The exact syntax of <filename>/etc/inetd.conf</filename> 
 		varies between unixes. Look at the other entries in inetd.conf 
-		for a guide.</para>
+		for a guide. </para>
+
+		<indexterm><primary>xinetd</primary></indexterm>
+		<para>Some distributions use xinetd instead of inetd. Consult the 
+		xinetd manual for configuration information.</para>
 
 		<note><para>Some unixes already have entries like netbios_ns 
 		(note the underscore) in <filename>/etc/services</filename>. 
@@ -396,8 +421,9 @@ example of what you would not want to see would be:
 		<filename>/etc/inetd.conf</filename> to make them consistent.
 		</para></note>
 
+		<indexterm><primary>ifconfig</primary></indexterm>
 		<note><para>On many systems you may need to use the 
-		<parameter>interfaces</parameter> option in &smb.conf; to specify the IP
+		<smbconfoption><name>interfaces</name></smbconfoption> option in &smb.conf; to specify the IP
 		address and netmask of your interfaces. Run 
 		<application>ifconfig</application> 
 		as root if you don't know what the broadcast is for your
@@ -412,13 +438,19 @@ example of what you would not want to see would be:
 		from <command>inetd</command>.</para></warning>
 
 		<para>Restart <application>inetd</application>, perhaps just send 
-			it a HUP. If you have installed an earlier version of &nmbd; then
-			you may need to kill &nmbd; as well.</para>
+			it a HUP. </para>
+
+		<screen>
+			&rootprompt;<userinput>killall -HUP inetd</userinput>
+		</screen>
+		
 	</sect2>
 	
 	<sect2>
 		<title>Alternative: starting it as a daemon</title>
 
+		<indexterm><primary>daemon</primary></indexterm>
+		
 		<para>To start the server as a daemon you should create 
 		a script something like this one, perhaps calling 
 		it <filename>startsmb</filename>.</para>
@@ -445,21 +477,4 @@ example of what you would not want to see would be:
 	</sect2>
 </sect1>
 
-<sect1>
-<title>Common Errors</title>
-
-<para><quote>
-I'm using gcc 3 and I've compiled Samba-3 from the CVS and the 
-binaries are very large files (40 Mb and 20 Mb). I've the same result with
-<option>--enable-shared</option>  ?
-</quote>
-</para>
-
-<para>
-The dwarf format used by GCC 3 for storing debugging symbols is very inefficient.	
-Strip the binaries, don't compile with -g or compile with -gstabs.
-</para>
-
-</sect1>
-
 </chapter>
diff --git a/docs/docbook/projdoc/DOMAIN_MEMBER.xml b/docs/docbook/projdoc/DOMAIN_MEMBER.xml
index 0af934faab8..df0711058fb 100644
--- a/docs/docbook/projdoc/DOMAIN_MEMBER.xml
+++ b/docs/docbook/projdoc/DOMAIN_MEMBER.xml
@@ -4,8 +4,6 @@
 	&author.jht;
 	&author.jeremy;
 	&author.jerry;
-
-<!-- Authors of the ADS-HOWTO -->
 	&author.tridge;
 	&author.jelmer;
 </chapterinfo>
@@ -24,7 +22,7 @@ This chapter covers background information pertaining to domain membership,
 Samba configuration for it, and MS Windows client procedures for joining a
 domain.  Why is this necessary? Because both are areas in which there exists
 within the current MS Windows networking world and particularly in the
-Unix/Linux networking and administration world, a considerable level of
+UNIX/Linux networking and administration world, a considerable level of
 mis-information, incorrect understanding, and a lack of knowledge. Hopefully
 this chapter will fill the voids.
 </para>
@@ -33,8 +31,7 @@ this chapter will fill the voids.
 <title>Features and Benefits</title>
 
 <para>
-MS Windows workstations and servers that want to participate in domain
-security need to
+MS Windows workstations and servers that want to participate in domain security need to
 be made Domain members. Participating in Domain security is often called 
 <emphasis>Single Sign On</emphasis> or <acronym>SSO</acronym> for short. This
 chapter describes the process that must be followed to make a workstation
@@ -91,9 +88,11 @@ Domain membership has many advantages:
 
 </sect1>
 
-<sect1>
+<sect1 id="machine-trust-accounts">
 <title>MS Windows Workstation/Server Machine Trust Accounts</title>
 
+<indexterm><primary>machine trust accounts</primary></indexterm>
+
 <para>
 A machine trust account is an account that is used to authenticate a client
 machine
@@ -126,14 +125,14 @@ as follows:
 <itemizedlist>
 	<listitem><para>
 	A Domain Security Account (stored in the 
-	<parameter>passdb backend</parameter> that has been configured in the
+	<smbconfoption><name>passdb backend</name></smbconfoption> that has been configured in the
 	&smb.conf; file. The precise nature of the account information that is
 	stored depends on the type of backend database that has been chosen.
 	</para>
 
 	<para>
 	The older format of this data is the <filename>smbpasswd</filename> database
-	which contains the unix login ID, the Unix user identifier (UID), and the
+	which contains the UNIX login ID, the UNIX user identifier (UID), and the
 	LanMan and NT encrypted passwords. There is also some other information in
 	this file that we do not need to concern ourselves with here.
 	</para>
@@ -146,25 +145,28 @@ as follows:
 	</para></listitem>
 
 	<listitem><para>
-	A corresponding Unix account, typically stored in
+	A corresponding UNIX account, typically stored in
 	<filename>/etc/passwd</filename>.  Work is in progress to allow a
-	simplified mode of operation that does not require Unix user accounts, but
+	simplified mode of operation that does not require UNIX user accounts, but
 	this may not be a feature of the early releases of Samba-3.
 	</para></listitem>
 </itemizedlist>
 </para>
 
+<indexterm><primary>machine trust accounts</primary><secondary>creating</secondary></indexterm>
+
 <para>
 There are three ways to create machine trust accounts:
 </para>
 
 <itemizedlist>
 	<listitem><para>
-	Manual creation from the Unix/Linux command line. Here, both the Samba and
-	corresponding Unix account are created by hand.
+	Manual creation from the UNIX/Linux command line. Here, both the Samba and
+	corresponding UNIX account are created by hand.
 	</para></listitem>
 
 	<listitem><para>
+	<indexterm><primary>Server Manager</primary></indexterm>
 	Using the MS Windows NT4 Server Manager (either from an NT4 Domain member
 	server, or using the Nexus toolkit available from the Microsoft web site.
 	This tool can be run from any MS Windows machine so long as the user is
@@ -174,7 +176,7 @@ There are three ways to create machine trust accounts:
 	<listitem><para>
 	"On-the-fly" creation. The Samba machine trust account is automatically
 	created by Samba at the time the client is joined to the domain.
-	(For security, this is the recommended method.) The corresponding Unix
+	(For security, this is the recommended method.) The corresponding UNIX
 	account may be created automatically or manually. 
 	</para></listitem>
 </itemizedlist>
@@ -184,25 +186,35 @@ There are three ways to create machine trust accounts:
 
 <para>
 The first step in manually creating a machine trust account is to manually
-create the corresponding Unix account in <filename>/etc/passwd</filename>. 
+create the corresponding UNIX account in <filename>/etc/passwd</filename>. 
 This can be done using <command>vipw</command> or another 'add user' command
-that is normally used to create new Unix accounts.  The following is an example for a Linux based Samba server:
-</para>
+that is normally used to create new UNIX accounts.  The following is an example for a Linux based Samba server:
+<indexterm><primary>useradd</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm><primary>vipw</primary></indexterm>
+
 
-<para>
-&rootprompt;<userinput>/usr/sbin/useradd -g 100 -d /dev/null -c <replaceable>"machine nickname"</replaceable> -s /bin/false <replaceable>machine_name</replaceable>$ </userinput>
 </para>
 
 <para>
+<screen>
+&rootprompt;<userinput>/usr/sbin/useradd -g 100 -d /dev/null -c <replaceable>"machine nickname"</replaceable> \
+   -s /bin/false <replaceable>machine_name</replaceable>$ </userinput>
+
 &rootprompt;<userinput>passwd -l <replaceable>machine_name</replaceable>$</userinput>
+</screen>
 </para>
 
+
 <para>
+<indexterm><primary>chpass</primary></indexterm>
 On *BSD systems, this can be done using the <command>chpass</command> utility:
 </para>
 
 <para>
-&rootprompt;<userinput>chpass -a "<replaceable>machine_name</replaceable>$:*:101:100::0:0:Workstation <replaceable>machine_name</replaceable>:/dev/null:/sbin/nologin"</userinput>
+<screen>
+&rootprompt;<userinput>chpass -a \
+  "<replaceable>machine_name</replaceable>$:*:101:100::0:0:Workstation <replaceable>machine_name</replaceable>:/dev/null:/sbin/nologin"</userinput>
+</screen>
 </para>
 
 <para>
@@ -213,7 +225,7 @@ home directory. For example a machine named 'doppy' would have an
 </para>
 
 <programlisting>
-doppy$:x:505:501:<replaceable>machine_nickname</replaceable>:/dev/null:/bin/false
+doppy$:x:505:100:<replaceable>machine_nickname</replaceable>:/dev/null:/bin/false
 </programlisting>
 
 <para>
@@ -226,10 +238,10 @@ this as a machine trust account.
 </para>
 
 <para>
-Now that the corresponding Unix account has been created, the next step is to create 
+Now that the corresponding UNIX account has been created, the next step is to create 
 the Samba account for the client containing the well-known initial 
-machine trust account password.  This can be done using the <ulink 
-url="smbpasswd.8.html"><command>smbpasswd(8)</command></ulink> command 
+machine trust account password.  This can be done using the 
+<command>smbpasswd</command> command 
 as shown here:
 </para>
 
@@ -242,7 +254,7 @@ as shown here:
 <para>
 where <replaceable>machine_name</replaceable> is the machine's NetBIOS
 name.  The RID of the new machine account is generated from the UID of 
-the corresponding Unix account.
+the corresponding UNIX account.
 </para>
 
 <warning>
@@ -251,6 +263,7 @@ the corresponding Unix account.
 	<para>
 	Manually creating a machine trust account using this method is the 
 	equivalent of creating a machine trust account on a Windows NT PDC using 
+	<indexterm><primary>Server Manager</primary></indexterm>
 	the <application>Server Manager</application>.  From the time at which the 
 	account is created to the time which the client joins the domain and 
 	changes the password, your domain is vulnerable to an intruder joining 
@@ -266,18 +279,23 @@ the corresponding Unix account.
 
 <para>
 If the machine from which you are trying to manage the domain is an 
-<application>MS Windows NT4 workstation</application>
+<application>MS Windows NT4 workstation or MS Windows 200x / XP Professional</application>
 then the tool of choice is the package called <command>SRVTOOLS.EXE</command>. 
-When executed in the target directory this will unpack 
-<command>SrvMge.exe</command> and <command>UsrMgr.exe</command> (both are 
-Domain Management tools for MS Windows NT4 workstation.
+When executed in the target directory this will unpack <command>SrvMge.exe</command>
+and <command>UsrMgr.exe</command> (both are domain management tools for MS Windows NT4 workstation).
+</para>
+
+<para>
+If your workstation is a <application>Microsoft Windows 9x/Me</application> family product
+ you should download the <command>Nexus.exe</command> package from the Microsoft web site.
+When executed from the target directory this will unpack the same tools but for use on 
+this platform.
 </para>
 
 <para>
-If your workstation is any other MS Windows product you should download the
-<command>Nexus.exe</command> package from the Microsoft web site. When executed 
-from the target directory this will unpack the same tools but for use on 
-<application>MS Windows 9x/Me/200x/XP</application>.
+Further information about these tools may be obtained from the following locations:
+<ulink noescape="1" url="http://support.microsoft.com/default.aspx?scid=kb;en-us;173673"></ulink>
+<ulink noescape="1" url="http://support.microsoft.com/default.aspx?scid=kb;en-us;172540"></ulink>
 </para>
 
 <para>
@@ -327,10 +345,10 @@ simply to allow the Samba server to create them as needed when the client
 is joined to the domain.
 </para>
 
-<para>Since each Samba machine trust account requires a corresponding Unix account, a method
-for automatically creating the Unix account is usually supplied; this requires configuration of the
-<ulink url="smb.conf.5.html#ADDMACHINESCRIPT">add machine script</ulink> option in
-<filename>smb.conf</filename>. This method is not required, however; corresponding Unix
+<para>Since each Samba machine trust account requires a corresponding UNIX account, a method
+for automatically creating the UNIX account is usually supplied; this requires configuration of the
+add machine script option in
+&smb.conf;. This method is not required, however; corresponding UNIX
 accounts may also be created manually.
 </para>
 
@@ -339,11 +357,11 @@ accounts may also be created manually.
 Below is an example for a RedHat Linux system.
 </para>
 
-<para><programlisting>
-[global]
-   # &lt;...remainder of parameters...&gt;
-   add machine script = /usr/sbin/useradd -d /dev/null -g 100 -s /bin/false -M %u 
-</programlisting></para>
+<para><smbconfblock>
+<smbconfsection>[global]</smbconfsection>
+<smbconfcomment>&lt;...remainder of parameters...&gt;</smbconfcomment>
+<smbconfoption><name>add machine script</name><value>/usr/sbin/useradd -d /dev/null -g 100 -s /bin/false -M %u </value></smbconfoption>
+</smbconfblock></para>
 
 
 </sect2>
@@ -377,7 +395,7 @@ with the version of Windows:
 	The name of the account that is used to create domain member machine accounts can be
 	anything the network administrator may choose. If it is other than <emphasis>root</emphasis>
 	then this is easily mapped to root using the file pointed to be the &smb.conf; parameter
-	<parameter>username map = /etc/samba/smbusers</parameter>.
+	<smbconfoption><name>username map</name><value>/etc/samba/smbusers</value></smbconfoption>.
 	</para>
 
 	<para>
@@ -413,7 +431,7 @@ with the version of Windows:
 	<title>Samba</title>
 
 	<para>Joining a Samba client to a domain is documented in 
-	the <link linkend="domain-member-server">Domain Member Server</link> section of this chapter chapter.
+		<link linkend="domain-member-server">the domain member chapter</link>.
 	</para>
 </sect3>
 
@@ -442,7 +460,7 @@ Server, etc.
 </para>
 
 <para>
-Please refer to the <link linkend="samba-pdc">Domain Control chapter</link>
+Please refer to <link linkend="samba-pdc">the chapter on setting up a PDC</link>
 for more information regarding how to create a domain
 machine account for a domain member server as well as for information
 regarding how to enable the Samba domain member machine to join the domain and
@@ -457,7 +475,7 @@ to be fully trusted by it.
 <tgroup align="left" cols="2">
 	<tbody>
 	<row><entry>NetBIOS name:</entry><entry>SERV1</entry></row>
-	<row><entry>Win2K/NT domain name:</entry><entry>DOM</entry></row>
+	<row><entry>Win2K/NT domain name:</entry><entry>&example.workgroup;</entry></row>
 	<row><entry>Domain's PDC NetBIOS name:</entry><entry>DOMPDC</entry></row>
 	<row><entry>Domain's BDC NetBIOS names:</entry><entry>DOMBDC1 and DOMBDC2</entry></row>
 </tbody>
@@ -471,27 +489,26 @@ now use domain security.
 </para>
 
 <para>
-Change (or add) your <ulink url="smb.conf.5.html#SECURITY">
-<parameter>security</parameter></ulink> line in the [global] section 
+	Change (or add) your 
+	<smbconfoption><name>security</name></smbconfoption> line in the [global] section 
 of your &smb.conf; to read:
 </para>
 
 <para>
-<programlisting>
-security = domain
-</programlisting>
+<smbconfblock>
+<smbconfoption><name>security</name><value>domain</value></smbconfoption>
+</smbconfblock>
 </para>
 
 <para>
-Next change the <ulink url="smb.conf.5.html#WORKGROUP"><parameter>
-workgroup</parameter></ulink> line in the <parameter>[global]</parameter>
+Next change the <smbconfoption><name>workgroup</name></smbconfoption> line in the <smbconfsection>[global]</smbconfsection>
 section to read: 
 </para>
 
 <para>
-<programlisting>
-workgroup = DOM
-</programlisting>
+<smbconfblock>
+<smbconfoption><name>workgroup</name><value>&example.workgroup;</value></smbconfoption>
+</smbconfblock>
 </para>
 
 <para>
@@ -499,21 +516,20 @@ as this is the name of the domain we are joining.
 </para>
 
 <para>
-You must also have the parameter <ulink url="smb.conf.5.html#ENCRYPTPASSWORDS">
-<parameter>encrypt passwords</parameter></ulink> set to <constant>yes
+You must also have the parameter
+<smbconfoption><name>encrypt passwords</name></smbconfoption> set to <constant>yes
 </constant> in order for your users to authenticate to the NT PDC.
 </para>
 
 <para>
-Finally, add (or modify) a <ulink url="smb.conf.5.html#PASSWORDSERVER">
-<parameter>password server</parameter></ulink> line in the [global]
+Finally, add (or modify) a <smbconfoption><name>password server</name></smbconfoption> line in the [global]
 section to read: 
 </para>
 
 <para>
-<programlisting>
-password server = DOMPDC DOMBDC1 DOMBDC2
-</programlisting>
+<smbconfblock>
+<smbconfoption><name>password server</name><value>DOMPDC DOMBDC1 DOMBDC2</value></smbconfoption>
+</smbconfblock>
 </para>
 
 <para>
@@ -531,9 +547,9 @@ set this line to be:
 </para>
 
 <para>
-<programlisting>
-password server = *
-</programlisting>
+<smbconfblock>
+<smbconfoption><name>password server</name><value>*</value></smbconfoption>
+</smbconfblock>
 </para>
 
 <para>
@@ -548,7 +564,7 @@ In order to actually join the domain, you must run this command:
 
 <para>
 <screen>
-<prompt>root# </prompt><userinput>net join -S DOMPDC -U<replaceable>Administrator%password</replaceable></userinput>
+&rootprompt;<userinput>net rpc join -S DOMPDC -U<replaceable>Administrator%password</replaceable></userinput>
 </screen>
 </para>
 
@@ -573,8 +589,8 @@ or <computeroutput>Joined 'SERV1' to realm 'MYREALM'</computeroutput>
 </para>
 
 <para>
-in your terminal window. See the <ulink url="net.8.html">
-net(8)</ulink> man page for more details.
+in your terminal window. See the 
+<command>net</command> man page for more details.
 </para>
 
 <para>
@@ -602,7 +618,12 @@ as a shadow password file.
 
 <para>
 Finally, restart your Samba daemons and get ready for 
-clients to begin using domain security!
+clients to begin using domain security! The way you can restart your 
+samba daemons depends on your distribution, but in most cases running 
+<screen>
+	&rootprompt;/etc/init.d/samba restart
+</screen>
+does the job.
 </para>
 
 </sect2>
@@ -612,20 +633,19 @@ clients to begin using domain security!
 
 <para>
 Currently, domain security in Samba doesn't free you from 
-having to create local Unix users to represent the users attaching 
+having to create local UNIX users to represent the users attaching 
 to your server. This means that if domain user <constant>DOM\fred
 </constant> attaches to your domain security Samba server, there needs 
-to be a local Unix user fred to represent that user in the Unix 
+to be a local UNIX user fred to represent that user in the UNIX 
 filesystem. This is very similar to the older Samba security mode 
-<ulink url="smb.conf.5.html#SECURITYEQUALSSERVER">security = server</ulink>, 
+security = server, 
 where Samba would pass through the authentication request to a Windows 
 NT server in the same way as a Windows 95 or Windows 98 server would.
 </para>
 
 <para>
-Please refer to the <link linkend="winbind">Winbind</link> chapter 
-for information on a system to automatically
-assign UNIX uids and gids to Windows NT Domain users and groups.
+	Please refer to <link linkend="winbind">the chapter on winbind</link> for information on a system
+to automatically assign UNIX uids and gids to Windows NT Domain users and groups.
 </para>
 
 <para>
@@ -639,11 +659,11 @@ domain PDC to an account domain PDC).
 </para>
 
 <para>
-In addition, with <parameter>security = server</parameter> every Samba 
+In addition, with <smbconfoption><name>security</name><value>server</value></smbconfoption> every Samba 
 daemon on a server has to keep a connection open to the 
 authenticating server for as long as that daemon lasts. This can drain 
 the connection resources on a Microsoft NT server and cause it to run 
-out of available connections. With <parameter>security = domain</parameter>, 
+out of available connections. With <smbconfoption><name>security</name><value>domain</value></smbconfoption>, 
 however, the Samba daemons connect to the PDC/BDC only for as long 
 as is necessary to authenticate the user, and then drop the connection, 
 thus conserving PDC connection resources.
@@ -672,35 +692,40 @@ the NIS/NT Samba</ulink>.
 <sect1 id="ads-member">
 <title>Samba ADS Domain Membership</title>
 
+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>Active Directory</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>ADS</primary><see>Active Directory</see></indexterm>
+
+<indexterm><primary>KDC</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm><primary>Kerberos</primary></indexterm>
 <para>
 This is a rough guide to setting up Samba 3.0 with Kerberos authentication against a
 Windows2000 KDC. A familiarity with Kerberos is assumed.
 </para> 
 
 <sect2>
-<title>Setup your <filename>smb.conf</filename></title>
+<title>Setup your &smb.conf;</title>
 
 <para>
 You must use at least the following 3 options in &smb.conf;:
 </para>
 
-<para><programlisting>
-	realm = your.kerberos.REALM
-	security = ADS
-	encrypt passwords = yes
-</programlisting></para>
+<para><smbconfblock>
+<smbconfoption><name>realm</name><value>your.kerberos.REALM</value></smbconfoption>
+<smbconfoption><name>security</name><value>ADS</value></smbconfoption>
+<smbconfoption><name>encrypt passwords</name><value>yes</value></smbconfoption>
+</smbconfblock></para>
 
 <para>
 In case samba can't figure out your ads server using your realm name, use the 
-<parameter>ads server</parameter> option in <filename>smb.conf</filename>:
-<programlisting>
-	ads server = your.kerberos.server
-</programlisting>
+<smbconfoption><name>ads server</name></smbconfoption> option in &smb.conf;:
+<smbconfblock>
+<smbconfoption><name>ads server</name><value>your.kerberos.server</value></smbconfoption>
+</smbconfblock>
 </para>
 
 <note><para>
 You do <emphasis>not</emphasis> need a smbpasswd file, and older clients will be authenticated as 
-if <parameter>security = domain</parameter>, although it won't do any harm and 
+if <smbconfoption><name>security</name><value>domain</value></smbconfoption>, although it won't do any harm and 
 allows you to have local users not in the domain. It is expected that the above 
 required options will change soon when active directory integration will get 
 better.
@@ -716,15 +741,17 @@ The minimal configuration for <filename>krb5.conf</filename> is:
 </para>
 
 <para><programlisting>
-        [libdefaults]
-            default_realm = YOUR.KERBEROS.REALM
+[libdefaults]
+   default_realm = YOUR.KERBEROS.REALM
 
 	[realms]
-	    YOUR.KERBEROS.REALM = {
-		kdc = your.kerberos.server
+	YOUR.KERBEROS.REALM = {
+	kdc = your.kerberos.server
 	    }
 </programlisting></para>
 
+<indexterm><primary>kinit</primary></indexterm>
+
 <para>
 Test your config by doing a <userinput>kinit
 <replaceable>USERNAME</replaceable>@<replaceable>REALM</replaceable></userinput> and
@@ -733,7 +760,8 @@ making sure that your password is accepted by the Win2000 KDC.
 
 <note><para>
 The realm must be uppercase or you will get <errorname>Cannot find KDC for
-requested realm while getting initial credentials</errorname> error.
+requested realm while getting initial credentials</errorname> error (Kerberos
+is case-sensitive!).
 </para></note>
 
 <note><para>
@@ -773,9 +801,9 @@ is only needed if you want Kerberos support for &smbd; and &winbindd;.
 <para>
 As a user that has write permission on the Samba private directory
 (usually root) run:
-<programlisting>
-	&rootprompt;<userinput>net join -U Administrator%password</userinput>
-</programlisting>
+<screen>
+&rootprompt; <userinput>net ads join -U Administrator%password</userinput>
+</screen>
 </para>
 
 <sect3>
@@ -788,7 +816,7 @@ As a user that has write permission on the Samba private directory
 	(make clean all install) after the Kerberos libs and headers are installed.
 	</para></listitem></varlistentry>
 
-	<varlistentry><term><errorname>net join prompts for user name</errorname></term>
+	<varlistentry><term><errorname>net ads join prompts for user name</errorname></term>
 	<listitem><para>You need to login to the domain using <userinput>kinit
 	<replaceable>USERNAME</replaceable>@<replaceable>REALM</replaceable></userinput>.
 	<replaceable>USERNAME</replaceable> must be a user who has rights to add a machine
@@ -821,10 +849,12 @@ server? Does it have an encoding type of DES-CBC-MD5 ?
 <sect2 id="ads-test-smbclient">
 <title>Testing with &smbclient;</title>
 
+<indexterm><primary>smbclient</primary></indexterm>
+
 <para>
 On your Samba server try to login to a Win2000 server or your Samba
 server using &smbclient; and Kerberos. Use &smbclient; as usual, but
-specify the <parameter>-k</parameter> option to choose Kerberos authentication.
+specify the <option>-k</option> option to choose Kerberos authentication.
 </para>
 
 </sect2>
@@ -839,7 +869,7 @@ install, to create the right encoding types
 
 <para>
 W2k doesn't seem to create the _kerberos._udp and _ldap._tcp in
-their defaults DNS setup. Maybe fixed in service packs?
+their defaults DNS setup. Maybe this will be fixed later in service packs.
 </para>
 
 </sect2>
@@ -855,17 +885,17 @@ It is particularly interesting how often subscribers on the samba mailing list h
 after repeated failed attempts to add a machine account that it is necessary to "re-install"
 MS Windows on t he machine. In truth, it is seldom necessary to reinstall because of this type
 of problem. The real solution is often very simple, and with understanding of how MS Windows
-networking functions. easily overcome.
+networking functions easy to overcome.
 </para>
 
 <sect2>
 <title>Can Not Add Machine Back to Domain</title>
 
 <para>
-<emphasis>Problem:</emphasis> A Windows workstation was reinstalled. The original domain machine
+<quote> A Windows workstation was reinstalled. The original domain machine
 account was deleted and added immediately. The workstation will not join the domain if I use 
 the same machine name. Attempts to add the machine fail with a message that the machine already
-exists on the network - I know it doesn't. Why is this failing?
+exists on the network - I know it doesn't. Why is this failing?</quote>
 </para>
 
 <para>
@@ -880,15 +910,15 @@ the old account and then to add the machine with a new name.
 <title>Adding Machine to Domain Fails</title>
 
 <para>
-Adding a Windows 200x or XP Professional machine to the Samba PDC Domain fails with a
+	<quote>Adding a Windows 200x or XP Professional machine to the Samba PDC Domain fails with a
 message that, <errorname>The machine could not be added at this time, there is a network problem.
-Please try again later.</errorname> Why?
+	Please try again later.</errorname> Why?</quote>
 </para>
 
 <para>
-You should check that there is an <parameter>add machine script</parameter> in your &smb.conf;
+You should check that there is an <smbconfoption><name>add machine script</name></smbconfoption> in your &smb.conf;
 file. If there is not, please add one that is appropriate for your OS platform. If a script
-has been defined you will need to debug it's operation. Increase the <parameter>log level</parameter>
+has been defined you will need to debug it's operation. Increase the <smbconfoption><name>log level</name></smbconfoption>
 in the &smb.conf; file to level 10, then try to rejoin the domain. Check the logs to see which
 operation is failing.
 </para>
@@ -904,16 +934,16 @@ Possible causes include:
 
 	<para>
 	<emphasis>Corrective Action:</emphasis> Fix it. Make sure that when run manually
-	that the script will add both the Unix system account _and_ the Samba SAM account.
+	that the script will add both the UNIX system account _and_ the Samba SAM account.
 	</para></listitem>
 
 	<listitem><para>
-	The machine could not be added to the Unix system accounts file <filename>/etc/passwd</filename>
+	The machine could not be added to the UNIX system accounts file <filename>/etc/passwd</filename>
 	</para>
 
 	<para>
-	<emphasis>Corrective Action:</emphasis> Check that the machine name is a legal Unix
-	system account name. ie: If the Unix utility <command>useradd</command> is called
+	<emphasis>Corrective Action:</emphasis> Check that the machine name is a legal UNIX
+	system account name. ie: If the UNIX utility <command>useradd</command> is called
 	then make sure that the machine name you are trying to add can be added using this
 	tool. <command>Useradd</command> on some systems will not allow any upper case characters
 	nor will it allow spaces in the name.
@@ -922,5 +952,13 @@ Possible causes include:
 
 </sect2>
 
+<sect2>
+	<title>I can't join a Windows 2003 PDC</title>
+
+	<para>Windows 2003 requires SMB signing. Client side SMB signing has 
+		only been implemented partially in Samba 3.0. Set <smbconfoption><name>client use spnego</name><value>no</value></smbconfoption> when communicating 
+		with a windows 2003 server. </para>
+</sect2>
+
 </sect1>
 </chapter>
diff --git a/docs/docbook/projdoc/Diagnosis.xml b/docs/docbook/projdoc/Diagnosis.xml
index 7e3656c0f38..76984f30765 100644
--- a/docs/docbook/projdoc/Diagnosis.xml
+++ b/docs/docbook/projdoc/Diagnosis.xml
@@ -52,14 +52,13 @@ You can add a <replaceable>tmp</replaceable> share like this by adding the
 following to &smb.conf;:
 </para>
 
-<para><programlisting>
-
-[tmp]
- comment = temporary files 
- path = /tmp
- read only = yes
-
-</programlisting>
+<para><smbconfexample>
+		<title>smb.conf with [tmp] share</title>
+<smbconfsection>[tmp]</smbconfsection>
+<smbconfoption><name>comment</name><value>temporary files </value></smbconfoption>
+<smbconfoption><name>path</name><value>/tmp</value></smbconfoption>
+<smbconfoption><name>read only</name><value>yes</value></smbconfoption>
+</smbconfexample>
 </para>
 
 <note><para>
@@ -80,6 +79,8 @@ that the settings for your &smb.conf; file results in <command>dns proxy = no</c
 best way to check this is with <userinput>testparm smb.conf</userinput>.
 </para>
 
+<indexterm><primary>log files</primary><secondary>monitoring</secondary></indexterm>
+
 <para>
 It is helpful to monitor the log files during testing by using the
 <command>tail -F <replaceable>log_file_name</replaceable></command> in a separate
@@ -102,6 +103,8 @@ don't forget to restart &smbd; and &nmbd;.
 <procedure>
 <title>Diagnosing your samba server</title>
 
+<indexterm><primary>testparm</primary></indexterm>
+
 <step performance="required">
 <para>
 In the directory in which you store your &smb.conf; file, run the command
@@ -175,6 +178,8 @@ state using <userinput>netstat -a</userinput>.
 </para>
 
 <note><para>
+<indexterm><primary>inetd</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm><primary>xinetd</primary><see>inetd</see></indexterm>
 Some Unix / Linux systems use <command>xinetd</command> in place of
 <command>inetd</command>. Check your system documentation for the location
 of the control file/s for your particular system implementation of
@@ -197,11 +202,11 @@ a session request. The most common of these involve one or more of
 the following &smb.conf; file entries:
 </para>
 
-<para><programlisting>
-	hosts deny = ALL
-	hosts allow = xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx/yy
-	bind interfaces only = Yes
-</programlisting></para>
+<para><smbconfblock>
+<smbconfoption><name>hosts deny</name><value>ALL</value></smbconfoption>
+<smbconfoption><name>hosts allow</name><value>xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx/yy</value></smbconfoption>
+<smbconfoption><name>bind interfaces only</name><value>Yes</value></smbconfoption>
+</smbconfblock></para>
 
 <para>
 In the above, no allowance has been made for any session requests that
@@ -209,22 +214,23 @@ will automatically translate to the loopback adapter address 127.0.0.1.
 To solve this problem change these lines to:
 </para>
 
-<para><programlisting>
-	hosts deny = ALL
-	hosts allow = xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx/yy 127.
-</programlisting></para>
+<para><smbconfblock>
+<smbconfoption><name>hosts deny</name><value>ALL</value></smbconfoption>
+<smbconfoption><name>hosts allow</name><value>xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx/yy 127.</value></smbconfoption>
+</smbconfblock></para>
 
 <para>
-Do <emphasis>not</emphasis> use the <command>bind interfaces only</command> parameter where you 
+Do <emphasis>not</emphasis> use the <smbconfoption><name>bind interfaces only</name></smbconfoption> parameter where you 
 may wish to
 use the samba password change facility, or where &smbclient; may need to
 access a local service for name resolution or for local resource
-connections. (Note: the <command>bind interfaces only</command> parameter deficiency
+connections. (Note: the <smbconfoption><name>bind interfaces only</name></smbconfoption> parameter deficiency
 where it will not allow connections to the loopback address will be
 fixed soon).
 </para>
 
 <para>
+<indexterm><primary>inetd</primary></indexterm>
 Another common cause of these two errors is having something already running 
 on port <constant>139</constant>, such as Samba 
 (ie: &smbd; is running from <application>inetd</application> already) or
@@ -299,13 +305,13 @@ messages from several hosts.
 If this doesn't give a similar result to the previous test then
 nmblookup isn't correctly getting your broadcast address through its
 automatic mechanism. In this case you should experiment with the
-<command>interfaces</command> option in &smb.conf; to manually configure your IP
+<smbconfoption><name>interfaces</name></smbconfoption> option in &smb.conf; to manually configure your IP
 address, broadcast and netmask. 
 </para>
 
 <para>
 If your PC and server aren't on the same subnet then you will need to
-use the <parameter>-B</parameter> option to set the broadcast address to that of the PCs
+use the <option>-B</option> option to set the broadcast address to that of the PCs
 subnet.
 </para>
 
@@ -318,11 +324,13 @@ not correct. (Refer to TEST 3 notes above).
 
 <step performance="required">
 
+<indexterm><primary>smbclient</primary></indexterm>
+
 <para>
 Run the command <userinput>smbclient //BIGSERVER/TMP</userinput>. You should 
 then be prompted for a password. You should use the password of the account
 you are logged into the unix box with. If you want to test with
-another account then add the <parameter>-U <replaceable>accountname</replaceable></parameter> option to the end of
+another account then add the <option>-U <replaceable>accountname</replaceable></option> option to the end of
 the command line.  eg: 
 <userinput>smbclient //bigserver/tmp -Ujohndoe</userinput>
 </para>
@@ -353,26 +361,25 @@ If it says <errorname>bad password</errorname> then the likely causes are:
 
 <listitem>
 	<para>
-	your <command>valid users</command> configuration is incorrect
+	your <smbconfoption><name>valid users</name></smbconfoption> configuration is incorrect
 	</para>
 </listitem>
 
 <listitem>
 	<para>
-	you have a mixed case password and you haven't enabled the <command>password
-	level</command> option at a high enough level
+	you have a mixed case password and you haven't enabled the <smbconfoption><name>password level</name></smbconfoption> option at a high enough level
 	</para>
 </listitem>
 
 <listitem>
 	<para>
-	the <command>path =</command> line in &smb.conf; is incorrect. Check it with &testparm;
+	the <smbconfoption><name>path</name></smbconfoption> line in &smb.conf; is incorrect. Check it with &testparm;
 	</para>
 </listitem>
 
 <listitem>
 	<para>
-	you enabled password encryption but didn't map unix to samba users
+		you enabled password encryption but didn't map unix to samba users. Run <screen><userinput>smbpasswd -a <replaceable>username</replaceable></userinput></screen>.
 	</para>
 </listitem>
 </orderedlist>
@@ -458,8 +465,7 @@ and other config lines in &smb.conf; are correct.
 
 <para>
 It's also possible that the server can't work out what user name to
-connect you as. To see if this is the problem add the line <parameter>user =
-<replaceable>username</replaceable></parameter> to the <parameter>[tmp]</parameter> section of 
+connect you as. To see if this is the problem add the line <smbconfoption><name>user</name><value>username</value></smbconfoption> to the <smbconfsection>[tmp]</smbconfsection> section of 
 &smb.conf; where <replaceable>username</replaceable> is the
 username corresponding to the password you typed. If you find this
 fixes things you may need the username mapping option. 
@@ -467,7 +473,7 @@ fixes things you may need the username mapping option.
 
 <para>
 It might also be the case that your client only sends encrypted passwords 
-and you have <parameter>encrypt passwords = no</parameter> in &smb.conf;
+and you have <smbconfoption><name>encrypt passwords</name><value>no</value></smbconfoption> in &smb.conf;
 Turn it back on to fix.
 </para>
 
@@ -486,7 +492,7 @@ master browser for that workgroup.
 If you don't then the election process has failed. Wait a minute to
 see if it is just being slow then try again. If it still fails after
 that then look at the browsing options you have set in &smb.conf;. Make
-sure you have <parameter>preferred master = yes</parameter> to ensure that 
+sure you have <smbconfoption><name>preferred master</name><value>yes</value></smbconfoption> to ensure that 
 an election is held at startup.
 </para>
 
@@ -495,16 +501,16 @@ an election is held at startup.
 <step performance="required">
 
 <para>
->From file manager try to browse the server. Your samba server should
+From file manager try to browse the server. Your samba server should
 appear in the browse list of your local workgroup (or the one you
-specified in smb.conf). You should be able to double click on the name
+specified in &smb.conf;). You should be able to double click on the name
 of the server and get a list of shares. If you get a "invalid
 password" error when you do then you are probably running WinNT and it
 is refusing to browse a server that has no encrypted password
 capability and is in user level security mode. In this case either set
-<parameter>security = server</parameter> AND 
-<parameter>password server = Windows_NT_Machine</parameter> in your
-&smb.conf; file, or make sure <parameter>encrypted passwords</parameter> is
+<smbconfoption><name>security</name><value>server</value></smbconfoption> AND 
+<smbconfoption><name>password server</name><value>Windows_NT_Machine</value></smbconfoption> in your
+&smb.conf; file, or make sure <smbconfoption><name>encrypt passwords</name></smbconfoption> is
 set to "yes".
 </para>
 
@@ -512,13 +518,4 @@ set to "yes".
 </procedure>
 </sect1>
 
-<sect1>
-<title>Still having troubles?</title>
-
-<para>Read the chapter on 
-<link linkend="problems">Analysing and Solving Problems</link>.
-</para>
-
-</sect1>
-
 </chapter>
diff --git a/docs/docbook/projdoc/Further-Resources.xml b/docs/docbook/projdoc/Further-Resources.xml
index 4294ffa38af..31d62a0d570 100644
--- a/docs/docbook/projdoc/Further-Resources.xml
+++ b/docs/docbook/projdoc/Further-Resources.xml
@@ -1,7 +1,6 @@
 <chapter id="Further-Resources">
 <chapterinfo>
 	&author.jelmer;
-	&author.dlechnyr;
 	<pubdate>May 1, 2003</pubdate>
 </chapterinfo>
 
@@ -170,9 +169,4 @@
 </itemizedlist>
 </sect1>
 
-<sect1>
-	<title>Books</title>
-
-</sect1>
-
 </chapter>
diff --git a/docs/docbook/projdoc/GROUP-MAPPING-HOWTO.xml b/docs/docbook/projdoc/GROUP-MAPPING-HOWTO.xml
index a13a43675b1..076b8706092 100644
--- a/docs/docbook/projdoc/GROUP-MAPPING-HOWTO.xml
+++ b/docs/docbook/projdoc/GROUP-MAPPING-HOWTO.xml
@@ -7,17 +7,20 @@
 	&author.jerry;
 	&author.jht;
 </chapterinfo>
-<title>Mapping MS Windows and Unix Groups</title>
+<title>Mapping MS Windows and UNIX Groups</title>
+
+<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>groups</primary><secondary>mapping</secondary></indexterm>
 
 	<para>
 	Starting with Samba-3, new group mapping functionality is available to create associations
-	between Windows group SIDs and UNIX groups. The <parameter>groupmap</parameter> subcommand
+	between Windows group SIDs and UNIX groups. The <command>groupmap</command> subcommand
 	included with the &net; tool can be used to manage these associations.
 	</para>
 
 	<warning>
 	<para>
 	The first immediate reason to use the group mapping on a Samba PDC, is that
+	<indexterm><primary>domain admin group</primary></indexterm>
 	the <parameter>domain admin group</parameter> has been removed and should no longer
 	be specified in &smb.conf;. This parameter was used to give the listed users membership
 	in the <constant>Domain Admins</constant> Windows group which gave local admin rights on their workstations
@@ -30,33 +33,54 @@
 
 	<para>
 	Samba allows the administrator to create MS Windows NT4 / 200x group accounts and to
-	arbitrarily associate them with Unix/Linux group accounts.
+	arbitrarily associate them with UNIX/Linux group accounts.
 	</para>
 
+<indexterm><primary>UID</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm><primary>GID</primary></indexterm>
 	<para>
-	Group accounts can be managed using the MS Windows NT4 or MS Windows 200x MMC tools
-	so long as appropriate interface scripts have been provided to &smb.conf;.
+	Group accounts can be managed using the MS Windows NT4 or MS Windows 200x  / XP Professional MMC tools.
+	Appropriate interface scripts should be provided in &smb.conf; if it is desired that UNIX / Linux system
+	accounts should be automatically created when these tools are used. In the absence of these scripts, and
+	so long as winbind is running, Samba accounts group accounts that are created using these tools will be
+	allocated UNIX UIDs/GIDs from the parameters set by the <smbconfoption><name>idmap uid</name></smbconfoption>/<smbconfoption><name>idmap gid</name></smbconfoption> settings
+	in the &smb.conf; file.
 	</para>
 
+
+	<figure id="idmap-group-diag"><title>IDMAP groups</title>
+	<mediaobject>
+	<imageobject role="latex"><imagedata fileref="projdoc/imagefiles/idmap-groups" scale="50" scalefit="1"/></imageobject>
+	<imageobject><imagedata fileref="projdoc/imagefiles/idmap-groups.png" scale="50" scalefit="1"/></imageobject>
+	</mediaobject>
+	</figure>
+
+	<indexterm><primary>groupadd</primary></indexterm>
+	<indexterm><primary>groupdel</primary></indexterm>
+
 	<para>
 	Administrators should be aware that where &smb.conf; group interface scripts make
-	direct calls to the Unix/Linux system tools (eg: the shadow utilities, <command>groupadd</command>,
-	<command>groupdel</command>, <command>groupmod</command>) then the resulting Unix/Linux group names will be subject
+	direct calls to the UNIX/Linux system tools (eg: the shadow utilities, <command>groupadd</command>,
+	<command>groupdel</command>, <command>groupmod</command>) then the resulting UNIX/Linux group names will be subject
 	to any limits imposed by these tools. If the tool does NOT allow upper case characters
 	or space characters, then the creation of an MS Windows NT4 / 200x style group of
-	<parameter>Engineering Managers</parameter> will attempt to create an identically named
-	Unix/Linux group, an attempt that will of course fail!
+	<ntgroup>Engineering Managers</ntgroup> will attempt to create an identically named
+	UNIX/Linux group, an attempt that will of course fail!
 	</para>
 
+
+	<indexterm><primary>GID</primary></indexterm>
+	<indexterm><primary>SID</primary></indexterm>
+
 	<para>
 	There are several possible work-arounds for the operating system tools limitation. One
-	method is to use a script that generates a name for the Unix/Linux system group that
-	fits the operating system limits, and that then just passes the Unix/Linux group id (GID)
+	method is to use a script that generates a name for the UNIX/Linux system group that
+	fits the operating system limits, and that then just passes the UNIX/Linux group id (GID)
 	back to the calling Samba interface. This will provide a dynamic work-around solution.
 	</para>
 
 	<para>
-	Another work-around is to manually create a Unix/Linux group, then manually create the
+	Another work-around is to manually create a UNIX/Linux group, then manually create the
 	MS Windows NT4 / 200x group on the Samba server and then use the <command>net groupmap</command>
 	tool to connect the two to each other.
 	</para>
@@ -74,6 +98,7 @@
 	local machine.
 	</para>
 	
+	<indexterm><primary>Administrator</primary></indexterm>
 	<para>
 	The 'Administrator' user is a member of the 'Administrators' group, and thus inherits
 	'Administrators' group privileges. If a 'joe' user is created to be a member of the
@@ -111,11 +136,12 @@
 		</para>
 
 		<para>
-		<screen>
-		&rootprompt;<userinput>net groupmap add ntgroup="Domain Admins" unixgroup=domadm</userinput>
-		</screen>
+<screen>
+&rootprompt;<userinput>net groupmap add ntgroup="Domain Admins" unixgroup=domadm</userinput>
+</screen>
 		</para>
 		
+		<indexterm><primary>"Domain Admins" group</primary></indexterm>
 		<para>
 		The quotes around "Domain Admins" are necessary due to the space in the group name.
 		Also make sure to leave no whitespace surrounding the equal character (=).
@@ -126,6 +152,7 @@
 	Now joe, john and mary are domain administrators!
 	</para>
 
+	<indexterm><primary>groups</primary><secondary>domain</secondary></indexterm>
 	<para>
 	It is possible to map any arbitrary UNIX group to any Windows NT4 / 200x group as well as
 	making any UNIX group a Windows domain group.  For example, if you wanted to include a
@@ -134,15 +161,15 @@
 	</para>
 
 	<para>
-	<screen>
-	&rootprompt;<userinput>net groupmap add rid=1000 ntgroup="Accounting" unixgroup=acct</userinput>
-	</screen>
+<screen>
+&rootprompt;<userinput>net groupmap add rid=1000 ntgroup="Accounting" unixgroup=acct</userinput>
+</screen>
 	</para>
 
 	<para>
 	Be aware that the RID parameter is a unsigned 32 bit integer that should
 	normally start at 1000.  However, this rid must not overlap with any RID assigned
-	to a user.  Verifying this is done differently depending on on the passdb backend 
+	to a user.  Verifying this is done differently depending on the passdb backend 
 	you are using.  Future versions of the tools may perform the verification automatically,
 	but for now the burden is on you.
 	</para>
@@ -156,13 +183,13 @@
 		</para>
 
 		<para>
-		<screen>
-		&rootprompt; <userinput>net groupmap list</userinput>
-		System Administrators (S-1-5-21-2547222302-1596225915-2414751004-1002) -> sysadmin
-		Domain Admins (S-1-5-21-2547222302-1596225915-2414751004-512) -> domadmin
-		Domain Users (S-1-5-21-2547222302-1596225915-2414751004-513) -> domuser
-		Domain Guests (S-1-5-21-2547222302-1596225915-2414751004-514) -> domguest
-		</screen>
+<screen>
+&rootprompt; <userinput>net groupmap list</userinput>
+System Administrators (S-1-5-21-2547222302-1596225915-2414751004-1002) -> sysadmin
+Domain Admins (S-1-5-21-2547222302-1596225915-2414751004-512) -> domadmin
+Domain Users (S-1-5-21-2547222302-1596225915-2414751004-513) -> domuser
+Domain Guests (S-1-5-21-2547222302-1596225915-2414751004-514) -> domguest
+</screen>
 		</para>
 
 		<para>
@@ -185,7 +212,7 @@
 	<title>Sample &smb.conf; add group script</title>
 
 		<para>
-		A script to great complying group names for use by the Samba group interfaces:
+		A script to create complying group names for use by the Samba group interfaces:
 		</para>
 
 		<para>
@@ -213,9 +240,9 @@ exit 0
 
 		<para>
 		The &smb.conf; entry for the above script would look like:
-		<programlisting>
-		add group script = /path_to_tool/smbgrpadd.sh %g
-		</programlisting>
+		<smbconfblock>
+<smbconfoption><name>add group script</name><value>/path_to_tool/smbgrpadd.sh %g</value></smbconfoption>
+		</smbconfblock>
 		</para>
 
 	</sect2>
@@ -224,8 +251,8 @@ exit 0
 	<title>Script to configure Group Mapping</title>
 
 	<para>
-	In our example we have created a Unix/Linux group called <parameter>ntadmin</parameter>.
-	Our script will create the additional groups <parameter>Engineers, Marketoids, Gnomes</parameter>:
+		In our example we have created a UNIX/Linux group called <ntgroup>ntadmin</ntgroup>.
+		Our script will create the additional groups <ntgroup>Orks</ntgroup>, <ntgroup>Elves</ntgroup>, <ntgroup>Gnomes</ntgroup>:
 	</para>
 
 <para>
@@ -245,13 +272,13 @@ net groupmap modify ntgroup="Print Operators" unixgroup=lp
 net groupmap modify ntgroup="Replicators" unixgroup=daemon
 net groupmap modify ntgroup="Power Users" unixgroup=sys
 
-#groupadd Engineers
-#groupadd Marketoids
-#groupadd Gnomes
+groupadd Orks
+groupadd Elves
+groupadd Gnomes
 
-#net groupmap add ntgroup="Engineers"  unixgroup=Engineers    type=d
-#net groupmap add ntgroup="Marketoids" unixgroup=Marketoids   type=d
-#net groupmap add ntgroup="Gnomes"     unixgroup=Gnomes       type=d
+net groupmap add ntgroup="Orks"       unixgroup=Orks         type=d
+net groupmap add ntgroup="Elves"      unixgroup=Elves        type=d
+net groupmap add ntgroup="Gnomes"     unixgroup=Gnomes       type=d
 </programlisting>
 </para>
 
@@ -279,7 +306,7 @@ manually before putting them into active service.
 
 		<para>
 		This is a common problem when the <command>groupadd</command> is called directly
-		by the Samba interface script for the <parameter>add group script</parameter> in
+		by the Samba interface script for the <smbconfoption><name>add group script</name></smbconfoption> in
 		the &smb.conf; file.
 		</para>
 
@@ -290,9 +317,9 @@ manually before putting them into active service.
 
 		<para>
 		There are three possible work-arounds. Firstly, use only group names that comply
-		with the limitations of the Unix/Linux <command>groupadd</command> system tool.
+		with the limitations of the UNIX/Linux <command>groupadd</command> system tool.
 		The second involves use of the script mentioned earlier in this chapter, and the
-		third option is to manually create a Unix/Linux group account that can substitute
+		third option is to manually create a UNIX/Linux group account that can substitute
 		for the MS Windows group name, then use the procedure listed above to map that group
 		to the MS Windows group.
 		</para>
@@ -302,12 +329,40 @@ manually before putting them into active service.
 	<sect2>
 	<title>Adding MS Windows Groups to MS Windows Groups Fails</title>
 
+	<indexterm><primary>groups</primary><secondary>nested</secondary></indexterm>
+
 		<para>
 		Samba-3 does NOT support nested groups from the MS Windows control environment.
 		</para>
 
 	</sect2>
 
+	<sect2>
+	<title>Adding <emphasis>Domain Users</emphasis> to the <emphasis>Power Users</emphasis> group</title>
+
+		<para><quote>
+		What must I do to add Domain Users to the Power Users group?
+		</quote></para>
+
+		<para>
+		The Power Users group is a group that is local to each Windows
+		200x / XP Professional workstation. You can not add the Domain Users group to the Power Users
+		group automatically, this must be done on each workstation by logging in as the local workstation 
+		<emphasis>administrator</emphasis> and then using click on Start / Control Panel / Users and Passwords
+		now click on the 'Advanced' tab, then on the 'Advanced' Button.
+		</para>
+
+<indexterm><primary>"Domain Users" group</primary></indexterm>
+		<para>
+		Now click on 'Groups', then double click on 'Power Users'. This will launch the panel to add users
+		or groups to the local machine 'Power Uses' group. Click on the 'Add' button, select the domain
+		from which the 'Domain Users' group is to be added, double click on the 'Domain Users' group, then
+		click on the 'Ok' button. Note: If a logon box is presented during this process please remember to
+		enter the connect as DOMAIN\UserName. ie: For the domain MIDEARTH and the user 'root' enter
+		MIDEARTH\root.
+		</para>	
+	</sect2>
+
 </sect1>
 
 </chapter>
diff --git a/docs/docbook/projdoc/Integrating-with-Windows.xml b/docs/docbook/projdoc/Integrating-with-Windows.xml
index 8d07b8a3fd5..6beebfb8920 100644
--- a/docs/docbook/projdoc/Integrating-with-Windows.xml
+++ b/docs/docbook/projdoc/Integrating-with-Windows.xml
@@ -7,6 +7,7 @@
  
 <title>Integrating MS Windows networks with Samba</title>
  
+<indexterm><primary>NetBIOS</primary></indexterm>
 <para>
 This section deals with NetBIOS over TCP/IP name to IP address resolution. If
 your MS Windows clients are NOT configured to use NetBIOS over TCP/IP then this
@@ -29,7 +30,7 @@ NetBIOS over TCP/IP then this section may help you to resolve networking problem
 
 <para>
 Many MS Windows network administrators have never been exposed to basic TCP/IP
-networking as it is implemented in a Unix/Linux operating system. Likewise, many Unix and
+networking as it is implemented in a UNIX/Linux operating system. Likewise, many UNIX and
 Linux administrators have not been exposed to the intricacies of MS Windows TCP/IP based
 networking (and may have no desire to be either).
 </para>
@@ -63,7 +64,9 @@ Name Service or WINS), TCP port 139 AND TCP port 445 (for actual file and print
 <para>
 When NetBIOS over TCP/IP is disabled the use of DNS is essential. Most installations that
 disable NetBIOS over TCP/IP today use MS Active Directory Service (ADS). ADS requires
+<indexterm><primary>DNS</primary><secondary>Dynamic</secondary></indexterm>
 Dynamic DNS with Service Resource Records (SRV RR) and with Incremental Zone Transfers (IXFR).
+<indexterm><primary>DHCP</primary></indexterm>
 Use of DHCP with ADS is recommended as a further means of maintaining central control
 over client workstation network configuration.
 </para>
@@ -71,7 +74,7 @@ over client workstation network configuration.
 </sect1>
 
 <sect1>
-<title>Name Resolution in a pure Unix/Linux world</title>
+<title>Name Resolution in a pure UNIX/Linux world</title>
 
 <para>
 The key configuration files covered in this section are:
@@ -91,10 +94,10 @@ The key configuration files covered in this section are:
 Contains a static list of IP addresses and names.
 eg:
 </para>
-<para><screen>
-	127.0.0.1	localhost localhost.localdomain
-	192.168.1.1	bigbox.caldera.com	bigbox	alias4box
-</screen></para>
+<para><programlisting>
+127.0.0.1	localhost localhost.localdomain
+192.168.1.1	bigbox.caldera.com	bigbox	alias4box
+</programlisting></para>
 
 <para>
 The purpose of <filename>/etc/hosts</filename> is to provide a 
@@ -111,6 +114,7 @@ Access Control address, or MAC address. IP addresses are currently
 numbers that are separated by a dot (or period). eg: 168.192.1.1.
 </para>
 
+<indexterm><primary>MAC Addresses</primary></indexterm>
 <para>
 MAC Addresses use 48 bits (or 6 bytes) and are typically represented 
 as two digit hexadecimal numbers separated by colons. eg: 
@@ -152,9 +156,10 @@ contain the MAC address and the primary IP address for each
 interface.
 </para>
 
+<indexterm><primary>/etc/hosts</primary></indexterm>
 <para>
 The <filename>/etc/hosts</filename> file is foundational to all 
-Unix/Linux TCP/IP installations and as a minimum will contain 
+UNIX/Linux TCP/IP installations and as a minimum will contain 
 the localhost and local network interface IP addresses and the 
 primary names by which they are known within the local machine. 
 This file helps to prime the pump so that a basic level of name 
@@ -195,6 +200,7 @@ This file tells the name resolution libraries:
 <title><filename>/etc/host.conf</filename></title>
 
 
+<indexterm><primary>/etc/host.conf</primary></indexterm>
 <para>
 <filename>/etc/host.conf</filename> is the primary means by 
 which the setting in /etc/resolv.conf may be affected. It is a 
@@ -202,10 +208,10 @@ critical configuration file.  This file controls the order by
 which name resolution may proceed. The typical structure is:
 </para>
 
-<para><screen>
-	order hosts,bind
-	multi on
-</screen></para>
+<para><programlisting>
+order hosts,bind
+multi on
+</programlisting></para>
 
 <para>
 then both addresses should be returned. Please refer to the 
@@ -220,34 +226,36 @@ man page for host.conf for further details.
 <sect2>
 <title><filename>/etc/nsswitch.conf</filename></title>
 
+<indexterm><primary>/etc/nsswitch.conf</primary></indexterm>
+
 <para>
 This file controls the actual name resolution targets. The 
 file typically has resolver object specifications as follows:
 </para>
 
 
-<para><screen>
-	# /etc/nsswitch.conf
-	#
-	# Name Service Switch configuration file.
-	#
+<para><programlisting>
+# /etc/nsswitch.conf
+#
+# Name Service Switch configuration file.
+#
 
-	passwd:		compat
-	# Alternative entries for password authentication are:
-	# passwd:	compat files nis ldap winbind
-	shadow:		compat
-	group:		compat
+passwd:		compat
+# Alternative entries for password authentication are:
+# passwd:	compat files nis ldap winbind
+shadow:		compat
+group:		compat
 
-	hosts:		files nis dns
-	# Alternative entries for host name resolution are:
-	# hosts:	files dns nis nis+ hesiod db compat ldap wins
-	networks:	nis files dns
+hosts:		files nis dns
+# Alternative entries for host name resolution are:
+# hosts:	files dns nis nis+ hesiod db compat ldap wins
+networks:	nis files dns
 
-	ethers:		nis files
-	protocols:	nis files
-	rpc:		nis files
-	services:	nis files
-</screen></para>
+ethers:		nis files
+protocols:	nis files
+rpc:		nis files
+services:	nis files
+</programlisting></para>
 
 <para>
 Of course, each of these mechanisms requires that the appropriate 
@@ -260,6 +268,8 @@ sent, TCP/IP networks are silent. All TCP/IP communications assumes a
 principal of speaking only when necessary.
 </para>
 
+<indexterm><primary>libnss_wins.so</primary></indexterm>
+
 <para>
 Starting with version 2.2.0 samba has Linux support for extensions to 
 the name service switch infrastructure so that linux clients will 
@@ -301,21 +311,36 @@ the client/server.
 The following are typical NetBIOS name/service type registrations:
 </para>
 
-<para><screen>
-	Unique NetBIOS Names:
-		MACHINENAME&lt;00&gt;	= Server Service is running on MACHINENAME
-		MACHINENAME&lt;03&gt; = Generic Machine Name (NetBIOS name)
-		MACHINENAME&lt;20&gt; = LanMan Server service is running on MACHINENAME
-		WORKGROUP&lt;1b&gt; = Domain Master Browser
-
-	Group Names:
-		WORKGROUP&lt;03&gt; = Generic Name registered by all members of WORKGROUP
-		WORKGROUP&lt;1c&gt; = Domain Controllers / Netlogon Servers
-		WORKGROUP&lt;1d&gt; = Local Master Browsers
-		WORKGROUP&lt;1e&gt; = Internet Name Resolvers
-</screen></para>
-
-<para>
+<table frame="all">
+<title>Unique NetBIOS names</title>
+<tgroup cols="2">
+<colspec align="left"/>
+<colspec align="justify"/>
+<tbody>
+<row><entry>MACHINENAME&lt;00&gt;</entry><entry>Server Service is running on MACHINENAME</entry></row>
+<row><entry>MACHINENAME&lt;03&gt;</entry><entry>Generic Machine Name (NetBIOS name)</entry></row>
+<row><entry>MACHINENAME&lt;20&gt;</entry><entry>LanMan Server service is running on MACHINENAME</entry></row>
+<row><entry>WORKGROUP&lt;1b&gt;</entry><entry>Domain Master Browser</entry></row>
+</tbody>
+</tgroup>
+</table>
+
+<table frame="all">
+<title>Group Names</title>
+<tgroup cols="2">
+<colspec align="left"/>
+<colspec align="justify"/>
+<tbody>
+<row><entry>WORKGROUP&lt;03&gt;</entry><entry>Generic Name registered by all members of WORKGROUP</entry></row>
+<row><entry>WORKGROUP&lt;1c&gt;</entry><entry>Domain Controllers / Netlogon Servers</entry></row>
+<row><entry>WORKGROUP&lt;1d&gt;</entry><entry>Local Master Browsers</entry></row>
+<row><entry>WORKGROUP&lt;1e&gt;</entry><entry>Internet Name Resolvers</entry></row>
+</tbody>
+</tgroup>
+</table>
+
+<para>
+<indexterm><primary>NetBIOS</primary></indexterm>
 It should be noted that all NetBIOS machines register their own 
 names as per the above. This is in vast contrast to TCP/IP 
 installations where traditionally the system administrator will 
@@ -323,6 +348,7 @@ determine in the /etc/hosts or in the DNS database what names
 are associated with each IP address.
 </para>
 
+<indexterm><primary>NetBIOS</primary></indexterm>
 <para>
 One further point of clarification should be noted, the <filename>/etc/hosts</filename> 
 file and the DNS records do not provide the NetBIOS name type information 
@@ -390,6 +416,8 @@ lookup will succeed, but the machine can not respond. This can be
 frustrating for users - but it is a characteristic of the protocol.
 </para>
 
+<indexterm><primary>nbtstat</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm><primary>nmblookup</primary></indexterm>
 <para>
 The MS Windows utility that allows examination of the NetBIOS 
 name cache is called "nbtstat". The Samba equivalent of this 
@@ -401,6 +429,7 @@ is called <command>nmblookup</command>.
 <sect2>
 <title>The LMHOSTS file</title>
 
+<indexterm><primary>LMHOSTS</primary></indexterm>
 <para>
 This file is usually located in MS Windows NT 4.0 or 
 2000 in <filename>C:\WINNT\SYSTEM32\DRIVERS\ETC</filename> and contains 
@@ -413,84 +442,85 @@ to IP address mapping.
 It typically looks like:
 </para>
 
-<para><screen>
-	# Copyright (c) 1998 Microsoft Corp.
-	#
-	# This is a sample LMHOSTS file used by the Microsoft Wins Client (NetBIOS
-	# over TCP/IP) stack for Windows98
-	#
-	# This file contains the mappings of IP addresses to NT computernames
-	# (NetBIOS) names.  Each entry should be kept on an individual line.
-	# The IP address should be placed in the first column followed by the
-	# corresponding computername. The address and the computername
-	# should be separated by at least one space or tab. The "#" character
-	# is generally used to denote the start of a comment (see the exceptions
-	# below).
-	#
-	# This file is compatible with Microsoft LAN Manager 2.x TCP/IP lmhosts
-	# files and offers the following extensions:
-	#
-	#      #PRE
-	#      #DOM:&lt;domain&gt;
-	#      #INCLUDE &lt;filename&gt;
-	#      #BEGIN_ALTERNATE
-	#      #END_ALTERNATE
-	#      \0xnn (non-printing character support)
-	#
-	# Following any entry in the file with the characters "#PRE" will cause
-	# the entry to be preloaded into the name cache. By default, entries are
-	# not preloaded, but are parsed only after dynamic name resolution fails.
-	#
-	# Following an entry with the "#DOM:&lt;domain&gt;" tag will associate the
-	# entry with the domain specified by &lt;domain&gt;. This affects how the
-	# browser and logon services behave in TCP/IP environments. To preload
-	# the host name associated with #DOM entry, it is necessary to also add a
-	# #PRE to the line. The &lt;domain&gt; is always preloaded although it will not
-	# be shown when the name cache is viewed.
-	#
-	# Specifying "#INCLUDE &lt;filename&gt;" will force the RFC NetBIOS (NBT)
-	# software to seek the specified &lt;filename&gt; and parse it as if it were
-	# local. &lt;filename&gt; is generally a UNC-based name, allowing a
-	# centralized lmhosts file to be maintained on a server.
-	# It is ALWAYS necessary to provide a mapping for the IP address of the
-	# server prior to the #INCLUDE. This mapping must use the #PRE directive.
-	# In addition the share "public" in the example below must be in the
-	# LanManServer list of "NullSessionShares" in order for client machines to
-	# be able to read the lmhosts file successfully. This key is under
-	# \machine\system\currentcontrolset\services\lanmanserver\parameters\nullsessionshares
-	# in the registry. Simply add "public" to the list found there.
-	#
-	# The #BEGIN_ and #END_ALTERNATE keywords allow multiple #INCLUDE
-	# statements to be grouped together. Any single successful include
-	# will cause the group to succeed.
-	#
-	# Finally, non-printing characters can be embedded in mappings by
-	# first surrounding the NetBIOS name in quotations, then using the
-	# \0xnn notation to specify a hex value for a non-printing character.
-	#
-	# The following example illustrates all of these extensions:
-	#
-	# 102.54.94.97     rhino         #PRE #DOM:networking  #net group's DC
-	# 102.54.94.102    "appname  \0x14"                    #special app server
-	# 102.54.94.123    popular            #PRE             #source server
-	# 102.54.94.117    localsrv           #PRE             #needed for the include
-	#
-	# #BEGIN_ALTERNATE
-	# #INCLUDE \\localsrv\public\lmhosts
-	# #INCLUDE \\rhino\public\lmhosts
-	# #END_ALTERNATE
-	#
-	# In the above example, the "appname" server contains a special
-	# character in its name, the "popular" and "localsrv" server names are
-	# preloaded, and the "rhino" server name is specified so it can be used
-	# to later #INCLUDE a centrally maintained lmhosts file if the "localsrv"
-	# system is unavailable.
-	#
-	# Note that the whole file is parsed including comments on each lookup,
-	# so keeping the number of comments to a minimum will improve performance.
-	# Therefore it is not advisable to simply add lmhosts file entries onto the
-	# end of this file.
-</screen></para>
+<para><programlisting>
+# Copyright (c) 1998 Microsoft Corp.
+#
+# This is a sample LMHOSTS file used by the Microsoft Wins Client (NetBIOS
+# over TCP/IP) stack for Windows98
+#
+# This file contains the mappings of IP addresses to NT computernames
+# (NetBIOS) names.  Each entry should be kept on an individual line.
+# The IP address should be placed in the first column followed by the
+# corresponding computername. The address and the computername
+# should be separated by at least one space or tab. The "#" character
+# is generally used to denote the start of a comment (see the exceptions
+# below).
+#
+# This file is compatible with Microsoft LAN Manager 2.x TCP/IP lmhosts
+# files and offers the following extensions:
+#
+#      #PRE
+#      #DOM:&lt;domain&gt;
+#      #INCLUDE &lt;filename&gt;
+#      #BEGIN_ALTERNATE
+#      #END_ALTERNATE
+#      \0xnn (non-printing character support)
+#
+# Following any entry in the file with the characters "#PRE" will cause
+# the entry to be preloaded into the name cache. By default, entries are
+# not preloaded, but are parsed only after dynamic name resolution fails.
+#
+# Following an entry with the "#DOM:&lt;domain&gt;" tag will associate the
+# entry with the domain specified by &lt;domain&gt;. This affects how the
+# browser and logon services behave in TCP/IP environments. To preload
+# the host name associated with #DOM entry, it is necessary to also add a
+# #PRE to the line. The &lt;domain&gt; is always preloaded although it will not
+# be shown when the name cache is viewed.
+#
+# Specifying "#INCLUDE &lt;filename&gt;" will force the RFC NetBIOS (NBT)
+# software to seek the specified &lt;filename&gt; and parse it as if it were
+# local. &lt;filename&gt; is generally a UNC-based name, allowing a
+# centralized lmhosts file to be maintained on a server.
+# It is ALWAYS necessary to provide a mapping for the IP address of the
+# server prior to the #INCLUDE. This mapping must use the #PRE directive.
+# In addition the share "public" in the example below must be in the
+# LanManServer list of "NullSessionShares" in order for client machines to
+# be able to read the lmhosts file successfully. This key is under
+# \machine\system\currentcontrolset\services\lanmanserver\
+# parameters\nullsessionshares
+# in the registry. Simply add "public" to the list found there.
+#
+# The #BEGIN_ and #END_ALTERNATE keywords allow multiple #INCLUDE
+# statements to be grouped together. Any single successful include
+# will cause the group to succeed.
+#
+# Finally, non-printing characters can be embedded in mappings by
+# first surrounding the NetBIOS name in quotations, then using the
+# \0xnn notation to specify a hex value for a non-printing character.
+#
+# The following example illustrates all of these extensions:
+#
+# 102.54.94.97     rhino         #PRE #DOM:networking  #net group's DC
+# 102.54.94.102    "appname  \0x14"                    #special app server
+# 102.54.94.123    popular            #PRE             #source server
+# 102.54.94.117    localsrv           #PRE             #needed for the include
+#
+# #BEGIN_ALTERNATE
+# #INCLUDE \\localsrv\public\lmhosts
+# #INCLUDE \\rhino\public\lmhosts
+# #END_ALTERNATE
+#
+# In the above example, the "appname" server contains a special
+# character in its name, the "popular" and "localsrv" server names are
+# preloaded, and the "rhino" server name is specified so it can be used
+# to later #INCLUDE a centrally maintained lmhosts file if the "localsrv"
+# system is unavailable.
+#
+# Note that the whole file is parsed including comments on each lookup,
+# so keeping the number of comments to a minimum will improve performance.
+# Therefore it is not advisable to simply add lmhosts file entries onto the
+# end of this file.
+</programlisting></para>
 
 </sect2>
 
@@ -503,7 +533,7 @@ This file is usually located in MS Windows NT 4.0 or 2000 in
 the IP Address and the IP hostname in matched pairs. It can be 
 used by the name resolution infrastructure in MS Windows, depending 
 on how the TCP/IP environment is configured. This file is in 
-every way the equivalent of the Unix/Linux <filename>/etc/hosts</filename> file.
+every way the equivalent of the UNIX/Linux <filename>/etc/hosts</filename> file.
 </para>
 </sect2>
 
@@ -511,6 +541,8 @@ every way the equivalent of the Unix/Linux <filename>/etc/hosts</filename> file.
 <sect2>
 <title>DNS Lookup</title>
 
+<indexterm><primary>DNS</primary></indexterm>
+
 <para>
 This capability is configured in the TCP/IP setup area in the network 
 configuration facility. If enabled, an elaborate name resolution sequence 
@@ -529,6 +561,8 @@ lookup is used.
 <sect2>
 <title>WINS Lookup</title>
 
+<indexterm><primary>WINS</primary></indexterm>
+
 <para>
 A WINS (Windows Internet Name Server) service is the equivalent of the 
 rfc1001/1002 specified NBNS (NetBIOS Name Server). A WINS server stores 
@@ -541,25 +575,28 @@ To configure Samba to be a WINS server the following parameter needs
 to be added to the &smb.conf; file:
 </para>
 
-<para><screen>
-	wins support = Yes
-</screen></para>
+<para><smbconfblock>
+<smbconfoption><name>wins support</name><value>Yes</value></smbconfoption>
+</smbconfblock></para>
 
 <para>
 To configure Samba to use a WINS server the following parameters are 
 needed in the &smb.conf; file:
 </para>
 
-<para><screen>
-	wins support = No
-	wins server = xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx
-</screen></para>
+<para><smbconfblock>
+<smbconfoption><name>wins support</name><value>No</value></smbconfoption>
+<smbconfoption><name>wins server</name><value>xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx</value></smbconfoption>
+</smbconfblock></para>
 
 <para>
 where <replaceable>xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx</replaceable> is the IP address 
 of the WINS server.
 </para>
 
+<para>For information about setting up Samba as a WINS server, read 
+	<link linkend="NetworkBrowsing">the chapter on network browsing</link>.</para>
+
 </sect2>
 </sect1>
 
@@ -573,11 +610,11 @@ carelessness. Of course, no one is every deliberately careless!
 </para>
 
 	<sect2>
-	<title>My Boomerang Won't Come Back</title>
+		<title>Pinging works only in one way</title>
 
 	<para>
-	Well, the real complaint said, "I can ping my samba server from Windows, but I can
-	not ping my Windows machine from the samba server."
+		<quote>I can ping my samba server from Windows, but I can
+			not ping my Windows machine from the samba server.</quote>
 	</para>
 
 	<para>
@@ -614,9 +651,9 @@ carelessness. Of course, no one is every deliberately careless!
 	<title>Samba server name change problem</title>
 
 	<para>
-	The name of the samba server was changed, samba was restarted, samba server can not be
+		<quote>The name of the samba server was changed, samba was restarted, samba server can not be
 	pinged by new name from MS Windows NT4 Workstation, but it does still respond to ping using
-	the old name. Why?
+	the old name. Why?</quote>
 	</para>
 
 	<para>
@@ -635,35 +672,35 @@ carelessness. Of course, no one is every deliberately careless!
 	</para>
 
 	<para>
-	<screen>
-	C:\temp\&gt;nbtstat -n
+<screen>
+&dosprompt;<userinput>nbtstat -n</userinput>
 
-	              NetBIOS Local Name Table
+              NetBIOS Local Name Table
 
-	   Name                 Type          Status
-	------------------------------------------------
-	SLACK            &lt;03&gt;  UNIQUE      Registered
-	ADMINISTRATOR    &lt;03&gt;  UNIQUE      Registered
-	SLACK            &lt;00&gt;  UNIQUE      Registered
-	SARDON           &lt;00&gt;  GROUP       Registered
-	SLACK            &lt;20&gt;  UNIQUE      Registered
-	SLACK            &lt;1F&gt;  UNIQUE      Registered
+   Name                 Type          Status
+------------------------------------------------
+&example.workstation.windows;            &lt;03&gt;  UNIQUE      Registered
+ADMINSTRATOR     &lt;03&gt;  UNIQUE      Registered
+&example.workstation.windows;            &lt;00&gt;  UNIQUE      Registered
+SARDON           &lt;00&gt;  GROUP       Registered
+&example.workstation.windows;            &lt;20&gt;  UNIQUE      Registered
+&example.workstation.windows;            &lt;1F&gt;  UNIQUE      Registered
 
 
-	C:\Temp\&gt;nbtstat -c
+&dosprompt;nbtstat -c
 
-	             NetBIOS Remote Cache Name Table
+             NetBIOS Remote Cache Name Table
 
-	   Name                 Type       Host Address     Life [sec]
-	--------------------------------------------------------------
-	FRODO            &lt;20&gt;  UNIQUE      192.168.1.1          240
+   Name                 Type       Host Address     Life [sec]
+--------------------------------------------------------------
+&example.server.samba;	&lt;20&gt;  UNIQUE      192.168.1.1          240
 
-	C:\Temp\&gt;
-	</screen>
+&dosprompt;
+</screen>
 	</para>
 
 	<para>
-	In the above example, FRODO is the Samba server and SLACK is the MS Windows NT4 Workstation.
+	In the above example, &example.server.samba; is the Samba server and &example.workstation.windows; is the MS Windows NT4 Workstation.
 	The first listing shows the contents of the Local Name Table (i.e.: Identity information on
 	the MS Windows workstation), the second shows the NetBIOS name in the NetBIOS name cache.
 	The name cache contains the remote machines known to this workstation.
diff --git a/docs/docbook/projdoc/InterdomainTrusts.xml b/docs/docbook/projdoc/InterdomainTrusts.xml
index 31f9697bf31..04efc6fda63 100644
--- a/docs/docbook/projdoc/InterdomainTrusts.xml
+++ b/docs/docbook/projdoc/InterdomainTrusts.xml
@@ -2,17 +2,27 @@
 <chapterinfo>
 	&author.jht;
 	&author.mimir;
+	<author>&person.jelmer;<contrib>drawing</contrib></author>
+        <author>
+                <firstname>Stephen</firstname><surname>Langasek</surname>
+                <affiliation>
+                        <address><email>vorlon@netexpress.net</email></address>
+                </affiliation>
+        </author>
 	<pubdate>April 3, 2003</pubdate>
 </chapterinfo>
 
 <title>Interdomain Trust Relationships</title>
 
+<indexterm><primary>Interdomain Trusts</primary></indexterm>
+
 <para>
 Samba-3 supports NT4 style domain trust relationships. This is feature that many sites
 will want to use if they migrate to Samba-3 from and NT4 style domain and do NOT want to
 adopt Active Directory or an LDAP based authentication back end. This section explains
 some background information regarding trust relationships and how to create them. It is now
-possible for Samba-3 to NT4 trust (and vice versa), as well as Samba3 to Samba3 trusts.
+possible for Samba-3 to trust NT4 (and vice versa), as well as to create Samba3-to-Samba3 
+trusts.
 </para>
 
 <sect1>
@@ -40,7 +50,7 @@ That was, after all, a key reason for the development and adoption of Microsoft
 <para>
 MS Windows NT3.x/4.0 type security domains employ a non-hierarchical security structure.
 The limitations of this architecture as it affects the scalability of MS Windows networking
-in large organisations is well known. Additionally, the flat-name space that results from
+in large organisations is well known. Additionally, the flat namespace that results from
 this design significantly impacts the delegation of administrative responsibilities in
 large and diverse organisations.
 </para>
@@ -74,6 +84,7 @@ transitive.
 </para>
 
 <para>
+<!-- FIXME: What are these colors doing here - I can't find them ... Jelmer -->
 New to MS Windows 2000 ADS security contexts is the fact that trust relationships are two-way
 by default. Also, all inter-ADS domain trusts are transitive. In the case of the RED, WHITE and BLUE
 domains above, with Windows 2000 and ADS the RED and BLUE domains CAN trust each other. This is
@@ -88,32 +99,37 @@ security domains in similar manner to MS Windows NT4 style domains.
 <title>Native MS Windows NT4 Trusts Configuration</title>
 
 <para>
-There are two steps to creating an interdomain trust relationship.
+There are two steps to creating an interdomain trust relationship.  To effect a two-way trust
+relationship it is necessary for each domain administrator to create a trust account for the 
+other domain to use in verifying security credentials.
+
+<indexterm><primary>Interdomain Trusts</primary><secondary>creating</secondary></indexterm>
 </para>
 
 <sect2>
-<title>NT4 as the Trusting Domain (ie. creating the trusted account)</title>
+<title>Creating an NT4 Domain Trust</title>
 
 <para>
 For MS Windows NT4, all domain trust relationships are configured using the 
-<application>Domain User Manager</application>. To affect a two way trust relationship it is 
-necessary for each domain administrator to make available (for use by an external domain) it's 
-security resources. This is done from the Domain User Manager Policies entry on the menu bar. 
-From the <guimenu>Policy</guimenu> menu, select <guimenuitem>Trust Relationships</guimenuitem>, then
-next to the lower box that is labelled <guilabel>Permitted to Trust this Domain</guilabel> are two 
-buttons, <guibutton>Add</guibutton> and <guibutton>Remove</guibutton>. The <guibutton>Add</guibutton>
-button will open a panel in which needs to be entered the remote domain that will be able to assign
-user rights to your domain. In addition it is necessary to enter a password
-that is specific to this trust relationship. The password needs to be
-typed twice (for standard confirmation).
+<application>Domain User Manager</application>. This is done from the Domain User Manager Policies
+entry on the menu bar. From the <guimenu>Policy</guimenu> menu, select
+<guimenuitem>Trust Relationships</guimenuitem>. Next to the lower box labelled
+<guilabel>Permitted to Trust this Domain</guilabel> are two buttons, <guibutton>Add</guibutton>
+and <guibutton>Remove</guibutton>. The <guibutton>Add</guibutton> button will open a panel in which
+to enter the name of the remote domain that will be able to assign access rights to users in 
+your domain.  You will also need to enter a password for this trust relationship, which the 
+trusting domain will use when authenticating users from the trusted domain.
+The password needs to be typed twice (for standard confirmation).
 </para>
 
 </sect2>
 
+
 <sect2>
-<title>NT4 as the Trusted Domain (ie. creating trusted account's password)</title>
+<title>Completing an NT4 Domain Trust</title>
 
 <para>
+<indexterm><primary>Interdomain Trusts</primary><secondary>completing</secondary></indexterm>
 A trust relationship will work only when the other (trusting) domain makes the appropriate connections
 with the trusted domain. To consummate the trust relationship the administrator will launch the
 Domain User Manager, from the menu select Policies, then select Trust Relationships, then click on the
@@ -123,6 +139,92 @@ domain as well as the password assigned to that trust.
 </para>
 
 </sect2>
+
+<sect2>
+<title>Inter-Domain Trust Facilities</title>
+
+<indexterm><primary>Interdomain Trusts</primary><secondary>Facilities</secondary></indexterm>
+
+<para>
+A two-way trust relationship is created when two one-way trusts are created, one in each direction.
+Where a one-way trust has been established between two MS Windows NT4 domains (let's call them
+DomA and DomB) the following facilities are created:
+</para>
+
+<image><imagefile>trusts1</imagefile><imagedescription>Trusts overview</imagedescription></image>
+
+<itemizedlist>
+	<listitem><para>
+	DomA (completes the trust connection) Trusts DomB
+	</para></listitem>
+
+	<listitem><para>
+	DomA is the Trusting domain
+	</para></listitem>
+
+	<listitem><para>
+	DomB is the Trusted domain (originates the trust account)
+	</para></listitem>
+
+	<listitem><para>
+	Users in DomB can access resources in DomA
+	</para></listitem>
+
+	<listitem><para>
+	Users in DomA can NOT access resources in DomB
+	</para></listitem>
+
+	<listitem><para>
+	Global groups from DomB CAN be used in DomA
+	</para></listitem>
+
+	<listitem><para>
+	Global groups from DomA can NOT be used in DomB
+	</para></listitem>
+
+	<listitem><para>
+	DomB DOES appear in the logon dialog box on client workstations in DomA
+	</para></listitem>
+
+	<listitem><para>
+	DomA does NOT appear in the logon dialog box on client workstations in DomB
+	</para></listitem>
+</itemizedlist>
+
+<itemizedlist>
+	<listitem><para>
+	Users / Groups in a trusting domain can NOT be granted rights, permissions or access
+	to a trusted domain.
+	</para></listitem>
+
+	<listitem><para>
+	The trusting domain CAN access and use accounts (Users / Global Groups) in the
+	trusted domain.
+	</para></listitem>
+
+	<listitem><para>
+	Administrators of the trusted domain CAN be granted admininstrative rights in the 
+	trusting domain.
+	</para></listitem>
+
+	<listitem><para>
+	Users in a trusted domain CAN be given rights and privileges in the trusting
+	domain.
+	</para></listitem>
+
+	<listitem><para>
+	Trusted domain Global Groups CAN be given rights and permissions in the trusting
+	domain.
+	</para></listitem>
+
+	<listitem><para>
+	Global Groups from the trusted domain CAN be made members in Local Groups on
+	MS Windows domain member machines.
+	</para></listitem>
+</itemizedlist>
+
+</sect2>
+
 </sect1>
 
 <sect1>
@@ -135,18 +237,19 @@ is in its early stage, so lot of things don't work yet.
 </para>
 
 <para>
-Each of the procedures described below is treated as they were performed with Windows NT4 Server on
-one end. The remote end could just as well be another Samba-3 domain. It can be clearly seen, after
-reading this document, that combining Samba-specific parts of what's written below leads to trust
-between domains in purely Samba environment.
+Each of the procedures described below assumes the peer domain in the trust relationship is 
+controlled by a Windows NT4 server.  However, the remote end could just as well be another 
+Samba-3  domain. It can be clearly seen, after reading this document, that combining 
+Samba-specific parts of what's written below leads to trust between domains in a purely Samba 
+environment.
 </para>
 
-<sect2>
-<title>Samba-3 as the Trusting Domain</title>
+<sect2 id="samba-trusted-domain">
+<title>Samba as the Trusted Domain</title>
 
 <para>
-In order to set the Samba PDC to be the trusted party of the relationship first you need
-to create special account for the domain that will be the trusting party. To do that,
+In order to set the Samba PDC to be the trusted party of the relationship you first need
+to create a special account for the domain that will be the trusting party. To do that,
 you can use the 'smbpasswd' utility. Creating the trusted domain account is very
 similar to creating a trusted machine account. Suppose, your domain is
 called SAMBA, and the remote domain is called RUMBA. The first step
@@ -156,9 +259,9 @@ will be to issue this command from your favourite shell:
 <para>
 <screen>
 &rootprompt; <userinput>smbpasswd -a -i rumba</userinput>
-	New SMB password: XXXXXXXX
-	Retype SMB password: XXXXXXXX
-	Added user rumba$
+New SMB password: <userinput>XXXXXXXX</userinput>
+Retype SMB password: <userinput>XXXXXXXX</userinput>
+Added user rumba$
 </screen>
 
 where <option>-a</option> means to add a new account into the
@@ -175,18 +278,20 @@ After issuing this command you'll be asked to enter the password for
 the account. You can use any password you want, but be aware that Windows NT will
 not change this password until 7 days following account creation.
 After the command returns successfully, you can look at the entry for the new account
-(in the standard way depending on your configuration) and see that account's name is
-really RUMBA$ and it has 'I' flag in the flags field. Now you're ready to confirm
+(in the standard way as appropriate for your configuration) and see that account's name is
+really RUMBA$ and it has the 'I' flag set in the flags field. Now you're ready to confirm
 the trust by establishing it from Windows NT Server.
 </para>
 
+<indexterm><primary>User Manager</primary></indexterm>
+
 <para>
-Open <application>User Manager for Domains</application> and from menu
-<guimenu>Policies</guimenu> select <guimenuitem>Trust Relationships...</guimenuitem>.
-Right beside <guilabel>Trusted domains</guilabel> list box press the 
+Open <application>User Manager for Domains</application> and from the
+<guimenu>Policies</guimenu> menu, select <guimenuitem>Trust Relationships...</guimenuitem>.
+Right beside the <guilabel>Trusted domains</guilabel> list box press the 
 <guimenu>Add...</guimenu> button. You will be prompted for
 the trusted domain name and the relationship password. Type in SAMBA, as this is
-your domain name, and the password used at the time of account creation.
+the name of the remote domain, and the password used at the time of account creation.
 Press OK and, if everything went without incident, you will see 
 <computeroutput>Trusted domain relationship successfully 
 established</computeroutput> message.
@@ -194,7 +299,7 @@ established</computeroutput> message.
 
 </sect2>
 <sect2>
-<title>Samba-3 as the Trusted Domain</title>
+<title>Samba as the Trusting Domain</title>
 
 <para>
 This time activities are somewhat reversed. Again, we'll assume that your domain
@@ -202,14 +307,16 @@ controlled by the Samba PDC is called SAMBA and NT-controlled domain is called R
 </para>
 
 <para>
-The very first thing requirement is to add an account for the SAMBA domain on RUMBA's PDC.
+The very first step is to add an account for the SAMBA domain on RUMBA's PDC.
 </para>
 
+<indexterm><primary>User Manager</primary></indexterm>
+
 <para>
 Launch the <application>Domain User Manager</application>, then from the menu select
 <guimenu>Policies</guimenu>, <guimenuitem>Trust Relationships</guimenuitem>.
-Now, next to <guilabel>Trusted Domains</guilabel> box press the <guibutton>Add</guibutton>
-button, and type in the name of the trusted domain (SAMBA) and password securing
+Now, next to the <guilabel>Trusted Domains</guilabel> box press the <guibutton>Add</guibutton>
+button, and type in the name of the trusted domain (SAMBA) and the password to use in securing
 the relationship.
 </para>
 
@@ -229,12 +336,12 @@ Using your favourite shell while being logged in as root, issue this command:
 
 <para>
 You will be prompted for the password you just typed on your Windows NT4 Server box.
-Do not worry if you see an error message that mentions a returned code of
-<errorname>NT_STATUS_NOLOGON_INTERDOMAIN_TRUST_ACCOUNT</errorname>. It means the
+Do not worry if you see an error message that mentions a return code of
+NT_STATUS_NOLOGON_INTERDOMAIN_TRUST_ACCOUNT. It means the
 password you gave is correct and the NT4 Server says the account is
 ready for interdomain connection and not for ordinary
-connection. After that, be patient it can take a while (especially
-in large networks), you should see the <computeroutput>Success</computeroutput> message.
+connection. After that, be patient; it can take a while (especially
+in large networks), but eventually you should see the <computeroutput>Success</computeroutput> message.
 Congratulations! Your trust relationship has just been established.
 </para>
 
@@ -247,6 +354,34 @@ the <filename>secrets.tdb</filename> file.
 </sect1>
 
 <sect1>
+<title>NT4-style Domain Trusts with Windows 2000</title>
+<para>
+Although <application>Domain User Manager</application> is not present in Windows 2000, it is 
+also possible to establish an NT4-style trust relationship with a Windows 2000 domain 
+controller running in mixed mode as the trusting server.  It should also be possible for 
+Samba to trust a Windows 2000 server, however, more testing is still needed in this area.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+After <link linkend="samba-trusted-domain">creating the interdomain trust account on the 
+Samba server</link> as described above, open <application>Active Directory Domains and 
+Trusts</application> on the AD controller of the domain whose resources you wish Samba users 
+to have access to.  Remember that since NT4-style trusts are not transitive, if you want 
+your users to have access to multiple mixed-mode domains in your AD forest, you will need to 
+repeat this process for each of those domains.  With <application>Active Directory Domains 
+and Trusts</application> open, right-click on the name of the Active Directory domain that 
+will trust our Samba domain and choose <guimenuitem>Properties</guimenuitem>, then click on 
+the <guilabel>Trusts</guilabel> tab.  In the upper part of the panel, you will see a list box 
+labelled <guilabel>Domains trusted by this domain:</guilabel>, and an 
+<guilabel>Add...</guilabel> button next to it.  Press this button, and just as with NT4, you 
+will be prompted for the trusted domain name and the relationship password.  Press OK, and 
+after a moment, Active Directory will respond with <computeroutput>The trusted domain has 
+been added and the trust has been verified.</computeroutput>  Your Samba users can now be 
+granted acess to resources in the AD domain.
+</para>
+</sect1>
+
+<sect1>
 <title>Common Errors</title>
 
 <para>
@@ -255,39 +390,6 @@ or that suffer regular outages. Network stability and integrity are key concerns
 distributed trusted domains.
 </para>
 
-	<sect2>
-	<title>Tell me about Trust Relationships using Samba</title>
-
-	<para>
-	Like many, I administer multiple LANs connected together using NT trust
-	relationships.  This was implemented about 4 years ago.  I now have the
-	occasion to consider performing this same task again, but this time, I
-	would like to implement it solely through samba - no Microsoft PDCs
-	anywhere.
-	</para>
-
-	<para>
-	I have read documentation on samba.org regarding NT-style trust
-	relationships and am now wondering, can I do what I want to?  I already
-	have successfully implemented 2 samba servers, but they are not PDCs.
-	They merely act as file servers.  I seem to remember, and it appears to
-	be true (according to samba.org) that trust relationships are a
-	challenge.
-	</para>
-
-	<para>
-	Please provide any helpful feedback that you may have.
-	</para>
-
-	<para>
-	These are almost complete in Samba 3.0 snapshots.  The main catch
-	is getting winbindd to be able to allocate UID/GIDs for trusted
-	users/groups.  See the updated Samba HOWTO collection for more
-	details.
-	</para>
-
-	</sect2>
-
 </sect1>
 
 </chapter>
diff --git a/docs/docbook/projdoc/NT4Migration.xml b/docs/docbook/projdoc/NT4Migration.xml
index 8c2d0e19f33..36bafee2afd 100644
--- a/docs/docbook/projdoc/NT4Migration.xml
+++ b/docs/docbook/projdoc/NT4Migration.xml
@@ -38,25 +38,24 @@ pressure to return to a Microsoft based platform solution at the first sign of t
 </para>
 
 <para>
-It is strongly advised that before attempting a migration to a Samba-3 controlled network
-that every possible effort be made to gain all-round commitment to the change. Firstly, you
-should know precisely <emphasis>why</emphasis> the change is important for the organisation.
-Possible motivations to make a change include:
+Before attempting a migration to a Samba-3 controlled network make every possible effort to
+gain all-round commitment to the change.  Know precisely <emphasis>why</emphasis> the change
+is important for the organisation. Possible motivations to make a change include:
 </para>
 
-<simplelist>
-    <member>Improve network manageability</member>
-    <member>Obtain better user level functionality</member>
-    <member>Reduce network operating costs</member>
-    <member>Reduce exposure caused by Microsoft withdrawal of NT4 support</member>
-    <member>Avoid MS License 6 implications</member>
-    <member>Reduce organisation's dependency on Microsoft</member>
-</simplelist>
+<itemizedlist>
+    <listitem><para>Improve network manageability</para></listitem>
+    <listitem><para>Obtain better user level functionality</para></listitem>
+    <listitem><para>Reduce network operating costs</para></listitem>
+    <listitem><para>Reduce exposure caused by Microsoft withdrawal of NT4 support</para></listitem>
+    <listitem><para>Avoid MS License 6 implications</para></listitem>
+    <listitem><para>Reduce organisation's dependency on Microsoft</para></listitem>
+</itemizedlist>
 
 <para>
-It is vital that it be well recognised that Samba-3 is NOT MS Windows NT4. Samba-3 offers
-an alternative solution that is both different from MS Windows NT4 and that offers some
-advantages compared with it. It should also be recognised that Samba-3 lacks many of the
+Make sure that everyone knows that Samba-3 is NOT MS Windows NT4. Samba-3 offers
+an alternative solution that is both different from MS Windows NT4 and that offers 
+advantages compared with it. Gain recognition that Samba-3 lacks many of the
 features that Microsoft has promoted as core values in migration from MS Windows NT4 to 
 MS Windows 2000 and beyond (with or without Active Directory services).
 </para>
@@ -65,37 +64,37 @@ MS Windows 2000 and beyond (with or without Active Directory services).
 What are the features that Samba-3 can NOT provide?
 </para>
 
-<simplelist>
-	<member>Active Directory Server</member>
-	<member>Group Policy Objects (in Active Directory)</member>
-	<member>Machine Policy objects</member>
-	<member>Logon Scripts in Active Directory</member>
-	<member>Software Application and Access Controls in Active Directory</member>
-</simplelist>
+<itemizedlist>
+	<listitem><para>Active Directory Server</para></listitem>
+	<listitem><para>Group Policy Objects (in Active Directory)</para></listitem>
+	<listitem><para>Machine Policy objects</para></listitem>
+	<listitem><para>Logon Scripts in Active Directory</para></listitem>
+	<listitem><para>Software Application and Access Controls in Active Directory</para></listitem>
+</itemizedlist>
 
 <para>
 The features that Samba-3 DOES provide and that may be of compelling interest to your site
 includes:
 </para>
 
-<simplelist>
-	<member>Lower Cost of Ownership</member>
-	<member>Global availability of support with no strings attached</member>
-	<member>Dynamic SMB Servers (ie:Can run more than one server per Unix/Linux system)</member>
-	<member>Creation of on-the-fly logon scripts</member>
-	<member>Creation of on-the-fly Policy Files</member>
-	<member>Greater Stability, Reliability, Performance and Availability</member>
-	<member>Manageability via an ssh connection</member>
-	<member>Flexible choices of back-end authentication technologies (tdbsam, ldapsam, mysqlsam)</member>
-	<member>Ability to implement a full single-sign-on architecture</member>
-	<member>Ability to distribute authentication systems for absolute minimum wide area network bandwidth demand</member>
-</simplelist>
+<itemizedlist>
+	<listitem><para>Lower Cost of Ownership</para></listitem>
+	<listitem><para>Global availability of support with no strings attached</para></listitem>
+	<listitem><para>Dynamic SMB Servers (ie:Can run more than one server per Unix/Linux system)</para></listitem>
+	<listitem><para>Creation of on-the-fly logon scripts</para></listitem>
+	<listitem><para>Creation of on-the-fly Policy Files</para></listitem>
+	<listitem><para>Greater Stability, Reliability, Performance and Availability</para></listitem>
+	<listitem><para>Manageability via an ssh connection</para></listitem>
+	<listitem><para>Flexible choices of back-end authentication technologies (tdbsam, ldapsam, mysqlsam)</para></listitem>
+	<listitem><para>Ability to implement a full single-sign-on architecture</para></listitem>
+	<listitem><para>Ability to distribute authentication systems for absolute minimum wide area network bandwidth demand</para></listitem>
+</itemizedlist>
 
 <para>
-Before migrating a network from MS Windows NT4 to Samba-3 it is vital that all necessary factors are
-considered. Users should be educated about changes they may experience so that the change will be a
-welcome one and not become an obstacle to the work they need to do. The following are some of the
-factors that will go into a successful migration:
+Before migrating a network from MS Windows NT4 to Samba-3 consider all necessary factors. Users
+should be educated about changes they may experience so that the change will be a welcome one
+and not become an obstacle to the work they need to do. The following are factors that will 
+help ensure a successful migration:
 </para>
 
 <sect3>
@@ -106,26 +105,25 @@ Samba-3 can be configured as a domain controller, a back-up domain controller (p
 a secondary controller), a domain member, or as a stand-alone server. The Windows network security
 domain context should be sized and scoped before implementation. Particular attention needs to be
 paid to the location of the primary domain controller (PDC) as well as backup controllers (BDCs).
-It should be noted that one way in which Samba-3 differs from Microsoft technology is that if one
-chooses to use an LDAP authentication backend then the same database can be used by several different
-domains. This means that in a complex organisation there can be a single LDAP database, that itself
-can be distributed, that can simultaneously serve multiple domains (that can also be widely distributed).
+One way in which Samba-3 differs from Microsoft technology is that if one chooses to use an LDAP
+authentication backend then the same database can be used by several different domains. In a
+complex organisation there can be a single LDAP database, which itself can be distributed (ie: Have
+a master server and multiple slave servers) that can simultaneously serve multiple domains.
 </para>
 
 <para>
-It is recommended that from a design perspective, the number of users per server, as well as the number
-of servers, per domain should be scaled according to needs and should also consider server capacity
-and network bandwidth.
+From a design perspective, the number of users per server, as well as the number of servers, per
+domain should be scaled taking into consideration server capacity and network bandwidth.
 </para>
 
 <para>
-A physical network segment may house several domains, each of which may span multiple network segments.
-Where domains span routed network segments it is most advisable to consider and test the performance
-implications of the design and layout of a network. A Centrally located domain controller that is being
-designed to serve multiple routed network segments may result in severe performance problems if the
-response time (eg: ping timing) between the remote segment and the PDC is more than 100 ms. In situations
-where the delay is too long it is highly recommended to locate a backup controller (BDC) to serve as
-the local authentication and access control server.
+A physical network segment may house several domains. Each may span multiple network segments.
+Where domains span routed network segments, consider and test the performance implications of
+the design and layout of a network. A Centrally located domain controller that is designed to
+serve multiple routed network segments may result in severe performance problems. Check the
+response time (eg: ping timing) between the remote segment and the PDC. If long (more than 100 ms)
+locate a backup controller (BDC) on the remote segmanet to serve as the local authentication and
+access control server.
 </para>
 </sect3>
 
@@ -133,18 +131,17 @@ the local authentication and access control server.
 <title>Server Share and Directory Layout</title>
 
 <para>
-There are few cardinal rules to effective network design that can be broken with impunity.
-The most important rule of effective network management is that simplicity is king in every
-well controlled network. Every part of the infrastructure must be managed, the more complex
-it is, the greater will be the demand of keeping systems secure and functional.
+There are cardinal rules to effective network design. These can not be broken with impunity.
+The most important rule: Simplicity is king in every well controlled network. Every part of
+the infrastructure must be managed, the more complex it is, the greater will be the demand
+of keeping systems secure and functional.
 </para>
 
 <para>
-The nature of the data that must be stored needs to be born in mind when deciding how many
-shares must be created. The physical disk space layout should also be taken into account
-when designing where share points will be created. Keep in mind that all data needs to be
-backed up, thus the simpler the disk layout the easier it will be to keep track of what must
-be backed up to tape or other off-line storage medium. Always plan and implement for minimum
+Keep in mind the nature of how data must be share. Physical disk space layout should be considered
+carefully. Some data must be backed up. The simpler the disk layout the easier it will be to
+keep track of backed needs. Identify what back media will be meet needs, consider backup to tape
+, CD-ROM or (DVD-ROM), or other off-line storage medium. Plan and implement for minimum
 maintenance. Leave nothing to chance in your design, above all, do not leave backups to chance:
 Backup and test, validate every backup, create a disaster recovery plan and prove that it works.
 </para>
@@ -156,13 +153,14 @@ directories may substantially avoid file access complaints from samba share user
 </para>
 
 <para>
-Many network administrators who are new to the game will attempt to use elaborate techniques
-to set access controls, on files, directories, shares, as well as in share definitions.
-There is the ever present danger that that administrator's successor will not understand the
-complex mess that has been inherited. Remember, apparent job security through complex design
-and implementation may ultimately cause loss of operations and downtime to users as the new
-administrator learns to untangle your web. Keep access controls simple and effective and
-make sure that users will never be interrupted by the stupidity of complexity.
+Inexperienced  network administrators often attempt elaborate techniques to set access
+controls on files, directories, shares, as well as in share definitions.
+Keep your design and implementation simple and document your design extensively. Have others
+audit your documentation. Do not create a complex mess that your successor will not understand.
+Remember, job security through complex design and implementation may cause loss of operations
+and downtime to users as the new administrator learns to untangle your knots. Keep access
+controls simple and effective and make sure that users will never be interrupted by stupid
+complexity.
 </para>
 </sect3>
 
@@ -170,16 +168,14 @@ make sure that users will never be interrupted by the stupidity of complexity.
 <title>Logon Scripts</title>
 
 <para>
-Please refer to the section of this document on Advanced Network Administration for information
-regarding the network logon script options for Samba-3. Logon scripts can help to ensure that
-all users gain share and printer connections they need.
+Logon scripts can help to ensure that all users gain share and printer connections they need.
 </para>
 
 <para>
-Logon scripts can be created on-the-fly so that all commands executed are specific to the
-rights and privileges granted to the user. The preferred controls should be affected through
+Logon scripts can be created 'on-the-fly' so that all commands executed are specific to the
+rights and priviliges granted to the user. The preferred controls should be affected through
 group membership so that group information can be used to custom create a logon script using
-the <parameter>root preexec</parameter> parameters to the <filename>NETLOGON</filename> share.
+the <smbconfoption><name>root preexec</name></smbconfoption> parameters to the <smbconfsection>NETLOGON</smbconfsection> share.
 </para>
 
 <para>
@@ -211,8 +207,8 @@ to be changed to the SID of the Samba-3 domain.
 <para>
 It is possible to migrate all account settings from an MS Windows NT4 domain to Samba-3. Before
 attempting to migrate user and group accounts it is STRONGLY advised to create in Samba-3 the
-groups that are present on the MS Windows NT4 domain <emphasis>AND</emphasis> to connect these to
-suitable Unix/Linux groups. Following this simple advice will mean that all user and group attributes
+groups that are present on the MS Windows NT4 domain <emphasis>AND</emphasis> to map these to
+suitable Unix/Linux groups. By following this simple advice all user and group attributes
 should migrate painlessly.
 </para>
 </sect3>
@@ -232,7 +228,8 @@ You will have an NT4 PDC that has the users, groups, policies and profiles to be
 </para></listitem>
 
 <listitem><para>
-Samba-3 set up as a DC with netlogon share, profile share, etc.
+Samba-3 set up as a DC with netlogon share, profile share, etc. Configure the &smb.conf; file
+to fucntion as a BDC. ie: <parameter>domain master = No</parameter>.
 </para></listitem>
 </itemizedlist>
 
@@ -240,23 +237,6 @@ Samba-3 set up as a DC with netlogon share, profile share, etc.
 	<step><para>Create a BDC account for the samba server using NT Server Manager</para>
 		<substeps><step><para>Samba must NOT be running</para></step></substeps></step>
 
-	<step>
-		<para><userinput>rpcclient <replaceable>NT4PDC</replaceable> -U Administrator%<replaceable>passwd</replaceable></userinput></para>
-		<substeps><step><para>lsaquery</para></step>
-		 	  <step><para>Note the SID returned</para></step>
-		</substeps>
-	</step>
-
-	<step><para><userinput>net getsid -S <replaceable>NT4PDC</replaceable> -w <replaceable>DOMNAME</replaceable> -U Administrator%<replaceable>passwd</replaceable></userinput></para>
-		<substeps><step><para>Note the SID</para></step></substeps>
-	</step>
-
-	<step><para><userinput>net getlocalsid</userinput></para>
-		<substeps>
-		<step><para>Note the SID, now check that all three SIDS reported are the same!</para></step>
-		</substeps>
-	</step>
-
 	<step><para><userinput>net rpc join -S <replaceable>NT4PDC</replaceable> -w <replaceable>DOMNAME</replaceable> -U Administrator%<replaceable>passwd</replaceable></userinput></para></step>
 
 	<step><para><userinput>net rpc vampire -S <replaceable>NT4PDC</replaceable> -U administrator%<replaceable>passwd</replaceable></userinput></para></step>
@@ -265,24 +245,33 @@ Samba-3 set up as a DC with netlogon share, profile share, etc.
 		<substeps><step><para>Note - did the users migrate?</para></step></substeps>
 	</step>
 
-	<step><para><userinput>initGrps.sh <replaceable>DOMNAME</replaceable></userinput></para></step>
+	<step><para>
+	Now assign each of the UNIX groups to NT groups:
+	(Note: It may be useful to copy this text to a script called
+	<filename>initGroups.sh</filename>)
+	<programlisting>
+#!/bin/bash
+#### Keep this as a shell script for future re-use
+			
+# First assign well known domain global groups
+net groupmap modify ntgroup="Domain Admins" unixgroup=ntadmins
+net groupmap modify ntgroup="Domain Guests" unixgroup=nobody
+net groupmap modify ntgroup="Domain Users" unixgroup=users
+
+# Now for our added domain global groups
+net groupmap add ntgroup="Designers" unixgroup=designers type=d rid=3200
+net groupmap add ntgroup="Engineers" unixgroup=engineers type=d rid=3210
+net groupmap add ntgroup="QA Team"   unixgroup=qateam    type=d rid=3220
+</programlisting>
+	</para></step>
 
 	<step><para><userinput>net groupmap list</userinput></para>
 		<substeps><step><para>Now check that all groups are recognised</para></step></substeps>
 	</step>
-
-	<step><para><userinput>net rpc vampire -S <replaceable>NT4PDC</replaceable> -U administrator%<replaceable>passwd</replaceable></userinput></para></step>
-
-	<step><para><userinput>pdbedit -Lv</userinput></para>
-		<substeps><step>
-			<para>Note - check that all group membership has been migrated</para>
-		</step></substeps>
-	</step>
 </procedure>
 
 <para>
-Now it is time to migrate all the profiles, then migrate all policy files.
-More later.
+Now migrate all the profiles, then migrate all policy files.
 </para>
 
 </sect2>
@@ -292,13 +281,14 @@ More later.
 <title>Migration Options</title>
 
 <para>
-Based on feedback from many sites as well as from actual installation and maintenance
-experience sites that wish to migrate from MS Windows NT4 Domain Control to a Samba
-based solution fit into three basic categories.
+Sites that wish to migrate from MS Windows NT4 Domain Control to a Samba based solution
+generally fit into three basic categories.
 </para>
 
 <table frame="all"><title>The 3 Major Site Types</title>
 <tgroup cols="2">
+	<colspec align="left"/>
+	<colspec align="justify"/>
 	<thead>
 	<row><entry>Number of Users</entry><entry>Description</entry></row>
 	</thead>
@@ -333,7 +323,7 @@ to Samba-3.
 </itemizedlist>
 
 <para>
-No matter what choice you make, the following rules will minimise down-stream problems:
+Minimise down-stream problems by:
 </para>
 
 <itemizedlist>
@@ -354,8 +344,11 @@ No matter what choice you make, the following rules will minimise down-stream pr
 	</para></listitem>
 </itemizedlist>
 
-<table frame="top"><title>Nature of the Conversion Choices</title>
+<table frame="all"><title>Nature of the Conversion Choices</title>
 <tgroup cols="3">
+	<colspec align="justify"/>
+	<colspec align="justify"/>
+	<colspec align="justify"/>
 	<thead>
 	<row><entry>Simple</entry><entry>Upgraded</entry><entry>Redesign</entry></row>
 	</thead>
@@ -396,68 +389,103 @@ No matter what choice you make, the following rules will minimise down-stream pr
 </sect2>
 
 <sect2>
-<title>Samba Implementation Choices</title>
-
-<!-- FIXME: Either a better layout or more written-out text-->
-<para><programlisting>
-Authentication database back end
-	Winbind (external Samba or NT4/200x server)
-	Can use pam_mkhomedir.so to auto-create home dirs
-	External server could use Active Directory or NT4 Domain
-
-Database type
-	smbpasswd, tdbsam, ldapsam, mysqlsam
-
-Access Control Points
-	On the Share itself (Use NT4 Server Manager)
-	On the file system
-	Unix permissions on files and directories
-	Enable Posix ACLs in file system?
-	Through Samba share parameters
-		Not recommended - except as only resort
-
-Policies (migrate or create new ones)
-	Group Policy Editor (NT4)
-	Watch out for Tattoo effect
-
-User and Group Profiles
-	Platform specific so use platform tool to change from a Local
-	to a Roaming profile Can use new profiles tool to change SIDs
-	(NTUser.DAT)
-
-Logon Scripts (Know how they work)
-
-User and Group mapping to Unix/Linux
-	username map facility may be needed
-	Use 'net groupmap' to connect NT4 groups to Unix groups
-	Use pdbedit to set/change user configuration
-NOTE:
-If migrating to LDAP back end it may be easier to dump initial LDAP database
-to LDIF, then edit, then reload into LDAP
-
-	OS specific scripts / programs may be needed
-		Add / delete Users
-			Note OS limits on size of name (Linux 8 chars)
-				NT4 up to 254 chars
-		Add / delete machines
-			Applied only to domain members (note up to 16 chars)
-		Add / delete Groups
-			Note OS limits on size and nature
-				Linux limit is 16 char,
-				no spaces and no upper case chars (groupadd)
-
-Migration Tools
-	Domain Control (NT4 Style)
-	Profiles, Policies, Access Controls, Security
-
-Migration Tools
-	Samba: net, rpcclient, smbpasswd, pdbedit, profiles
-	Windows: NT4 Domain User Manager, Server Manager (NEXUS)
-
-Authentication
-	New SAM back end (smbpasswd, tdbsam, ldapsam, mysqlsam)
-</programlisting>
-</para>
+<title>Samba-3 Implementation Choices</title>
+
+<variablelist>
+	<varlistentry><term>Authentication database/back end:</term><listitem>
+		<para>
+		Samba-3 can use an external authentication backend:
+		</para>
+
+		<para>
+		<itemizedlist>
+			<listitem><para>Winbind (external Samba or NT4/200x server)</para></listitem>
+			<listitem><para>External server could use Active Directory or NT4 Domain</para></listitem>
+			<listitem><para>Can use pam_mkhomedir.so to auto-create home dirs</para></listitem>
+		</itemizedlist>
+		</para>
+
+		<para>
+		Samba-3 can use a local authentication backend:
+		<itemizedlist>
+			<listitem><para>smbpasswd, tdbsam, ldapsam, mysqlsam</para></listitem>
+		</itemizedlist>
+		</para>
+		</listitem>
+	</varlistentry>
+
+        <varlistentry><term>Access Control Points:</term><listitem>
+		<itemizedlist>
+                        <listitem><para>On the Share itself - using Share ACLs</para></listitem>
+                        <listitem><para>On the file system - using UNIX permissions on files and directories</para>
+				<para>Note: Can Enable Posix ACLs in file system also</para></listitem>
+                        <listitem><para>Through Samba share parameters - Not recommended - except as last resort</para></listitem>
+		</itemizedlist>
+                </listitem>
+        </varlistentry>
+
+        <varlistentry><term>Policies (migrate or create new ones):</term><listitem>
+                <itemizedlist>
+                        <listitem><para>Using Group Policy Editor (NT4)</para></listitem>
+                        <listitem><para>- Watch out for Tattoo effect</para></listitem>
+		</itemizedlist>
+                </listitem>
+        </varlistentry>
+
+        <varlistentry><term>User and Group Profiles:</term><listitem>
+                <para>
+		Platform specific so use platform tool to change from a Local to a Roaming profile
+		Can use new profiles tool to change SIDs (NTUser.DAT)
+		</para>
+                </listitem>
+        </varlistentry>
+
+        <varlistentry><term>Logon Scripts:</term><listitem>
+                <para>
+		Know how they work
+		</para>
+                </listitem>
+        </varlistentry>
+
+        <varlistentry><term>User and Group mapping to Unix/Linux:</term><listitem>
+                <itemizedlist>
+                        <listitem><para>username map facility may be needed</para></listitem>
+                        <listitem><para>Use 'net groupmap' to connect NT4 groups to Unix groups</para></listitem>
+                        <listitem><para>Use pdbedit to set/change user configuration</para>
+
+				<para>
+				NOTE: When migrating to LDAP back, end it may be easier to dump initial
+				LDAP database to LDIF, then edit, then reload into LDAP
+				</para>
+			</listitem>
+		</itemizedlist>
+                </listitem>
+        </varlistentry>
+
+        <varlistentry><term>OS specific scripts/programs may be needed:</term><listitem>
+                <itemizedlist>
+                        <listitem><para>Add/Delete Users: Note OS limits on size of name
+				(Linux 8 chars) NT4 up to 254 chars</para></listitem>
+                        <listitem><para>Add/Delete Machines: Applied only to domain members
+				(Note: Machine names may be limited to 16 characters)</para></listitem>
+                        <listitem><para>Use 'net groupmap' to connect NT4 groups to Unix groups</para></listitem>
+                        <listitem><para>Add/Delete Groups: Note OS limits on size and nature.
+				Linux limit is 16 char, no spaces and no upper case chars (groupadd)</para></listitem>
+		</itemizedlist>
+                </listitem>
+        </varlistentry>
+
+        <varlistentry><term>Migration Tools:</term><listitem>
+                <para>
+		Domain Control (NT4 Style) Profiles, Policies, Access Controls, Security
+		<itemizedlist>
+                        <listitem><para>Samba: net, rpcclient, smbpasswd, pdbedit, profiles</para></listitem>
+                        <listitem><para>Windows: NT4 Domain User Manager, Server Manager (NEXUS)</para></listitem>
+                </itemizedlist>
+                </para>
+                </listitem>
+        </varlistentry>
+</variablelist>
 
 </sect2>
 
diff --git a/docs/docbook/projdoc/NetworkBrowsing.xml b/docs/docbook/projdoc/NetworkBrowsing.xml
index c87ede59060..2db154be33c 100644
--- a/docs/docbook/projdoc/NetworkBrowsing.xml
+++ b/docs/docbook/projdoc/NetworkBrowsing.xml
@@ -1,6 +1,7 @@
 <chapter id="NetworkBrowsing">
 <chapterinfo>
 	&author.jht;
+	&author.jelmer;
 	<pubdate>July 5, 1998</pubdate>
 	<pubdate>Updated: April 21, 2003</pubdate>
 </chapterinfo>
@@ -31,6 +32,8 @@ they were the best of times. The more we look back, them more we long for what w
 hope it never returns!</emphasis>.
 </para>
 
+<indexterm><primary>NetBIOS</primary></indexterm>
+
 <para>
 For many MS Windows network administrators, that statement sums up their feelings about
 NetBIOS networking precisely. For those who mastered NetBIOS networking, its fickle
@@ -64,7 +67,7 @@ help Samba to affect stable WINS operations beyond the normal scope of MS WINS.
 <para>
 Please note that WINS is exclusively a service that applies only to those systems
 that run NetBIOS over TCP/IP. MS Windows 200x / XP have the capacity to turn off
-support for NetBIOS, in which case WINS is of no relevance. Samba-3 supports this also.
+support for NetBIOS, in which case WINS is of no relevance. Samba supports this also.
 </para>
 
 <para>
@@ -88,46 +91,43 @@ What seems so simple is in fact a very complex interaction of different technolo
 The technologies (or methods) employed in making all of this work includes:
 </para>
 
-<simplelist>
-	<member>MS Windows machines register their presence to the network</member>
-	<member>Machines announce themselves to other machines on the network</member>
-	<member>One or more machine on the network collates the local announcements</member>
-	<member>The client machine finds the machine that has the collated list of machines</member>
-	<member>The client machine is able to resolve the machine names to IP addresses</member>
-	<member>The client machine is able to connect to a target machine</member>
-</simplelist>
+<itemizedlist>
+	<listitem><para>MS Windows machines register their presence to the network</para></listitem>
+	<listitem><para>Machines announce themselves to other machines on the network</para></listitem>
+	<listitem><para>One or more machine on the network collates the local announcements</para></listitem>
+	<listitem><para>The client machine finds the machine that has the collated list of machines</para></listitem>
+	<listitem><para>The client machine is able to resolve the machine names to IP addresses</para></listitem>
+	<listitem><para>The client machine is able to connect to a target machine</para></listitem>
+</itemizedlist>
 
 <para>
 The Samba application that controls browse list management and name resolution is
 called <filename>nmbd</filename>. The configuration parameters involved in nmbd's operation are:
 </para>
 
-<para><programlisting>
-		<!--FIXME-->
-	Browsing options:
-	-----------------
-		* os level
-		  lm announce
-		  lm interval
-		* preferred master
-		* local master
-		* domain master
-		  browse list
-		  enhanced browsing
-
-	Name Resolution Method:
-	-----------------------
-		* name resolve order
-
-	WINS options:
-	-------------
-		  dns proxy
-		  wins proxy
-		* wins server
-		* wins support
-		  wins hook
-</programlisting></para>
+<para>Browsing options: <smbconfoption><name>os level</name></smbconfoption>(*),
+	<smbconfoption><name>lm announce</name></smbconfoption>,
+	<smbconfoption><name>lm interval</name></smbconfoption>,
+	<smbconfoption><name>preferred master</name></smbconfoption>(*),
+	<smbconfoption><name>local master</name></smbconfoption>(*),
+	<smbconfoption><name>domain master</name></smbconfoption>(*),
+	<smbconfoption><name>browse list</name></smbconfoption>,
+	<smbconfoption><name>enhanced browsing</name></smbconfoption>.
+</para>
+
+<para>Name Resolution Method:
+	<smbconfoption><name>name resolve order</name></smbconfoption>(*).
+</para>
+
+<para>WINS options:
+	<smbconfoption><name>dns proxy</name></smbconfoption>,
+	<smbconfoption><name>wins proxy</name></smbconfoption>,
+	<smbconfoption><name>wins server</name></smbconfoption>(*),
+	<smbconfoption><name>wins support</name></smbconfoption>(*),
+	<smbconfoption><name>wins hook</name></smbconfoption>.
+</para>
 
+<indexterm><primary>WINS</primary></indexterm>
 <para>
 For Samba, the WINS Server and WINS Support are mutually exclusive options. Those marked with
 an '*' are the only options that commonly MAY need to be modified. Even if not one of these
@@ -156,11 +156,13 @@ affect browse list management. When running NetBIOS over TCP/IP, this uses UDP b
 UDP messages can be broadcast or unicast.
 </para>
 
+<indexterm><primary>UDP</primary></indexterm>
+
 <para>
 Normally, only unicast UDP messaging can be forwarded by routers. The
-<command>remote announce</command> parameter to smb.conf helps to project browse announcements
+<smbconfoption><name>remote announce</name></smbconfoption> parameter to smb.conf helps to project browse announcements
 to remote network segments via unicast UDP. Similarly, the 
-<command>remote browse sync</command> parameter of <filename>smb.conf</filename>
+<smbconfoption><name>remote browse sync</name></smbconfoption> parameter of &smb.conf;
 implements browse list collation using unicast UDP.
 </para>
 
@@ -170,14 +172,15 @@ wherever possible <filename>nmbd</filename> should be configured on one (1) mach
 server. This makes it easy to manage the browsing environment. If each network
 segment is configured with it's own Samba WINS server, then the only way to
 get cross segment browsing to work is by using the 
-<command>remote announce</command> and the <command>remote browse sync</command>
-parameters to your <filename>smb.conf</filename> file.
+<smbconfoption><name>remote announce</name></smbconfoption> and the <smbconfoption><name>remote browse sync</name></smbconfoption>
+parameters to your &smb.conf; file.
 </para>
 
 <para>
+<indexterm><primary>WINS</primary></indexterm>
 If only one WINS server is used for an entire multi-segment network then
-the use of the <command>remote announce</command> and the 
-<command>remote browse sync</command> parameters should NOT be necessary.
+the use of the <smbconfoption><name>remote announce</name></smbconfoption> and the 
+<smbconfoption><name>remote browse sync</name></smbconfoption> parameters should NOT be necessary.
 </para>
 
 <para>
@@ -192,7 +195,7 @@ Right now Samba WINS does not support MS-WINS replication. This means that
 when setting up Samba as a WINS server there must only be one <filename>nmbd</filename>
 configured as a WINS server on the network. Some sites have used multiple Samba WINS
 servers for redundancy (one server per subnet) and then used 
-<command>remote browse sync</command> and <command>remote announce</command>
+<smbconfoption><name>remote browse sync</name></smbconfoption> and <smbconfoption><name>remote announce</name></smbconfoption>
 to affect browse list collation across all segments. Note that this means clients
 will only resolve local names, and must be configured to use DNS to resolve names
 on other subnets in order to resolve the IP addresses of the servers they can see
@@ -213,6 +216,9 @@ minutes to stabilise, particularly across network segments.
 <title>TCP/IP - without NetBIOS</title>
 
 <para>
+<indexterm><primary>NetBIOS</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm><primary>NetBIOS-less</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm><primary>DNS</primary></indexterm>
 All TCP/IP using systems use various forms of host name resolution. The primary
 methods for TCP/IP hostname resolutions involves either a static file (<filename>/etc/hosts
 </filename>) or DNS (the Domain Name System). DNS is the technology that makes
@@ -253,6 +259,8 @@ it follows a defined path:
         </para></listitem>
 </orderedlist>
 
+<indexterm><primary>DNS</primary></indexterm>
+
 <para>
 Windows 200x / XP can register it's host name with a Dynamic DNS server. You can
 force register with a Dynamic DNS server in Windows 200x / XP using:
@@ -277,8 +285,10 @@ records that are needed for Active Directory.
 <sect2>
 <title>DNS and Active Directory</title>
 
+<indexterm><primary>DNS</primary><secondary>Active Directory</secondary></indexterm>
+
 <para>
-Occasionally we hear from Unix network administrators who want to use a Unix based Dynamic
+Occasionally we hear from UNIX network administrators who want to use a UNIX based Dynamic
 DNS server in place of the Microsoft DNS server. While this might be desirable to some, the
 MS Windows 200x DNS server is auto-configured to work with Active Directory. It is possible
 to use BIND version 8 or 9, but it will almost certainly be necessary to create service records
@@ -353,7 +363,7 @@ resolution to the local subnet, unless LMHOSTS is used to list all
 names and IP addresses. In such situations Samba provides a means by 
 which the Samba server name may be forcibly injected into the browse 
 list of a remote MS Windows network (using the 
-<command>remote announce</command> parameter).
+<smbconfoption><name>remote announce</name></smbconfoption> parameter).
 </para>
 
 <para>
@@ -391,14 +401,12 @@ inability to use the network services.
 
 <para>
 Samba supports a feature that allows forced synchronisation 
-of browse lists across routed networks using the <command>remote 
-browse sync</command> parameter in the <filename>smb.conf</filename> file. 
+of browse lists across routed networks using the <smbconfoption><name>remote browse sync</name></smbconfoption> parameter in the &smb.conf; file. 
 This causes Samba to contact the local master browser on a remote network and 
 to request browse list synchronisation. This effectively bridges 
 two networks that are separated by routers. The two remote 
 networks may use either broadcast based name resolution or WINS 
-based name resolution, but it should be noted that the <command>remote 
-browse sync</command> parameter provides browse list synchronisation - and 
+based name resolution, but it should be noted that the <smbconfoption><name>remote browse sync</name></smbconfoption> parameter provides browse list synchronisation - and 
 that is distinct from name to address resolution, in other 
 words, for cross subnet browsing to function correctly it is 
 essential that a name to address resolution mechanism be provided. 
@@ -406,7 +414,7 @@ This mechanism could be via DNS, <filename>/etc/hosts</filename>,
 and so on.
 </para>
 
-<sect2>
+<sect2 id="DMB">
 <title>Setting up WORKGROUP Browsing</title>
 
 <para>
@@ -427,29 +435,31 @@ cross subnet browsing possible for a workgroup.
 In an WORKGROUP environment the domain master browser must be a
 Samba server, and there must only be one domain master browser per
 workgroup name.  To set up a Samba server as a domain master browser,
-set the following option in the <parameter>[global]</parameter> section 
+set the following option in the <smbconfsection>[global]</smbconfsection> section 
 of the &smb.conf; file :
 </para>
 
 <para>
-<programlisting>
-	domain master = yes
-</programlisting>
+<smbconfblock>
+<smbconfoption><name>domain master</name><value>yes</value></smbconfoption>
+</smbconfblock>
 </para>
 
 <para>
-The domain master browser should also preferrably be the local master
+The domain master browser should also preferably be the local master
 browser for its own subnet.  In order to achieve this set the following
-options in the <parameter>[global]</parameter> section of the &smb.conf; file :
+options in the <smbconfsection>[global]</smbconfsection> section of the &smb.conf; file :
 </para>
 
 <para>
-<programlisting>
-	domain master = yes
-	local master = yes
-	preferred master = yes
-	os level = 65
-</programlisting>
+	<smbconfexample>
+		<title>Domain master browser smb.conf</title>
+		<smbconfsection>[global]</smbconfsection>
+<smbconfoption><name>domain master</name><value>yes</value></smbconfoption>
+<smbconfoption><name>local master</name><value>yes</value></smbconfoption>
+<smbconfoption><name>preferred master</name><value>yes</value></smbconfoption>
+<smbconfoption><name>os level</name><value>65</value></smbconfoption>
+</smbconfexample>
 </para>
 
 <para>
@@ -464,17 +474,19 @@ workgroup.  Any MS Windows NT/2K/XP/2003  machine should be
 able to do this, as will Windows 9x machines (although these
 tend to get rebooted more often, so it's not such a good idea
 to use these).  To make a Samba server a local master browser
-set the following options in the <parameter>[global]</parameter> section of the
+set the following options in the <smbconfsection>[global]</smbconfsection> section of the
 &smb.conf; file :
 </para>
 
 <para>
-<programlisting>
-	domain master = no
-	local master = yes
-	preferred master = yes
-	os level = 65
-</programlisting>
+<smbconfexample>
+	<title>Local master browser smb.conf</title>
+	<smbconfsection>[global]</smbconfsection>
+<smbconfoption><name>domain master</name><value>no</value></smbconfoption>
+<smbconfoption><name>local master</name><value>yes</value></smbconfoption>
+<smbconfoption><name>preferred master</name><value>yes</value></smbconfoption>
+<smbconfoption><name>os level</name><value>65</value></smbconfoption>
+</smbconfexample>
 </para>
 
 <para>
@@ -484,9 +496,9 @@ master browser.
 </para>
 
 <para>
-The <parameter>local master</parameter> parameter allows Samba to act as a
-local master browser.  The <parameter>preferred master</parameter> causes nmbd
-to force a browser election on startup and the <parameter>os level</parameter>
+The <smbconfoption><name>local master</name></smbconfoption> parameter allows Samba to act as a
+local master browser.  The <smbconfoption><name>preferred master</name></smbconfoption> causes nmbd
+to force a browser election on startup and the <smbconfoption><name>os level</name></smbconfoption>
 parameter sets Samba high enough so that it should win any browser elections.
 </para>
 
@@ -494,17 +506,19 @@ parameter sets Samba high enough so that it should win any browser elections.
 If you have an NT machine on the subnet that you wish to
 be the local master browser then you can disable Samba from
 becoming a local master browser by setting the following
-options in the <parameter>[global]</parameter> section of the 
+options in the <smbconfsection>[global]</smbconfsection> section of the 
 &smb.conf; file :
 </para>
 
 <para>
-<programlisting>
-	domain master = no
-	local master = no
-	preferred master = no
-	os level = 0
-</programlisting>
+<smbconfexample>
+	<title>smb.conf for not being a master browser</title>
+	<smbconfsection>[global]</smbconfsection>
+<smbconfoption><name>domain master</name><value>no</value></smbconfoption>
+<smbconfoption><name>local master</name><value>no</value></smbconfoption>
+<smbconfoption><name>preferred master</name><value>no</value></smbconfoption>
+<smbconfoption><name>os level</name><value>0</value></smbconfoption>
+</smbconfexample>
 </para>
 
 </sect2>
@@ -526,22 +540,24 @@ with WINS instead of the PDC.
 For subnets other than the one containing the Windows NT PDC
 you may set up Samba servers as local master browsers as
 described.  To make a Samba server a local master browser set 
-the following options in the <command>[global]</command> section 
+the following options in the <smbconfsection>[global]</smbconfsection> section 
 of the &smb.conf; file :
 </para>
 
 <para>
-<programlisting>
-	domain master = no
-	local master = yes
-	preferred master = yes
-	os level = 65
-</programlisting>
+	<smbconfexample>
+		<title>Local master browser smb.conf</title>
+		<smbconfsection>[global]</smbconfsection>
+<smbconfoption><name>domain master</name><value>no</value></smbconfoption>
+<smbconfoption><name>local master</name><value>yes</value></smbconfoption>
+<smbconfoption><name>preferred master</name><value>yes</value></smbconfoption>
+<smbconfoption><name>os level</name><value>65</value></smbconfoption>
+</smbconfexample>
 </para>
 
 <para>
 If you wish to have a Samba server fight the election with machines
-on the same subnet you may set the <parameter>os level</parameter> parameter
+on the same subnet you may set the <smbconfoption><name>os level</name></smbconfoption> parameter
 to lower levels.  By doing this you can tune the order of machines that
 will become local master browsers if they are running.  For
 more details on this see the section <link linkend="browse-force-master">
@@ -554,17 +570,19 @@ If you have Windows NT machines that are members of the domain
 on all subnets, and you are sure they will always be running then
 you can disable Samba from taking part in browser elections and
 ever becoming a local master browser by setting following options 
-in the <parameter>[global]</parameter> section of the &smb.conf;
+in the <smbconfsection>[global]</smbconfsection> section of the &smb.conf;
 file :
 </para>
 
 <para>
-<programlisting>
-        domain master = no
-        local master = no
-        preferred master = no
-        os level = 0
-</programlisting>
+<smbconfexample>
+	<title>smb.conf for not being a master browser</title>
+		<smbconfsection>[global]</smbconfsection>
+<smbconfoption><name>domain master</name><value>no</value></smbconfoption>
+<smbconfoption><name>local master</name><value>no</value></smbconfoption>
+<smbconfoption><name>preferred master</name><value>no</value></smbconfoption>
+<smbconfoption><name>os level</name><value>0</value></smbconfoption>
+</smbconfexample>
 </para>
 
 </sect2>
@@ -573,7 +591,7 @@ file :
 <title>Forcing Samba to be the master</title>
 
 <para>
-Who becomes the <parameter>master browser</parameter> is determined by an election
+Who becomes the master browser is determined by an election
 process using broadcasts.  Each election packet contains a number of parameters
 which determine what precedence (bias) a host should have in the
 election.  By default Samba uses a very low precedence and thus loses
@@ -581,14 +599,14 @@ elections to just about anyone else.
 </para>
 
 <para>
-If you want Samba to win elections then just set the <parameter>os level</parameter> global
+If you want Samba to win elections then just set the <smbconfoption><name>os level</name></smbconfoption> global
 option in &smb.conf; to a higher number.  It defaults to 0.  Using 34
 would make it win all elections over every other system (except other
 samba systems!)
 </para>
 
 <para>
-A <parameter>os level</parameter> of 2 would make it beat WfWg and Win95, but not MS Windows
+A <smbconfoption><name>os level</name></smbconfoption> of 2 would make it beat WfWg and Win95, but not MS Windows
 NT/2K Server.  A MS Windows NT/2K Server domain controller uses level 32.
 </para>
 
@@ -596,18 +614,18 @@ NT/2K Server.  A MS Windows NT/2K Server domain controller uses level 32.
 
 <para>
 If you want Samba to force an election on startup, then set the
-<parameter>preferred master</parameter> global option in &smb.conf; to <constant>yes</constant>.  Samba will
+<smbconfoption><name>preferred master</name></smbconfoption> global option in &smb.conf; to <constant>yes</constant>.  Samba will
 then have a slight advantage over other potential master browsers
 that are not preferred master browsers.  Use this parameter with
 care, as if you have two hosts (whether they are Windows 95 or NT or
-Samba) on the same local subnet both set with <parameter>preferred master</parameter> to
+Samba) on the same local subnet both set with <smbconfoption><name>preferred master</name></smbconfoption> to
 <constant>yes</constant>, then periodically and continually they will force an election
 in order to become the local master browser.
 </para>
 
 <para>
-If you want Samba to be a <parameter>domain master browser</parameter>, then it is
-recommended that you also set <parameter>preferred master</parameter> to <constant>yes</constant>, because
+	If you want Samba to be a <emphasis>domain master browser</emphasis>, then it is
+recommended that you also set <smbconfoption><name>preferred master</name></smbconfoption> to <constant>yes</constant>, because
 Samba will not become a domain master browser for the whole of your
 LAN or WAN if it is not also a local master browser on its own
 broadcast isolated subnet.
@@ -631,7 +649,7 @@ the current domain master browser fail.
 <para>
 The domain master is responsible for collating the browse lists of
 multiple subnets so that browsing can occur between subnets.  You can
-make Samba act as the domain master by setting <parameter>domain master = yes</parameter>
+make Samba act as the domain master by setting <smbconfoption><name>domain master</name><value>yes</value></smbconfoption>
 in &smb.conf;.  By default it will not be a domain master.
 </para>
 
@@ -649,8 +667,8 @@ browse lists.
 
 <para>
 If you want Samba to be the domain master then I suggest you also set
-the <parameter>os level</parameter> high enough to make sure it wins elections, and set
-<parameter>preferred master</parameter> to <constant>yes</constant>, to get Samba to force an election on
+the <smbconfoption><name>os level</name></smbconfoption> high enough to make sure it wins elections, and set
+<smbconfoption><name>preferred master</name></smbconfoption> to <constant>yes</constant>, to get Samba to force an election on
 startup.
 </para>
 
@@ -720,30 +738,34 @@ that browsing and name lookups won't work.
 
 <para>
 Samba now supports machines with multiple network interfaces.  If you
-have multiple interfaces then you will need to use the <command>interfaces</command>
+have multiple interfaces then you will need to use the <smbconfoption><name>interfaces</name></smbconfoption>
 option in &smb.conf; to configure them. 
 </para>
 </sect2>
 <sect2>
 <title>Use of the Remote Announce parameter</title>
 <para>
-The <parameter>remote announce</parameter> parameter of 
-<filename>smb.conf</filename> can be used to forcibly ensure
+The <smbconfoption><name>remote announce</name></smbconfoption> parameter of 
+&smb.conf; can be used to forcibly ensure
 that all the NetBIOS names on a network get announced to a remote network.
-The syntax of the <parameter>remote announce</parameter> parameter is:
-<programlisting>
-	remote announce = a.b.c.d [e.f.g.h] ...
-</programlisting>
+The syntax of the <smbconfoption><name>remote announce</name></smbconfoption> parameter is:
+<smbconfblock>
+<smbconfoption><name>remote announce</name><value>a.b.c.d [e.f.g.h] ...</value></smbconfoption>
+</smbconfblock>
 <emphasis>or</emphasis>
-<programlisting>
-	remote announce = a.b.c.d/WORKGROUP [e.f.g.h/WORKGROUP] ...
-</programlisting>
+<smbconfblock>
+<smbconfoption><name>remote announce</name><value>a.b.c.d/WORKGROUP [e.f.g.h/WORKGROUP] ...</value></smbconfoption>
+</smbconfblock>
 
 where:
 <variablelist>
 <varlistentry><term><replaceable>a.b.c.d</replaceable> and 
 <replaceable>e.f.g.h</replaceable></term>
-<listitem><para>is either the LMB (Local Master Browser) IP address
+<listitem><para>
+		<indexterm><primary>LMB</primary><see>Local Master Browser</see></indexterm>
+<indexterm><primary>Local Master Browser</primary></indexterm>
+
+		is either the LMB (Local Master Browser) IP address
 or the broadcast address of the remote network.
 ie: the LMB is at 192.168.1.10, or the address
 could be given as 192.168.1.255 where the netmask
@@ -774,19 +796,19 @@ name resolution problems and should be avoided.
 <title>Use of the Remote Browse Sync parameter</title>
 
 <para>
-The <parameter>remote browse sync</parameter> parameter of 
-<filename>smb.conf</filename> is used to announce to
+The <smbconfoption><name>remote browse sync</name></smbconfoption> parameter of 
+&smb.conf; is used to announce to
 another LMB that it must synchronise its NetBIOS name list with our
 Samba LMB. It works ONLY if the Samba server that has this option is
 simultaneously the LMB on its network segment.
 </para>
 
 <para>
-The syntax of the <parameter>remote browse sync</parameter> parameter is:
+The syntax of the <smbconfoption><name>remote browse sync</name></smbconfoption> parameter is:
 
-<programlisting>
-remote browse sync = <replaceable>a.b.c.d</replaceable>
-</programlisting>
+<smbconfblock>
+<smbconfoption><name>remote browse sync</name><value><replaceable>a.b.c.d</replaceable></value></smbconfoption>
+</smbconfblock>
 
 where <replaceable>a.b.c.d</replaceable> is either the IP address of the
 remote LMB or else is the network broadcast address of the remote segment.
@@ -850,18 +872,18 @@ errors.
 
 <para>
 To configure Samba as a WINS server just add 
-<parameter>wins support = yes</parameter> to the <filename>smb.conf</filename>
-file [globals] section.
+<smbconfoption><name>wins support</name><value>yes</value></smbconfoption> to the &smb.conf;
+file [global] section.
 </para>
 
 <para>
 To configure Samba to register with a WINS server just add
-<parameter>wins server = a.b.c.d</parameter> to your &smb.conf; file <parameter>[globals]</parameter> section.
+<smbconfoption><name>wins server</name><value>a.b.c.d</value></smbconfoption> to your &smb.conf; file <smbconfsection>[global]</smbconfsection> section.
 </para>
 
 <important><para>
-Never use both <parameter>wins support = yes</parameter> together
-with <parameter>wins server = a.b.c.d</parameter>
+Never use both <smbconfoption><name>wins support</name><value>yes</value></smbconfoption> together
+with <smbconfoption><name>wins server</name><value>a.b.c.d</value></smbconfoption>
 particularly not using it's own IP address.
 Specifying both will cause &nmbd; to refuse to start!
 </para></important>
@@ -873,13 +895,13 @@ Specifying both will cause &nmbd; to refuse to start!
 Either a Samba machine or a Windows NT Server machine may be set up
 as a WINS server.  To set a Samba machine to be a WINS server you must
 add the following option to the &smb.conf; file on the selected machine :
-in the <parameter>[globals]</parameter> section add the line 
+in the <smbconfsection>[global]</smbconfsection> section add the line 
 </para>
 
 <para>
-<programlisting>
-	wins support = yes
-</programlisting>
+	<smbconfblock>
+<smbconfoption><name>wins support</name><value>yes</value></smbconfoption>
+</smbconfblock>
 </para>
 
 <para>
@@ -890,13 +912,13 @@ least set the parameter to 'no' on all these machines.
 </para>
 
 <para>
-Machines with <parameter>wins support = yes</parameter> will keep a list of 
+Machines with <smbconfoption><name>wins support</name><value>yes</value></smbconfoption> will keep a list of 
 all NetBIOS names registered with them, acting as a DNS for NetBIOS names.
 </para>
 
 <para>
 You should set up only ONE WINS server.  Do NOT set the
-<parameter>wins support = yes</parameter> option on more than one Samba 
+<smbconfoption><name>wins support</name><value>yes</value></smbconfoption> option on more than one Samba 
 server.
 </para>
 
@@ -910,7 +932,7 @@ participate in these replications.  It is possible in the future that
 a Samba->Samba WINS replication protocol may be defined, in which
 case more than one Samba machine could be set up as a WINS server
 but currently only one Samba server should have the 
-<parameter>wins support = yes</parameter> parameter set.
+<smbconfoption><name>wins support</name><value>yes</value></smbconfoption> parameter set.
 </para>
 
 <para>
@@ -920,14 +942,14 @@ of this WINS server.  If your WINS server is a Samba machine, fill in
 the Samba machine IP address in the <guilabel>Primary WINS Server</guilabel> field of
 the <guilabel>Control Panel->Network->Protocols->TCP->WINS Server</guilabel> dialogs
 in Windows 95 or Windows NT.  To tell a Samba server the IP address
-of the WINS server add the following line to the <parameter>[global]</parameter> section of
+of the WINS server add the following line to the <smbconfsection>[global]</smbconfsection> section of
 all &smb.conf; files :
 </para>
 
 <para>
-<programlisting>
-	wins server = &lt;name or IP address&gt;
-</programlisting>
+	<smbconfblock>
+<smbconfoption><name>wins server</name><value>&lt;name or IP address&gt;</value></smbconfoption>
+</smbconfblock>
 </para>
 
 <para>
@@ -938,8 +960,8 @@ machine or its IP address.
 <para>
 Note that this line MUST NOT BE SET in the &smb.conf; file of the Samba
 server acting as the WINS server itself.  If you set both the
-<parameter>wins support = yes</parameter> option and the 
-<parameter>wins server = &lt;name&gt;</parameter> option then
+<smbconfoption><name>wins support</name><value>yes</value></smbconfoption> option and the 
+<smbconfoption><name>wins server</name><value>&lt;name&gt;</value></smbconfoption> option then
 nmbd will fail to start.
 </para>
 
@@ -968,7 +990,7 @@ section of the documentation to provide usage and technical details.
 <title>Static WINS Entries</title>
 
 <para>
-Adding static entries to your Samba-3 WINS server is actually fairly easy.
+Adding static entries to your Samba WINS server is actually fairly easy.
 All you have to do is add a line to <filename>wins.dat</filename>, typically
 located in <filename class="directory">/usr/local/samba/var/locks</filename>.
 </para>
@@ -1072,37 +1094,36 @@ of methods. The only ones that can provide NetBIOS name_type information
 are:
 </para>
 
-<simplelist>
-	<member>WINS: the best tool!</member>
-	<member>LMHOSTS: is static and hard to maintain.</member>
-	<member>Broadcast: uses UDP and can not resolve names across remote segments.</member>
-</simplelist>
+<itemizedlist>
+	<listitem><para>WINS: the best tool!</para></listitem>
+	<listitem><para>LMHOSTS: is static and hard to maintain.</para></listitem>
+	<listitem><para>Broadcast: uses UDP and can not resolve names across remote segments.</para></listitem>
+</itemizedlist>
 
 <para>
 Alternative means of name resolution includes:
 </para>
-<simplelist>
-<member><filename>/etc/hosts</filename>: is static, hard to maintain, and lacks name_type info</member>
-<member>DNS: is a good choice but lacks essential name_type info.</member>
-</simplelist>
+<itemizedlist>
+<listitem><para><filename>/etc/hosts</filename>: is static, hard to maintain, and lacks name_type info</para></listitem>
+<listitem><para>DNS: is a good choice but lacks essential name_type info.</para></listitem>
+</itemizedlist>
 
 <para>
 Many sites want to restrict DNS lookups and want to avoid broadcast name
-resolution traffic. The <parameter>name resolve order</parameter> parameter is
-of great help here. The syntax of the <parameter>name resolve order</parameter>
-parameter is:
-<programlisting>
-name resolve order = wins lmhosts bcast host
-</programlisting>
+resolution traffic. The <parameter>name resolve order</parameter> parameter is of great help here.
+The syntax of the <parameter>name resolve order</parameter> parameter is:
+<smbconfblock>
+<smbconfoption><name>name resolve order</name><value>wins lmhosts bcast host</value></smbconfoption>
+</smbconfblock>
 <emphasis>or</emphasis>
-<programlisting>
-name resolve order = wins lmhosts  	(eliminates bcast and host)
-</programlisting>
+<smbconfblock>
+<smbconfoption><name>name resolve order</name><value>wins lmhosts  	(eliminates bcast and host)</value></smbconfoption>
+</smbconfblock>
 The default is:
-<programlisting>
-name resolve order = host lmhost wins bcast
-</programlisting>
-where "host" refers the the native methods used by the Unix system
+<smbconfblock>
+<smbconfoption><name>name resolve order</name><value>host lmhost wins bcast</value></smbconfoption>
+</smbconfblock>
+where "host" refers to the native methods used by the UNIX system
 to implement the gethostbyname() function call. This is normally
 controlled by <filename>/etc/host.conf</filename>, <filename>/etc/nsswitch.conf</filename> and <filename>/etc/resolv.conf</filename>.
 </para>
@@ -1114,7 +1135,7 @@ controlled by <filename>/etc/host.conf</filename>, <filename>/etc/nsswitch.conf<
 
 <para>
 SMB networking provides a mechanism by which clients can access a list
-of machines in a network, a so-called <parameter>browse list</parameter>.  This list
+of machines in a network, a so-called <smbconfoption><name>browse list</name></smbconfoption>.  This list
 contains machines that are ready to offer file and/or print services
 to other machines within the network. Thus it does not include
 machines which aren't currently able to do server tasks.  The browse
@@ -1176,7 +1197,7 @@ recommended that you use one and only one Samba server as your WINS server.
 
 <para>
 To get browsing to work you need to run nmbd as usual, but will need
-to use the <parameter>workgroup</parameter> option in &smb.conf;
+to use the <smbconfoption><name>workgroup</name></smbconfoption> option in &smb.conf;
 to control what workgroup Samba becomes a part of.
 </para>
 
@@ -1184,7 +1205,7 @@ to control what workgroup Samba becomes a part of.
 Samba also has a useful option for a Samba server to offer itself for
 browsing on another subnet.  It is recommended that this option is only
 used for 'unusual' purposes: announcements over the internet, for
-example.  See <parameter>remote announce</parameter> in the 
+example.  See <smbconfoption><name>remote announce</name></smbconfoption> in the 
 &smb.conf; man page.  
 </para>
 </sect2>
@@ -1207,7 +1228,7 @@ hit enter and filemanager should display the list of available shares.
 
 <para>
 Some people find browsing fails because they don't have the global
-<parameter>guest account</parameter> set to a valid account.  Remember that the
+<smbconfoption><name>guest account</name></smbconfoption> set to a valid account.  Remember that the
 IPC$ connection that lists the shares is done as guest, and thus you must
 have a valid guest account.
 </para>
@@ -1268,28 +1289,10 @@ Samba is capable of cross subnet browsing when configured correctly.
 </para>
 
 <para>
-Consider a network set up as follows :
+	Consider a network set up as <link linkend="browsing1">in the diagram below</link>.
 </para>
 
-<para>
-	<!-- FIXME: Convert this to diagram -->
-<programlisting>
-                                   (DMB)
-             N1_A      N1_B        N1_C       N1_D        N1_E
-              |          |           |          |           |
-          -------------------------------------------------------
-            |          subnet 1                       |
-          +---+                                      +---+
-          |R1 | Router 1                  Router 2   |R2 |
-          +---+                                      +---+
-            |                                          |
-            |  subnet 2              subnet 3          |
-  --------------------------       ------------------------------------
-  |     |     |      |               |        |         |           |
- N2_A  N2_B  N2_C   N2_D           N3_A     N3_B      N3_C        N3_D 
-                    (WINS)
-</programlisting>
-</para>
+<image><imagedescription>Cross subnet browsing example</imagedescription><imagefile>browsing1</imagefile></image>
 	
 <para>
 Consisting of 3 subnets (1, 2, 3) connected by two routers
@@ -1388,14 +1391,19 @@ are done the browse lists look like :
 <para>
 <table frame="all">
 	<title>Browse subnet example 2</title>		
-	<tgroup	align="left" cols="3">
+	<tgroup	cols="3">
+		<colspec align="left"/>
+		<colspec align="left"/>
+		<colspec align="justify"/>
 	<thead>
 		<row><entry>Subnet</entry><entry>Browse Master</entry><entry>List</entry></row>
 	</thead>
 
 	<tbody>
-		<row><entry>Subnet1</entry><entry>N1_C</entry><entry>N1_A, N1_B, N1_C, N1_D, N1_E, N2_A(*), N2_B(*), N2_C(*), N2_D(*)</entry></row>
-		<row><entry>Subnet2</entry><entry>N2_B</entry><entry>N2_A, N2_B, N2_C, N2_D, N1_A(*), N1_B(*), N1_C(*), N1_D(*), N1_E(*)</entry></row>
+		<row><entry>Subnet1</entry><entry>N1_C</entry><entry>N1_A, N1_B, N1_C, N1_D, N1_E,
+N2_A(*), N2_B(*), N2_C(*), N2_D(*)</entry></row>
+		<row><entry>Subnet2</entry><entry>N2_B</entry><entry>N2_A, N2_B, N2_C, N2_D, N1_A(*), 
+N1_B(*), N1_C(*), N1_D(*), N1_E(*)</entry></row>
 		<row><entry>Subnet3</entry><entry>N3_D</entry><entry>N3_A, N3_B, N3_C, N3_D</entry></row>
 	</tbody>
 	</tgroup>
@@ -1411,7 +1419,7 @@ subnet 3 will still only see the servers on their own subnet.
 </para>
 
 <para>
-The same sequence of events that occured for N2_B now occurs
+The same sequence of events that occurred for N2_B now occurs
 for the local master browser on subnet 3 (N3_D).  When it
 synchronizes browse lists with the domain master browser (N1_A)
 it gets both the server entries on subnet 1, and those on
@@ -1423,14 +1431,21 @@ the browse lists look like.
 <table frame="all">
 	<title>Browse subnet example 3</title>		
 	<tgroup cols="3" align="left">
+		<colspec align="left"/>
+		<colspec align="left"/>
+		<colspec align="justify"/>
+
 	<thead>
 		<row><entry>Subnet</entry><entry>Browse Master</entry><entry>List</entry></row>
 	</thead>
 
 	<tbody>
-		<row><entry>Subnet1</entry><entry>N1_C</entry><entry>N1_A, N1_B, N1_C, N1_D, N1_E, N2_A(*), N2_B(*), N2_C(*), N2_D(*), N3_A(*), N3_B(*), N3_C(*), N3_D(*)</entry></row>
-		<row><entry>Subnet2</entry><entry>N2_B</entry><entry>N2_A, N2_B, N2_C, N2_D, N1_A(*), N1_B(*), N1_C(*), N1_D(*), N1_E(*)</entry></row>
-		<row><entry>Subnet3</entry><entry>N3_D</entry><entry>N3_A, N3_B, N3_C, N3_D, N1_A(*), N1_B(*), N1_C(*), N1_D(*), N1_E(*), N2_A(*), N2_B(*), N2_C(*), N2_D(*)</entry></row>
+		<row><entry>Subnet1</entry><entry>N1_C</entry><entry>N1_A, N1_B, N1_C, N1_D, N1_E, 
+N2_A(*), N2_B(*), N2_C(*), N2_D(*), N3_A(*), N3_B(*), N3_C(*), N3_D(*)</entry></row>
+		<row><entry>Subnet2</entry><entry>N2_B</entry><entry>N2_A, N2_B, N2_C, N2_D, N1_A(*), 
+N1_B(*), N1_C(*), N1_D(*), N1_E(*)</entry></row>
+		<row><entry>Subnet3</entry><entry>N3_D</entry><entry>N3_A, N3_B, N3_C, N3_D, N1_A(*), 
+N1_B(*), N1_C(*), N1_D(*), N1_E(*), N2_A(*), N2_B(*), N2_C(*), N2_D(*)</entry></row>
 	</tbody>
 	</tgroup>
 </table>
@@ -1455,14 +1470,24 @@ are removed or shut off) the browse lists will look like :
 <table frame="all">
 	<title>Browse subnet example 4</title>		
 	<tgroup cols="3" align="left">
+		<colspec align="left"/>
+		<colspec align="left"/>
+		<colspec align="justify"/>
+
 	<thead>
 		<row><entry>Subnet</entry><entry>Browse Master</entry><entry>List</entry></row>
 	</thead>
 
 	<tbody>
-		<row><entry>Subnet1</entry><entry>N1_C</entry><entry>N1_A, N1_B, N1_C, N1_D, N1_E, N2_A(*), N2_B(*), N2_C(*), N2_D(*), N3_A(*), N3_B(*), N3_C(*), N3_D(*)</entry></row>
-		<row><entry>Subnet2</entry><entry>N2_B</entry><entry>N2_A, N2_B, N2_C, N2_D, N1_A(*), N1_B(*), N1_C(*), N1_D(*), N1_E(*), N3_A(*), N3_B(*), N3_C(*), N3_D(*)</entry></row>
-		<row><entry>Subnet3</entry><entry>N3_D</entry><entry>N3_A, N3_B, N3_C, N3_D, N1_A(*), N1_B(*), N1_C(*), N1_D(*), N1_E(*), N2_A(*), N2_B(*), N2_C(*), N2_D(*)</entry></row>
+		<row><entry>Subnet1</entry><entry>N1_C</entry><entry>N1_A, N1_B, N1_C, N1_D, N1_E,
+N2_A(*), N2_B(*), N2_C(*), N2_D(*), N3_A(*), N3_B(*), 
+N3_C(*), N3_D(*)</entry></row>
+		<row><entry>Subnet2</entry><entry>N2_B</entry><entry>N2_A, N2_B, N2_C, N2_D, N1_A(*), 
+N1_B(*), N1_C(*), N1_D(*), N1_E(*), N3_A(*), N3_B(*), 
+N3_C(*), N3_D(*)</entry></row>
+		<row><entry>Subnet3</entry><entry>N3_D</entry><entry>N3_A, N3_B, N3_C, N3_D, N1_A(*), 
+N1_B(*), N1_C(*), N1_D(*), N1_E(*), N2_A(*), N2_B(*), 
+N2_C(*), N2_D(*)</entry></row>
 	</tbody>
 	</tgroup>
 </table>
@@ -1544,8 +1569,23 @@ guest account for browsing in smbd.  Check that your guest account is
 valid.
 </para>
 
-<para>See also <parameter>guest account</parameter> in the &smb.conf; man page.</para>
+<para>See also <smbconfoption><name>guest account</name></smbconfoption> in the &smb.conf; man page.</para>
+
+</sect2>
 
+<sect2>
+	<title>I get an <errorname>Unable to browse the network</errorname> error</title>
+
+	<para>This error can have multiple causes:</para>
+	
+	<itemizedlist>
+		<listitem><para>There is no local master browser. Configure &nmbd; 
+			or any other machine to serve as local master browser.</para></listitem>
+		<listitem><para>You can not log onto the machine that is the local master 
+			browser. Can you logon to it as guest user? </para></listitem>
+		<listitem><para>There is no IP connectivity to the local master browser. 
+			Can you reach it by broadcast?</para></listitem>
+</itemizedlist>
 </sect2>
 
 </sect1>
diff --git a/docs/docbook/projdoc/Other-Clients.xml b/docs/docbook/projdoc/Other-Clients.xml
index d05c58c89d4..968a584f9d6 100644
--- a/docs/docbook/projdoc/Other-Clients.xml
+++ b/docs/docbook/projdoc/Other-Clients.xml
@@ -1,8 +1,7 @@
 <chapter id="Other-Clients">
 <chapterinfo>
-	&author.jmcd;
 	&author.jelmer;
-	
+	<author>&person.jmcd;<contrib>OS/2</contrib></author>
 	<pubdate>5 Mar 2001</pubdate>
 </chapterinfo>
 
@@ -14,7 +13,7 @@
 <title>Macintosh clients?</title>
 
 <para>
-Yes. <ulink url="http://www.thursby.com/">Thursby</ulink> now has a CIFS Client / Server called <ulink url="http://www.thursby.com/products/dave.html">DAVE</ulink>
+	Yes. <ulink url="http://www.thursby.com/">Thursby</ulink> now has a CIFS Client / Server called <ulink url="http://www.thursby.com/products/dave.html">DAVE</ulink>
 </para>
 
 <para>
@@ -36,29 +35,27 @@ the Macintosh.  The two free implementations are
 What Samba offers MS
 Windows users, these packages offer to Macs.  For more info on these
 packages, Samba, and Linux (and other UNIX-based systems) see
-<ulink url="http://www.eats.com/linux_mac_win.html">http://www.eats.com/linux_mac_win.html</ulink>
+<ulink noescape="1" url="http://www.eats.com/linux_mac_win.html">http://www.eats.com/linux_mac_win.html</ulink>
 </para>
 
+<para>Newer versions of the Macintosh (Mac OS X) include Samba.</para>
+
 </sect1>
 
 <sect1>
 <title>OS2 Client</title>
 
 	<sect2>
-		<title>How can I configure OS/2 Warp Connect or 
-		OS/2 Warp 4 as a client for Samba?</title>
+		<title>Configuring OS/2 Warp Connect or 
+			OS/2 Warp 4 as a client for Samba</title>
 
-		<para>A more complete answer to this question can be 
-		found on <ulink url="http://carol.wins.uva.nl/~leeuw/samba/warp.html">
-		http://carol.wins.uva.nl/~leeuw/samba/warp.html</ulink>.</para>
-		
 		<para>Basically, you need three components:</para>
 		
-		<simplelist>
-			<member>The File and Print Client ('IBM Peer')</member>
-			<member>TCP/IP ('Internet support') </member>
-			<member>The "NetBIOS over TCP/IP" driver ('TCPBEUI')</member>
-		</simplelist>
+		<itemizedlist>
+			<listitem><para>The File and Print Client ('IBM Peer')</para></listitem>
+			<listitem><para>TCP/IP ('Internet support') </para></listitem>
+			<listitem><para>The "NetBIOS over TCP/IP" driver ('TCPBEUI')</para></listitem>
+		</itemizedlist>
 		
 		<para>Installing the first two together with the base operating 
 		system on a blank system is explained in the Warp manual. If Warp 
@@ -83,16 +80,14 @@ packages, Samba, and Linux (and other UNIX-based systems) see
 	</sect2>
 	
 	<sect2>
-		<title>How can I configure OS/2 Warp 3 (not Connect), 
-		OS/2 1.2, 1.3 or 2.x for Samba?</title>
+		<title>Configuring OS/2 Warp 3 (not Connect), 
+			OS/2 1.2, 1.3 or 2.x for Samba</title>
 		
 		<para>You can use the free Microsoft LAN Manager 2.2c Client 
 		for OS/2 from 
-		<ulink url="ftp://ftp.microsoft.com/BusSys/Clients/LANMAN.OS2/">
+		<ulink noescape="1" url="ftp://ftp.microsoft.com/BusSys/Clients/LANMAN.OS2/">
 		ftp://ftp.microsoft.com/BusSys/Clients/LANMAN.OS2/</ulink>.
-   	See <ulink url="http://carol.wins.uva.nl/~leeuw/lanman.html">
-		http://carol.wins.uva.nl/~leeuw/lanman.html</ulink> for 
-		more information on how to install and use this client. In 
+		 In 
 		a nutshell, edit the file \OS2VER in the root directory of 
 		the OS/2 boot partition and add the lines:</para>
 		
@@ -105,24 +100,22 @@ packages, Samba, and Linux (and other UNIX-based systems) see
 		<para>before you install the client. Also, don't use the 
 		included NE2000 driver because it is buggy. Try the NE2000 
 		or NS2000 driver from 
-		<ulink url="ftp://ftp.cdrom.com/pub/os2/network/ndis/">
+		<ulink noescape="1" url="ftp://ftp.cdrom.com/pub/os2/network/ndis/">
  		ftp://ftp.cdrom.com/pub/os2/network/ndis/</ulink> instead.
 		</para>
 	</sect2>
 	
 	<sect2>
-		<title>How do I get printer driver download working 
-		for OS/2 clients?</title>
+		<title>Printer driver download for for OS/2 clients?</title>
 
-		<para>First, create a share called <parameter>[PRINTDRV]</parameter> that is 
+		<para>First, create a share called <smbconfsection>[PRINTDRV]</smbconfsection> that is 
 		world-readable.  Copy your OS/2 driver files there.  Note 
 		that the .EA_ files must still be separate, so you will need 
 		to use the original install files, and not copy an installed 
 		driver from an OS/2 system.</para>
 		
 		<para>Install the NT driver first for that printer.  Then, 
-		add to your &smb.conf; a parameter, <parameter>os2 driver map = 
-		<replaceable>filename</replaceable></parameter>.  Then, in the file 
+			add to your &smb.conf; a parameter, <smbconfoption><name>os2 driver map</name><value><replaceable>filename</replaceable></value></smbconfoption>.  Then, in the file 
 		specified by <replaceable>filename</replaceable>, map the 
 		name of the NT driver name to the OS/2 driver name as 
 		follows:</para>
@@ -148,7 +141,7 @@ packages, Samba, and Linux (and other UNIX-based systems) see
 <title>Windows for Workgroups</title>
 
 <sect2>
-<title>Use latest TCP/IP stack from Microsoft</title>
+<title>Latest TCP/IP stack from Microsoft</title>
 
 <para>Use the latest TCP/IP stack from Microsoft if you use Windows
 for Workgroups. 
@@ -194,7 +187,7 @@ Often WfWg will totally ignore a password you give it in a dialog box.
 </sect2>
 
 <sect2>
-<title>Configure WfW password handling</title>
+	<title>Configuring WfW password handling</title>
 
 <para>
 There is a program call admincfg.exe
@@ -203,7 +196,7 @@ type <userinput>EXPAND A:\ADMINCFG.EX_ C:\WINDOWS\ADMINCFG.EXE</userinput>.
 Then add an icon
 for it via the <application>Program Manager</application> <guimenu>New</guimenu> Menu. 
 This program allows you to control how WFW handles passwords.  ie disable Password Caching etc
-for use with <parameter>security = user</parameter>
+for use with <smbconfoption><name>security</name><value>user</value></smbconfoption>
 </para>
 
 </sect2>
@@ -211,7 +204,7 @@ for use with <parameter>security = user</parameter>
 <sect2>
 <title>Case handling of passwords</title>
 
-<para>Windows for Workgroups uppercases the password before sending it to the server. Unix passwords can be case-sensitive though. Check the <ulink url="smb.conf.5.html">smb.conf(5)</ulink> information on <parameter>password level</parameter> to specify what characters samba should try to uppercase when checking.</para>
+<para>Windows for Workgroups uppercases the password before sending it to the server. Unix passwords can be case-sensitive though. Check the &smb.conf; information on <smbconfoption><name>password level</name></smbconfoption> to specify what characters samba should try to uppercase when checking.</para>
 
 </sect2>
 
@@ -230,8 +223,8 @@ It is presumably a WfWg bug.</para>
 <title>Speed improvement</title>
 
 <para>
-Note that some people have found that setting <parameter>DefaultRcvWindow</parameter> in
-the <parameter>[MSTCP]</parameter> section of the 
+	Note that some people have found that setting <parameter>DefaultRcvWindow</parameter> in
+the <smbconfsection>[MSTCP]</smbconfsection> section of the 
 <filename>SYSTEM.INI</filename> file under WfWg to 3072 gives a
 big improvement. I don't know why.
 </para>
@@ -304,15 +297,15 @@ likely occur if it is not.
 <para> 
 In order to serve profiles successfully to Windows 2000 SP2 
 clients (when not operating as a PDC), Samba must have 
-<parameter>nt acl support = no</parameter>
+<smbconfoption><name>nt acl support</name><value>no</value></smbconfoption>
 added to the file share which houses the roaming profiles.
 If this is not done, then the Windows 2000 SP2 client will
 complain about not being able to access the profile (Access 
 Denied) and create multiple copies of it on disk (DOMAIN.user.001,
 DOMAIN.user.002, etc...).  See the 
-<ulink url="smb.conf.5.html">smb.conf(5)</ulink> man page
+&smb.conf; man page
 for more details on this option.  Also note that the 
-<parameter>nt acl support</parameter> parameter was formally a global parameter in
+<smbconfoption><name>nt acl support</name></smbconfoption> parameter was formally a global parameter in
 releases prior to Samba 2.2.2.
 </para>
 
@@ -320,14 +313,15 @@ releases prior to Samba 2.2.2.
 The following is a minimal profile share:
 </para>
 
-<para><programlisting>
-	[profile]
-		path = /export/profile
-		create mask = 0600
-		directory mask = 0700
-		nt acl support = no
-		read only = no
-</programlisting></para>
+<para><smbconfexample>
+		<title>Minimal profile share</title>
+<smbconfsection>[profile]</smbconfsection>
+<smbconfoption><name>path</name><value>/export/profile</value></smbconfoption>
+<smbconfoption><name>create mask</name><value>0600</value></smbconfoption>
+<smbconfoption><name>directory mask</name><value>0700</value></smbconfoption>
+<smbconfoption><name>nt acl support</name><value>no</value></smbconfoption>
+<smbconfoption><name>read only</name><value>no</value></smbconfoption>
+</smbconfexample></para>
 
 <para>
 The reason for this bug is that the Win2k SP2 client copies
@@ -339,7 +333,7 @@ for the <errorname>access denied</errorname> message.
 </para>
 
 <para>
-By disabling the <parameter>nt acl support</parameter> parameter, Samba will send
+By disabling the <smbconfoption><name>nt acl support</name></smbconfoption> parameter, Samba will send
 the Win2k client a response to the QuerySecurityDescriptor
 trans2 call which causes the client to set a default ACL
 for the profile. This default ACL includes 
@@ -356,7 +350,7 @@ create accounts on the Samba host for Domain users.</para></note>
 <title>Windows NT 3.1</title>
 
 <para>If you have problems communicating across routers with Windows 
-NT 3.1 workstations, read <ulink url="http://support.microsoft.com/default.aspx?scid=kb;[LN];Q103765">this Microsoft Knowledge Base article</ulink>.
+NT 3.1 workstations, read <ulink url="http://support.microsoft.com/default.aspx?scid=kb;Q103765">this Microsoft Knowledge Base article</ulink>.
 
 </para>
 
diff --git a/docs/docbook/projdoc/PAM-Authentication-And-Samba.xml b/docs/docbook/projdoc/PAM-Authentication-And-Samba.xml
index 660efdd2957..addd6460572 100644
--- a/docs/docbook/projdoc/PAM-Authentication-And-Samba.xml
+++ b/docs/docbook/projdoc/PAM-Authentication-And-Samba.xml
@@ -14,7 +14,7 @@
 
 <para>
 This chapter you should help you to deploy winbind based authentication on any PAM enabled
-Unix/Linux system. Winbind can be used to enable user level application access authentication
+UNIX/Linux system. Winbind can be used to enable user level application access authentication
 from any MS Windows NT Domain, MS Windows 200x Active Directory based domain, or any Samba
 based domain environment. It will also help you to configure PAM based local host access
 controls that are appropriate to your Samba configuration.
@@ -33,7 +33,7 @@ The use of Winbind require more than PAM configuration alone. Please refer to <l
 <title>Features and Benefits</title>
 
 <para>
-A number of Unix systems (eg: Sun Solaris), as well as the xxxxBSD family and Linux,
+A number of UNIX systems (eg: Sun Solaris), as well as the xxxxBSD family and Linux,
 now utilize the Pluggable Authentication Modules (PAM) facility to provide all authentication, 
 authorization and resource control services. Prior to the introduction of PAM, a decision
 to use an alternative to the system password database (<filename>/etc/passwd</filename>) 
@@ -50,7 +50,7 @@ located in <filename>/etc/pam.d</filename>.
 </para>
 
 <para>
-On PAM enabled Unix/Linux systems it is an easy matter to configure the system to use any
+On PAM enabled UNIX/Linux systems it is an easy matter to configure the system to use any
 authentication backend, so long as the appropriate dynamically loadable library modules
 are available for it. The backend may be local to the system, or may be centralised on a
 remote server.
@@ -61,15 +61,15 @@ PAM support modules are available for:
 </para>
 
 <variablelist>
-	<varlistentry><term><filename>/etc/passwd</filename></term><listitem><para>-</para>
+	<varlistentry><term><filename>/etc/passwd</filename>:</term><listitem>
 		<para>
-		There are several PAM modules that interact with this standard Unix user
+		There are several PAM modules that interact with this standard UNIX user
 		database. The most common are called: pam_unix.so, pam_unix2.so, pam_pwdb.so
 		and pam_userdb.so.
 		</para>
 	</listitem></varlistentry>
 
-	<varlistentry><term>Kerberos</term><listitem><para>-</para>
+	<varlistentry><term>Kerberos:</term><listitem>
 		<para>
 		The pam_krb5.so module allows the use of any Kerberos compliant server.
 		This tool is used to access MIT Kerberos, Heimdal Kerberos, and potentially
@@ -77,7 +77,7 @@ PAM support modules are available for:
 		</para>
 	</listitem></varlistentry>
 
-	<varlistentry><term>LDAP</term><listitem><para>-</para>
+	<varlistentry><term>LDAP:</term><listitem>
 		<para>
 		The pam_ldap.so module allows the use of any LDAP v2 or v3 compatible backend
 		server. Commonly used LDAP backend servers include: OpenLDAP v2.0 and v2.1,
@@ -85,28 +85,28 @@ PAM support modules are available for:
 		</para>
 	</listitem></varlistentry>
 
-	<varlistentry><term>NetWare Bindery</term><listitem><para>-</para>
+	<varlistentry><term>NetWare Bindery:</term><listitem>
 		<para>
 		The pam_ncp_auth.so module allows authentication off any bindery enabled
 		NetWare Core Protocol based server.
 		</para>
 	</listitem></varlistentry>
 
-	<varlistentry><term>SMB Password</term><listitem><para>-</para>
+	<varlistentry><term>SMB Password:</term><listitem>
 		<para>
 		This module, called pam_smbpass.so, will allow user authentication off
 		the passdb backend that is configured in the Samba &smb.conf; file.
 		</para>
 	</listitem></varlistentry>
 
-	<varlistentry><term>SMB Server</term><listitem><para>-</para>
+	<varlistentry><term>SMB Server:</term><listitem>
 		<para>
 		The pam_smb_auth.so module is the original MS Windows networking authentication
 		tool. This module has been somewhat outdated by the Winbind module.
 		</para>
 	</listitem></varlistentry>
 
-	<varlistentry><term>Winbind</term><listitem><para>-</para>
+	<varlistentry><term>Winbind:</term><listitem>
 		<para>
 		The pam_winbind.so module allows Samba to obtain authentication from any
 		MS Windows Domain Controller. It can just as easily be used to authenticate
@@ -114,7 +114,7 @@ PAM support modules are available for:
 		</para>
 	</listitem></varlistentry>
 
-	<varlistentry><term>RADIUS</term><listitem><para>-</para>
+	<varlistentry><term>RADIUS:</term><listitem>
 		<para>
 		There is a PAM RADIUS (Remote Access Dial-In User Service) authentication
 		module. In most cases the administrator will need to locate the source code
@@ -172,9 +172,9 @@ is located outside the default then the path must be specified as:
 </para>
 
 <para>
-<screen>
+<programlisting>
 auth  required  /other_path/pam_strange_module.so
-</screen>
+</programlisting>
 </para>
 
 <sect3>
@@ -183,8 +183,7 @@ auth  required  /other_path/pam_strange_module.so
 <para>
 The remaining information in this subsection was taken from the documentation of the Linux-PAM
 project. For more information on PAM, see 
-<ulink url="http://ftp.kernel.org/pub/linux/libs/pam/">
-http://ftp.kernel.org/pub/linux/libs/pam</ulink> The Official Linux-PAM home page.
+<ulink url="http://ftp.kernel.org/pub/linux/libs/pam/">The Official Linux-PAM home page</ulink>
 </para>
 
 <para>
@@ -192,9 +191,9 @@ A general configuration line of the /etc/pam.conf file has the following form:
 </para>
 
 <para>
-<screen>
+<programlisting>
 service-name   module-type   control-flag   module-path   args
-</screen>
+</programlisting>
 </para>
 
 <para>
@@ -204,7 +203,7 @@ Once we have explained the meaning of the above tokens, we will describe this me
 </para>
 
 <variablelist>
-	<varlistentry><term>service-name</term><listitem><para>-</para>
+	<varlistentry><term>service-name:</term><listitem>
 		<para>
 		The name of the service associated with this entry. Frequently the service name is the conventional
 		name of the given application. For example, `ftpd', `rlogind' and `su', etc. .
@@ -214,10 +213,11 @@ Once we have explained the meaning of the above tokens, we will describe this me
 		There is a special service-name, reserved for defining a default authentication mechanism. It has
 		the name `OTHER' and may be specified in either lower or upper case characters. Note, when there
 		is a module specified for a named service, the `OTHER' entries are ignored.
-		</para></listitem>
+		</para>
+		</listitem>
 	</varlistentry>
 
-	<varlistentry><term>module-type</term><listitem><para>-</para>
+	<varlistentry><term>module-type:</term><listitem>
                 <para>
 		One of (currently) four types of module. The four types are as follows:
 		</para>
@@ -250,10 +250,11 @@ Once we have explained the meaning of the above tokens, we will describe this me
 			token associated with the user. Typically, there is one module for each `challenge/response'
 			based authentication (auth) module-type.
 			</para></listitem>
-		</itemizedlist></listitem>
+		</itemizedlist>
+		</listitem>
 	</varlistentry>
 
-	<varlistentry><term>control-flag</term><listitem><para>-</para>
+	<varlistentry><term>control-flag:</term><listitem>
                 <para>
 		The control-flag is used to indicate how the PAM library will react to the success or failure of the
 		module it is associated with. Since modules can be stacked (modules of the same type execute in series,
@@ -316,9 +317,9 @@ Once we have explained the meaning of the above tokens, we will describe this me
 		consists of a series of value=action tokens:
 		</para>
 
-		<para><screen>
-		[value1=action1 value2=action2 ...]
-		</screen></para>
+<para><programlisting>
+[value1=action1 value2=action2 ...]
+</programlisting></para>
 
 		<para>
 		Here, value1 is one of the following return values: success; open_err; symbol_err; service_err;
@@ -409,7 +410,7 @@ Once we have explained the meaning of the above tokens, we will describe this me
 		</listitem>
 	</varlistentry>
 
-	<varlistentry><term>module-path</term><listitem><para>-</para>
+	<varlistentry><term>module-path:</term><listitem>
 		<para>
 		The path-name of the dynamically loadable object file; the pluggable module itself. If the first character of the
 		module path is `/', it is assumed to be a complete path. If this is not the case, the given module path is appended
@@ -427,27 +428,28 @@ Once we have explained the meaning of the above tokens, we will describe this me
 		Note, if you wish to include spaces in an argument, you should surround that argument with square brackets. For example:
 		</para>
 
-<para><screen>
+<para><programlisting>
 squid auth required pam_mysql.so user=passwd_query passwd=mada \
         db=eminence [query=select user_name from internet_service where \
                      user_name='%u' and password=PASSWORD('%p') and \
                      service='web_proxy']
-</screen></para>
+</programlisting></para>
 
 		<para>
 		Note, when using this convention, you can include `[' characters inside the string, and if you wish to include a `]'
 		character inside the string that will survive the argument parsing, you should use `\['. In other words:
 		</para>
 
-<para><screen>
+<para><programlisting><!--FIXME:Diagram-->
 [..[..\]..]    -->   ..[..]..
-</screen></para>
+</programlisting></para>
 
 		<para>
 		Any line in (one of) the configuration file(s), that is not formatted correctly, will generally tend (erring on the
 		side of caution) to make the authentication process fail. A corresponding error is written to the system log files
 		with a call to syslog(3). 
-		</para></listitem>
+		</para>
+		</listitem>
 	</varlistentry>
 </variablelist>
 
@@ -469,7 +471,7 @@ by commenting them out except the calls to <filename>pam_pwdb.so</filename>.
 <sect3>
 <title>PAM: original login config</title>
 
-<para><screen>
+<para><programlisting>
 #%PAM-1.0
 # The PAM configuration file for the `login' service
 #
@@ -484,7 +486,7 @@ session      required    pam_pwdb.so
 # session    optional    pam_lastlog.so
 # password   required    pam_cracklib.so retry=3
 password     required    pam_pwdb.so shadow md5
-</screen></para>
+</programlisting></para>
 
 </sect3>
 
@@ -496,7 +498,7 @@ PAM allows use of replaceable modules. Those available on a sample system includ
 </para>
 
 <para><prompt>$</prompt><userinput>/bin/ls /lib/security</userinput>
-<screen>
+<programlisting>
 pam_access.so    pam_ftp.so          pam_limits.so     
 pam_ncp_auth.so  pam_rhosts_auth.so  pam_stress.so     
 pam_cracklib.so  pam_group.so        pam_listfile.so   
@@ -509,7 +511,7 @@ pam_env.so       pam_ldap.so         pam_motd.so
 pam_radius.so    pam_smbpass.so      pam_unix_acct.so  
 pam_wheel.so     pam_unix_auth.so    pam_unix_passwd.so
 pam_userdb.so    pam_warn.so         pam_unix_session.so
-</screen></para>
+</programlisting></para>
 
 <para>
 The following example for the login program replaces the use of 
@@ -522,7 +524,7 @@ hashes. This database is stored in either
 <filename>/usr/local/samba/private/smbpasswd</filename>, 
 <filename>/etc/samba/smbpasswd</filename>, or in 
 <filename>/etc/samba.d/smbpasswd</filename>, depending on the 
-Samba implementation for your Unix/Linux system. The 
+Samba implementation for your UNIX/Linux system. The 
 <filename>pam_smbpass.so</filename> module is provided by 
 Samba version 2.2.1 or later. It can be compiled by specifying the 
 <option>--with-pam_smbpass</option> options when running Samba's
@@ -532,7 +534,7 @@ in the <filename>source/pam_smbpass</filename> directory of the Samba
 source distribution.
 </para>
 
-<para><screen>
+<para><programlisting>
 #%PAM-1.0
 # The PAM configuration file for the `login' service
 #
@@ -540,14 +542,14 @@ auth        required    pam_smbpass.so nodelay
 account     required    pam_smbpass.so nodelay
 session     required    pam_smbpass.so nodelay
 password    required    pam_smbpass.so nodelay
-</screen></para>
+</programlisting></para>
 
 <para>
 The following is the PAM configuration file for a particular 
 Linux system. The default condition uses <filename>pam_pwdb.so</filename>.
 </para>
 
-<para><screen>
+<para><programlisting>
 #%PAM-1.0
 # The PAM configuration file for the `samba' service
 #
@@ -555,7 +557,7 @@ auth       required     pam_pwdb.so nullok nodelay shadow audit
 account    required     pam_pwdb.so audit nodelay
 session    required     pam_pwdb.so nodelay
 password   required     pam_pwdb.so shadow md5
-</screen></para>
+</programlisting></para>
 
 <para>
 In the following example the decision has been made to use the 
@@ -565,7 +567,7 @@ thus allow the smbpasswd passwords to be changed using the passwd
 program.
 </para>
 
-<para><screen>
+<para><programlisting>
 #%PAM-1.0
 # The PAM configuration file for the `samba' service
 #
@@ -573,7 +575,7 @@ auth       required     pam_smbpass.so nodelay
 account    required     pam_pwdb.so audit nodelay
 session    required     pam_pwdb.so nodelay
 password   required     pam_smbpass.so nodelay smbconf=/etc/samba.d/smb.conf
-</screen></para>
+</programlisting></para>
 
 <note><para>PAM allows stacking of authentication mechanisms. It is 
 also possible to pass information obtained within one PAM module through 
@@ -596,26 +598,25 @@ PAM documentation for further helpful information.
 <title>smb.conf PAM Configuration</title>
 
 <para>
-There is an option in smb.conf called <ulink 
-url="smb.conf.5.html#OBEYPAMRESTRICTIONS">obey pam restrictions</ulink>. 
+	There is an option in smb.conf called <smbconfoption><name>obey pam restrictions</name></smbconfoption>.
 The following is from the on-line help for this option in SWAT;
 </para>
 
 <para>
-When Samba-3 is configured to enable PAM support (i.e. 
+When Samba is configured to enable PAM support (i.e. 
 <option>--with-pam</option>), this parameter will 
 control whether or not Samba should obey PAM's account 
 and session management directives. The default behavior 
 is to use PAM for clear text authentication only and to 
 ignore any account or session management. Note that Samba always 
 ignores PAM for authentication in the case of 
-<ulink url="smb.conf.5.html#ENCRYPTPASSWORDS">encrypt passwords = yes</ulink>. 
+<smbconfoption><name>encrypt passwords</name><value>yes</value></smbconfoption>. 
 The reason is that PAM modules cannot support the challenge/response 
 authentication mechanism needed in the presence of SMB 
 password encryption. 
 </para>
 
-<para>Default: <parameter>obey pam restrictions = no</parameter></para>
+<para>Default: <smbconfoption><name>obey pam restrictions</name><value>no</value></smbconfoption></para>
 
 </sect2>
 
@@ -624,7 +625,7 @@ password encryption.
 
 <para>
 All operating systems depend on the provision of users credentials acceptable to the platform.
-Unix requires the provision of a user identifier (UID) as well as a group identifier (GID).
+UNIX requires the provision of a user identifier (UID) as well as a group identifier (GID).
 These are both simple integer type numbers that are obtained from a password backend such
 as <filename>/etc/passwd</filename>.
 </para>
@@ -683,6 +684,8 @@ Options recognized by this module are as follows:
 <table frame="all">
 	<title>Options recognized by pam_smbpass</title>
 	<tgroup cols="2" align="left">
+		<colspec align="left"/>
+		<colspec align="justify"/>
 	<tbody>
 		<row><entry>debug</entry><entry>log more debugging info</entry></row>
 		<row><entry>audit</entry><entry>like debug, but also logs unknown usernames</entry></row>
@@ -701,18 +704,17 @@ Options recognized by this module are as follows:
 </para>
 
 <para>
-Thanks go to the following people:
-<simplelist>
-	<member><ulink url="mailto:morgan@transmeta.com">Andrew Morgan</ulink>, for providing the Linux-PAM
-	framework, without which none of this would have happened</member>
+<itemizedlist>
+	<listitem><para><ulink url="mailto:morgan@transmeta.com">Andrew Morgan</ulink>, for providing the Linux-PAM
+			framework, without which none of this would have happened</para></listitem>
 
-	<member><ulink url="gafton@redhat.com">Christian Gafton</ulink> and Andrew Morgan again, for the
-	pam_pwdb module upon which pam_smbpass was originally based</member>
+<listitem><para><ulink url="mailto:gafton@redhat.com">Christian Gafton</ulink> and Andrew Morgan again, for the
+		pam_pwdb module upon which pam_smbpass was originally based</para></listitem>
 
-	<member><ulink url="lkcl@switchboard.net">Luke Leighton</ulink> for being receptive to the idea,
+<listitem><para><ulink url="mailto:lkcl@switchboard.net">Luke Leighton</ulink> for being receptive to the idea,
 	and for the occasional good-natured complaint about the project's status
-	that keep me working on it :)</member>
-</simplelist>.
+	that keep me working on it :)</para></listitem>
+</itemizedlist>.
 </para>
 
 <para>
@@ -731,7 +733,7 @@ is changed.  Useful when an expired password might be changed by an
 application (such as ssh).
 </para>
 
-<para><screen>
+<para><programlisting>
 #%PAM-1.0
 # password-sync
 #
@@ -742,7 +744,7 @@ password   requisite    pam_cracklib.so retry=3
 password   requisite    pam_unix.so shadow md5 use_authtok try_first_pass
 password   required     pam_smbpass.so nullok use_authtok try_first_pass
 session    required     pam_unix.so
-</screen></para>
+</programlisting></para>
 </sect3>
 
 <sect3>
@@ -756,7 +758,7 @@ password migration takes place when users ftp in, login using ssh, pop
 their mail, etc.
 </para>
 
-<para><screen>
+<para><programlisting>
 #%PAM-1.0
 # password-migration
 #
@@ -769,7 +771,7 @@ password   requisite   pam_cracklib.so retry=3
 password   requisite   pam_unix.so shadow md5 use_authtok try_first_pass
 password   optional    pam_smbpass.so nullok use_authtok try_first_pass
 session    required    pam_unix.so
-</screen></para>
+</programlisting></para>
 </sect3>
 
 <sect3>
@@ -778,10 +780,10 @@ session    required    pam_unix.so
 <para>
 A sample PAM configuration for a 'mature' smbpasswd installation.
 private/smbpasswd is fully populated, and we consider it an error if
-the smbpasswd doesn't exist or doesn't match the Unix password.
+the smbpasswd doesn't exist or doesn't match the UNIX password.
 </para>
 
-<para><screen>
+<para><programlisting>
 #%PAM-1.0
 # password-mature
 #
@@ -792,7 +794,7 @@ password   requisite    pam_cracklib.so retry=3
 password   requisite    pam_unix.so shadow md5 use_authtok try_first_pass
 password   required     pam_smbpass.so use_authtok use_first_pass
 session    required     pam_unix.so
-</screen></para>
+</programlisting></para>
 </sect3>
 
 <sect3>
@@ -804,7 +806,7 @@ pam_krb5.  This could be useful on a Samba PDC that is also a member of
 a Kerberos realm.
 </para>
 
-<para><screen>
+<para><programlisting>
 #%PAM-1.0
 # kdc-pdc
 #
@@ -816,7 +818,7 @@ password   requisite   pam_cracklib.so retry=3
 password   optional    pam_smbpass.so nullok use_authtok try_first_pass
 password   required    pam_krb5.so use_authtok try_first_pass
 session    required    pam_krb5.so
-</screen></para>
+</programlisting></para>
 
 </sect3>
 
@@ -836,11 +838,13 @@ the Samba mailing list.
 	<title>pam_winbind problem</title>
 
 	<para>
-	I have the following PAM configuration:
+		<quote>
+			I have the following PAM configuration:
+		</quote>
 	</para>
 
-<para>
-<screen>
+	<para>
+<programlisting>
 auth required /lib/security/pam_securetty.so
 auth sufficient /lib/security/pam_winbind.so
 auth sufficient /lib/security/pam_unix.so use_first_pass nullok
@@ -849,16 +853,18 @@ auth required /lib/security/pam_nologin.so
 account required /lib/security/pam_stack.so service=system-auth
 account required /lib/security/pam_winbind.so
 password required /lib/security/pam_stack.so service=system-auth
-</screen>
-</para>
+</programlisting>
+	</para>
 
 	<para>
+		<quote>
 	When I open a new console with [ctrl][alt][F1], then I cant log in with my user "pitie".
 	I've tried with user "scienceu+pitie" also.
+</quote>
 	</para>
 
 	<para>
-	Answer: The problem may lie with your inclusion of <parameter>pam_stack.so
+		The problem may lie with your inclusion of <parameter>pam_stack.so
 	service=system-auth</parameter>. That file often contains a lot of stuff that may
 	duplicate what you're already doing. Try commenting out the pam_stack lines
 	for auth and account and see if things work. If they do, look at
@@ -869,6 +875,59 @@ password required /lib/security/pam_stack.so service=system-auth
 
 	</sect2>
 
+	<sect2>
+	<title>Winbind is not resolving users and groups</title>
+
+	<para>
+		<quote>
+	My smb.conf file is correctly configured. I have specified 
+	<smbconfoption><name>idmap uid</name><value>12000</value></smbconfoption>, 
+	and <smbconfoption><name>idmap gid</name><value>3000-3500</value></smbconfoption>
+	and <command>winbind</command> is running. When I do the following it all works fine.
+</quote>
+	</para>
+
+<para><screen>
+&rootprompt;<userinput>wbinfo -u</userinput>
+MIDEARTH+maryo
+MIDEARTH+jackb
+MIDEARTH+ameds
+...
+MIDEARTH+root
+
+&rootprompt;<userinput>wbinfo -g</userinput>
+MIDEARTH+Domain Users
+MIDEARTH+Domain Admins
+MIDEARTH+Domain Guests
+...
+MIDEARTH+Accounts
+
+&rootprompt;<userinput>getent passwd</userinput>
+root:x:0:0:root:/root:/bin/bash
+bin:x:1:1:bin:/bin:/bin/bash
+...
+maryo:x:15000:15003:Mary Orville:/home/MIDEARTH/maryo:/bin/false
+</screen></para>
+
+<para>
+	<quote>
+	But the following command just fails:
+</quote>
+<screen>
+&rootprompt;<userinput>chown 'maryo' a_file</userinput>
+chown: `maryo': invalid user
+</screen>
+<quote>
+This is driving me nuts! What can be wrong?
+</quote>
+	</para>
+
+	<para>
+	Your system is likely running <command>nscd</command>, the name service
+	caching daemon. Shut it down, do NOT restart it! You will find your problem resolved.
+	</para>
+
+	</sect2>
 </sect1>
 
 </chapter>
diff --git a/docs/docbook/projdoc/PolicyMgmt.xml b/docs/docbook/projdoc/PolicyMgmt.xml
index 12289df7c3f..351c51d1c6b 100644
--- a/docs/docbook/projdoc/PolicyMgmt.xml
+++ b/docs/docbook/projdoc/PolicyMgmt.xml
@@ -42,7 +42,7 @@ network client workstations.
 </para>
 
 <para>
-A tool new to Samba-3 may become an important part of the future Samba Administrators'
+A tool new to Samba may become an important part of the future Samba Administrators'
 arsenal. The <command>editreg</command> tool is described in this document.
 </para>
 
@@ -88,7 +88,7 @@ be a step forward, but improved functionality comes at a great price.
 Before embarking on the configuration of network and system policies it is highly
 advisable to read the documentation available from Microsoft's web site regarding
 <ulink url="http://www.microsoft.com/ntserver/management/deployment/planguide/prof_policies.asp">
-Implementing Profiles and Policies in Windows NT 4.0 from http://www.microsoft.com/ntserver/management/deployment/planguide/prof_policies.asp</ulink> available from Microsoft.
+Implementing Profiles and Policies in Windows NT 4.0</ulink> available from Microsoft.
 There are a large number of documents in addition to this old one that should also
 be read and understood. Try searching on the Microsoft web site for "Group Policies".
 </para>
@@ -112,7 +112,7 @@ here is incomplete - you are warned.
 	Use the Group Policy Editor to create a policy file that specifies the location of
 	user profiles and/or the <filename>My Documents</filename> etc. Then save these
 	settings in a file called <filename>Config.POL</filename> that needs to be placed in the
-	root of the <parameter>[NETLOGON]</parameter> share. If Win98 is configured to log onto
+	root of the <smbconfsection>[NETLOGON]</smbconfsection> share. If Win98 is configured to log onto
 	the Samba Domain, it will automatically read this file and update the Win9x/Me registry
 	of the machine as it logs on.
 	</para>
@@ -293,7 +293,7 @@ here is incomplete - you are warned.
 <para>
 Policies can define a specific user's settings or the settings for a group of users. The resulting
 policy file contains the registry settings for all users, groups, and computers that will be using
-the policy file. Separate policy files for each user, group, or computer are not not necessary.
+the policy file. Separate policy files for each user, group, or computer are not necessary.
 </para>
 
 <para>
@@ -326,20 +326,27 @@ Common restrictions that are frequently used includes:
 </para>
 
 <para>
-<simplelist>
-	<member>Logon Hours</member>
-	<member>Password Aging</member>
-	<member>Permitted Logon from certain machines only</member>
-	<member>Account type (Local or Global)</member>
-	<member>User Rights</member>
-</simplelist>
+<itemizedlist>
+	<listitem><para>Logon Hours</para></listitem>
+	<listitem><para>Password Aging</para></listitem>
+	<listitem><para>Permitted Logon from certain machines only</para></listitem>
+	<listitem><para>Account type (Local or Global)</para></listitem>
+	<listitem><para>User Rights</para></listitem>
+</itemizedlist>
 </para>
 
 	<sect2>
 	<title>Samba Editreg Toolset</title>
 
 	<para>
-	Describe in detail the benefits of <command>editreg</command> and how to use it.
+	A new tool called <command>editreg</command> is under development. This tool can be used
+	to edit registry files (called NTUser.DAT) that are stored in user and group profiles.
+	NTConfig.POL files have the same structure as the NTUser.DAT file and can be editted using
+	this tool. <command>editreg</command> is being built with the intent to enable NTConfig.POL
+	files to be saved in text format and to permit the building of new NTConfig.POL files with
+	extended capabilities. It is proving difficult to realise this capability, so do not be surprised
+	if this feature does not materialise. Formal capabilities will be announced at the time that
+	this tool is released for production use.
 	</para>
 
 	</sect2>
@@ -385,11 +392,11 @@ reboot and as part of the user logon:
 	<listitem><para>
 	Where Active Directory is involved, an ordered list of Group Policy Objects (GPOs) is downloaded
 	and applied. The list may include GPOs that:
-<simplelist>
-	<member>Apply to the location of machines in a Directory</member>
-	<member>Apply only when settings have changed</member>
-	<member>Depend on configuration of scope of applicability: local, site, domain, organizational unit, etc.</member>
-</simplelist>
+<itemizedlist>
+	<listitem><para>Apply to the location of machines in a Directory</para></listitem>
+	<listitem><para>Apply only when settings have changed</para></listitem>
+	<listitem><para>Depend on configuration of scope of applicability: local, site, domain, organizational unit, etc.</para></listitem>
+</itemizedlist>
 	No desktop user interface is presented until the above have been processed.
 	</para></listitem>
 
@@ -408,12 +415,12 @@ reboot and as part of the user logon:
 	<listitem><para>
 	An ordered list of User GPOs is obtained. The list contents depends on what is configured in respect of:
 
-<simplelist>
-	<member>Is user a domain member, thus subject to particular policies</member>
-	<member>Loopback enablement, and the state of the loopback policy (Merge or Replace)</member>
-	<member>Location of the Active Directory itself</member>
-	<member>Has the list of GPOs changed. No processing is needed if not changed.</member>
-</simplelist>
+<itemizedlist>
+	<listitem><para>Is user a domain member, thus subject to particular policies</para></listitem>
+	<listitem><para>Loopback enablement, and the state of the loopback policy (Merge or Replace)</para></listitem>
+	<listitem><para>Location of the Active Directory itself</para></listitem>
+	<listitem><para>Has the list of GPOs changed. No processing is needed if not changed.</para></listitem>
+</itemizedlist>
 	</para></listitem>
 
 	<listitem><para>
@@ -446,13 +453,13 @@ collection demonstrates only basic issues.
 <title>Policy Does Not Work</title>
 
 <para>
-Question: We have created the <filename>config.pol</filename> file and put it in the <emphasis>NETLOGON</emphasis> share.
+	<quote>We have created the <filename>config.pol</filename> file and put it in the <emphasis>NETLOGON</emphasis> share.
 It has made no difference to our Win XP Pro machines, they just don't see it. IT worked fine with Win 98 but does not
-work any longer since we upgraded to Win XP Pro. Any hints?
+work any longer since we upgraded to Win XP Pro. Any hints?</quote>
 </para>
 
 <para>
-<emphasis>ANSWER:</emphasis> Policy files are NOT portable between Windows 9x / Me and MS Windows NT4 / 200x / XP based
+Policy files are NOT portable between Windows 9x / Me and MS Windows NT4 / 200x / XP based
 platforms. You need to use the NT4 Group Policy Editor to create a file called <filename>NTConfig.POL</filename> so that
 it is in the correct format for your MS Windows XP Pro clients.
 </para>
diff --git a/docs/docbook/projdoc/Portability.xml b/docs/docbook/projdoc/Portability.xml
index 205d3848439..50cc8b4c7c4 100644
--- a/docs/docbook/projdoc/Portability.xml
+++ b/docs/docbook/projdoc/Portability.xml
@@ -45,17 +45,17 @@ Samba.
 </sect1>
 
 <sect1>
-<title>SCO Unix</title>
+<title>SCO UNIX</title>
 
 <para> 
-If you run an old version of SCO Unix then you may need to get important 
+If you run an old version of SCO UNIX then you may need to get important 
 TCP/IP patches for Samba to work correctly. Without the patch, you may 
 encounter corrupt data transfers using samba.
 </para>
 
 <para>
 The patch you need is UOD385 Connection Drivers SLS. It is available from
-SCO (<ulink url="ftp://ftp.sco.com/">ftp.sco.com</ulink>, directory SLS,
+SCO (<ulink noescape="1" url="ftp://ftp.sco.com/">ftp.sco.com</ulink>, directory SLS,
 files uod385a.Z and uod385a.ltr.Z).
 </para>
 
@@ -125,8 +125,8 @@ after creating the above files you then assemble them using
 </para>
 
 <screen>
-	<prompt>$ </prompt><userinput>as seteuid.s</userinput>
-	<prompt>$ </prompt><userinput>as setegid.s</userinput>
+&prompt;<userinput>as seteuid.s</userinput>
+&prompt;<userinput>as setegid.s</userinput>
 </screen>
 
 <para>
diff --git a/docs/docbook/projdoc/Problems.xml b/docs/docbook/projdoc/Problems.xml
index 16e4c8ad548..46f3c002d28 100644
--- a/docs/docbook/projdoc/Problems.xml
+++ b/docs/docbook/projdoc/Problems.xml
@@ -3,13 +3,7 @@
 <chapterinfo>
 	&author.jerry;
 	&author.jelmer;
-	<author>
-		<firstname>David</firstname><surname>Bannon</surname>
-		<affiliation>
-			<orgname>Samba Team</orgname>
-			<address><email>dbannon@samba.org</email></address>
-		</affiliation>
-	</author>
+	&author.dbannon;
 	<pubdate>8 Apr 2003</pubdate>
 </chapterinfo>
 
@@ -24,10 +18,20 @@ general SMB topics such as browsing.</para>
 <sect1>
 <title>Diagnostics tools</title>
 
+<para>With SMB networking, it is often not immediately clear what 
+the cause is of a certain problem. Samba itself provides rather 
+useful information, but in some cases you might have to fall back 
+to using a <emphasis>sniffer</emphasis>. A sniffer is a program that 
+listens on your LAN, analyses the data sent on it and displays it 
+on the screen.</para>
+
+<sect2>
+<title>Debugging with Samba itself</title>
+
   <para>
 One of the best diagnostic tools for debugging problems is Samba itself.  
 You can use the <option>-d option</option> for both &smbd; and &nmbd; to specify what 
-<parameter>debug level</parameter> at which to run.  See the man pages on smbd, nmbd  and 
+<smbconfoption><name>debug level</name></smbconfoption> at which to run.  See the man pages on smbd, nmbd  and 
 smb.conf for more information on debugging options.  The debug 
 level can range from 1 (the default) to 10 (100 for debugging passwords).
 </para>
@@ -52,17 +56,44 @@ Some useful samba commands worth investigating:
 </para>
 	
 <screen>
-	<prompt>$ </prompt><userinput>testparm | more</userinput>
-	<prompt>$ </prompt><userinput>smbclient -L //{netbios name of server}</userinput>
+&prompt;<userinput>testparm | more</userinput>
+&prompt;<userinput>smbclient -L //{netbios name of server}</userinput>
 </screen>
-   
+
+</sect2>
+
+<sect2>
+	<title>Tcpdump</title>
+  
+<para><ulink url="http://www.tcpdump.org/">Tcpdump</ulink> was the first 
+unix sniffer with SMB support. It is a command-line utility and 
+nowadays, it's SMB support is somewhat less then that of ethereal 
+and tethereal.</para>
+
+</sect2>
+
+<sect2>
+	<title>Ethereal</title>
+
 <para>
-An SMB enabled version of tcpdump is available from 
-<ulink url="http://www.tcpdump.org/">http://www.tcpdup.org/</ulink>.
-Ethereal, another good packet sniffer for Unix and Win32
-hosts, can be downloaded from <ulink 
-url="http://www.ethereal.com/">http://www.ethereal.com</ulink>.
-</para>
+<ulink url="http://www.ethereal.com/">Ethereal</ulink> is a graphical 
+sniffer, available for both unix (Gtk) and Windows. Ethereal's 
+SMB support is very good.</para>
+
+<para>For details on the use of ethereal, read the well-written 
+ethereal User Guide.</para>
+
+<para>
+Listen for data on ports 137, 138, 139 and 445. E.g. 
+use the filter <userinput>port 137 or port 138 or port 139 or port 445</userinput>.</para>
+
+<para>A console version of ethereal is available as well and is called 
+<command>tethereal</command>.</para>
+
+</sect2>
+
+<sect2>
+<title>The Windows Network Monitor</title>
 	
 <para>
 For tracing things on the Microsoft Windows NT, Network Monitor 
@@ -76,10 +107,8 @@ local subnet.  Be aware that Ethereal can read and write netmon
 formatted files.
 </para>
 
-</sect1>
-
-<sect1>
-<title>Installing 'Network Monitor' on an NT Workstation or a Windows 9x box</title>
+<sect3>
+<title>Installing 'Network Monitor' on an NT Workstation</title>
 
 <para>
 Installing netmon on an NT workstation requires a couple 
@@ -144,14 +173,18 @@ permissions as you deem appropriate for your site. You will need
 administrative rights on the NT box to run netmon.
 </para>
 
+</sect3>
+<sect3>
+<title>Installing 'Network Monitor' on an 9x Workstation</title>
 <para>
 To install Netmon on a Windows 9x box install the network monitor agent 
 from the Windows 9x CD (<filename>\admin\nettools\netmon</filename>).  There is a readme 
 file located with the netmon driver files on the CD if you need 
 information on how to do this.  Copy the files from a working 
 Netmon installation.
-</para> 
-
+</para>
+</sect3>
+</sect2>
 </sect1>
 
 <sect1>
@@ -159,15 +192,14 @@ Netmon installation.
 <itemizedlist>
 
 <listitem><para>See how Scott Merrill simulates a BDC behavior at 
-       <ulink url="http://www.skippy.net/linux/smb-howto.html">
+       <ulink noescape="1" url="http://www.skippy.net/linux/smb-howto.html">
        http://www.skippy.net/linux/smb-howto.html</ulink>. </para></listitem>
 
 <listitem><para>FTP site for older SMB specs: 
-       <ulink url="ftp://ftp.microsoft.com/developr/drg/CIFS/">
+       <ulink noescape="1" url="ftp://ftp.microsoft.com/developr/drg/CIFS/">
        ftp://ftp.microsoft.com/developr/drg/CIFS/</ulink></para></listitem>
 
 </itemizedlist>
-<!-- FIXME: Merge with Further Resources -->
 
 </sect1>
 
@@ -176,14 +208,14 @@ Netmon installation.
 
 <para>
 There are a number of Samba related mailing lists. Go to <ulink 
-url="http://samba.org">http://samba.org</ulink>, click on your nearest mirror
+noescape="1" url="http://samba.org">http://samba.org</ulink>, click on your nearest mirror
 and then click on <command>Support</command> and then click on <command>
 Samba related mailing lists</command>.
 </para>
 
 <para>
 For questions relating to Samba TNG go to
-<ulink url="http://www.samba-tng.org/">http://www.samba-tng.org/</ulink> 
+<ulink noescape="1" url="http://www.samba-tng.org/">http://www.samba-tng.org/</ulink> 
 It has been requested that you don't post questions about Samba-TNG to the
 main stream Samba lists.</para>
  
@@ -193,12 +225,12 @@ If you post a message to one of the lists please observe the following guide lin
 
 <itemizedlist>
 
-<listitem><para> Always remember that the developers are volunteers, they are 
+<listitem><para>Always remember that the developers are volunteers, they are 
 not paid and they never guarantee to produce a particular feature at 
 a particular time. Any time lines are 'best guess' and nothing more.
 </para></listitem>
 
-<listitem><para> Always mention what version of samba you are using and what 
+<listitem><para>Always mention what version of samba you are using and what 
 operating system its running under. You should probably list the
 relevant sections of your &smb.conf; file, at least the options 
 in [global] that affect PDC support.</para></listitem>
@@ -244,10 +276,9 @@ smb.conf in their attach directory?</para></listitem>
 
 <para>To have your name removed from a samba mailing list, go to the
 same place you went to to get on it. Go to <ulink 
-url="http://lists.samba.org/">http://lists.samba.org</ulink>, 
+	noescape="1" url="http://lists.samba.org/">http://lists.samba.org</ulink>, 
 click on your nearest mirror and then click on <command>Support</command> and 
-then click on <command> Samba related mailing lists</command>. Or perhaps see 
-<ulink url="http://lists.samba.org/mailman/roster/samba-ntdom">here</ulink>
+then click on <command> Samba related mailing lists</command>. 
 </para>
 
 <para>
diff --git a/docs/docbook/projdoc/ProfileMgmt.xml b/docs/docbook/projdoc/ProfileMgmt.xml
index 58c6f340300..37ae2d41e86 100644
--- a/docs/docbook/projdoc/ProfileMgmt.xml
+++ b/docs/docbook/projdoc/ProfileMgmt.xml
@@ -73,15 +73,15 @@ following (for example):
 </para>
 
 <para>
-<programlisting>
-	logon path = \\profileserver\profileshare\profilepath\%U\moreprofilepath
-</programlisting>
+<smbconfblock>
+<smbconfoption><name>logon path</name><value>\\profileserver\profileshare\profilepath\%U\moreprofilepath</value></smbconfoption>
+</smbconfblock>
 
 	This is typically implemented like:
 
-<programlisting>
-		logon path = \\%L\Profiles\%u
-</programlisting>
+<smbconfblock>
+<smbconfoption><name>logon path</name><value>\\%L\Profiles\%u</value></smbconfoption>
+</smbconfblock>
 where %L translates to the name of the Samba server and %u translates to the user name
 </para>
 
@@ -97,7 +97,7 @@ semantics of %L and %N, as well as %U and %u.
 <note>
 <para>
 MS Windows NT/2K clients at times do not disconnect a connection to a server
-between logons. It is recommended to NOT use the <parameter>homes</parameter>
+between logons. It is recommended to NOT use the <smbconfsection>homes</smbconfsection>
 meta-service name as part of the profile share path.
 </para>
 </note>
@@ -107,7 +107,7 @@ meta-service name as part of the profile share path.
 <title>Windows 9x / Me User Profiles</title>
 
 <para>
-	To support Windows 9x / Me clients, you must use the <parameter>logon home</parameter> parameter. Samba has
+	To support Windows 9x / Me clients, you must use the <smbconfoption><name>logon home</name></smbconfoption> parameter. Samba has
 now been fixed so that <userinput>net use /home</userinput> now works as well, and it, too, relies
 on the <command>logon home</command> parameter.
 </para>
@@ -115,11 +115,11 @@ on the <command>logon home</command> parameter.
 <para>
 By using the logon home parameter, you are restricted to putting Win9x / Me
 profiles in the user's home directory.   But wait! There is a trick you
-can use. If you set the following in the <parameter>[global]</parameter> section of your &smb.conf; file:
+can use. If you set the following in the <smbconfsection>[global]</smbconfsection> section of your &smb.conf; file:
 </para>
-<para><programlisting>
-	logon home = \\%L\%U\.profiles
-</programlisting></para>
+<para><smbconfblock>
+<smbconfoption><name>logon home</name><value>\\%L\%U\.profiles</value></smbconfoption>
+</smbconfblock></para>
 
 <para>
 then your Windows 9x / Me clients will dutifully put their clients in a subdirectory
@@ -130,7 +130,7 @@ of your home directory called <filename>.profiles</filename> (thus making them h
 Not only that, but <userinput>net use /home</userinput> will also work, because of a feature in
 Windows 9x / Me. It removes any directory stuff off the end of the home directory area
 and only uses the server and share portion. That is, it looks like you
-specified <filename>\\%L\%U</filename> for <parameter>logon home</parameter>.
+specified <filename>\\%L\%U</filename> for <smbconfoption><name>logon home</name></smbconfoption>.
 </para>
 </sect3>
 
@@ -139,13 +139,13 @@ specified <filename>\\%L\%U</filename> for <parameter>logon home</parameter>.
 
 <para>
 You can support profiles for both Win9X and WinNT clients by setting both the
-<parameter>logon home</parameter> and <parameter>logon path</parameter> parameters. For example:
+<smbconfoption><name>logon home</name></smbconfoption> and <smbconfoption><name>logon path</name></smbconfoption> parameters. For example:
 </para>
 
-<para><programlisting>
-	logon home = \\%L\%u\.profiles
-	logon path = \\%L\profiles\%u
-</programlisting></para>
+<para><smbconfblock>
+<smbconfoption><name>logon home</name><value>\\%L\%u\.profiles</value></smbconfoption>
+<smbconfoption><name>logon path</name><value>\\%L\profiles\%u</value></smbconfoption>
+</smbconfblock></para>
 
 </sect3>
 <sect3>
@@ -166,10 +166,10 @@ There are three ways of doing this:
 		<listitem><para>
 		Affect the following settings and ALL clients
 		will be forced to use a local profile:
-		<programlisting>
-			logon home =
-			logon path =
-		</programlisting>
+		<smbconfblock>
+			<smbconfoption><name>logon home</name></smbconfoption>
+			<smbconfoption><name>logon path</name></smbconfoption>
+		</smbconfblock>
 		</para></listitem>
 	</varlistentry>
 
@@ -178,6 +178,7 @@ There are three ways of doing this:
 		<listitem><para>
 		By using the Microsoft Management Console gpedit.msc to instruct your MS Windows XP machine to use only a local profile. This of course modifies registry settings. The full path to the option is:
 		<!-- FIXME: Diagram for this ? -->
+		<!-- FIXME: Yes, a diagram will help - JHT -->
 	<programlisting>
 	Local Computer Policy\
 		Computer Configuration\
@@ -228,9 +229,9 @@ as are folders <filename>Start Menu</filename>, <filename>Desktop</filename>,
 <filename>Programs</filename> and <filename>Nethood</filename>.
 These directories and their contents will be merged with the local
 versions stored in <filename>c:\windows\profiles\username</filename> on subsequent logins,
-taking the most recent from each.  You will need to use the <parameter>[global]</parameter>
-options <parameter>preserve case = yes</parameter>, <parameter>short preserve case = yes</parameter> and
-<parameter>case sensitive = no</parameter> in order to maintain capital letters in shortcuts
+taking the most recent from each.  You will need to use the <smbconfsection>[global]</smbconfsection>
+options <smbconfoption><name>preserve case</name><value>yes</value></smbconfoption>, <smbconfoption><name>short preserve case</name><value>yes</value></smbconfoption> and
+<smbconfoption><name>case sensitive</name><value>no</value></smbconfoption> in order to maintain capital letters in shortcuts
 in any of the profile folders.
 </para>
 
@@ -281,13 +282,13 @@ supports it), user name and user's password.
 
 <para>
 Once the user has been successfully validated, the Windows 9x / Me machine
-will inform you that <computeroutput>The user has not logged on before' and asks you
-	if you wish to save the user's preferences?</computeroutput>  Select <guibutton>yes</guibutton>.
+will inform you that <computeroutput>The user has not logged on before</computeroutput> and asks you
+<computeroutput>Do you wish to save the user's preferences?</computeroutput>. Select <guibutton>yes</guibutton>.
 </para>
 
 <para>
 Once the Windows 9x / Me client comes up with the desktop, you should be able
-to examine the contents of the directory specified in the <parameter>logon path</parameter>
+to examine the contents of the directory specified in the <smbconfoption><name>logon path</name></smbconfoption>
 on the samba server and verify that the <filename>Desktop</filename>, <filename>Start Menu</filename>,
 <filename>Programs</filename> and <filename>Nethood</filename> folders have been created.
 </para>
@@ -305,7 +306,7 @@ the newest folders and short-cuts from each set.
 If you have made the folders / files read-only on the samba server,
 then you will get errors from the Windows 9x / Me machine on logon and logout, as
 it attempts to merge the local and the remote profile.  Basically, if
-you have any errors reported by the Windows 9x / Me machine, check the Unix file
+you have any errors reported by the Windows 9x / Me machine, check the UNIX file
 permissions and ownership rights on the profile directory contents,
 on the samba server.
 </para>
@@ -316,6 +317,25 @@ local desktop cache, as shown below.  When this user then next logs in,
 they will be told that they are logging in "for the first time".
 </para>
 
+	<warning>
+		<para>
+        Before deleting the contents of the
+        directory listed in the ProfilePath (this is likely to be
+	<filename>c:\windows\profiles\username)</filename>, ask them if they
+	have any important files stored on their desktop or in their start menu. 
+	Delete the contents of the directory ProfilePath (making a backup if any
+	of the files are needed).
+        </para>
+
+        <para>
+	This will have the effect of removing the local (read-only hidden
+	system file) user.DAT in their profile directory, as well as the
+	local "desktop", "nethood", "start menu" and "programs" folders.
+        </para>
+	</warning>
+
+
+
 <orderedlist>
 	<listitem>
         <para>
@@ -342,23 +362,6 @@ they will be told that they are logging in "for the first time".
 		<para>[Exit the registry editor].</para>
 	</listitem>
 
-	<warning>
-		<para>
-        Before deleting the contents of the
-        directory listed in the ProfilePath (this is likely to be
-	<filename>c:\windows\profiles\username)</filename>, ask them if they
-	have any important files stored on their desktop or in their start menu. 
-	Delete the contents of the directory ProfilePath (making a backup if any
-	of the files are needed).
-        </para>
-
-        <para>
-	This will have the effect of removing the local (read-only hidden
-	system file) user.DAT in their profile directory, as well as the
-	local "desktop", "nethood", "start menu" and "programs" folders.
-        </para>
-	</warning>
-
 	<listitem>
         <para>
 			search for the user's .PWL password-caching file in the <filename>c:\windows</filename>
@@ -374,7 +377,7 @@ they will be told that they are logging in "for the first time".
 
 	<listitem>
         <para>
-			check the contents of the profile path (see <parameter>logon path</parameter> described
+			check the contents of the profile path (see <smbconfoption><name>logon path</name></smbconfoption> described
 			above), and delete the <filename>user.DAT</filename> or <filename>user.MAN</filename> file for the user,
         making a backup if required.
         </para>
@@ -403,13 +406,13 @@ differences are with the equivalent samba trace.
 <para>
 When a user first logs in to a Windows NT Workstation, the profile
 NTuser.DAT is created.  The profile location can be now specified
-through the <parameter>logon path</parameter> parameter.
+through the <smbconfoption><name>logon path</name></smbconfoption> parameter.
 </para>
 
 <para>
 There is a parameter that is now available for use with NT Profiles:
-<parameter>logon drive</parameter>.  This should be set to <filename>H:</filename> or any other drive, and
-should be used in conjunction with the new "logon home" parameter.
+<smbconfoption><name>logon drive</name></smbconfoption>.  This should be set to <filename>H:</filename> or any other drive, and
+should be used in conjunction with the new <smbconfoption><name>logon home</name></smbconfoption> parameter.
 </para>
 
 <para>
@@ -481,8 +484,7 @@ profile on the MS Windows workstation as follows:
 	profile must be accessible.
 	</para>
 
-	<note><para>You will need to log on if a logon box opens up. Eg: In the connect
-	as: <replaceable>MIDEARTH</replaceable>\root, password: <replaceable>mypassword</replaceable>.</para></note>
+	<note><para>You will need to log on if a logon box opens up. Eg: In the connect as: <replaceable>DOMAIN</replaceable>\root, password: <replaceable>mypassword</replaceable>.</para></note>
 	</step>
 
 	<step><para>
@@ -500,7 +502,7 @@ profile on the MS Windows workstation as follows:
 </procedure>
 
 <para>
-Done. You now have a profile that can be edited using the samba-3.0.0
+Done. You now have a profile that can be edited using the samba
 <command>profiles</command> tool.
 </para>
 
@@ -511,8 +513,8 @@ storage of mail data. That keeps desktop profiles usable.
 </para>
 </note>
 
-<note>
 <procedure>
+	<title>Windows XP Service Pack 1</title>
 <step><para>
 This is a security check new to Windows XP (or maybe only
 Windows XP service pack 1).  It can be disabled via a group policy in
@@ -562,7 +564,6 @@ On the XP workstation log in with an Administrator account.
 
 	<step><para>Reboot</para></step>
 </procedure>
-</note>
 </sect3>
 </sect2>
 
@@ -582,9 +583,9 @@ on again with the newer version of MS Windows.
 
 <para>
 If you then want to share the same Start Menu / Desktop with W9x/Me, you will
-need to specify a common location for the profiles. The smb.conf parameters
-that need to be common are <parameter>logon path</parameter> and
-<parameter>logon home</parameter>.
+need to specify a common location for the profiles. The &smb.conf; parameters
+that need to be common are <smbconfoption><name>logon path</name></smbconfoption> and
+<smbconfoption><name>logon home</name></smbconfoption>.
 </para>
 
 <para>
@@ -659,12 +660,6 @@ Follow the above for every profile you need to migrate.
 You should obtain the SID of your NT4 domain. You can use smbpasswd to do
 this. Read the man page.</para>
 
-<para>
-With Samba-3.0.0 alpha code you can import all you NT4 domain accounts
-using the net samsync method. This way you can retain your profile
-settings as well as all your users.
-</para>
-
 </sect3>
 
 <sect3>
@@ -844,10 +839,10 @@ customisable per user depending on the profile settings chosen/created.
 When a new user first logs onto an MS Windows NT4 machine a new profile is created from:
 </para>
 
-<simplelist>
-	<member>All Users settings</member>
-	<member>Default User settings (contains the default NTUser.DAT file)</member>
-</simplelist>
+<itemizedlist>
+	<listitem><para>All Users settings</para></listitem>
+	<listitem><para>Default User settings (contains the default NTUser.DAT file)</para></listitem>
+</itemizedlist>
 
 <para>
 When a user logs onto an MS Windows NT4 machine that is a member of a Microsoft security domain
@@ -903,8 +898,8 @@ also remain stored in the same way, unless the following registry key is created
 
 <para>
 <programlisting>
-	HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SYSTEM\Software\Microsoft\Windows NT\CurrentVersion\winlogon\
-	"DeleteRoamingCache"=dword:00000001
+HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SYSTEM\Software\Microsoft\Windows NT\CurrentVersion\
+winlogon\"DeleteRoamingCache"=dword:00000001
 </programlisting>
 
 In which case, the local copy (in <filename>%SystemRoot%\Profiles\%USERNAME%</filename>) will be
@@ -1013,7 +1008,7 @@ login name of the user.
 
 	<note>
 	<para>
-	This path translates, in Samba parlance, to the &smb.conf; <parameter>[NETLOGON]</parameter> share. The directory
+	This path translates, in Samba parlance, to the &smb.conf; <smbconfsection>[NETLOGON]</smbconfsection> share. The directory
 	should be created at the root of this share and must be called <filename>Default Profile</filename>.
 	</para>
 	</note>
@@ -1124,7 +1119,7 @@ You could also use:
 <para>
 	in which case the default folders will be stored in the server named <replaceable>SambaServer</replaceable>
 in the share called <replaceable>FolderShare</replaceable> under a directory that has the name of the MS Windows
-user as seen by the Linux/Unix file system.
+user as seen by the Linux/UNIX file system.
 </para>
 
 <para>
@@ -1137,7 +1132,10 @@ MS Windows 200x/XP profiles may be <emphasis>Local</emphasis> or <emphasis>Roami
 A roaming profile will be cached locally unless the following registry key is created:
 </para>
 
-<para><filename>HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SYSTEM\Software\Microsoft\Windows NT\CurrentVersion\winlogon\"DeleteRoamingCache"=dword:00000001</filename></para>
+<para>
+<programlisting>
+HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SYSTEM\Software\Microsoft\Windows NT\CurrentVersion\
+	winlogon\"DeleteRoamingCache"=dword:00000001</programlisting></para>
 
 <para>
 In which case, the local cache copy will be deleted on logout.
@@ -1153,7 +1151,7 @@ The following are some typical errors/problems/questions that have been asked.
 </para>
 
 <sect2>
-<title>How does one set up roaming profiles for just one (or a few) user/s or group/s?</title>
+<title>Setting up roaming profiles for just a few user's or group's?</title>
 
 <para>
 With samba-2.2.x the choice you have is to enable or disable roaming
@@ -1171,8 +1169,8 @@ machine.
 </para>
 
 <para>
-With samba-3.0.0 (soon to be released) you can have a global profile
-setting in smb.conf _AND_ you can over-ride this by per-user settings
+With samba-3 you can have a global profile
+setting in &smb.conf; _AND_ you can over-ride this by per-user settings
 using the Domain User Manager (as with MS Windows NT4/ Win 2Kx).
 </para>
 
@@ -1181,11 +1179,11 @@ In any case, you can configure only one profile per user. That profile can
 be either:
 </para>
 
-<simplelist>
-	<member>A profile unique to that user</member>
-	<member>A mandatory profile (one the user can not change)</member>
-	<member>A group profile (really should be mandatory ie:unchangable)</member>
-</simplelist>
+<itemizedlist>
+	<listitem><para>A profile unique to that user</para></listitem>
+	<listitem><para>A mandatory profile (one the user can not change)</para></listitem>
+	<listitem><para>A group profile (really should be mandatory ie:unchangable)</para></listitem>
+</itemizedlist>
 
 </sect2>
 
@@ -1193,66 +1191,69 @@ be either:
 <title>Can NOT use Roaming Profiles</title>
 
 <para>
+A user requested the following:
 <quote>
- I dont want Roaming profile to be implemented, I just want to give users
- local profiles only.
-...
- Please help me I am totally lost with this error from past two days I tried
- everything and googled around quite a bit but of no help. Please help me.
+I do not want Roaming profiles to be implemented. I want to give users a local profile alone.  ... 
+Please help me I am totally lost with this error. For the past two days I tried everything, I googled
+around but found no useful pointers. Please help me.
 </quote></para>
 
 <para>
-Your choices are:
-<!-- FIXME: Write to whole sentences -->
+The choices are:
+</para>
 
 <variablelist>
 	<varlistentry>
-		<term>Local profiles</term>
+		<term>Local profiles:</term> 
 		<listitem><para>
-			I know of no registry keys that will allow auto-deletion of LOCAL profiles on log out
+		I know of no registry keys that will allow auto-deletion of LOCAL profiles on log out
 		</para></listitem>
 	</varlistentry>
 	
 	<varlistentry>
-		<term>Roaming profiles</term>
+		<term>Roaming profiles:</term> 
 		<listitem><para>
-			<simplelist>
-				<member>can use auto-delete on logout option</member>
-				<member>requires a registry key change on workstation</member>
-			</simplelist>
-
-			Your choices are:
-
-			<variablelist>
-				<varlistentry>
-					<term>Personal Roaming profiles</term>
-					<listitem><para>
-						- should be preserved on a central server
-						- workstations 'cache' (store) a local copy
-                        - used in case the profile can not be downloaded
-                        at next logon
-					</para></listitem>
-				</varlistentry>
-
-				<varlistentry>
-					<term>Group profiles</term>
-					<listitem><para>- loaded from a central place</para></listitem>
-				</varlistentry>
-
-				<varlistentry>
-					<term>Mandatory profiles</term>
-					<listitem><para>
-						- can be personal or group
-						- can NOT be changed (except by an administrator
-					</para></listitem>
-				</varlistentry>
-			</variablelist>
+		As a user logs onto the network a centrally stored profile is copied to the workstation
+		to form a local profile. This local profile will persist (remain on the workstation disk)
+		unless a registry key is changed that will cause this profile to be automatically deleted
+		on logout.
 		</para></listitem>
 	</varlistentry>
 </variablelist>
 
+<para>
+The <emphasis>Roaming Profile</emphasis> choices are:
 </para>
 
+<variablelist>
+	<varlistentry>
+		<term>Personal Roaming profiles</term> 
+		<listitem><para>
+		These are typically stored in a profile share on a central (or conveniently located
+		local) server.
+		</para>
+
+		<para>
+		Workstations 'cache' (store) a local copy of the profile. This cached copy is used when
+		the profile can not be downloaded at next logon.
+		</para></listitem>
+	</varlistentry>
+
+	<varlistentry>
+		<term>Group profiles</term> 
+		<listitem><para>These are loaded from a central profile server</para></listitem>
+	</varlistentry>
+
+	<varlistentry>
+		<term>Mandatory profiles</term> 
+		<listitem><para>
+		Mandatory profiles can be created for a user as well as for any group that a user
+		is a member of. Mandatory profiles can NOT be changed by ordinary users. Only the administrator
+		can change or reconfigure a mandatory profile.
+		</para></listitem>
+	</varlistentry>
+</variablelist>
+
 <para>
 A WinNT4/2K/XP profile can vary in size from 130KB to off the scale.
 Outlook PST files are most often part of the profile and can be many GB in
@@ -1271,56 +1272,53 @@ a problem free site.
 
 <para>
 Microsoft's answer to the PST problem is to store all email in an MS
-Exchange Server back-end. But this is another story ...!
+Exchange Server back-end. This removes the need for a PST file.
 </para>
 
 <para>
-So, having LOCAL profiles means:
-
-<simplelist>
-	<member>If lots of users user each machine - lot's of local disk storage needed for local profiles</member>
-	<member>Every workstation the user logs into has it's own profile - can be very different from machine to machine</member>
-</simplelist>
-
-On the other hand, having roaming profiles means:
-<simplelist>
-	<member>The network administrator can control EVERY aspect of user profiles</member>
-	<member>With the use of mandatory profiles - a drastic reduction in network management overheads</member>
-	<member>User unhappiness about not being able to change their profiles soon fades as they get used to being able to work reliably</member>
-</simplelist>
-
+LOCAL profiles mean:
 </para>
 
+<itemizedlist>
+	<listitem><para>If each machine is used my many users then much local disk storage is needed for local profiles</para></listitem>
+	<listitem><para>Every workstation the user logs into has it's own profile, these can be very different from machine to machine</para></listitem>
+</itemizedlist>
+
 <para>
-I have managed and installed MANY NT/2K networks and have NEVER found one
-where users who move from machine to machine are happy with local
-profiles. In the long run local profiles bite them.
+On the other hand, use of roaming profiles means:
 </para>
 
-</sect2>
+<itemizedlist>
+	<listitem><para>The network administrator can control the desktop environment of all users.</para></listitem>
+	<listitem><para>Use of mandatory profiles drasitcally reduces network management overheads.</para></listitem>
+	<listitem><para>In the long run users will be experience fewer problems.</para></listitem>
+</itemizedlist>
 
-<!-- FIXME: Everything below this is a mess. I didn't quite understand it -  Jelmer -->
+</sect2>
 
 <sect2>
-	<title>Changing the default profile</title>
+<title>Changing the default profile</title>
 
-<para><quote>
-When the client tries to logon to the PDC it looks for a profile to download
-where do I put this default profile.
+<para>
+<emphasis>Question:</emphasis>
+<quote>
+When the client logs onto the domain controller it searches for a profile to download,
+where do I put this default profile?
 </quote></para>
 
 <para>
-Firstly, your samba server need to be configured as a domain controller.
+Firstly, the samba server needs to be configured as a domain controller.
+This can be done by setting in &smb.conf;:
 </para>
 
-<programlisting>
-	server = user
-    os level = 32 (or more)
-	domain logons = Yes
-</programlisting>
+<smbconfblock>
+<smbconfoption><name>security</name><value>user</value></smbconfoption>
+<smbconfoption><name>os level</name><value>32 (or more)</value></smbconfoption>
+<smbconfoption><name>domain logons</name><value>Yes</value></smbconfoption>
+</smbconfblock>
 
 <para>
-Plus you need to have a <parameter>[netlogon]</parameter> share that is world readable.
+There must be an <smbconfsection>[netlogon]</smbconfsection> share that is world readable.
 It is a good idea to add a logon script to pre-set printer and
 drive connections. There is also a facility for automatically
 synchronizing the workstation time clock with that of the logon
@@ -1329,23 +1327,26 @@ server (another good thing to do).
 
 <note><para>
 To invoke auto-deletion of roaming profile from the local
-workstation cache (disk storage) you need to use the <application>Group Policy Editor</application>
+workstation cache (disk storage) use the <application>Group Policy Editor</application>
 to create a file called <filename>NTConfig.POL</filename> with the appropriate entries. This
-file needs to be located in the <parameter>netlogon</parameter> share root directory.</para></note>
+file needs to be located in the <smbconfsection>netlogon</smbconfsection> share root directory.</para></note>
 
 <para>
-Oh, of course the windows clients need to be members of the domain.
-Workgroup machines do NOT do network logons - so they never see domain
-profiles.
+Windows clients need to be members of the domain. Workgroup machines do NOT use network logons so
+they do not interoperate with domain profiles.
 </para>
 
 <para>
-Secondly, for roaming profiles you need:
-
-        logon path = \\%N\profiles\%U   (with some such path)
-        logon drive = H:                (Z: is the default)
+For roaming profiles add to &smb.conf;:
+</para>
 
-        Plus you need a PROFILES share that is world writable.
+<para>
+<smbconfblock>
+<smbconfoption><name>logon path</name><value>\\%N\profiles\%U</value></smbconfoption>
+<smbconfcomment>Default logon drive is Z:</smbconfcomment>
+<smbconfoption><name>logon drive</name><value>H:</value></smbconfoption>
+<smbconfcomment>This requires a PROFILES share that is world writable.</smbconfcomment>
+</smbconfblock>
 </para>
 
 </sect2>
diff --git a/docs/docbook/projdoc/SWAT.xml b/docs/docbook/projdoc/SWAT.xml
index 1ea0789661d..90994f65e0b 100644
--- a/docs/docbook/projdoc/SWAT.xml
+++ b/docs/docbook/projdoc/SWAT.xml
@@ -40,7 +40,7 @@ and only non-default settings will be written to the file.
 
 <para>
 SWAT should be installed to run via the network super daemon. Depending on which system
-your Unix/Linux system has you will have either an <command>inetd</command> or
+your UNIX/Linux system has you will have either an <command>inetd</command> or
 <command>xinetd</command> based system.
 </para>
 
@@ -132,11 +132,11 @@ Modifications to the swat setup are as following:
 	<step><para>
 	generate certificate and private key
 
-	<screen>
+<screen>
 &rootprompt;<userinput>/usr/bin/openssl req -new -x509 -days 365 -nodes -config \
- 	/usr/share/doc/packages/stunnel/stunnel.cnf \
+	/usr/share/doc/packages/stunnel/stunnel.cnf \
 	-out /etc/stunnel/stunnel.pem -keyout /etc/stunnel/stunnel.pem</userinput>
-	</screen></para></step>
+</screen></para></step>
 
 	<step><para>
 	remove swat-entry from [x]inetd 
@@ -145,14 +145,14 @@ Modifications to the swat setup are as following:
 	<step><para>
 	start stunnel
 
-	<screen>
+<screen>
 &rootprompt;<userinput>stunnel -p /etc/stunnel/stunnel.pem -d 901 \
 	 -l /usr/local/samba/bin/swat swat </userinput>
-	</screen></para></step>
+</screen></para></step>
 </procedure>
 
 <para>
-afterwords simply contact to swat by using the URL <ulink url="https://myhost:901">https://myhost:901</ulink>, accept the certificate
+afterwords simply contact to swat by using the URL <ulink noescape="1" url="https://myhost:901">https://myhost:901</ulink>, accept the certificate
 and the SSL connection is up.
 </para>
 
@@ -171,8 +171,7 @@ document) as well as the O'Reilly book "Using Samba".
 Administrators who wish to validate their samba configuration may obtain useful information
 from the man pages for the diagnostic utilities. These are available from the SWAT home page
 also. One diagnostic tool that is NOT mentioned on this page, but that is particularly
-useful is <command>ethereal</command>, available from <ulink url="http://www.ethereal.com">
-http://www.ethereal.com</ulink>.
+useful is <ulink url="http://www.ethereal.com/"><command>ethereal</command></ulink>.
 </para>
 
 <warning><para>
@@ -211,8 +210,8 @@ in smb.conf. There are three levels of exposure of the parameters:
 
 <para>
 To switch to other than <emphasis>Basic</emphasis> editing ability click on either the
-<emphasis>Advanced</emphasis> or the <emphasis>Developer</emphasis> dial, then click the
-<guibutton>Commit Changes</guibutton> button.
+<emphasis>Advanced</emphasis> or the <emphasis>Developer</emphasis> button. You may also
+do this by clicking on the radio button, then click the <guibutton>Commit Changes</guibutton> button.
 </para>
 
 <para>
diff --git a/docs/docbook/projdoc/Samba-BDC-HOWTO.xml b/docs/docbook/projdoc/Samba-BDC-HOWTO.xml
index 52e53a51c7c..9800c508d5f 100644
--- a/docs/docbook/projdoc/Samba-BDC-HOWTO.xml
+++ b/docs/docbook/projdoc/Samba-BDC-HOWTO.xml
@@ -9,8 +9,7 @@
 
 <para>
 Before you continue reading in this section, please make sure that you are comfortable
-with configuring a Samba Domain Controller as described in the
-<link linkend="samba-pdc">Domain Control</link> chapter.
+with configuring a Samba Domain Controller as described in <link linkend="samba-pdc">chapter on setting up Samba as a PDC</link>.
 </para>
 
 <sect1>
@@ -20,19 +19,19 @@ with configuring a Samba Domain Controller as described in the
 This is one of the most difficult chapters to summarise. It does not matter what we say here
 for someone will still draw conclusions and / or approach the Samba-Team with expectations
 that are either not yet capable of being delivered, or that can be achieved far more
-effectively using a totally different approach. Since this HOWTO is already so large and
-extensive, we have taken the decision to provide sufficient (but not comprehensive)
-information regarding Backup Domain Control. In the event that you should have a persistent
-concern that is not addressed in this HOWTO document then please email 
+effectively using a totally different approach. In the event that you should have a persistent
+concern that is not addressed in this book then please email
 <ulink url="mailto:jht@samba.org">John H Terpstra</ulink> clearly setting out your requirements
 and / or question and we will do our best to provide a solution.
 </para>
 
 <para>
 Samba-3 is capable of acting as a Backup Domain Controller to another Samba Primary Domain
-Controller. A Samba-3 PDC can operate with an LDAP Account backend. The Samba-3 BDC can
-operate with a slave LDAP server for the Account backend. This effectively gives samba a high
-degree of scalability. This is a very sweet (nice) solution for large organisations.
+Controller. A Samba-3 PDC can operate with an LDAP Account backend. The LDAP backend can be
+either a common master LDAP server, or a slave server. The use of a slave LDAP server has the
+benefit that when the master is down clients may still be able to log onto the network.
+This effectively gives samba a high degree of scalability iand is a very sweet (nice) solution
+for large organisations.
 </para>
 
 <para>
@@ -74,8 +73,9 @@ lets consider each possible option and look at the pro's and con's for each theo
 	</listitem>
 		
 	<listitem><para>
-	Passdb Backend is tdbsam based, BDCs use cron based "net rpc vampire" to
-	suck down the Accounts database from the PDC
+	Passdb Backend is tdbsam based, BDCs use cron based <emphasis>net rpc vampire</emphasis> to
+	obtain the Accounts database from the PDC and place them into the Samba SAM.
+	<emphasis>net rpc vampire</emphasis> is a Samba function of the "net" command.
 	</para>
 
 	<para>
@@ -225,19 +225,21 @@ Server Manager for Domains.
 <para>
 Since version 2.2 Samba officially supports domain logons for all current Windows Clients,
 including Windows NT4, 2003 and XP Professional. For samba to be enabled as a PDC some
-parameters in the <parameter>[global]</parameter>-section of the &smb.conf; have to be set:
+parameters in the <smbconfsection>[global]</smbconfsection>-section of the &smb.conf; have to be set:
 </para>
 
-<para><programlisting>
-	workgroup = SAMBA
-	domain master = yes
-	domain logons = yes
-</programlisting></para>
+<para><smbconfexample>
+<title>Minimal smb.conf for being a PDC</title>
+<smbconfoption><name>workgroup</name><value>&example.workgroup;</value></smbconfoption>
+<smbconfoption><name>domain master</name><value>yes</value></smbconfoption>
+<smbconfoption><name>domain logons</name><value>yes</value></smbconfoption>
+</smbconfexample></para>
 
 <para>
-Several other things like a <parameter>[homes]</parameter> and a <parameter>[netlogon]</parameter> share also need to be set along with
+Several other things like a <smbconfsection>[homes]</smbconfsection> and a
+<smbconfsection>[netlogon]</smbconfsection> share also need to be set along with
 settings for the profile path, the users home drive, etc.. This will not be covered in this
-chapter, for more information please refer to the chapter on <link linkend="samba-pdc">Domain Control</link>.
+chapter, for more information please refer to <link linkend="samba-pdc">the chapter about samba as a PDC</link>.
 </para>
 
 </sect3>
@@ -298,8 +300,8 @@ Several things have to be done:
 <listitem><para>
 	The domain SID has to be the same on the PDC and the BDC. This used to
 	be stored in the file private/MACHINE.SID. This file is not created
-	anymore since Samba 2.2.5 or even earlier. Nowadays the domain SID is
-	stored in the file private/secrets.tdb. Simply copying the secrets.tdb
+	since Samba 2.2.5. Nowadays the domain SID is stored in the file
+	private/secrets.tdb. Simply copying the secrets.tdb
 	from the PDC to the BDC does not work, as the BDC would
 	generate a new SID for itself and override the domain SID with this
 	new BDC SID.</para>
@@ -308,13 +310,13 @@ Several things have to be done:
 	To retrieve the domain SID from the PDC or an existing BDC and store it in the
 	secrets.tdb, execute:
 	</para>
-	<screen>
-	&rootprompt;<userinput>net rpc getsid</userinput>
-	</screen>
+<screen>
+&rootprompt;<userinput>net rpc getsid</userinput>
+</screen>
 	</listitem>
 
 	<listitem><para>
-	The Unix user database has to be synchronized from the PDC to the
+	The UNIX user database has to be synchronized from the PDC to the
 	BDC. This means that both the /etc/passwd and /etc/group have to be
 	replicated from the PDC to the BDC. This can be done manually
 	whenever changes are made, or the PDC is set up as a NIS master
@@ -350,21 +352,38 @@ Several things have to be done:
 Finally, the BDC has to be found by the workstations. This can be done by setting:
 </para>
 
-<para><programlisting>
-	workgroup = SAMBA
-	domain master = no
-	domain logons = yes
-</programlisting></para>
+<para><smbconfexample>
+<title>Minimal setup for being a BDC</title>
+<smbconfoption><name>workgroup</name><value>&example.workgroup;</value></smbconfoption>
+<smbconfoption><name>domain master</name><value>no</value></smbconfoption>
+<smbconfoption><name>domain logons</name><value>yes</value></smbconfoption>
+<smbconfoption><name>idmap backend</name><value>ldapsam://slave-ldap.quenya.org</value></smbconfoption>
+</smbconfexample></para>
 
 <para>
-in the <parameter>[global]</parameter>-section of the &smb.conf; of the BDC. This makes the BDC
+In the <smbconfsection>[global]</smbconfsection>-section of the &smb.conf; of the BDC. This makes the BDC
 only register the name SAMBA&lt;#1c&gt; with the WINS server. This is no
 problem as the name SAMBA&lt;#1c&gt; is a NetBIOS group name that is meant to
-be registered by more than one machine. The parameter 'domain master =
-no' forces the BDC not to register SAMBA&lt;#1b&gt; which as a unique NetBIOS
+be registered by more than one machine. The parameter
+<smbconfoption><name>domain master</name><value>no</value></smbconfoption>
+forces the BDC not to register SAMBA&lt;#1b&gt; which as a unique NetBIOS
 name is reserved for the Primary Domain Controller.
 </para>
 
+<para>
+The <parameter>idmap backend</parameter> will redirect the <command>winbindd</command> utility to
+use the LDAP database to resolve all UIDs and GIDs for UNIX accounts.
+</para>
+
+<note><para>
+Samba-3 has introduced a new ID mapping facility. One of the features of this facility is that it
+allows greater flexibility in how user and group IDs are handled in respect of NT Domain User and Group
+SIDs. One of the new facilities provides for explicitly ensuring that UNIX / Linux UID and GID values
+will be consistent on the PDC, all BDCs and all Domain Member servers. The parameter that controls this
+is called <parameter>idmap backend</parameter>. Please refer to the man page for &smb.conf; for more information
+regarding it's behaviour. Do NOT set this parameter except where an LDAP backend (ldapsam) is in use.
+</para></note>
+
 </sect2>
 </sect1>
 
@@ -402,16 +421,11 @@ an slave LDAP server for each BDC, and a master LDAP server for the PDC.
 <para>
 With version 2.2, no. The native NT4 SAM replication protocols have not yet been fully
 implemented. The Samba Team is working on understanding and implementing the protocols,
-but this work has not been finished for version 2.2.
-</para>
-
-<para>
-With version 3.0, the work on both the replication protocols and a suitable storage
-mechanism has progressed, and some form of NT4 BDC support is expected soon.
+but this work has not been finished for Samba-3.
 </para>
 
 <para>
-Can I get the benefits of a BDC with Samba?  Yes. The main reason for implementing a
+Can I get the benefits of a BDC with Samba?  Yes, but only to a Samba PDC. The main reason for implementing a
 BDC is availability. If the PDC is a Samba machine, a second Samba machine can be set up to
 service logon requests whenever the PDC is down.
 </para>
diff --git a/docs/docbook/projdoc/Samba-PDC-HOWTO.xml b/docs/docbook/projdoc/Samba-PDC-HOWTO.xml
index f208e16d28d..78a875792cf 100644
--- a/docs/docbook/projdoc/Samba-PDC-HOWTO.xml
+++ b/docs/docbook/projdoc/Samba-PDC-HOWTO.xml
@@ -3,13 +3,7 @@
 <chapterinfo>
 	&author.jht;
 	&author.jerry;
-	<author>
-		<firstname>David</firstname><surname>Bannon</surname>
-		<affiliation>
-			<orgname>Samba Team</orgname>
-			<address><email>dbannon@samba.org</email></address>
-		</affiliation>
-	</author>
+	&author.dbannon;
 </chapterinfo>
 
 <title>Domain Control</title>
@@ -26,12 +20,20 @@ that is already available.
 <para>
 The reader is advised NOT to tackle this section without having first understood
 and mastered some basics. MS Windows networking is not particularly forgiving of
-misconfiguration. Users of MS Windows networking are likely to complain bitterly
-of persistent niggles that may be caused by broken network or system configuration.
+misconfiguration. Users of MS Windows networking are likely to complain 
+of persistent niggles that may be caused by a broken network configuration.
 To a great many people however, MS Windows networking starts with a domain controller
 that in some magical way is expected to solve all ills.
 </para>
 
+<figure id="domain-example"><title>An Example Domain</title>
+<mediaobject>
+<imageobject role="latex"><imagedata fileref="projdoc/imagefiles/domain" scalefit="1"/></imageobject>
+<imageobject><imagedata fileref="projdoc/imagefiles/domain.png" scale="50" scalefit="1"/></imageobject>
+</mediaobject>
+</figure>
+
+
 <para>
 From the Samba mailing list one can readily identify many common networking issues.
 If you are not clear on the following subjects, then it will do much good to read the 
@@ -39,18 +41,18 @@ sections of this HOWTO that deal with it. These are the most common causes of MS
 networking problems:
 </para>
 
-<simplelist>
-	<member>Basic TCP/IP configuration</member>
-	<member>NetBIOS name resolution</member>
-	<member>Authentication configuration</member>
-	<member>User and Group configuration</member>
-	<member>Basic File and Directory Permission Control in Unix/Linux</member>
-	<member>Understanding of how MS Windows clients interoperate in a network
-		environment</member>
-</simplelist>
+<itemizedlist>
+	<listitem><para>Basic TCP/IP configuration</para></listitem>
+	<listitem><para>NetBIOS name resolution</para></listitem>
+	<listitem><para>Authentication configuration</para></listitem>
+	<listitem><para>User and Group configuration</para></listitem>
+	<listitem><para>Basic File and Directory Permission Control in UNIX/Linux</para></listitem>
+	<listitem><para>Understanding of how MS Windows clients interoperate in a network
+		environment</para></listitem>
+</itemizedlist>
 
 <para>
-Do not be put off; on the surface of it MS Windows networking seems so simple that any fool
+Do not be put off; on the surface of it MS Windows networking seems so simple that anyone 
 can do it. In fact, it is not a good idea to set up an MS Windows network with
 inadequate training and preparation. But let's get our first indelible principle out of the
 way: <emphasis>It is perfectly OK to make mistakes!</emphasis> In the right place and at
@@ -83,7 +85,12 @@ security protocols.
 </para>
 
 <para>
-The benefits of Domain security are fully available to those sites that deploy a Samba PDC.
+The benefits of Domain security are available to those sites that deploy a Samba PDC.
+A Domain provides a unique network security identifier (SID). Domain user and group security
+identifiers are comprised of the network SID plus a relative identifier (RID) that is unique to
+the account. User and Group SIDs (the network SID plus the RID) can be used to create Access Control
+Lists (ACLs) attached to network resources to provide organizational access control. UNIX systems
+know only of local security identifiers.
 </para>
 
 <note><para>
@@ -91,7 +98,7 @@ Network clients of an MS Windows Domain security environment must be Domain memb
 able to gain access to the advanced features provided. Domain membership involves more than just
 setting the workgroup name to the Domain name. It requires the creation of a Domain trust account
 for the workstation (called a machine account). Please refer to the chapter on 
-<link linkend="domain-member">Domain Membership</link> for more information.
+<link linkend="domain-member">setting up samba as a domain member</link> for more information.
 </para></note>
 
 <para>
@@ -106,8 +113,7 @@ The following functionalities are new to the Samba-3 release:
 	<listitem><para>
 	Adding users via the User Manager for Domains. This can be done on any MS Windows
 	client using the Nexus toolkit that is available from Microsoft's web site.
-	At some later date Samba-3 may get support for the use of the Microsoft Management
-	Console for user management.
+	Samba-3 supports the use of the Microsoft Management Console for user management.
 	</para></listitem>
 
 	<listitem><para>
@@ -131,7 +137,9 @@ The following functionalities are NOT provided by Samba-3:
 <itemizedlist>
 	<listitem><para>
 	SAM replication with Windows NT4 Domain Controllers
-	(i.e. a Samba PDC and a Windows NT BDC or vice versa) 
+	(i.e. a Samba PDC and a Windows NT BDC or vice versa). This means samba 
+	cannot operate as a BDC when the PDC is Microsoft-based or 
+	replicate account data to Windows-BDC's.
 	</para></listitem>
 	
 	<listitem><para>
@@ -140,7 +148,9 @@ The following functionalities are NOT provided by Samba-3:
 	Active Directory Domain Control ability that is at this time
 	purely experimental <emphasis>AND</emphasis> that is certain
 	to change as it becomes a fully supported feature some time
-	during the Samba-3 (or later) life cycle.
+	during the Samba-3 (or later) life cycle. However, Active Directory is 
+	more then just SMB - it's also LDAP, Kerberos, DHCP and other protocols 
+	(with proprietary extensions, of course).
 	</para></listitem>
 </itemizedlist>
 
@@ -154,68 +164,18 @@ in Samba since approximately the Samba-1.9.15 series.
 
 <para>
 Samba-3 has an implementation of group mapping between Windows NT groups
-and Unix groups (this is really quite complicated to explain in a short space). This is 
-discussed more fully in the <link linkend="groupmapping">Group Mapping</link> chapter.
+and UNIX groups (this is really quite complicated to explain in a short space). This is 
+discussed more fully in <link linkend="groupmapping">the chapter on group mapping</link>.
 </para>
 
 <para>
 Samba-3, like an MS Windows NT4 PDC or a Windows 200x Active Directory, needs to store
-user and machine trust account information in a suitable backend data store. With Samba-3
-there can be multiple back-ends for this including:
+user and machine trust account information in a suitable backend data store. 
+Refer <link linkend="machine-trust-accounts">to the section on machine trust accounts</link>. With Samba-3 there can be multiple
+back-ends for this. A complete discussion of account database backends can be found in
+<link linkend="passdb">the chapter on Account Information Databases</link>.
 </para>
 
-<!-- FIXME: Doesn't this belong in passdb.xml ? -->
-
-<itemizedlist>
-	<listitem><para>
-	<emphasis>smbpasswd</emphasis> - the plain ASCII file stored used by
-	earlier versions of Samba. This file configuration option requires
-	a Unix/Linux system account for EVERY entry (ie: both for user and for
-	machine accounts). This file will be located in the <emphasis>private</emphasis>
-	directory (default is /usr/local/samba/lib/private or on linux /etc/samba).
-	</para></listitem>
-
-	<listitem><para>
-	<emphasis>tdbsam</emphasis> - a binary database backend that will be
-	stored in the <emphasis>private</emphasis> directory in a file called
-	<emphasis>passdb.tdb</emphasis>. The key benefit of this binary format
-	file is that it can store binary objects that can not be accommodated
-	in the traditional plain text smbpasswd file. These permit the extended
-	account controls that MS Windows NT4 and later also have.
-	</para></listitem>
-
-	<listitem><para>
-	<emphasis>ldapsam</emphasis> - An LDAP based back-end. Permits the
-	LDAP server to be specified. eg: ldap://localhost or ldap://frodo.murphy.com.
-	Like the tdbsam, ldapsam permits the storing of extended account attributes
-	for control of things like: Permitted access times, password activation and
-	expiry, permitted points of access (workstation names), per user profile
-	location, and much more.
-	</para></listitem>
-
-	<listitem><para>
-	<emphasis>ldapsam_compat</emphasis> - An LDAP back-end that maintains backwards
-	compatibility with the behaviour of samba-2.2.x. You should use this in the process
-	of migrating from samba-2.2.x to samba-3 if you do not want to rebuild your LDAP
-	database.
-	</para></listitem>
-</itemizedlist>
-
-<para>
-Read the chapter about <link linkend="passdb">Account Information Database</link> for details
-regarding the choices available and how to configure them.
-</para>
-
-<note><para>
-The new tdbsam and ldapsam account backends store substantially more information than
-smbpasswd is capable of. The new backend database includes capacity to specify
-per user settings for many parameters, over-riding global settings given in the
-<filename>smb.conf</filename> file. eg: logon drive, logon home, logon path, etc.
-Thus, with samba-3 it is possible to have a default system configuration for profiles,
-and on a per user basis to over-ride this for those users who should not be subject
-to the default configuration.
-</para></note>
-
 </sect1>
 
 <sect1>
@@ -238,23 +198,23 @@ there are three basic types of domain controllers:
 
 <para>
 The <emphasis>Primary Domain Controller</emphasis> or PDC plays an important role in the MS 
-Windows NT4 and Windows 200x Domain Control architecture, but not in the manner that so many
-expect. There is folk lore that dictates that because of it's role in the MS Windows
-network, the PDC should be the most powerful and most capable machine in the network.
+Windows NT4. In Windows 200x Domain Control architecture this role is held by domain controllers.
+There is folk lore that dictates that because of it's role in the MS Windows
+network, the domain controllers should be the most powerful and most capable machine in the network.
 As strange as it may seem to say this here, good over all network performance dictates that
-the entire infrastructure needs to be balanced. It is advisable to invest more in the Backup
-Domain Controllers and Stand-Alone (or Domain Member) servers than in the PDC.
+the entire infrastructure needs to be balanced. It is advisable to invest more in Stand-Alone
+(or Domain Member) servers than in the domain controllers.
 </para>
 
 <para>
-In the case of MS Windows NT4 style domains, it is the PDC seeds the Domain Control database,
-a part of the Windows registry called the SAM (Security Account Manager). It plays a key
+In the case of MS Windows NT4 style domains, it is the PDC that initiates a new Domain Control database.
+This forms a part of the Windows registry called the SAM (Security Account Manager). It plays a key
 part in NT4 type domain user authentication and in synchronisation of the domain authentication
 database with Backup Domain Controllers. 
 </para>
 
 <para>
-With MS Windows 200x Server based Active Directory domains, one domain controller seeds a potential
+With MS Windows 200x Server based Active Directory domains, one domain controller initiates a potential
 hierarchy of domain controllers, each with their own area of delegated control. The master domain
 controller has the ability to override any down-stream controller, but a down-line controller has
 control only over it's down-line. With Samba-3 this functionality can be implemented using an
@@ -264,9 +224,7 @@ LDAP based user and machine account back end.
 <para>
 New to Samba-3 is the ability to use a back-end database that holds the same type of data as
 the NT4 style SAM (Security Account Manager) database (one of the registry files).
-The Samba-3 SAM can be specified via the smb.conf file parameter
-<parameter>passwd backend</parameter> and valid options include
-<emphasis>smbpasswd, tdbsam, ldapsam, nisplussam, xmlsam, mysqlsam, guest</emphasis>.
+<footnote><para>See also <link linkend="passdb">the chapter on Account Information Databases</link>.</para></footnote>
 </para>
 
 <para>
@@ -307,10 +265,20 @@ MS Windows 200x domain control protocols also.
 
 <para>
 At this time any appearance that Samba-3 is capable of acting as an
-<emphasis>ADS Domain Controller</emphasis> is limited and experimental in nature.
+<emphasis>Domain Controller</emphasis> in native ADS mode is limited and experimental in nature.
 This functionality should not be used until the Samba-Team offers formal support for it.
 At such a time, the documentation will be revised to duly reflect all configuration and
-management requirements.
+management requirements. Samba can act as a NT4-style DC in a Windows 2000/XP 
+environment. However, there are certain compromises:
+
+<itemizedlist>
+	<listitem><para>No machine policy files</para></listitem>
+	<listitem><para>No Group Policy Objects</para></listitem>
+	<listitem><para>No synchronously executed AD logon scripts</para></listitem>
+	<listitem><para>Can't use ANY Active Directory management tools to manage users and machines</para></listitem>
+	<listitem><para>Registry changes tattoo the main registry, while with AD they do NOT. ie: Leave permanent changes in effect</para></listitem>
+	<listitem><para>Without AD you can not peprform the function of exporting specific applications to specific users or groups</para></listitem>
+</itemizedlist>
 </para>
 
 </sect2>
@@ -346,9 +314,8 @@ Domain it triggers a machine password change.
 <note><para>
 When running a Domain all MS Windows NT / 200x / XP Professional clients should be configured
 as full Domain Members - IF A SECURE NETWORK IS WANTED. If the machine is NOT made a member of the
-Domain, then it will operate like a workgroup (stand-alone) machine. Please refer the 
-<link linkend="domain-member">Domain Membership</link> chapter for information regarding
- HOW to make your MS Windows clients Domain members.
+Domain, then it will operate like a workgroup (stand-alone) machine. Please refer to 
+<link linkend="domain-member">the chapter on domain membership</link> for information regarding HOW to make your MS Windows clients Domain members.
 </para></note>
 
 <para>
@@ -356,41 +323,41 @@ The following are necessary for configuring Samba-3 as an MS Windows NT4 style P
 NT4 / 200x / XP clients.
 </para>
 
-<simplelist>
-	<member>Configuration of basic TCP/IP and MS Windows Networking</member>
-	<member>Correct designation of the Server Role (<parameter>security = user</parameter>)</member>
-	<member>Consistent configuration of Name Resolution (See chapter on <link linkend="NetworkBrowsing">Browsing</link> and on
-	<link linkend="integrate-ms-networks">MS Windows network Integration</link>)</member>
-	<member>Domain logons for Windows NT4 / 200x / XP Professional clients</member>
-	<member>Configuration of Roaming Profiles or explicit configuration to force local profile usage</member>
-	<member>Configuration of Network/System Policies</member>
-	<member>Adding and managing domain user accounts</member>
-	<member>Configuring MS Windows client machines to become domain members</member>
-</simplelist>
+<itemizedlist>
+	<listitem><para>Configuration of basic TCP/IP and MS Windows Networking</para></listitem>
+	<listitem><para>Correct designation of the Server Role (<smbconfoption><name>security</name><value>user</value></smbconfoption>)</para></listitem>
+	<listitem><para>Consistent configuration of Name Resolution (See chapter on <link linkend="NetworkBrowsing">Network Browsing</link> and on
+	<link linkend="integrate-ms-networks">Integrating Unix into Windows networks</link>)</para></listitem>
+	<listitem><para>Domain logons for Windows NT4 / 200x / XP Professional clients</para></listitem>
+	<listitem><para>Configuration of Roaming Profiles or explicit configuration to force local profile usage</para></listitem>
+	<listitem><para>Configuration of Network/System Policies</para></listitem>
+	<listitem><para>Adding and managing domain user accounts</para></listitem>
+	<listitem><para>Configuring MS Windows client machines to become domain members</para></listitem>
+</itemizedlist>
 
 <para>
 The following provisions are required to serve MS Windows 9x / Me Clients:
 </para>
 
-<simplelist>
-	<member>Configuration of basic TCP/IP and MS Windows Networking</member>
-	<member>Correct designation of the Server Role (<parameter>security = user</parameter>)</member>
-	<member>Network Logon Configuration (Since Windows 9x / XP Home are not technically domain
-	members, they do not really participate in  the security aspects of Domain logons as such)</member>
-	<member>Roaming Profile Configuration</member>
-	<member>Configuration of System Policy handling</member>
-	<member>Installation of the Network driver "Client for MS Windows Networks" and configuration
-	to log onto the domain</member>
-	<member>Placing Windows 9x / Me clients in user level security - if it is desired to allow
-	all client share access to be controlled according to domain user / group identities.</member>
-	<member>Adding and managing domain user accounts</member>
-</simplelist>
+<itemizedlist>
+	<listitem><para>Configuration of basic TCP/IP and MS Windows Networking</para></listitem>
+	<listitem><para>Correct designation of the Server Role (<smbconfoption><name>security</name><value>user</value></smbconfoption>)</para></listitem>
+	<listitem><para>Network Logon Configuration (Since Windows 9x / XP Home are not technically domain
+	members, they do not really participate in  the security aspects of Domain logons as such)</para></listitem>
+	<listitem><para>Roaming Profile Configuration</para></listitem>
+	<listitem><para>Configuration of System Policy handling</para></listitem>
+	<listitem><para>Installation of the Network driver "Client for MS Windows Networks" and configuration
+	to log onto the domain</para></listitem>
+	<listitem><para>Placing Windows 9x / Me clients in user level security - if it is desired to allow
+	all client share access to be controlled according to domain user / group identities.</para></listitem>
+	<listitem><para>Adding and managing domain user accounts</para></listitem>
+</itemizedlist>
 
 <note><para>
 Roaming Profiles and System/Network policies are advanced network administration topics
 that are covered in the <link linkend="ProfileMgmt">Profile Management</link> and 
-<link linkend="PolicyMgmt">Policy Management</link> chapters of this document.  However, these are not necessarily specific
-to a Samba PDC as much as they are related to Windows NT networking concepts.
+<link linkend="PolicyMgmt">Policy Management</link> chapters of this document.  However, these are not
+necessarily specific to a Samba PDC as much as they are related to Windows NT networking concepts.
 </para></note>
 
 <para>
@@ -415,11 +382,13 @@ A Domain Controller is an SMB/CIFS server that:
 	</para></listitem>
 </itemizedlist>
 
+<!-- FIXME: Provide link for "domain master browser" -->
+
 <para>
 For Samba to provide these is rather easy to configure. Each Samba Domain Controller must provide
-the NETLOGON service which Samba calls the <emphasis>domain logons</emphasis> functionality
+the NETLOGON service which Samba calls the <smbconfoption><name>domain logons</name></smbconfoption> functionality
 (after the name of the parameter in the &smb.conf; file). Additionally, one (1) server in a Samba-3
-Domain must advertise itself as the domain master browser. This causes the Primary Domain Controller
+Domain must advertise itself as the domain master browser<footnote><para>See also <link linkend="NetworkBrowsing">the chapter about network browsing</link></para></footnote>. This causes the Primary Domain Controller
 to claim domain specific NetBIOS name that identifies it as a domain master browser for its given
 domain/workgroup. Local master browsers in the same domain/workgroup on broadcast-isolated subnets
 then ask for a complete copy of the browse list for the whole wide area network. Browser clients
@@ -435,101 +404,119 @@ instead of just the list for their broadcast-isolated subnet.
 
 <para>
 The first step in creating a working Samba PDC is to understand the parameters necessary
-in &smb.conf;. Here we attempt to explain the parameters that are covered in
-the &smb.conf; man page.
-</para>
-
-<para>
-Here is an example &smb.conf; for acting as a PDC:
-</para>
-
-<para><programlisting>
-	[global]
-	    ; Basic server settings
-	    <ulink url="smb.conf.5.html#NETBIOSNAME">netbios name</ulink> = <replaceable>POGO</replaceable>
-	    <ulink url="smb.conf.5.html#WORKGROUP">workgroup</ulink> = <replaceable>NARNIA</replaceable>
-
-	    ; User and Machine Account Backends
-	    ; Choices are: tdbsam, smbpasswd, ldapsam, mysqlsam, xmlsam, guest
-	    <ulink url="smb.conf.5.html#PASSDBBACKEND">passdb backend</ulink> = ldapsam, guest
-
-	    ; we should act as the domain and local master browser
-	    <ulink url="smb.conf.5.html#OSLEVEL">os level</ulink> = 64
-	    <ulink url="smb.conf.5.html#PERFERREDMASTER">preferred master</ulink> = yes
-	    <ulink url="smb.conf.5.html#DOMAINMASTER">domain master</ulink> = yes
-	    <ulink url="smb.conf.5.html#LOCALMASTER">local master</ulink> = yes
-	    
-	    ; security settings (must user security = user)
-	    <ulink url="smb.conf.5.html#SECURITYEQUALSUSER">security</ulink> = user
-	    
-	    ; encrypted passwords are a requirement for a PDC (default = Yes)
-	    <ulink url="smb.conf.5.html#ENCRYPTPASSWORDS">encrypt passwords</ulink> = yes
-	    
-	    ; support domain logons
-	    <ulink url="smb.conf.5.html#DOMAINLOGONS">domain logons</ulink> = yes
-	    
-	    ; where to store user profiles?
-	    <ulink url="smb.conf.5.html#LOGONPATH">logon path</ulink> = \\%N\profiles\%u
-	    
-	    ; where is a user's home directory and where should it be mounted at?
-	    <ulink url="smb.conf.5.html#LOGONDRIVE">logon drive</ulink> = H:
-	    <ulink url="smb.conf.5.html#LOGONHOME">logon home</ulink> = \\homeserver\%u\winprofile
-	    
-	    ; specify a generic logon script for all users
-	    ; this is a relative **DOS** path to the [netlogon] share
-	    <ulink url="smb.conf.5.html#LOGONSCRIPT">logon script</ulink> = logon.cmd
-
-	; necessary share for domain controller
-	[netlogon]
-	    <ulink url="smb.conf.5.html#PATH">path</ulink> = /usr/local/samba/lib/netlogon
-	    <ulink url="smb.conf.5.html#READONLY">read only</ulink> = yes
-	    <ulink url="smb.conf.5.html#WRITELIST">write list</ulink> = <replaceable>ntadmin</replaceable>
-	    
-	; share for storing user profiles
-	[profiles]
-	    <ulink url="smb.conf.5.html#PATH">path</ulink> = /export/smb/ntprofile
-	    <ulink url="smb.conf.5.html#READONLY">read only</ulink> = no
-	    <ulink url="smb.conf.5.html#CREATEMASK">create mask</ulink> = 0600
-	    <ulink url="smb.conf.5.html#DIRECTORYMASK">directory mask</ulink> = 0700
-</programlisting></para>
+in &smb.conf;.  An example &smb.conf; for acting as a PDC can be found in the example
+<link linkend="pdc-example">for being a PDC</link>. 
+</para>
+
+<para>
+<smbconfexample id="pdc-example">
+<title>smb.conf for being a PDC</title>
+<smbconfsection>[global]</smbconfsection>
+<smbconfoption><name>netbios name</name><value><replaceable>BELERIAND</replaceable></value></smbconfoption>
+<smbconfoption><name>workgroup</name><value><replaceable>&example.workgroup;</replaceable></value></smbconfoption>
+<smbconfoption><name>passdb backend</name><value>ldapsam, guest</value></smbconfoption>
+<smbconfoption><name>os level</name><value>33</value></smbconfoption>
+<smbconfoption><name>preferred master</name><value>yes</value></smbconfoption>
+<smbconfoption><name>domain master</name><value>yes</value></smbconfoption>
+<smbconfoption><name>local master</name><value>yes</value></smbconfoption>
+<smbconfoption><name>security</name><value>user</value></smbconfoption>
+<smbconfoption><name>encrypt passwords</name><value>yes</value></smbconfoption>
+<smbconfoption><name>domain logons</name><value>yes</value></smbconfoption>
+<smbconfoption><name>logon path</name><value>\\%N\profiles\%u</value></smbconfoption>
+<smbconfoption><name>logon drive</name><value>H:</value></smbconfoption>
+<smbconfoption><name>logon home</name><value>\\homeserver\%u\winprofile</value></smbconfoption>
+<smbconfoption><name>logon script</name><value>logon.cmd</value></smbconfoption>
+
+<smbconfsection>[netlogon]</smbconfsection>
+<smbconfoption><name>path</name><value>/var/lib/samba/netlogon</value></smbconfoption>
+<smbconfoption><name>read only</name><value>yes</value></smbconfoption>
+<smbconfoption><name>write list</name><value><replaceable>ntadmin</replaceable></value></smbconfoption>
+
+<smbconfsection>[profiles]</smbconfsection>
+<smbconfoption><name>path</name><value>/var/lib/samba/profiles</value></smbconfoption>
+<smbconfoption><name>read only</name><value>no</value></smbconfoption>
+<smbconfoption><name>create mask</name><value>0600</value></smbconfoption>
+<smbconfoption><name>directory mask</name><value>0700</value></smbconfoption>
+</smbconfexample>
+</para>
+
+<para>
+The basic options shown above are explained as follows:
+</para>
+
+<variablelist>
+	<varlistentry><term>passdb backend</term>
+		<listitem><para>
+		This contains all the user and group account information. Acceptable values for a PDC
+		are: <emphasis>smbpasswd, tdbsam, ldapsam</emphasis>. The 'guest' entry provides needed
+		default accounts.</para>
+
+		<para>
+		Where is is intended to use backup domain controllers (BDCs) the only logical choice is
+		to use LDAP so that the passdb backend can be distributed. The tdbsam and smbpasswd files
+		can not effectively be distributed and therefore should not be used.
+		</para></listitem>
+	</varlistentry>
+	<varlistentry><term>Domain Control Parameters</term>
+		<listitem><para>
+		The parameters <emphasis>os level, preferred master, domain master, security, 
+		encrypt passwords, domain logons</emphasis> play a central role in assuring domain
+		control and network logon support.</para>
+
+		<para>
+		The <emphasis>os level</emphasis> must be set at or above a value of 32. A domain controller
+		must be the domain master browser, must be set in <emphasis>user</emphasis> mode security,
+		must support Microsoft compatible encrypted passwords, and must provide the network logon
+		service (domain logons). Encrypted passwords must be enabled, for more details on how 
+		to do this, refer to <link linkend="passdb">the chapter on account information databases</link>.
+		</para></listitem>
+	</varlistentry>
+	<varlistentry><term>Environment Parameters</term>
+		<listitem><para>
+		The parameters <emphasis>logon path, logon home, logon drive, logon script</emphasis> are
+		environment support settings that help to facilitate client logon operations and that help
+		to provide automated control facilities to ease network management overheads. Please refer
+		to the man page information for these parameters.
+		</para></listitem>
+	</varlistentry>
+	<varlistentry><term>NETLOGON Share</term>
+		<listitem><para>
+		The NETLOGON share plays a central role in domain logon and domain membership support.
+		This share is provided on all Microsoft domain controllers. It is used to provide logon
+		scripts, to store Group Policy files (NTConfig.POL), as well as to locate other common
+		tools that may be needed for logon processing. This is an essential share on a domain controller.
+		</para></listitem>
+	</varlistentry>
+	<varlistentry><term>PROFILE Share</term>
+		<listitem><para>
+		This share is used to store user desktop profiles. Eash user must have a directory at the root
+		of this share. This directory must be write enabled for the user and must be globally read enabled.
+		Samba-3 has a VFS module called 'fake_permissions' that may be installed on this share. This will
+		allow a Samba administrator to make the directory read only to everyone. Of course this is useful
+		only after the profile has been properly created.
+		</para></listitem>
+	</varlistentry>
+</variablelist>
 
 <note><para>
 The above parameters make for a full set of parameters that may define the server's mode
-of operation. The following parameters are the essentials alone:
-
-<programlisting>
-	workgroup = NARNIA
-	domain logons = Yes
-	domain master = Yes
-	security = User
-</programlisting>
-
-The additional parameters shown in the longer listing above just makes for a
-more complete environment.
-</para></note>
+of operation. The following &smb.conf; parameters are the essentials alone:
+</para>
 
 <para>
-There are a couple of points to emphasize in the above configuration.
+<smbconfblock>
+<smbconfoption><name>netbios name</name><value>BELERIAND</value></smbconfoption>
+<smbconfoption><name>workgroup</name><value>&example.workgroup;</value></smbconfoption>
+<smbconfoption><name>domain logons</name><value>Yes</value></smbconfoption>
+<smbconfoption><name>domain master</name><value>Yes</value></smbconfoption>
+<smbconfoption><name>security</name><value>User</value></smbconfoption>
+</smbconfblock>
 </para>
 
-<itemizedlist>
-	<listitem><para>
-	Encrypted passwords must be enabled.  For more details on how 
-	to do this, refer to <link linkend="passdb">Account Information Database chapter</link>.
-	</para></listitem>
-	
-	<listitem><para>
-	The server must support domain logons and have a
-	<parameter>[netlogon]</parameter> share
-	</para></listitem>
-	
-	<listitem><para>
-	The server must be the domain master browser in order for Windows 
-	client to locate the server as a DC.  Please refer to the various 
-	Network Browsing documentation included with this distribution for 
-	details.
-	</para></listitem>
-</itemizedlist>    
+<para>
+The additional parameters shown in the longer listing above just makes for
+more complete explanation.
+</para></note>
 
 </sect1>
 
@@ -537,12 +524,22 @@ There are a couple of points to emphasize in the above configuration.
 <title>Samba ADS Domain Control</title>
 
 <para>
-Samba-3 is not and can not act as an Active Directory Server. It can not truly function as
+Samba-3 is not, and can not act as, an Active Directory Server. It can not truly function as
 an Active Directory Primary Domain Controller. The protocols for some of the functionality
-the Active Directory Domain Controllers is have been partially implemented on an experimental
-only basis. Please do NOT expect Samba-3 to support these protocols - nor should you depend
-on any such functionality either now or in the future. The Samba-Team may well remove such
-experimental features or may change their behaviour.
+the Active Directory Domain Controllers has been partially implemented on an experimental
+only basis. Please do NOT expect Samba-3 to support these protocols. Do not depend
+on any such functionality either now or in the future. The Samba-Team may remove these
+experimental features or may change their behaviour. This is mentioned for the benefit of those
+who have discovered secret capabilities in samba-3 and who have asked when this functionality will be
+completed. The answer is: Maybe or maybe never!
+</para>
+
+<para>
+To be sure: Samba-3 is designed to provide most of the functionality that Microsoft Windows NT4 style
+domain controllers have. Samba-3 does NOT have all the capabilities of Windows NT4, but it does have
+a number of features that Windows NT4 domain contollers do not have. In short, Samba-3 is not NT4 and it
+is not Windows Server 200x and it is not an Active Directory server. We hope this is plain and simple
+enough for all to understand.
 </para>
 
 </sect1>
@@ -551,7 +548,7 @@ experimental features or may change their behaviour.
 <title>Domain and Network Logon Configuration</title>
 
 <para>
-The subject of Network or Domain Logons is discussed here because it rightly forms
+The subject of Network or Domain Logons is discussed here because it forms
 an integral part of the essential functionality that is provided by a Domain Controller.
 </para>
 
@@ -560,25 +557,26 @@ an integral part of the essential functionality that is provided by a Domain Con
 
 <para>
 All Domain Controllers must run the netlogon service (<emphasis>domain logons</emphasis>
-in Samba). One Domain Controller must be configured with <parameter>domain master = Yes</parameter>
-(the Primary Domain Controller); on ALL Backup Domain Controllers <parameter>domain master = No</parameter>
+in Samba). One Domain Controller must be configured with <smbconfoption><name>domain master</name><value>Yes</value></smbconfoption>
+(the Primary Domain Controller); on ALL Backup Domain Controllers <smbconfoption><name>domain master</name><value>No</value></smbconfoption>
 must be set.
 </para>
 
 <sect3>
 <title>Example Configuration</title>
 
-<programlisting>
-	[global]
-		domain logons = Yes
-		domain master = (Yes on PDC, No on BDCs)
+<smbconfexample>
+	<title>smb.conf for being a PDC</title>
+	<smbconfsection>[global]</smbconfsection>
+<smbconfoption><name>domain logons</name><value>Yes</value></smbconfoption>
+<smbconfoption><name>domain master</name><value>(Yes on PDC, No on BDCs)</value></smbconfoption>
 
-	[netlogon]
-		comment = Network Logon Service
-		path = /var/lib/samba/netlogon
-		guest ok = Yes
-		browseable = No
-</programlisting>
+<smbconfsection>[netlogon]</smbconfsection>
+<smbconfoption><name>comment</name><value>Network Logon Service</value></smbconfoption>
+<smbconfoption><name>path</name><value>/var/lib/samba/netlogon</value></smbconfoption>
+<smbconfoption><name>guest ok</name><value>Yes</value></smbconfoption>
+<smbconfoption><name>browseable</name><value>No</value></smbconfoption>
+</smbconfexample>
 
 </sect3>
 <sect3>
@@ -600,6 +598,8 @@ MS Windows XP Professional.
 <para>
 Now that this has been said, please do NOT ask the mailing list, or email any of the
 Samba-Team members with your questions asking how to make this work. It can't be done.
+If it can be done, then to do so would violate your software license agreement with
+Microsoft, and we recommend that you do not do that.
 </para>
 
 </sect3>
@@ -608,7 +608,7 @@ Samba-Team members with your questions asking how to make this work. It can't be
 <title>The Special Case of Windows 9x / Me</title>
 
 <para>
-A domain and a workgroup are exactly the same thing in terms of network
+A domain and a workgroup are exactly the same in terms of network
 browsing.  The difference is that a distributable authentication
 database is associated with a domain, for secure login access to a
 network.  Also, different access rights can be granted to users if they
@@ -635,7 +635,7 @@ which are the focus of this section.
 When an SMB client in a domain wishes to logon, it broadcasts requests for a
 logon server.  The first one to reply gets the job, and validates its
 password using whatever mechanism the Samba administrator has installed.
-It is possible (but very stupid) to create a domain where the user
+It is possible (but ill advised ) to create a domain where the user
 database is not shared between servers, i.e. they are effectively workgroup
 servers advertising themselves as participating in a domain.  This
 demonstrates how authentication is quite different from but closely
@@ -727,7 +727,7 @@ The main difference between a PDC and a Windows 9x logon server configuration is
 <listitem><para>
 	Password encryption is not required for a Windows 9x logon server. But note
 	that beginning with MS Windows 98 the default setting is that plain-text
-	password support has been disabled. It can be re-enabled with the registry
+	password support is disabled. It can be re-enabled with the registry
 	changes that are documented in the chapter on Policies.
 	</para></listitem>
 
@@ -741,6 +741,11 @@ A Samba PDC will act as a Windows 9x logon server; after all, it does provide th
 network logon services that MS Windows 9x / Me expect to find.
 </para>
 
+<note><para>
+Use of plain-text passwords is strongly discouraged. Where used they are easily detected
+using a sniffer tool to examine network traffic.
+</para></note>
+
 </sect3>
 </sect2>
 
@@ -766,17 +771,18 @@ are two distinctly different functions), it is not a good idea to do
 so.  You should remember that the DC must register the DOMAIN&lt;#1b&gt; NetBIOS 
 name.  This is the name used by Windows clients to locate the DC.
 Windows clients do not distinguish between the DC and the DMB.
+A DMB is a Domain Master Browser - see <link linkend="DMB">Domain Master Browser</link>.
 For this reason, it is very wise to configure the Samba DC as the DMB.
 </para>
 
 <para>
 Now back to the issue of configuring a Samba DC to use a mode other
-than <parameter>security = user</parameter>.  If a Samba host is configured to use 
+than <smbconfoption><name>security</name><value>user</value></smbconfoption>.  If a Samba host is configured to use 
 another SMB server or DC in order to validate user connection 
 requests, then it is a fact that some other machine on the network 
-(the <parameter>password server</parameter>) knows more about the user than the Samba host.
+(the <smbconfoption><name>password server</name></smbconfoption>) knows more about the user than the Samba host.
 99% of the time, this other host is a domain controller.  Now 
-in order to operate in domain mode security, the <parameter>workgroup</parameter> parameter
+in order to operate in domain mode security, the <smbconfoption><name>workgroup</name></smbconfoption> parameter
 must be set to the name of the Windows NT domain (which already 
 has a domain controller). If the domain does NOT already have a Domain Controller
 then you do not yet have a Domain!
@@ -785,7 +791,7 @@ then you do not yet have a Domain!
 <para>
 Configuring a Samba box as a DC for a domain that already by definition has a
 PDC is asking for trouble. Therefore, you should always configure the Samba DC
-to be the DMB for its domain and set <parameter>security = user</parameter>.
+to be the DMB for its domain and set <smbconfoption><name>security</name><value>user</value></smbconfoption>.
 This is the only officially supported mode of operation.
 </para>
 
@@ -794,10 +800,10 @@ This is the only officially supported mode of operation.
 </sect1>
 
 <sect1>
-<title>Common Problems and Errors</title>
+<title>Common Errors</title>
 
 <sect2>
-<title>I cannot include a '$' in a machine name</title>
+	<title>'$' cannot be included in machine name</title>
 <para>
 A 'machine account', (typically) stored in <filename>/etc/passwd</filename>,
 takes the form of the machine name with a '$' appended. FreeBSD (and other BSD 
@@ -809,12 +815,19 @@ The problem is only in the program used to make the entry. Once made, it works p
 Create a user without the '$'. Then use <command>vipw</command> to edit the entry, adding
 the '$'. Or create the whole entry with vipw if you like; make sure you use a unique User ID!
 </para>
+
+<note><para>
+The UNIX tool <command>vipw</command> is a common tool for directly editting the <filename>/etc/passwd</filename> file.
+</para></note>
+
 </sect2>
 
 <sect2>
-<title>I get told "You already have a connection to the Domain...." 
+	<title>Joining domain fails because of existing machine account</title>
+		
+<para><quote>I get told "You already have a connection to the Domain...." 
 or "Cannot join domain, the credentials supplied conflict with an 
-existing set.." when creating a machine trust account.</title>
+existing set.." when creating a machine trust account.</quote></para>
 
 <para>
 This happens if you try to create a machine trust account from the 
@@ -824,7 +837,7 @@ will remove all network drive connections:
 </para>
 
 <screen>
-	<prompt>C:\WINNT\></prompt> <userinput>net use * /d</userinput>
+&dosprompt;<userinput>net use * /d</userinput>
 </screen>
 
 <para>
@@ -838,10 +851,10 @@ does not matter what, reboot, and try again.
 <sect2>
 <title>The system can not log you on (C000019B)....</title>
 
-<para>I joined the domain successfully but after upgrading 
+<para><quote>I joined the domain successfully but after upgrading 
 to a newer version of the Samba code I get the message, <errorname>The system 
 can not log you on (C000019B), Please try again or consult your 
-system administrator</errorname> when attempting to logon.
+system administrator</errorname> when attempting to logon.</quote>
 </para>
 
 <para>
@@ -862,21 +875,27 @@ The reset or change the domain SID you can use the net command as follows:
 </screen>
 </para>
 
+<para>
+Workstation machine trust accounts work only with the Domain (or network) SID. If this SID changes
+then domain members (workstations) will not be able to log onto the domain. The original Domain SID
+can be recovered from the secrets.tdb file. The alternative is to visit each workstation to re-join
+it to the domain.
+</para>
+
 </sect2>
 
 <sect2>
-<title>The machine trust account for this computer either does not 
-exist or is not accessible.</title>
+	<title>The machine trust account not accessible</title>
 
 <para>
-When I try to join the domain I get the message <errorname>The machine account 
+	<quote>When I try to join the domain I get the message <errorname>The machine account 
 for this computer either does not exist or is not accessible</errorname>. What's 
-wrong?
+wrong?</quote>
 </para>
 
 <para>
 This problem is caused by the PDC not having a suitable machine trust account. 
-If you are using the <parameter>add machine script</parameter> method to create 
+If you are using the <smbconfoption><name>add machine script</name></smbconfoption> method to create 
 accounts then this would indicate that it has not worked. Ensure the domain 
 admin user system is working.
 </para>
@@ -900,8 +919,10 @@ for both client and server.
 </sect2>
 
 <sect2>
-<title>When I attempt to login to a Samba Domain from a NT4/W2K workstation,
-I get a message about my account being disabled.</title>
+	<title>Account disabled</title>
+
+	<para><quote>When I attempt to login to a Samba Domain from a NT4/W2K workstation,
+			I get a message about my account being disabled.</quote></para>
 
 <para>
 Enable the user accounts with <userinput>smbpasswd -e <replaceable>username</replaceable>
@@ -911,11 +932,41 @@ Enable the user accounts with <userinput>smbpasswd -e <replaceable>username</rep
 </sect2>
 
 <sect2>
-	<title>Until a few minutes after Samba has started, clients get the error "Domain Controller Unavailable"</title>
+	<title>Domain Controller Unavailable</title>
+		
+	<para><quote>Until a few minutes after Samba has started, clients get the error "Domain Controller Unavailable"</quote></para>
+
 	<para>
 		A domain controller has to announce on the network who it is. This usually takes a while.
 	</para>
 </sect2>
 
+<sect2>
+	<title>Can not log onto domain member workstation after joining domain</title>
+
+	<para>After successfully joining the domain user logons fail with one of two messages:</para>
+
+	<para>One to the effect that the domain controller can not be found, the other claiming that the
+	account does not exist in the domain or that the password is incorrect.</para>
+
+	<para>This may be due to incompatible settings between
+	the Windows client and the Samba-3 server for <emphasis>schannel</emphasis> (secure channel) settings
+	or <emphasis>smb signing</emphasis> settings. Check your samba settings for <emphasis>
+	client schannel, server schannel, client signing, server signing</emphasis> by executing:
+	<command>testparm -v | more</command> and looking for the value of these parameters.
+	</para>
+
+	<para>
+	Also use the Microsoft Management Console - Local Security Settings. This tool is available from the
+	Control Panel. The Policy settings are found in the Local Policies / Securty Options area and are prefixed by
+	<emphasis>Secure Channel: ..., and Digitally sign ...</emphasis>.
+	</para>
+
+	<para>
+	It is important that these be set consistently with the Samba-3 server settings.
+	</para>
+
+</sect2>
+
 </sect1>
 </chapter>
diff --git a/docs/docbook/projdoc/ServerType.xml b/docs/docbook/projdoc/ServerType.xml
index c740fbefb16..32a51031509 100644
--- a/docs/docbook/projdoc/ServerType.xml
+++ b/docs/docbook/projdoc/ServerType.xml
@@ -21,9 +21,10 @@ and how these relate to MS Windows servers and clients.
 </para>
 
 <para>
-Firstly we should recognise the question so often asked, "Why would I want to use Samba?"
-So, in those chapters where the answer may be important you will see a section that highlights
-features and benefits. These may be for or against Samba.
+A question often asked is, "Why would I want to use Samba?" Most chapters contain a section
+that highlights features and benefits. We hope that the information provided will help to
+answer this question. Be warned though, we want to be fair and reasonable, so not all
+features are positive towards Samba so the benefit may be on the side of our competition.
 </para>
 
 <sect1>
@@ -45,7 +46,7 @@ a source of discomfort.
 
 <para>
 Samba started out as a project that sought to provide interoperability for MS Windows 3.x
-clients with a Unix server. It has grown up a lot since its humble beginnings and now provides
+clients with a UNIX server. It has grown up a lot since its humble beginnings and now provides
 features and functionality fit for large scale deployment. It also has some warts. In sections
 like this one we will tell of both.
 </para>
@@ -97,24 +98,24 @@ different type of servers:</para>
 
 <itemizedlist>
 	<listitem><para>Domain Controller</para>
-		<simplelist>
-			<member>Primary Domain Controller</member>
-			<member>Backup Domain Controller</member>
-			<member>ADS Domain Controller</member>
-		</simplelist>
+		<itemizedlist>
+			<listitem><para>Primary Domain Controller</para></listitem>
+			<listitem><para>Backup Domain Controller</para></listitem>
+			<listitem><para>ADS Domain Controller</para></listitem>
+		</itemizedlist>
 	</listitem>
 	<listitem><para>Domain Member Server</para>
-		<simplelist>
-			<member>Active Directory Member Server</member>
-			<member>NT4 Style Domain Member Server</member>
-		</simplelist>
+		<itemizedlist>
+			<listitem><para>Active Directory Domain Server</para></listitem>
+			<listitem><para>NT4 Style Domain Domain Server</para></listitem>
+		</itemizedlist>
 	</listitem>
 	<listitem><para>Stand Alone Server</para></listitem>
 </itemizedlist>
 
 <para>
 The chapters covering Domain Control, Backup Domain Control and Domain Membership provide
-pertinent information regarding Samba-3 configuration for each of these server roles.
+pertinent information regarding Samba configuration for each of these server roles.
 The reader is strongly encouraged to become intimately familiar with the information 
 presented.
 </para>
@@ -125,7 +126,7 @@ presented.
 <title>Samba Security Modes</title>
 
 <para>
-In this section the function and purpose of Samba's <parameter>security</parameter>
+In this section the function and purpose of Samba's <smbconfoption><name>security</name></smbconfoption>
 modes are described. An accurate understanding of how Samba implements each security
 mode as well as how to configure MS Windows clients for each mode will significantly
 reduce user complaints and administrator heartache.
@@ -144,7 +145,7 @@ modes. They are documented in this chapter.
 </para>
 
 <para>
-A SMB server tells the client at startup what <parameter>security level</parameter>
+	A SMB server tells the client at startup what <emphasis>security level</emphasis>
 it is running. There are two options: <emphasis>share level</emphasis> and
 <emphasis>user level</emphasis>. Which of these two the client receives affects
 the way the client then tries to authenticate itself. It does not directly affect
@@ -158,7 +159,7 @@ available and whether an action is allowed.
 <title>User Level Security</title>
 
 <para>
-We will describe <parameter>user level</parameter> security first, as it's simpler.
+We will describe <emphasis>user level</emphasis> security first, as it's simpler.
 In <emphasis>user level</emphasis> security, the client will send a
 <emphasis>session setup</emphasis> command directly after the protocol negotiation.
 This contains a username and password. The server can either accept or reject that
@@ -193,9 +194,9 @@ authentication contexts in this way (WinDD is an example of an application that
 The &smb.conf; parameter that sets <emphasis>User Level Security</emphasis> is:
 </para>
 
-<para><programlisting>
-	security = user
-</programlisting></para>
+<para><smbconfblock>
+<smbconfoption><name>security</name><value>user</value></smbconfoption>
+</smbconfblock></para>
 
 <para>
 This is the default setting since samba-2.2.x.
@@ -231,7 +232,7 @@ level security. They normally send a valid username but no password. Samba recor
 this username in a list of <emphasis>possible usernames</emphasis>. When the client
 then does a <emphasis>tree connection</emphasis> it also adds to this list the name
 of the share they try to connect to (useful for home directories) and any users
-listed in the <parameter>user =</parameter> &smb.conf; line. The password is then checked
+listed in the <smbconfoption><name>user</name></smbconfoption> &smb.conf; line. The password is then checked
 in turn against these <emphasis>possible usernames</emphasis>. If a match is found
 then the client is authenticated as that user.
 </para>
@@ -243,9 +244,9 @@ then the client is authenticated as that user.
 The &smb.conf; parameter that sets <emphasis>Share Level Security</emphasis> is:
 </para>
 
-<para><programlisting>
-	security = share
-</programlisting></para>
+<para><smbconfblock>
+<smbconfoption><name>security</name><value>share</value></smbconfoption>
+</smbconfblock></para>
 
 <para>
 Please note that there are reports that recent MS Windows clients do not like to work
@@ -259,7 +260,7 @@ with share mode security servers. You are strongly discouraged from using share
 <title>Domain Security Mode (User Level Security)</title>
 
 <para>
-When Samba is operating in <parameter>security = domain</parameter> mode,
+When Samba is operating in <smbconfoption><name>security</name><value>domain</value></smbconfoption> mode,
 the Samba server has a domain security trust account (a machine account) and will cause
 all authentication requests to be passed through to the domain controllers.
 </para>
@@ -274,10 +275,10 @@ Samba as a Domain Member Server
 This method involves addition of the following parameters in the &smb.conf; file:
 </para>
 
-<para><programlisting>
-        security = domain
-        workgroup = "name_of_NT_domain"
-</programlisting></para>
+<para><smbconfblock>
+<smbconfoption><name>security</name><value>domain</value></smbconfoption>
+<smbconfoption><name>workgroup</name><value>&example.workgroup;</value></smbconfoption>
+</smbconfblock></para>
 
 <para>
 In order for this method to work, the Samba server needs to join the MS Windows NT
@@ -289,31 +290,29 @@ security domain. This is done as follows:
         the Server Manager, add a machine account for the Samba server.
         </para></step>
 
-        <step><para>Next, on the Unix/Linux system execute:</para>
+        <step><para>Next, on the UNIX/Linux system execute:</para>
 	
-			<para>&rootprompt;<userinput>smbpasswd -j DOMAIN_NAME -r PDC_NAME</userinput> (samba-2.x)</para>
-
-			<para>&rootprompt;<userinput>net join -U administrator%password</userinput> (samba-3)</para>
+			<para><screen>&rootprompt;<userinput>net rpc join -U administrator%password</userinput></screen></para>
 		</step>
 </procedure>
 
 <note><para>
-As of Samba-2.2.4 the Samba 2.2.x series can auto-join a Windows NT4 style Domain just
-by executing:
+Samba-2.2.4 and later can auto-join a Windows NT4 style Domain just by executing:
 <screen>
-&rootprompt;<userinput>smbpasswd -j <replaceable>DOMAIN_NAME</replaceable> -r <replaceable>PDC_NAME</replaceable> -U Administrator%<replaceable>password</replaceable></userinput>
+&rootprompt;<userinput>smbpasswd -j <replaceable>DOMAIN_NAME</replaceable> -r <replaceable>PDC_NAME</replaceable> \
+	 -U Administrator%<replaceable>password</replaceable></userinput>
 </screen>
 
-As of Samba-3 the same can be done by executing:
+Samba-3 can do the same by executing:
 <screen>
-&rootprompt;<userinput>net join -U Administrator%<replaceable>password</replaceable></userinput>
+&rootprompt;<userinput>net rpc join -U Administrator%<replaceable>password</replaceable></userinput>
 </screen>
-It is not necessary with Samba-3 to specify the <replaceable>DOMAIN_NAME</replaceable> or the <replaceable>PDC_NAME</replaceable> as it
-figures this out from the &smb.conf; file settings.
+It is not necessary with Samba-3 to specify the <replaceable>DOMAIN_NAME</replaceable> or the
+<replaceable>PDC_NAME</replaceable> as it figures this out from the &smb.conf; file settings.
 </para></note>
 
 <para>
-Use of this mode of authentication does require there to be a standard Unix account
+Use of this mode of authentication does require there to be a standard UNIX account
 for each user in order to assign a UID once the account has been authenticated by
 the remote Windows DC.  This account can be blocked to prevent logons by clients other than
 MS Windows through means such as setting an invalid shell in the
@@ -322,13 +321,11 @@ MS Windows through means such as setting an invalid shell in the
 
 <para>
 An alternative to assigning UIDs to Windows users on a Samba member server is
-presented in the <link linkend="winbind">Winbind Overview</link> chapter
-in this HOWTO collection.
+presented in <link linkend="winbind">the chapter about winbind</link>.
 </para>
 
 <para>
-For more information of being a domain member, see the <link linkend="domain-member">Domain
-Member</link> section of this Howto.
+	For more information of being a domain member, see <link linkend="domain-member">the chapter about domain membership</link>.
 </para>
 
 </sect3>
@@ -339,41 +336,41 @@ Member</link> section of this Howto.
 
 <para>
 Both Samba 2.2 and 3.0 can join an Active Directory domain. This is
-possible even if the domain is run in native mode. Active Directory in
-native mode perfectly allows NT4-style domain members, contrary to
+possible if the domain is run in native mode. Active Directory in
+native mode perfectly allows NT4-style domain members. This is contrary to
 popular belief. The only thing that Active Directory in native mode
 prohibits is Backup Domain Controllers running NT4.
 </para>
 
 <para>
-If you are running Active Directory starting with Samba 3.0 you can
-however join as a native AD member. Why would you want to do that?
+If you are using Active Directory, starting with Samba-3 you can
+join as a native AD member. Why would you want to do that?
 Your security policy might prohibit the use of NT-compatible
 authentication protocols. All your machines are running Windows 2000
-and above and all use full Kerberos. In this case Samba as a NT4-style
+and above and all use Kerberos. In this case Samba as a NT4-style
 domain would still require NT-compatible authentication data. Samba in
-AD-member mode can accept Kerberos.
+AD-member mode can accept Kerberos tickets.
 </para>
 
 <sect3>
 <title>Example Configuration</title>
 
-<para><programlisting>
-	realm = your.kerberos.REALM
-	security = ADS
-</programlisting></para>
+<para><smbconfblock>
+<smbconfoption><name>realm</name><value>your.kerberos.REALM</value></smbconfoption>
+<smbconfoption><name>security</name><value>ADS</value></smbconfoption>
+</smbconfblock></para>
 
 <para>
-	The following parameter may be required:
+The following parameter may be required:
 </para>
 
-<para><programlisting>
-	ads server = your.kerberos.server
-</programlisting></para>
+<para><smbconfblock>
+<smbconfoption><name>ads server</name><value>your.kerberos.server</value></smbconfoption>
+</smbconfblock></para>
 
 <para>
-Please refer to the <link linkend="domain-member">Domain Membership</link> and <link linkend="ads-member">Active Directory
-Membership</link> sections for more information regarding this configuration option.
+Please refer to <link linkend="domain-member">the chapter on domain membership</link>
+for more information regarding this configuration option.
 </para>
 
 </sect3>
@@ -388,23 +385,23 @@ as a domain member server. It is highly recommended NOT to use this feature. Ser
 security mode has many draw backs. The draw backs include:
 </para>
 
-<simplelist>
-	<member>Potential Account Lockout on MS Windows NT4/200x password servers</member>
-	<member>Lack of assurance that the password server is the one specified</member>
-	<member>Does not work with Winbind, particularly needed when storing profiles remotely</member>
-	<member>This mode may open connections to the password server, and keep them open for extended periods.</member>
-	<member>Security on the Samba server breaks badly when the remote password server suddenly shuts down</member>
-	<member>With this mode there is NO security account in the domain that the password server belongs to for the Samba server.</member>
-</simplelist>
+<itemizedlist>
+	<listitem><para>Potential Account Lockout on MS Windows NT4/200x password servers</para></listitem>
+	<listitem><para>Lack of assurance that the password server is the one specified</para></listitem>
+	<listitem><para>Does not work with Winbind, particularly needed when storing profiles remotely</para></listitem>
+	<listitem><para>This mode may open connections to the password server, and keep them open for extended periods.</para></listitem>
+	<listitem><para>Security on the Samba server breaks badly when the remote password server suddenly shuts down</para></listitem>
+	<listitem><para>With this mode there is NO security account in the domain that the password server belongs to for the Samba server.</para></listitem>
+</itemizedlist>
 
 <para>
 In server security mode the Samba server reports to the client that it is in user level
 security. The client then does a <emphasis>session setup</emphasis> as described earlier.
 The Samba server takes the username/password that the client sends and attempts to login to the
-<parameter>password server</parameter> by sending exactly the same username/password that
+<smbconfoption><name>password server</name></smbconfoption> by sending exactly the same username/password that
 it got from the client. If that server is in user level security and accepts the password,
 then Samba accepts the clients connection. This allows the Samba server to use another SMB
-server as the <parameter>password server</parameter>.
+server as the <smbconfoption><name>password server</name></smbconfoption>.
 </para>
 
 <para>
@@ -415,10 +412,10 @@ passwords in encrypted form. Samba supports this type of encryption by default.
 </para>
 
 <para>
-The parameter <parameter>security = server</parameter> means that Samba reports to clients that
+The parameter <smbconfoption><name>security</name><value>server</value></smbconfoption> means that Samba reports to clients that
 it is running in <emphasis>user mode</emphasis> but actually passes off all authentication
 requests to another <emphasis>user mode</emphasis> server. This requires an additional
-parameter <parameter>password server</parameter> that points to the real authentication server.
+parameter <smbconfoption><name>password server</name></smbconfoption> that points to the real authentication server.
 That real authentication server can be another Samba server or can be a Windows NT server,
 the later natively capable of encrypted password support.
 </para>
@@ -443,11 +440,11 @@ Using MS Windows NT as an authentication server
 This method involves the additions of the following parameters in the &smb.conf; file:
 </para>
 
-<para><programlisting>
-        encrypt passwords = Yes
-        security = server
-        password server = "NetBIOS_name_of_a_DC"
-</programlisting></para>
+<para><smbconfblock>
+<smbconfoption><name>encrypt passwords</name><value>Yes</value></smbconfoption>
+<smbconfoption><name>security</name><value>server</value></smbconfoption>
+<smbconfoption><name>password server</name><value>"NetBIOS_name_of_a_DC"</value></smbconfoption>
+</smbconfblock></para>
 
 
 <para>
@@ -465,7 +462,7 @@ certain number of failed authentication attempts this will result in user lockou
 </para>
 
 <para>
-Use of this mode of authentication does require there to be a standard Unix account
+Use of this mode of authentication does require there to be a standard UNIX account
 for the user, though this account can be blocked to prevent logons by non-SMB/CIFS clients.
 </para>
 
@@ -475,7 +472,7 @@ for the user, though this account can be blocked to prevent logons by non-SMB/CI
 </sect1>
 
 <sect1>
-<title>Seamless Windows Network Integration</title>
+<title>Password checking</title>
 
 <para>
 MS Windows clients may use encrypted passwords as part of a challenge/response
@@ -532,25 +529,25 @@ upper casing usernames and password before transmitting them to the SMB server
 when using clear text authentication.
 </para>
 
-<para><programlisting>
-        <ulink url="smb.conf.5.html#PASSWORDLEVEL">password level</ulink> = <replaceable>integer</replaceable>
-        <ulink url="smb.conf.5.html#USERNAMELEVEL">username level</ulink> = <replaceable>integer</replaceable>
-</programlisting></para>
+<para><smbconfblock>
+<smbconfoption><name>password level</name><value><replaceable>integer</replaceable></value></smbconfoption>
+<smbconfoption><name>username level</name><value><replaceable>integer</replaceable></value></smbconfoption>
+</smbconfblock></para>
 
 <para>
 By default Samba will lower case the username before attempting to lookup the user
 in the database of local system accounts.  Because UNIX usernames conventionally
-only contain lower-case characters, the <parameter>username level</parameter> parameter
+only contain lower-case character, the <smbconfoption><name>username level</name></smbconfoption> parameter
 is rarely needed.
 </para>
 
 <para>
 However, passwords on UNIX systems often make use of mixed-case characters.
 This means that in order for a user on a Windows 9x client to connect to a Samba
-server using clear text authentication, the <parameter>password level</parameter>
+server using clear text authentication, the <smbconfoption><name>password level</name></smbconfoption>
 must be set to the maximum number of upper case letters which <emphasis>could</emphasis>
-appear in a password.  Note that the server OS uses the traditional DES version
-of crypt(), a <parameter>password level</parameter> of 8 will result in case
+appear in a password.  Note that if the server OS uses the traditional DES version
+of crypt(), a <smbconfoption><name>password level</name></smbconfoption> of 8 will result in case
 insensitive passwords as seen from Windows users.  This will also result in longer
 login times as Samba has to compute the permutations of the password string and
 try them one by one until a match is located (or all combinations fail).
@@ -586,7 +583,7 @@ to those for whom English is not their native tongue.
 
 <para>
 To some the nature of the Samba <emphasis>security</emphasis> mode is very obvious, but entirely
-wrong all the same. It is assumed that <parameter>security = server</parameter> means that Samba
+wrong all the same. It is assumed that <smbconfoption><name>security</name><value>server</value></smbconfoption> means that Samba
 will act as a server. Not so! See above - this setting means that Samba will <emphasis>try</emphasis>
 to use another SMB server as its source of user authentication alone.
 </para>
@@ -597,7 +594,7 @@ to use another SMB server as its source of user authentication alone.
 <title>What makes Samba a Domain Controller?</title>
 
 <para>
-The &smb.conf; parameter <parameter>security = domain</parameter> does NOT really make Samba behave
+The &smb.conf; parameter <smbconfoption><name>security</name><value>domain</value></smbconfoption> does NOT really make Samba behave
 as a Domain Controller! This setting means we want Samba to be a domain member!
 </para>
 
@@ -607,9 +604,9 @@ as a Domain Controller! This setting means we want Samba to be a domain member!
 <title>What makes Samba a Domain Member?</title>
 
 <para>
-Guess! So many others do. But whatever you do, do NOT think that <parameter>security = user</parameter>
+Guess! So many others do. But whatever you do, do NOT think that <smbconfoption><name>security</name><value>user</value></smbconfoption>
 makes Samba act as a domain member. Read the manufacturers manual before the warranty expires! See 
-the <link linkend="domain-member">Domain Member</link> section of this Howto for more information.
+<link linkend="domain-member">the chapter about domain membership</link> for more information.
 </para>
 
 </sect2>
@@ -619,16 +616,17 @@ the <link linkend="domain-member">Domain Member</link> section of this Howto for
 <title>Constantly Losing Connections to Password Server</title>
 
 <para>
+	<quote>
 Why does server_validate() simply give up rather than re-establishing its connection to the
 password server?  Though I am not fluent in the SMB protocol, perhaps the cluster server
 process passes along to its client workstation the session key it receives from the password
 server, which means the password hashes submitted by the client would not work on a subsequent
-connection, whose session key would be different.  So server_validate() must give up.
+connection, whose session key would be different.  So server_validate() must give up.</quote>
 </para>
 
 <para>
-Indeed. That's why security = server is at best a nasty hack. Please use security = domain.
-<parameter>security = server</parameter> mode is also known as pass-through authentication.
+	Indeed. That's why <smbconfoption><name>security</name><value>server</value></smbconfoption> is at best a nasty hack. Please use <smbconfoption><name>security</name><value>domain</value></smbconfoption>.
+<smbconfoption><name>security</name><value>server</value></smbconfoption> mode is also known as pass-through authentication.
 </para>
 
 </sect2>
diff --git a/docs/docbook/projdoc/Speed.xml b/docs/docbook/projdoc/Speed.xml
index 659cd6e31bb..f462bb8a8a6 100644
--- a/docs/docbook/projdoc/Speed.xml
+++ b/docs/docbook/projdoc/Speed.xml
@@ -63,7 +63,7 @@ line with the <option>-O</option> option, or in the &smb.conf; file.
 </para>
 
 <para>
-The <parameter>socket options</parameter> section of the &smb.conf; manual page describes how
+The <smbconfoption><name>socket options</name></smbconfoption> section of the &smb.conf; manual page describes how
 to set these and gives recommendations.
 </para>
 
@@ -76,7 +76,7 @@ much. The correct settings are very dependent on your local network.
 <para>
 The socket option TCP_NODELAY is the one that seems to make the
 biggest single difference for most networks. Many people report that
-adding <parameter>socket options = TCP_NODELAY</parameter> doubles the read 
+adding <smbconfoption><name>socket options</name><value>TCP_NODELAY</value></smbconfoption> doubles the read 
 performance of a Samba drive. The best explanation I have seen for this is
 that the Microsoft TCP/IP stack is slow in sending tcp ACKs.
 </para>
@@ -87,7 +87,7 @@ that the Microsoft TCP/IP stack is slow in sending tcp ACKs.
 <title>Read size</title>
 
 <para>
-The option <parameter>read size</parameter> affects the overlap of disk
+The option <smbconfoption><name>read size</name></smbconfoption> affects the overlap of disk
 reads/writes with network reads/writes. If the amount of data being
 transferred in several of the SMB commands (currently SMBwrite, SMBwriteX and
 SMBreadbraw) is larger than this value then the server begins writing
@@ -115,9 +115,9 @@ pointless and will cause you to allocate memory unnecessarily.
 <title>Max xmit</title>
 
 <para>
-At startup the client and server negotiate a <parameter>maximum transmit</parameter> size,
+	At startup the client and server negotiate a <parameter>maximum transmit</parameter> size,
 which limits the size of nearly all SMB commands. You can set the
-maximum size that Samba will negotiate using the <parameter>max xmit = </parameter> option
+maximum size that Samba will negotiate using the <smbconfoption><name>max xmit</name></smbconfoption> option
 in &smb.conf;. Note that this is the maximum size of SMB requests that 
 Samba will accept, but not the maximum size that the *client* will accept.
 The client maximum receive size is sent to Samba by the client and Samba
@@ -140,7 +140,7 @@ In most cases the default is the best option.
 <title>Log level</title>
 
 <para>
-If you set the log level (also known as <parameter>debug level</parameter>) higher than 2
+If you set the log level (also known as <smbconfoption><name>debug level</name></smbconfoption>) higher than 2
 then you may suffer a large drop in performance. This is because the
 server flushes the log file after each operation, which can be very
 expensive. 
@@ -151,20 +151,20 @@ expensive.
 <title>Read raw</title>
 
 <para>
-The <parameter>read raw</parameter> operation is designed to be an optimised, low-latency
+The <smbconfoption><name>read raw</name></smbconfoption> operation is designed to be an optimised, low-latency
 file read operation. A server may choose to not support it,
-however. and Samba makes support for <parameter>read raw</parameter> optional, with it
+however. and Samba makes support for <smbconfoption><name>read raw</name></smbconfoption> optional, with it
 being enabled by default.
 </para>
 
 <para>
-In some cases clients don't handle <parameter>read raw</parameter> very well and actually
+In some cases clients don't handle <smbconfoption><name>read raw</name></smbconfoption> very well and actually
 get lower performance using it than they get using the conventional
 read operations. 
 </para>
 
 <para>
-So you might like to try <parameter>read raw = no</parameter> and see what happens on your
+So you might like to try <smbconfoption><name>read raw</name><value>no</value></smbconfoption> and see what happens on your
 network. It might lower, raise or not affect your performance. Only
 testing can really tell.
 </para>
@@ -175,14 +175,14 @@ testing can really tell.
 <title>Write raw</title>
 
 <para>
-The <parameter>write raw</parameter> operation is designed to be an optimised, low-latency
+The <smbconfoption><name>write raw</name></smbconfoption> operation is designed to be an optimised, low-latency
 file write operation. A server may choose to not support it,
-however. and Samba makes support for <parameter>write raw</parameter> optional, with it
+however. and Samba makes support for <smbconfoption><name>write raw</name></smbconfoption> optional, with it
 being enabled by default.
 </para>
 
 <para>
-Some machines may find <parameter>write raw</parameter> slower than normal write, in which
+Some machines may find <smbconfoption><name>write raw</name></smbconfoption> slower than normal write, in which
 case you may wish to change this option.
 </para>
 
@@ -193,7 +193,7 @@ case you may wish to change this option.
 
 <para>
 Slow logins are almost always due to the password checking time. Using
-the lowest practical <parameter>password level</parameter> will improve things. 
+the lowest practical <smbconfoption><name>password level</name></smbconfoption> will improve things. 
 </para>
 
 </sect1>
diff --git a/docs/docbook/projdoc/StandAloneServer.xml b/docs/docbook/projdoc/StandAloneServer.xml
index 206b2f88cea..ec4f9f26939 100644
--- a/docs/docbook/projdoc/StandAloneServer.xml
+++ b/docs/docbook/projdoc/StandAloneServer.xml
@@ -69,9 +69,9 @@ the Samba server is NOT a member of a domain security context.
 
 <para>
 Through the use of PAM (Pluggable Authentication Modules) and nsswitch
-(the name service switcher) the source of authentication may reside on 
+(the name service switcher, which maintains the unix user database) the source of authentication may reside on 
 another server. We would be inclined to call this the authentication server.
-This means that the Samba server may use the local Unix/Linux system password database
+This means that the Samba server may use the local UNIX/Linux system password database
 (<filename>/etc/passwd</filename> or <filename>/etc/shadow</filename>), may use a
 local smbpasswd file, or may use
 an LDAP back end, or even via PAM and Winbind another CIFS/SMB server
@@ -89,7 +89,7 @@ attempt a high level of creativity and to introduce too much complexity in
 server and network design.
 </para>
 
-<sect2>
+<sect2 id="RefDocServer">
 <title>Reference Documentation Server</title>
 
 <para>
@@ -97,23 +97,23 @@ Configuration of a read-only data server that EVERYONE can access is very simple
 Here is the smb.conf file that will do this. Assume that all the reference documents
 are stored in the directory /export, that the documents are owned by a user other than
 nobody. No home directories are shared, that are no users in the <filename>/etc/passwd</filename>
-Unix system database. This is a very simple system to administer.
+UNIX system database. This is a very simple system to administer.
 </para>
 
-<programlisting>
-	# Global parameters
-	[global]
-		workgroup = MYGROUP
-		netbios name = REFDOCS
-		security = SHARE
-		passdb backend = guest
-		wins server = 192.168.1.1
-
-	[data]
-		comment = Data
-		path = /export
-		guest only = Yes
-</programlisting>
+<smbconfexample>
+<title>smb.conf for Reference Documentation Server</title>
+<smbconfcomment> Global parameters</smbconfcomment>
+<smbconfsection>[global]</smbconfsection>
+<smbconfoption><name>workgroup</name><value>&example.workgroup;</value></smbconfoption>
+<smbconfoption><name>netbios name</name><value>&example.server.samba;</value></smbconfoption>
+<smbconfoption><name>security</name><value>SHARE</value></smbconfoption>
+<smbconfoption><name>passdb backend</name><value>guest</value></smbconfoption>
+<smbconfoption><name>wins server</name><value>192.168.1.1</value></smbconfoption>
+<smbconfsection>[data]</smbconfsection>
+<smbconfoption><name>comment</name><value>Data</value></smbconfoption>
+<smbconfoption><name>path</name><value>/export</value></smbconfoption>
+<smbconfoption><name>guest only</name><value>Yes</value></smbconfoption>
+</smbconfexample>
 
 <para>
 In the above example the machine name is set to REFDOCS, the workgroup is set to the name
@@ -125,7 +125,7 @@ we do use it.
 
 </sect2>
 
-<sect2>
+<sect2 id="SimplePrintServer">
 <title>Central Print Serving</title>
 
 <para>
@@ -141,7 +141,7 @@ on your system.
 
 	<listitem><para>
 	The print spooling and processing system on our print server will be CUPS.
-	(Please refer to the <link linkend="CUPS-printing">CUPS Printing</link> chapter for more information).
+	(Please refer to <link linkend="CUPS-printing">the chapter about CUPS</link> for more information).
 	</para></listitem>
 
 	<listitem><para>
@@ -166,13 +166,13 @@ the anonymous (guest) user, two things will be required:
 <itemizedlist>
 <title>Enabling Anonymous Printing</title>
 	<listitem><para>
-	The Unix/Linux system must have a <command>guest</command> account.
+	The UNIX/Linux system must have a <command>guest</command> account.
 	The default for this is usually the account <command>nobody</command>.
 	To find the correct name to use for your version of Samba do the 
 	following:
-	<screen>
-<prompt>$ </prompt><userinput>testparm -s -v | grep "guest account"</userinput>
-	</screen>
+<screen>
+&prompt;<userinput>testparm -s -v | grep "guest account"</userinput>
+</screen>
 	Then make sure that this account exists in your system password
 	database (<filename>/etc/passwd</filename>).
 	</para></listitem>
@@ -181,34 +181,36 @@ the anonymous (guest) user, two things will be required:
 	The directory into which Samba will spool the file must have write
 	access for the guest account. The following commands will ensure that
 	this directory is available for use:
-	<screen>
+<screen>
 &rootprompt;<userinput>mkdir /var/spool/samba</userinput>
 &rootprompt;<userinput>chown nobody.nobody /var/spool/samba</userinput>
 &rootprompt;<userinput>chmod a+rwt /var/spool/samba</userinput>
-	</screen>
+</screen>
 	</para></listitem>
 </itemizedlist>
 
 <para>
-<programlisting>
-	# Global parameters
-	[global]
-		workgroup = MYGROUP
-		netbios name = PTRSVR1
-		security = SHARE
-		passdb backend = guest
-		wins server = 192.168.1.1
-
-	[printers]
-		comment = All Printers
-		path = /var/spool/samba
-		printer admin = root
-		guest ok = Yes
-		printable = Yes
-		printing = cups
-		use client driver = Yes
-		browseable = No
-</programlisting>
+	<smbconfexample>
+	<title>smb.conf for anonymous printing</title>
+<smbconfcomment> Global parameters</smbconfcomment>
+<smbconfsection>[global]</smbconfsection>
+<smbconfoption><name>workgroup</name><value>&example.workgroup;</value></smbconfoption>
+<smbconfoption><name>netbios name</name><value>&example.server.samba;</value></smbconfoption>
+<smbconfoption><name>security</name><value>SHARE</value></smbconfoption>
+<smbconfoption><name>passdb backend</name><value>guest</value></smbconfoption>
+<smbconfoption><name>wins server</name><value>&example.server.wins;</value></smbconfoption>
+<smbconfoption><name>printing</name><value>cups</value></smbconfoption>
+<smbconfoption><name>printcap name</name><value>cups</value></smbconfoption>
+
+<smbconfsection>[printers]</smbconfsection>
+<smbconfoption><name>comment</name><value>All Printers</value></smbconfoption>
+<smbconfoption><name>path</name><value>/var/spool/samba</value></smbconfoption>
+<smbconfoption><name>printer admin</name><value>root</value></smbconfoption>
+<smbconfoption><name>guest ok</name><value>Yes</value></smbconfoption>
+<smbconfoption><name>printable</name><value>Yes</value></smbconfoption>
+<smbconfoption><name>use client driver</name><value>Yes</value></smbconfoption>
+<smbconfoption><name>browseable</name><value>No</value></smbconfoption>
+</smbconfexample>
 </para>
 
 </sect2>
diff --git a/docs/docbook/projdoc/UNIX_INSTALL.xml b/docs/docbook/projdoc/UNIX_INSTALL.xml
index e919ff8c572..6a38e60c0e6 100644
--- a/docs/docbook/projdoc/UNIX_INSTALL.xml
+++ b/docs/docbook/projdoc/UNIX_INSTALL.xml
@@ -15,12 +15,12 @@
 
 	<para>
 	Binary packages of samba are included in almost any Linux or
-	Unix distribution. There are also some packages available at 
+	UNIX distribution. There are also some packages available at 
 	<ulink url="http://samba.org/">the samba homepage</ulink>.
 	</para>
 
-	<para>If you need to compile samba from source, check the 
-	<link linkend="compiling">appropriate appendix chapter</link>.</para>
+	<para>If you need to compile samba from source, check 
+		<link linkend="compiling">the chapter about compiling samba from scratch</link>.</para>
 
 	<para>If you have already installed samba, or if your operating system
 	was pre-installed with samba, then you may not need to bother with this
@@ -55,39 +55,39 @@
 	</para>
 
 	<para>
-	<programlisting>
-	[global]
-		workgroup = MYGROUP
-
-	[homes]
-		guest ok = no
-		read only = no
-	</programlisting>
+	<smbconfexample>
+		<title>Simplest possible smb.conf file</title>
+<smbconfsection>[global]</smbconfsection>
+<smbconfoption><name>workgroup</name><value>&example.workgroup;</value></smbconfoption>
+
+<smbconfsection>[homes]</smbconfsection>
+<smbconfoption><name>guest ok</name><value>no</value></smbconfoption>
+<smbconfoption><name>read only</name><value>no</value></smbconfoption>
+	</smbconfexample>
 	</para>
 	
 	<para>
 	This will allow connections by anyone with an account on the server, using either
-	their login name or "<parameter>homes</parameter>" as the service name.
+	their login name or <smbconfsection>homes</smbconfsection>" as the service name.
 	(Note that the workgroup that Samba must also be set.)
 	</para>
 	
 	<para>
-	Make sure you put the <filename>smb.conf</filename> file in the same place 
-	you specified in the <filename>Makefile</filename> (the default is to 
-	look for it in <filename>/usr/local/samba/lib/</filename>).
+	Make sure you put the &smb.conf; file in the correct place 
+	(usually in <filename>/etc/samba</filename>).
 	</para>
 
 	<para>
 	For more information about security settings for the 
-	<parameter>[homes]</parameter> share please refer to the chapter 
-	<link linkend="securing-samba">Securing Samba</link>.
+	<smbconfsection>[homes]</smbconfsection> share please refer to 
+	<link linkend="securing-samba">"Securing Samba"</link>.
 	</para>
 
 <sect3>
 	<title>Test your config file with <command>testparm</command></title>
 
 	<para>
-	It's important that you test the validity of your <filename>smb.conf</filename>
+	It's important that you test the validity of your &smb.conf;
 	file using the &testparm; program. If testparm runs OK
 	then it will list the loaded services. If not it will give an error message.
 	</para>
@@ -115,7 +115,7 @@
 
 	<para>
 	To launch SWAT just run your favorite web browser and 
-	point it at <ulink url="http://localhost:901/">http://localhost:901/</ulink>. Replace
+	point it at <ulink url="http://localhost:901/" noescape="1">http://localhost:901/</ulink>. Replace
 	<replaceable>localhost</replaceable>
 	with the name of the computer you are running samba on if you 
 	are running samba on a different computer than your browser.
@@ -134,8 +134,9 @@
 	<title>Try listing the shares available on your 
 	server</title>
 
-	<para><prompt>$ </prompt><userinput>smbclient -L 
-	<replaceable>yourhostname</replaceable></userinput></para>
+<para><screen>
+&prompt;<userinput>smbclient -L <replaceable>yourhostname</replaceable></userinput>
+</screen></para>
 
 	<para>You should get back a list of shares available on 
 	your server. If you don't then something is incorrectly setup. 
@@ -153,51 +154,55 @@
 <sect1>
 	<title>Try connecting with the unix client</title>
 	
-	<para><prompt>$ </prompt><userinput>smbclient <replaceable>
-	//yourhostname/aservice</replaceable></userinput></para>
+	<para>
+<screen>
+&prompt;<userinput>smbclient <replaceable> //yourhostname/aservice</replaceable></userinput>
+</screen></para>
 	
 	<para>Typically the <replaceable>yourhostname</replaceable> 
 	would be the name of the host where you installed &smbd;. 
 	The <replaceable>aservice</replaceable> is 
 	any service you have defined in the &smb.conf;
-	file. Try your user name if you just have a <parameter>[homes]</parameter>
+	file. Try your user name if you just have a <smbconfsection>[homes]</smbconfsection>
 	section
 	in &smb.conf;.</para>
 
 	<para>For example if your unix host is <replaceable>bambi</replaceable>
 	and your login name is <replaceable>fred</replaceable> you would type:</para>
 
-	<para><prompt>$ </prompt><userinput>smbclient //<replaceable>bambi</replaceable>/<replaceable>fred</replaceable>
-	</userinput></para>
+<para><screen>
+&prompt;<userinput>smbclient //<replaceable>bambi</replaceable>/<replaceable>fred</replaceable></userinput>
+</screen></para>
 </sect1>
 
 <sect1>
-	<title>Try connecting from a DOS, WfWg, Win9x, WinNT, 
-	Win2k, OS/2, etc... client</title>
-	
-	<para>Try mounting disks. eg:</para>
+	<title>Try connecting from another SMB client</title>
 
-	<para><prompt>C:\WINDOWS\> </prompt><userinput>net use d: \\servername\service
-	</userinput></para>
+	<para>Try mounting disks. from a DOS, Windows or OS/2 client, eg:</para>
+
+	<para><screen>
+&dosprompt;<userinput>net use d: \\servername\service</userinput>
+</screen></para>
 
 	<para>Try printing. eg:</para>
 
-	<para><prompt>C:\WINDOWS\> </prompt><userinput>net use lpt1:
-	\\servername\spoolservice</userinput></para>
+	<para>
+<screen>
+&dosprompt;<userinput>net use lpt1:	\\servername\spoolservice</userinput>
+</screen></para>
 
-	<para><prompt>C:\WINDOWS\> </prompt><userinput>print filename
-	</userinput></para>
+<para>
+<screen>&dosprompt;<userinput>print filename</userinput>
+</screen></para>
 </sect1>
 
 <sect1>
 	<title>What If Things Don't Work?</title>
 	
-	<para>Then you might read the file chapter 
-	<link linkend="diagnosis">Diagnosis</link> and the 
-	FAQ. If you are still stuck then try to follow 
-	the <link linkend="problems">Analysing and Solving Problems chapter</link>
+	<para>Then you might read the file chapter <link linkend="diagnosis">diagnosis</link>
+	and the FAQ. If you are still stuck then refer to <link linkend="problems">"Analysing and solving problems"</link>.
 	Samba has been successfully installed at thousands of sites worldwide,
-	so maybe someone else has hit your problem and has overcome it. </para>
+	so maybe someone else has hit your problem and has overcome it.</para>
 
 </sect1>
 
@@ -209,55 +214,7 @@ The following questions and issues get raised on the samba mailing list over and
 </para>
 
 <sect2>
-<title>Why are so many smbd processes eating memory?</title>
-
-<para>
-<quote>
-Site that is running Samba on an AIX box. They are sharing out about 2 terabytes using samba.
-Samba was installed using smitty and the binaries. We seem to be experiencing a memory problem
-with this box.  When I do a <command>svmon -Pu</command> the monitoring program shows that &smbd; has several
-processes of smbd running:
-</quote>
-</para>
-
-<para>
-	<quote>
-Is samba suppose to start this many different smbd processes?  Or does it run as one smbd process?  Also
-is it normal for it to be taking up this much memory?
-</quote>
-</para>
-
-<para>
-<screen>
-Inuse * 4096 = amount of memory being used by this process
-
-     Pid Command        Inuse      Pin     Pgsp  Virtual   64-bit    Mthrd
-   20950 smbd           33098     1906      181     5017        N        N
-   22262 smbd            9104     1906      5410
-   21060 smbd            9048     1906      181     5479        N        N
-   25972 smbd            8678     1906      181     5109        N        N
-   24524 smbd            8674     1906      181     5105        N        N
-   19262 smbd            8582     1906      181     5013        N        N
-   20722 smbd            8572     1906      181     5003        N        N
-   21454 smbd            8572     1906      181     5003        N        N
-   28946 smbd            8567     1906      181     4996        N        N
-   24076 smbd            8566     1906      181     4996        N        N
-   20138 smbd            8566     1906      181     4996        N        N
-   17608 smbd            8565     1906      181     4996        N        N
-   21820 smbd            8565     1906      181     4996        N        N
-   26940 smbd            8565     1906      181     4996        N        N
-   19884 smbd            8565     1906      181     4996        N        N
-    9912 smbd            8565     1906      181     4996        N        N
-   25800 smbd            8564     1906      181     4995        N        N
-   20452 smbd            8564     1906      181     4995        N        N
-   18592 smbd            8562     1906      181     4993        N        N
-   28216 smbd            8521     1906      181     4954        N        N
-   19110 smbd            8404     1906      181     4862        N        N
-
-   Total memory used:  841,592,832 bytes
-</screen>
-</para>
-
+	<title>Large number of smbd processes</title>
 
 <para>
 Samba consists on three core programs:
@@ -285,10 +242,27 @@ run in "split mode" (in which case there will be two instances).
 </sect2>
 
 	<sect2>
-	<title>I'm getting "open_oplock_ipc: Failed to get local UDP socket for address 100007f. Error was Cannot assign requested" in the logs</title>
-    <para>Your loopback device isn't working correctly. Make sure it's running.  </para>
+		<title>"open_oplock_ipc: Failed to get local UDP socket for address 100007f. Error was Cannot assign requested"</title>
+	<para>Your loopback device isn't working correctly. Make sure it's configured properly. The loopback device is an internal (virtual) network device with 
+		the ip address 127.0.0.1. Read your OS documentation for details 
+	on how to configure the loopback on your system.</para>
 	</sect2>
 
+	<sect2>
+		<title>"<errorname>The network name cannot be found</errorname>"</title>
+
+		<para>
+			This error can be caused by one of these misconfigurations:
+		</para>
+
+		<itemizedlist>
+			<listitem><para>You specified an nonexisting <smbconfoption><name>path</name></smbconfoption> for the share in &smb.conf; </para></listitem>
+			<listitem><para>The user you are trying to access the share with does not 
+					have sufficient permissions to access the <smbconfoption><name>path</name></smbconfoption> for the share. Both read (r) and access (x) should be possible.</para></listitem>
+			<listitem><para>The share you are trying to access does not exist.</para></listitem>
+	</itemizedlist>
+
+	</sect2>
 </sect1>
 
 </chapter>
diff --git a/docs/docbook/projdoc/VFS.xml b/docs/docbook/projdoc/VFS.xml
index 67f1b39a996..c949055371d 100644
--- a/docs/docbook/projdoc/VFS.xml
+++ b/docs/docbook/projdoc/VFS.xml
@@ -33,18 +33,19 @@ on different systems.  They currently have been tested against GNU/Linux and IRI
 
 <para>
 To use the VFS modules, create a share similar to the one below.  The
-important parameter is the <command>vfs objects</command> parameter where
+important parameter is the <smbconfoption><name>vfs objects</name></smbconfoption> parameter where
 you can list one or more VFS modules by name. For example, to log all access 
 to files and put deleted files in a recycle bin:
 
-<programlisting>
-[audit]
-        comment = Audited /data directory
-        path = /data
-        vfs objects = audit recycle
-        writeable = yes
-        browseable = yes
-</programlisting>
+<smbconfexample>
+	<title>smb.conf with VFS modules</title>
+	<smbconfsection>[audit]</smbconfsection>
+<smbconfoption><name>comment</name><value>Audited /data directory</value></smbconfoption>
+<smbconfoption><name>path</name><value>/data</value></smbconfoption>
+<smbconfoption><name>vfs objects</name><value>audit recycle</value></smbconfoption>
+<smbconfoption><name>writeable</name><value>yes</value></smbconfoption>
+<smbconfoption><name>browseable</name><value>yes</value></smbconfoption>
+	</smbconfexample>
 </para>
 
 <para>
@@ -62,17 +63,18 @@ directory in the root directory of the samba installation (usually
 Some modules can be used twice for the same share.
 This can be done using a configuration similar to the one below.
 
-<programlisting>
-[test]
-        comment = VFS TEST
-        path = /data
-        writeable = yes
-        browseable = yes
-        vfs objects = example:example1 example example:test
-		example1: parameter = 1
-		example:  parameter = 5
-		test:	  parameter = 7
-</programlisting>
+<smbconfexample>
+	<title>smb.conf with multiple VFS modules</title>
+<smbconfsection>[test]</smbconfsection>
+<smbconfoption><name>comment</name><value>VFS TEST</value></smbconfoption>
+<smbconfoption><name>path</name><value>/data</value></smbconfoption>
+<smbconfoption><name>writeable</name><value>yes</value></smbconfoption>
+<smbconfoption><name>browseable</name><value>yes</value></smbconfoption>
+<smbconfoption><name>vfs objects</name><value>example:example1 example example:test</value></smbconfoption>
+<smbconfoption><name>example1: parameter</name><value>1</value></smbconfoption>
+<smbconfoption><name>example:  parameter</name><value>5</value></smbconfoption>
+<smbconfoption><name>test:	  parameter</name><value>7</value></smbconfoption>
+</smbconfexample>
 </para>
 
 </sect1>
@@ -86,12 +88,12 @@ This can be done using a configuration similar to the one below.
 		<para>
 		A simple module to audit file access to the syslog
 		facility.  The following operations are logged:
-		<simplelist>
-		<member>share</member>
-		<member>connect/disconnect</member>
-		<member>directory opens/create/remove</member>
-		<member>file open/close/rename/unlink/chmod</member>
-		</simplelist>
+		<itemizedlist>
+		<listitem><para>share</para></listitem>
+		<listitem><para>connect/disconnect</para></listitem>
+		<listitem><para>directory opens/create/remove</para></listitem>
+		<listitem><para>file open/close/rename/unlink/chmod</para></listitem>
+		</itemizedlist>
 		</para>
 
 	</sect2>
@@ -107,7 +109,7 @@ This can be done using a configuration similar to the one below.
 
 		<para>
 		The logging information that will be written to the smbd log file is controlled by
-		the <parameter>log level</parameter> parameter in <filename>smb.conf</filename>. The
+		the <smbconfoption><name>log level</name></smbconfoption> parameter in &smb.conf;. The
 		following information will be recorded:
 		</para>
 
@@ -144,49 +146,65 @@ This can be done using a configuration similar to the one below.
 		<para>
 		A recycle-bin like module. When used any unlink call
 		will be intercepted and files moved to the recycle
-		directory instead of being deleted.
+		directory instead of being deleted. This gives the same 
+		effect as the "Recycle Bin" on Windows computers.
 		</para>
 		
 		<para>Supported options:
 		<variablelist>
 			<varlistentry>
 			<term>recycle:repository</term>
-			<listitem><para>FIXME</para></listitem>
+			<listitem><para>Relative path of the directory where deleted files should be moved to</para></listitem>
 			</varlistentry>
 
 			<varlistentry>
 			<term>recycle:keeptree</term>
-			<listitem><para>FIXME</para></listitem>
+			<listitem><para>Specifies whether the directory structure should 
+					be kept or if the files in the directory that is being 
+					deleted should be kept seperately in the recycle bin.
+			</para></listitem>
 			</varlistentry>
 			
 			<varlistentry>
 			<term>recycle:versions</term>
-			<listitem><para>FIXME</para></listitem>
+			<listitem><para>If this option is set, two files 
+					with the same name that are deleted will both 
+					be kept in the recycle bin. Newer deleted versions 
+					of a file will be called "Copy #x of <replaceable>filename</replaceable>".</para></listitem>
 			</varlistentry>
 
 			<varlistentry>
 			<term>recycle:touch</term>
-			<listitem><para>FIXME</para></listitem>
+			<listitem><para>Specifies whether a file's access 
+					date should be touched when the file is moved to 
+			the recycle bin.</para></listitem>
 			</varlistentry>
 
 			<varlistentry>
 			<term>recycle:maxsize</term>
-			<listitem><para>FIXME</para></listitem>
+			<listitem><para>Files that are larger than the number 
+					of bytes specified by this parameter will 
+					not be put into the recycle bin.</para></listitem>
 			</varlistentry>
 
 			<varlistentry>
 			<term>recycle:exclude</term>
-			<listitem><para>FIXME</para></listitem>
+			<listitem><para>List of files that should not 
+					be put into the recycle bin when deleted, but deleted 
+					in the regular way.</para></listitem>
 			</varlistentry>
 
 			<varlistentry>
 			<term>recycle:exclude_dir</term>
-			<listitem><para>FIXME</para></listitem>
+			<listitem><para>Contains a list of directories. When files from 
+					these directories are deleted, they are not put into the 
+					recycle bin, but deleted in the regular way. 
+			</para></listitem>
 			</varlistentry>
 
 			<varlistentry>
 			<term>recycle:noversions</term>
-			<listitem><para>FIXME</para></listitem>
+			<listitem><para>Opposite of <parameter>recycle:versions</parameter>. If both options are specified, this one takes precedence.</para></listitem>
 			</varlistentry>
 		</variablelist>
 		</para>
@@ -202,10 +220,10 @@ This can be done using a configuration similar to the one below.
 		</para>
 
 		<para>Advantages compared to the old netatalk module:
-		<simplelist>
-		<member>it doesn't care about creating of .AppleDouble forks, just keeps them in sync</member>
-		<member>if a share in &smb.conf; doesn't contain .AppleDouble item in hide or veto list, it will be added automatically</member>
-		</simplelist>
+		<itemizedlist>
+		<listitem><para>it doesn't care about creating of .AppleDouble forks, just keeps them in sync</para></listitem>
+		<listitem><para>if a share in &smb.conf; doesn't contain .AppleDouble item in hide or veto list, it will be added automatically</para></listitem>
+		</itemizedlist>
 		</para>
 
 	</sect2>
@@ -231,7 +249,7 @@ should be implied due to its presence here.
 	<title>DatabaseFS</title>
 
 		<para>
-		URL: <ulink url="http://www.css.tayloru.edu/~elorimer/databasefs/index.php">http://www.css.tayloru.edu/~elorimer/databasefs/index.php</ulink>
+		URL: <ulink noescape="1" url="http://www.css.tayloru.edu/~elorimer/databasefs/index.php">http://www.css.tayloru.edu/~elorimer/databasefs/index.php</ulink>
 		</para>
 
 		<para>By <ulink url="mailto:elorimer@css.tayloru.edu">Eric Lorimer</ulink>.</para>
@@ -258,7 +276,7 @@ should be implied due to its presence here.
 	<sect2>
 	<title>vscan</title>
 
-		<para>URL: <ulink url="http://www.openantivirus.org/">http://www.openantivirus.org/</ulink></para>
+	<para>URL: <ulink noescape="1" url="http://www.openantivirus.org/">http://www.openantivirus.org/</ulink></para>
 
 		<para>
 		samba-vscan is a proof-of-concept module for Samba, which
@@ -271,12 +289,4 @@ should be implied due to its presence here.
 	</sect2>
 </sect1>
 
-<sect1>
-<title>Common Errors</title>
-
-<para>
-There must be some gotchas we should record here! Jelmer???
-</para>
-
-</sect1>
 </chapter>
diff --git a/docs/docbook/projdoc/imagefiles/access1 b/docs/docbook/projdoc/imagefiles/access1
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..7fd2673800d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docbook/projdoc/imagefiles/access1
diff --git a/docs/docbook/projdoc/imagefiles/access1.png b/docs/docbook/projdoc/imagefiles/access1.png
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..0d070a61092
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docbook/projdoc/imagefiles/access1.png
diff --git a/docs/docbook/projdoc/imagefiles/browsing1 b/docs/docbook/projdoc/imagefiles/browsing1
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..8235df45f60
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docbook/projdoc/imagefiles/browsing1
diff --git a/docs/docbook/projdoc/imagefiles/browsing1.png b/docs/docbook/projdoc/imagefiles/browsing1.png
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..bfe76dcb63c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docbook/projdoc/imagefiles/browsing1.png
diff --git a/docs/docbook/projdoc/imagefiles/cups1 b/docs/docbook/projdoc/imagefiles/cups1
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..e4cd3b12397
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docbook/projdoc/imagefiles/cups1
diff --git a/docs/docbook/projdoc/imagefiles/cups1.png b/docs/docbook/projdoc/imagefiles/cups1.png
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..cbe646a5fa1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docbook/projdoc/imagefiles/cups1.png
diff --git a/docs/docbook/projdoc/imagefiles/cups2 b/docs/docbook/projdoc/imagefiles/cups2
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..9dfb60f3352
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docbook/projdoc/imagefiles/cups2
diff --git a/docs/docbook/projdoc/imagefiles/cups2.png b/docs/docbook/projdoc/imagefiles/cups2.png
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..d0713c07ca3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docbook/projdoc/imagefiles/cups2.png
diff --git a/docs/docbook/projdoc/imagefiles/domain b/docs/docbook/projdoc/imagefiles/domain
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..a994d423e26
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docbook/projdoc/imagefiles/domain
diff --git a/docs/docbook/projdoc/imagefiles/domain.png b/docs/docbook/projdoc/imagefiles/domain.png
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..82d299b0860
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docbook/projdoc/imagefiles/domain.png
diff --git a/docs/docbook/projdoc/imagefiles/idmap b/docs/docbook/projdoc/imagefiles/idmap
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..555933978bc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docbook/projdoc/imagefiles/idmap
diff --git a/docs/docbook/projdoc/imagefiles/idmap-gid2sid.dia b/docs/docbook/projdoc/imagefiles/idmap-gid2sid.dia
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..b3b1d88c506
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docbook/projdoc/imagefiles/idmap-gid2sid.dia
diff --git a/docs/docbook/projdoc/imagefiles/idmap-gid2sid.png b/docs/docbook/projdoc/imagefiles/idmap-gid2sid.png
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..b8cf5d22572
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docbook/projdoc/imagefiles/idmap-gid2sid.png
diff --git a/docs/docbook/projdoc/imagefiles/idmap-groups.dia b/docs/docbook/projdoc/imagefiles/idmap-groups.dia
new file mode 100755
index 00000000000..04da158c53e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docbook/projdoc/imagefiles/idmap-groups.dia
diff --git a/docs/docbook/projdoc/imagefiles/idmap-groups.png b/docs/docbook/projdoc/imagefiles/idmap-groups.png
new file mode 100755
index 00000000000..e5c214574f1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docbook/projdoc/imagefiles/idmap-groups.png
diff --git a/docs/docbook/projdoc/imagefiles/idmap-sid2gid.dia b/docs/docbook/projdoc/imagefiles/idmap-sid2gid.dia
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..e6e5107698f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docbook/projdoc/imagefiles/idmap-sid2gid.dia
diff --git a/docs/docbook/projdoc/imagefiles/idmap-sid2gid.png b/docs/docbook/projdoc/imagefiles/idmap-sid2gid.png
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..daadfc1f900
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docbook/projdoc/imagefiles/idmap-sid2gid.png
diff --git a/docs/docbook/projdoc/imagefiles/idmap-sid2uid.dia b/docs/docbook/projdoc/imagefiles/idmap-sid2uid.dia
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..91e00530a63
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docbook/projdoc/imagefiles/idmap-sid2uid.dia
diff --git a/docs/docbook/projdoc/imagefiles/idmap-sid2uid.png b/docs/docbook/projdoc/imagefiles/idmap-sid2uid.png
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..3acc07bd113
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docbook/projdoc/imagefiles/idmap-sid2uid.png
diff --git a/docs/docbook/projdoc/imagefiles/idmap-store-gid2sid.dia b/docs/docbook/projdoc/imagefiles/idmap-store-gid2sid.dia
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..957613b6f36
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docbook/projdoc/imagefiles/idmap-store-gid2sid.dia
diff --git a/docs/docbook/projdoc/imagefiles/idmap-store-gid2sid.png b/docs/docbook/projdoc/imagefiles/idmap-store-gid2sid.png
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..911c9963293
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docbook/projdoc/imagefiles/idmap-store-gid2sid.png
diff --git a/docs/docbook/projdoc/imagefiles/idmap-uid2sid.dia b/docs/docbook/projdoc/imagefiles/idmap-uid2sid.dia
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..de6ccaacb3b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docbook/projdoc/imagefiles/idmap-uid2sid.dia
diff --git a/docs/docbook/projdoc/imagefiles/idmap-uid2sid.png b/docs/docbook/projdoc/imagefiles/idmap-uid2sid.png
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..f30c6325005
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docbook/projdoc/imagefiles/idmap-uid2sid.png
diff --git a/docs/docbook/projdoc/imagefiles/idmap.png b/docs/docbook/projdoc/imagefiles/idmap.png
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..b090ced6329
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docbook/projdoc/imagefiles/idmap.png
diff --git a/docs/docbook/projdoc/imagefiles/idmap_winbind_no_loop.png b/docs/docbook/projdoc/imagefiles/idmap_winbind_no_loop.png
new file mode 100755
index 00000000000..5393f6a1925
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docbook/projdoc/imagefiles/idmap_winbind_no_loop.png
diff --git a/docs/docbook/projdoc/imagefiles/pdftoepsonusb b/docs/docbook/projdoc/imagefiles/pdftoepsonusb
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..2f846ee8d45
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docbook/projdoc/imagefiles/pdftoepsonusb
diff --git a/docs/docbook/projdoc/imagefiles/pdftoepsonusb.png b/docs/docbook/projdoc/imagefiles/pdftoepsonusb.png
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..b80efe9f168
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docbook/projdoc/imagefiles/pdftoepsonusb.png
diff --git a/docs/docbook/projdoc/imagefiles/pdftosocket b/docs/docbook/projdoc/imagefiles/pdftosocket
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..53b6b7117cc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docbook/projdoc/imagefiles/pdftosocket
diff --git a/docs/docbook/projdoc/imagefiles/pdftosocket.png b/docs/docbook/projdoc/imagefiles/pdftosocket.png
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..ea4a9dae93d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docbook/projdoc/imagefiles/pdftosocket.png
diff --git a/docs/docbook/projdoc/imagefiles/trusts1 b/docs/docbook/projdoc/imagefiles/trusts1
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..95cbbaa42fa
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docbook/projdoc/imagefiles/trusts1
diff --git a/docs/docbook/projdoc/imagefiles/trusts1.png b/docs/docbook/projdoc/imagefiles/trusts1.png
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..72aa60d4cc3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docbook/projdoc/imagefiles/trusts1.png
diff --git a/docs/docbook/projdoc/locking.xml b/docs/docbook/projdoc/locking.xml
index 0e508f682a0..17dc518226c 100644
--- a/docs/docbook/projdoc/locking.xml
+++ b/docs/docbook/projdoc/locking.xml
@@ -62,7 +62,7 @@ that are specified when a file is open.
 </para>
 
 <para>
-Record locking semantics under Unix are very different from record locking under
+Record locking semantics under UNIX are very different from record locking under
 Windows. Versions of Samba before 2.2 have tried to use the native fcntl() unix
 system call to implement proper record locking between different Samba clients.
 This can not be fully correct due to several reasons. The simplest is the fact
@@ -75,29 +75,29 @@ many more differences, too many to be listed here.
 <para>
 Samba 2.2 and above implements record locking completely independent of the
 underlying unix system. If a byte range lock that the client requests happens
-to fall into the range 0-2^31, Samba hands this request down to the Unix system.
+to fall into the range 0-2^31, Samba hands this request down to the UNIX system.
 All other locks can not be seen by unix anyway.
 </para>
 
 <para>
-Strictly a SMB server should check for locks before every read and write call on
-a file. Unfortunately with the way fcntl() works this can be slow and may overstress
+Strictly an SMB server should check for locks before every read and write call on
+a file. Unfortunately with the way fcntl() works this can be slow and may over-stress
 the <command>rpc.lockd</command>. It is also almost always unnecessary as clients are supposed to
 independently make locking calls before reads and writes anyway if locking is
 important to them. By default Samba only makes locking calls when explicitly asked
-to by a client, but if you set <parameter>strict locking = yes</parameter> then it
+to by a client, but if you set <smbconfoption><name>strict locking</name><value>yes</value></smbconfoption> then it
 will make lock checking calls on every read and write.
 </para>
 
 <para>
-You can also disable byte range locking completely using <parameter>locking = no</parameter>.
+You can also disable byte range locking completely using <smbconfoption><name>locking</name><value>no</value></smbconfoption>.
 This is useful for those shares that don't support locking or don't need it
 (such as cdroms). In this case Samba fakes the return codes of locking calls to
 tell clients that everything is OK.
 </para>
 
 <para>
-The second class of locking is the <parameter>deny modes</parameter>. These 
+The second class of locking is the <emphasis>deny modes</emphasis>. These 
 are set by an application when it opens a file to determine what types of
 access should be allowed simultaneously with its open. A client may ask for
 <constant>DENY_NONE</constant>, <constant>DENY_READ</constant>, 
@@ -328,19 +328,19 @@ in a performance bottleneck.
 </sect3>
 
 <sect3>
-<title>Unix or NFS Client Accessed Files</title>
+<title>UNIX or NFS Client Accessed Files</title>
 
 <para>
-Local Unix and NFS clients access files without a mandatory
+Local UNIX and NFS clients access files without a mandatory
 file locking mechanism.  Thus, these client platforms are incapable of
 initiating an oplock break request from the server to a Windows client
-that has a file cached. Local Unix or NFS file access can therefore
+that has a file cached. Local UNIX or NFS file access can therefore
 write to a file that has been cached by a Windows client, which
 exposes the file to likely data corruption.
 </para>
 
 <para>
-If files are shared between Windows clients, and either local Unix 
+If files are shared between Windows clients, and either local UNIX 
 or NFS users, then turn opportunistic locking off.
 </para>
 
@@ -409,7 +409,7 @@ the share.
 <title>Beware of Force User</title>
 
 <para>
-Samba includes an &smb.conf; parameter called <parameter>force user</parameter> that changes
+Samba includes an &smb.conf; parameter called <smbconfoption><name>force user</name></smbconfoption> that changes
 the user accessing a share from the incoming user to whatever user is
 defined by the smb.conf variable.  If opportunistic locking is enabled
 on a share, the change in user access causes an oplock break to be sent
@@ -426,7 +426,7 @@ Avoid the combination of the following:
 
 <itemizedlist>
 	<listitem><para>
-	<parameter>force user</parameter> in the &smb.conf; share configuration.
+	<smbconfoption><name>force user</name></smbconfoption> in the &smb.conf; share configuration.
 	</para></listitem>
 
 	<listitem><para>
@@ -449,8 +449,8 @@ administrator to adjust various properties of the oplock mechanism to
 account for timing and usage levels.  These parameters provide good
 versatility for implementing oplocks in environments where they would
 likely cause problems.  The parameters are: 
-<parameter>oplock break wait time</parameter>,
-<parameter>oplock contention limit</parameter>.
+<smbconfoption><name>oplock break wait time</name></smbconfoption>,
+<smbconfoption><name>oplock contention limit</name></smbconfoption>.
 </para>
 
 <para>
@@ -514,7 +514,7 @@ enabled and disabled.
 <para>
 Opportunistic Locking is a unique Windows file locking feature.  It is
 not really file locking, but is included in most discussions of Windows
-file locking, so is considered a defacto locking feature.
+file locking, so is considered a de facto locking feature.
 Opportunistic Locking is actually part of the Windows client file
 caching mechanism.  It is not a particularly robust or reliable feature
 when implemented on the variety of customized networks that exist in
@@ -557,7 +557,7 @@ oplock aware at this time.
 
 <para>
 Unless your system supports kernel oplocks, you should disable oplocks if you are
-accessing the same files from both Unix/Linux and SMB clients. Regardless, oplocks should
+accessing the same files from both UNIX/Linux and SMB clients. Regardless, oplocks should
 always be disabled if you are sharing a database file (e.g., Microsoft Access) between
 multiple clients, as any break the first client receives will affect synchronisation of
 the entire file (not just the single record), which will result in a noticeable performance
@@ -594,11 +594,11 @@ You can disable oplocks on a per-share basis with the following:
 </para>
 
 <para>
-<programlisting>
-[acctdata]
-	oplocks = False
-	level2 oplocks = False
-</programlisting>
+<smbconfblock>
+<smbconfsection>[acctdata]</smbconfsection>
+<smbconfoption><name>oplocks</name><value>False</value></smbconfoption>
+<smbconfoption><name>level2 oplocks</name><value>False</value></smbconfoption>
+</smbconfblock>
 </para>
 
 <para>
@@ -611,9 +611,9 @@ Alternately, you could disable oplocks on a per-file basis within the share:
 </para>
 
 <para>
-<programlisting>
-	veto oplock files = /*.mdb/*.MDB/*.dbf/*.DBF/
-</programlisting>
+	<smbconfblock>
+<smbconfoption><name>veto oplock files</name><value>/*.mdb/*.MDB/*.dbf/*.DBF/</value></smbconfoption>
+</smbconfblock>
 </para>
 
 <para>
@@ -641,10 +641,9 @@ basis in the &smb.conf; file.
 </para>
 
 <para>
-<programlisting>
-[global]
-kernel oplocks = yes
-</programlisting>
+	<smbconfblock>
+<smbconfoption><name>kernel oplocks</name><value>yes</value></smbconfoption>
+</smbconfblock>
 The default is "no".
 </para>
 
@@ -663,17 +662,18 @@ enabled on a per-share basis, or globally for the entire server, in the
 </para>
 
 <para>
-<programlisting><title>Example Veto OpLock Settings</title>
-[global]
-        veto oplock files = /filename.htm/*.txt/
+<smbconfexample>
+	<title>Share with some files oplocked</title>
+<smbconfsection>[global]</smbconfsection>
+<smbconfoption><name>veto oplock files</name><value>/filename.htm/*.txt/</value></smbconfoption>
 
-[share_name]
-        veto oplock files = /*.exe/filename.ext/
-</programlisting>
+<smbconfsection>[share_name]</smbconfsection>
+<smbconfoption><name>veto oplock files</name><value>/*.exe/filename.ext/</value></smbconfoption>
+</smbconfexample>
 </para>
 
 <para>
-<emphasis>Oplock break wait time</emphasis> is an &smb.conf; parameter that adjusts the time
+	<smbconfoption><name>oplock break wait time</name></smbconfoption> is an &smb.conf; parameter that adjusts the time
 interval for Samba to reply to an oplock break request.  Samba
 recommends "DO NOT CHANGE THIS PARAMETER UNLESS YOU HAVE READ AND
 UNDERSTOOD THE SAMBA OPLOCK CODE."  Oplock Break Wait Time can only be
@@ -681,10 +681,9 @@ configured globally in the &smb.conf; file:
 </para>
 
 <para>
-<programlisting>
-[global]
-          oplock break wait time =  0 (default)
-</programlisting>
+	<smbconfblock>
+<smbconfoption><name>oplock break wait time</name><value> 0 (default)</value></smbconfoption>
+</smbconfblock>
 </para>
 
 <para>
@@ -698,13 +697,13 @@ the entire server, in the &smb.conf; file:
 </para>
 
 <para>
-<programlisting>
-[global]
-          oplock break contention limit =  2 (default)
+	<smbconfexample>
+<smbconfsection>[global]</smbconfsection>
+<smbconfoption><name>oplock break contention limit</name><value> 2 (default)</value></smbconfoption>
 
-[share_name]
-         oplock break contention limit =  2 (default)
-</programlisting>
+<smbconfsection>[share_name]</smbconfsection>
+<smbconfoption><name>oplock break contention limit</name><value> 2 (default)</value></smbconfoption>
+</smbconfexample>
 </para>
 
 </sect3>
@@ -919,7 +918,7 @@ potentially cause loss of cached data.
 <title>Persistent Data Corruption</title>
 
 <para>
-If you have applied all of the settings discussed in this paper but data corruption problems
+If you have applied all of the settings discussed in this chapter but data corruption problems
 and other symptoms persist, here are some additional things to check out:
 </para>
 
@@ -984,14 +983,16 @@ so far:
 	<title>locking.tdb error messages</title>
 
 	<para>
-	<screen>
-	> We are seeing lots of errors in the samba logs like:
-	>
-	>    tdb(/usr/local/samba_2.2.7/var/locks/locking.tdb): rec_read bad magic
-	> 0x4d6f4b61 at offset=36116
-	>
-	> What do these mean?
-	</screen>
+	<quote>
+	We are seeing lots of errors in the samba logs like:
+</quote>
+<programlisting>
+tdb(/usr/local/samba_2.2.7/var/locks/locking.tdb): rec_read bad magic
+ 0x4d6f4b61 at offset=36116
+</programlisting>
+<quote>
+	What do these mean?
+	</quote>
 	</para>
 
 	<para>
@@ -1000,6 +1001,25 @@ so far:
 
 	</sect2>
 
+	<sect2>
+		<title>Problems saving files in MS Office on Windows XP</title>
+
+		<para>This is a bug in Windows XP. More information can be 
+			found in <ulink url="http://support.microsoft.com/?id=812937">Microsoft Knowledge Base article 812937</ulink>.</para>
+
+	</sect2>
+
+	<sect2>
+
+		<title>Long delays deleting files over network with XP SP1</title>
+		
+		<para><quote>It sometimes takes approximately 35 seconds to delete files over the network after XP SP1 has been applied</quote></para>
+
+		<para>This is a bug in Windows XP. More information can be 
+			found in <ulink url="http://support.microsoft.com/?id=811492">
+				Microsoft Knowledge Base article 811492</ulink>.</para>
+	</sect2>
+
 </sect1>
 
 <sect1>
@@ -1019,22 +1039,22 @@ Section of the Microsoft MSDN Library on opportunistic locking:
 Opportunistic Locks, Microsoft Developer Network (MSDN), Windows Development &gt;
 Windows Base Services &gt; Files and I/O &gt; SDK Documentation &gt; File Storage &gt; File Systems
 &gt; About File Systems &gt; Opportunistic Locks, Microsoft Corporation.
-<ulink url="http://msdn.microsoft.com/library/en-us/fileio/storage_5yk3.asp">http://msdn.microsoft.com/library/en-us/fileio/storage_5yk3.asp</ulink>
+<ulink noescape="1" url="http://msdn.microsoft.com/library/en-us/fileio/storage_5yk3.asp">http://msdn.microsoft.com/library/en-us/fileio/storage_5yk3.asp</ulink>
 </para>
 
 <para>
 Microsoft Knowledge Base Article Q224992 "Maintaining Transactional Integrity with OPLOCKS",
-Microsoft Corporation, April 1999, <ulink url="http://support.microsoft.com/default.aspx?scid=kb;en-us;Q224992">http://support.microsoft.com/default.aspx?scid=kb;en-us;Q224992</ulink>.
+Microsoft Corporation, April 1999, <ulink noescape="1" url="http://support.microsoft.com/default.aspx?scid=kb;en-us;Q224992">http://support.microsoft.com/default.aspx?scid=kb;en-us;Q224992</ulink>.
 </para>
 
 <para>
 Microsoft Knowledge Base Article Q296264 "Configuring Opportunistic Locking in Windows 2000",
-Microsoft Corporation, April 2001, <ulink url="http://support.microsoft.com/default.aspx?scid=kb;en-us;Q296264">http://support.microsoft.com/default.aspx?scid=kb;en-us;Q296264</ulink>.
+Microsoft Corporation, April 2001, <ulink noescape="1" url="http://support.microsoft.com/default.aspx?scid=kb;en-us;Q296264">http://support.microsoft.com/default.aspx?scid=kb;en-us;Q296264</ulink>.
 </para>
 
 <para>
 Microsoft Knowledge Base Article Q129202 "PC Ext: Explanation of Opportunistic Locking on Windows NT",
- Microsoft Corporation, April 1995, <ulink url="http://support.microsoft.com/default.aspx?scid=kb;en-us;Q129202">http://support.microsoft.com/default.aspx?scid=kb;en-us;Q129202</ulink>.
+ Microsoft Corporation, April 1995, <ulink noescape="1" url="http://support.microsoft.com/default.aspx?scid=kb;en-us;Q129202">http://support.microsoft.com/default.aspx?scid=kb;en-us;Q129202</ulink>.
 </para>
 
 </sect1>
diff --git a/docs/docbook/projdoc/msdfs_setup.xml b/docs/docbook/projdoc/msdfs_setup.xml
index c21c9ec6bf3..90259f6a510 100644
--- a/docs/docbook/projdoc/msdfs_setup.xml
+++ b/docs/docbook/projdoc/msdfs_setup.xml
@@ -27,23 +27,21 @@
 	</para>
 
 	<para>
-	For information about DFS, refer to
-	<ulink url="http://www.microsoft.com/NTServer/nts/downloads/winfeatures/NTSDistrFile/AdminGuide.asp">
-	Microsoft documentation at http://www.microsoft.com/NTServer/nts/downloads/winfeatures/NTSDistrFile/AdminGuide.asp</ulink>.
+	For information about DFS, refer to the 
+<ulink url="http://www.microsoft.com/NTServer/nts/downloads/winfeatures/NTSDistrFile/AdminGuide.asp">Microsoft documentation</ulink>.
 	</para>
 
 	<para>
-	This document explains how to host a DFS tree on a Unix machine (for DFS-aware
+	This document explains how to host a DFS tree on a UNIX machine (for DFS-aware
 	clients to browse) using Samba.
 	</para>
 
 	<para>
-	To enable SMB-based DFS for Samba, configure it with the <parameter>--with-msdfs</parameter>
+		To enable SMB-based DFS for Samba, configure it with the <option>--with-msdfs</option>
 	option. Once built, a Samba server can be made a DFS server by setting the global 
-	boolean <ulink url="smb.conf.5.html#HOSTMSDFS"><parameter> host msdfs</parameter></ulink>
-	parameter in the <filename>smb.conf </filename> file. You designate a share as a DFS
-	root using the share level boolean <ulink url="smb.conf.5.html#MSDFSROOT"><parameter>
-	msdfs root</parameter></ulink> parameter. A DFS root directory on Samba hosts DFS
+	boolean <smbconfoption><name>host msdfs</name></smbconfoption>
+	parameter in the &smb.conf; file. You designate a share as a DFS
+	root using the share level boolean <smbconfoption><name>msdfs root</name></smbconfoption> parameter. A DFS root directory on Samba hosts DFS
 	links in the form of symbolic links that point to other servers. For example, a symbolic link
 	<filename>junction-&gt;msdfs:storage1\share1</filename> in the share directory acts
 	as the DFS junction. When DFS-aware clients attempt to access the junction link,
@@ -58,28 +56,28 @@
 	Here's an example of setting up a DFS tree on a Samba server.
 	</para>
 
-	<para><programlisting>
-# The smb.conf file:
-[global]
-	netbios name = SMOKEY
-	host msdfs   = yes
+	<para><smbconfexample>
+			<title>smb.conf with DFS configured</title>
+<smbconfsection>[global]</smbconfsection>
+<smbconfoption><name>netbios name</name><value>&example.server.samba;</value></smbconfoption>
+<smbconfoption><name>host msdfs  </name><value>yes</value></smbconfoption>
 
-[dfs]
-	path = /export/dfsroot
-	msdfs root = yes
-	</programlisting></para>
+<smbconfsection>[dfs]</smbconfsection>
+<smbconfoption><name>path</name><value>/export/dfsroot</value></smbconfoption>
+<smbconfoption><name>msdfs root</name><value>yes</value></smbconfoption>
+	</smbconfexample></para>
 
 
-	<para>In the /export/dfsroot directory we set up our dfs links to 
+	<para>In the /export/dfsroot directory we set up our DFS links to 
 	other servers on the network.</para>
 
-	<screen>
-	&rootprompt;<userinput>cd /export/dfsroot</userinput>
-	&rootprompt;<userinput>chown root /export/dfsroot</userinput>
-	&rootprompt;<userinput>chmod 755 /export/dfsroot</userinput>
-	&rootprompt;<userinput>ln -s msdfs:storageA\\shareA linka</userinput>
-	&rootprompt;<userinput>ln -s msdfs:serverB\\share,serverC\\share linkb</userinput>
-	</screen>
+<screen>
+&rootprompt;<userinput>cd /export/dfsroot</userinput>
+&rootprompt;<userinput>chown root /export/dfsroot</userinput>
+&rootprompt;<userinput>chmod 755 /export/dfsroot</userinput>
+&rootprompt;<userinput>ln -s msdfs:storageA\\shareA linka</userinput>
+&rootprompt;<userinput>ln -s msdfs:serverB\\share,serverC\\share linkb</userinput>
+</screen>
 
 	<para>You should set up the permissions and ownership of 
 	the directory acting as the DFS root such that only designated 
@@ -99,9 +97,9 @@
 <title>Common Errors</title>
 	<itemizedlist>
 		<listitem><para>Windows clients need to be rebooted 
-		if a previously mounted non-dfs share is made a dfs 
+		if a previously mounted non-dfs share is made a DFS 
 		root or vice versa. A better way is to introduce a 
-		new share and make it the dfs root.</para>
+		new share and make it the DFS root.</para>
 		</listitem>
 		
 		<listitem><para>Currently there's a restriction that msdfs 
diff --git a/docs/docbook/projdoc/passdb.xml b/docs/docbook/projdoc/passdb.xml
index 3a33e9f1e78..32de096b075 100644
--- a/docs/docbook/projdoc/passdb.xml
+++ b/docs/docbook/projdoc/passdb.xml
@@ -17,8 +17,8 @@
 <title>Account Information Databases</title>
 
 <para>
-Samba-3 implements a new capability to work concurrently with multiple account backends.
-The possible new combinations of password backends allows Samba-3 a degree of flexibility
+Samba 3 implements a new capability to work concurrently with multiple account backends.
+The possible new combinations of password backends allows Samba 3 a degree of flexibility
 and scalability that previously could be achieved only with MS Windows Active Directory.
 This chapter describes the new functionality and how to get the most out of it.
 </para>
@@ -26,10 +26,10 @@ This chapter describes the new functionality and how to get the most out of it.
 <para>
 In the course of development of Samba-3, a number of requests were received to provide the
 ability to migrate MS Windows NT4 SAM accounts to Samba-3 without the need to provide
-matching Unix/Linux accounts. We called this the <emphasis>Non Unix Accounts (NUA)</emphasis>
+matching UNIX/Linux accounts. We called this the <emphasis>Non UNIX Accounts (NUA)</emphasis>
 capability. The intent was that an administrator could decide to use the <emphasis>tdbsam</emphasis>
-backend and by simply specifying <emphasis>"passdb backend = tdbsam_nua, guest"</emphasis>
-this would allow Samba-3 to implement a solution that did not use Unix accounts per se. Late
+backend and by simply specifying <smbconfoption><name>passdb backend</name><value>tdbsam_nua</value></smbconfoption>
+this would allow Samba-3 to implement a solution that did not use UNIX accounts per se. Late
 in the development cycle, the team doing this work hit upon some obstacles that prevents this
 solution from being used. Given the delays with Samba-3 release a decision was made to NOT
 deliver this functionality until a better method of recognising NT Group SIDs from NT User
@@ -37,7 +37,8 @@ SIDs could be found. This feature may thus return during the life cycle for the
 </para>
 
 <note><para>
-Samba-3.0.0 does NOT support Non-Unix Account (NUA) operation.
+Samba-3 does NOT support Non-UNIX Account (NUA) operation for user accounts.
+Samba-3 does support NUA operation for machine accounts.
 </para></note>
 
 <sect1>
@@ -48,12 +49,14 @@ Samba-3 provides for complete backwards compatibility with Samba-2.2.x functiona
 as follows:
 </para>
 
+<sect2>
+	<title>Backwards Compatibility Backends</title>
+
 <variablelist>
-<title>Backwards Compatibility Backends</title>
 	<varlistentry><term>Plain Text:</term>
 		<listitem>
 			<para>
-			This option uses nothing but the Unix/Linux <filename>/etc/passwd</filename>
+			This option uses nothing but the UNIX/Linux <filename>/etc/passwd</filename>
 			style back end. On systems that have PAM (Pluggable Authentication Modules)
 			support all PAM modules are supported. The behaviour is just as it was with
 			Samba-2.2.x, and the protocol limitations imposed by MS Windows clients
@@ -94,22 +97,18 @@ as follows:
 	</varlistentry>
 </variablelist>
 
+</sect2>
+
+<sect2>
+	<title>New Backends</title>
+
 <para>
 Samba-3 introduces the following new password backend capabilities:
 </para>
 
-<variablelist>
-<title>New Backends</title>
-	<varlistentry><term>guest:</term>
-		<listitem>
-			<para>
-			This is <emphasis>always</emphasis> required as the last backend specified.
-			It provides the ability to handle guest account requirements for access to
-			resources like <parameter>IPC$</parameter> which is used for browsing.
-			</para>
-		</listitem>
-	</varlistentry>
 
+
+<variablelist>
 	<varlistentry><term>tdbsam:</term>
 		<listitem>
 			<para>
@@ -186,17 +185,10 @@ Samba-3 introduces the following new password backend capabilities:
 		</listitem>
 	</varlistentry>
 
-	<varlistentry><term>nisplussam:</term>
-		<listitem>
-			<para>
-			The  NIS+ based passdb backend. Takes name NIS domain as an
-	                optional argument. Only works with Sun NIS+ servers.
-			</para>
-		</listitem>
-	</varlistentry>
-
 </variablelist>
 
+</sect2>
+
 </sect1>
 
 <sect1>
@@ -223,11 +215,19 @@ Samba-3 introduces the following new password backend capabilities:
 	In addition to differently encrypted passwords, windows also stores certain data for each
 	user that is not stored in a unix user database. e.g: workstations the user may logon from,
 	the location where the users' profile is stored, and so on. Samba retrieves and stores this
-	information using a <parameter>passdb backend</parameter>.  Commonly available backends are LDAP, plain text
+	information using a <smbconfoption><name>passdb backend</name></smbconfoption>.  Commonly available backends are LDAP, plain text
 	file, MySQL and nisplus.  For more information, see the man page for &smb.conf; regarding the 
-	<parameter>passdb backend</parameter> parameter.
+	<smbconfoption><name>passdb backend</name></smbconfoption> parameter.
 	</para>
 
+
+	<figure id="idmap-diag"><title>IDMAP</title>
+	<mediaobject>
+	<imageobject role="latex"><imagedata fileref="projdoc/imagefiles/idmap" scale="50" scalefit="1"/></imageobject>
+	<imageobject><imagedata fileref="projdoc/imagefiles/idmap.png" scale="50" scalefit="1"/></imageobject>
+	</mediaobject>
+	</figure>
+
 	<sect2>
 	<title>Important Notes About Security</title>
 		
@@ -263,12 +263,12 @@ Samba-3 introduces the following new password backend capabilities:
 		although they may log onto a domain environment:
 		</para>
 
-		<simplelist>
-			<member>MS DOS Network client 3.0 with the basic network redirector installed</member>
-			<member>Windows 95 with the network redirector update installed</member>
-			<member>Windows 98 [se]</member>
-			<member>Windows Me</member>
-		</simplelist>
+		<itemizedlist>
+			<listitem><para>MS DOS Network client 3.0 with the basic network redirector installed</para></listitem>
+			<listitem><para>Windows 95 with the network redirector update installed</para></listitem>
+			<listitem><para>Windows 98 [se]</para></listitem>
+			<listitem><para>Windows Me</para></listitem>
+		</itemizedlist>
 
 		<note>
 		<para>
@@ -281,13 +281,13 @@ Samba-3 introduces the following new password backend capabilities:
 		The following versions of MS Windows fully support domain security protocols.
 		</para>
 
-		<simplelist>
-			<member>Windows NT 3.5x</member>
-			<member>Windows NT 4.0</member>
-			<member>Windows 2000 Professional</member>
-			<member>Windows 200x Server/Advanced Server</member>
-			<member>Windows XP Professional</member>
-		</simplelist>
+		<itemizedlist>
+			<listitem><para>Windows NT 3.5x</para></listitem>
+			<listitem><para>Windows NT 4.0</para></listitem>
+			<listitem><para>Windows 2000 Professional</para></listitem>
+			<listitem><para>Windows 200x Server/Advanced Server</para></listitem>
+			<listitem><para>Windows XP Professional</para></listitem>
+		</itemizedlist>
 			
 		<para>
 		All current release of Microsoft SMB/CIFS clients support authentication via the
@@ -352,37 +352,63 @@ Samba-3 introduces the following new password backend capabilities:
 	</sect2>
 
 	<sect2>
-	<title>Mapping User Identifiers between MS Windows and Unix</title>
+	<title>Mapping User Identifiers between MS Windows and UNIX</title>
 
 	<para>
-	Every operation in Unix/Linux requires a user identifier (UID), just as in
+	Every operation in UNIX/Linux requires a user identifier (UID), just as in
 	MS Windows NT4 / 200x this requires a Security Identifier (SID). Samba provides
-	two means for mapping an MS Windows user to a Unix/Linux UID.
+	two means for mapping an MS Windows user to a UNIX/Linux UID.
 	</para>
 
 	<para>
 	Firstly, all Samba SAM (Security Account Manager database) accounts require
-	a Unix/Linux UID that the account will map to. As users are added to the account
-	information database, Samba-3 will call the <parameter>add user script</parameter>
-	interface to add the account to the Samba host OS. In essence, all accounts in
+	a UNIX/Linux UID that the account will map to. As users are added to the account
+	information database, Samba will call the <smbconfoption><name>add user script</name></smbconfoption>
+	interface to add the account to the Samba host OS. In essence all accounts in
 	the local SAM require a local user account.
 	</para>
 
 	<para>
-	The second way to affect Windows SID to Unix UID mapping is via the
+	The second way to affect Windows SID to UNIX UID mapping is via the
 	<emphasis>idmap uid, idmap gid</emphasis> parameters in &smb.conf;.
 	Please refer to the man page for information about these parameters.
 	These parameters are essential when mapping users from a remote SAM server.
 	</para>
 
 	</sect2>
+
+	<sect2 id="idmapbackend">
+	<title>Mapping Common UIDs/GIDs on Distributed Machines</title>
+
+	<para>
+	Samba-3 has a special facility that makes it possible to maintain identical UIDs and GIDs
+	on all servers in a distributed network. A distributed network is one where there exists
+	a PDC, one or more BDCs and/or one or more domain member servers. Why is this important?
+	This is important if files are being shared over more than one protocol (eg: NFS) and where
+	users are copying files across UNIX/Linux systems using tools such as <command>rsync</command>.
+	</para>
+
+	<para>
+	The special facility is enabled using a parameter called <parameter>idmap backend</parameter>.
+	The default setting for this parameter is an empty string. Administrators should NOT set this
+	parameter except when an LDAP based passdb backend is in use. An example of use is:
+	</para>
+
+	<para>
+<smbconfexample id="idmapbackendexample">
+<smbconfsection>[global]</smbconfsection>
+<smbconfoption><name>idmap backend</name><value>ldapsam://ldap-server.quenya.org:636</value></smbconfoption>
+</smbconfexample>
+	</para>
+
+	</sect2>
 </sect1>
 
-<sect1>
+<sect1 id="acctmgmttools">
 <title>Account Management Tools</title>
 
 <para>
-Samba-3 provides two (2) tools for management of User and machine accounts. These tools are
+Samba provides two (2) tools for management of User and machine accounts. These tools are
 called <command>smbpasswd</command> and <command>pdbedit</command>. A third tool is under
 development but is NOT expected to ship in time for Samba-3.0.0. The new tool will be a TCL/TK
 GUI tool that looks much like the MS Windows NT4 Domain User Manager - hopefully this will
@@ -413,30 +439,30 @@ be announced in time for the Samba-3.0.1 release.
 		<command>smbpasswd</command> can be used to:
 		</para>
 		
-		<simplelist>
-			<member><emphasis>add</emphasis> user or machine accounts</member>
-			<member><emphasis>delete</emphasis> user or machine accounts</member>
-			<member><emphasis>enable</emphasis> user or machine accounts</member>
-			<member><emphasis>disable</emphasis> user or machine accounts</member>
-			<member><emphasis>set to NULL</emphasis> user passwords</member>
-			<member><emphasis>manage interdomain trust accounts</emphasis></member>
-		</simplelist>
+		<itemizedlist>
+			<listitem><para><emphasis>add</emphasis> user or machine accounts</para></listitem>
+			<listitem><para><emphasis>delete</emphasis> user or machine accounts</para></listitem>
+			<listitem><para><emphasis>enable</emphasis> user or machine accounts</para></listitem>
+			<listitem><para><emphasis>disable</emphasis> user or machine accounts</para></listitem>
+			<listitem><para><emphasis>set to NULL</emphasis> user passwords</para></listitem>
+			<listitem><para><emphasis>manage interdomain trust accounts</emphasis></para></listitem>
+		</itemizedlist>
 		
 		<para>
 		To run smbpasswd as a normal user just type:
 		</para>
 		
 		<para>
-		<screen>
-		<prompt>$ </prompt><userinput>smbpasswd</userinput>
-		<prompt>Old SMB password: </prompt><userinput><replaceable>secret</replaceable></userinput>
-		</screen>
+<screen>
+&prompt;<userinput>smbpasswd</userinput>
+<prompt>Old SMB password: </prompt><userinput><replaceable>secret</replaceable></userinput>
+</screen>
 		For <replaceable>secret</replaceable> type old value here - or hit return if
 		there was no old password
-		<screen>
-		<prompt>New SMB Password: </prompt><userinput><replaceable>new secret</replaceable></userinput>
-		<prompt>Repeat New SMB Password: </prompt><userinput><replaceable>new secret</replaceable></userinput>
-		</screen>
+<screen>
+<prompt>New SMB Password: </prompt><userinput><replaceable>new secret</replaceable></userinput>
+<prompt>Repeat New SMB Password: </prompt><userinput><replaceable>new secret</replaceable></userinput>
+</screen>
 		</para>
 		
 		<para>
@@ -477,11 +503,11 @@ be announced in time for the Samba-3.0.1 release.
 		manage the passdb backend. <command>pdbedit</command> can be used to:
 		</para>
 
-		<simplelist>
-			<member>add, remove or modify user accounts</member>
-			<member>listing user accounts</member>
-			<member>migrate user accounts</member>
-		</simplelist>
+		<itemizedlist>
+			<listitem><para>add, remove or modify user accounts</para></listitem>
+			<listitem><para>listing user accounts</para></listitem>
+			<listitem><para>migrate user accounts</para></listitem>
+		</itemizedlist>
 
 		<para>
 		The <command>pdbedit</command> tool is the only one that can manage the account
@@ -500,31 +526,54 @@ be announced in time for the Samba-3.0.1 release.
 		a tdbsam password backend. This listing was produced by running:
 		</para>
 
-		<screen>
-		<prompt>$ </prompt><userinput>pdbedit -Lv met</userinput>
-		Unix username:        met
-		NT username:
-		Account Flags:        [UX         ]
-		User SID:             S-1-5-21-1449123459-1407424037-3116680435-2004
-		Primary Group SID:    S-1-5-21-1449123459-1407424037-3116680435-1201
-		Full Name:            Melissa E Terpstra
-		Home Directory:       \\frodo\met\Win9Profile
-		HomeDir Drive:        H:
-		Logon Script:         scripts\logon.bat
-		Profile Path:         \\frodo\Profiles\met
-		Domain:               MIDEARTH
-		Account desc:
-		Workstations:         melbelle
-		Munged dial:
-		Logon time:           0
-		Logoff time:          Mon, 18 Jan 2038 20:14:07 GMT
-		Kickoff time:         Mon, 18 Jan 2038 20:14:07 GMT
-		Password last set:    Sat, 14 Dec 2002 14:37:03 GMT
-		Password can change:  Sat, 14 Dec 2002 14:37:03 GMT
-		Password must change: Mon, 18 Jan 2038 20:14:07 GMT
-		</screen>
-
-		<!-- FIXME: Add note about migrating user accounts -->
+<screen>
+&prompt;<userinput>pdbedit -Lv met</userinput>
+UNIX username:        met
+NT username:
+Account Flags:        [UX         ]
+User SID:             S-1-5-21-1449123459-1407424037-3116680435-2004
+Primary Group SID:    S-1-5-21-1449123459-1407424037-3116680435-1201
+Full Name:            Melissa E Terpstra
+Home Directory:       \\frodo\met\Win9Profile
+HomeDir Drive:        H:
+Logon Script:         scripts\logon.bat
+Profile Path:         \\frodo\Profiles\met
+Domain:               &example.workgroup;
+Account desc:
+Workstations:         melbelle
+Munged dial:
+Logon time:           0
+Logoff time:          Mon, 18 Jan 2038 20:14:07 GMT
+Kickoff time:         Mon, 18 Jan 2038 20:14:07 GMT
+Password last set:    Sat, 14 Dec 2002 14:37:03 GMT
+Password can change:  Sat, 14 Dec 2002 14:37:03 GMT
+Password must change: Mon, 18 Jan 2038 20:14:07 GMT
+</screen>
+
+		<para>
+		The <command>pdbedit</command> tool allows migration of authentication (account)
+		databases from one backend to another. For example: To migrate accounts from an
+		old <filename>smbpasswd</filename> database to a <parameter>tdbsam</parameter>
+		backend:
+		</para>
+
+		<procedure>
+			<step><para>
+			Set the <smbconfoption><name>passdb backend</name><value>tdbsam, smbpasswd</value></smbconfoption>.
+			</para></step>
+
+			<step><para>
+			Execute:
+<screen>
+&rootprompt;<userinput>pdbedit -i smbpassed -e tdbsam</userinput>
+</screen>
+			</para></step>
+
+			<step><para>
+			Now remove the <parameter>smbpasswd</parameter> from the passdb backend
+			configuration in &smb.conf;.
+			</para></step>
+		</procedure>
 
 	</sect2>
 </sect1>
@@ -533,7 +582,7 @@ be announced in time for the Samba-3.0.1 release.
 <title>Password Backends</title>
 
 <para>
-Samba-3 offers the greatest flexibility in backend account database design of any SMB/CIFS server
+Samba offers the greatest flexibility in backend account database design of any SMB/CIFS server
 technology available today. The flexibility is immediately obvious as one begins to explore this
 capability.
 </para>
@@ -544,11 +593,9 @@ backends of the same type. For example, to use two different tdbsam databases:
 </para>
 
 <para>
-<programlisting>
-[globals]
-		passdb backend = tdbsam:/etc/samba/passdb.tdb, \
-		tdbsam:/etc/samba/old-passdb.tdb, guest
-</programlisting>
+<smbconfblock>
+<smbconfoption><name>passdb backend</name><value>tdbsam:/etc/samba/passdb.tdb, tdbsam:/etc/samba/old-passdb.tdb</value></smbconfoption>
+</smbconfblock>
 </para>
 
 
@@ -570,8 +617,7 @@ backends of the same type. For example, to use two different tdbsam databases:
 	<title>smbpasswd - Encrypted Password Database</title>
 
 		<para>
-		Traditionally, when configuring <ulink url="smb.conf.5.html#ENCRYPTPASSWORDS">encrypt
-		passwords = yes</ulink> in Samba's <filename>smb.conf</filename> file, user account
+		Traditionally, when configuring <smbconfoption><name>encrypt passwords</name><value>yes</value></smbconfoption> in Samba's &smb.conf; file, user account
 		information such as username, LM/NT password hashes, password change times, and account
 		flags have been stored in the <filename>smbpasswd(5)</filename> file.  There are several
 		disadvantages to this approach for sites with very large numbers of users (counted
@@ -609,7 +655,7 @@ backends of the same type. For example, to use two different tdbsam databases:
 		</para>
 
 		<para>
-		Samba-3 provides an enhanced set of passdb backends that overcome the deficiencies
+		Samba provides an enhanced set of passdb backends that overcome the deficiencies
 		of the smbpasswd plain text database. These are tdbsam, ldapsam, and xmlsam.
 		Of these ldapsam will be of most interest to large corporate or enterprise sites.
 		</para>
@@ -650,10 +696,10 @@ backends of the same type. For example, to use two different tdbsam databases:
 		<para>
 		The second item can be accomplished by using LDAP NSS and PAM modules.  LGPL
 		versions of these libraries can be obtained from PADL Software
-		(<ulink url="http://www.padl.com/">http://www.padl.com/</ulink>). More
+		(<ulink noescape="1" url="http://www.padl.com/">http://www.padl.com/</ulink>). More
 		information about the configuration of these packages may be found at "LDAP,
 		System Administration; Gerald Carter, O'Reilly; Chapter 6: Replacing NIS".
-		Refer to <ulink url="http://safari.oreilly.com/?XmlId=1-56592-491-6">
+		Refer to <ulink noescape="1" url="http://safari.oreilly.com/?XmlId=1-56592-491-6">
 		http://safari.oreilly.com/?XmlId=1-56592-491-6</ulink> for those who might wish to know
                 more about configuration and administration of an OpenLDAP server.
 		</para>
@@ -674,9 +720,9 @@ backends of the same type. For example, to use two different tdbsam databases:
 		</para>
 
 		<itemizedlist>
-			<listitem><para>OpenLDAP - <ulink url="http://www.openldap.org/">http://www.openldap.org/</ulink></para></listitem>
+			<listitem><para>OpenLDAP - <ulink noescape="1" url="http://www.openldap.org/">http://www.openldap.org/</ulink></para></listitem>
 			<listitem><para>iPlanet Directory Server -
-			 <ulink url="http://iplanet.netscape.com/directory">http://iplanet.netscape.com/directory</ulink></para></listitem>
+					<ulink noescape="1" url="http://iplanet.netscape.com/directory">http://iplanet.netscape.com/directory</ulink></para></listitem>
 		</itemizedlist>
 
 		<para>
@@ -715,13 +761,15 @@ backends of the same type. For example, to use two different tdbsam databases:
 
 <para>
 <programlisting>
-objectclass ( 1.3.6.1.4.1.7165.2.2.3 NAME 'sambaSamAccount' SUP top AUXILIARY
-    DESC 'Samba Auxiliary Account'
-    MUST ( uid $ rid )
-    MAY  ( cn $ lmPassword $ ntPassword $ pwdLastSet $ logonTime $
-           logoffTime $ kickoffTime $ pwdCanChange $ pwdMustChange $ acctFlags $
-           displayName $ smbHome $ homeDrive $ scriptPath $ profilePath $
-           description $ userWorkstations $ primaryGroupID $ domain ))
+objectclass ( 1.3.6.1.4.1.7165.2.2.6 NAME 'sambaSamAccount' SUP top AUXILIARY
+    DESC 'Samba 3.0 Auxiliary SAM Account'
+    MUST ( uid $ sambaSID )
+    MAY  ( cn $ sambaLMPassword $ sambaNTPassword $ sambaPwdLastSet $
+          sambaLogonTime $ sambaLogoffTime $ sambaKickoffTime $
+          sambaPwdCanChange $ sambaPwdMustChange $ sambaAcctFlags $
+          displayName $ sambaHomePath $ sambaHomeDrive $ sambaLogonScript $
+          sambaProfilePath $ description $ sambaUserWorkstations $
+          sambaPrimaryGroupSID $ sambaDomainName ))
 </programlisting>
 </para>
 
@@ -730,7 +778,7 @@ objectclass ( 1.3.6.1.4.1.7165.2.2.3 NAME 'sambaSamAccount' SUP top AUXILIARY
 			The OID's are owned by the Samba Team and as such is legal to be openly published.
 			If you translate the schema to be used with Netscape DS, please
 			submit the modified schema file as a patch to
-			<ulink url="mailto:jerry@samba.org">jerry@samba.org</ulink>.
+			<ulink noescape="1" url="mailto:jerry@samba.org">jerry@samba.org</ulink>.
 			</para>
 
 			<para>
@@ -804,7 +852,7 @@ include            /etc/openldap/schema/nis.schema
 		</para>
 
 <para>
-<screen>
+<programlisting>
 # Indices to maintain
 ## required by OpenLDAP
 index objectclass             eq
@@ -826,7 +874,7 @@ index   sambaSID              eq
 index   sambaPrimaryGroupSID  eq
 index   sambaDomainName       eq
 index   default               sub
-</screen>
+</programlisting>
 </para>
 
 		<para>
@@ -835,7 +883,7 @@ index   default               sub
 
 <para>
 <screen>
-./sbin/slapindex -f slapd.conf
+&rootprompt;./sbin/slapindex -f slapd.conf
 </screen>
 </para>
 
@@ -861,35 +909,35 @@ index   default               sub
 		</para>
 		
 <para>
-<screen>
+<programlisting>
 # Organization for Samba Base
-dn: dc=plainjoe,dc=org
+dn: dc=quenya,dc=org
 objectclass: dcObject
 objectclass: organization
-dc: plainjoe
-o: Terpstra Org Network
+dc: quenya
+o: Quenya Org Network
 description: The Samba-3 Network LDAP Example
 
 # Organizational Role for Directory Management
-dn: cn=Manager,dc=plainjoe,dc=org
+dn: cn=Manager,dc=quenya,dc=org
 objectclass: organizationalRole
 cn: Manager
 description: Directory Manager
 
 # Setting up container for users
-dn: ou=People,dc=plainjoe,dc=org
+dn: ou=People,dc=quenya,dc=org
 objectclass: top
 objectclass: organizationalUnit
 ou: People
 
 # Setting up admin handle for People OU
-dn: cn=admin,ou=People,dc=plainjoe,dc=org
+dn: cn=admin,ou=People,dc=quenya,dc=org
 cn: admin
 objectclass: top
 objectclass: organizationalRole
 objectclass: simpleSecurityObject
 userPassword: {SSHA}c3ZM9tBaBo9autm1dL3waDS21+JSfQVz
-</screen>
+</programlisting>
 </para>
 
 		<para>
@@ -903,7 +951,7 @@ userPassword: {SSHA}c3ZM9tBaBo9autm1dL3waDS21+JSfQVz
 
 <para>
 <screen>
-<prompt>$ </prompt><userinput>slapadd -v -l initldap.dif</userinput>
+&prompt;<userinput>slapadd -v -l initldap.dif</userinput>
 </screen>
 </para>
 
@@ -916,9 +964,9 @@ userPassword: {SSHA}c3ZM9tBaBo9autm1dL3waDS21+JSfQVz
 		<para>
 		Before Samba can access the LDAP server you need to store the LDAP admin password
 		into the Samba-3 <filename>secrets.tdb</filename> database by:
-		<screen>
-&rootprompt; <userinput>smbpasswd -w <replaceable>secret</replaceable></userinput>
-		</screen>
+<screen>
+&rootprompt;<userinput>smbpasswd -w <replaceable>secret</replaceable></userinput>
+</screen>
 		</para>
 		</note>
 
@@ -933,19 +981,18 @@ userPassword: {SSHA}c3ZM9tBaBo9autm1dL3waDS21+JSfQVz
 			LDAP libraries are found.
 			</para>
 
-		<itemizedlist>
-			<listitem><para><ulink url="smb.conf.5.html#PASSDBBACKEND">passdb backend = ldapsam:url</ulink></para></listitem>
-			<listitem><para><ulink url="smb.conf.5.html#LDAPSSL">ldap ssl</ulink></para></listitem>
-			<listitem><para><ulink url="smb.conf.5.html#LDAPADMINDN">ldap admin dn</ulink></para></listitem>
-			<listitem><para><ulink url="smb.conf.5.html#LDAPSUFFIX">ldap suffix</ulink></para></listitem>
-			<listitem><para><ulink url="smb.conf.5.html#LDAPFILTER">ldap filter</ulink></para></listitem>
-			<listitem><para><ulink url="smb.conf.5.html#LDAPMACHINSUFFIX">ldap machine suffix</ulink></para></listitem>
-			<listitem><para><ulink url="smb.conf.5.html#LDAPUSERSUFFIX">ldap user suffix</ulink></para></listitem>
-			<listitem><para><ulink url="smb.conf.5.html#LDAPDELETEDN">ldap delete dn</ulink></para></listitem>
-			<listitem><para><ulink url="smb.conf.5.html#LDAPPASSWDSYNC">ldap passwd sync</ulink></para></listitem>
-			<listitem><para><ulink url="smb.conf.5.html#LDAPTRUSTIDS">ldap trust ids</ulink></para></listitem>
-
-		</itemizedlist>
+			<para>LDAP related smb.conf options: 
+				<smbconfoption><name>passdb backend</name><value>ldapsam:url</value></smbconfoption>,
+			<smbconfoption><name>ldap ssl</name></smbconfoption>,
+			<smbconfoption><name>ldap admin dn</name></smbconfoption>,
+			<smbconfoption><name>ldap suffix</name></smbconfoption>,
+			<smbconfoption><name>ldap filter</name></smbconfoption>,
+			<smbconfoption><name>ldap machine suffix</name></smbconfoption>,
+			<smbconfoption><name>ldap user suffix</name></smbconfoption>,
+			<smbconfoption><name>ldap delete dn</name></smbconfoption>,
+			<smbconfoption><name>ldap passwd sync</name></smbconfoption>,
+			<smbconfoption><name>ldap trust ids</name></smbconfoption>.
+		</para>
 
 			<para>
 			These are described in the &smb.conf; man
@@ -954,49 +1001,48 @@ userPassword: {SSHA}c3ZM9tBaBo9autm1dL3waDS21+JSfQVz
 			</para>
 
 <para>
-<programlisting>
-## /usr/local/samba/lib/smb.conf
-[global]
-     security = user
-     encrypt passwords = yes
-
-     netbios name = TASHTEGO
-     workgroup = NARNIA
-
-     # ldap related parameters
-
-     # define the DN to use when binding to the directory servers
-     # The password for this DN is not stored in smb.conf.  Rather it
-     # must be set by using 'smbpasswd -w <replaceable>secretpw</replaceable>' to store the
-     # passphrase in the secrets.tdb file.  If the "ldap admin dn" values
-     # change, this password will need to be reset.
-     ldap admin dn = "cn=Samba Manager,ou=people,dc=samba,dc=org"
-
-     # Define the SSL option when connecting to the directory
-     # ('off', 'start tls', or 'on' (default))
-     ldap ssl = start tls
-
-     # syntax: passdb backend = ldapsam:ldap://server-name[:port]
-     passdb backend = ldapsam:ldap://funball.samba.org, guest
-
-     # smbpasswd -x delete the entire dn-entry
-     ldap delete dn = no
-
-     # the machine and user suffix added to the base suffix
-     # wrote WITHOUT quotes. NULL suffixes by default
-     ldap user suffix = ou=People
-     ldap machine suffix = ou=Systems
-
-     # Trust unix account information in LDAP
-     #  (see the smb.conf manpage for details)
-     ldap trust ids = Yes
-
-     # specify the base DN to use when searching the directory
-     ldap suffix = "ou=people,dc=samba,dc=org"
-
-     # generally the default ldap search filter is ok
-     # ldap filter = "(&amp;(uid=%u)(objectclass=sambaSamAccount))"
-</programlisting>
+<smbconfexample>
+	<title>Configuration with LDAP</title>
+	<smbconfsection>[global]</smbconfsection>
+<smbconfoption><name>security</name><value>user</value></smbconfoption>
+<smbconfoption><name>encrypt passwords</name><value>yes</value></smbconfoption>
+<smbconfoption><name>netbios name</name><value>TASHTEGO</value></smbconfoption>
+<smbconfoption><name>workgroup</name><value>NARNIA</value></smbconfoption>
+
+<smbconfcomment>ldap related parameters</smbconfcomment>
+
+<smbconfcomment>define the DN to use when binding to the directory servers</smbconfcomment>
+<smbconfcomment>The password for this DN is not stored in smb.conf.  Rather it</smbconfcomment>
+<smbconfcomment>must be set by using 'smbpasswd -w <replaceable>secretpw</replaceable>' to store the</smbconfcomment>
+<smbconfcomment>passphrase in the secrets.tdb file.  If the "ldap admin dn" values</smbconfcomment>
+<smbconfcomment>change, this password will need to be reset.</smbconfcomment>
+<smbconfoption><name>ldap admin dn</name><value>"cn=Samba Manager,ou=people,dc=samba,dc=org"</value></smbconfoption>
+
+<smbconfcomment>Define the SSL option when connecting to the directory</smbconfcomment>
+<smbconfcomment>('off', 'start tls', or 'on' (default))</smbconfcomment>
+<smbconfoption><name>ldap ssl</name><value>start tls</value></smbconfoption>
+
+<smbconfcomment>syntax: passdb backend = ldapsam:ldap://server-name[:port]</smbconfcomment>
+<smbconfoption><name>passdb backend</name><value>ldapsam:ldap://funball.samba.org</value></smbconfoption>
+
+<smbconfcomment>smbpasswd -x delete the entire dn-entry</smbconfcomment>
+<smbconfoption><name>ldap delete dn</name><value>no</value></smbconfoption>
+
+<smbconfcomment>the machine and user suffix added to the base suffix</smbconfcomment>
+<smbconfcomment>wrote WITHOUT quotes. NULL suffixes by default</smbconfcomment>
+<smbconfoption><name>ldap user suffix</name><value>ou=People</value></smbconfoption>
+<smbconfoption><name>ldap machine suffix</name><value>ou=Systems</value></smbconfoption>
+
+<smbconfcomment>Trust unix account information in LDAP</smbconfcomment>
+<smbconfcomment> (see the smb.conf manpage for details)</smbconfcomment>
+<smbconfoption><name>ldap trust ids</name><value>Yes</value></smbconfoption>
+
+<smbconfcomment> specify the base DN to use when searching the directory</smbconfcomment>
+<smbconfoption><name>ldap suffix</name><value>"ou=people,dc=samba,dc=org"</value></smbconfoption>
+
+<smbconfcomment> generally the default ldap search filter is ok</smbconfcomment>
+<smbconfoption><name>ldap filter</name><value>"(&amp;(uid=%u)(objectclass=sambaSamAccount))"</value></smbconfoption>
+</smbconfexample>
 </para>
 
 		</sect3>
@@ -1013,8 +1059,8 @@ userPassword: {SSHA}c3ZM9tBaBo9autm1dL3waDS21+JSfQVz
 			Machines accounts are managed with the sambaSamAccount objectclass, just
 			like users accounts. However, it's up to you to store those accounts
 			in a different tree of your LDAP namespace: you should use
-			"ou=Groups,dc=plainjoe,dc=org" to store groups and
-			"ou=People,dc=plainjoe,dc=org" to store users. Just configure your
+			"ou=Groups,dc=quenya,dc=org" to store groups and
+			"ou=People,dc=quenya,dc=org" to store users. Just configure your
 			NSS and PAM accordingly (usually, in the /etc/ldap.conf configuration
 			file).
 			</para>
@@ -1052,13 +1098,13 @@ userPassword: {SSHA}c3ZM9tBaBo9autm1dL3waDS21+JSfQVz
 			</para>
 
 			<para>
-				To remedy the first security issue, the <parameter>ldap ssl</parameter> &smb.conf; parameter defaults
-			to require an encrypted session (<parameter>ldap ssl = on</parameter>) using
+				To remedy the first security issue, the <smbconfoption><name>ldap ssl</name></smbconfoption> &smb.conf; parameter defaults
+			to require an encrypted session (<smbconfoption><name>ldap ssl</name><value>on</value></smbconfoption>) using
 			the default port of <constant>636</constant>
 			when contacting the directory server.  When using an OpenLDAP server, it
 			is possible to use the use the StartTLS LDAP extended  operation in the place of
 			LDAPS.  In either case, you are strongly discouraged to disable this security
-			(<parameter>ldap ssl = off</parameter>).
+			(<smbconfoption><name>ldap ssl</name><value>off</value></smbconfoption>).
 			</para>
 
 			<para>
@@ -1077,7 +1123,7 @@ userPassword: {SSHA}c3ZM9tBaBo9autm1dL3waDS21+JSfQVz
 <programlisting>
 ## allow the "ldap admin dn" access, but deny everyone else
 access to attrs=lmPassword,ntPassword
-     by dn="cn=Samba Admin,ou=people,dc=plainjoe,dc=org" write
+     by dn="cn=Samba Admin,ou=people,dc=quenya,dc=org" write
      by * none
 </programlisting>
 </para>
@@ -1094,62 +1140,63 @@ access to attrs=lmPassword,ntPassword
 			<para>
 			<table frame="all">
 				<title>Attributes in the sambaSamAccount objectclass (LDAP)</title>
-			<tgroup cols="2" align="left">
+			<tgroup cols="2" align="justify">
+					<colspec align="left"/>
+					<colspec align="justify"/>
 			<tbody>
-				<row><entry><constant>lmPassword</constant></entry><entry>the LANMAN password 16-byte hash stored as a character
-						representation of a hexadecimal string.</entry></row>
-				<row><entry><constant>ntPassword</constant></entry><entry>the NT password hash 16-byte stored as a character
+				<row><entry><constant>sambaLMPassword</constant></entry><entry>the LANMAN password 16-byte hash stored as a character
+representation of a hexadecimal string.</entry></row>
+				<row><entry><constant>sambaNTPassword</constant></entry><entry>the NT password hash 16-byte stored as a character
 						representation of a hexadecimal string.</entry></row>
-				<row><entry><constant>pwdLastSet</constant></entry><entry>The integer time in seconds since 1970 when the
-				<constant>lmPassword</constant> and <constant>ntPassword</constant> attributes were last set.
+				<row><entry><constant>sambaPwdLastSet</constant></entry><entry>The integer time in seconds since 1970 when the
+						<constant>sambaLMPassword</constant> and <constant>sambaNTPassword</constant> attributes were last set.
 				</entry></row>
 
-				<row><entry><constant>acctFlags</constant></entry><entry>string of 11 characters surrounded by square brackets []
+				<row><entry><constant>sambaAcctFlags</constant></entry><entry>string of 11 characters surrounded by square brackets []
 						representing account flags such as U (user), W(workstation), X(no password expiration),
 						I(Domain trust account), H(Home dir required), S(Server trust account),
 						and D(disabled).</entry></row>
 
-				<row><entry><constant>logonTime</constant></entry><entry>Integer value currently unused</entry></row>
+				<row><entry><constant>sambaLogonTime</constant></entry><entry>Integer value currently unused</entry></row>
 
-				<row><entry><constant>logoffTime</constant></entry><entry>Integer value currently unused</entry></row>
+				<row><entry><constant>sambaLogoffTime</constant></entry><entry>Integer value currently unused</entry></row>
 
-				<row><entry><constant>kickoffTime</constant></entry><entry>Integer value currently unused</entry></row>
+				<row><entry><constant>sambaKickoffTime</constant></entry><entry>Integer value currently unused</entry></row>
 
-				<row><entry><constant>pwdCanChange</constant></entry><entry>Integer value currently unused</entry></row>
+				<row><entry><constant>sambaPwdCanChange</constant></entry><entry>Integer value currently unused</entry></row>
 
-				<row><entry><constant>pwdMustChange</constant></entry><entry>Integer value currently unused</entry></row>
+				<row><entry><constant>sambaPwdMustChange</constant></entry><entry>Integer value currently unused</entry></row>
 
-				<row><entry><constant>homeDrive</constant></entry><entry>specifies the drive letter to which to map the
-				UNC path specified by homeDirectory. The drive letter must be specified in the form "X:"
+				<row><entry><constant>sambaHomeDrive</constant></entry><entry>specifies the drive letter to which to map the
+				UNC path specified by sambaHomePath. The drive letter must be specified in the form "X:"
 				where X is the letter of the drive to map. Refer to the "logon drive" parameter in the
 				smb.conf(5) man page for more information.</entry></row>
 
-				<row><entry><constant>scriptPath</constant></entry><entry>The scriptPath property specifies the path of
+				<row><entry><constant>sambaLogonScript</constant></entry><entry>The sambaLogonScript property specifies the path of
 				the user's logon script, .CMD, .EXE, or .BAT file. The string can be null. The path
-				is relative to the netlogon share.  Refer to the "logon script" parameter in the
-				smb.conf(5) man page for more information.</entry></row>
+				is relative to the netlogon share.  Refer to the <smbconfoption><name>logon script</name></smbconfoption> parameter in the
+				&smb.conf; man page for more information.</entry></row>
 
-				<row><entry><constant>profilePath</constant></entry><entry>specifies a path to the user's profile.
+				<row><entry><constant>sambaProfilePath</constant></entry><entry>specifies a path to the user's profile.
 				This value can be a null string, a local absolute path, or a UNC path.  Refer to the
-				"logon path" parameter in the smb.conf(5) man page for more information.</entry></row>
+				<smbconfoption><name>logon path</name></smbconfoption> parameter in the &smb.conf; man page for more information.</entry></row>
 
-				<row><entry><constant>smbHome</constant></entry><entry>The homeDirectory property specifies the path of
-				the home directory for the user. The string can be null. If homeDrive is set and specifies
-				a drive letter, homeDirectory should be a UNC path. The path must be a network
-				UNC path of the form <filename>\\server\share\directory</filename>. This value can be a null string.
-				Refer to the <command>logon home</command> parameter in the &smb.conf; man page for more information.
+		<row><entry><constant>sambaHomePath</constant></entry><entry>The sambaHomePath property specifies the path of
+the home directory for the user. The string can be null. If sambaHomeDrive is set and specifies
+a drive letter, sambaHomePath should be a UNC path. The path must be a network
+UNC path of the form <filename>\\server\share\directory</filename>. This value can be a null string.
+Refer to the <command>logon home</command> parameter in the &smb.conf; man page for more information.
 				</entry></row>
 
-				<row><entry><constant>userWorkstation</constant></entry><entry>character string value currently unused.
+				<row><entry><constant>sambaUserWorkstations</constant></entry><entry>character string value currently unused.
 				</entry></row>
 
-				<row><entry><constant>rid</constant></entry><entry>the integer representation of the user's relative identifier
-				(RID).</entry></row>
+				<row><entry><constant>sambaSID</constant></entry><entry>The security identifier(SID) of the user. The windows equivalent of unix uid's.</entry></row>
 
-				<row><entry><constant>primaryGroupID</constant></entry><entry>the relative identifier (RID) of the primary group
+				<row><entry><constant>sambaPrimaryGroupSID</constant></entry><entry>the relative identifier (RID) of the primary group
 				of the user.</entry></row>
 
-				<row><entry><constant>domain</constant></entry><entry>domain the user is part of.</entry></row>
+		<row><entry><constant>sambaDomainName</constant></entry><entry>domain the user is part of.</entry></row>
 			</tbody>
 			</tgroup></table>
 			</para>
@@ -1161,22 +1208,22 @@ access to attrs=lmPassword,ntPassword
 			are only stored with the sambaSamAccount entry if the values are non-default values:
 			</para>
 
-			<simplelist>
-				<member>smbHome</member>
-				<member>scriptPath</member>
-				<member>logonPath</member>
-				<member>homeDrive</member>
-			</simplelist>
+			<itemizedlist>
+				<listitem><para>sambaHomePath</para></listitem>
+				<listitem><para>sambaLogonScript</para></listitem>
+				<listitem><para>sambaProfilePath</para></listitem>
+				<listitem><para>sambaHomeDrive</para></listitem>
+			</itemizedlist>
 
 			<para>
 			These attributes are only stored with the sambaSamAccount entry if
 			the values are non-default values.  For example, assume TASHTEGO has now been
-			configured as a PDC and that <parameter>logon home = \\%L\%u</parameter> was defined in
+			configured as a PDC and that <smbconfoption><name>logon home</name><value>\\%L\%u</value></smbconfoption> was defined in
 			its &smb.conf; file. When a user named "becky" logons to the domain,
-			the <parameter>logon home</parameter> string is expanded to \\TASHTEGO\becky.
+			the <smbconfoption><name>logon home</name></smbconfoption> string is expanded to \\TASHTEGO\becky.
 			If the smbHome attribute exists in the entry "uid=becky,ou=people,dc=samba,dc=org",
 			this value is used.  However, if this attribute does not exist, then the value
-			of the <parameter>logon home</parameter> parameter is used in its place.  Samba
+			of the <smbconfoption><name>logon home</name></smbconfoption> parameter is used in its place.  Samba
 			will only write the attribute value to the directory entry if the value is
 			something other than the default (e.g. <filename>\\MOBY\becky</filename>).
 			</para>
@@ -1192,20 +1239,20 @@ access to attrs=lmPassword,ntPassword
 
 	<para>
 	<programlisting>
-	dn: uid=guest2, ou=people,dc=plainjoe,dc=org
-	ntPassword: 878D8014606CDA29677A44EFA1353FC7
-	pwdMustChange: 2147483647
-	primaryGroupID: 1201
-	lmPassword: 552902031BEDE9EFAAD3B435B51404EE
-	pwdLastSet: 1010179124
-	logonTime: 0
+	dn: uid=guest2, ou=people,dc=quenya,dc=org
+	sambaNTPassword: 878D8014606CDA29677A44EFA1353FC7
+	sambaPwdMustChange: 2147483647
+	sambaPrimaryGroupSID: S-1-5-21-2447931902-1787058256-3961074038-513
+	sambaNTPassword: 552902031BEDE9EFAAD3B435B51404EE
+	sambaPwdLastSet: 1010179124
+	sambaLogonTime: 0
 	objectClass: sambaSamAccount
 	uid: guest2
-	kickoffTime: 2147483647
-	acctFlags: [UX         ]
-	logoffTime: 2147483647
-	rid: 19006
-	pwdCanChange: 0
+	sambaKickoffTime: 2147483647
+	sambaAcctFlags: [UX         ]
+	sambaLogoffTime: 2147483647
+	sambaSID: S-1-5-21-2447931902-1787058256-3961074038-5006
+	sambaPwdCanChange: 0
 	</programlisting>
 	</para>
 
@@ -1216,14 +1263,14 @@ access to attrs=lmPassword,ntPassword
 
 	<para>
 	<programlisting>
-	dn: uid=gcarter, ou=people,dc=plainjoe,dc=org
-	logonTime: 0
+	dn: uid=gcarter, ou=people,dc=quenya,dc=org
+	sambaLogonTime: 0
 	displayName: Gerald Carter
-	lmPassword: 552902031BEDE9EFAAD3B435B51404EE
-	primaryGroupID: 1201
+	sambaLMPassword: 552902031BEDE9EFAAD3B435B51404EE
+	sambaPrimaryGroupSID: S-1-5-21-2447931902-1787058256-3961074038-1201
 	objectClass: posixAccount
 	objectClass: sambaSamAccount
-	acctFlags: [UX         ]
+	sambaAcctFlags: [UX         ]
 	userPassword: {crypt}BpM2ej8Rkzogo
 	uid: gcarter
 	uidNumber: 9000
@@ -1231,13 +1278,13 @@ access to attrs=lmPassword,ntPassword
 	loginShell: /bin/bash
 	logoffTime: 2147483647
 	gidNumber: 100
-	kickoffTime: 2147483647
-	pwdLastSet: 1010179230
-	rid: 19000
+	sambaKickoffTime: 2147483647
+	sambaPwdLastSet: 1010179230
+	sambaSID: S-1-5-21-2447931902-1787058256-3961074038-5004
 	homeDirectory: /home/tashtego/gcarter
-	pwdCanChange: 0
-	pwdMustChange: 2147483647
-	ntPassword: 878D8014606CDA29677A44EFA1353FC7
+	sambaPwdCanChange: 0
+	sambaPwdMustChange: 2147483647
+	sambaNTPassword: 878D8014606CDA29677A44EFA1353FC7
 </programlisting>
 	</para>
 
@@ -1251,7 +1298,7 @@ access to attrs=lmPassword,ntPassword
 		using pam_ldap, this allows changing both unix and windows passwords at once.
 		</para>
 
-		<para>The <parameter>ldap passwd sync</parameter> options can have the following values:</para>
+		<para>The <smbconfoption><name>ldap passwd sync</name></smbconfoption> options can have the following values:</para>
 
 		<variablelist>
 		       <varlistentry>
@@ -1268,12 +1315,11 @@ access to attrs=lmPassword,ntPassword
 
 		       <varlistentry>
 			       <term>only</term>
-			       <listitem><para>Only update the LDAP password and let the LDAP server worry
-					       about the other fields. This option is only available when the LDAP server supports LDAP_EXOP_X_MODIFY_PASSWD. </para></listitem>
+				   <listitem><para>Only update the LDAP password and let the LDAP server worry about the other fields. This option is only available on some LDAP servers. <footnote><para>Only when the LDAP server supports LDAP_EXOP_X_MODIFY_PASSWD</para></footnote></para></listitem>
 		       </varlistentry>
 		</variablelist>
 
-		<para>More information can be found in the <ulink url="smb.conf.5.html#LDAPPASSWDSYNC">smb.conf</ulink> manpage.
+		<para>More information can be found in the smb.conf manpage.
 		</para>
 
 		</sect3>
@@ -1300,8 +1346,10 @@ access to attrs=lmPassword,ntPassword
 			for the column names) or use the default table. The file <filename>examples/pdb/mysql/mysql.dump</filename> 
 			contains the correct queries to create the required tables. Use the command :
 
-			<screen><prompt>$ </prompt><userinput>mysql -u<replaceable>username</replaceable> -h<replaceable>hostname</replaceable> -p<replaceable>password</replaceable> \
-<replaceable>databasename</replaceable> &lt; <filename>/path/to/samba/examples/pdb/mysql/mysql.dump</filename></userinput></screen>
+<screen>
+&prompt;<userinput>mysql -u<replaceable>username</replaceable> -h<replaceable>hostname</replaceable> -p<replaceable>password</replaceable> \
+<replaceable>databasename</replaceable> &lt; <filename>/path/to/samba/examples/pdb/mysql/mysql.dump</filename></userinput>
+</screen>
 			</para>
 		</sect3>
 
@@ -1310,36 +1358,38 @@ access to attrs=lmPassword,ntPassword
 
 			<para>This plugin lacks some good documentation, but here is some short info:</para>
 
-			<para>Add a the following to the <parameter>passdb backend</parameter> variable in your &smb.conf;:
-			<programlisting>
-			passdb backend = [other-plugins] mysql:identifier [other-plugins]
-			</programlisting>
+			<para>Add a the following to the <smbconfoption><name>passdb backend</name></smbconfoption> variable in your &smb.conf;:
+				<smbconfblock>
+<smbconfoption><name>passdb backend</name><value>[other-plugins] mysql:identifier [other-plugins]</value></smbconfoption>
+		</smbconfblock>
 			</para>
 
 			<para>The identifier can be any string you like, as long as it doesn't collide with 
 			the identifiers of other plugins or other instances of pdb_mysql. If you 
-			specify multiple pdb_mysql.so entries in <parameter>passdb backend</parameter>, you also need to 
+			specify multiple pdb_mysql.so entries in <smbconfoption><name>passdb backend</name></smbconfoption>, you also need to 
 			use different identifiers!
 			</para>
 
 			<para>
-				Additional options can be given through the &smb.conf; file in the <parameter>[global]</parameter> section.
+				Additional options can be given through the &smb.conf; file in the <smbconfsection>[global]</smbconfsection> section.
 			</para>
 
 		<para>
 			<table frame="all">
 				<title>Basic smb.conf options for MySQL passdb backend</title>
-				<tgroup cols="2" align="left">
+				<tgroup cols="2">
+					<colspec align="left"/>
+					<colspec align="justify"/>
 				<thead>
 					<row><entry>Field</entry><entry>Contents</entry></row>
 				</thead>
 				<tbody>
-					<row><entry>identifier:mysql host</entry><entry>host name, defaults to 'localhost'</entry></row>
-					<row><entry>identifier:mysql password</entry><entry></entry></row>
-					<row><entry>identifier:mysql user</entry><entry>defaults to 'samba'</entry></row>
-					<row><entry>identifier:mysql database</entry><entry>defaults to 'samba'</entry></row>
-					<row><entry>identifier:mysql port</entry><entry>defaults to 3306</entry></row>
-					<row><entry>identifier:table</entry><entry>Name of the table containing users</entry></row>
+					<row><entry>mysql host</entry><entry>host name, defaults to 'localhost'</entry></row>
+					<row><entry>mysql password</entry><entry></entry></row>
+					<row><entry>mysql user</entry><entry>defaults to 'samba'</entry></row>
+					<row><entry>mysql database</entry><entry>defaults to 'samba'</entry></row>
+					<row><entry>mysql port</entry><entry>defaults to 3306</entry></row>
+					<row><entry>table</entry><entry>Name of the table containing users</entry></row>
 				</tbody>
 				</tgroup>
 			</table>
@@ -1348,7 +1398,7 @@ access to attrs=lmPassword,ntPassword
 			<warning>
 			<para>
 			Since the password for the MySQL user is stored in the 
-			&smb.conf; file, you should make the the &smb.conf; file 
+			&smb.conf; file, you should make the &smb.conf; file 
 			readable only to the user that runs Samba This is considered a security 
 			bug and will be fixed soon.
 			</para>
@@ -1359,40 +1409,43 @@ access to attrs=lmPassword,ntPassword
 		<para>
 			<table frame="all">
 				<title>MySQL field names for MySQL passdb backend</title>
-				<tgroup cols="3" align="left">
+				<tgroup cols="3" align="justify">
+					<colspec align="left"/>
+					<colspec align="left"/>
+					<colspec align="justify"/>
 			<thead>		
 				<row><entry>Field</entry><entry>Type</entry><entry>Contents</entry></row>
 			</thead>
 			<tbody>
-				<row><entry>identifier:logon time column</entry><entry>int(9)</entry><entry></entry></row>
-				<row><entry>identifier:logoff time column</entry><entry>int(9)</entry><entry></entry></row>
-				<row><entry>identifier:kickoff time column</entry><entry>int(9)</entry><entry></entry></row>
-				<row><entry>identifier:pass last set time column</entry><entry>int(9)</entry><entry></entry></row>
-				<row><entry>identifier:pass can change time column</entry><entry>int(9)</entry><entry></entry></row>
-				<row><entry>identifier:pass must change time column</entry><entry>int(9)</entry><entry></entry></row>
-				<row><entry>identifier:username column</entry><entry>varchar(255)</entry><entry>unix username</entry></row>
-				<row><entry>identifier:domain column</entry><entry>varchar(255)</entry><entry>NT domain user is part of</entry></row>
-				<row><entry>identifier:nt username column</entry><entry>varchar(255)</entry><entry>NT username</entry></row>
-				<row><entry>identifier:fullname column</entry><entry>varchar(255)</entry><entry>Full name of user</entry></row>
-				<row><entry>identifier:home dir column</entry><entry>varchar(255)</entry><entry>Unix homedir path</entry></row>
-				<row><entry>identifier:dir drive column</entry><entry>varchar(2)</entry><entry>Directory drive path (eg: 'H:')</entry></row>
-				<row><entry>identifier:logon script column</entry><entry>varchar(255)</entry><entry>Batch file to run on client side when logging on</entry></row>
-				<row><entry>identifier:profile path column</entry><entry>varchar(255)</entry><entry>Path of profile</entry></row>
-				<row><entry>identifier:acct desc column</entry><entry>varchar(255)</entry><entry>Some ASCII NT user data</entry></row>
-				<row><entry>identifier:workstations column</entry><entry>varchar(255)</entry><entry>Workstations user can logon to (or NULL for all)</entry></row>
-				<row><entry>identifier:unknown string column</entry><entry>varchar(255)</entry><entry>unknown string</entry></row>
-				<row><entry>identifier:munged dial column</entry><entry>varchar(255)</entry><entry>?</entry></row>
-				<row><entry>identifier:user sid column</entry><entry>varchar(255)</entry><entry>NT user SID</entry></row>
-				<row><entry>identifier:group sid column</entry><entry>varchar(255)</entry><entry>NT group ID</entry></row>
-				<row><entry>identifier:lanman pass column</entry><entry>varchar(255)</entry><entry>encrypted lanman password</entry></row>
-				<row><entry>identifier:nt pass column</entry><entry>varchar(255)</entry><entry>encrypted nt passwd</entry></row>
-				<row><entry>identifier:plain pass column</entry><entry>varchar(255)</entry><entry>plaintext password</entry></row>
-				<row><entry>identifier:acct control column</entry><entry>int(9)</entry><entry>nt user data</entry></row>
-				<row><entry>identifier:unknown 3 column</entry><entry>int(9)</entry><entry>unknown</entry></row>
-				<row><entry>identifier:logon divs column</entry><entry>int(9)</entry><entry>?</entry></row>
-				<row><entry>identifier:hours len column</entry><entry>int(9)</entry><entry>?</entry></row>
-				<row><entry>identifier:unknown 5 column</entry><entry>int(9)</entry><entry>unknown</entry></row>
-				<row><entry>identifier:unknown 6 column</entry><entry>int(9)</entry><entry>unknown</entry></row>
+				<row><entry>logon time column</entry><entry>int(9)</entry><entry></entry></row>
+				<row><entry>logoff time column</entry><entry>int(9)</entry><entry></entry></row>
+				<row><entry>kickoff time column</entry><entry>int(9)</entry><entry></entry></row>
+				<row><entry>pass last set time column</entry><entry>int(9)</entry><entry></entry></row>
+				<row><entry>pass can change time column</entry><entry>int(9)</entry><entry></entry></row>
+				<row><entry>pass must change time column</entry><entry>int(9)</entry><entry></entry></row>
+				<row><entry>username column</entry><entry>varchar(255)</entry><entry>unix username</entry></row>
+				<row><entry>domain column</entry><entry>varchar(255)</entry><entry>NT domain user is part of</entry></row>
+				<row><entry>nt username column</entry><entry>varchar(255)</entry><entry>NT username</entry></row>
+				<row><entry>fullname column</entry><entry>varchar(255)</entry><entry>Full name of user</entry></row>
+				<row><entry>home dir column</entry><entry>varchar(255)</entry><entry>UNIX homedir path</entry></row>
+				<row><entry>dir drive column</entry><entry>varchar(2)</entry><entry>Directory drive path (eg: 'H:')</entry></row>
+				<row><entry>logon script column</entry><entry>varchar(255)</entry><entry>Batch file to run on client side when logging on</entry></row>
+				<row><entry>profile path column</entry><entry>varchar(255)</entry><entry>Path of profile</entry></row>
+				<row><entry>acct desc column</entry><entry>varchar(255)</entry><entry>Some ASCII NT user data</entry></row>
+				<row><entry>workstations column</entry><entry>varchar(255)</entry><entry>Workstations user can logon to (or NULL for all)</entry></row>
+				<row><entry>unknown string column</entry><entry>varchar(255)</entry><entry>unknown string</entry></row>
+				<row><entry>munged dial column</entry><entry>varchar(255)</entry><entry>?</entry></row>
+				<row><entry>user sid column</entry><entry>varchar(255)</entry><entry>NT user SID</entry></row>
+				<row><entry>group sid column</entry><entry>varchar(255)</entry><entry>NT group ID</entry></row>
+				<row><entry>lanman pass column</entry><entry>varchar(255)</entry><entry>encrypted lanman password</entry></row>
+				<row><entry>nt pass column</entry><entry>varchar(255)</entry><entry>encrypted nt passwd</entry></row>
+				<row><entry>plain pass column</entry><entry>varchar(255)</entry><entry>plaintext password</entry></row>
+				<row><entry>acct control column</entry><entry>int(9)</entry><entry>nt user data</entry></row>
+				<row><entry>unknown 3 column</entry><entry>int(9)</entry><entry>unknown</entry></row>
+				<row><entry>logon divs column</entry><entry>int(9)</entry><entry>?</entry></row>
+				<row><entry>hours len column</entry><entry>int(9)</entry><entry>?</entry></row>
+				<row><entry>unknown 5 column</entry><entry>int(9)</entry><entry>unknown</entry></row>
+				<row><entry>unknown 6 column</entry><entry>int(9)</entry><entry>unknown</entry></row>
 			</tbody></tgroup>
 		</table>
 		</para>
@@ -1475,16 +1528,16 @@ access to attrs=lmPassword,ntPassword
 <title>Common Errors</title>
 
 	<sect2>
-	<title>Users can not logon - Users not in Samba SAM</title>
+		<title>Users can not logon</title>
 
-	<para>
-	People forget to put their users in their backend and then complain Samba won't authorize them.
-	</para>
+		<para><quote>I've installed samba, but now I can't log on with my unix account!</quote></para>
+
+		<para>Make sure your user has been added to the current samba <smbconfoption><name>passdb backend</name></smbconfoption>. Read the section <link linkend="acctmgmttools">Account Management Tools</link> for details.</para>
 
 	</sect2>
 
 	<sect2>
-	<title>Users are being added to the wrong backend database</title>
+	<title>Users being added to wrong backend database</title>
 
 	<para>
 	A few complaints have been received from users that just moved to Samba-3. The following
@@ -1493,12 +1546,12 @@ access to attrs=lmPassword,ntPassword
 	</para>
 
 	<para>
-	<programlisting>
-	[globals]
-		...
-		passdb backend = smbpasswd, tdbsam, guest
-		...
-	</programlisting>
+		<smbconfblock>
+			<smbconfsection>[global]</smbconfsection>
+			<member>...</member>
+<smbconfoption><name>passdb backend</name><value>smbpasswd, tdbsam</value></smbconfoption>
+<member>...</member>
+	</smbconfblock>
 	</para>
 
 	<para>
@@ -1507,12 +1560,12 @@ access to attrs=lmPassword,ntPassword
 	</para>
 
 	<para>
-	<programlisting>
-	[globals]
-		...
-		passdb backend = tdbsam, smbpasswd, guest
-		...
-	</programlisting>
+		<smbconfblock>
+			<smbconfsection>[globals]</smbconfsection>
+			<member>...</member>
+<smbconfoption><name>passdb backend</name><value>tdbsam, smbpasswd</value></smbconfoption>
+			<member>...</member>
+	</smbconfblock>
 	</para>
 
 	</sect2>
@@ -1521,12 +1574,12 @@ access to attrs=lmPassword,ntPassword
 	<title>auth methods does not work</title>
 
 	<para>
-	If you explicitly set an 'auth methods' parameter, guest must be specified as the first
-	entry on the line. Eg: <parameter>auth methods = guest sam</parameter>.
+		If you explicitly set an <smbconfoption><name>auth methods</name></smbconfoption> parameter, guest must be specified as the first
+	entry on the line. Eg: <smbconfoption><name>auth methods</name><value>guest sam</value></smbconfoption>.
 	</para>
 
 	<para>
-	This is the exact opposite of the requirement for the <parameter>passdb backed</parameter>
+	This is the exact opposite of the requirement for the <smbconfoption><name>passdb backend</name></smbconfoption>
 	option, where it must be the <emphasis>LAST</emphasis> parameter on the line.
 	</para>
 
diff --git a/docs/docbook/projdoc/printer_driver2.xml b/docs/docbook/projdoc/printer_driver2.xml
index 11231e6c9a5..0d0dbb01885 100644
--- a/docs/docbook/projdoc/printer_driver2.xml
+++ b/docs/docbook/projdoc/printer_driver2.xml
@@ -9,7 +9,7 @@
 		</affiliation>
 	</author>
 	&author.jerry;
-	<pubdate>May 32, 2003</pubdate>
+	<pubdate>May 31, 2003</pubdate>
 </chapterinfo>
 
 <title>Classical Printing Support</title>
@@ -24,7 +24,7 @@ consisting of Windows workstations.
 </para>
 
 <para>
-A Samba-3.0 print service may be run on a Standalone or a Domain
+A Samba print service may be run on a Standalone or a Domain
 member server, side by side with file serving functions, or on a
 dedicated print server. It can be made as tight or as loosely secured
 as needs dictate. Configurations may be simple or complex.  Available
@@ -50,7 +50,7 @@ implemented by the more traditional UNIX (BSD- and System V-style)
 printing systems. Many things apply to CUPS, the newer Common UNIX
 Printing System, too; so if you use CUPS, you might be tempted to jump
 to the next chapter -- but you will certainly miss a few things if you
-do so. Better read this chapter too.
+do so. Better to read this chapter too.
 </para>
 
 <note>
@@ -70,15 +70,15 @@ again.
 
 <para>
 Samba's printing support always relies on the installed print
-subsystem of the Unix OS it runs on. Samba is a "middleman". It takes
+subsystem of the UNIX OS it runs on. Samba is a "middleman". It takes
 printfiles from Windows (or other SMB) clients and passes them to the
 real printing system for further processing. Therefore it needs to
-"talk" to two sides: to the Windows print clients and to the Unix
+"talk" to two sides: to the Windows print clients and to the UNIX
 printing system. Hence we must differentiate between the various
 client OS types each of which behave differently, as well as the
 various UNIX print subsystems, which themselves have different
 features and are accessed differently. This part of the Samba HOWTO
-Collection deals with the "traditional" way of Unix printing first;
+Collection deals with the "traditional" way of UNIX printing first;
 the next chapter covers in great detail the more modern
 <emphasis>Common UNIX Printing System</emphasis>
 (CUPS).
@@ -98,7 +98,7 @@ stages:
 </para>
 
 <orderedlist>
-<listitem><para>Windows opens a connection to the printershare</para></listitem>
+<listitem><para>Windows opens a connection to the printer share</para></listitem>
 
 <listitem><para>Samba must authenticate the user</para></listitem>
 
@@ -110,7 +110,7 @@ into Samba's spooling area</para></listitem>
 <listitem><para>Samba invokes the print command to hand the file over
 to the UNIX print subsystem's spooling area</para></listitem>
 
-<listitem><para>The Unix print subsystem processes the print
+<listitem><para>The UNIX print subsystem processes the print
 job</para></listitem>
 
 <listitem><para>The printfile may need to be explicitly deleted
@@ -134,8 +134,8 @@ Service Level ("<emphasis>S</emphasis>") parameters.
 <variablelist>
 <varlistentry><term>Service Level Parameters</term>
 <listitem><para>These <emphasis>may</emphasis> go into the
-<parameter>[global]</parameter> section of
-. In this case they define the default
+<smbconfsection>[global]</smbconfsection> section of &smb.conf;.
+In this case they define the default
 behaviour of all individual or service level shares (provided those
 don't have a different setting defined for the same parameter, thus
 overriding the global default).</para></listitem>
@@ -153,47 +153,40 @@ this (if you run it) and tell you so.</para></listitem>
 <title>Parameters Recommended for Use</title>
 
 <para>The following &smb.conf; parameters directly
-related to printing are used in Samba-3. See also the
+related to printing are used in Samba. See also the
 &smb.conf; man page for detailed explanations:
 </para>
 
-<formalpara>
-	<title>List of printing related parameters in Samba-3</title>
-<para>
-<itemizedlist><title>Global level parameters:</title>
-<listitem><para><parameter>addprinter command (G)</parameter></para></listitem>
-<listitem><para><parameter>deleteprinter command (G)</parameter></para></listitem>
-<listitem><para><parameter>disable spoolss (G)</parameter></para></listitem>
-<listitem><para><parameter>enumports command (G)</parameter></para></listitem>
-<listitem><para><parameter>load printers (G)</parameter></para></listitem>
-<listitem><para><parameter>lpq cache time (G)</parameter></para></listitem>
-<listitem><para><parameter>os2 driver map (G)</parameter></para></listitem>
-<listitem><para><parameter>printcap name (G), printcap (G)</parameter></para></listitem>
-<listitem><para><parameter>show add printer wizard (G)</parameter></para></listitem>
-<listitem><para><parameter>total print jobs (G)</parameter></para></listitem>
-<listitem><para><parameter>use client driver (G)</parameter></para></listitem>
-</itemizedlist>
-
-<itemizedlist><title>Service level parameters:</title>
-<listitem><para><parameter>hosts allow (S)</parameter></para></listitem>
-<listitem><para><parameter>hosts deny (S)</parameter></para></listitem>
-<listitem><para><parameter>lppause command (S)</parameter></para></listitem>
-<listitem><para><parameter>lpq command (S)</parameter></para></listitem>
-<listitem><para><parameter>lpresume command (S)</parameter></para></listitem>
-<listitem><para><parameter>lprm command (S)</parameter></para></listitem>
-<listitem><para><parameter>max print jobs (S)</parameter></para></listitem>
-<listitem><para><parameter>min print space (S)</parameter></para></listitem>
-<listitem><para><parameter>print command (S)</parameter></para></listitem>
-<listitem><para><parameter>printable (S), print ok (S)</parameter></para></listitem>
-<listitem><para><parameter>printer name (S), printer (S)</parameter></para></listitem>
-<listitem><para><parameter>printer admin (S)</parameter></para></listitem>
-<listitem><para><parameter>printing = [cups|bsd|lprng...] (S)</parameter></para></listitem>
-<listitem><para><parameter>queuepause command (S)</parameter></para></listitem>
-<listitem><para><parameter>queueresume command (S)</parameter></para></listitem>
-<listitem><para><parameter>total print jobs (S)</parameter></para></listitem>
-</itemizedlist>
+<para>Global level parameters: <smbconfoption><name>addprinter command</name></smbconfoption>, 
+<smbconfoption><name>deleteprinter command</name></smbconfoption>,
+<smbconfoption><name>disable spoolss</name></smbconfoption>,
+<smbconfoption><name>enumports command</name></smbconfoption>,
+<smbconfoption><name>load printers</name></smbconfoption>,
+<smbconfoption><name>lpq cache time</name></smbconfoption>,
+<smbconfoption><name>os2 driver map</name></smbconfoption>,
+<smbconfoption><name>printcap name</name></smbconfoption>, <smbconfoption><name>printcap</name></smbconfoption>,
+<smbconfoption><name>show add printer wizard</name></smbconfoption>,
+<smbconfoption><name>total print jobs</name></smbconfoption>,
+<smbconfoption><name>use client driver</name></smbconfoption>.
+</para>
+
+<para>Service level parameters: <smbconfoption><name>hosts allow</name></smbconfoption>,
+<smbconfoption><name>hosts deny</name></smbconfoption>,
+<smbconfoption><name>lppause command</name></smbconfoption>,
+<smbconfoption><name>lpq command</name></smbconfoption>,
+<smbconfoption><name>lpresume command</name></smbconfoption>,
+<smbconfoption><name>lprm command</name></smbconfoption>,
+<smbconfoption><name>max print jobs</name></smbconfoption>,
+<smbconfoption><name>min print space</name></smbconfoption>,
+<smbconfoption><name>print command</name></smbconfoption>,
+<smbconfoption><name>printable</name></smbconfoption>, <smbconfoption><name>print ok </name></smbconfoption>,
+<smbconfoption><name>printer name</name></smbconfoption>, <smbconfoption><name>printer</name></smbconfoption>,
+<smbconfoption><name>printer admin</name></smbconfoption>,
+<smbconfoption><name>printing</name><value>[cups|bsd|lprng...]</value></smbconfoption>,
+<smbconfoption><name>queuepause command</name></smbconfoption>,
+<smbconfoption><name>queueresume command</name></smbconfoption>,
+<smbconfoption><name>total print jobs</name></smbconfoption>.
 </para>
-</formalpara>
 
 <para>
 Samba's printing support implements the Microsoft Remote Procedure
@@ -204,110 +197,43 @@ follow further beneath.
 </para>
 </sect2>
 
-<sect2>
-<title>Parameters for Backwards Compatibility</title>
-
-<para>
-Two new parameters that were added in Samba 2.2.2, are still present
-in Samba-3.0. Both of these options are described in the
-&smb.conf; man page and are disabled by
-default. <emphasis>Use them with caution!</emphasis>
-</para>
-
-<variablelist>
-<varlistentry><term><parameter>disable spoolss(G)</parameter></term>
-<listitem><para> This is
-provided for better support of Samba 2.0.x backwards capability. It
-will disable Samba's support for MS-RPC printing and yield identical
-printing behaviour to Samba 2.0.x.</para></listitem>
-</varlistentry>
-
-<varlistentry><term><parameter>use client driver (G)</parameter></term>
-<listitem><para> was provided
-for using local printer drivers on Windows NT/2000 clients. It does
-not apply to Windows 95/98/ME clients.</para></listitem>
-</varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-
-<formalpara>
-<title>Parameters "for backward compatibility only", use with caution</title>
-
-<para>
-<itemizedlist>
-<listitem><para><parameter>disable spoolss (G)</parameter></para></listitem>
-
-<listitem><para><parameter>use client driver (S)</parameter></para></listitem>
-</itemizedlist>
-</para>
-</formalpara>
-
-</sect2>
-
-<sect2>
-<title>Parameters no longer in use</title>
-
-<para>
-Samba users upgrading from 2.2.x to 3.0 need to be aware that some
-previously available settings are no longer supported (as was
-announced some time ago). Here is a list of them:
-</para>
-
-<formalpara>
-<title>"old" parameters, removed in Samba-3</title>
-
-<para>
-The following &smb.conf; parameters have been
-deprecated already in Samba 2.2 and are now completely removed from
-Samba-3.  You cannot use them in new 3.0 installations:
-
-<itemizedlist>
-<listitem><para><parameter>printer driver file (G)</parameter></para></listitem>
-<listitem><para><parameter>total print jobs (G)</parameter></para></listitem>
-<listitem><para><parameter>postscript (S)</parameter></para></listitem>
-<listitem><para><parameter>printer driver (S)</parameter></para></listitem>
-<listitem><para><parameter>printer driver location (S)</parameter></para></listitem>
-</itemizedlist>
-</para>
-
-</formalpara>
-
-</sect2>
 </sect1>
 
 <sect1>
-<title>A simple Configuration to Print with Samba-3</title>
+<title>A simple Configuration to Print</title>
 
 <para>
 Here is a very simple example configuration for print related settings
-in the  file. If you compare it with your
-own system's , you probably find some
+in the  file. If you compare it with your own system's , you probably find some
 additional parameters included there (as pre-configured by your OS
 vendor). Further below is a discussion and explanation of the
 parameters. Note, that this example doesn't use many parameters.
 However, in many environments these are enough to provide a valid
- which enables all clients to print.
+&smb.conf; file which enables all clients to print.
 </para>
 
-<para><programlisting>
- [global]
-         printing = bsd
-         load printers = yes
+<para><smbconfexample>
+		<title>Simple configuration with BSD printing</title>
+<smbconfsection>[global]</smbconfsection>
+<smbconfoption><name>printing</name><value>bsd</value></smbconfoption>
+<smbconfoption><name>load printers</name><value>yes</value></smbconfoption>
 
- [printers]
-         path = /var/spool/samba
-         printable = yes
-         public = yes
-         writable = no
-</programlisting></para>
+<smbconfsection>[printers]</smbconfsection>
+<smbconfoption><name>path</name><value>/var/spool/samba</value></smbconfoption>
+<smbconfoption><name>printable</name><value>yes</value></smbconfoption>
+<smbconfoption><name>public</name><value>yes</value></smbconfoption>
+<smbconfoption><name>writable</name><value>no</value></smbconfoption>
+</smbconfexample></para>
 
 <para>
-This is only an example configuration. Many settings, if not
-explicitly set to a specific value, are used and set by Samba
-implicitly to its own default, because these have been compiled in.
-To see all settings, let root use the <command>testparm</command>
-utility. <command>testparm</command> also gives warnings if you have
-mis-configured certain things. Its complete output is easily 340 lines
-and more. You may want to pipe it through a pager program.
+This is only an example configuration. Samba assigns default values to all
+configuration parameters. On the whole the defaults are conservative and
+sensible. When a parameter is specified in the &smb.conf; file this overwrites
+the default value.  The <command>testparm</command> utility when run as root
+is capable of reporting all setting, both default as well as &smb.conf; file
+settings. <command>Testparm</command> gives warnings for all mis-configured
+settings. The complete output is easily 340 lines and more, so you may want
+to pipe it through a pager program.
 </para>
 
 <para>
@@ -380,7 +306,7 @@ default behaviour. <emphasis>Don't forget about this point: it may
 be important in your future dealings with Samba.</emphasis>
 </para>
 
-<note><para> testparm in Samba-3.0 behaves differently from 2.2.x: used
+<note><para> testparm in samba 3 behaves differently from 2.2.x: used
 without the "-v" switch it only shows you the settings actually
 written into ! To see the complete
 configuration used, add the "-v" parameter to testparm.</para></note>
@@ -394,15 +320,15 @@ configuration used, add the "-v" parameter to testparm.</para></note>
 Should you need to troubleshoot at any stage, please always come back
 to this point first and verify if "testparm" shows the parameters you
 expect! To give you an example from personal experience as a warning,
-try to just "comment out" the <parameter>load printers</parameter>"
+try to just "comment out" the <smbconfoption><name>load printers</name></smbconfoption>"
 parameter. If your 2.2.x system behaves like mine, you'll see this:
 </para>
 
 <para><screen>
 &rootprompt;grep "load printers" /etc/samba/smb.conf
  #      load printers = Yes
-        # This setting is commented ooouuuuut!!
-
+ # This setting is commented ooouuuuut!!
+ 
 &rootprompt;testparm -v /etc/samba/smb.conf | egrep "(load printers)"
         load printers = Yes
 
@@ -429,7 +355,7 @@ any more... at least not by this ;-)
 
 <para>
 Only when setting the parameter explicitly to
-"<parameter>load printers = No</parameter>"
+"<smbconfoption><name>load printers</name><value>No</value></smbconfoption>"
 would Samba recognize my intentions. So my strong advice is:
 </para>
 
@@ -472,7 +398,7 @@ would be, if you used this minimalistic file as your real
 </para>
 
 <para><screen>
-&rootprompt;<userinput> testparm -v /etc/samba/smb.conf-minimal | egrep "(print|lpq|spool|driver|ports|[)"</userinput>
+&rootprompt;<userinput>testparm -v smb.conf-minimal | egrep "(print|lpq|spool|driver|ports|[)"</userinput>
  Processing section "[printers]"
  WARNING: [printers] service MUST be printable!
  No path in service printers - using /tmp
@@ -507,7 +433,7 @@ testparm issued 2 warnings:
 
 <itemizedlist>
 <listitem><para>because we didn't specify the
-<parameter>[printers]</parameter> section as printable,
+<smbconfsection>[printers]</smbconfsection> section as printable,
 and</para></listitem>
 
 <listitem><para>because we didn't tell it which spool directory to
@@ -516,8 +442,8 @@ use.</para></listitem>
 </itemizedlist>
 
 <para>
-However, this was not fatal, and Samba-3.0 will default to values that
-will work here. But, please!, don't rely on this and don't use this
+However, this was not fatal, and samba will default to values that
+will work here. Please, don't rely on this and don't use this
 example! This was only meant to make you careful to design and specify
 your setup to be what you really want it to be. The outcome on your
 system may vary for some parameters, since you may have a Samba built
@@ -531,9 +457,10 @@ in a parameter value is retained verbatim.</quote> This means that a
 line consisting of, for example,
 </para>
 
-<para><screen>
-printing = lprng     #This defines LPRng as the printing system"
-</screen></para>
+<para><smbconfblock>
+<smbconfcomment>This defines LPRng as the printing system"</smbconfcomment>
+<smbconfoption><name>printing</name><value>lprng</value></smbconfoption>
+</smbconfblock></para>
 
 <para>
 will regard the whole of the string after the "="
@@ -544,61 +471,52 @@ that will be ignored, and a default value used instead.]
 </sect1>
 
 <sect1>
-<title>Extended Sample Configuration to Print with Samba-3</title>
+<title>Extended Sample Configuration to Print</title>
 
 <para>
-Here we show a more verbose example configuration for print related
-settings in an . Below is a discussion
+	In <link linkend="extbsdpr">the extended BSD configuration example</link> we show a more verbose example configuration for print related
+	settings in BSD-printing style environment . Below is a discussion
 and explanation of the various parameters. We chose to use BSD-style
 printing here, because we guess it is still the most commonly used
 system on legacy Linux installations (new installs now predominantly
 have CUPS, which is discussed entirely in the next chapter of this
 document). Note, that this example explicitly names many parameters
-which don't need to be stated because they are set by default. You
-might be able to do with a leaner .</para>
-
-<tip><para>
-if you read access it with the Samba Web Administration Tool (SWAT),
-and then write it to disk again, it will be optimized in a way such
-that it doesn't contain any superfluous parameters and comments. SWAT
-organizes the file for best performance. Remember that each smbd
-re-reads the Samba configuration once a minute, and that each
-connection spawns an smbd process of its own, so it is not a bad idea
-to optimize the  in environments with
-hundreds or thousands of clients.</para></tip>
-
-<para><programlisting>
- [global]
-         printing = bsd
-         load printers = yes
-         show add printer wizard = yes
-         printcap name = /etc/printcap
-         printer admin = @ntadmin, root
-         total print jobs = 100
-         lpq cache time = 20
-         use client driver = no
-
- [printers]
-         comment = All Printers
-         printable = yes
-         path = /var/spool/samba
-         browseable = no
-         guest ok = yes
-         public = yes
-         read only = yes
-         writable = no       
-
- [my_printer_name]
-         comment = Printer with Restricted Access
-         path = /var/spool/samba_my_printer
-         printer admin = kurt
-         browseable = yes
-         printable = yes
-         writeable = no
-         hosts allow = 0.0.0.0
-         hosts deny = turbo_xp, 10.160.50.23, 10.160.51.60
-         guest ok = no
-</programlisting></para>
+which don't need to be specified because they are set by default. You
+might be able to do with a leaner &smb.conf; file.</para>
+
+<para><smbconfexample id="extbsdpr">
+		<title>Extended configuration with BSD printing</title>
+		<smbconfsection>[global]</smbconfsection>
+<smbconfoption><name>printing</name><value>bsd</value></smbconfoption>
+<smbconfoption><name>load printers</name><value>yes</value></smbconfoption>
+<smbconfoption><name>show add printer wizard</name><value>yes</value></smbconfoption>
+<smbconfoption><name>printcap name</name><value>/etc/printcap</value></smbconfoption>
+<smbconfoption><name>printer admin</name><value>@ntadmin, root</value></smbconfoption>
+<smbconfoption><name>total print jobs</name><value>100</value></smbconfoption>
+<smbconfoption><name>lpq cache time</name><value>20</value></smbconfoption>
+<smbconfoption><name>use client driver</name><value>no</value></smbconfoption>
+
+<smbconfsection>[printers]</smbconfsection>
+<smbconfoption><name>comment</name><value>All Printers</value></smbconfoption>
+<smbconfoption><name>printable</name><value>yes</value></smbconfoption>
+<smbconfoption><name>path</name><value>/var/spool/samba</value></smbconfoption>
+<smbconfoption><name>browseable</name><value>no</value></smbconfoption>
+<smbconfoption><name>guest ok</name><value>yes</value></smbconfoption>
+<smbconfoption><name>public</name><value>yes</value></smbconfoption>
+<smbconfoption><name>read only</name><value>yes</value></smbconfoption>
+<smbconfoption><name>writable</name><value>no       </value></smbconfoption>
+
+<smbconfsection>[my_printer_name]</smbconfsection>
+<smbconfoption><name>comment</name><value>Printer with Restricted Access</value></smbconfoption>
+<smbconfoption><name>path</name><value>/var/spool/samba_my_printer</value></smbconfoption>
+<smbconfoption><name>printer admin</name><value>kurt</value></smbconfoption>
+<smbconfoption><name>browseable</name><value>yes</value></smbconfoption>
+<smbconfoption><name>printable</name><value>yes</value></smbconfoption>
+<smbconfoption><name>writeable</name><value>no</value></smbconfoption>
+<smbconfoption><name>hosts allow</name><value>0.0.0.0</value></smbconfoption>
+<smbconfoption><name>hosts deny</name><value>turbo_xp, 10.160.50.23, 10.160.51.60</value></smbconfoption>
+<smbconfoption><name>guest ok</name><value>no</value></smbconfoption>
+</smbconfexample></para>
 
 <para>
 This <emphasis>also</emphasis> is only an example configuration. You
@@ -624,13 +542,13 @@ Following is a discussion of the settings from above shown example.
 <title>The [global] Section</title>
 
 <para>
-The <parameter>[global]</parameter> section is one of 4 special
-sections (along with [<parameter>[homes]</parameter>,
-<parameter>[printers]</parameter> and
-<parameter>[print$]</parameter>...) It contains all parameters which
+The <smbconfsection>[global]</smbconfsection> section is one of 4 special
+sections (along with [<smbconfsection>[homes]</smbconfsection>,
+<smbconfsection>[printers]</smbconfsection> and
+<smbconfsection>[print$]</smbconfsection>...) It contains all parameters which
 apply to the server as a whole. It is the place for parameters which
-have only a "global" meaning (G). It may also contain service level
-parameters (S) which then define default settings for all other
+have only a "global" meaning. It may also contain service level
+parameters which then define default settings for all other
 sections and shares. This way you can simplify the configuration and
 avoid setting the same value repeatedly. (Within each individual
 section or share you may however override these globally set "share
@@ -638,35 +556,34 @@ level" settings and specify other values).
 </para>
 
 <variablelist>
-<varlistentry><term><parameter>printing = bsd</parameter></term>
+<varlistentry><term><smbconfoption><name>printing</name><value>bsd</value></smbconfoption></term>
 <listitem><para> this causes Samba to use default print commands
 applicable for the BSD (a.k.a. RFC 1179 style or LPR/LPD) printing
 system. In general, the "printing" parameter informs Samba about the
 print subsystem it should expect. Samba supports CUPS, LPD, LPRNG,
 SYSV, HPUX, AIX, QNX and PLP. Each of these systems defaults to a
-different <parameter>print command</parameter> (and other queue control
+different <smbconfoption><name>print command</name></smbconfoption> (and other queue control
 commands).</para>
-<caution><para>The <parameter>printing</parameter> parameter is
+<caution><para>The <smbconfoption><name>printing</name></smbconfoption> parameter is
 normally a service level parameter. Since it is included here in the
-<parameter>[global]</parameter> section, it will take effect for all
-printer shares that are not defined differently. Samba-3.0 no longer
+<smbconfsection>[global]</smbconfsection> section, it will take effect for all
+printer shares that are not defined differently. Samba 3 no longer
 supports the SOFTQ printing system.</para></caution>
 </listitem></varlistentry>
 
-<varlistentry><term><parameter>load printers = yes</parameter></term>
+<varlistentry><term><smbconfoption><name>load printers</name><value>yes</value></smbconfoption></term>
 <listitem><para> this tells Samba to create automatically all
 available printer shares. "Available" printer shares are discovered by
 scanning the printcap file. All created printer shares are also loaded
 for browsing. If you use this parameter, you do not need to specify
 separate shares for each printer. Each automatically created printer
 share will clone the configuration options found in the
-<parameter>[printers]</parameter> section. (A <parameter>load printers
+<smbconfsection>[printers]</smbconfsection> section. (A <parameter>load printers
 = no</parameter> setting will allow you to specify each UNIX printer
 you want to share separately, leaving out some you don't want to be
 publicly visible and available).  </para></listitem></varlistentry>
 
-<varlistentry><term><parameter>show add printer wizard =
-yes</parameter></term> <listitem><para> this setting is normally
+<varlistentry><term><smbconfoption><name>show add printer wizard</name><value>yes</value></smbconfoption> </term><listitem><para> this setting is normally
 enabled by default (even if the parameter is not written into the
 ). It makes the <guiicon>Add Printer Wizard</guiicon> icon
 show up in the <guiicon>Printers</guiicon> folder of the Samba host's
@@ -674,12 +591,12 @@ share listing (as shown in <guiicon>Network Neighbourhood</guiicon> or
 by the <command>net view</command> command). To disable it, you need to
 explicitly set it to <constant>no</constant> (commenting it out
 will not suffice!). The Add Printer Wizard lets you upload printer
-drivers to the <parameter>[print$]</parameter> share and associate it
+drivers to the <smbconfsection>[print$]</smbconfsection> share and associate it
 with a printer (if the respective queue exists there before the
 action), or exchange a printer's driver against any other previously
 uploaded driver.  </para></listitem></varlistentry>
 
-<varlistentry><term><parameter>total print jobs = 100</parameter></term>
+<varlistentry><term><smbconfoption><name>total print jobs</name><value>100</value></smbconfoption></term>
 <listitem><para> this setting sets the upper limit to 100 print jobs
 being active on the Samba server at any one time. Should a client
 submit a job which exceeds this number, a <quote>no more space
@@ -688,7 +605,7 @@ Samba to the client. A setting of "0" (the default) means there is
 <emphasis>no</emphasis> limit at all!
 </para></listitem></varlistentry>
 
-<varlistentry><term><parameter>printcap name = /etc/printcap</parameter></term>
+<varlistentry><term><smbconfoption><name>printcap name</name><value>/etc/printcap</value></smbconfoption></term>
 
 <listitem><para> this tells Samba where to look for a list of
 available printer names. (If you use CUPS, make sure that a printcap
@@ -696,27 +613,27 @@ file is written: this is controlled by the "Printcap" directive of
 <filename>cupsd.conf</filename>).
 </para></listitem></varlistentry>
 
-<varlistentry><term><parameter>printer admin = @ntadmin</parameter></term>
+<varlistentry><term><smbconfoption><name>printer admin</name><value>@ntadmin</value></smbconfoption></term>
 <listitem><para> members of the ntadmin group should be able to add
 drivers and set printer properties ("ntadmin" is only an example name,
 it needs to be a valid UNIX group name); root is implicitly always a
-<parameter>printer admin</parameter>. The "@" sign precedes group names in
+<smbconfoption><name>printer admin</name></smbconfoption>. The "@" sign precedes group names in
 . A printer admin can do anything to
 printers via the remote administration interfaces offered by MS-RPC
-(see below).  Note that the <parameter>printer admin</parameter>
+(see below).  Note that the <smbconfoption><name>printer admin</name></smbconfoption>
 parameter is normally a share level parameter, so you may associate
 different groups to different printer shares in larger installations,
-if you use the <parameter>printer admin</parameter> parameter on the
+if you use the <smbconfoption><name>printer admin</name></smbconfoption> parameter on the
 share levels).
 </para></listitem></varlistentry>
 
-<varlistentry><term><parameter>lpq cache time = 20</parameter></term>
+<varlistentry><term><smbconfoption><name>lpq cache time</name><value>20</value></smbconfoption></term>
 <listitem><para> this controls the cache time for the results of the
 lpq command. It prevents the lpq command being called too often and
 reduces load on a heavily used print server.
 </para></listitem></varlistentry>
 
-<varlistentry><term><parameter>use client driver = no</parameter></term>
+<varlistentry><term><smbconfoption><name>use client driver</name><value>no</value></smbconfoption></term>
 <listitem><para> if set to <constant>yes</constant>, this setting only 
 takes effect for Win NT/2k/XP clients (and not for Win 95/98/ME). Its
 default value is <constant>No</constant> (or <constant>False</constant>).
@@ -742,28 +659,28 @@ section as a general convenience shortcut to share all printers with
 minimal configuration. It is also a container for settings which
 should apply as default to all printers. (For more details see the
 &smb.conf; man page.) Settings inside this
-container must be share level parameters (S).
+container must be share level parameters.
 </para>
 
 <variablelist>
-<varlistentry><term><parameter>comment = All printers</parameter></term>
-<listitem><para> the <parameter>comment</parameter> is shown next to
+<varlistentry><term><smbconfoption><name>comment</name><value>All printers</value></smbconfoption></term>
+<listitem><para> the <smbconfoption><name>comment</name></smbconfoption> is shown next to
 the share if a client queries the server, either via <guiicon>Network
 Neighbourhood</guiicon> or with the <command>net view</command> command to list
 available shares.
 </para></listitem></varlistentry>
 
-<varlistentry><term><parameter>printable = yes</parameter></term>
+<varlistentry><term><smbconfoption><name>printable</name><value>yes</value></smbconfoption></term>
 <listitem><para> please note well, that the
-<parameter>[printers]</parameter> service <emphasis>must</emphasis> be
+<smbconfsection>[printers]</smbconfsection> service <emphasis>must</emphasis> be
 declared as printable. If you specify otherwise, smbd will refuse to
 load  at startup. This parameter allows
 connected clients to open, write to and submit spool files into the
-directory specified with the <parameter>path</parameter> parameter for
+directory specified with the <smbconfoption><name>path</name></smbconfoption> parameter for
 this service. It is used by Samba to differentiate printer shares from
 file shares.  </para></listitem></varlistentry>
 
-<varlistentry><term><parameter>path = /var/spool/samba</parameter></term>
+<varlistentry><term><smbconfoption><name>path</name><value>/var/spool/samba</value></smbconfoption></term>
 <listitem><para>this must point to a directory used by Samba to spool
 incoming print files. <emphasis>It must not be the same as the spool
 directory specified in the configuration of your UNIX print
@@ -771,21 +688,21 @@ subsystem!</emphasis> The path would typically point to a directory
 which is world writeable, with the "sticky" bit set to it.
 </para></listitem></varlistentry>
 
-<varlistentry><term><parameter>browseable = no</parameter></term>
+<varlistentry><term><smbconfoption><name>browseable</name><value>no</value></smbconfoption></term>
 <listitem><para> this is always set to <constant>no</constant> if
-<parameter>printable = yes</parameter>. It makes the 
-<parameter>[printer]</parameter> share itself invisible in the
+<smbconfoption><name>printable</name><value>yes</value></smbconfoption>. It makes the 
+<smbconfsection>[printer]</smbconfsection> share itself invisible in the
 list of available shares in a <command>net view</command> command or
 in the Explorer browse list. (Note that you will of course see the
 individual printers).
 </para></listitem></varlistentry>
 
-<varlistentry><term><parameter>guest ok = yes</parameter></term>
+<varlistentry><term><smbconfoption><name>guest ok</name><value>yes</value></smbconfoption></term>
 
 <listitem><para>
 if set to <constant>yes</constant>, then no password is required to
 connect to the printers service. Access will be granted with the
-privileges of the <parameter>guest account</parameter>. On many systems the
+privileges of the <smbconfoption><name>guest account</name></smbconfoption>. On many systems the
 guest account will map to a user named "nobody". This user is in the UNIX
 passwd file with an empty password, but with no valid UNIX login.
 (Note: on some systems the guest account might not have the
@@ -798,9 +715,8 @@ command like
 
 </listitem></varlistentry>
 
-<varlistentry><term><parameter>public = yes</parameter></term>
-<listitem><para> this is a synonym for <parameter>guest ok =
-yes</parameter>. Since we have <parameter>guest ok = yes</parameter>,
+<varlistentry><term><smbconfoption><name>public</name><value>yes</value></smbconfoption></term>
+	<listitem><para> this is a synonym for <smbconfoption><name>guest ok</name><value>yes</value></smbconfoption>. Since we have <smbconfoption><name>guest ok</name><value>yes</value></smbconfoption>,
 it really doesn't need to be here! (This leads to the interesting
 question: <quote>What, if I by accident have to contradictory settings
 for the same share?</quote> The answer is: the last one encountered by
@@ -811,7 +727,7 @@ account" parameter with different usernames, and then run testparm to
 see which one is actually used by Samba.)
 </para></listitem></varlistentry>
 
-<varlistentry><term><parameter>read only = yes</parameter></term>
+<varlistentry><term><smbconfoption><name>read only</name><value>yes</value></smbconfoption></term>
 <listitem><para>this normally (for other types of shares) prevents
 users creating or modifying files in the service's directory. However,
 in a "printable" service, it is <emphasis>always</emphasis> allowed to
@@ -819,9 +735,9 @@ write to the directory (if user privileges allow the connection), but
 only via print spooling operations. "Normal" write operations are not
 allowed.  </para></listitem></varlistentry>
 
-<varlistentry><term><parameter>writeable = no</parameter></term>
+<varlistentry><term><smbconfoption><name>writeable</name><value>no</value></smbconfoption></term>
 <listitem><para>
-synonym for <parameter>read only = yes</parameter>
+synonym for <smbconfoption><name>read only</name><value>yes</value></smbconfoption>
 </para></listitem></varlistentry>
 </variablelist>
 </sect2>
@@ -831,7 +747,7 @@ synonym for <parameter>read only = yes</parameter>
 
 <para>
 If a section appears in the , which is
-tagged as <parameter>printable = yes</parameter>, Samba presents it as
+tagged as <smbconfoption><name>printable</name><value>yes</value></smbconfoption>, Samba presents it as
 a printer share to its clients. Note, that Win95/98/ME clients may
 have problems with connecting or loading printer drivers if the share
 name has more than 8 characters! Also be very careful if you give a
@@ -843,54 +759,53 @@ the same name!
 </para>
 
 <variablelist>
-<varlistentry><term><parameter>comment = Printer with Restricted Access</parameter></term>
+<varlistentry><term><smbconfoption><name>comment</name><value>Printer with Restricted Access</value></smbconfoption></term>
 <listitem><para> the comment says it all.
 </para></listitem></varlistentry>
 
-<varlistentry><term><parameter>path = /var/spool/samba_my_printer</parameter></term>
+<varlistentry><term><smbconfoption><name>path</name><value>/var/spool/samba_my_printer</value></smbconfoption></term>
 <listitem><para> here we set the spooling area for this printer to
 another directory than the default. It is not a requirement to set it
 differently, but the option is available.
 </para></listitem></varlistentry>
 
-<varlistentry><term><parameter>printer admin = kurt</parameter></term>
+<varlistentry><term><smbconfoption><name>printer admin</name><value>kurt</value></smbconfoption></term>
 <listitem><para> the printer admin definition is different for this
 explicitly defined printer share from the general
-<parameter>[printers]</parameter> share. It is not a requirement; we
+<smbconfsection>[printers]</smbconfsection> share. It is not a requirement; we
 did it to show that it is possible if you want it.
 </para></listitem></varlistentry>
 
-<varlistentry><term><parameter>browseable = yes</parameter></term>
+<varlistentry><term><smbconfoption><name>browseable</name><value>yes</value></smbconfoption></term>
 <listitem><para> we also made this printer browseable (so that the
 clients may conveniently find it when browsing the <guiicon>Network
 Neighbourhood</guiicon>).
 </para></listitem></varlistentry>
 
-<varlistentry><term><parameter>printable = yes</parameter></term>
+<varlistentry><term><smbconfoption><name>printable</name><value>yes</value></smbconfoption></term>
 <listitem><para>see explanation in last subsection.
 </para></listitem></varlistentry>
 
-<varlistentry><term><parameter>writeable = no</parameter></term>
+<varlistentry><term><smbconfoption><name>writeable</name><value>no</value></smbconfoption></term>
 <listitem><para>see explanation in last subsection.
 </para></listitem></varlistentry>
 
-<varlistentry><term><parameter>hosts allow = 10.160.50.,10.160.51.</parameter></term>
+<varlistentry><term><smbconfoption><name>hosts allow</name><value>10.160.50.,10.160.51.</value></smbconfoption></term>
 <listitem><para>here we exercise a certain degree of access control
-by using the <parameter>hosts allow</parameter> and <parameter>hosts deny</parameter> parameters. Note, that
+by using the <smbconfoption><name>hosts allow</name></smbconfoption> and <smbconfoption><name>hosts deny</name></smbconfoption> parameters. Note, that
 this is not by any means a safe bet. It is not a way to secure your
 printers. This line accepts all clients from a certain subnet in a
 first evaluation of access control
 </para></listitem></varlistentry>
 
-<varlistentry><term><parameter>hosts deny = turbo_xp,10.160.50.23,10.160.51.60
-</parameter></term>
+<varlistentry><term><smbconfoption><name>hosts deny</name><value>turbo_xp,10.160.50.23,10.160.51.60</value></smbconfoption></term>
 <listitem><para>all listed hosts are not allowed here (even if they
 belong to the "allowed subnets"). As you can see, you could name IP
 addresses as well as NetBIOS hostnames
 here.
 </para></listitem></varlistentry>
 
-<varlistentry><term><parameter>guest ok = no</parameter></term>
+<varlistentry><term><smbconfoption><name>guest ok</name><value>no</value></smbconfoption></term>
 <listitem><para>this printer is not open for the guest account!
 </para></listitem></varlistentry>
 
@@ -902,11 +817,11 @@ here.
 
 <para>
 In each section defining a printer (or in the
-<parameter>[printers]</parameter> section), a <parameter>print
+<smbconfsection>[printers]</smbconfsection> section), a <parameter>print
 command</parameter> parameter may be defined. It sets a command to
 process the files which have been placed into the Samba print spool
 directory for that printer. (That spool directory was, if you
-remember, set up with the <parameter>path</parameter>
+remember, set up with the <smbconfoption><name>path</name></smbconfoption>
 parameter). Typically, this command will submit the spool file to the
 Samba host's print subsystem, using the suitable system print
 command. But there is no requirement that this needs to be the
@@ -922,14 +837,14 @@ shortage of free space.
 </sect2>
 
 <sect2>
-<title>Default Print Commands for various Unix Print Subsystems</title>
+<title>Default Print Commands for various UNIX Print Subsystems</title>
 
 <para>
 You learned earlier on, that Samba in most cases uses its built-in
 settings for many parameters if it can not find an explicitly stated
 one in its configuration file. The same is true for the
-<parameter>print command</parameter>. The default print command varies
-depending on the <parameter>printing =...</parameter> parameter
+<smbconfoption><name>print command</name></smbconfoption>. The default print command varies
+depending on the <smbconfoption><name>printing</name></smbconfoption> parameter
 setting. In the commands listed below, you will notice some parameters
 of the form <emphasis>%X</emphasis> where <emphasis>X</emphasis> is
 <emphasis>p, s, J</emphasis> etc. These letters stand for
@@ -948,63 +863,63 @@ the special case of CUPS, which is discussed in the next chapter):
 </thead>
 <tbody>
 <row>
-<entry><parameter>printing = bsd|aix|lprng|plp</parameter></entry>
+<entry><smbconfoption><name>printing</name><value>bsd|aix|lprng|plp</value></smbconfoption></entry>
 <entry>print command is <command>lpr -r -P%p %s</command></entry>
 </row>
 <row>
-<entry><parameter>printing = sysv|hpux</parameter></entry>
+<entry><smbconfoption><name>printing</name><value>sysv|hpux</value></smbconfoption></entry>
 <entry>print command is <command>lp -c -P%p %s; rm %s</command></entry>
 </row>
 <row>
-<entry> <parameter>printing = qnx</parameter></entry>
+<entry> <smbconfoption><name>printing</name><value>qnx</value></smbconfoption></entry>
 <entry>print command is <command>lp -r -P%p -s %s</command></entry>
 </row>
 <row>
-<entry><parameter>printing = bsd|aix|lprng|plp</parameter></entry>
+<entry><smbconfoption><name>printing</name><value>bsd|aix|lprng|plp</value></smbconfoption></entry>
 <entry>lpq command is <command>lpq -P%p</command></entry>
 </row>
 <row>
-<entry><parameter>printing = sysv|hpux</parameter></entry>
+<entry><smbconfoption><name>printing</name><value>sysv|hpux</value></smbconfoption></entry>
 <entry>lpq command is <command>lpstat -o%p</command></entry>
 </row>
 <row>
-<entry><parameter>printing = qnx</parameter></entry>
+<entry><smbconfoption><name>printing</name><value>qnx</value></smbconfoption></entry>
 <entry>lpq command is <command>lpq -P%p</command></entry>
 </row>
 <row>
-<entry><parameter>printing = bsd|aix|lprng|plp</parameter></entry>
+<entry><smbconfoption><name>printing</name><value>bsd|aix|lprng|plp</value></smbconfoption></entry>
 <entry>lprm command is <command>lprm -P%p %j</command></entry>
 </row>
 <row>
-<entry><parameter>printing = sysv|hpux</parameter></entry>
+<entry><smbconfoption><name>printing</name><value>sysv|hpux</value></smbconfoption></entry>
 <entry>lprm command is <command>cancel %p-%j</command></entry>
 </row>
 <row>
-<entry><parameter>printing = qnx</parameter></entry>
+<entry><smbconfoption><name>printing</name><value>qnx</value></smbconfoption></entry>
 <entry>lprm command is <command>cancel %p-%j</command></entry>
 </row>
 <row>
-<entry><parameter>printing = bsd|aix|lprng|plp</parameter></entry>
+<entry><smbconfoption><name>printing</name><value>bsd|aix|lprng|plp</value></smbconfoption></entry>
 <entry>lppause command is <command>lp -i %p-%j -H hold</command></entry>
 </row>
 <row>
-<entry><parameter>printing = sysv|hpux</parameter></entry>
+<entry><smbconfoption><name>printing</name><value>sysv|hpux</value></smbconfoption></entry>
 <entry>lppause command   (...is empty)</entry>
 </row>
 <row>
-<entry><parameter>printing = qnx</parameter></entry>
+<entry><smbconfoption><name>printing</name><value>qnx</value></smbconfoption></entry>
 <entry>lppause command   (...is empty)</entry>
 </row>
 <row>
-<entry><parameter>printing = bsd|aix|lprng|plp</parameter></entry>
+<entry><smbconfoption><name>printing</name><value>bsd|aix|lprng|plp</value></smbconfoption></entry>
 <entry>lpresume command is <command>lp -i %p-%j -H resume</command></entry>
 </row>
 <row>
-<entry><parameter>printing = sysv|hpux</parameter></entry>
+<entry><smbconfoption><name>printing</name><value>sysv|hpux</value></smbconfoption></entry>
 <entry>lpresume command   (...is empty)</entry>
 </row>
 <row>
-<entry><parameter>printing = qnx</parameter></entry>
+<entry><smbconfoption><name>printing</name><value>qnx</value></smbconfoption></entry>
 <entry>lpresume command   (...is empty)</entry>
 </row>
 </tbody>
@@ -1016,7 +931,7 @@ We excluded the special CUPS case here, because it is discussed in the
 next chapter. Just a short summary. For <parameter>printing =
 CUPS</parameter>: If SAMBA is compiled against libcups, it uses the
 CUPS API to submit jobs, etc. (It is a good idea also to set
-<parameter>printcap = cups</parameter> in case your
+<smbconfoption><name>printcap</name><value>cups</value></smbconfoption> in case your
 <filename>cupsd.conf</filename> is set to write its autogenerated
 printcap file to an unusual place). Otherwise Samba maps to the System
 V printing commands with the -oraw option for printing, i.e. it uses
@@ -1050,7 +965,7 @@ way you want them to work and not rely on any built-in defaults.
 
 <para>
 After a print job has finished spooling to a service, the
-<parameter>print command</parameter> will be used by Samba via a
+<smbconfoption><name>print command</name></smbconfoption> will be used by Samba via a
 <emphasis>system()</emphasis> call to process the spool file.  Usually
 the command specified will submit the spool file to the host's
 printing subsystem. But there is no requirement at all that this must
@@ -1102,7 +1017,7 @@ command. In this case the job is sent to the default printer.
 </para>
 
 <para>
-If specified in the <parameter>[global]</parameter> section, the print
+If specified in the <smbconfsection>[global]</smbconfsection> section, the print
 command given will be used for any printable service that does not
 have its own print command specified. If there is neither a specified
 print command for a printable service nor a global print command,
@@ -1115,7 +1030,7 @@ hard disk.
 Note that printing may fail on some UNIXes from the "nobody"
 account. If this happens, create an alternative guest account and
 supply it with the privilege to print. Set up this guest account in
-the <parameter>[global]</parameter> section with the <parameter>guest
+the <smbconfsection>[global]</smbconfsection> section with the <parameter>guest
 account</parameter> parameter.
 </para>
 
@@ -1126,28 +1041,26 @@ expand the included environment variables as usual. (The syntax to
 include a UNIX environment variable <parameter>$variable</parameter>
 in  or in the Samba print command is
 <parameter>%$variable</parameter>.) To give you a working
-<parameter>print command</parameter> example, the following will log a
+<smbconfoption><name>print command</name></smbconfoption> example, the following will log a
 print job to <filename>/tmp/print.log</filename>, print the file, then
 remove it. Note that ';' is the usual separator for commands in shell
 scripts:
 </para>
 
-<para><programlisting>
-<![CDATA[
- print command = echo Printing %s >> /tmp/print.log; lpr -P %p %s; rm %s
-]]>
-</programlisting></para>
+<para><smbconfblock>
+<smbconfoption><name>print command</name><value>echo Printing %s &gt;&gt; /tmp/print.log; lpr -P %p %s; rm %s</value></smbconfoption>
+</smbconfblock></para>
 
 <para>
 You may have to vary your own command considerably from this example
 depending on how you normally print files on your system.  The default
-for the <parameter>print command</parameter> parameter varies depending on the setting of
-the <parameter>printing</parameter> parameter. Another example is:
+for the <smbconfoption><name>print command</name></smbconfoption> parameter varies depending on the setting of
+the <smbconfoption><name>printing</name></smbconfoption> parameter. Another example is:
 </para>
 
-<para><programlisting>
- print command = /usr/local/samba/bin/myprintscript %p %s
-</programlisting></para>
+<para><smbconfblock>
+<smbconfoption><name>print command</name><value>/usr/local/samba/bin/myprintscript %p %s</value></smbconfoption>
+</smbconfblock></para>
 </sect2>
 </sect1>
 
@@ -1176,15 +1089,11 @@ The additional functionality provided by the new SPOOLSS support includes:
 
 <listitem><para>Uploading of printer drivers via the Windows NT
 <emphasis>Add Printer Wizard</emphasis> (APW) or the
-<emphasis>Imprints</emphasis> tool set (refer to <ulink
-url="http://imprints.sourceforge.net/">http://imprints.sourceforge.net</ulink>);
+<ulink url="http://imprints.sourceforge.net/">Imprints</ulink> tool set.
 </para></listitem>
 
 <listitem><para>Support for the native MS-RPC printing calls such as
-StartDocPrinter, EnumJobs(), etc... (See the MSDN documentation
-at <ulink
-url="http://msdn.microsoft.com/">http://msdn.microsoft.com/</ulink>
-for more information on the Win32 printing API);</para></listitem>
+		StartDocPrinter, EnumJobs(), etc... (See the <ulink url="http://msdn.microsoft.com/">MSDN documentation</ulink> for more information on the Win32 printing API);</para></listitem>
 
 <listitem><para>Support for NT <emphasis>Access Control
 Lists</emphasis> (ACL) on printer objects;</para></listitem>
@@ -1197,7 +1106,7 @@ files).</para></listitem>
 </itemizedlist>
 
 <para>
-One other benefit of an update is this: Samba-3 is able to publish
+One other benefit of an update is this: Samba 3 is able to publish
 all its printers in Active Directory (or LDAP)!
 </para>
 
@@ -1238,12 +1147,12 @@ possess a valid driver for the printer. This was fixed in Samba
 
 <para>
 But it is a new <emphasis>option</emphasis> to install the printer
-drivers into the <parameter>[print$]</parameter> share of the Samba
+drivers into the <smbconfsection>[print$]</smbconfsection> share of the Samba
 server, and a big convenience too. Then <emphasis>all</emphasis>
 clients (including 95/98/ME) get the driver installed when they first
 connect to this printer share. The <emphasis>uploading</emphasis> or
 <emphasis>depositing</emphasis> of the driver into this
-<parameter>[print$]</parameter> share, and the following binding of
+<smbconfsection>[print$]</smbconfsection> share, and the following binding of
 this driver to an existing Samba printer share can be achieved by
 different means:
 </para>
@@ -1271,17 +1180,17 @@ does not use these uploaded drivers in any way to process spooled
 files</emphasis>. Drivers are utilized entirely by the clients, who
 download and install them via the "Point'n'Print" mechanism supported
 by Samba. The clients use these drivers to generate print files in the
-format the printer (or the Unix print system) requires. Print files
-received by Samba are handed over to the Unix printing system, which
+format the printer (or the UNIX print system) requires. Print files
+received by Samba are handed over to the UNIX printing system, which
 is responsible for all further processing, if needed.
 </para>
 </sect2>
 
 <sect2>
-<title>The [printer$] Section is removed from Samba-3</title>
+<title>The [printer$] Section is removed from Samba 3</title>
 
 <formalpara><title>
-<parameter>[print$]</parameter> vs. <parameter>[printer$]</parameter>
+<smbconfsection>[print$]</smbconfsection> vs. <smbconfsection>[printer$]</smbconfsection>
 </title>
 
 <para>
@@ -1289,7 +1198,7 @@ Versions of Samba prior to 2.2 made it possible to use a share
 named <emphasis>[printer$]</emphasis>. This name was taken from the
 same named service created by Windows 9x clients when a printer was
 shared by them. Windows 9x printer servers always have a
-<parameter>[printer$]</parameter> service which provides read-only
+<smbconfsection>[printer$]</smbconfsection> service which provides read-only
 access (with no password required) in order to support printer driver
 downloads.  However, Samba's initial implementation allowed for a
 parameter named <parameter>printer driver location</parameter> to be
@@ -1298,16 +1207,16 @@ files associated with that printer. Another parameter named
 <parameter>printer driver</parameter> provided a means of defining the
 printer driver name to be sent to the client.  These parameters,
 including the <parameter>printer driver file</parameter> parameter,
-are now removed and can not be used in installations of Samba-3.0.
-Now the share name <parameter>[print$]</parameter> is used for the
+are now removed and can not be used in installations of samba-3.
+Now the share name <smbconfsection>[print$]</smbconfsection> is used for the
 location of downloadable printer drivers. It is taken from the
-<parameter>[print$]</parameter> service created by Windows NT PCs when
+<smbconfsection>[print$]</smbconfsection> service created by Windows NT PCs when
 a printer is shared by them. Windows NT print servers always have a
-<parameter>[print$]</parameter> service which provides read-write
+<smbconfsection>[print$]</smbconfsection> service which provides read-write
 access (in the context of its ACLs) in order to support printer driver
 down- and uploads.  Don't fear -- this does not mean Windows 9x
 clients are thrown aside now. They can use Samba's
-<parameter>[print$]</parameter> share support just fine.
+<smbconfsection>[print$]</smbconfsection> share support just fine.
 </para></formalpara>
 </sect2>
 
@@ -1317,7 +1226,7 @@ clients are thrown aside now. They can use Samba's
 <para>
 In order to support the up- and downloading of printer driver files,
 you must first configure a file share named
-<parameter>[print$]</parameter>. The "public" name of this share is
+<smbconfsection>[print$]</smbconfsection>. The "public" name of this share is
 hard coded in Samba's internals (because it is hard coded in the MS
 Windows clients too). It cannot be renamed since Windows clients are
 programmed to search for a service of exactly this name if they want
@@ -1327,33 +1236,33 @@ to retrieve printer driver files.
 <para>
 You should modify the server's  file to
 add the global parameters and create the
-<parameter>[print$]</parameter> file share (of course, some of the
+<smbconfsection>[print$]</smbconfsection> file share (of course, some of the
 parameter values, such as 'path' are arbitrary and should be replaced
 with appropriate values for your site):
 </para>
 
-<para><screen>
- [global]
-      ; members of the ntadmin group should be able to add drivers and set
-      ; printer properties. root is implicitly always a 'printer admin'.
-      printer admin = @ntadmin
-      [....]
+<para><smbconfexample>
+		<title>[print\$] example</title>
+		<smbconfsection>[global]</smbconfsection>
+		<smbconfcomment>members of the ntadmin group should be able to add drivers and set</smbconfcomment>
+		<smbconfcomment>printer properties. root is implicitly always a 'printer admin'.</smbconfcomment>
+		<smbconfoption><name>printer admin</name><value>@ntadmin</value></smbconfoption>
+		<member>...</member>
+		<smbconfsection>[printers]</smbconfsection>
+		<member>...</member>
 
- [printers]
-      [....]
-
- [print$]
-      comment = Printer Driver Download Area
-      path = /etc/samba/drivers
-      browseable = yes
-      guest ok = yes
-      read only = yes
-      write list = @ntadmin, root
-</screen></para>
+		<smbconfsection>[print$]</smbconfsection>
+<smbconfoption><name>comment</name><value>Printer Driver Download Area</value></smbconfoption>
+<smbconfoption><name>path</name><value>/etc/samba/drivers</value></smbconfoption>
+<smbconfoption><name>browseable</name><value>yes</value></smbconfoption>
+<smbconfoption><name>guest ok</name><value>yes</value></smbconfoption>
+<smbconfoption><name>read only</name><value>yes</value></smbconfoption>
+<smbconfoption><name>write list</name><value>@ntadmin, root</value></smbconfoption>
+</smbconfexample></para>
 
 <para>
 Of course, you also need to ensure that the directory named by the
-<parameter>path</parameter> parameter exists on the Unix file system.
+<smbconfoption><name>path</name></smbconfoption> parameter exists on the UNIX file system.
 </para>
 
 </sect2>
@@ -1362,33 +1271,33 @@ Of course, you also need to ensure that the directory named by the
 <title>Parameters in the [print$] Section</title>
 
 <para>
-<parameter>[print$]</parameter> is a special section in
+<smbconfsection>[print$]</smbconfsection> is a special section in
 . It contains settings relevant to
 potential printer driver download and local installation by clients.
 </para>
 
 <variablelist>
-<varlistentry><term><parameter>comment = Printer Driver
-Download Area</parameter></term>
+	<varlistentry><term><smbconfoption><name>comment</name><value>Printer Driver
+					Download Area</value></smbconfoption></term>
 <listitem><para> the comment appears next to the share name if it is
 listed in a share list (usually Windows clients won't see it often but
 it will also appear up in a <command>smbclient -L sambaserver
 </command> output). </para></listitem></varlistentry>
 
-<varlistentry><term><parameter>path = /etc/samba/printers</parameter></term>
+<varlistentry><term><smbconfoption><name>path</name><value>/etc/samba/printers</value></smbconfoption></term>
 <listitem><para> this is the path to the location of the Windows
 driver file deposit from the UNIX point of
 view.</para></listitem></varlistentry>
 
-<varlistentry><term><parameter>browseable = no</parameter></term>
-<listitem><para> this makes the <parameter>[print$]</parameter> share
+<varlistentry><term><smbconfoption><name>browseable</name><value>no</value></smbconfoption></term>
+<listitem><para> this makes the <smbconfsection>[print$]</smbconfsection> share
 "invisible" in Network Neighbourhood to clients. However, you can
 still "mount" it from any client using the <command>net use
 g:\\sambaserver\print$</command> command in a "DOS box" or the
 "Connect network drive" menu from Windows
 Explorer.</para></listitem></varlistentry>
 
-<varlistentry><term><parameter>guest ok = yes</parameter></term>
+<varlistentry><term><smbconfoption><name>guest ok</name><value>yes</value></smbconfoption></term>
 <listitem><para>this gives read only access to this share for all
 guest users. Access may be used to download and install printer
 drivers on clients. The requirement for <parameter>guest ok =
@@ -1404,19 +1313,19 @@ validated by the Domain Controller in order to logon to the Windows NT
 session), then guest access is not necessary. Of course, in a
 workgroup environment where you just want to be able to print without
 worrying about silly accounts and security, then configure the share
-for guest access. You'll probably want to add <parameter>map to guest
-= Bad User</parameter> in the <parameter>[global]</parameter> section
+for guest access. You'll probably want to add <smbconfoption><name>map to guest</name><value>Bad User</value></smbconfoption> in the
+<smbconfsection>[global]</smbconfsection> section
 as well. Make sure you understand what this parameter does before
 using it.
 </para></note> </listitem></varlistentry>
 
-<varlistentry><term><parameter>read only = yes</parameter></term>
+<varlistentry><term><smbconfoption><name>read only</name><value>yes</value></smbconfoption></term>
 <listitem><para>as we don't want everybody to upload driver files (or
 even change driver settings) we tagged this share as not
 writeable.</para></listitem></varlistentry>
 
-<varlistentry><term><parameter>write list = @ntadmin,root</parameter></term>
-<listitem><para>since the <parameter>[print$]</parameter> was made
+<varlistentry><term><smbconfoption><name>write list</name><value>@ntadmin,root</value></smbconfoption></term>
+<listitem><para>since the <smbconfsection>[print$]</smbconfsection> was made
 read only by the previous setting, we need to create a "write list"
 also. UNIX groups (denoted with a leading "@" character) and users
 listed here are allowed write access (as an exception to the general
@@ -1425,7 +1334,7 @@ share.  Normally you will want to only name administrative level user
 accounts in this setting. Check the file system permissions to make
 sure these accounts can copy files to the share. If this is a non-root
 account, then the account should also be mentioned in the global
-<parameter>printer admin </parameter> parameter.  See the
+<smbconfoption><name>printer admin </name></smbconfoption> parameter.  See the
  man page for more information on
 configuring file shares.  </para></listitem></varlistentry>
 
@@ -1439,18 +1348,18 @@ configuring file shares.  </para></listitem></varlistentry>
 <para>
 In order for a Windows NT print server to support the downloading of
 driver files by multiple client architectures, you must create several
-subdirectories within the <parameter>[print$]</parameter> service
-(i.e. the Unix directory named by the <parameter>path</parameter>
+subdirectories within the <smbconfsection>[print$]</smbconfsection> service
+(i.e. the UNIX directory named by the <smbconfoption><name>path</name></smbconfoption>
 parameter). These correspond to each of the supported client
 architectures. Samba follows this model as well. Just like the name of
-the <parameter>[print$]</parameter> share itself, the subdirectories
+the <smbconfsection>[print$]</smbconfsection> share itself, the subdirectories
 *must* be exactly the names listed below (you may leave out the
 subdirectories of architectures you don't want to support).
 </para>
 
 <para>
 Therefore, create a directory tree below the
-<parameter>[print$]</parameter> share for each architecture you wish
+<smbconfsection>[print$]</smbconfsection> share for each architecture you wish
 to support.
 </para>
 
@@ -1483,13 +1392,13 @@ named in the <emphasis>printer admin</emphasis>list.</para></listitem>
 <para>
 Of course, the connected account must still possess access to add
 files to the subdirectories beneath
-<parameter>[print$]</parameter>. Remember that all file shares are set
+<smbconfsection>[print$]</smbconfsection>. Remember that all file shares are set
 to 'read only' by default.
 </para>
 </important>
 
 <para>
-Once you have created the required <parameter>[print$]</parameter>
+Once you have created the required <smbconfsection>[print$]</smbconfsection>
 service and associated subdirectories, go to a Windows NT 4.0/2k/XP
 client workstation. Open <guiicon>Network Neighbourhood</guiicon> or 
 <guiicon>My Network Places</guiicon> and browse for the Samba host.
@@ -1504,7 +1413,7 @@ that matches the printer shares defined on your Samba host.
 <title>Installing Drivers into [print$]</title>
 
 <para>
-You have successfully created the <parameter>[print$]</parameter>
+You have successfully created the <smbconfsection>[print$]</smbconfsection>
 share in ?  And Samba has re-read its
 configuration? Good. But you are not yet ready to take off. The
 <emphasis>driver files</emphasis> need to be present in this share,
@@ -1512,7 +1421,7 @@ too! So far it is still an empty share. Unfortunately, it is not enough
 to just copy the driver files over. They need to be <emphasis>set
 up</emphasis> too.  And that is a bit tricky, to say the least. We
 will now discuss two alternative ways to install the drivers into
-<parameter>[print$]</parameter>:
+<smbconfsection>[print$]</smbconfsection>:
 </para>
 
 <itemizedlist>
@@ -1539,8 +1448,8 @@ entrance to this realm seems a little bit weird at first).
 <para>
 The initial listing of printers in the Samba host's
 <guiicon>Printers</guiicon> folder accessed from a client's Explorer
-will have no real printer driver assigned to them. By default, in
-Samba-3 (as in 2.2.1 and later) this driver name is set to a NULL
+will have no real printer driver assigned to them. By default
+this driver name is set to a NULL
 string. This must be changed now. The local <emphasis>Add Printer
 Wizard</emphasis>, run from NT/2000/XP clients, will help us in this
 task.
@@ -1585,7 +1494,7 @@ Once the APW is started, the procedure is exactly the same as the one
 you are familiar with in Windows (we assume here that you are
 familiar with the printer driver installations procedure on Windows
 NT). Make sure your connection is in fact setup as a user with
-<parameter>printer admin</parameter> privileges (if in doubt, use
+<smbconfoption><name>printer admin</name></smbconfoption> privileges (if in doubt, use
 <command>smbstatus</command> to check for this). If you wish to
 install printer drivers for client operating systems other than
 <application>Windows NT x86</application>, you will need to use the
@@ -1594,7 +1503,7 @@ install printer drivers for client operating systems other than
 
 <para>
 Assuming you have connected with an administrative (or root) account
-(as named by the <parameter>printer admin</parameter> parameter),
+(as named by the <smbconfoption><name>printer admin</name></smbconfoption> parameter),
 you will also be able to modify other printer properties such as ACLs
 and default device settings using this dialog. For the default device
 settings, please consider the advice given further below.
@@ -1607,7 +1516,7 @@ settings, please consider the advice given further below.
 
 <para>
 The second way to install printer drivers into
-<parameter>[print$]</parameter> and set them up in a valid way can be
+<smbconfsection>[print$]</smbconfsection> and set them up in a valid way can be
 done from the UNIX command line.  This involves four distinct steps:
 </para>
 
@@ -1616,7 +1525,7 @@ done from the UNIX command line.  This involves four distinct steps:
 and collecting the files together;</para></listitem>
 
 <listitem><para>deposit the driver files into the
-<parameter>[print$]</parameter> share's correct subdirectories
+<smbconfsection>[print$]</smbconfsection> share's correct subdirectories
 (possibly by using <command>smbclient</command>);</para></listitem>
 
 <listitem><para>running the <command>rpcclient</command>
@@ -1692,35 +1601,35 @@ different spaces in between words:
 </para>
 
 <para><screen>
-&rootprompt;<userinput>rpcclient -U'Danka%xxxx' -c 'getdriver "Heidelberg Digimaster 9110 (PS)" 3' TURBO_XP</userinput>
-  cmd = getdriver "Heidelberg Digimaster 9110 (PS)" 3
-
-  [Windows NT x86]
-  Printer Driver Info 3:
-          Version: [2]
-          Driver Name: [Heidelberg Digimaster 9110 (PS)]
-          Architecture: [Windows NT x86]
-          Driver Path: [C:\WINNT\System32\spool\DRIVERS\W32X86\2\HDNIS01_de.DLL]
-          Datafile: [C:\WINNT\System32\spool\DRIVERS\W32X86\2\Hddm91c1_de.ppd]
-          Configfile: [C:\WINNT\System32\spool\DRIVERS\W32X86\2\HDNIS01U_de.DLL]
-          Helpfile: [C:\WINNT\System32\spool\DRIVERS\W32X86\2\HDNIS01U_de.HLP]
+&rootprompt;<userinput>rpcclient -U'Danka%xxxx' -c \
+	'getdriver "Heidelberg Digimaster 9110 (PS)" 3' TURBO_XP</userinput>
+cmd = getdriver "Heidelberg Digimaster 9110 (PS)" 3
+
+[Windows NT x86]
+Printer Driver Info 3:
+  Version: [2]
+  Driver Name: [Heidelberg Digimaster 9110 (PS)]
+  Architecture: [Windows NT x86]
+  Driver Path: [C:\WINNT\System32\spool\DRIVERS\W32X86\2\HDNIS01_de.DLL]
+  Datafile: [C:\WINNT\System32\spool\DRIVERS\W32X86\2\Hddm91c1_de.ppd]
+  Configfile: [C:\WINNT\System32\spool\DRIVERS\W32X86\2\HDNIS01U_de.DLL]
+  Helpfile: [C:\WINNT\System32\spool\DRIVERS\W32X86\2\HDNIS01U_de.HLP]
   
-          Dependentfiles: [C:\WINNT\System32\spool\DRIVERS\W32X86\2\Hddm91c1_de.DLL]
-          Dependentfiles: [C:\WINNT\System32\spool\DRIVERS\W32X86\2\Hddm91c1_de.INI]
-          Dependentfiles: [C:\WINNT\System32\spool\DRIVERS\W32X86\2\Hddm91c1KMMin.DLL]
-          Dependentfiles: [C:\WINNT\System32\spool\DRIVERS\W32X86\2\Hddm91c1_de.dat]
-          Dependentfiles: [C:\WINNT\System32\spool\DRIVERS\W32X86\2\Hddm91c1_de.cat]
-          Dependentfiles: [C:\WINNT\System32\spool\DRIVERS\W32X86\2\Hddm91c1_de.def]
-          Dependentfiles: [C:\WINNT\System32\spool\DRIVERS\W32X86\2\Hddm91c1_de.hre]
-          Dependentfiles: [C:\WINNT\System32\spool\DRIVERS\W32X86\2\Hddm91c1_de.vnd]
-          Dependentfiles: [C:\WINNT\System32\spool\DRIVERS\W32X86\2\Hddm91c1_de.hlp]
-          Dependentfiles: [C:\WINNT\System32\spool\DRIVERS\W32X86\2\Hddm91c1_de_reg.HLP]
-          Dependentfiles: [C:\WINNT\System32\spool\DRIVERS\W32X86\2\HDNIS01Aux.dll]
-          Dependentfiles: [C:\WINNT\System32\spool\DRIVERS\W32X86\2\HDNIS01_de.NTF]
+  Dependentfiles: [C:\WINNT\System32\spool\DRIVERS\W32X86\2\Hddm91c1_de.DLL]
+  Dependentfiles: [C:\WINNT\System32\spool\DRIVERS\W32X86\2\Hddm91c1_de.INI]
+  Dependentfiles: [C:\WINNT\System32\spool\DRIVERS\W32X86\2\Hddm91c1KMMin.DLL]
+  Dependentfiles: [C:\WINNT\System32\spool\DRIVERS\W32X86\2\Hddm91c1_de.dat]
+  Dependentfiles: [C:\WINNT\System32\spool\DRIVERS\W32X86\2\Hddm91c1_de.cat]
+  Dependentfiles: [C:\WINNT\System32\spool\DRIVERS\W32X86\2\Hddm91c1_de.def]
+  Dependentfiles: [C:\WINNT\System32\spool\DRIVERS\W32X86\2\Hddm91c1_de.hre]
+  Dependentfiles: [C:\WINNT\System32\spool\DRIVERS\W32X86\2\Hddm91c1_de.vnd]
+  Dependentfiles: [C:\WINNT\System32\spool\DRIVERS\W32X86\2\Hddm91c1_de.hlp]
+  Dependentfiles: [C:\WINNT\System32\spool\DRIVERS\W32X86\2\Hddm91c1_de_reg.HLP]
+  Dependentfiles: [C:\WINNT\System32\spool\DRIVERS\W32X86\2\HDNIS01Aux.dll]
+  Dependentfiles: [C:\WINNT\System32\spool\DRIVERS\W32X86\2\HDNIS01_de.NTF]
   
-          Monitorname: []
-          Defaultdatatype: []
-
+  Monitorname: []
+  Defaultdatatype: []
 </screen></para>
 
 <para>
@@ -1738,7 +1647,7 @@ can also host the Win9x drivers, even if itself runs on Windows NT,
 </para>
 
 <para>
-Since the <parameter>[print$]</parameter> share is usually accessible
+Since the <smbconfsection>[print$]</smbconfsection> share is usually accessible
 through the <guiicon>Network Neighbourhood</guiicon>, you can also use the UNC notation
 from Windows Explorer to poke at it. The Win9x driver files will end
 up in subdirectory "0" of the "WIN40" directory. The full path to
@@ -1763,7 +1672,7 @@ this. These type of drivers install into the "3" subdirectory.
 <para>
 Now we need to collect all the driver files we identified. in our
 previous step. Where do we get them from? Well, why not retrieve them
-from the very PC and the same <parameter>[print$]</parameter> share
+from the very PC and the same <smbconfsection>[print$]</smbconfsection> share
 which we investigated in our last step to identify the files? We can
 use <command>smbclient</command> to do this. We will use the paths and
 names which were leaked to us by <command>getdriver</command>. The
@@ -1774,15 +1683,15 @@ listing is edited to include linebreaks for readability:
 &rootprompt;<userinput>smbclient //TURBO_XP/print\$ -U'Danka%xxxx'	\ 
 	-c 'cd W32X86/2;mget HD*_de.*             \
 	hd*ppd Hd*_de.* Hddm*dll HDN*Aux.DLL'</userinput>
-  added interface ip=10.160.51.60 bcast=10.160.51.255 nmask=255.255.252.0
-  Got a positive name query response from 10.160.50.8 ( 10.160.50.8 )
-  Domain=[DEVELOPMENT] OS=[Windows 5.1] Server=[Windows 2000 LAN Manager]
-  <prompt>Get file Hddm91c1_de.ABD? </prompt><userinput>n</userinput>
-  <prompt>Get file Hddm91c1_de.def? </prompt><userinput>y</userinput>
-  getting file \W32X86\2\Hddm91c1_de.def of size 428 as Hddm91c1_de.def (22.0 kb/s) (average 22.0 kb/s)
-  <prompt>Get file Hddm91c1_de.DLL? </prompt><userinput>y</userinput>
-  getting file \W32X86\2\Hddm91c1_de.DLL of size 876544 as Hddm91c1_de.DLL (737.3 kb/s) (average 737.3 kb/s)
-  [...]
+added interface ip=10.160.51.60 bcast=10.160.51.255 nmask=255.255.252.0
+Got a positive name query response from 10.160.50.8 ( 10.160.50.8 )
+Domain=[DEVELOPMENT] OS=[Windows 5.1] Server=[Windows 2000 LAN Manager]
+<prompt>Get file Hddm91c1_de.ABD? </prompt><userinput>n</userinput>
+<prompt>Get file Hddm91c1_de.def? </prompt><userinput>y</userinput>
+getting file \W32X86\2\Hddm91c1_de.def of size 428 as Hddm91c1_de.def
+<prompt>Get file Hddm91c1_de.DLL? </prompt><userinput>y</userinput>
+getting file \W32X86\2\Hddm91c1_de.DLL of size 876544 as Hddm91c1_de.DLL
+[...]
 
 </screen></para>
 
@@ -1800,7 +1709,7 @@ architecture should you need to support Win95/98/XP clients.  Remember, the
 files for these architectures are in the WIN40/0/ subdir. Once we are
 complete, we can run <command>smbclient ...  put</command> to store
 the collected files on the Samba server's
-<parameter>[print$]</parameter> share.
+<smbconfsection>[print$]</smbconfsection> share.
 </para>
 </sect3>
 
@@ -1809,11 +1718,11 @@ the collected files on the Samba server's
 
 <para>
 So, now we are going to put the driver files into the
-<parameter>[print$]</parameter> share. Remember, the UNIX path to this
+<smbconfsection>[print$]</smbconfsection> share. Remember, the UNIX path to this
 share has been defined previously in your
 . You also have created subdirectories
 for the different Windows client types you want to support. Supposing
-your <parameter>[print$]</parameter> share maps to the UNIX path
+your <smbconfsection>[print$]</smbconfsection> share maps to the UNIX path
 <filename>/etc/samba/drivers/</filename>, your driver files should now
 go here:
 </para>
@@ -1834,11 +1743,12 @@ network. We specify the same files and paths as were leaked to us by
 running <command>getdriver</command> against the original
 <emphasis>Windows</emphasis> install. However, now we are going to
 store the files into a <emphasis>Samba/UNIX</emphasis> print server's
-<parameter>[print$]</parameter> share...
+<smbconfsection>[print$]</smbconfsection> share...
 </para>
 
 <para><screen>
-&rootprompt;<userinput>smbclient //SAMBA-CUPS/print\$ -U'root%xxxx' -c 'cd W32X86; put HDNIS01_de.DLL; \
+		&rootprompt;<userinput>smbclient //SAMBA-CUPS/print\$ -U'root%xxxx' -c \
+ 'cd W32X86; put HDNIS01_de.DLL; \
   put Hddm91c1_de.ppd; put HDNIS01U_de.DLL;        \
   put HDNIS01U_de.HLP; put Hddm91c1_de.DLL;        \
   put Hddm91c1_de.INI; put Hddm91c1KMMin.DLL;      \
@@ -1847,26 +1757,25 @@ store the files into a <emphasis>Samba/UNIX</emphasis> print server's
   put Hddm91c1_de.vnd; put Hddm91c1_de.hlp;        \
   put Hddm91c1_de_reg.HLP; put HDNIS01Aux.dll;     \
   put HDNIS01_de.NTF'</userinput>
- added interface ip=10.160.51.60 bcast=10.160.51.255 nmask=255.255.252.0
- Got a positive name query response from 10.160.51.162 ( 10.160.51.162 )
- Domain=[CUPS-PRINT] OS=[Unix] Server=[Samba 2.2.7a]
- putting file HDNIS01_de.DLL as \W32X86\HDNIS01_de.DLL (4465.5 kb/s) (average 4465.5 kb/s)
- putting file Hddm91c1_de.ppd as \W32X86\Hddm91c1_de.ppd (12876.8 kb/s) (average 4638.9 kb/s)
- putting file HDNIS01U_de.DLL as \W32X86\HDNIS01U_de.DLL (20249.8 kb/s) (average 5828.3 kb/s)
- putting file HDNIS01U_de.HLP as \W32X86\HDNIS01U_de.HLP (9652.8 kb/s) (average 5899.8 kb/s)
- putting file Hddm91c1_de.DLL as \W32X86\Hddm91c1_de.DLL (23777.7 kb/s) (average 10400.6 kb/s)
- putting file Hddm91c1_de.INI as \W32X86\Hddm91c1_de.INI (98.6 kb/s) (average 10329.0 kb/s)
- putting file Hddm91c1KMMin.DLL as \W32X86\Hddm91c1KMMin.DLL (22931.5 kb/s) (average 10501.7 kb/s)
- putting file Hddm91c1_de.dat as \W32X86\Hddm91c1_de.dat (2462.8 kb/s) (average 10393.0 kb/s)
- putting file Hddm91c1_de.dat as \W32X86\Hddm91c1_de.dat (4925.3 kb/s) (average 10356.3 kb/s)
- putting file Hddm91c1_de.def as \W32X86\Hddm91c1_de.def (417.9 kb/s) (average 10290.1 kb/s)
- putting file Hddm91c1_de.hre as \W32X86\Hddm91c1_de.hre (22571.3 kb/s) (average 11338.5 kb/s)
- putting file Hddm91c1_de.vnd as \W32X86\Hddm91c1_de.vnd (3384.6 kb/s) (average 10754.3 kb/s)
- putting file Hddm91c1_de.hlp as \W32X86\Hddm91c1_de.hlp (18406.8 kb/s) (average 10839.8 kb/s)
- putting file Hddm91c1_de_reg.HLP as \W32X86\Hddm91c1_de_reg.HLP (20278.3 kb/s) (average 11386.3 kb/s)
- putting file HDNIS01Aux.dll as \W32X86\HDNIS01Aux.dll (14994.6 kb/s) (average 11405.2 kb/s)
- putting file HDNIS01_de.NTF as \W32X86\HDNIS01_de.NTF (23390.2 kb/s) (average 13170.8 kb/s)
-
+added interface ip=10.160.51.60 bcast=10.160.51.255 nmask=255.255.252.0
+Got a positive name query response from 10.160.51.162 ( 10.160.51.162 )
+Domain=[CUPS-PRINT] OS=[UNIX] Server=[Samba 2.2.7a]
+putting file HDNIS01_de.DLL as \W32X86\HDNIS01_de.DLL
+putting file Hddm91c1_de.ppd as \W32X86\Hddm91c1_de.ppd
+putting file HDNIS01U_de.DLL as \W32X86\HDNIS01U_de.DLL
+putting file HDNIS01U_de.HLP as \W32X86\HDNIS01U_de.HLP
+putting file Hddm91c1_de.DLL as \W32X86\Hddm91c1_de.DLL
+putting file Hddm91c1_de.INI as \W32X86\Hddm91c1_de.INI
+putting file Hddm91c1KMMin.DLL as \W32X86\Hddm91c1KMMin.DLL
+putting file Hddm91c1_de.dat as \W32X86\Hddm91c1_de.dat
+putting file Hddm91c1_de.dat as \W32X86\Hddm91c1_de.dat
+putting file Hddm91c1_de.def as \W32X86\Hddm91c1_de.def
+putting file Hddm91c1_de.hre as \W32X86\Hddm91c1_de.hre
+putting file Hddm91c1_de.vnd as \W32X86\Hddm91c1_de.vnd
+putting file Hddm91c1_de.hlp as \W32X86\Hddm91c1_de.hlp
+putting file Hddm91c1_de_reg.HLP as \W32X86\Hddm91c1_de_reg.HLP
+putting file HDNIS01Aux.dll as \W32X86\HDNIS01Aux.dll
+putting file HDNIS01_de.NTF as \W32X86\HDNIS01_de.NTF
 </screen></para>
 
 <para>
@@ -1893,42 +1802,42 @@ also and do this through a standard UNIX shell access too):
 </para>
 
 <para><screen>
-&rootprompt;<userinput>smbclient //SAMBA-CUPS/print\$ -U 'root%xxxx' -c 'cd W32X86; pwd; dir; cd 2; pwd; dir'</userinput>
+&rootprompt;<userinput>smbclient //SAMBA-CUPS/print\$ -U 'root%xxxx' \
+	-c 'cd W32X86; pwd; dir; cd 2; pwd; dir'</userinput>
  added interface ip=10.160.51.60 bcast=10.160.51.255 nmask=255.255.252.0
- Got a positive name query response from 10.160.51.162 ( 10.160.51.162 )
- Domain=[CUPS-PRINT] OS=[Unix] Server=[Samba 2.2.7a]
-
-  Current directory is \\SAMBA-CUPS\print$\W32X86\
-  .                                   D        0  Sun May  4 03:56:35 2003
-  ..                                  D        0  Thu Apr 10 23:47:40 2003
-  2                                   D        0  Sun May  4 03:56:18 2003
-  HDNIS01Aux.dll                      A    15356  Sun May  4 03:58:59 2003
-  Hddm91c1KMMin.DLL                   A    46966  Sun May  4 03:58:59 2003
-  HDNIS01_de.DLL                      A   434400  Sun May  4 03:58:59 2003
-  HDNIS01_de.NTF                      A   790404  Sun May  4 03:56:35 2003
-  Hddm91c1_de.DLL                     A   876544  Sun May  4 03:58:59 2003
-  Hddm91c1_de.INI                     A      101  Sun May  4 03:58:59 2003
-  Hddm91c1_de.dat                     A     5044  Sun May  4 03:58:59 2003
-  Hddm91c1_de.def                     A      428  Sun May  4 03:58:59 2003
-  Hddm91c1_de.hlp                     A    37699  Sun May  4 03:58:59 2003
-  Hddm91c1_de.hre                     A   323584  Sun May  4 03:58:59 2003
-  Hddm91c1_de.ppd                     A    26373  Sun May  4 03:58:59 2003
-  Hddm91c1_de.vnd                     A    45056  Sun May  4 03:58:59 2003
-  HDNIS01U_de.DLL                     A   165888  Sun May  4 03:58:59 2003
-  HDNIS01U_de.HLP                     A    19770  Sun May  4 03:58:59 2003
-  Hddm91c1_de_reg.HLP                 A   228417  Sun May  4 03:58:59 2003
-                40976 blocks of size 262144. 709 blocks available
-
-  Current directory is \\SAMBA-CUPS\print$\W32X86\2\
-  .                                   D        0  Sun May  4 03:56:18 2003
-  ..                                  D        0  Sun May  4 03:56:35 2003
-  ADOBEPS5.DLL                        A   434400  Sat May  3 23:18:45 2003
-  laserjet4.ppd                       A     9639  Thu Apr 24 01:05:32 2003
-  ADOBEPSU.DLL                        A   109568  Sat May  3 23:18:45 2003
-  ADOBEPSU.HLP                        A    18082  Sat May  3 23:18:45 2003
-  PDFcreator2.PPD                     A    15746  Sun Apr 20 22:24:07 2003
-                40976 blocks of size 262144. 709 blocks available
-
+Got a positive name query response from 10.160.51.162 ( 10.160.51.162 )
+Domain=[CUPS-PRINT] OS=[UNIX] Server=[Samba 2.2.7a]
+
+Current directory is \\SAMBA-CUPS\print$\W32X86\
+.                                   D        0  Sun May  4 03:56:35 2003
+..                                  D        0  Thu Apr 10 23:47:40 2003
+2                                   D        0  Sun May  4 03:56:18 2003
+HDNIS01Aux.dll                      A    15356  Sun May  4 03:58:59 2003
+Hddm91c1KMMin.DLL                   A    46966  Sun May  4 03:58:59 2003
+HDNIS01_de.DLL                      A   434400  Sun May  4 03:58:59 2003
+HDNIS01_de.NTF                      A   790404  Sun May  4 03:56:35 2003
+Hddm91c1_de.DLL                     A   876544  Sun May  4 03:58:59 2003
+Hddm91c1_de.INI                     A      101  Sun May  4 03:58:59 2003
+Hddm91c1_de.dat                     A     5044  Sun May  4 03:58:59 2003
+Hddm91c1_de.def                     A      428  Sun May  4 03:58:59 2003
+Hddm91c1_de.hlp                     A    37699  Sun May  4 03:58:59 2003
+Hddm91c1_de.hre                     A   323584  Sun May  4 03:58:59 2003
+Hddm91c1_de.ppd                     A    26373  Sun May  4 03:58:59 2003
+Hddm91c1_de.vnd                     A    45056  Sun May  4 03:58:59 2003
+HDNIS01U_de.DLL                     A   165888  Sun May  4 03:58:59 2003
+HDNIS01U_de.HLP                     A    19770  Sun May  4 03:58:59 2003
+Hddm91c1_de_reg.HLP                 A   228417  Sun May  4 03:58:59 2003
+              40976 blocks of size 262144. 709 blocks available
+
+Current directory is \\SAMBA-CUPS\print$\W32X86\2\
+.                                   D        0  Sun May  4 03:56:18 2003
+..                                  D        0  Sun May  4 03:56:35 2003
+ADOBEPS5.DLL                        A   434400  Sat May  3 23:18:45 2003
+laserjet4.ppd                       A     9639  Thu Apr 24 01:05:32 2003
+ADOBEPSU.DLL                        A   109568  Sat May  3 23:18:45 2003
+ADOBEPSU.HLP                        A    18082  Sat May  3 23:18:45 2003
+PDFcreator2.PPD                     A    15746  Sun Apr 20 22:24:07 2003
+              40976 blocks of size 262144. 709 blocks available
 </screen></para>
 
 <para>
@@ -1952,7 +1861,7 @@ driver files belong.
 
 <para>
 So, next you must tell Samba about the special category of the files
-you just uploaded into the <parameter>[print$]</parameter> share. This
+you just uploaded into the <smbconfsection>[print$]</smbconfsection> share. This
 is done by the <command>adddriver</command> command. It will
 prompt Samba to register the driver files into its internal TDB
 database files. The following command and its output has been edited,
@@ -1960,21 +1869,23 @@ again, for readability:
 </para>
 
 <para><screen>
-&rootprompt;<userinput>rpcclient -Uroot%xxxx -c 'adddriver "Windows NT x86" "dm9110:HDNIS01_de.DLL: \
-  Hddm91c1_de.ppd:HDNIS01U_de.DLL:HDNIS01U_de.HLP:   \
-  NULL:RAW:Hddm91c1_de.DLL,Hddm91c1_de.INI,          \
-  Hddm91c1_de.dat,Hddm91c1_de.def,Hddm91c1_de.hre,   \
-  Hddm91c1_de.vnd,Hddm91c1_de.hlp,Hddm91c1KMMin.DLL, \
-  HDNIS01Aux.dll,HDNIS01_de.NTF,                     \
-  Hddm91c1_de_reg.HLP' SAMBA-CUPS</userinput>
-
- cmd = adddriver "Windows NT x86" "dm9110:HDNIS01_de.DLL:Hddm91c1_de.ppd:HDNIS01U_de.DLL:    \
-  HDNIS01U_de.HLP:NULL:RAW:Hddm91c1_de.DLL,Hddm91c1_de.INI, \
-  Hddm91c1_de.dat,Hddm91c1_de.def,Hddm91c1_de.hre,          \
-  Hddm91c1_de.vnd,Hddm91c1_de.hlp,Hddm91c1KMMin.DLL,        \
-  HDNIS01Aux.dll,HDNIS01_de.NTF,Hddm91c1_de_reg.HLP"
-
- Printer Driver dm9110 successfully installed.
+		&rootprompt;<userinput>rpcclient -Uroot%xxxx -c 'adddriver "Windows NT x86" \
+"dm9110:HDNIS01_de.DLL: \
+Hddm91c1_de.ppd:HDNIS01U_de.DLL:HDNIS01U_de.HLP:   \
+ NULL:RAW:Hddm91c1_de.DLL,Hddm91c1_de.INI,          \
+ Hddm91c1_de.dat,Hddm91c1_de.def,Hddm91c1_de.hre,   \
+ Hddm91c1_de.vnd,Hddm91c1_de.hlp,Hddm91c1KMMin.DLL, \
+ HDNIS01Aux.dll,HDNIS01_de.NTF,                     \
+ Hddm91c1_de_reg.HLP' SAMBA-CUPS</userinput>
+
+cmd = adddriver "Windows NT x86" \
+"dm9110:HDNIS01_de.DLL:Hddm91c1_de.ppd:HDNIS01U_de.DLL:    \
+ HDNIS01U_de.HLP:NULL:RAW:Hddm91c1_de.DLL,Hddm91c1_de.INI, \
+ Hddm91c1_de.dat,Hddm91c1_de.def,Hddm91c1_de.hre,          \
+ Hddm91c1_de.vnd,Hddm91c1_de.hlp,Hddm91c1KMMin.DLL,        \
+ HDNIS01Aux.dll,HDNIS01_de.NTF,Hddm91c1_de_reg.HLP"
+
+Printer Driver dm9110 successfully installed.
 
 </screen></para>
 
@@ -2005,9 +1916,9 @@ subdirectory. You can check this again with
 </para>
 
 <para><screen>
-&rootprompt;<userinput>smbclient //SAMBA-CUPS/print\$ -Uroot%xxxx -c 'cd W32X86;dir;pwd;cd 2;dir;pwd'</userinput>
+&rootprompt;<userinput>smbclient //SAMBA-CUPS/print\$ -Uroot%xx -c 'cd W32X86;dir;pwd;cd 2;dir;pwd'</userinput>
  added interface ip=10.160.51.162 bcast=10.160.51.255 nmask=255.255.252.0
- Domain=[CUPS-PRINT] OS=[Unix] Server=[Samba 2.2.7a]
+ Domain=[CUPS-PRINT] OS=[UNIX] Server=[Samba 2.2.7a]
 
   Current directory is \\SAMBA-CUPS\print$\W32X86\
   .                                   D        0  Sun May  4 04:32:48 2003
@@ -2101,7 +2012,7 @@ host and "xxxx" represents the actual Samba password assigned to root:
 <para>
 You will see a listing of all drivers Samba knows about. Your new one
 should be amongst them. But it is only listed under the <parameter>[Windows NT
-x86]</parameter> heading, not under <parameter>[Windows 4.0]</parameter>,
+x86]</parameter> heading, not under <smbconfsection>[Windows 4.0]</smbconfsection>,
 since we didn't install that part. Or did *you*? -- You will see a listing of
 all drivers Samba knows about. Your new one should be amongst them. In our
 example it is named <emphasis>dm9110</emphasis>.  Note that the 3rd column
@@ -2125,13 +2036,13 @@ with a different driver name, it will work the same:
 
 <para><screen>
 &rootprompt;<userinput>rpcclient -Uroot%xxxx                                        \
-      -c 'adddriver "Windows NT x86"                     \
-      "myphantasydrivername:HDNIS01_de.DLL:              \
-      Hddm91c1_de.ppd:HDNIS01U_de.DLL:HDNIS01U_de.HLP:   \
-      NULL:RAW:Hddm91c1_de.DLL,Hddm91c1_de.INI,          \
-      Hddm91c1_de.dat,Hddm91c1_de.def,Hddm91c1_de.hre,   \
-      Hddm91c1_de.vnd,Hddm91c1_de.hlp,Hddm91c1KMMin.DLL, \
-      HDNIS01Aux.dll,HDNIS01_de.NTF,Hddm91c1_de_reg.HLP' SAMBA-CUPS
+  -c 'adddriver "Windows NT x86"                     \
+  "myphantasydrivername:HDNIS01_de.DLL:              \
+  Hddm91c1_de.ppd:HDNIS01U_de.DLL:HDNIS01U_de.HLP:   \
+  NULL:RAW:Hddm91c1_de.DLL,Hddm91c1_de.INI,          \
+  Hddm91c1_de.dat,Hddm91c1_de.def,Hddm91c1_de.hre,   \
+  Hddm91c1_de.vnd,Hddm91c1_de.hlp,Hddm91c1KMMin.DLL, \
+  HDNIS01Aux.dll,HDNIS01_de.NTF,Hddm91c1_de_reg.HLP' SAMBA-CUPS
   </userinput>
 
  cmd = adddriver "Windows NT x86" 
@@ -2151,7 +2062,7 @@ you are responsible yourself that you associate drivers to queues
 which make sense to the target printer). Note, that you can't run the
 <command>rpcclient</command> <command>adddriver</command> command
 repeatedly. Each run "consumes" the files you had put into the
-<parameter>[print$]</parameter> share by moving them into the
+<smbconfsection>[print$]</smbconfsection> share by moving them into the
 respective subdirectories. So you <emphasis>must</emphasis> precede an
 <command>smbclient ... put</command> command before each
 <command>rpcclient ...  adddriver</command>" command.
@@ -2159,7 +2070,7 @@ respective subdirectories. So you <emphasis>must</emphasis> precede an
 </sect3>
 
 <sect3>
-<title>La Grande Finale: Running <command>rpcclient</command> with
+<title>Running <command>rpcclient</command> with
 <command>setdriver</command></title>
 
 <para>
@@ -2207,8 +2118,7 @@ signal to all running smbd processes to work around this:
 </sect1>
 
 <sect1>
-<title>"The Proof of the Pudding lies in the Eating" (Client Driver Install
-Procedure)</title>
+<title>Client Driver Install Procedure</title>
 
 <para>
 A famous philosopher said once: <quote>The Proof of the Pudding lies
@@ -2227,7 +2137,7 @@ all further clients are easy to setup and shouldn't need further
 attention. What follows is a description for the recommended first
 procedure. You work now from a client workstation. First you should
 guarantee that your connection is not unwittingly mapped to
-<parameter>bad user</parameter> "nobody". In a DOS box type:
+<emphasis>bad user</emphasis> "nobody". In a DOS box type:
 </para>
 
 <para><userinput>net use \\<replaceable>SAMBA-SERVER</replaceable>\print$ /user:root</userinput></para>
@@ -2330,13 +2240,13 @@ This can be achieved by accessing the drivers remotely from an NT (or
 
 <para>
 Be aware, that a valid Device Mode can only be initiated by a
-<parameter>printer admin</parameter>, or root (the reason should be
+<smbconfoption><name>printer admin</name></smbconfoption>, or root (the reason should be
 obvious). Device Modes can only correctly be set by executing the
 printer driver program itself. Since Samba can not execute this Win32
 platform driver code, it sets this field initially to NULL (which is
 not a valid setting for clients to use). Fortunately, most drivers
 generate themselves the Printer Driver Data that is needed, when they
-are uploaded to the <parameter>[print$]</parameter> share with the
+are uploaded to the <smbconfsection>[print$]</smbconfsection> share with the
 help of the APW or rpcclient.
 </para>
 
@@ -2447,10 +2357,10 @@ or in the <guimenuitem>Run command...</guimenuitem> field from the
 
 <para>
 After you installed the driver on the Samba server (in its
-<parameter>[print$]</parameter> share, you should always make sure
+<smbconfsection>[print$]</smbconfsection> share, you should always make sure
 that your first client installation completes correctly. Make it a habit for
 yourself to build that the very first connection from a client as
-<parameter>printer admin</parameter>. This is to make sure that:
+<smbconfoption><name>printer admin</name></smbconfoption>. This is to make sure that:
 </para>
 
 <itemizedlist>
@@ -2477,7 +2387,10 @@ To connect as root to a Samba printer, try this command from a Windows
 2K/XP DOS box command prompt:
 </para>
 
-<para><userinput>runas /netonly /user:root "rundll32 printui.dll,PrintUIEntry /p /t3 /n \\<replaceable>SAMBA-SERVER</replaceable>\<replaceable>printername</replaceable>"</userinput>
+<para><screen>
+&dosprompt;<userinput>runas /netonly /user:root "rundll32 printui.dll,PrintUIEntry /p /t3 /n 
+	\\<replaceable>SAMBA-SERVER</replaceable>\<replaceable>printername</replaceable>"</userinput>
+</screen>
 </para>
 
 <para>
@@ -2485,7 +2398,7 @@ You will be prompted for root's Samba-password; type it, wait a few
 seconds, click on <guibutton>Printing Defaults...</guibutton> and
 proceed to set the job options as should be used as defaults by all
 clients. Alternatively, instead of root you can name one other member
-of the <parameter>printer admins</parameter> from the setting.
+of the <smbconfoption><name>printer admin</name></smbconfoption> from the setting.
 </para>
 
 <para>
@@ -2609,7 +2522,7 @@ either. However, only the last one, which you arrived at with steps
 C.1.-6. will permanently save any settings which will then become the
 defaults for new users. If you want all clients to have the same
 defaults, you need to conduct these steps as administrator
-(<parameter>printer admin</parameter> in )
+(<smbconfoption><name>printer admin</name></smbconfoption> in )
 <emphasis>before</emphasis> a client downloads the driver (the clients
 can later set their own <emphasis>per-user defaults</emphasis> by
 following the procedures <emphasis>A.</emphasis>
@@ -2673,7 +2586,7 @@ clicking orgy alone, you need to think about a non-interactive script.
 If more than one printer is using the same driver, the
 <command>rpcclient setdriver</command> command can be used to set the
 driver associated with an installed queue. If the driver is uploaded
-to <parameter>[print$]</parameter> once and registered with the
+to <smbconfsection>[print$]</smbconfsection> once and registered with the
 printing TDBs, it can be used by multiple print queues. In this case
 you just need to repeat the <command>setprinter</command> subcommand
 of <command>rpcclient</command> for every queue (without the need to
@@ -2715,7 +2628,8 @@ following is an example of how this could be accomplished:
 </screen>
 
 <screen>
-&rootprompt;<userinput>rpcclient <replaceable>SAMBA-CUPS</replaceable> -U root%<replaceable>secret</replaceable> -c 'setdriver <replaceable>dm9110</replaceable> "<replaceable>Heidelberg Digimaster 9110 (PS)</replaceable>"'</userinput>
+&rootprompt;<userinput>rpcclient <replaceable>SAMBA-CUPS</replaceable> -U root%<replaceable>secret</replaceable> -c \
+  'setdriver <replaceable>dm9110</replaceable> "<replaceable>Heidelberg Digimaster 9110 (PS)</replaceable>"'</userinput>
  cmd = setdriver dm9110 Heidelberg Digimaster 9110 (PPD)
  Successfully set dm9110 to driver Heidelberg Digimaster 9110 (PS).
 </screen>
@@ -2725,7 +2639,8 @@ following is an example of how this could be accomplished:
  cmd = enumprinters
    flags:[0x800000]
    name:[\\SAMBA-CUPS\dm9110]
-   description:[\\SAMBA-CUPS\dm9110,Heidelberg Digimaster 9110 (PS),110ppm HiVolume DANKA Stuttgart]
+   description:[\\SAMBA-CUPS\dm9110,Heidelberg Digimaster 9110 (PS),\
+     110ppm HiVolume DANKA Stuttgart]
    comment:[110ppm HiVolume DANKA Stuttgart]
  [....]
 </screen>
@@ -2741,7 +2656,8 @@ following is an example of how this could be accomplished:
  cmd = enumprinters
    flags:[0x800000]
    name:[\\SAMBA-CUPS\dm9110]
-   description:[\\SAMBA-CUPS\dm9110,myphantasydrivername,110ppm HiVolume DANKA Stuttgart]
+   description:[\\SAMBA-CUPS\dm9110,myphantasydrivername,\
+     110ppm HiVolume DANKA Stuttgart]
    comment:[110ppm HiVolume DANKA Stuttgart]
  [....]
 </screen></para>
@@ -2771,7 +2687,7 @@ if:
 <itemizedlist>
 <listitem><para>...the connected user is able to successfully execute
 an <command>OpenPrinterEx(\\server)</command> with administrative
-privileges (i.e. root or <parameter>printer admin</parameter>).
+privileges (i.e. root or <smbconfoption><name>printer admin</name></smbconfoption>).
 </para>
 
 <tip><para> Try this from a Windows 2K/XP DOS box command prompt:
@@ -2786,7 +2702,7 @@ and click on <guibutton>Printing Preferences...</guibutton>
 </para></tip></listitem>
 
 <listitem><para>... contains the setting
-<parameter>show add printer wizard = yes</parameter> (the
+<smbconfoption><name>show add printer wizard</name><value>yes</value></smbconfoption> (the
 default).</para></listitem>
 </itemizedlist>
 
@@ -2796,7 +2712,7 @@ The APW can do various things:
 
 <itemizedlist>
 <listitem><para>upload a new driver to the Samba
-<parameter>[print$]</parameter> share;</para></listitem>
+<smbconfsection>[print$]</smbconfsection> share;</para></listitem>
 
 <listitem><para>associate an uploaded driver with an existing (but
 still "driverless") print queue;</para></listitem>
@@ -2805,8 +2721,8 @@ still "driverless") print queue;</para></listitem>
 print queue with one that has been uploaded before;</para></listitem>
 
 <listitem><para>add an entirely new printer to the Samba host (only in
-conjunction with a working <parameter>add printer command</parameter>;
-a corresponding <parameter>delete printer command</parameter> for
+conjunction with a working <smbconfoption><name>add printer command</name></smbconfoption>;
+a corresponding <smbconfoption><name>delete printer command</name></smbconfoption> for
 removing entries from the <guiicon>Printers...</guiicon> folder
 may be provided too)</para></listitem>
 </itemizedlist>
@@ -2814,9 +2730,9 @@ may be provided too)</para></listitem>
 <para>
 The last one (add a new printer) requires more effort than the
 previous ones. In order to use the APW to successfully add a printer
-to a Samba server, the <parameter>add printer command</parameter> must
+to a Samba server, the <smbconfoption><name>add printer command</name></smbconfoption> must
 have a defined value. The program hook must successfully add the
-printer to the Unix print system (i.e. to
+printer to the UNIX print system (i.e. to
 <filename>/etc/printcap</filename>,
 <filename>/etc/cups/printers.conf</filename> or other appropriate
 files) and to  if necessary.
@@ -2828,10 +2744,8 @@ exist, smbd will execute the <parameter>add printer
 command</parameter> and reparse to the 
 to attempt to locate the new printer share. If the share is still not
 defined, an error of <errorname>Access Denied</errorname> is
-returned to the client.  Note that the <parameter>add printer
-command</parameter> is executed under the context of the connected
-user, not necessarily a root account. A <parameter>map to guest = bad
-user</parameter> may have connected you unwittingly under the wrong
+returned to the client.  Note that the <smbconfoption><name>add printer command</name></smbconfoption> is executed under the context of the connected
+user, not necessarily a root account. A <smbconfoption><name>map to guest</name><value>bad user</value></smbconfoption> may have connected you unwittingly under the wrong
 privilege; you should check it by using the
 <command>smbstatus</command> command.
 </para>
@@ -3068,7 +2982,7 @@ multiple ports as a form of load balancing or fail over.
 If you require that multiple ports be defined for some reason or
 another (<quote>My users and my Boss should not know that they are
 working with Samba</quote>),  possesses a
-<parameter>enumports command</parameter> which can be used to define
+<smbconfoption><name>enumports command</name></smbconfoption> which can be used to define
 an external program that generates a listing of ports on a system.
 </para>
 </sect2>
@@ -3094,7 +3008,7 @@ Settings" in the CUPS Printing part of this document.
 The Imprints tool set provides a UNIX equivalent of the
 Windows NT Add Printer Wizard. For complete information, please
 refer to the Imprints web site
-at<ulink url="http://imprints.sourceforge.net/">http://imprints.sourceforge.net/</ulink>
+at <ulink noescape="1" url="http://imprints.sourceforge.net/">http://imprints.sourceforge.net/</ulink>
 as well as the documentation included with the imprints source
 distribution. This section will only provide a brief introduction
 to the features of Imprints.
@@ -3298,14 +3212,6 @@ Here is a list of the used commandline parameters:
 </varlistentry>
 </variablelist>
 
-<para>
-I have tested this with a Samba 2.2.7a and a Samba-3alpha24
-installation and Windows XP Professional clients. Note that this
-specific command set works with network print queues (installing
-local print queues requires different parameters, but this is of no
-interest here).
-</para>
-
 <itemizedlist>
 <listitem><para>Line 1 deletes a possibly existing previous network
 printer <emphasis>infotec2105-IPDS</emphasis> (which had used native
@@ -3338,7 +3244,7 @@ on "sambacupsserver", and if the printer drivers have successfully been
 uploaded (via <command>APW</command> ,
 <command>smbclient/rpcclient</command> or
 <command>cupsaddsmb</command>) into the
-<parameter>[print$]</parameter> driver repository of Samba. Also, some
+<smbconfsection>[print$]</smbconfsection> driver repository of Samba. Also, some
 Samba versions prior to version 3.0 required a re-start of smbd after
 the printer install and the driver upload, otherwise the script (or
 any other client driver download) would fail.
@@ -3392,7 +3298,7 @@ create a new printer on Samba and the UNIX print subsystem!
 </sect1>
 
 <sect1>
-<title>Migration of "Classical" printing to Samba-3</title>
+<title>Migration of "Classical" printing to Samba</title>
 
 <para>
 The basic "NT-style" printer driver management has not changed
@@ -3408,9 +3314,9 @@ possible scenarios for migration:
 
 <itemizedlist>
 <listitem><para>You need to study and apply the new Windows NT printer
-and driver support. Previously used parameters "<parameter>printer
-driver file</parameter>", " <parameter>printer driver</parameter>" and
-"<parameter>printer driver location</parameter>" are no longer
+and driver support. Previously used parameters <parameter>printer
+driver file</parameter>, <parameter>printer driver</parameter> and
+<parameter>printer driver location</parameter> are no longer
 supported.</para></listitem>
 
 <listitem><para>If you want to take advantage of WinNT printer driver
@@ -3418,19 +3324,18 @@ support you also need to migrate the Win9x/ME drivers to the new
 setup.</para></listitem>
 
 <listitem><para>An existing <filename>printers.def</filename> file
-(the one specified in the now removed parameter <parameter>printer
-driver file = ...</parameter>) will work no longer with Samba-3.0. In
+		(the one specified in the now removed parameter <parameter>printer driver file</parameter>) will work no longer with samba 3. In
 3.0, smbd attempts to locate a Win9x/ME driver files for the printer
-in <parameter>[print$]</parameter> and additional settings in the TDB
+in <smbconfsection>[print$]</smbconfsection> and additional settings in the TDB
 and only there; if it fails it will <emphasis>not</emphasis> (as 2.2.x
 used to do) drop down to using a <filename>printers.def</filename>
 (and all associated parameters). The make_printerdef tool is removed
 and there is no backwards compatibility for this.</para></listitem>
 
 <listitem><para>You need to install a Windows 9x driver into the
-<parameter>[print$]</parameter> share for a printer on your Samba
+<smbconfsection>[print$]</smbconfsection> share for a printer on your Samba
 host. The driver files will be stored in the "WIN40/0" subdirectory of
-<parameter>[print$]</parameter>, and some other settings and info go
+<smbconfsection>[print$]</smbconfsection>, and some other settings and info go
 into the printing-related TDBs.</para></listitem>
 
 <listitem><para>If you want to migrate an existing
@@ -3441,7 +3346,7 @@ rpcclient. See the Imprints installation client at:
 </para>
 
 <para>
-<ulink url="http://imprints.sourceforge.net/"><emphasis>http://imprints.sourceforge.net/</emphasis></ulink>
+	<ulink noescape="1" url="http://imprints.sourceforge.net/">http://imprints.sourceforge.net/</ulink>
 </para>
 
 <para>
@@ -3459,18 +3364,13 @@ We will publish an update to this section shortly.
 </sect1>
 
 <sect1>
-<title>Common Errors and Problems</title>
-
-<para>
-Here are a few typical errors and problems people have
-encountered. You can avoid them. Read on.
-</para>
+<title>Common Errors</title>
 
 <sect2>
 <title>I give my root password but I don't get access</title>
 
 <para>
-Don't confuse the root password which is valid for the Unix system
+Don't confuse the root password which is valid for the UNIX system
 (and in most cases stored in the form of a one-way hash in a file
 named <filename>/etc/shadow</filename>) with the password used to
 authenticate against Samba!. Samba doesn't know the UNIX password; for
@@ -3484,7 +3384,7 @@ for root must be created first. This is often done with the
 <title>My printjobs get spooled into the spooling directory, but then get lost</title>
 
 <para>
-Don't use the existing Unix print system spool directory for the Samba
+Don't use the existing UNIX print system spool directory for the Samba
 spool directory. It may seem convenient and a saving of space, but it
 only leads to problems. The two <emphasis>must</emphasis> be separate.
 </para>
diff --git a/docs/docbook/projdoc/samba-doc.xml b/docs/docbook/projdoc/samba-doc.xml
index 91002c91331..a04ab6adee4 100644
--- a/docs/docbook/projdoc/samba-doc.xml
+++ b/docs/docbook/projdoc/samba-doc.xml
@@ -39,23 +39,22 @@ application knowledge that is most to be desired by many Samba users and adminis
 </para>
 
 </abstract>
-<legalnotice>
+</bookinfo>
+
+<preface>
+	<title>Legal Notice</title>
 <para>
 This documentation is distributed under the GNU General Public License (GPL) 
 version 2.  A copy of the license is included with the Samba source
 distribution.  A copy can be found on-line at <ulink 
 url="http://www.fsf.org/licenses/gpl.txt">http://www.fsf.org/licenses/gpl.txt</ulink>
 </para>
+</preface>
 
-<formalpara>
+<preface>
 	<title>Attributions</title>
-	<para>
 		&attributions;
-	</para>
-</formalpara>
-
-</legalnotice>
-</bookinfo>
+</preface>
 
 <!-- Contents -->
 <toc/>
@@ -131,15 +130,16 @@ Samba has several features that you might want or might not want to use. The cha
 
 <part id="troubleshooting">
 <title>Troubleshooting</title>
+
 &Diagnosis;
 &problems;
 &BUGS;
 </part>
 
 <part id="Appendixes">
-<title>Appendixes</title>
+	<title>Appendixes</title>
 &Compiling;
-&Portability;
+	&Portability;
 &Other-Clients;
 &SPEED;
 &DNS-DHCP-Configuration;
diff --git a/docs/docbook/projdoc/securing-samba.xml b/docs/docbook/projdoc/securing-samba.xml
index bed4e4ee565..d59b0f381e9 100644
--- a/docs/docbook/projdoc/securing-samba.xml
+++ b/docs/docbook/projdoc/securing-samba.xml
@@ -49,8 +49,8 @@ Samba may be secured from connections that originate from outside the local netw
 done using <emphasis>host based protection</emphasis> (using samba's implementation of a technology
 known as "tcpwrappers", or it may be done be using <emphasis>interface based exclusion</emphasis>
 so that &smbd; will bind only to specifically permitted interfaces. It is also
-possible to set specific share or resource based exclusions, eg: on the <parameter>IPC$</parameter>
-auto-share. The <parameter>IPC$</parameter> share is used for browsing purposes as well as to establish
+possible to set specific share or resource based exclusions, eg: on the <smbconfsection>[IPC$]</smbconfsection>
+auto-share. The <smbconfsection>[IPC$]</smbconfsection> share is used for browsing purposes as well as to establish
 TCP/IP connections.
 </para>
 
@@ -85,16 +85,16 @@ before someone will find yet another vulnerability.
 	</para>
 
 	<para>
-	One of the simplest fixes in this case is to use the <parameter>hosts allow</parameter> and
-	<parameter>hosts deny</parameter> options in the Samba &smb.conf; configuration file to only
+	One of the simplest fixes in this case is to use the <smbconfoption><name>hosts allow</name></smbconfoption> and
+	<smbconfoption><name>hosts deny</name></smbconfoption> options in the Samba &smb.conf; configuration file to only
 	allow access to your server from a specific range of hosts. An example
 	might be:
 	</para>
 
-	<para><programlisting>
-		hosts allow = 127.0.0.1 192.168.2.0/24 192.168.3.0/24
-		hosts deny = 0.0.0.0/0
-	</programlisting></para>
+	<para><smbconfblock>
+<smbconfoption><name>hosts allow</name><value>127.0.0.1 192.168.2.0/24 192.168.3.0/24</value></smbconfoption>
+<smbconfoption><name>hosts deny</name><value>0.0.0.0/0</value></smbconfoption>
+	</smbconfblock></para>
 
 	<para>
 	The above will only allow SMB connections from 'localhost' (your own
@@ -111,12 +111,12 @@ before someone will find yet another vulnerability.
 
 	<para>
 	If you want to restrict access to your server to valid users only then the following
-	method may be of use. In the &smb.conf; <parameter>[globals]</parameter> section put:
+	method may be of use. In the &smb.conf; <smbconfsection>[global]</smbconfsection> section put:
 	</para>
 
-	<para><programlisting>
-		valid users = @smbusers, jacko
-	</programlisting></para>
+	<para><smbconfblock>
+<smbconfoption><name>valid users</name><value>@smbusers, jacko</value></smbconfoption>
+	</smbconfblock></para>
 
 	<para>
 	What this does is, it restricts all server access to either the user <emphasis>jacko</emphasis>
@@ -140,10 +140,10 @@ before someone will find yet another vulnerability.
 	You can change this behaviour using options like the following:
 	</para>
 
-	<para><programlisting>
-		interfaces = eth* lo
-		bind interfaces only = yes
-	</programlisting></para>
+	<para><smbconfblock>
+<smbconfoption><name>interfaces</name><value>eth* lo</value></smbconfoption>
+<smbconfoption><name>bind interfaces only</name><value>yes</value></smbconfoption>
+	</smbconfblock></para>
 
 	<para>
 	This tells Samba to only listen for connections on interfaces with a
@@ -209,11 +209,11 @@ before someone will find yet another vulnerability.
 	To do that you could use:
 	</para>
 
-	<para><programlisting>
-[ipc$]
-	hosts allow = 192.168.115.0/24 127.0.0.1
-	hosts deny = 0.0.0.0/0
-	</programlisting></para>
+	<para><smbconfblock>
+<smbconfsection>[ipc$]</smbconfsection>
+<smbconfoption><name>hosts allow</name><value>192.168.115.0/24 127.0.0.1</value></smbconfoption>
+<smbconfoption><name>hosts deny</name><value>0.0.0.0/0</value></smbconfoption>
+	</smbconfblock></para>
 
 	<para>
 	this would tell Samba that IPC$ connections are not allowed from
@@ -245,23 +245,30 @@ before someone will find yet another vulnerability.
 	To configure NTLMv2 authentication the following registry keys are worth knowing about:
 	</para>
 
-	<!-- FIXME -->
 	<para>
-	<screen>
+		<screen>
 		[HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SYSTEM\CurrentControlSet\Control\Lsa]
 		"lmcompatibilitylevel"=dword:00000003
+		</screen>
+	</para>
 
+	<para>
 		0x3 - Send NTLMv2 response only. Clients will use NTLMv2 authentication,
 		use NTLMv2 session security if the server supports it. Domain
 		controllers accept LM, NTLM and NTLMv2 authentication.
+	</para>
 
+	<para>
+		<screen>
 		[HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SYSTEM\CurrentControlSet\Control\Lsa\MSV1_0]
 		"NtlmMinClientSec"=dword:00080000
+		</screen>
+	</para>
 
+	<para>
 		0x80000 - NTLMv2 session security. If either NtlmMinClientSec or
 		NtlmMinServerSec is set to 0x80000, the connection will fail if NTLMv2
 		session security is not negotiated.
-	</screen>
 	</para>
 	</sect2>
 </sect1>
@@ -270,10 +277,10 @@ before someone will find yet another vulnerability.
 <title>Upgrading Samba</title>
 
 <para>
-Please check regularly on <ulink url="http://www.samba.org/">http://www.samba.org/</ulink> for updates and
+Please check regularly on <ulink noescape="1" url="http://www.samba.org/">http://www.samba.org/</ulink> for updates and
 important announcements.  Occasionally security releases are made and 
 it is highly recommended to upgrade Samba when a security vulnerability
-is discovered.
+is discovered. Check with your OS vendor for OS specific upgrades.
 </para>
 
 </sect1>
@@ -346,21 +353,21 @@ out to be a security problem request are totally convinced that the problem is w
 
 	<para>
 	Samba does allow the setup you require when you have set the
-	<parameter>only user = yes</parameter> option on the share, is that you have not set the
+	<smbconfoption><name>only user</name><value>yes</value></smbconfoption> option on the share, is that you have not set the
 	valid users list for the share.
 	</para>
 
 	<para>
 	Note that only user works in conjunction with the users= list,
 	so to get the behavior you require, add the line :
-	<programlisting>
-	users = %S
-	</programlisting>
+	<smbconfblock>
+<smbconfoption><name>users</name><value>%S</value></smbconfoption>
+</smbconfblock>
 	this is equivalent to:
-	<programlisting>
-	valid users = %S
-	</programlisting>
-	to the definition of the <parameter>[homes]</parameter> share, as recommended in
+	<smbconfblock>
+<smbconfoption><name>valid users</name><value>%S</value></smbconfoption>
+	</smbconfblock>
+	to the definition of the <smbconfsection>[homes]</smbconfsection> share, as recommended in
 	the &smb.conf; man page.
 	</para>
 	</sect2>
diff --git a/docs/docbook/projdoc/unicode.xml b/docs/docbook/projdoc/unicode.xml
index d24ec4b5cd7..28d6f76cdf2 100644
--- a/docs/docbook/projdoc/unicode.xml
+++ b/docs/docbook/projdoc/unicode.xml
@@ -25,9 +25,8 @@ origin.
 
 <para>
 Of all the effort that has been brought to bear on providing native language support
-for all computer users, the efforts of the Openi18n organisation is deserving of
-special mention. For more information about Openi18n please refer to: 
-<link url="http://www.openi18n.org/">http://www.openi18n.org/</link>.
+for all computer users, the efforts of the <ulink url="http://www.openi18n.org/">Openi18n organisation</ulink> is deserving of
+special mention.
 </para>
 
 <para>
@@ -62,17 +61,16 @@ store one character).
 </para>
 
 <para>
-A standardised multibyte charset is unicode, info is available at 
-<ulink url="http://www.unicode.org/">www.unicode.org</ulink>. 
-A big advantage of using a multibyte charset is that you only need one; no 
-need to make sure two computers use the same charset when they are 
+	A standardised multibyte charset is <ulink url="http://www.unicode.org/">unicode</ulink>.
+A big advantage of using a multibyte charset is that you only need one; there 
+is no need to make sure two computers use the same charset when they are 
 communicating.
 </para>
 
-<para>Old windows clients used to use single-byte charsets, named 
+<para>Old windows clients use single-byte charsets, named 
 'codepages' by Microsoft. However, there is no support for 
 negotiating the charset to be used in the smb protocol. Thus, you 
-have to make sure you are using the same charset when talking to an old client.
+have to make sure you are using the same charset when talking to an older client.
 Newer clients (Windows NT, 2K, XP) talk unicode over the wire.
 </para>
 </sect1>
@@ -87,23 +85,23 @@ samba knows of three kinds of character sets:
 
 <variablelist>
 	<varlistentry>
-		<term><parameter>unix charset</parameter></term>
+		<term><smbconfoption><name>unix charset</name></smbconfoption></term>
 		<listitem><para>
 		This is the charset used internally by your operating system. 
-		The default is <constant>ASCII</constant>, which is fine for most 
-		systems.
+		The default is <constant>UTF-8</constant>, which is fine for most 
+		systems. The default in previous samba releases was <constant>ASCII</constant>. 
 		</para></listitem>
 	</varlistentry>
 
 	<varlistentry>
-		<term><parameter>display charset</parameter></term>
+		<term><smbconfoption><name>display charset</name></smbconfoption></term>
 		<listitem><para>This is the charset samba will use to print messages
 		on your screen. It should generally be the same as the <command>unix charset</command>.
 		</para></listitem>
 	</varlistentry>
 
 	<varlistentry>
-		<term><parameter>dos charset</parameter></term>
+		<term><smbconfoption><name>dos charset</name></smbconfoption></term>
 		<listitem><para>This is the charset samba uses when communicating with 
 		DOS and Windows 9x clients. It will talk unicode to all newer clients.
 		The default depends on the charsets you have installed on your system.
@@ -122,14 +120,10 @@ samba knows of three kinds of character sets:
 characters in filenames are usually not correct in the unix charset but only 
 for the local charset used by the DOS/Windows clients.</para>
 
-<para>The following script from Steve Langasek converts all 
-filenames from CP850 to the iso8859-15 charset.</para>
-
-<para>
-<prompt>#</prompt><userinput>find <replaceable>/path/to/share</replaceable> -type f -exec bash -c 'CP="{}"; ISO=`echo -n "$CP" | iconv -f cp850 \
-  -t iso8859-15`; if [ "$CP" != "$ISO" ]; then mv "$CP" "$ISO"; fi' \;
-</userinput>
+<para>Bjoern Jacke has written a utility named <ulink url="http://j3e.de/linux/convmv/">convm</ulink> that can convert whole directory 
+	structures to different charsets with one single command. 
 </para>
+
 </sect1>
 
 <sect1>
@@ -140,29 +134,41 @@ points of attention when setting it up:</para>
 
 <itemizedlist>
 
-<listitem><para>You should set <parameter>mangling method =
-hash</parameter></para></listitem>
+	<listitem><para>You should set <smbconfoption><name>mangling method</name><value>hash</value></smbconfoption></para></listitem>
 
 <listitem><para>There are various iconv() implementations around and not
 all of  them work equally well. glibc2's iconv() has a critical problem
 in CP932.  libiconv-1.8 works with CP932 but still has some problems and
 does not  work with EUC-JP.</para></listitem>
 
-<listitem><para>You should set <parameter>dos charset = CP932</parameter>, not
+<listitem><para>You should set <smbconfoption><name>dos charset</name><value>CP932</value></smbconfoption>, not
 Shift_JIS, SJIS...</para></listitem>
 
-<listitem><para>Currently only <parameter>unix charset = CP932</parameter>
+<listitem><para>Currently only <smbconfoption><name>unix charset</name><value>CP932</value></smbconfoption>
 will work (but still has some problems...) because of iconv() issues.
-<parameter>unix charset = EUC-JP</parameter> doesn't work well because of
+<smbconfoption><name>unix charset</name><value>EUC-JP</value></smbconfoption> doesn't work well because of
 iconv() issues.</para></listitem>
 
-<listitem><para>Currently Samba 3.0 does not support <parameter>unix charset
-= UTF8-MAC/CAP/HEX/JIS*</parameter></para></listitem>
+<listitem><para>Currently Samba 3.0 does not support <smbconfoption><name>unix charset</name><value>UTF8-MAC/CAP/HEX/JIS*</value></smbconfoption></para></listitem>
 
 </itemizedlist>
 
-<para>More information (in Japanese) is available at: <ulink url="http://www.atmarkit.co.jp/flinux/special/samba3/samba3a.html">http://www.atmarkit.co.jp/flinux/special/samba3/samba3a.html</ulink>.</para>
+<para>More information (in Japanese) is available at: <ulink noescape="1" url="http://www.atmarkit.co.jp/flinux/special/samba3/samba3a.html">http://www.atmarkit.co.jp/flinux/special/samba3/samba3a.html</ulink>.</para>
+
+</sect1>
+
+<sect1>
+	<title>Common errors</title>
+
+	<sect2>
+		<title>CP850.so can't be found</title>
+
+		<para><quote>Samba is complaining about a missing <filename>CP850.so</filename> file</quote>.</para>
+
+		<para>CP850 is the default <smbconfoption><name>dos charset</name></smbconfoption>. The <smbconfoption><name>dos charset</name></smbconfoption> is used to convert data to the codepage used by your dos clients. If you don't have any dos clients, you can safely ignore this message. </para>
 
+		<para>CP850 should be supported by your local iconv implementation. Make sure you have all the required packages installed. If you compiled samba from source, make sure configure found iconv.</para>
+	</sect2>
 </sect1>
 
 </chapter>
diff --git a/docs/docbook/projdoc/upgrading-to-3.0.xml b/docs/docbook/projdoc/upgrading-to-3.0.xml
index b4c0732a654..74af0cbb9e3 100644
--- a/docs/docbook/projdoc/upgrading-to-3.0.xml
+++ b/docs/docbook/projdoc/upgrading-to-3.0.xml
@@ -1,63 +1,571 @@
 <chapter id="upgrading-to-3.0">
 <chapterinfo>
 	&author.jelmer;
-	<pubdate>25 October 2002</pubdate>
+	&author.jht;
+	&author.jerry;
+	<pubdate>June 30, 2003</pubdate>
 </chapterinfo>
 
 <title>Upgrading from Samba-2.x to Samba-3.0.0</title>
 
+
 <sect1>
-<title>Charsets</title>
+<title>New Features in Samba-3</title>
 
-<para>You might experience problems with special characters 
-when communicating with old DOS clients. Codepage 
-support has changed in samba 3.0. Read the chapter
-<link linkend="unicode">Unicode support</link> for details.
+<para>
+Major new features:
 </para>
 
-</sect1>
+<orderedlist>
+	<listitem><para>
+	Active Directory support. This release is able to join a ADS realm
+	as a member server and authenticate users using LDAP/kerberos.
+	</para></listitem>
 
-<sect1>
-<title>Obsolete configuration options</title>
+	<listitem><para>
+	Unicode support. Samba will now negotiate UNICODE on the wire and
+	internally there is now a much better infrastructure for multi-byte
+	and UNICODE character sets.
+	</para></listitem>
+
+	<listitem><para>
+	New authentication system. The internal authentication system has
+	been almost completely rewritten. Most of the changes are internal,
+	but the new auth system is also very configurable.
+	</para></listitem>
+
+	<listitem><para>
+	New filename mangling system. The filename mangling system has been
+	completely rewritten. An internal database now stores mangling maps
+	persistently. This needs lots of testing.
+	</para></listitem>
+
+	<listitem><para>
+	New "net" command. A new "net" command has been added. It is
+	somewhat similar to the "net" command in windows. Eventually we
+	plan to replace a bunch of other utilities (such as smbpasswd)
+	with subcommands in "net", at the moment only a few things are
+	implemented.
+	</para></listitem>
+
+	<listitem><para>
+	Samba now negotiates NT-style status32 codes on the wire. This
+	improves error handling a lot.
+	</para></listitem>
+
+	<listitem><para>
+	Better Windows 2000/XP/2003 printing support including publishing
+	printer attributes in active directory
+	</para></listitem>
+
+	<listitem><para>
+	New loadable RPC modules
+	</para></listitem>
+
+	<listitem><para>
+	New dual-daemon winbindd support (-B) for better performance
+	</para></listitem>
+
+	<listitem><para>
+	Support for migrating from a Windows NT 4.0 domain to a Samba
+	domain and maintaining user, group and domain SIDs
+	</para></listitem>
+
+	<listitem><para>
+	Support for establishing trust relationships with Windows NT 4.0
+	domain controllers
+	</para></listitem>
 
+	<listitem><para>
+	Initial support for a distributed Winbind architecture using
+	an LDAP directory for storing SID to uid/gid mappings
+	</para></listitem>
+
+	<listitem><para>
+	Major updates to the Samba documentation tree.
+	</para></listitem>
+</orderedlist>
 <para>
-In 3.0, the following configuration options have been removed.
+Plus lots of other improvements!
 </para>
 
-<simplelist>
-<member>printer driver (replaced by new driver procedures) </member>
-<member>printer driver file (replaced by new driver procedures)</member>
-<member>printer driver location (replaced by new driver procedures)</member>
-<member>use rhosts</member>
-<member>postscript</member>
-<member>client code page (replaced by dos charset)</member>
-<member>vfs path</member>
-<member>vfs options</member>
-</simplelist>
 </sect1>
 
 <sect1>
-<title>Password Backend</title>
+<title>Configuration Parameter Changes</title>
 
 <para>
-Effective with the release of samba-3 it is now imperative that the password backend
-be correctly defined in smb.conf.
+This section contains a brief listing of changes to smb.conf options
+in the 3.0.0 release.  Please refer to the smb.conf(5) man page for
+complete descriptions of new or modified parameters.
 </para>
 
-<para>
-Those migrating from samba-2.x with plaintext password support need the following:
-<emphasis>passdb backend = guest</emphasis>.
-</para>
+<sect2>
+<title>Removed Parameters</title>
 
-<para>
-Those migrating from samba-2.x with encrypted password support should add to smb.conf
-<emphasis>passdb backend = smbpasswd, guest</emphasis>.
-</para>
+<para>(order alphabetically):</para>
 
-<para>
-LDAP using Samba-2.x systems can continue to operate with the following entry
-<emphasis>passdb backend = ldapsam_compat, guest</emphasis>.
-</para>
+<itemizedlist>
+	<listitem><para>admin log </para></listitem>
+	<listitem><para>alternate permissions </para></listitem>
+	<listitem><para>character set </para></listitem>
+	<listitem><para>client codepage </para></listitem>
+	<listitem><para>code page directory </para></listitem>
+	<listitem><para>coding system </para></listitem>
+	<listitem><para>domain admin group </para></listitem>
+	<listitem><para>domain guest group </para></listitem>
+	<listitem><para>force unknown acl user </para></listitem>
+	<listitem><para>nt smb support </para></listitem>
+	<listitem><para>post script </para></listitem>
+	<listitem><para>printer driver </para></listitem>
+	<listitem><para>printer driver file </para></listitem>
+	<listitem><para>printer driver location </para></listitem>
+	<listitem><para>status </para></listitem>
+	<listitem><para>total print jobs </para></listitem>
+	<listitem><para>use rhosts </para></listitem>
+	<listitem><para>valid chars </para></listitem>
+	<listitem><para>vfs options </para></listitem>
+</itemizedlist>
+
+</sect2>
+
+<sect2>
+<title>New Parameters</title>
+
+<para>(new parameters have been grouped by function):</para>
+
+<para>Remote management</para>
+
+<itemizedlist>
+	<listitem><para>abort shutdown script </para></listitem>
+	<listitem><para>shutdown script </para></listitem>
+</itemizedlist>
+
+<para>User and Group Account Management</para>
+
+<itemizedlist>
+	<listitem><para>add group script </para></listitem>
+	<listitem><para>add machine script </para></listitem>
+	<listitem><para>add user to group script </para></listitem>
+	<listitem><para>algorithmic rid base </para></listitem>
+	<listitem><para>delete group script </para></listitem>
+	<listitem><para>delete user from group script </para></listitem>
+	<listitem><para>passdb backend </para></listitem>
+	<listitem><para>set primary group script </para></listitem>
+</itemizedlist>
+
+<para>Authentication</para>
+
+<itemizedlist>
+	<listitem><para>auth methods </para></listitem>
+	<listitem><para>ads server </para></listitem>
+	<listitem><para>realm </para></listitem>
+</itemizedlist>
+
+<para>Protocol Options</para>
+
+<itemizedlist>
+	<listitem><para>client lanman auth </para></listitem>
+	<listitem><para>client NTLMv2 auth </para></listitem>
+	<listitem><para>client schannel </para></listitem>
+	<listitem><para>client signing </para></listitem>
+	<listitem><para>client use spnego </para></listitem>
+	<listitem><para>disable netbios </para></listitem>
+	<listitem><para>ntlm auth </para></listitem>
+	<listitem><para>paranoid server security </para></listitem>
+	<listitem><para>server schannel </para></listitem>
+	<listitem><para>smb ports </para></listitem>
+	<listitem><para>use spnego </para></listitem>
+</itemizedlist>
+
+<para>File Service</para>
+
+<itemizedlist>
+	<listitem><para>get quota command </para></listitem>
+	<listitem><para>hide special files </para></listitem>
+	<listitem><para>hide unwriteable files </para></listitem>
+	<listitem><para>hostname lookups </para></listitem>
+	<listitem><para>kernel change notify </para></listitem>
+	<listitem><para>mangle prefix </para></listitem>
+	<listitem><para>msdfs proxy </para></listitem>
+	<listitem><para>set quota command </para></listitem>
+	<listitem><para>use sendfile </para></listitem>
+	<listitem><para>vfs objects </para></listitem>
+</itemizedlist>
+
+<para>Printing</para>
+
+<itemizedlist>
+	<listitem><para>max reported print jobs </para></listitem>
+</itemizedlist> 
+
+
+<para>UNICODE and Character Sets</para>
+
+<itemizedlist>
+	<listitem><para>display charset </para></listitem>
+	<listitem><para>dos charset </para></listitem>
+	<listitem><para>unicode </para></listitem>
+	<listitem><para>unix charset </para></listitem>
+</itemizedlist>
+
+<para>SID to uid/gid Mappings</para>
+
+<itemizedlist>
+	<listitem><para>idmap backend </para></listitem>
+	<listitem><para>idmap gid </para></listitem>
+	<listitem><para>idmap only </para></listitem>
+	<listitem><para>idmap uid </para></listitem>
+</itemizedlist>
+
+<para>LDAP</para>
+
+<itemizedlist>
+	<listitem><para>ldap delete dn </para></listitem>
+	<listitem><para>ldap group suffix </para></listitem>
+	<listitem><para>ldap idmap suffix </para></listitem>
+	<listitem><para>ldap machine suffix </para></listitem>
+	<listitem><para>ldap passwd sync </para></listitem>
+	<listitem><para>ldap trust ids </para></listitem>
+	<listitem><para>ldap user suffix </para></listitem>
+</itemizedlist>
+
+<para>General Configuration</para>
+
+<itemizedlist>
+	<listitem><para>preload modules </para></listitem>
+	<listitem><para>privatedir </para></listitem>
+</itemizedlist>
+
+</sect2>
+
+<sect2>
+<title>Modified Parameters (changes in behavior):</title>
+
+<itemizedlist>
+	<listitem><para>encrypt passwords (enabled by default) </para></listitem>
+	<listitem><para>mangling method (set to 'hash2' by default) </para></listitem>
+	<listitem><para>passwd chat </para></listitem>
+	<listitem><para>passwd program </para></listitem>
+	<listitem><para>restrict anonymous (integer value) </para></listitem>
+	<listitem><para>security (new 'ads' value) </para></listitem>
+	<listitem><para>strict locking (enabled by default) </para></listitem>
+	<listitem><para>winbind cache time (increased to 5 minutes) </para></listitem>
+	<listitem><para>winbind uid (deprecated in favor of 'idmap uid') </para></listitem>
+	<listitem><para>winbind gid (deprecated in favor of 'idmap gid') </para></listitem>
+</itemizedlist>
+
+</sect2>
+
+</sect1>
+
+<sect1>
+<title>New Functionality</title>
+
+	<sect2>
+	<title>Databases</title>
+
+	<para>
+	This section contains brief descriptions of any new databases
+	introduced in Samba 3.0.  Please remember to backup your existing
+	${lock directory}/*tdb before upgrading to Samba 3.0.  Samba will
+	upgrade databases as they are opened (if necessary), but downgrading
+	from 3.0 to 2.2 is an unsupported path.
+	</para>
+
+
+        <table frame='all'><title>TDB File Descriptions</title>
+        <tgroup cols='3'>
+			<colspec align="left"/>
+			<colspec align="justify"/>
+			<colspec align="left"/>
+                <thead>
+                <row>
+                        <entry align="left">Name</entry>
+                        <entry align="justify">Description</entry>
+                        <entry align="center">Backup?</entry>
+                </row>
+                </thead>
+                <tbody>
+                <row>
+                        <entry>account_policy</entry>
+			<entry>User policy settings</entry>
+			<entry>yes</entry>
+		</row>
+		<row>
+			<entry>gencache</entry>
+			<entry>Generic caching db</entry>
+			<entry>no</entry>
+		</row>
+		<row>
+			<entry>group_mapping</entry>
+			<entry><para>Mapping table from Windows groups/SID to unix groups</para></entry>
+			<entry>yes</entry>
+		</row>
+		<row>
+			<entry>idmap</entry>
+			<entry><para>new ID map table from SIDS to UNIX uids/gids</para></entry>
+			<entry>yes</entry>
+		</row>
+		<row>
+			<entry>namecache</entry>
+			<entry>Name resolution cache entries</entry>
+			<entry>no</entry>
+		</row>
+		<row>
+			<entry>netlogon_unigrp</entry>
+			<entry><para>Cache of universal group membership obtained when operating
+				as a member of a Windows domain</para></entry>
+			<entry>no</entry>
+		</row>
+		<row>
+			<entry>printing/*.tdb</entry>
+			<entry><para>Cached output from 'lpq command' created on a per print 
+				service basis</para></entry>
+			<entry>no</entry>
+		</row>
+		<row>
+
+			<entry>registry</entry>
+			<entry><para>Read-only samba registry skeleton that provides support for
+				exporting various db tables via the winreg RPCs</para></entry>
+			<entry>no</entry>
+		</row>
+		</tbody>
+	</tgroup>
+	</table>
+
+	</sect2>
+
+	<sect2>
+	<title>Changes in Behavior</title>
+
+	<para>
+	The following issues are known changes in behavior between Samba 2.2 and
+	Samba 3.0 that may affect certain installations of Samba.
+	</para>
+
+	<orderedlist>
+		<listitem><para>
+		When operating as a member of a Windows domain, Samba 2.2 would
+		map any users authenticated by the remote DC to the 'guest account'
+		if a uid could not be obtained via the getpwnam() call.  Samba 3.0
+		rejects the connection as NT_STATUS_LOGON_FAILURE.  There is no
+		current work around to re-establish the 2.2 behavior.
+		</para></listitem>
+
+		<listitem><para>
+		When adding machines to a Samba 2.2 controlled domain, the
+		'add user script' was used to create the UNIX identity of the
+		machine trust account.  Samba 3.0 introduces a new 'add machine
+		script' that must be specified for this purpose.  Samba 3.0 will
+		not fall back to using the 'add user script' in the absence of
+		an 'add machine script'
+		</para></listitem>
+	</orderedlist>
+
+	</sect2>
+
+	<sect2>
+	<title>Charsets</title>
+
+	<para>
+	You might experience problems with special characters when communicating with old DOS
+	clients. Codepage support has changed in samba 3.0. Read the chapter
+	<link linkend="unicode">Unicode support</link> for details.
+	</para>
+
+	</sect2>
+
+	<sect2>
+	<title>Passdb Backends and Authentication</title>
+
+	<para>
+	There have been a few new changes that Samba administrators should be
+	aware of when moving to Samba 3.0.
+	</para>
+
+	<orderedlist>
+		<listitem><para>
+		Encrypted passwords have been enabled by default in order to
+		inter-operate better with out-of-the-box Windows client
+		installations.  This does mean that either (a) a samba account
+		must be created for each user, or (b) 'encrypt passwords = no'
+		must be explicitly defined in smb.conf.
+		</para></listitem>
+
+		<listitem><para>
+				Inclusion of new <smbconfoption><name>security</name><value>ads</value></smbconfoption> option for integration
+		with an Active Directory domain using the native Windows
+		Kerberos 5 and LDAP protocols.
+		</para></listitem>
+	</orderedlist>
+
+	<para>
+	Samba 3.0 also includes the possibility of setting up chains
+	of authentication methods 
+	(<smbconfoption><name>auth methods</name></smbconfoption>) and account
+	storage backends 
+	(<smbconfoption><name>passdb backend</name></smbconfoption>). 
+	Please refer to the &smb.conf;
+	man page and <link linkend="passdb">the chapter about account information databases</link> for details.  While both parameters assume sane default
+	values, it is likely that you will need to understand what the
+	values actually mean in order to ensure Samba operates correctly.
+	</para>
+
+	<para>
+	Certain functions of the smbpasswd(8) tool have been split between the
+	new smbpasswd(8) utility, the net(8) tool, and the new pdbedit(8)
+	utility.  See the respective man pages for details.
+	</para>
+
+	</sect2>
+
+	<sect2>
+	<title>Charsets</title>
+
+	<para>
+	You might experience problems with special characters when communicating with old DOS
+	clients. Codepage support has changed in samba 3.0. Read the chapter
+	<link linkend="unicode">Unicode support</link> for details.
+	</para>
+
+	</sect2>
+
+	<sect2>
+	<title>LDAP</title>
+
+	<para>
+	This section outlines the new features affecting Samba / LDAP integration.
+	</para>
+
+		<sect3>
+		<title>New Schema</title>
+
+		<para>
+		A new object class (sambaSamAccount) has been introduced to replace
+		the old sambaAccount.  This change aids us in the renaming of attributes
+		to prevent clashes with attributes from other vendors.  There is a
+		conversion script (examples/LDAP/convertSambaAccount) to modify and LDIF
+		file to the new schema.
+		</para>
+
+		<para>
+			Example:
+		</para>
+		<para><screen>
+		&prompt;ldapsearch .... -b "ou=people,dc=..." &gt; old.ldif
+		&prompt;convertSambaAccount &lt;DOM SID&gt; old.ldif new.ldif
+		</screen></para>
+
+		<para>
+		The &lt;DOM SID&gt; can be obtained by running 'net getlocalsid &lt;DOMAINNAME&gt;
+		on the Samba PDC as root.
+		</para>
+
+		<para>
+		The old sambaAccount schema may still be used by specifying the
+		"ldapsam_compat" passdb backend.  However, the sambaAccount and
+		associated attributes have been moved to the historical section of
+		the schema file and must be uncommented before use if needed.
+		The 2.2 object class declaration for a sambaAccount has not changed
+		in the 3.0 samba.schema file.
+		</para>
+
+		<para>
+		Other new object classes and their uses include:
+		</para>
+
+		<itemizedlist>
+			<listitem><para>
+			sambaDomain - domain information used to allocate rids
+			for users and groups as necessary.  The attributes are added
+			in 'ldap suffix' directory entry automatically if
+			an idmap uid/gid range has been set and the 'ldapsam'
+			passdb backend has been selected.
+			</para></listitem>
+
+			<listitem><para>
+			sambaGroupMapping - an object representing the
+			relationship between a posixGroup and a Windows
+			group/SID.  These entries are stored in the 'ldap
+			group suffix' and managed by the 'net groupmap' command.
+			</para></listitem>
+
+			<listitem><para>
+			sambaUnixIdPool - created in the 'ldap idmap suffix' entry
+			automatically and contains the next available 'idmap uid' and
+			'idmap gid'
+			</para></listitem>
+
+			<listitem><para>
+			sambaIdmapEntry - object storing a mapping between a
+			SID and a UNIX uid/gid.  These objects are created by the
+			idmap_ldap module as needed.
+			</para></listitem>
+		</itemizedlist>
+
+		</sect3>
+
+		<sect3>
+		<title>New Suffix for Searching</title>
+
+		<para>
+		The following new smb.conf parameters have been added to aid in directing
+		certain LDAP queries when 'passdb backend = ldapsam://...' has been
+		specified.
+		</para>
+
+		<itemizedlist>
+			<listitem><para>ldap suffix         - used to search for user and computer accounts</para></listitem>
+			<listitem><para>ldap user suffix    - used to store user accounts</para></listitem>
+			<listitem><para>ldap machine suffix - used to store machine trust accounts</para></listitem>
+			<listitem><para>ldap group suffix   - location of posixGroup/sambaGroupMapping entries</para></listitem>
+			<listitem><para>ldap idmap suffix   - location of sambaIdmapEntry objects</para></listitem>
+		</itemizedlist>
+
+		<para>
+		If an 'ldap suffix' is defined, it will be appended to all of the
+		remaining sub-suffix parameters.  In this case, the order of the suffix
+		listings in smb.conf is important.  Always place the 'ldap suffix' first
+		in the list.
+		</para>
+
+		<para>
+		Due to a limitation in Samba's smb.conf parsing, you should not surround
+		the DN's with quotation marks.
+		</para>
+
+		</sect3>
+
+		<sect3>
+		<title>IdMap LDAP support</title>
+
+		<para>
+		Samba 3.0 supports an ldap backend for the idmap subsystem.  The
+		following options would inform Samba that the idmap table should be
+		stored on the directory server onterose in the "ou=idmap,dc=plainjoe,
+		dc=org" partition.
+		</para>
+
+		<smbconfblock>
+		<smbconfsection>[global]</smbconfsection>
+		<member>...</member>
+		<smbconfoption><name>idmap backend</name><value>ldap:ldap://onterose/</value></smbconfoption>
+		<smbconfoption><name>ldap idmap suffix</name><value>ou=idmap,dc=plainjoe,dc=org</value></smbconfoption>
+		<smbconfoption><name>idmap uid</name><value>40000-50000</value></smbconfoption>
+		<smbconfoption><name>idmap gid</name><value>40000-50000</value></smbconfoption>
+		</smbconfblock>
+
+		<para>
+		This configuration allows winbind installations on multiple servers to
+		share a uid/gid number space, thus avoiding the interoperability problems
+		with NFS that were present in Samba 2.2.
+		</para>
+
+		</sect3>
+
+	</sect2>
 
 </sect1>
 
diff --git a/docs/docbook/projdoc/winbind.xml b/docs/docbook/projdoc/winbind.xml
index 524f05ffa2e..001b2f16c14 100644
--- a/docs/docbook/projdoc/winbind.xml
+++ b/docs/docbook/projdoc/winbind.xml
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
 		<firstname>Tim</firstname><surname>Potter</surname>
 		<affiliation>
 			<orgname>Samba Team</orgname>
-			<address><email>tpot@samba.org</email></address>
+			<address><email>tpot@linuxcare.com.au</email></address>
 		</affiliation>
 	</author>
 	&author.tridge;
@@ -15,29 +15,87 @@
 		<affiliation>
 			<address><email>getnag@rediffmail.com</email></address>
 		</affiliation>
+		<contrib>Notes for Solaris</contrib>
 	</author>
+	<author>
+		<firstname>John</firstname><surname>Trostel</surname>
+		<affiliation>
+			<orgname>SNAP</orgname>
+			<address><email>jtrostel@snapserver.com</email></address>
+		</affiliation>
+	</author>
+
 	&author.jelmer;
 	&author.jht;
 	</authorgroup>
 	<pubdate>27 June 2002</pubdate>
 </chapterinfo>
 
-<title>Integrated Logon Support using Winbind</title>
+<title>Winbind: Use of Domain Accounts</title>
 
 <sect1>
 	<title>Features and Benefits</title>
 
-	<para>Integration of UNIX and Microsoft Windows NT through 
-	a unified logon has been considered a "holy grail" in heterogeneous 
-	computing environments for a long time. We present 
-	<emphasis>winbind</emphasis>, a component of the Samba suite 
-	of programs as a solution to the unified logon problem. Winbind 
-	uses a UNIX implementation 
-	of Microsoft RPC calls, Pluggable Authentication Modules, and the Name 
-	Service Switch to allow Windows NT domain users to appear and operate 
-	as UNIX users on a UNIX machine. This paper describes the winbind 
-	system, explaining the functionality it provides, how it is configured, 
-	and how it works internally.</para>
+	<para>
+	Integration of UNIX and Microsoft Windows NT through a unified logon has
+	been considered a "holy grail" in heterogeneous computing environments for
+	a long time.
+	</para>
+
+	<para>
+	There is one other facility without which UNIX and Microsoft Windows network
+	interoperability would suffer greatly. It is imperative that there be a
+	mechanism for sharing files across UNIX systems and to be able to assign
+	domain user and group ownerships with integrity.
+	</para>
+
+	<para>
+	<emphasis>winbind</emphasis> is a component of the Samba suite of programs
+	solves the unified logon problem. Winbind uses a UNIX implementation of Microsoft
+	RPC calls, Pluggable Authentication Modules, and the Name Service Switch to
+	allow Windows NT domain users to appear and operate as UNIX users on a UNIX
+	machine. This chapter describes the winbind system, explaining the functionality
+	it provides, how it is configured, and how it works internally.
+	</para>
+
+	<para>
+	Winbind provides three separate functions:
+	</para>
+
+	<itemizedlist>
+		<listitem><para>
+		Authentication of user credentials (via PAM)
+		</para></listitem>
+
+		<listitem><para>
+		Identity resolution (via NSS)`
+		</para></listitem>
+
+		<listitem><para>
+		Windindd maintains a database called winbind_idmap.tdb in which it stores
+		mappings between UNIX UIDs / GIDs and NT SIDs. This mapping is used only
+		for users and groups that do not have a local UID/GID. It stored the UID/GID
+		allocated from the idmap uid/gid range that it has mapped to the NT SID.
+		If <parameter>idmap backend</parameter> has been specified as ldapsam:url
+		then instead of using a local mapping winbindd will obtain this information
+		from the LDAP database.
+		</para></listitem>
+	</itemizedlist>
+
+	<note><para>
+	If winbindd is not running, then smbd (which calls winbindd) will fall back to
+	using purely local information from /etc/passwd and /etc/group and no dynamic
+	mapping will be used.
+	</para></note>
+
+
+	<!--	<figure id="winbind_idmap"><title></title>
+	<mediaobject>
+	<imageobject role="latex"><imagedata fileref="projdoc/imagefiles/idmap_winbind_no_loop" scale="50" scalefit="1"/></imageobject>
+	<imageobject><imagedata fileref="projdoc/imagefiles/idmap_winbind_no_loop.png" scale="50" scalefit="1"/></imageobject>
+	</mediaobject>
+</figure>-->
+
 </sect1>
 
 
@@ -219,7 +277,7 @@
 		the C library looks in <filename>/etc/nsswitch.conf</filename> 
 		for a line which matches the service type being requested, for 
 		example the "passwd" service type is used when user or group names 
-		are looked up. This	config line species which implementations 
+		are looked up. This	config line specifies which implementations 
 		of that service should be tried and in what order. If the passwd 
 		config line is:</para>
 
@@ -323,36 +381,17 @@ passwd: files example
 <sect1>
 	<title>Installation and Configuration</title>
 	
-<para>
-Many thanks to John Trostel <ulink 
-url="mailto:jtrostel@snapserver.com">jtrostel@snapserver.com</ulink>
-for providing the HOWTO for this section.
-</para>
-
-<para>
-This HOWTO describes how to get winbind services up and running 
-to control access and authenticate users on your Linux box using 
-the winbind services which come with SAMBA 3.0.
-</para>
-
 <sect2>
 <title>Introduction</title>
 
 <para>
 This section describes the procedures used to get winbind up and 
-running on a RedHat 7.1 system.  Winbind is capable of providing access 
+running.  Winbind is capable of providing access 
 and authentication control for Windows Domain users through an NT 
 or Win2K PDC for 'regular' services, such as telnet a nd ftp, as
 well for SAMBA services.
 </para>
 
-<para>
-This HOWTO has been written from a 'RedHat-centric' perspective, so if 
-you are using another distribution, you may have to modify the instructions 
-somewhat to fit the way your distribution works.
-</para>
-
-
 <itemizedlist>
 <listitem>
 	<para>
@@ -421,10 +460,8 @@ on your system.  For recent RedHat systems (7.1, for instance), that
 means <filename>pam-0.74-22</filename>.  For best results, it is helpful to also
 install the development packages in <filename>pam-devel-0.74-22</filename>.
 </para>
-
 </sect2>
 
-
 <sect2>
 <title>Testing Things Out</title>
 
@@ -433,7 +470,7 @@ Before starting, it is probably best to kill off all the SAMBA
 related daemons running on your server.  Kill off all &smbd;, 
 &nmbd;, and &winbindd; processes that may 
 be running.  To use PAM, you will want to make sure that you have the 
-standard PAM package (for RedHat) which supplies the <filename>/etc/pam.d</filename> 
+standard PAM package which supplies the <filename>/etc/pam.d</filename> 
 directory structure, including the pam modules are used by pam-aware 
 services, several pam libraries, and the <filename>/usr/doc</filename> 
 and <filename>/usr/man</filename> entries for pam.  Winbind built better 
@@ -442,33 +479,6 @@ the header files needed to compile pam-aware applications.
 </para>
 
 <sect3>
-<title>Configure and compile SAMBA</title>
-
-<para>
-The configuration and compilation of SAMBA is pretty straightforward.
-The first three steps may not be necessary depending upon
-whether or not you have previously built the Samba binaries.
-</para>
-
-<para><screen>
-&rootprompt;<command>autoconf</command>
-&rootprompt;<command>make clean</command>
-&rootprompt;<command>rm config.cache</command>
-&rootprompt;<command>./configure</command>
-&rootprompt;<command>make</command>
-&rootprompt;<command>make install</command>
-</screen></para>
-
-
-<para>
-This will, by default, install SAMBA in <filename>/usr/local/samba</filename>.
-See the main SAMBA documentation if you want to install SAMBA somewhere else.
-It will also build the winbindd executable and libraries. 
-</para>
-
-</sect3>
-
-<sect3>
 <title>Configure <filename>nsswitch.conf</filename> and the 
 winbind libraries on Linux and Solaris</title>
 
@@ -576,22 +586,23 @@ the <citerefentry><refentrytitle>winbindd</refentrytitle>
 include the following entries in the [global] section:
 </para>
 
-<para><programlisting>
-[global]
-     &lt;...&gt;
-     # separate domain and username with '+', like DOMAIN+username
-     <ulink url="winbindd.8.html#WINBINDSEPARATOR">winbind separator</ulink> = +
-     # use uids from 10000 to 20000 for domain users
-     <ulink url="winbindd.8.html#WINBINDUID">idmap uid</ulink> = 10000-20000
-     # use gids from 10000 to 20000 for domain groups
-     <ulink url="winbindd.8.html#WINBINDGID">idmap gid</ulink> = 10000-20000
-     # allow enumeration of winbind users and groups
-     <ulink url="winbindd.8.html#WINBINDENUMUSERS">winbind enum users</ulink> = yes
-     <ulink url="winbindd.8.html#WINBINDENUMGROUP">winbind enum groups</ulink> = yes
-     # give winbind users a real shell (only needed if they have telnet access)
-     <ulink url="winbindd.8.html#TEMPLATEHOMEDIR">template homedir</ulink> = /home/winnt/%D/%U
-     <ulink url="winbindd.8.html#TEMPLATESHELL">template shell</ulink> = /bin/bash
-</programlisting></para>
+<para><smbconfexample>
+		<title>smb.conf for winbind set-up</title>
+<smbconfsection>[global]</smbconfsection>
+<member>...</member>
+<smbconfcomment> separate domain and username with '+', like DOMAIN+username</smbconfcomment>
+<smbconfoption><name>winbind separator</name><value>+</value></smbconfoption>
+<smbconfcomment> use uids from 10000 to 20000 for domain users</smbconfcomment>
+<smbconfoption><name>idmap uid</name><value>10000-20000</value></smbconfoption>
+<smbconfcomment> use gids from 10000 to 20000 for domain groups</smbconfcomment>
+<smbconfoption><name>winbind gid</name><value>10000-20000</value></smbconfoption>
+<smbconfcomment> allow enumeration of winbind users and groups</smbconfcomment>
+<smbconfoption><name>winbind enum users</name><value>yes</value></smbconfoption>
+<smbconfoption><name>winbind enum groups</name><value>yes</value></smbconfoption>
+<smbconfcomment> give winbind users a real shell (only needed if they have telnet access)</smbconfcomment>
+<smbconfoption><name>template homedir</name><value>/home/winnt/%D/%U</value></smbconfoption>
+<smbconfoption><name>template shell</name><value>/bin/bash</value></smbconfoption>
+</smbconfexample></para>
 
 </sect3>
 
@@ -608,7 +619,7 @@ a domain user who has administrative privileges in the domain.
 	
 
 <para>
-&rootprompt;<userinput>/usr/local/samba/bin/net join -S PDC -U Administrator</userinput>
+&rootprompt;<userinput>/usr/local/samba/bin/net rpc join -S PDC -U Administrator</userinput>
 </para>
 
 
@@ -688,8 +699,7 @@ your PDC.  For example, I get the following response:
 </screen></para>
 
 <para>
-Obviously, I have named my domain 'CEO' and my <parameter>winbind
-separator</parameter> is '+'.
+	Obviously, I have named my domain 'CEO' and my <smbconfoption><name>winbind separator</name></smbconfoption> is '+'.
 </para>
 
 <para>
@@ -982,7 +992,7 @@ have individual directories for the domain users already present on
 the server, or change the home directory template to a general
 directory for all domain users.  These can be easily set using 
 the &smb.conf; global entry 
-<parameter>template homedir</parameter>.
+<smbconfoption><name>template homedir</name></smbconfoption>.
 </para>
 
 <para>
@@ -1025,7 +1035,7 @@ same way.  It now looks like this:
 In this case, I added the <programlisting>auth sufficient /lib/security/pam_winbind.so</programlisting> 
 lines as before, but also added the <programlisting>required pam_securetty.so</programlisting>
 above it, to disallow root logins over the network.  I also added a 
-<command>sufficient /lib/security/pam_unix.so use_first_pass</command>
+<programlisting>sufficient /lib/security/pam_unix.so use_first_pass</programlisting>
 line after the <command>winbind.so</command> line to get rid of annoying 
 double prompts for passwords.
 </para>
@@ -1144,7 +1154,7 @@ configured in the pam.conf.
 
 	<itemizedlist>
 		<listitem><para>Winbind is currently only available for 
-		the Linux, Solaris and IRIX operating systems, although ports to other operating 
+		the Linux, Solaris, AIX and IRIX operating systems, although ports to other operating 
 		systems are certainly possible. For such ports to be feasible, 
 		we require the C library of the target operating system to 
 		support the Name Service Switch and Pluggable Authentication
@@ -1163,6 +1173,25 @@ configured in the pam.conf.
 		that may be been set for Windows NT users, this is
 		instead up to the PDC to enforce.</para></listitem>
 	</itemizedlist>
+
+	<sect2>
+	<title>NSCD Problem Warning</title>
+
+	<?latex \nopagebreak ?>
+
+	<note><para>
+	Do NOT under ANY circumstances run <command>nscd</command> on any system
+	on which <command>winbind</command> is running.
+	</para></note>
+
+	<para>
+	If <command>nscd</command> is running on the UNIX/Linux system, then
+	even though NSSWITCH is correctly configured it will NOT be possible to resolve
+	domain users and groups for file and directory controls.
+	</para>
+
+	</sect2>
 </sect1>
 
 </chapter>
+
diff --git a/docs/docbook/sambadoc.dtd b/docs/docbook/sambadoc.dtd
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..63776534ae7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docbook/sambadoc.dtd
@@ -0,0 +1,25 @@
+<!-- Samba parameter, used for the smb.conf options -->
+<!ELEMENT  parameter  (#PCDATA)                  >
+<!ATTLIST  parameter  name      CDATA  #REQUIRED >
+<!ATTLIST  parameter  context   CDATA  #REQUIRED >
+<!ATTLIST  parameter  basic     CDATA  #REQUIRED >
+<!ATTLIST  parameter  wizard    CDATA  #REQUIRED >
+<!ATTLIST  parameter  advanced  CDATA  #REQUIRED >
+<!ATTLIST  parameter  share     CDATA  #REQUIRED >
+<!ATTLIST  parameter  print     CDATA  #REQUIRED >
+<!ATTLIST  parameter  developer CDATA  #REQUIRED >
+<!ATTLIST  parameter  hide      CDATA  #REQUIRED >
+
+<!-- embedding smb.conf examples, options, option values, etc in docs -->
+<!ELEMENT  smbconfoption  (name, value?) 		 >
+<!ELEMENT  smbconfsection (#PCDATA) 			 >
+<!ELEMENT  smbconfexample (title, id?, smbconfoption*, smbconfsection*) >
+<!ELEMENT  smbconfblock   (smbconfoption*, smbconfsection*) >
+<!ELEMENT  smbconfcomment (#PCDATA) 			 >
+
+<!-- Other stuff used quite often -->
+<!ELEMENT  ntgroup (#PCDATA)					 >
+<!ELEMENT  ntuser  (#PCDATA)				     >
+<!ELEMENT  imagedescription (#PCDATA)			 >
+<!ELEMENT  imagefile (#PCDATA)					 >
+<!ELEMENT  image   (imagedescription,imagefile)	 >
diff --git a/docs/docbook/smbdotconf/base/netbiosaliases.xml b/docs/docbook/smbdotconf/base/netbiosaliases.xml
index a62fb8f7d68..ac8ffaf2b9a 100644
--- a/docs/docbook/smbdotconf/base/netbiosaliases.xml
+++ b/docs/docbook/smbdotconf/base/netbiosaliases.xml
@@ -3,7 +3,7 @@
                  advanced="1" wizard="1" developer="1"
                  xmlns:samba="http://samba.org/common">
 <listitem>
-        <para>This is a list of NetBIOS names that <ulink url="nmbd.8.html">nmbd(8)</ulink> will 
+        <para>This is a list of NetBIOS names that nmbd will 
         advertise as additional names by which the Samba server is known. This allows one machine 
 	to appear in browse lists under multiple names. If a machine is acting as a browse server 
         or logon server none of these names will be advertised as either browse server or logon 
diff --git a/docs/docbook/smbdotconf/domain/machinepasswordtimeout.xml b/docs/docbook/smbdotconf/domain/machinepasswordtimeout.xml
index 06017fce595..7caf3058c94 100644
--- a/docs/docbook/smbdotconf/domain/machinepasswordtimeout.xml
+++ b/docs/docbook/smbdotconf/domain/machinepasswordtimeout.xml
@@ -5,8 +5,8 @@
 <listitem>
 	<para>If a Samba server is a member of a Windows 
 	NT Domain (see the <link linkend="SECURITYEQUALSDOMAIN">security = domain</link>) 
-	parameter) then periodically a running <ulink url="smbd.8.html">
-	smbd(8)</ulink> process will try and change the MACHINE ACCOUNT 
+	parameter) then periodically a running smbd
+	 process will try and change the MACHINE ACCOUNT 
 	PASSWORD stored in the TDB called <filename moreinfo="none">private/secrets.tdb
 	</filename>.  This parameter specifies how often this password 
 	will be changed, in seconds. The default is one week (expressed in 
diff --git a/docs/docbook/smbdotconf/filename/mangleprefix.xml b/docs/docbook/smbdotconf/filename/mangleprefix.xml
index cbd41f973db..eff1f2b8fe7 100644
--- a/docs/docbook/smbdotconf/filename/mangleprefix.xml
+++ b/docs/docbook/smbdotconf/filename/mangleprefix.xml
@@ -9,6 +9,10 @@
 	hash and therefore more name collisions. The minimum
 	value is 1 and the maximum value is 6.</para>
 
+	<para>
+	mangle prefix is effective only when mangling method is hash2.
+	</para>
+
 	<para>Default: <command moreinfo="none">mangle prefix = 1</command></para>
 
 	<para>Example: <command moreinfo="none">mangle prefix = 4</command></para>
diff --git a/docs/docbook/smbdotconf/filename/manglingchar.xml b/docs/docbook/smbdotconf/filename/manglingchar.xml
index 57c4fa2acdc..de5f620fd90 100644
--- a/docs/docbook/smbdotconf/filename/manglingchar.xml
+++ b/docs/docbook/smbdotconf/filename/manglingchar.xml
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 	<para>This controls what character is used as 
 	the <emphasis>magic</emphasis> character in <link linkend="NAMEMANGLINGSECT">name mangling</link>. The 
 	default is a '~' but this may interfere with some software. Use this option to set 
-	it to whatever you prefer.</para>
+	it to whatever you prefer. This is effective only when mangling method is hash.</para>
 
 	<para>Default: <command moreinfo="none">mangling char = ~</command></para>
 
diff --git a/docs/docbook/smbdotconf/ldap/ldapusersuffix.xml b/docs/docbook/smbdotconf/ldap/ldapusersuffix.xml
index 731fba34204..93d450b5e4d 100644
--- a/docs/docbook/smbdotconf/ldap/ldapusersuffix.xml
+++ b/docs/docbook/smbdotconf/ldap/ldapusersuffix.xml
@@ -3,7 +3,8 @@
 		 advanced="1" developer="1"
                  xmlns:samba="http://samba.org/common">
 <listitem>
-	<para>It specifies where users are added to the tree.</para>
+	<para>This parameter specifies where users are added to the tree. 
+	If this parameter is not specified, the value from <command>ldap suffix</command>.</para>
 
 	<para>Default: <emphasis>none</emphasis></para>
 </listitem>
diff --git a/docs/docbook/smbdotconf/locking/lockspincount.xml b/docs/docbook/smbdotconf/locking/lockspincount.xml
index d308f5d8456..eb5862699a8 100644
--- a/docs/docbook/smbdotconf/locking/lockspincount.xml
+++ b/docs/docbook/smbdotconf/locking/lockspincount.xml
@@ -12,6 +12,6 @@
 	and FoxPro.
 	</para>
 
-	<para>Default: <command moreinfo="none">lock spin count = 2</command></para>
+	<para>Default: <command moreinfo="none">lock spin count = 3</command></para>
 </listitem>
 </samba:parameter>
diff --git a/docs/docbook/smbdotconf/logon/adduserscript.xml b/docs/docbook/smbdotconf/logon/adduserscript.xml
index 34d3e7ea586..42f7b045637 100644
--- a/docs/docbook/smbdotconf/logon/adduserscript.xml
+++ b/docs/docbook/smbdotconf/logon/adduserscript.xml
@@ -11,7 +11,7 @@
 	created for all users accessing files on this server. For sites 
 	that use Windows NT account databases as their primary user database 
 	creating these users and keeping the user list in sync with the 
-	Windows NT PDC is an onerous task. This option allows <ulink url="smbd.8.html">smbd</ulink> to create the required UNIX users 
+	Windows NT PDC is an onerous task. This option allows smbd to create the required UNIX users 
 	<emphasis>ON DEMAND</emphasis> when a user accesses the Samba server.</para>
 
 	<para>In order to use this option, <citerefentry><refentrytitle>smbd</refentrytitle>
diff --git a/docs/docbook/smbdotconf/logon/logonscript.xml b/docs/docbook/smbdotconf/logon/logonscript.xml
index 65b6253c0c0..a1e8e0c03b5 100644
--- a/docs/docbook/smbdotconf/logon/logonscript.xml
+++ b/docs/docbook/smbdotconf/logon/logonscript.xml
@@ -22,8 +22,8 @@
 	suggested command would be to add <command moreinfo="none">NET TIME \\SERVER /SET 
 	/YES</command>, to force every machine to synchronize clocks with 
 	the same time server.  Another use would be to add <command moreinfo="none">NET USE 
-	U: \\SERVER\UTILS</command> for commonly used utilities, or <command moreinfo="none">
-	NET USE Q: \\SERVER\ISO9001_QA</command> for example.</para>
+	U: \\SERVER\UTILS</command> for commonly used utilities, or <screen>
+	<userinput>NET USE Q: \\SERVER\ISO9001_QA</userinput></screen> for example.</para>
 
 	<para>Note that it is particularly important not to allow write 
 	access to the [netlogon] share, or to grant users write permission 
diff --git a/docs/docbook/smbdotconf/logon/shutdownscript.xml b/docs/docbook/smbdotconf/logon/shutdownscript.xml
index 0eaffea7477..8935714307e 100644
--- a/docs/docbook/smbdotconf/logon/shutdownscript.xml
+++ b/docs/docbook/smbdotconf/logon/shutdownscript.xml
@@ -38,7 +38,7 @@
 
 	<para>Default: <emphasis>None</emphasis>.</para>
 
-	<para>Example: <command moreinfo="none">abort shutdown script = /usr/local/samba/sbin/shutdown %m %t %r %f</command></para>
+	<para>Example: <command moreinfo="none">shutdown script = /usr/local/samba/sbin/shutdown %m %t %r %f</command></para>
 
 	<para>Shutdown script example:
 <programlisting format="linespecific">
diff --git a/docs/docbook/smbdotconf/misc/remoteannounce.xml b/docs/docbook/smbdotconf/misc/remoteannounce.xml
index 019cc306a7b..d03ea8b0e25 100644
--- a/docs/docbook/smbdotconf/misc/remoteannounce.xml
+++ b/docs/docbook/smbdotconf/misc/remoteannounce.xml
@@ -27,8 +27,7 @@
 	addresses of the remote networks, but can also be the IP addresses 
 	of known browse masters if your network config is that stable.</para>
 
-	<para>See the documentation file <ulink url="improved-browsing.html">BROWSING</ulink> 
-	in the <filename moreinfo="none">docs/</filename> directory.</para>
+	<para>See <link linkend="NetworkBrowsing"/>.</para>
 		
 	<para>Default: <command moreinfo="none">remote announce = &lt;empty string&gt;</command></para>
 </listitem>
diff --git a/docs/docbook/smbdotconf/printing/os2drivermap.xml b/docs/docbook/smbdotconf/printing/os2drivermap.xml
index 478031c7b9c..ffaa58fe2a7 100644
--- a/docs/docbook/smbdotconf/printing/os2drivermap.xml
+++ b/docs/docbook/smbdotconf/printing/os2drivermap.xml
@@ -14,9 +14,8 @@
     LaserJet 5L</command>.</para>
 		
     <para>The need for the file is due to the printer driver namespace 
-    problem described in the <ulink url="printing.html">Samba 
-    Printing HOWTO</ulink>.  For more details on OS/2 clients, please 
-    refer to the OS2-Client-HOWTO containing in the Samba documentation.</para>
+		problem described in <link linkiend="printing"/>.  For more details on OS/2 clients, please 
+		refer to <link linkend="Other-Clients"/>.</para>
 
     <para>Default: <command moreinfo="none">os2 driver map = &lt;empty string&gt;</command></para>
 </listitem>
diff --git a/docs/docbook/smbdotconf/protocol/clientusespnego.xml b/docs/docbook/smbdotconf/protocol/clientusespnego.xml
index df25fbfb207..ce187a36fa0 100644
--- a/docs/docbook/smbdotconf/protocol/clientusespnego.xml
+++ b/docs/docbook/smbdotconf/protocol/clientusespnego.xml
@@ -6,6 +6,9 @@
     <para> This variable controls controls whether samba clients will try 
     to use Simple and Protected NEGOciation (as specified by rfc2478) with 
     WindowsXP and Windows2000 servers to agree upon an authentication mechanism. 
+	SPNEGO client support for SMB Signing is currently broken, so 
+	you might want to turn this option off when operating with  
+	Windows 2003 domain controllers in particular.
 	</para>
 
     <para>Default:  <emphasis>client use spnego = yes</emphasis></para>
diff --git a/docs/docbook/smbdotconf/protocol/nameresolveorder.xml b/docs/docbook/smbdotconf/protocol/nameresolveorder.xml
index 4e88495489a..45bc98843f9 100644
--- a/docs/docbook/smbdotconf/protocol/nameresolveorder.xml
+++ b/docs/docbook/smbdotconf/protocol/nameresolveorder.xml
@@ -18,7 +18,7 @@
 	    <para><constant>lmhosts</constant> : Lookup an IP 
 	    address in the Samba lmhosts file. If the line in lmhosts has 
 	    no name type attached to the NetBIOS name (see the <ulink 
-            url="lmhosts.5.html">lmhosts(5)</ulink> for details) then
+            noescape="1" url="lmhosts.5.html">lmhosts(5)</ulink> for details) then
 	    any name type matches for lookup.</para>
 	</listitem>
 
diff --git a/docs/docbook/smbdotconf/protocol/profileacls.xml b/docs/docbook/smbdotconf/protocol/profileacls.xml
index 6f2b3ec510a..505f3718092 100644
--- a/docs/docbook/smbdotconf/protocol/profileacls.xml
+++ b/docs/docbook/smbdotconf/protocol/profileacls.xml
@@ -10,7 +10,10 @@
 	Windows XP clients. New versions of Windows 2000 or Windows XP service
 	packs do security ACL checking on the owner and ability to write of the
 	profile directory stored on a local workstation when copied from a Samba
-	share. When not in domain mode with winbindd then the security info copied
+	share.
+</para>
+
+<para>When not in domain mode with winbindd then the security info copied
 	onto the local workstation has no meaning to the logged in user (SID) on
 	that workstation so the profile storing fails. Adding this parameter
 	onto a share used for profile storage changes two things about the
@@ -19,15 +22,17 @@
 	BUILTIN\\Users respectively (SIDs S-1-5-32-544, S-1-5-32-545). Secondly
 	it adds an ACE entry of "Full Control" to the SID BUILTIN\\Users to
 	every returned ACL. This will allow any Windows 2000 or XP workstation
-	user to access the profile. Note that if you have multiple users logging
+	user to access the profile.</para>
+	
+	<para>Note that if you have multiple users logging
 	on to a workstation then in order to prevent them from being able to access
 	each others profiles you must remove the "Bypass traverse checking" advanced
 	user right. This will prevent access to other users profile directories as
 	the top level profile directory (named after the user) is created by the
 	workstation profile code and has an ACL restricting entry to the directory
 	tree to the owning user.
-    </para>
-		
+</para>
+
     <para>Default: <command moreinfo="none">profile acls = no</command></para>
 </listitem>
 </samba:parameter>
diff --git a/docs/docbook/smbdotconf/security/allowtrusteddomains.xml b/docs/docbook/smbdotconf/security/allowtrusteddomains.xml
index 63363d26070..8354f8b8dad 100644
--- a/docs/docbook/smbdotconf/security/allowtrusteddomains.xml
+++ b/docs/docbook/smbdotconf/security/allowtrusteddomains.xml
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
     <parameter moreinfo="none">security</parameter></link> option is set to 
     <constant>server</constant> or <constant>domain</constant>.  
     If it is set to no, then attempts to connect to a resource from 
-    a domain or workgroup other than the one which <ulink url="smbd.8.html">smbd</ulink> is running 
+    a domain or workgroup other than the one which smbd is running 
     in will fail, even if that domain is trusted by the remote server 
     doing the authentication.</para>
 		
diff --git a/docs/docbook/smbdotconf/security/passdbbackend.xml b/docs/docbook/smbdotconf/security/passdbbackend.xml
index 1a3a83946ad..8c64299dd42 100644
--- a/docs/docbook/smbdotconf/security/passdbbackend.xml
+++ b/docs/docbook/smbdotconf/security/passdbbackend.xml
@@ -55,22 +55,15 @@
 		details.
 		</para></listitem>
 
-		<listitem>
-		<para><command moreinfo="none">guest</command> - 
-		Very simple backend that only provides one user: the guest user.
-		Only maps the NT guest user to the <parameter>guest account</parameter>.
-		Required in pretty much all situations.
-		</para></listitem>
-
 	</itemizedlist>
     </para>
 
     <para>Default: <command moreinfo="none">passdb backend = smbpasswd</command></para>
 
-    <para>Example: <command moreinfo="none">passdb backend = tdbsam:/etc/samba/private/passdb.tdb smbpasswd:/etc/samba/smbpasswd guest</command></para>
+    <para>Example: <command moreinfo="none">passdb backend = tdbsam:/etc/samba/private/passdb.tdb smbpasswd:/etc/samba/smbpasswd</command></para>
 
-	<para>Example: <command moreinfo="none">passdb backend = ldapsam:ldaps://ldap.example.com guest</command></para>
+	<para>Example: <command moreinfo="none">passdb backend = ldapsam:ldaps://ldap.example.com</command></para>
 
-    <para>Example: <command moreinfo="none">passdb backend = mysql:my_plugin_args tdbsam:/etc/samba/private/passdb.tdb guest</command></para>
+    <para>Example: <command moreinfo="none">passdb backend = mysql:my_plugin_args tdbsam</command></para>
 </listitem>
 </samba:parameter>
diff --git a/docs/docbook/smbdotconf/security/passwdprogram.xml b/docs/docbook/smbdotconf/security/passwdprogram.xml
index dbcc261ce48..db026701580 100644
--- a/docs/docbook/smbdotconf/security/passwdprogram.xml
+++ b/docs/docbook/smbdotconf/security/passwdprogram.xml
@@ -17,9 +17,8 @@
     <para><emphasis>Note</emphasis> that if the <parameter moreinfo="none">unix 
     password sync</parameter> parameter is set to <constant>yes
     </constant> then this program is called <emphasis>AS ROOT</emphasis> 
-    before the SMB password in the <ulink url="smbpasswd.5.html"><citerefentry>
-    <refentrytitle>smbpasswd</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry>
-    </ulink> file is changed. If this UNIX password change fails, then 
+    before the SMB password in the smbpasswd
+    file is changed. If this UNIX password change fails, then 
     <command moreinfo="none">smbd</command> will fail to change the SMB password also 
     (this is by design).</para>
 
diff --git a/docs/docbook/smbdotconf/tuning/deadtime.xml b/docs/docbook/smbdotconf/tuning/deadtime.xml
index cbbf7518626..938f354b9a8 100644
--- a/docs/docbook/smbdotconf/tuning/deadtime.xml
+++ b/docs/docbook/smbdotconf/tuning/deadtime.xml
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-<samba:parameter name="dead time"
+<samba:parameter name="deadtime"
                  context="G"
                  developer="1"
                  xmlns:samba="http://samba.org/common">
diff --git a/docs/docbook/smbdotconf/vfs/getquotacommand.xml b/docs/docbook/smbdotconf/vfs/getquotacommand.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..93c9089519e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docbook/smbdotconf/vfs/getquotacommand.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,52 @@
+<samba:parameter name="get quota command"
+                 context="G"
+                 advanced="1" developer="1"
+                 xmlns:samba="http://samba.org/common">
+<listitem>
+	<para>The <command>get quota command</command> should only be used 
+	whenever there is no operating system API available from the OS that 
+	samba can use.</para>
+
+	<para>This parameter should specify the path to a script that 
+	queries the quota information for the specified 
+	user/group for the partition that 
+	the specified directory is on.</para>
+
+	<para>Such a script should take 3 arguments:</para>
+
+	<itemizedlist>
+		<listitem><para>directory</para></listitem>
+		<listitem><para>type of query</para></listitem>
+		<listitem><para>uid of user or gid of group</para></listitem>
+	</itemizedlist>
+
+	<para>The type of query can be one of :</para>
+
+	<itemizedlist>
+		<listitem><para>1 - user quotas</para></listitem>
+		<listitem><para>2 - user default quotas (uid = -1)</para></listitem>
+		<listitem><para>3 - group quotas</para></listitem>
+		<listitem><para>4 - group default quotas (gid = -1)</para></listitem>
+	</itemizedlist>
+
+	<para>This script should print its output according to the following format:</para>
+
+	<itemizedlist>
+		<listitem><para>Line 1 - quota flags (0 = no quotas, 1 = quotas enabled, 2 = quotas enabled and enforced)</para></listitem>
+		<listitem><para>Line 2 - number of currently used blocks</para></listitem>
+		<listitem><para>Line 3 - the softlimit number of blocks</para></listitem>
+		<listitem><para>Line 4 - the hardlimit number of blocks</para></listitem>
+		<listitem><para>Line 5 - currently used number of inodes</para></listitem>
+		<listitem><para>Line 6 - the softlimit number of inodes</para></listitem>
+		<listitem><para>Line 7 - the hardlimit number of inodes</para></listitem>
+		<listitem><para>Line 8(optional) - the number of bytes in a block(default is 1024)</para></listitem>
+	</itemizedlist>
+
+	<para>See also the <link linkend="SETQUOTACOMMAND"><parameter moreinfo="none">set quota command</parameter></link> parameter.
+	</para>
+		
+	<para>Default: <command moreinfo="none">get quota command = </command></para>
+
+	<para>Example: <command moreinfo="none">get quota command = /usr/local/sbin/query_quota</command></para>
+</listitem>
+</samba:parameter>
diff --git a/docs/docbook/smbdotconf/vfs/hostmsdfs.xml b/docs/docbook/smbdotconf/vfs/hostmsdfs.xml
index c843969e507..4e8dfe7a79f 100644
--- a/docs/docbook/smbdotconf/vfs/hostmsdfs.xml
+++ b/docs/docbook/smbdotconf/vfs/hostmsdfs.xml
@@ -12,7 +12,7 @@
 	<para>See also the <link linkend="MSDFSROOT"><parameter moreinfo="none">
 	msdfs root</parameter></link> share  level  parameter.  For
 	more  information  on  setting  up a Dfs tree on Samba,
-	refer to <ulink url="msdfs_setup.html">msdfs_setup.html</ulink>.
+	refer to <link linkend="msdfs"/>.
 	</para>
 		
 	<para>Default: <command moreinfo="none">host msdfs = no</command></para>
diff --git a/docs/docbook/smbdotconf/vfs/msdfsroot.xml b/docs/docbook/smbdotconf/vfs/msdfsroot.xml
index 35142ff0377..e72bf89b1f4 100644
--- a/docs/docbook/smbdotconf/vfs/msdfsroot.xml
+++ b/docs/docbook/smbdotconf/vfs/msdfsroot.xml
@@ -10,8 +10,7 @@
 	Dfs links are specified  in  the share directory by symbolic 
 	links of the form <filename moreinfo="none">msdfs:serverA\\shareA,serverB\\shareB</filename>
 	and so on.  For more information on setting up a Dfs tree 
-	on Samba,  refer to <ulink url="msdfs.html">&quot;Hosting a Microsoft 
-	Distributed File System tree on Samba&quot;</ulink> document.</para>
+	on Samba,  refer to <link linkend="msdfs"/>.</para>
 		
 	<para>See also <link linkend="HOSTMSDFS"><parameter moreinfo="none">host msdfs</parameter></link></para>
 		
diff --git a/docs/docbook/smbdotconf/winbind/idmapbackend.xml b/docs/docbook/smbdotconf/winbind/idmapbackend.xml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..4937256bbbc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docbook/smbdotconf/winbind/idmapbackend.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,18 @@
+<samba:parameter name="idmap backend"
+                 context="G"
+                 advanced="1" developer="1" hide="1"
+                 xmlns:samba="http://samba.org/common">
+<listitem>
+	<para>
+	The purpose of the idmap backend parameter is to allow idmap to NOT use the local idmap
+	tdb file to obtain SID to UID / GID mappings, but instead to obtain them from a common
+	LDAP backend. This way all domain members and controllers will have the same UID and GID
+	to SID mappings. This avoids the risk of UID / GID inconsistencies across UNIX / Linux
+	systems that are sharing information over protocols other than SMB/CIFS (ie: NFS).
+	</para>
+
+	<para>Default: <command moreinfo="none">idmap backend = &lt;empty string&gt;</command></para>
+
+	<para>Example: <command moreinfo="none">idmap backend = ldapsam://ldapslave.example.com</command></para>
+</listitem>
+</samba:parameter>
diff --git a/docs/docbook/smbdotconf/wins/winsserver.xml b/docs/docbook/smbdotconf/wins/winsserver.xml
index 12ee635acdf..577a130ff18 100644
--- a/docs/docbook/smbdotconf/wins/winsserver.xml
+++ b/docs/docbook/smbdotconf/wins/winsserver.xml
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 	to a WINS server if you have multiple subnets and wish cross-subnet 
 	browsing to work correctly.</para></note>
 
- 	<para>See the documentation file <ulink url="improved-browsing.html">Browsing</ulink> in the samba howto collection.</para>
+	<para>See the <link linkend="NetworkBrowsing"/>.</para>
  
  	<para>Default: <emphasis>not enabled</emphasis></para>
 
diff --git a/docs/docbook/xslt/db2latex/mathml/latex.entities.dtd b/docs/docbook/xslt/db2latex/mathml/latex.entities.dtd
deleted file mode 100644
index 7ec703e2c75..00000000000
--- a/docs/docbook/xslt/db2latex/mathml/latex.entities.dtd
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,7 +0,0 @@
-<!ELEMENT character (#PCDATA)>
-
-<!ATTLIST character 
-entity	CDATA	#REQUIRED
-arguments	CDATA	#IMPLIED
->
-
diff --git a/docs/docbook/xslt/db2latex/mathml/latex.entities.xml b/docs/docbook/xslt/db2latex/mathml/latex.entities.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index e5290aba106..00000000000
--- a/docs/docbook/xslt/db2latex/mathml/latex.entities.xml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,12 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0'?>
-<!DOCTYPE latex SYSTEM "latex.entities.dtd" []>
-
-<latex>
-  <character entity="&#948;">\delta</character>
-  <character entity="&#954;">\kappa</character>
-  <character entity="&#960;">\pi</character>
-  <character entity="&#x02212;">-</character>
-  <character entity="&#x003B2;">\beta</character>
-  <character entity="&#x00302;">\sphat</character><!-- superscript=""-->
-  <character entity="&#x00302;" arguments="1">\hat</character>
-</latex>
diff --git a/docs/docbook/xslt/db2latex/mathml/mathml.content.constsymb.mod.xsl b/docs/docbook/xslt/db2latex/mathml/mathml.content.constsymb.mod.xsl
deleted file mode 100644
index 585c744109d..00000000000
--- a/docs/docbook/xslt/db2latex/mathml/mathml.content.constsymb.mod.xsl
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,99 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0'?>
-<!DOCTYPE xsl:stylesheet
-[
- <!ENTITY % mmlalias PUBLIC "MathML alias" "ent/mmlalias.ent">  %mmlalias;
- <!ENTITY % mmlextra PUBLIC "MathML extra" "ent/mmlextra.ent">  %mmlextra;
-]>
-<!--############################################################################# 
- |- #############################################################################
- |														
- |   PURPOSE: MathML content markup, constants and symbols, 4.4.12.
- |	MathML namespace used -> mml
- + ############################################################################## -->
-
-<xsl:stylesheet version='1.0'
-	xmlns:xsl="http://www.w3.org/1999/XSL/Transform" 
-	xmlns:mml="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML">
-
-<!-- integer numbers -->
-<xsl:template match="mml:integers">
-	<xsl:text>\bbold Z </xsl:text>
-</xsl:template>
-
-<!-- real numbers -->
-<xsl:template match="mml:reals">
-	<xsl:text>\bbold R </xsl:text>
-</xsl:template>
-
-<!-- rational numbers -->
-<xsl:template match="mml:rationals">
-	<xsl:text>\bbold Q </xsl:text>
-</xsl:template>
-
-<!-- natural numbers -->
-<xsl:template match="mml:naturalnumbers">
-	<xsl:text>\bbold N </xsl:text>
-</xsl:template>
-
-<!-- complex numbers -->
-<xsl:template match="mml:complexes">
-	<xsl:text>\bbold C </xsl:text>
-</xsl:template>
-
-<!-- prime numbers -->
-<xsl:template match="mml:primes">
-	<xsl:text>\bbold P </xsl:text>
-  <mi><xsl:text disable-output-escaping='yes'>&amp;#x1D547;</xsl:text></mi>  <!-- open face P --> <!-- UNICODE char does not work -->
-</xsl:template>
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-<!-- exponential base -->
-<xsl:template match="mml:exponentiale">
-	<xsl:text>\textrm{e} </xsl:text>
-</xsl:template>
-
-<!-- square root of -1 -->
-<xsl:template match="mml:imaginaryi">
-	<xsl:text>\textrm{i} </xsl:text>
-</xsl:template>
-
-<xsl:template match="mml:notanumber">
-	<xsl:text>\NaN </xsl:text>
-</xsl:template>
-
-<!-- logical constant for truth -->
-<xsl:template match="mml:true">
-	<xsl:text>true</xsl:text>
-</xsl:template>
-
-<!-- logical constant for falsehood -->
-<xsl:template match="mml:false">
-	<xsl:text>false</xsl:text>
-</xsl:template>
-
-<!-- empty set -->
-<xsl:template match="mml:emptyset">
-	<xsl:text>\empty</xsl:text>
-</xsl:template>
-
-<!-- ratio of a circle's circumference to its diameter -->
-<xsl:template match="mml:pi">
-	<xsl:text>\pi</xsl:text>
-</xsl:template>
-
-<!-- Euler's constant -->
-<xsl:template match="mml:eulergamma">
-	<xsl:text>\Gamma</xsl:text>
-</xsl:template>
-
-<!-- Infinity -->
-<xsl:template match="mml:infinity">
-	<xsl:text>\infty</xsl:text>
-</xsl:template>
-
-</xsl:stylesheet>
diff --git a/docs/docbook/xslt/db2latex/mathml/mathml.content.functions.mod.xsl b/docs/docbook/xslt/db2latex/mathml/mathml.content.functions.mod.xsl
deleted file mode 100644
index f197ca1924d..00000000000
--- a/docs/docbook/xslt/db2latex/mathml/mathml.content.functions.mod.xsl
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,723 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0'?>
-<!DOCTYPE xsl:stylesheet
-[
- <!ENTITY % mmlalias PUBLIC "MathML alias" "ent/mmlalias.ent">  %mmlalias;
- <!ENTITY % mmlextra PUBLIC "MathML extra" "ent/mmlextra.ent">  %mmlextra;
-]>
-<!--############################################################################# 
- |- #############################################################################
- |														
- |   PURPOSE: MathML content markup.
- |	Note: these elements are not part of the DocBook DTD. I have extended
- |    the docbook DTD in order to support this tags, so that's why I have these 
- |	templates here.
- |   
- |	MathML namespace used -> mml
- + ############################################################################## -->
-
-<xsl:stylesheet version='1.0'
-	xmlns:xsl="http://www.w3.org/1999/XSL/Transform" 
-	xmlns:mml="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML">
-
-<xsl:template match="mml:fn">
-</xsl:template>
-
-<!--
-<xsl:template match="mml:apply/lowlimit">
-<xsl:variable name="first" select="../child::*[1]"/>
-</xsl:template>
-
-<xsl:template match="mml:apply/uplimit">
-<xsl:variable name="first" select="../child::*[1]"/>
-</xsl:template>
-
-<xsl:template match="mml:apply/degree">
-<xsl:variable name="first" select="../child::*[1]"/>
-</xsl:template>
--->
-
-
-<!-- conditions -->
-<!-- no support for deprecated reln-->
-<xsl:template match="mml:condition">
-	<xsl:text>{</xsl:text><xsl:apply-templates/><xsl:text>}</xsl:text>
-</xsl:template>
-
-
-
-
-
-
-<!--UNARY 
-	  unary arithmetic			exp, factorial, minus, abs, conjugate, arg, real, imaginary
-        unary logical				not
-        unary functional			inverse, ident
-        unary elementary classical
-        functions					sin, cos, tan, sec, csc, cot, sinh, cosh, tanh, sech, csch, coth, arcsin,
-                                          arccos, arctan, arccosh, arccot, arccoth, arccsc, arccsch, arcsec, arcsech, arcsinh,
-                                          arctanh, exp, ln, log
-        unary linear algebra			determinant, transpose
-        unary calculus and vector calculus
-                                          divergence, grad, curl, laplacian
-        unary set-theoretic			card
--->
-
-<!-- BINARY
-	  binary arithmetic 			quotient, divide, minus, power, rem
-        binary logical				implies, equivalent, approx
-        binary set operators			setdiff
-        binary linear algebra			vectorproduct, scalarproduct, outerproduct
--->
-
-<!-- N-ARY and OTHER
- 	 n-ary statistical mean, sdev, variance, median, mode
-        n-ary logical and, or, xor
-        n-ary linear algebra selector
-        n-ary set operator union, intersect
-        n-ary functional fn, compose
-        integral, sum, product operators int, sum, product
-        differential operator diff, partialdiff
-        quantifier forall, exists
--->
-<!-- Get the first child (operator), and check if its name is a fn , or operator-->
-<!-- Is the operator taking qualifiers? -->
-<!-- Operators  : int, sum, product, root, diff, partialdiff, limit, log, moment, min, max, forall, exists -->
-<!-- Qualifiers : lowlimit, uplimit, bvar, degree, logbase, interval, condition  -->
-
-
-<!-- apply/apply -->
-<xsl:template match="mml:apply[mml:apply]">  <!-- when the function itself is defined by other functions: (F+G)(x) -->
-	<xsl:choose>
-		<xsl:when test="count(child::*)>=2">
-			<xsl:text>{</xsl:text><xsl:apply-templates select="child::*[position()=1]"/><xsl:text>}</xsl:text>	
-			<xsl:text>{</xsl:text><xsl:apply-templates select="child::*[position()!=1]"/><xsl:text>}</xsl:text>	
-		</xsl:when>
-	<xsl:otherwise> <!-- apply only contains apply, no operand-->
-			<xsl:text>{</xsl:text><xsl:apply-templates select="child::*"/><xsl:text>}</xsl:text>	
-	</xsl:otherwise>
-	</xsl:choose>
-</xsl:template>
-
-
-<!-- force function or operator MathML 1.0 deprecated-->
-<!-- partial support for func/operators defined using presentation markup-->
-<xsl:template match="mml:apply[mml:fn]">
-<mrow>
-<xsl:choose>
-<xsl:when test="*[position()=1 and self::mml:fn]/mml:mo/mml:mchar/@name='PlusMinus'">
-  <!--if operator is infix (we assume this to be the default when we have mchars(for instance PlusMinus); perhaps we should test further the name attribute)-->
-  <xsl:choose>
-  <xsl:when test="count(child::*)>=3">
-    <mrow>
-      <xsl:for-each select="child::*[position()!=last() and  position()!=1]">
-        <xsl:apply-templates select="."/><xsl:copy-of select="preceding-sibling::mml:fn/*"/>
-      </xsl:for-each>
-      <xsl:apply-templates select="child::*[position()!=1 and position()=last()]"/>
-    </mrow>
-  </xsl:when>
-  <xsl:when test="count(child::*)=2">
-    <mrow><xsl:copy-of select="child::mml:fn[position()=1]/*"/><xsl:apply-templates select="child::*[position()=2]"/></mrow>
-  </xsl:when>
-  <xsl:otherwise> <!-- apply only contains fn, no operand-->
-    <mrow><xsl:apply-templates select="child::mml:fn/*"/></mrow>
-  </xsl:otherwise>
-  </xsl:choose>
-</xsl:when>  
-<xsl:otherwise>  <!-- if operator is prefix (common case)-->
-  <xsl:choose>
-    <xsl:when test="name(mml:fn/*[position()=1])='apply'"> <!-- fn definition is complex, surround with brackets, but only one child-->
-      <mfenced separators=""><mrow><xsl:apply-templates select="mml:fn/*"/></mrow></mfenced>
-    </xsl:when>
-    <xsl:otherwise>
-      <mi><xsl:apply-templates select="mml:fn/*"/></mi>
-    </xsl:otherwise>
-  </xsl:choose>
-  <xsl:if test="count(*)>1">  <!-- if no operands, don't put empty parentheses-->
-    <mo><mchar name="ApplyFunction"/></mo>
-    <mfenced>
-      <xsl:apply-templates select="*[position()!=1]"/>
-    </mfenced>
-  </xsl:if>
-</xsl:otherwise>
-</xsl:choose>
-</mrow>
-</xsl:template>
-
-
-
-
-<!-- quotient -->
-<xsl:template match="mml:apply[mml:quotient]">
-  <mrow>  <!-- the third notation uses UNICODE chars x0230A and x0230B -->
-    <mo>integer part of</mo>
-    <mrow>
-      <xsl:choose> <!-- surround with brackets if operands are composed-->
-      <xsl:when test="child::*[position()=2] and name()='mml:apply'">
-        <mfenced separators=""><xsl:apply-templates select="*[position()=2]"/></mfenced>
-      </xsl:when>
-      <xsl:otherwise>
-        <xsl:apply-templates select="*[position()=2]"/>
-      </xsl:otherwise>
-      </xsl:choose>
-      <mo>/</mo>
-      <xsl:choose>
-      <xsl:when test="child::*[position()=3] and name()='mml:apply'">
-        <mfenced separators=""><xsl:apply-templates select="*[position()=3]"/></mfenced>
-      </xsl:when>
-      <xsl:otherwise>
-        <xsl:apply-templates select="*[position()=3]"/>
-      </xsl:otherwise>
-      </xsl:choose>
-    </mrow>
-  </mrow>
-</xsl:template>
-
-
-<!-- factorial -->
-<xsl:template match="mml:apply[mml:factorial]">
-	<xsl:text>{</xsl:text>
-	<xsl:choose> 
-		<xsl:when test="name(*[position()=2])='mml:apply'">
-			<xsl:text>{</xsl:text><xsl:apply-templates select="*[position()=2]"/><xsl:text>}</xsl:text>
-		</xsl:when>
-		<xsl:otherwise>
-			<xsl:apply-templates select="*[position()=2]"/>
-		</xsl:otherwise>
-	</xsl:choose>
-	<xsl:text>!(fact)</xsl:text>
-	<xsl:text>}</xsl:text>
-</xsl:template>
-
-
-<!-- divide -->
-<xsl:template match="mml:apply[mml:divide]">
-	<xsl:text>{ \frac</xsl:text>
-	<xsl:text>{ </xsl:text>
-	<xsl:apply-templates select="child::*[position()=2]"/>
-	<xsl:text>}</xsl:text>
-	<xsl:text>{ </xsl:text>
-	<xsl:apply-templates select="child::*[position()=3]"/>
-	<xsl:text>}</xsl:text>
-	<xsl:text>}</xsl:text>
-</xsl:template>
-
-
-<!-- APPLY CONTAINING MAX	-->
-<xsl:template match="mml:apply/mml:max"/>
-<xsl:template match="mml:apply[mml:max]">
-	<xsl:text>{</xsl:text>
-	<xsl:choose>
-		<xsl:when test="mml:bvar"> <!-- if there are bvars-->
-			<xsl:text>\max_{</xsl:text>
-		<!-- Select every bvar except the last one (position() only counts bvars, not the other siblings)-->
-			<xsl:for-each select="mml:bvar[position()!=last()]">  
-            		<xsl:apply-templates select="."/><xsl:text>,</xsl:text>
-			</xsl:for-each>
-			<xsl:apply-templates select="mml:bvar[position()=last()]"/>
-			<xsl:text>}</xsl:text>
-		</xsl:when>
-		<xsl:otherwise> <!-- No bvars, no underscore... -->
-			<xsl:text>\max</xsl:text>
-		</xsl:otherwise>
-	</xsl:choose>
-	<xsl:text>\left\{</xsl:text>
-     	<xsl:for-each select="child::*[name()!='mml:condition' and 	name()!='mml:bvar' and 	name()!='mml:max' and 	position()!=last()]">
-     		<xsl:apply-templates select="."/><xsl:text>,</xsl:text>
-		<xsl:message>RCAS: MathML mml:apply[mml:min] Applying templates to <xsl:copy-of select="name(.)"/></xsl:message>
-	</xsl:for-each>
-     	<xsl:apply-templates select="child::*[name()!='mml:condition' and	name()!='mml:bvar' and 	name()!='mml:max' and 	position()=last()]"/>
-	<!-- If there is a condition, do not close... -->	
-	<xsl:if test="mml:condition">
-     		<xsl:text>|</xsl:text><xsl:apply-templates select="mml:condition"/>
-	</xsl:if>
-     	<xsl:text>\right\}</xsl:text>
-	<xsl:text>}</xsl:text>
-</xsl:template>
-
-
-<!-- APPLY CONTAINING MIN	-->
-<xsl:template match="mml:apply/mml:min"/>
-<xsl:template match="mml:apply[mml:min]">
-	<xsl:text>{</xsl:text>
-	<xsl:choose>
-		<xsl:when test="mml:bvar"> <!-- if there are bvars-->
-			<xsl:text>\min_{</xsl:text>
-			<!-- Select every bvar except the last one (position() only counts bvars, not the other siblings)-->
-			<xsl:for-each select="mml:bvar[position()!=last()]">  
-            		<xsl:apply-templates select="."/><xsl:text>,</xsl:text>
-			</xsl:for-each>
-			<xsl:apply-templates select="mml:bvar[position()=last()]"/>
-			<xsl:text>}</xsl:text>
-		</xsl:when>
-		<xsl:otherwise> <!-- No bvars, no underscore... -->
-			<xsl:text>\min</xsl:text>
-		</xsl:otherwise>
-	</xsl:choose>
-	<xsl:text>\left\{</xsl:text>
-     	<xsl:for-each select="child::*[name()!='mml:condition' and 	name()!='mml:bvar' and 	name()!='mml:min' and 	position()!=last()]">
-		<xsl:message>RCAS: MathML mml:apply[mml:min] Applying templates to <xsl:copy-of select="name(.)"/></xsl:message>
-     		<xsl:apply-templates select="."/>
-		<xsl:text>,</xsl:text>
-	</xsl:for-each>
-     	<xsl:apply-templates select="child::*[name()!='mml:condition' and	name()!='mml:bvar' and 	name()!='mml:min' and 	position()=last()]"/>
-	<!-- If there is a condition, do not close... -->	
-	<xsl:if test="mml:condition">
-     		<xsl:text>|</xsl:text><xsl:apply-templates select="mml:condition"/>
-	</xsl:if>
-     	<xsl:text>\right\}</xsl:text>
-	<xsl:text>}</xsl:text>
-</xsl:template>
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-<!-- APPLY CONTAINING substraction(minus)	-->
-<!-- unary or binary operator			-->
-<xsl:template match="mml:apply[mml:minus]">
-<xsl:text>{</xsl:text>
-<xsl:choose> <!-- binary -->
-	<xsl:when test="count(child::*)=3">
-		<xsl:apply-templates select="child::*[position()=2]"/>
-		<xsl:text>-</xsl:text>
-		<xsl:choose>
-	      	<xsl:when test="((name(*[position()=3])='mml:ci' or name(*[position()=3])='mml:cn') and contains(*[position()=3]/text(),'-')) or (name(*[position()=3])='mml:apply')">
-			<xsl:text>\left(</xsl:text> <xsl:apply-templates select="*[position()=3]"/><xsl:text>\right)</xsl:text>
-			<!-- surround negative or complex things with brackets -->
-			</xsl:when>
-	      	<xsl:otherwise>
-      	  		<xsl:apply-templates select="*[position()=3]"/>
-		      </xsl:otherwise>
-		</xsl:choose>
-	</xsl:when>
-	<xsl:otherwise> <!-- unary -->
-		<xsl:text>-</xsl:text>
-		<xsl:choose>
-    		<xsl:when test=
-			"((name(*[position()=2])='mml:ci' or name(*[position()=2])='mml:cn') and contains(*[position()=2]/text(),'-')) or (name(*[position()=2])='mml:apply')">
-			<xsl:text>\left(</xsl:text>
-				<xsl:apply-templates select="child::*[position()=last()]"/>
-			<xsl:text>\right)</xsl:text>
-		</xsl:when>
-		<xsl:otherwise>
-			<xsl:apply-templates select="child::*[position()=last()]"/>
-		</xsl:otherwise>
-		</xsl:choose>
-	</xsl:otherwise>
-</xsl:choose>
-<xsl:text>}</xsl:text>
-</xsl:template>
-
-
-<!-- addition -->
-<xsl:template match="mml:apply[mml:plus]">
-  <xsl:choose>
-  <xsl:when test="count(child::*)>=3">
-    <mrow>
-      <xsl:choose>
-        <xsl:when test="((name(*[position()=2])='mml:ci' or name(*[position()=2])='mml:cn') and contains(*[position()=2]/text(),'-')) or (*[position()=2 and self::mml:apply and child::mml:minus])">
-          <mfenced separators=""><xsl:apply-templates select="*[position()=2]"/></mfenced> <!-- surround negative things with brackets -->
-        </xsl:when>
-        <xsl:otherwise>
-          <xsl:apply-templates select="*[position()=2]"/>
-        </xsl:otherwise>
-      </xsl:choose>
-      <xsl:for-each select="child::*[position()!=1 and position()!=2]">
-        <xsl:choose>
-        <xsl:when test="((name(.)='mml:ci' or name(.)='mml:cn') and contains(./text(),'-')) or (self::mml:apply and child::mml:minus)"> <!-- surround negative things with brackets -->
-          <mo>+</mo><mfenced separators=""><xsl:apply-templates select="."/></mfenced>
-        </xsl:when>
-        <xsl:otherwise>
-          <mo>+</mo><xsl:apply-templates select="."/>
-        </xsl:otherwise>
-        </xsl:choose>
-      </xsl:for-each>
-    </mrow>
-  </xsl:when>
-  <xsl:when test="count(child::*)=2">
-    <mrow>
-      <mo>+</mo><xsl:apply-templates select="child::*[position()=2]"/>
-    </mrow>
-  </xsl:when>
-  <xsl:otherwise>
-    <mo>+</mo>
-  </xsl:otherwise>
-  </xsl:choose>
-</xsl:template>
-
-<!-- power -->
-<xsl:template match="mml:apply[mml:power]">
-	<xsl:text> {</xsl:text>
-	<xsl:choose>
-		<xsl:when test="name(*[position()=2])='mml:apply'">
-			<xsl:text>\left(</xsl:text>
-			<xsl:apply-templates select="child::*[position()=2]"/>
-			<xsl:text>\rigth)</xsl:text>
-		</xsl:when>
-		<xsl:otherwise>
-			<xsl:apply-templates select="child::*[position()=2]"/>
-		</xsl:otherwise>
-	</xsl:choose>
-	<xsl:text>}^{</xsl:text>
-		<xsl:apply-templates select="child::*[position()=3]"/>
-	<xsl:text>} </xsl:text>
-</xsl:template>
-
-<!-- remainder -->
-<xsl:template match="mml:apply[mml:rem]">
-  <mrow>
-    <xsl:choose> <!-- surround with brackets if operands are composed-->
-    <xsl:when test="name(*[position()=2])='mml:apply'">
-      <mfenced separators=""><xsl:apply-templates select="*[position()=2]"/></mfenced>
-    </xsl:when>
-    <xsl:otherwise>
-      <xsl:apply-templates select="*[position()=2]"/>
-    </xsl:otherwise>
-    </xsl:choose>
-    <mo>mod</mo>
-    <xsl:choose>
-    <xsl:when test="name(*[position()=3])='mml:apply'">
-      <mfenced separators=""><xsl:apply-templates select="*[position()=3]"/></mfenced>
-    </xsl:when>
-    <xsl:otherwise>
-      <xsl:apply-templates select="*[position()=3]"/>
-    </xsl:otherwise>
-    </xsl:choose>
-  </mrow>
-</xsl:template>
-
-<!-- multiplication -->
-<xsl:template match="mml:apply[mml:times]">
-<xsl:choose>
-<xsl:when test="count(child::*)>=3">
-  <mrow>
-    <xsl:for-each select="child::*[position()!=last() and  position()!=1]">
-      <xsl:choose>
-      <xsl:when test="mml:plus"> <!--add brackets around + children for priority purpose-->
-        <mfenced separators=""><xsl:apply-templates select="."/></mfenced><mo><mchar name="InvisibleTimes"/></mo>
-      </xsl:when>
-      <xsl:when test="mml:minus"> <!--add brackets around - children for priority purpose-->
-        <mfenced separators=""><xsl:apply-templates select="."/></mfenced><mo><mchar name="InvisibleTimes"/></mo>
-      </xsl:when>
-      <xsl:when test="(name(.)='mml:ci' or name(.)='mml:cn') and contains(text(),'-')"> <!-- have to do it using contains because starts-with doesn't seem to work well in XT-->
-        <mfenced separators=""><xsl:apply-templates select="."/></mfenced><mo><mchar name="InvisibleTimes"/></mo>
-      </xsl:when>
-      <xsl:otherwise>
-        <xsl:apply-templates select="."/><mo><mchar name="InvisibleTimes"/></mo>
-      </xsl:otherwise>
-      </xsl:choose>
-    </xsl:for-each>
-    <xsl:for-each select="child::*[position()=last()]">
-      <xsl:choose>
-      <xsl:when test="mml:plus">
-        <mfenced separators=""><xsl:apply-templates select="."/></mfenced>
-      </xsl:when>
-      <xsl:when test="mml:minus">
-        <mfenced separators=""><xsl:apply-templates select="."/></mfenced>
-      </xsl:when>
-      <xsl:when test="(name(.)='mml:ci' or name(.)='mml:cn') and contains(text(),'-')"> <!-- have to do it using contains because starts-with doesn't seem to work well in  XT-->
-        <mfenced separators=""><xsl:apply-templates select="."/></mfenced>
-      </xsl:when>
-      <xsl:otherwise>
-        <xsl:apply-templates select="."/>
-      </xsl:otherwise>
-      </xsl:choose>
-    </xsl:for-each>
-  </mrow>
-</xsl:when>
-<xsl:when test="count(child::*)=2">  <!-- unary -->
-  <mrow>
-    <mo><mchar name="InvisibleTimes"/></mo>
-    <xsl:choose>
-      <xsl:when test="mml:plus">
-        <mfenced separators=""><xsl:apply-templates select="*[position()=2]"/></mfenced>
-      </xsl:when>
-      <xsl:when test="mml:minus">
-        <mfenced separators=""><xsl:apply-templates select="*[position()=2]"/></mfenced>
-      </xsl:when>
-      <xsl:when test="(*[position()=2 and self::mml:ci] or *[position()=2 and self::mml:cn]) and contains(*[position()=2]/text(),'-')">
-        <mfenced separators=""><xsl:apply-templates select="*[position()=2]"/></mfenced>
-      </xsl:when>
-      <xsl:otherwise>
-        <xsl:apply-templates select="*[position()=2]"/>
-      </xsl:otherwise>
-    </xsl:choose>
-  </mrow>
-</xsl:when>
-<xsl:otherwise>  <!-- no operand -->
-  <mo><mchar name="InvisibleTimes"/></mo>
-</xsl:otherwise>
-</xsl:choose>
-</xsl:template>
-
-<!-- root -->
-<xsl:template match="mml:apply[mml:root]">
-  <xsl:choose>
-  <xsl:when test="mml:degree">
-    <xsl:choose>
-    <xsl:when test="mml:degree/mml:cn/text()='2'"> <!--if degree=2 display a standard square root-->
-      <msqrt>
-        <xsl:apply-templates select="child::*[position()=3]"/>
-      </msqrt>
-    </xsl:when>
-    <xsl:otherwise>
-      <mroot>
-        <xsl:apply-templates select="child::*[position()=3]"/>
-        <mrow><xsl:apply-templates select="mml:degree/*"/></mrow>
-      </mroot>
-    </xsl:otherwise>
-    </xsl:choose>
-  </xsl:when>
-  <xsl:otherwise> <!-- no degree specified-->
-    <msqrt>
-      <xsl:apply-templates select="child::*[position()=2]"/>
-    </msqrt>
-  </xsl:otherwise>
-  </xsl:choose>
-</xsl:template>
-
-<!-- greatest common divisor -->
-<xsl:template match="mml:apply[mml:gcd]">
-  <mrow>
-    <mi>gcd</mi><mo><mchar name="ApplyFunction"/></mo>
-    <mfenced>
-      <xsl:apply-templates select="child::*[position()!=1]"/>
-    </mfenced>
-  </mrow>
-</xsl:template>
-
-<!-- AND -->
-<xsl:template match="mml:apply[mml:and]">
-<mrow>
-  <xsl:choose>
-  <xsl:when test="count(*)>=3"> <!-- at least two operands (common case)-->
-    <xsl:for-each select="child::*[position()!=last() and  position()!=1]">
-      <xsl:choose>
-      <xsl:when test="mml:or"> <!--add brackets around OR children for priority purpose-->
-        <mfenced separators=""><xsl:apply-templates select="."/></mfenced><mo><mchar name="And"/></mo>
-      </xsl:when>
-      <xsl:when test="mml:xor"> <!--add brackets around XOR children for priority purpose-->
-       <mfenced separators=""><xsl:apply-templates select="."/></mfenced><mo><mchar name="And"/></mo> 
-      </xsl:when>
-      <xsl:otherwise>
-        <xsl:apply-templates select="."/><mo><mchar name="And"/></mo>
-      </xsl:otherwise>
-      </xsl:choose>
-    </xsl:for-each>
-    <xsl:for-each select="child::*[position()=last()]">
-      <xsl:choose>
-      <xsl:when test="mml:or">
-        <mfenced separators=""><xsl:apply-templates select="."/></mfenced>
-      </xsl:when>
-      <xsl:when test="mml:xor">
-        <mfenced separators=""><xsl:apply-templates select="."/></mfenced>
-      </xsl:when>
-      <xsl:otherwise>
-        <xsl:apply-templates select="."/>
-      </xsl:otherwise>
-      </xsl:choose>
-    </xsl:for-each>
-  </xsl:when>
-  <xsl:when test="count(*)=2">
-    <mo><mchar name="And"/></mo><xsl:apply-templates select="*[position()=last()]"/>
-  </xsl:when>
-  <xsl:otherwise>
-    <mo><mchar name="And"/></mo>
-  </xsl:otherwise>
-  </xsl:choose>
-</mrow>
-</xsl:template>
-
-<!-- OR -->
-<xsl:template match="mml:apply[mml:or]">
-<mrow>
-  <xsl:choose>
-  <xsl:when test="count(*)>=3">
-    <xsl:for-each select="child::*[position()!=last() and  position()!=1]">
-      <xsl:apply-templates select="."/><mo><mchar name="Or"/></mo>
-    </xsl:for-each>
-    <xsl:apply-templates select="child::*[position()=last()]"/>
-    </xsl:when>
-    <xsl:when test="count(*)=2">
-      <mo><mchar name="Or"/></mo><xsl:apply-templates select="*[position()=last()]"/>
-  </xsl:when>
-  <xsl:otherwise>
-    <mo><mchar name="Or"/></mo>
-  </xsl:otherwise>
-  </xsl:choose>
-</mrow>
-</xsl:template>
-
-<!-- XOR -->
-<xsl:template match="mml:apply[mml:xor]">
-<mrow>
-  <xsl:choose>
-  <xsl:when test="count(*)>=3">
-    <xsl:for-each select="child::*[position()!=last() and  position()!=1]">
-      <xsl:apply-templates select="."/><mo>xor</mo>
-    </xsl:for-each>
-    <xsl:apply-templates select="child::*[position()=last()]"/>
-    </xsl:when>
-    <xsl:when test="count(*)=2">
-      <mo>xor</mo><xsl:apply-templates select="*[position()=last()]"/>
-  </xsl:when>
-  <xsl:otherwise>
-    <mo>xor</mo>
-  </xsl:otherwise>
-  </xsl:choose>
-</mrow>
-</xsl:template>
-
-<!-- NOT -->
-<xsl:template match="mml:apply[mml:not]">
-  <mrow>
-    <mo><mchar name="Not"/></mo>
-    <xsl:choose>
-    <xsl:when test="child::mml:apply"><!--add brackets around OR,AND,XOR children for priority purpose-->
-      <mfenced separators="">
-        <xsl:apply-templates select="child::*[position()=2]"/>
-      </mfenced>
-    </xsl:when>
-    <xsl:otherwise>
-      <xsl:apply-templates select="child::*[position()=2]"/>
-    </xsl:otherwise>
-    </xsl:choose>
-  </mrow>
-</xsl:template>
-
-<!-- implies -->
-<xsl:template match="mml:apply[mml:implies]">
-  <mrow>
-    <xsl:apply-templates select="child::*[position()=2]"/>
-    <mo><mchar name="DoubleRightArrow"/></mo>
-    <xsl:apply-templates select="child::*[position()=3]"/>
-  </mrow>
-</xsl:template>
-
-<xsl:template match="mml:reln[mml:implies]">
-  <mrow>
-    <xsl:apply-templates select="child::*[position()=2]"/>
-    <mo><mchar name="DoubleRightArrow"/></mo>
-    <xsl:apply-templates select="child::*[position()=3]"/>
-  </mrow>
-</xsl:template>
-
-<!-- for all-->
-<xsl:template match="mml:apply[mml:forall]">
-  <mrow>
-    <mo><mchar name="ForAll"/></mo>
-    <mrow>
-      <xsl:for-each select="mml:bvar[position()!=last()]">
-        <xsl:apply-templates select="."/><mo>,</mo>
-      </xsl:for-each>
-      <xsl:apply-templates select="mml:bvar[position()=last()]"/>
-    </mrow>
-    <xsl:if test="mml:condition">
-      <mrow><mo>,</mo><xsl:apply-templates select="mml:condition"/></mrow>
-    </xsl:if>
-    <xsl:choose>
-      <xsl:when test="mml:apply">
-        <mo>:</mo><xsl:apply-templates select="mml:apply"/>
-      </xsl:when>
-      <xsl:when test="mml:reln">
-        <mo>:</mo><xsl:apply-templates select="mml:reln"/>
-      </xsl:when>
-    </xsl:choose>
-  </mrow>
-</xsl:template>
-
-<!-- in -->
-<xsl:template match="mml:apply[mml:in]">
-	<xsl:text>{</xsl:text>
-    	<xsl:apply-templates select="child::*[position()=2]"/>
-	<xsl:text>\in</xsl:text>
-    	<xsl:apply-templates select="child::*[position()=3]"/>
-	<xsl:text>}</xsl:text>
-</xsl:template>
-
-<!-- notin -->
-<xsl:template match="mml:apply[mml:notin]">
-	<xsl:text>{</xsl:text>
-    	<xsl:apply-templates select="child::*[position()=2]"/>
-	<xsl:text>\notin</xsl:text>
-    	<xsl:apply-templates select="child::*[position()=3]"/>
-	<xsl:text>}</xsl:text>
-</xsl:template>
-
-<!-- exist-->
-<xsl:template match="mml:apply[mml:exists]">
-  <mrow>
-    <mo><mchar name="Exists"/></mo>
-    <mrow>
-      <xsl:for-each select="mml:bvar[position()!=last()]">
-        <xsl:apply-templates select="."/><mo>,</mo>
-      </xsl:for-each>
-      <xsl:apply-templates select="mml:bvar[position()=last()]"/>
-    </mrow>
-    <xsl:if test="mml:condition">
-      <mrow><mo>,</mo><xsl:apply-templates select="mml:condition"/></mrow>
-    </xsl:if>
-    <xsl:choose>
-      <xsl:when test="mml:apply">
-        <mo>:</mo><xsl:apply-templates select="mml:apply"/>
-      </xsl:when>
-      <xsl:when test="mml:reln">
-        <mo>:</mo><xsl:apply-templates select="mml:reln"/>
-      </xsl:when>
-    </xsl:choose>
-  </mrow>
-</xsl:template>
-
-<!-- absolute value -->
-<xsl:template match="mml:apply[mml:abs]">
-  <mrow><mo>|</mo><xsl:apply-templates select="child::*[position()=last()]"/><mo>|</mo></mrow>
-</xsl:template>
-
-<!-- conjugate -->
-<xsl:template match="mml:apply[mml:conjugate]">
-  <mover>
-    <xsl:apply-templates select="child::*[position()=2]"/>
-    <mo><mchar name="ovbar"/></mo>  <!-- does not work, UNICODE x0233D  or perhaps OverBar-->
-  </mover>
-</xsl:template>
-
-<!-- argument of complex number -->
-<xsl:template match="mml:apply[mml:arg]">
-  <mrow>
-    <mi>arg</mi><mo><mchar name="ApplyFunction"/></mo><mfenced separators=""><xsl:apply-templates select="child::*[position()=2]"/></mfenced>
-  </mrow>
-</xsl:template>
-
-<!-- real part of complex number -->
-<xsl:template match="mml:apply[mml:real]">
-  <mrow>
-    <mi><xsl:text disable-output-escaping='yes'>&amp;#x0211C;</xsl:text><!-- mchar Re or realpart should work--></mi>
-    <mo><mchar name="ApplyFunction"/></mo>
-    <mfenced separators=""><xsl:apply-templates select="child::*[position()=2]"/></mfenced>
-  </mrow>
-</xsl:template>
-
-<!-- imaginary part of complex number -->
-<xsl:template match="mml:apply[mml:imaginary]">
-  <mrow>
-    <mi><xsl:text disable-output-escaping='yes'>&amp;#x02111;</xsl:text><!-- mchar Im or impart should work--></mi>
-    <mo><mchar name="ApplyFunction"/></mo>
-    <mfenced separators=""><xsl:apply-templates select="child::*[position()=2]"/></mfenced>
-  </mrow>
-</xsl:template>
-
-<!-- lowest common multiple -->
-<xsl:template match="mml:apply[mml:lcm]">
-  <mrow>
-    <mi>lcm</mi><mo><mchar name="ApplyFunction"/></mo>
-    <mfenced>
-      <xsl:apply-templates select="child::*[position()!=1]"/>
-    </mfenced>
-  </mrow>
-</xsl:template>
-
-
-</xsl:stylesheet>
diff --git a/docs/docbook/xslt/db2latex/mathml/mathml.content.mod.xsl b/docs/docbook/xslt/db2latex/mathml/mathml.content.mod.xsl
deleted file mode 100644
index d93ea22393d..00000000000
--- a/docs/docbook/xslt/db2latex/mathml/mathml.content.mod.xsl
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,97 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0'?>
-<!DOCTYPE xsl:stylesheet
-[
- <!ENTITY % mmlalias PUBLIC "MathML alias" "ent/mmlalias.ent">  %mmlalias;
- <!ENTITY % mmlextra PUBLIC "MathML extra" "ent/mmlextra.ent">  %mmlextra;
-]>
-<!--############################################################################# 
- |- #############################################################################
- |														
- |   PURPOSE: MathML content markup.
- |	Note: these elements are not part of the DocBook DTD. I have extended
- |    the docbook DTD in order to support this tags, so that's why I have these 
- |	templates here.
- |   
- |	MathML namespace used -> mml
- + ############################################################################## -->
-
-<xsl:stylesheet version='1.0'
-	xmlns:xsl="http://www.w3.org/1999/XSL/Transform" 
-	xmlns:mml="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML">
-
-<xsl:template match="mml:semantics">
-</xsl:template>
-
-
-<xsl:template match="mml:set|mml:list">
-</xsl:template>
-
-
-<xsl:template match="mml:matrix">
-</xsl:template>
-
-<xsl:template match="mml:reln">
-</xsl:template>
-
-<xsl:template match="mml:lambda">
-</xsl:template>
-
-
-
-
-
-
-<!-- Interval -->
-<!-- att. closure : open, closed, open-closed, or closed-open, with a default value of closed. -->
-<xsl:template match="mml:interval">
-<xsl:choose>
-	<xsl:when test="@closure = 'open'">		
-		<xsl:call-template name="interval.render">
-		<xsl:with-param name="node" select="."/>
-		<xsl:with-param name="fst">\left( </xsl:with-param>
-		<xsl:with-param name="scd">\right) </xsl:with-param>
-		</xsl:call-template>
-	</xsl:when>
-	<xsl:when test="@closure = 'open-closed'">	
-		<xsl:call-template name="interval.render">
-		<xsl:with-param name="node" select="."/>
-		<xsl:with-param name="fst">\left( </xsl:with-param>
-		<xsl:with-param name="scd">\right] </xsl:with-param>
-		</xsl:call-template>
-	</xsl:when>
-	<xsl:when test="@closure = 'closed-open'">	
-		<xsl:call-template name="interval.render">
-		<xsl:with-param name="node" select="."/>
-		<xsl:with-param name="fst">\left[ </xsl:with-param>
-		<xsl:with-param name="scd">\right) </xsl:with-param>
-		</xsl:call-template>
-	</xsl:when>
-	<xsl:otherwise> 
-		<xsl:call-template name="interval.render">
-		<xsl:with-param name="node" select="."/>
-		<xsl:with-param name="fst">\left[ </xsl:with-param>
-		<xsl:with-param name="scd">\right] </xsl:with-param>
-		</xsl:call-template>
-	</xsl:otherwise>
-</xsl:choose>
-</xsl:template>
-
-<xsl:template name="interval.render">
-<xsl:param name="node"/>
-<xsl:param name="fst"/>
-<xsl:param name="scd"/>
-<xsl:choose>
-	<!-- Two real numbers define the interval -->
-	<xsl:when test="count(child::*) = 2">
-		<xsl:value-of select="$fst"/>
-		<xsl:apply-templates select="$node/child::*[1]"/>
-		<xsl:text> , </xsl:text>
-		<xsl:apply-templates select="$node/child::*[2]"/>
-		<xsl:value-of select="$scd"/>
-	</xsl:when>
-	<!-- A condition defines the interval -->
-	<xsl:otherwise> </xsl:otherwise>
-</xsl:choose>
-</xsl:template>
-
-</xsl:stylesheet>
diff --git a/docs/docbook/xslt/db2latex/mathml/mathml.content.token.mod.xsl b/docs/docbook/xslt/db2latex/mathml/mathml.content.token.mod.xsl
deleted file mode 100644
index 1f3f5667634..00000000000
--- a/docs/docbook/xslt/db2latex/mathml/mathml.content.token.mod.xsl
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,230 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0'?>
-<!DOCTYPE xsl:stylesheet
-[
- <!ENTITY % mmlalias PUBLIC "MathML alias" "ent/mmlalias.ent">  %mmlalias;
- <!ENTITY % mmlextra PUBLIC "MathML extra" "ent/mmlextra.ent">  %mmlextra;
-]>
-<!--############################################################################# 
- |- #############################################################################
- |	
- |	PURPOSE: MathML Content Markup, tokens (ci, cn, csymbol)
- |	MathML namespace used -> mml
- + ############################################################################## -->
-
-<xsl:stylesheet version='1.0'
-	xmlns:xsl="http://www.w3.org/1999/XSL/Transform" 
-	xmlns:mml="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML">
-
-<xsl:strip-space elements="mml:math mml:mrow"/>
-
-
-<!-- Content Number --> 
-<!-- support for bases and types-->
-<xsl:template match="mml:cn">
-	<xsl:text>{</xsl:text>
-	<xsl:text>{</xsl:text>
-      	<xsl:choose>  
-      	<xsl:when test="./@type='complex-cartesian' or ./@type='complex'">
-        		<mn><xsl:value-of select="text()[position()=1]"/></mn>
-			<xsl:choose>
-				<xsl:when test="contains(text()[position()=2],'-')">
-	  				<xsl:text>-</xsl:text><xsl:value-of select="substring-after(text()[position()=2],'-')"/>
-	  			<!--	substring-after does not seem to work well in XT :
-					if imaginary part is expressed with at least one space char 
-					before the minus sign, then it does not work (we end up with 
-					two minus sign since the one in the text is kept)-->
-				</xsl:when>
-				<xsl:otherwise>
-	  				<xsl:text>+</xsl:text> <xsl:value-of select="text()[position()=2]"/>
-				</xsl:otherwise>
-			</xsl:choose>
-			<xsl:text>\dot\textrm{i}</xsl:text>
-		</xsl:when>
-      	<xsl:when test="./@type='complex-polar'">
-        		<xsl:text>\textrm{Polar}(</xsl:text><xsl:value-of select="text()[position()=1]"/><xsl:text>,</xsl:text>
-						<xsl:value-of select="text()[position()=2]"/>
-        		<xsl:text>)</xsl:text>
-		</xsl:when>
-		<xsl:when test="./@type='rational'">
-        		<xsl:text>\frac{</xsl:text><xsl:value-of select="text()[position()=1]"/><xsl:text>}{</xsl:text>
-				<xsl:value-of select="text()[position()=2]"/>
-			<xsl:text>}</xsl:text>
-		</xsl:when>
-		<xsl:otherwise>
-			<xsl:value-of select="."/>
-		</xsl:otherwise>
-	</xsl:choose>
-	<xsl:text>}</xsl:text>
-	<xsl:if test="@base and @base!=10">  <!-- base specified and different from 10 ; if base = 10 we do not display it -->
-			<xsl:text>_{</xsl:text><xsl:value-of select="@base"/><xsl:text>}</xsl:text>
-	</xsl:if>
-	<xsl:text>}</xsl:text>
-</xsl:template>
-
-
-
-<!-- Content Identifier --> 
-<!-- identifier -->
-<!--support for presentation markup-->
-<xsl:template match="mml:ci">
-<xsl:choose>  
-<xsl:when test="./@type='complex-cartesian' or ./@type='complex'">
-    	<xsl:choose>
-    		<xsl:when test="count(*)>0">  <!--if identifier is composed of real+imag parts-->
-			<xsl:text>{</xsl:text>
-			<xsl:choose>
-				<xsl:when test="*[self::mml:mchar and position()=1]">  <!-- if real part is an mchar -->
-          				<xsl:text>\textrm{</xsl:text><xsl:copy-of select="*[position()=1]"/><xsl:text>}</xsl:text>
-				</xsl:when>
-				<xsl:otherwise>  <!-- if real part is simple text -->
-          				<xsl:text>\textrm{</xsl:text><xsl:copy-of select="*[position()=1]"/><xsl:text>}</xsl:text>
-        			</xsl:otherwise>
-			</xsl:choose>
-			<xsl:choose> <!-- im part is negative-->
-				<xsl:when test="contains(text()[preceding-sibling::*[position()=1 and self::mml:sep]],'-')">
-          				<xsl:text>-\textrm{</xsl:text>
-					<xsl:choose>
-						<xsl:when test="mml:mchar[preceding-sibling::*[self::mml:sep]]"><!-- if im part is an mchar -->
-							<xsl:copy-of select="mml:mchar[preceding-sibling::*[self::mml:sep]]"/>
-						</xsl:when>
-						<xsl:otherwise><!-- if im part is simple text -->
-							<xsl:value-of select="substring-after(text()[preceding-sibling::*[position()=1 and self::mml:sep]],'-')"/>
-						</xsl:otherwise>
-					</xsl:choose>
-					<xsl:text>}</xsl:text>
-					<xsl:text>\dot\textrm{i}</xsl:text>
-				</xsl:when>
-				<xsl:otherwise> <!-- im part is not negative-->
-          				<xsl:text>+\textrm{</xsl:text>
-					<xsl:choose><!-- if im part is an mchar -->
-						<xsl:when test="mml:mchar[preceding-sibling::*[self::mml:sep]]">
-							<xsl:copy-of select="mml:mchar[preceding-sibling::*[self::mml:sep]]"/>
-						</xsl:when>
-						<xsl:otherwise><!-- if im part is simple text -->
-							<xsl:value-of select="text()[preceding-sibling::*[position()=1 and self::mml:sep]]"/>
-						</xsl:otherwise>
-					</xsl:choose>
-					<xsl:text>}</xsl:text>
-					<xsl:text>\dot\textrm{i}</xsl:text>
-				</xsl:otherwise>
-			</xsl:choose>
-			<xsl:text>}</xsl:text>
-		</xsl:when>
-		<xsl:otherwise>  <!-- if identifier is composed only of one text child-->
-			<xsl:text>\dot\textrm{</xsl:text><xsl:value-of select="."/><xsl:text>}</xsl:text>
-		</xsl:otherwise>
-	</xsl:choose>
-</xsl:when>
-<xsl:when test="./@type='complex-polar'">
-    <xsl:choose>
-    <xsl:when test="count(*)>0">   <!--if identifier is composed of real+imag parts-->
-      <xsl:text>{</xsl:text>
-        <mi>Polar</mi>
-        <mfenced><mi>
-        <xsl:value-of select="text()[following-sibling::*[self::mml:sep]]"/>
-        <xsl:if test="mml:mchar[following-sibling::*[self::mml:sep]]">
-          <xsl:copy-of select="mml:mchar[following-sibling::*[self::mml:sep]]"/>
-        </xsl:if>
-        </mi>
-        <mi>
-        <xsl:value-of select="text()[preceding-sibling::*[self::mml:sep]]"/>
-        <xsl:if test="mml:mchar[preceding-sibling::*[self::mml:sep]]">
-          <xsl:copy-of select="mml:mchar[preceding-sibling::*[self::mml:sep]]"/>
-        </xsl:if>
-        </mi></mfenced>
-      <xsl:text>}</xsl:text>
-    </xsl:when>
-    <xsl:otherwise>   <!-- if identifier is composed only of one text child-->
-      <mi><xsl:value-of select="."/></mi>
-    </xsl:otherwise>
-    </xsl:choose>
-</xsl:when> 
-<xsl:when test="./@type='rational'">
-    <xsl:choose>
-    <xsl:when test="count(*)>0"> <!--if identifier is composed of two parts-->
-      <xsl:text>{</xsl:text><mi>
-      <xsl:value-of select="text()[following-sibling::*[self::mml:sep]]"/>
-      <xsl:if test="mml:mchar[following-sibling::*[self::mml:sep]]">
-        <xsl:copy-of select="mml:mchar[following-sibling::*[self::mml:sep]]"/>
-      </xsl:if>
-      </mi>
-      <mo>/</mo>
-      <mi>
-      <xsl:value-of select="text()[preceding-sibling::*[self::mml:sep]]"/>
-      <xsl:if test="mml:mchar[preceding-sibling::*[self::mml:sep]]">
-        <xsl:copy-of select="mml:mchar[preceding-sibling::*[self::mml:sep]]"/>
-      </xsl:if>
-      </mi><xsl:text>}</xsl:text>
-    </xsl:when>
-    <xsl:otherwise>   <!-- if identifier is composed only of one text child-->
-      <mi><xsl:value-of select="."/></mi>
-    </xsl:otherwise>
-    </xsl:choose>
-  </xsl:when>
-  <xsl:when test="./@type='vector'">
-    <mi fontweight="bold">
-      <xsl:value-of select="text()"/>
-      <xsl:if test="mml:mchar">
-        <xsl:copy-of select="mml:mchar"/>
-      </xsl:if>
-    </mi>
-</xsl:when>
-  <!-- type 'set' seems to be deprecated (use 4.4.12 instead); besides, there is no easy way to translate set identifiers to chars in ISOMOPF -->
-<xsl:otherwise>  <!-- no type attribute provided -->
-	<xsl:choose>
-		<xsl:when test="mml:mchar"> <!-- test if identifier is expressed using mchar nodes -->
-      <mi><xsl:value-of select="text()"/><xsl:copy-of select="mml:mchar"/></mi>
-    </xsl:when>
-    <xsl:when test="count(node()) != count(text())">
-      <!--test if children are not all text nodes, meaning there is markup assumed 
-      to be presentation markup (the case where there are mchar nodes has been tested just before)-->
-	<xsl:text>{</xsl:text><xsl:copy-of select="child::*"/><xsl:text>}</xsl:text>
-    </xsl:when>
-    <xsl:otherwise>  <!-- common case -->
-      <mi><xsl:value-of select="."/></mi>
-    </xsl:otherwise>
-    </xsl:choose>
-</xsl:otherwise>
-</xsl:choose>
-</xsl:template>
-
-
-
-
-
-
-<!-- externally defined symbols-->
-<xsl:template match="mml:apply[mml:csymbol]">
-	<xsl:text>{</xsl:text>
-		<xsl:apply-templates select="mml:csymbol[position()=1]"/>
-	<xsl:text>\left(</xsl:text>
-	<xsl:for-each select="child::*[position()!=1]">
-		<xsl:apply-templates select="."/>
-	</xsl:for-each>
-	<xsl:text>\right)</xsl:text>
-	<xsl:text>}</xsl:text>
-</xsl:template>
-
-
-<xsl:template match="mml:csymbol">
-<xsl:choose>
-	<!--test if children are not all text nodes, meaning there is markup assumed to be presentation markup-->
-	<!--perhaps it would be sufficient to test if there is more than one node or text node-->
-	<xsl:when test="count(node()) != count(text())"> 
-		<xsl:text>{</xsl:text> <xsl:copy-of select="child::*"/> <xsl:text>}</xsl:text>
-	</xsl:when>
-	<xsl:otherwise>
-		<xsl:text>\textrm{</xsl:text> <xsl:copy-of select="."/> <xsl:text>}</xsl:text>
-	</xsl:otherwise>
-</xsl:choose>
-</xsl:template>
-
-<xsl:template match="mml:mchar">
-  <xsl:copy-of select="."/>
-</xsl:template>
-<!--
-<xsl:template match="mml:mtext">
-  <xsl:copy-of select="."/>
-</xsl:template>
--->
-</xsl:stylesheet>
diff --git a/docs/docbook/xslt/db2latex/mathml/mathml.mod.xsl b/docs/docbook/xslt/db2latex/mathml/mathml.mod.xsl
deleted file mode 100644
index f37edfb4ed7..00000000000
--- a/docs/docbook/xslt/db2latex/mathml/mathml.mod.xsl
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,49 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0'?>
-<!DOCTYPE xsl:stylesheet
-[
- <!ENTITY % mmlalias PUBLIC "MathML alias" "ent/mmlalias.ent">  %mmlalias;
- <!ENTITY % mmlextra PUBLIC "MathML extra" "ent/mmlextra.ent">  %mmlextra;
-]>
-<!--############################################################################# 
- |- #############################################################################
- |														
- |   PURPOSE: MathML presentation and content markup.
- |	Note: these elements are not part of the DocBook DTD. I have extended
- |    the docbook DTD in order to support this tags, so that's why I have these 
- |	templates here.
- |   
- |	MathML namespace used -> mml
- + ############################################################################## -->
-
-<xsl:stylesheet version='1.0'
-	xmlns:xsl="http://www.w3.org/1999/XSL/Transform" 
-	xmlns:mml="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML">
-
-<xsl:strip-space elements="mml:math mml:mrow"/>
-
-
-<xsl:template match="mml:math">
-	<xsl:text>
-\begin{displaymath}
-</xsl:text>
-	<xsl:apply-templates/>
-	<xsl:text>
-\end{displaymath}
-</xsl:text>
-</xsl:template>
-
-<xsl:template match="mml:math[@mode='inline']">
-	<xsl:text> \begin{math} </xsl:text>
-	<xsl:apply-templates/>
-	<xsl:text> \end{math} </xsl:text>
-</xsl:template>
-
-<xsl:template match="mml:math[@mode='display']">
-	<xsl:text>
-\begin{displaymath}
-</xsl:text>
-	<xsl:apply-templates/>
-	<xsl:text>
-\end{displaymath}
-</xsl:text>
-</xsl:template>
-
-
-<xsl:template match="p">
-	<xsl:text>\section{</xsl:text> <xsl:value-of select="normalize-space(.)"/> <xsl:text>}
-</xsl:text>
-</xsl:template>
-
-
-</xsl:stylesheet>
diff --git a/docs/docbook/xslt/db2latex/mathml/mathml.presentation.mod.xsl b/docs/docbook/xslt/db2latex/mathml/mathml.presentation.mod.xsl
deleted file mode 100644
index ce3c7c9a4d8..00000000000
--- a/docs/docbook/xslt/db2latex/mathml/mathml.presentation.mod.xsl
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,491 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0'?>
-<!DOCTYPE xsl:stylesheet
-[
- <!ENTITY % mmlalias PUBLIC "MathML alias" "ent/mmlalias.ent">  %mmlalias;
- <!ENTITY % mmlextra PUBLIC "MathML extra" "ent/mmlextra.ent">  %mmlextra;
-]>
-<!--############################################################################# 
- |- #############################################################################
- |														
- |   PURPOSE: MathML presentation markup.
- |	Note: these elements are not part of the DocBook DTD. I have extended
- |    the docbook DTD in order to support this tags, so that's why I have these 
- |	templates here.
- |   
- |	MathML namespace used -> mml
- + ############################################################################## -->
-
-<xsl:stylesheet version='1.0'
-	xmlns:xsl="http://www.w3.org/1999/XSL/Transform" 
-	xmlns:mml="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML">
-
-<xsl:template match="mml:mrow">
-	<xsl:text>{</xsl:text> <xsl:apply-templates/> <xsl:text>}</xsl:text>
-</xsl:template>
-
-<xsl:variable name="latex.entities.xml" select="document('latex.entities.xml')"/>
-
-
-<!-- TOKENS -->
-<!-- Math Identifier -->
-<xsl:template match="mml:mi">
-	<xsl:variable name="fontstyle" select="@fontstyle"/>
-	<xsl:variable name="identifier" select="normalize-space(.)"/>
-	<xsl:variable name="equivalent">
-		<xsl:if test="string-length($identifier)=1">
-			<xsl:value-of select="$latex.entities.xml/latex/character[@entity=$identifier]"/>
-		</xsl:if>
-	</xsl:variable>
-	<xsl:choose>
-		<xsl:when test="$identifier='&ExponentialE;'">
-			<xsl:text>\textrm{e}</xsl:text>
-		</xsl:when>
-		<xsl:when test="$identifier='&ImaginaryI;'">
-			<xsl:text>\textrm{i}</xsl:text>
-		</xsl:when>
-		<xsl:when test="$identifier='&#x0221E;'"><!--/infty infinity -->
-			<xsl:text>\infty</xsl:text>
-		</xsl:when>
-		<!-- currently tries to map single-character identifiers only -->
-		<xsl:when test="$equivalent!=''">
-			<xsl:text>{</xsl:text>
-			<xsl:copy-of select="$equivalent"/>
-			<xsl:text>}</xsl:text>
-		</xsl:when>
-		<xsl:otherwise>
-			<xsl:if test="$fontstyle='normal' or string-length($identifier)&gt;1">
-				<xsl:text>\textrm</xsl:text>
-			</xsl:if>
-			<xsl:text>{</xsl:text>
-			<xsl:copy-of select="$identifier"/>
-			<xsl:text>}</xsl:text>
-		</xsl:otherwise>
-	</xsl:choose>
-</xsl:template>
-
-<!-- Math Number -->
-<xsl:template match="mml:mn">
-	<xsl:copy-of select="normalize-space(.)"/>
-</xsl:template>
-
-<!-- Math Phantom -->
-<xsl:template match="mml:mphantom">
-	<xsl:apply-templates/>
-</xsl:template>
-
-<!-- Empty unless $character is a single character -->
-<xsl:template name="generate.equivalent">
-	<xsl:param name="arguments" select="0"/>
-	<xsl:param name="character"/>
-	<xsl:if test="string-length($character)=1">
-		<xsl:choose>
-			<xsl:when test="$arguments&gt;0">
-				<xsl:value-of select="$latex.entities.xml/latex/character[@entity=$character and @arguments=$arguments]"/>
-			</xsl:when>
-			<xsl:otherwise>
-				<xsl:value-of select="$latex.entities.xml/latex/character[@entity=$character and @arguments='']"/>
-			</xsl:otherwise>
-		</xsl:choose>
-	</xsl:if>
-</xsl:template>
-
-<!-- Math Operator -->
-<xsl:template match="mml:mo">
-	<xsl:variable name="operator" select="normalize-space(.)"/>
-	<xsl:variable name="equivalent">
-		<xsl:call-template name="generate.equivalent">
-			<xsl:with-param name="character" select="$operator"/>
-		</xsl:call-template>
-	</xsl:variable>
-	<xsl:choose>
-		<xsl:when test="$operator='&ApplyFunction;'">
-			<xsl:text></xsl:text>
-		</xsl:when>
-		<xsl:when test="$operator='&InvisibleComma;'">
-			<xsl:text>\thinspace</xsl:text>
-		</xsl:when>
-		<xsl:when test="$operator='&InvisibleTimes;'">
-			<xsl:text>\thinspace</xsl:text>
-		</xsl:when>
-		<xsl:when test="$operator='&Integral;'">
-			<xsl:text>\int</xsl:text>
-		</xsl:when>
-		<xsl:when test="$operator='&Product;'">
-			<xsl:text>\prod</xsl:text>
-		</xsl:when>
-		<xsl:when test="$operator='&Sum;'">
-			<xsl:text>\sum</xsl:text>
-		</xsl:when>
-		<xsl:when test="$operator='&Hat;'">
-			<xsl:text>\sphat</xsl:text>
-		</xsl:when>
-		<xsl:when test="$operator='&RightArrow;'">
-			<xsl:text>\longrightarrow</xsl:text>
-		</xsl:when>
-		<xsl:when test="$operator='&Element;'">
-			<xsl:text>\in</xsl:text>
-		</xsl:when>
-		<xsl:when test="$operator='&VerticalBar;'">
-			<xsl:text>|</xsl:text>
-		</xsl:when>
-		<xsl:when test="$operator='&DifferentialD;'">
-			<xsl:text>\textrm{d}</xsl:text>
-		</xsl:when>
-		<xsl:when test="$operator='('">
-			<xsl:text> {\left( </xsl:text>
-		</xsl:when>
-		<xsl:when test="$operator=')'">
-			<xsl:text> \right)} </xsl:text>
-		</xsl:when>
-		<xsl:when test="$operator='{'">
-			<xsl:text> {\left\{ </xsl:text>
-		</xsl:when>
-		<xsl:when test="$operator='}'">
-			<xsl:text> \right\}} </xsl:text>
-		</xsl:when>
-		<xsl:when test="$operator='['">
-			<xsl:text> {\left[ </xsl:text>
-		</xsl:when>
-		<xsl:when test="$operator=']'">
-			<xsl:text> \right]} </xsl:text>
-		</xsl:when>
-		<xsl:when test="$operator='max'">
-			<xsl:text> \max </xsl:text>
-		</xsl:when>
-		<xsl:when test="$operator='min'">
-			<xsl:text> \min </xsl:text>
-		</xsl:when>
-		<xsl:when test="$operator='+' or $operator='-' or $operator='/' or $operator='*'">
-			<xsl:value-of select="$operator"/>
-		</xsl:when>
-		<xsl:when test="$equivalent">
-			<xsl:value-of select="$equivalent"/>
-		</xsl:when>
-		<xsl:otherwise>
-			<xsl:text>\operatorname{</xsl:text>
-			<xsl:value-of select="$operator" />
-			<xsl:text>}</xsl:text>
-		</xsl:otherwise>
-	</xsl:choose>
-</xsl:template>
-
-<!-- Math String -->
-<xsl:template match="mml:ms">
-	<xsl:text>\textrm{</xsl:text>
-	<xsl:copy-of select="normalize-space(.)" />
-	<xsl:text>}</xsl:text>
-</xsl:template>
-
-<!-- Math Text -->
-<xsl:template match="mml:mtext">
-	<xsl:message>RCAS mtext, <xsl:copy-of select="."/> </xsl:message>
-	<xsl:text>\textrm{</xsl:text>
-	<xsl:copy-of select="." />
-	<xsl:text>}</xsl:text>
-</xsl:template>
-
-<!-- Math Space -->
-<xsl:template match="mml:mspace">
-	<xsl:if test="@width!='' and not(contains(@width,'%'))">
-		<xsl:text>\textrm{\hspace{</xsl:text><!-- kludge! -->
-		<xsl:value-of select="@width"/>
-		<xsl:text>}}</xsl:text>
-	</xsl:if>
-	<xsl:if test="@height!='' or @depth!=''">
-		<xsl:message>Warning: mspace support does not include height or depth.</xsl:message>
-	</xsl:if>
-</xsl:template>
-
-
-
-
-
-<xsl:template match="mml:msup">
-        <xsl:apply-templates select="*[1]"/>
-        <xsl:text>^{</xsl:text><xsl:apply-templates select="*[2]"/><xsl:text>}</xsl:text>
-</xsl:template>
-
-<xsl:template match="mml:msub">
-        <xsl:apply-templates select="*[1]"/>
-        <xsl:text>_{</xsl:text><xsl:apply-templates select="*[2]"/><xsl:text>}</xsl:text>
-</xsl:template>
-
-<xsl:template match="mml:msubsup">
-<xsl:choose>
-	<xsl:when test="name(*[1])='mo'">
-		<xsl:apply-templates select="*[1]"/>
-		<!-- sub -->
-		<xsl:text>_{</xsl:text><xsl:apply-templates select="*[2]"/><xsl:text>}</xsl:text>
-		<!-- super -->
-		<xsl:text>^{</xsl:text><xsl:apply-templates select="*[3]"/><xsl:text>}</xsl:text>
-     </xsl:when>
-     <xsl:otherwise>
-	     	<!-- base -->
-		<xsl:text>{</xsl:text><xsl:apply-templates select="*[1]"/><xsl:text>}</xsl:text>
-		<!-- sub -->
-		<xsl:text>_{</xsl:text><xsl:apply-templates select="*[2]"/><xsl:text>}</xsl:text>
-		<!-- super -->
-		<xsl:text>^{</xsl:text><xsl:apply-templates select="*[3]"/><xsl:text>}</xsl:text>
-	</xsl:otherwise>
-</xsl:choose>
-</xsl:template>
-
-<xsl:template match="mml:mmultiscripts">
-</xsl:template>
-
-<xsl:template match="mml:munder">
-<!--
-<xsl:choose>
-	<xsl:when test="*[2] = &#818;">
-		<xsl:text>\underline{</xsl:text><xsl:apply-templates select="*[1]"/><xsl:text>}</xsl:text>
-	</xsl:when>
-	<xsl:when test="normalize-space(*[2]) = &#65080;">
-		<xsl:text>\underbrace{</xsl:text><xsl:apply-templates select="*[1]"/><xsl:text>}</xsl:text>
-	</xsl:when>
-	<xsl:when test="normalize-space(*[2]) = &#9141;">
-		<xsl:text>\underbrace{</xsl:text><xsl:apply-templates select="*[1]"/><xsl:text>}</xsl:text>
-	</xsl:when>
-	<xsl:otherwise>
-	<xsl:text>\underset{</xsl:text>
-		<xsl:apply-templates select="*[2]"/>
-	<xsl:text>}{</xsl:text>
-		<xsl:apply-templates select="*[1]"/>
-	<xsl:text>}</xsl:text>
--->
-	<xsl:text>{</xsl:text>
-	<xsl:apply-templates select="*[1]"/>
-	<xsl:text>_{</xsl:text>
-	<xsl:apply-templates select="*[2]"/>
-	<xsl:text>}}</xsl:text>
-<!--
-	</xsl:otherwise>
-</xsl:choose>
--->
-</xsl:template>
-<xsl:template match="mml:mover">
-<!--<xsl:choose>
-	<xsl:when test="normalize-space(*[2]) = &#175;">
-		<xsl:text>\overline{</xsl:text><xsl:apply-templates select="*[1]"/><xsl:text>}</xsl:text>
-	</xsl:when>
-	<xsl:when test="normalize-space(*[2]) = &#65079;"> 
-		<xsl:text>\overbrace{</xsl:text><xsl:apply-templates select="*[1]"/><xsl:text>}</xsl:text>
-	</xsl:when>
-	<xsl:when test="normalize-space(*[2]) = &#65077;"> 
-		<xsl:text>\widehat{</xsl:text><xsl:apply-templates select="*[1]"/><xsl:text>}</xsl:text>
-	</xsl:when>
-	<xsl:when test="normalize-space(*[2]) = &#9140;">
-		<xsl:text>\widehat{</xsl:text><xsl:apply-templates select="*[1]"/><xsl:text>}</xsl:text>
-	</xsl:when>
-	<xsl:otherwise>
-	</xsl:otherwise>
-</xsl:choose>-->
-	<xsl:choose>
-		<xsl:when test="@accent='true' or ( local-name(*[2])='mo' and not(@accent='false'))">
-			<xsl:variable name="equivalent">
-				<xsl:call-template name="generate.equivalent">
-					<xsl:with-param name="arguments" select="1"/>
-					<xsl:with-param name="character" select="normalize-space(*[2])"/>
-				</xsl:call-template>
-			</xsl:variable>
-			<xsl:choose>
-				<xsl:when test="$equivalent!=''">
-					<xsl:text>{</xsl:text>
-					<xsl:value-of select="$equivalent"/>
-					<xsl:text>{</xsl:text>
-					<xsl:apply-templates select="*[1]"/>
-					<xsl:text>}}</xsl:text>
-				</xsl:when>
-				<xsl:otherwise>
-					<xsl:text>{</xsl:text>
-					<xsl:apply-templates select="*[1]"/>
-					<xsl:text>^{</xsl:text>
-					<xsl:apply-templates select="*[2]"/>
-					<xsl:text>}}</xsl:text>
-				</xsl:otherwise>
-			</xsl:choose>
-		</xsl:when>
-		<xsl:otherwise>
-			<xsl:text>{</xsl:text>
-			<xsl:apply-templates select="*[1]"/>
-			<xsl:text>^{</xsl:text>
-			<xsl:apply-templates select="*[2]"/>
-			<xsl:text>}}</xsl:text>
-		</xsl:otherwise>
-	</xsl:choose>
-</xsl:template>
-
-
-
-<!-- Math UnderOver -->
-<xsl:template match="mml:munderover">
-	<xsl:text>{</xsl:text>
-	<xsl:apply-templates select="*[1]"/>
-	<xsl:text>_{</xsl:text>
-	<xsl:apply-templates select="*[2]"/>
-	<xsl:text>}</xsl:text>
-	<xsl:text>^{</xsl:text>
-	<xsl:apply-templates select="*[3]"/>
-	<xsl:text>}}</xsl:text>
-	<!--
-	<xsl:text>\overset{</xsl:text>
-			<xsl:apply-templates select="*[3]"/>
-		<xsl:text>}{\underset{</xsl:text>
-				<xsl:apply-templates select="*[2]"/>
-					<xsl:text>}{</xsl:text>
-				<xsl:apply-templates select="*[1]"/>
-	<xsl:text>}}</xsl:text>
-	-->
-</xsl:template>
-
-
-
-<!-- Math Fenced -->
-<xsl:template match="mml:mfenced">
-<!-- get open,close, separators att -->
-	<xsl:choose>
-		<xsl:when test="@open='('">
-			<xsl:text> {\left( </xsl:text>
-		</xsl:when>
-		<xsl:when test="@open='{'">
-			<xsl:text> {\left\{ </xsl:text>
-		</xsl:when>
-		<xsl:when test="@open='['">
-			<xsl:text> {\left[\, </xsl:text>
-		</xsl:when>
-		<xsl:otherwise>
-			<xsl:text> {\left( </xsl:text>
-		</xsl:otherwise>
-	</xsl:choose>
-	<xsl:apply-templates select="*[1]"/>
-	<xsl:choose>
-		<xsl:when test="@close=')'">
-			<xsl:text> \right)} </xsl:text>
-		</xsl:when>
-		<xsl:when test="@close='}'">
-			<xsl:text> \right\}} </xsl:text>
-		</xsl:when>
-		<xsl:when test="@close=']'">
-			<xsl:text> \,\right]} </xsl:text>
-		</xsl:when>
-		<xsl:otherwise>
-			<xsl:text> \right)} </xsl:text>
-		</xsl:otherwise>
-	</xsl:choose>
-</xsl:template>
-
-
-
-<!-- Math frac -->
-<xsl:template match="mml:mfrac">
-<xsl:choose>
-<xsl:when test="@linethickness">
-	<xsl:choose>
-	<xsl:when test="@linethickness='thin'">
-		<xsl:text> \frac[1pt]{ </xsl:text>
-	</xsl:when>
-	<xsl:when test="@linethickness='medium'">
-		<xsl:text> \frac[1.1pt]{ </xsl:text>
-	</xsl:when>
-	<xsl:when test="@linethickness='thick'">
-		<xsl:text> \frac[1.2pt]{ </xsl:text>
-	</xsl:when>
-	<xsl:otherwise>
-		<xsl:text> \frac[</xsl:text><xsl:value-of select="@linethickness"/><xsl:text>]{ </xsl:text>
-	</xsl:otherwise>
-	</xsl:choose>
-</xsl:when>
-<xsl:otherwise>
-	<xsl:text> \frac{ </xsl:text>
-</xsl:otherwise>
-</xsl:choose>
-<!--	<xsl:value-of select="*[1]"/> -->
-<xsl:apply-templates select="*[1]"/>
-<xsl:text> }{ </xsl:text>
-<!--	<xsl:value-of select="*[2]"/> -->
-<xsl:apply-templates select="*[2]"/>
-<xsl:text> }</xsl:text>
-</xsl:template>
-
-
-<!-- Math msqrt -->
-<xsl:template match="mml:msqrt">
-	<xsl:text> \sqrt{ </xsl:text>
-	<xsl:apply-templates/>
-	<xsl:text> }</xsl:text>
-</xsl:template>
-
-
-<!-- Math mroot -->
-<xsl:template match="mml:mroot">
-	<xsl:text> \sqrt[</xsl:text><xsl:apply-templates select="*[1]"/><xsl:text>]{</xsl:text>
-		<xsl:apply-templates select="*[2]"/><xsl:text> }</xsl:text>
-</xsl:template>
-
-
-
-<xsl:template name="mtable.format.tabular">
-  	<xsl:param name="cols" select="1"/>
-	<xsl:param name="i" select="1"/>
-  	<xsl:choose>
-		<!-- Out of the recursive iteration -->
-    		<xsl:when test="$i > $cols"></xsl:when>
-		<!-- There are still columns to count -->
-    		<xsl:otherwise>
-        		<xsl:text>c</xsl:text>
-				<!-- Recursive for next column -->
-      			<xsl:call-template name="mtable.format.tabular">
-        				<xsl:with-param name="i" select="$i+1"/>
-        				<xsl:with-param name="cols" select="$cols"/>
-      			</xsl:call-template>
-    		</xsl:otherwise>
-	</xsl:choose>
-</xsl:template>
-
-
-<xsl:template match="mml:mtable">
-<xsl:variable name="rows" select="mml:mtr"/>
-\begin{array}{<xsl:text></xsl:text>
-<xsl:call-template name="mtable.format.tabular"><xsl:with-param name="cols" select="count($rows)"/></xsl:call-template>
-<xsl:text>}\hline&#10;</xsl:text>
-	<xsl:apply-templates/>
-<xsl:text>\end{array} </xsl:text>
-</xsl:template>
-
-<xsl:template match="mml:mtr">
-<!-- Row starts here -->
-<xsl:apply-templates/>
-<!-- End Row here -->
-</xsl:template>
-
-<xsl:template match="mml:mtd">
-    <xsl:apply-templates/><xsl:text> &amp; </xsl:text> 
-</xsl:template>
-
-<xsl:template match="mml:mtd[position()=last()]">
-    <xsl:apply-templates/>\\ \hline 
-</xsl:template>
-
-<xsl:template match="mml:mtd[position()=last()]">
-    <xsl:apply-templates/>\\ \hline
-</xsl:template>
-
-<xsl:template match="mml:mphantom">
-    <xsl:apply-templates mode="phantom"/>
-</xsl:template>
-
-<xsl:template match="mml:mi" mode="phantom">
-	<xsl:variable name="fontstyle" select="@fontstyle"/>
-	<xsl:variable name="identifier" select="normalize-space(.)"/>
-	<xsl:choose>
-		<xsl:when test="$identifier='&ExponentialE;'">
-			<xsl:text>\textrm{e}</xsl:text>
-		</xsl:when>
-		<xsl:when test="$identifier='&ImaginaryI;'">
-			<xsl:text>\textrm{i}</xsl:text>
-		</xsl:when>
-		<xsl:otherwise>
-			<xsl:text>\textrm{</xsl:text> <xsl:copy-of select="$identifier"/> <xsl:text>}</xsl:text>
-		</xsl:otherwise>
-	</xsl:choose>
-</xsl:template>
-</xsl:stylesheet>
diff --git a/docs/docbook/xslt/expand-sambadoc.xsl b/docs/docbook/xslt/expand-sambadoc.xsl
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..2749fdf3e99
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/docbook/xslt/expand-sambadoc.xsl
@@ -0,0 +1,304 @@
+<?xml version='1.0'?>
+<xsl:stylesheet xmlns:xsl="http://www.w3.org/1999/XSL/Transform"
+                xmlns:exsl="http://exslt.org/common"
+                xmlns:samba="http://samba.org/common"
+				version="1.1"
+                extension-element-prefixes="exsl">
+
+<xsl:output method="xml"/>
+
+<xsl:param name="xmlSambaNsUri" select="'http://samba.org/common'"/>
+
+<xsl:template match="reference/refentry/refsect1">
+	<xsl:if test="title!='VERSION' and title!='AUTHOR'">
+		<xsl:element name="refsect1">
+			<xsl:if test="@id!=''">
+				<xsl:attribute name="id">
+					<xsl:value-of select="@id"/>
+				</xsl:attribute>
+			</xsl:if>
+			<xsl:apply-templates/>			
+		</xsl:element>
+	</xsl:if>
+</xsl:template>
+
+<xsl:template match="reference/refentry">
+    <xsl:element name="section">
+        <xsl:attribute name="id">
+            <xsl:value-of select="@id"/>
+        </xsl:attribute>
+        <xsl:element name="title">
+            <xsl:value-of select="refmeta/refentrytitle"/>
+<!--			<xsl:text> (</xsl:text>
+			<xsl:value-of select="refnamediv/refpurpose"/>
+			<xsl:text>)</xsl:text>-->
+        </xsl:element>
+        <xsl:apply-templates/>
+    </xsl:element>
+</xsl:template>
+
+<xsl:template match="reference/refentry/refmeta"/>
+
+<xsl:template match="reference/refentry/refnamediv"/>
+
+<xsl:template match="reference">
+	<xsl:element name="appendix">
+		<xsl:attribute name="id">
+			<xsl:value-of select="@id"/>
+		</xsl:attribute>
+		<xsl:apply-templates/>
+	</xsl:element>
+</xsl:template>
+
+<xsl:template match="/node()">
+	<xsl:text disable-output-escaping="yes">
+&lt;!DOCTYPE </xsl:text><xsl:value-of select="name(.)"/><xsl:text disable-output-escaping="yes"> PUBLIC "-//OASIS//DTD DocBook XML V4.2//EN"
+	        "http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/xml/4.2/docbookx.dtd" [
+
+	&lt;!ENTITY % globalentities SYSTEM 'global.ent'> %globalentities;
+ ]>
+</xsl:text>
+<xsl:copy>
+    <xsl:attribute name="id"><xsl:value-of select="@id"/></xsl:attribute>
+    <xsl:apply-templates/>
+</xsl:copy>
+</xsl:template>
+
+
+<!-- This is needed to copy content unchanged -->
+<xsl:template match="@*|node()">
+
+  <xsl:copy>
+    <xsl:apply-templates select="@*|node()"/>
+  </xsl:copy>
+</xsl:template>
+
+<xsl:template match="smbconfexample/smbconfoption|smbconfblock/smbconfoption">
+	<xsl:element name="member">
+		<xsl:element name="parameter">
+			<xsl:value-of select="name"/>
+	    	<xsl:choose>
+		  	<xsl:when test="value != ''">
+				<xsl:text> = </xsl:text>
+				<xsl:value-of select="value"/>
+			</xsl:when>
+		  </xsl:choose>
+		</xsl:element>
+	</xsl:element>
+</xsl:template>
+
+<xsl:template match="smbconfexample/smbconfcomment|smbconfblock/smbconfcomment">
+	<xsl:element name="member">
+		<xsl:text># </xsl:text>
+		<xsl:apply-templates/>
+	</xsl:element>
+</xsl:template>
+
+<xsl:template match="smbconfexample/smbconfsection|smbconfblock/smbconfsection">
+	<xsl:element name="member">
+		<xsl:text> </xsl:text>
+	</xsl:element>
+	<xsl:element name="member">
+		<xsl:element name="parameter">
+			<xsl:apply-templates/>
+		</xsl:element>
+	</xsl:element>
+</xsl:template>
+
+<xsl:template match="smbconfoption">
+  <!-- Include an index term -->
+  <xsl:element name="indexterm">
+  	<xsl:element name="primary">
+		<xsl:value-of select="name"/>
+	</xsl:element>
+  </xsl:element>
+		
+<!-- FIXME: Do this only when smb.conf is included 
+  <xsl:element name="link">
+	  <xsl:attribute name="linkend">
+	  	<xsl:value-of select="translate(translate(string(name),' ',''),'abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz','ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ')"/>
+	  </xsl:attribute>-->
+
+	  <xsl:element name="parameter">
+	    <xsl:attribute name="moreinfo">
+		   <xsl:text>none</xsl:text>
+		</xsl:attribute>
+		<xsl:value-of select="name"/>	
+	  </xsl:element>
+
+	  <xsl:choose>
+	  	<xsl:when test="value != ''">
+			<xsl:text> = </xsl:text>
+			<xsl:value-of select="value"/>
+		</xsl:when>
+	  </xsl:choose>
+	  <!--
+  </xsl:element>-->
+</xsl:template>
+
+<!-- FIXME: Needs extension sometime -->
+<xsl:template match="ntgroup|ntuser">
+	<xsl:element name="emphasis">
+		<xsl:apply-templates/>
+	</xsl:element>
+</xsl:template>
+
+<xsl:template match="smbconfexample">
+ 	<xsl:choose>
+	  	<xsl:when test="title = ''">
+			<xsl:message>
+			<xsl:text>Warning: smbconfexample does not have title!</xsl:text>
+			</xsl:message>
+		</xsl:when>
+	</xsl:choose>
+	<xsl:element name="example">
+		<xsl:choose>
+			<xsl:when test="@id != ''">
+				<xsl:attribute name="id">
+					<xsl:value-of select="@id"/>
+				</xsl:attribute>
+			</xsl:when>
+		</xsl:choose>
+					
+		<xsl:element name="title">
+			<xsl:value-of select="title"/>
+		</xsl:element>
+		<xsl:element name="simplelist">
+			<xsl:apply-templates/>
+		</xsl:element>
+	</xsl:element>
+</xsl:template>
+
+<xsl:template match="smbconfexample/title">
+</xsl:template>
+
+<xsl:template match="smbconfblock">
+	<xsl:element name="simplelist">
+		<xsl:apply-templates/>
+	</xsl:element>
+</xsl:template>
+
+<xsl:template match="smbconfsection">
+	<xsl:element name="parameter">
+		<xsl:apply-templates/>
+	</xsl:element>
+</xsl:template>
+
+<xsl:template match="smbconfcomment">
+	<xsl:text># </xsl:text>
+	<xsl:apply-templates/>
+</xsl:template>
+
+<xsl:template match="image">
+	<xsl:element name="figure">
+		<xsl:attribute name="id">
+			<xsl:choose>
+				<xsl:when test="@id != ''">
+					<xsl:value-of select="@id"/>
+				</xsl:when>
+				<xsl:otherwise>
+					<xsl:value-of select="imagefile"/>
+				</xsl:otherwise>
+			</xsl:choose>
+		</xsl:attribute>
+			
+		<xsl:element name="title">
+			<xsl:value-of select="imagedescription"/>
+		</xsl:element>
+		<xsl:element name="mediaobject">
+			<xsl:element name="imageobject">
+				<xsl:attribute name="role"><xsl:text>latex</xsl:text></xsl:attribute>
+				<xsl:element name="imagedata">
+					<xsl:attribute name="fileref">
+						<xsl:text>projdoc/imagefiles/</xsl:text><xsl:value-of select="imagefile"/></xsl:attribute>
+					<xsl:attribute name="scale">
+						<xsl:choose>
+						    <xsl:when test="@scale != ''">
+								<xsl:value-of select="@scale"/>
+							</xsl:when>
+
+							<xsl:otherwise>
+								<xsl:text>50</xsl:text>
+							</xsl:otherwise>
+						</xsl:choose>
+					</xsl:attribute>
+					<xsl:attribute name="scalefit"><xsl:text>1</xsl:text></xsl:attribute>
+				</xsl:element>
+			</xsl:element>
+			<xsl:element name="imageobject">
+				<xsl:element name="imagedata">
+					<xsl:attribute name="fileref">
+						<xsl:text>projdoc/imagefiles/</xsl:text><xsl:value-of select="imagefile"/><xsl:text>.png</xsl:text></xsl:attribute>
+					<xsl:attribute name="scale"><xsl:text>50</xsl:text></xsl:attribute>
+					<xsl:attribute name="scalefit"><xsl:text>1</xsl:text></xsl:attribute>
+				</xsl:element>
+			</xsl:element>
+		</xsl:element>
+	</xsl:element>
+</xsl:template>
+
+<xsl:template match="//samba:parameter">
+  <!-- reconstruct varlistentry - not all of them will go into separate files
+       and also we must repair the main varlistentry itself.
+  -->
+  <xsl:variable name="name"><xsl:value-of select="translate(translate(string(@name),' ',''),
+                  'abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz','ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ')"/>
+  </xsl:variable>
+
+  <xsl:variable name="anchor">
+     <xsl:element name="anchor">
+        <xsl:attribute name="id">
+          <xsl:value-of select="$name"/>
+        </xsl:attribute>
+     </xsl:element>
+  </xsl:variable>
+
+  <xsl:variable name="context">
+     <xsl:text> (</xsl:text>
+     <xsl:value-of select="@context"/>
+     <xsl:text>)</xsl:text>
+  </xsl:variable>
+
+  <xsl:variable name="term">
+     <xsl:element name="term">
+          <xsl:copy-of select="$anchor"/>
+          <xsl:value-of select="@name"/>
+          <xsl:value-of select="$context"/>
+     </xsl:element>
+  </xsl:variable>
+
+  <xsl:variable name="content">
+       <xsl:apply-templates/>
+  </xsl:variable>
+  
+  <xsl:element name="varlistentry">
+     <xsl:text>&#10;</xsl:text>     
+     <xsl:element name="indexterm">
+     	<xsl:attribute name="significance">
+		<xsl:text>preferred</xsl:text>
+	</xsl:attribute>
+     	<xsl:element name="primary">
+	<xsl:value-of select="@name"/>
+	</xsl:element>
+     </xsl:element>
+     <xsl:copy-of select="$term"/>
+     <xsl:copy-of select="$content"/>
+     <xsl:text>
+</xsl:text>     
+  </xsl:element>
+
+</xsl:template>
+
+<xsl:template match="ulink">
+	<xsl:element name="ulink">
+		<xsl:attribute name="url">
+			<xsl:value-of select="@url"/>
+		</xsl:attribute>
+	
+		<xsl:apply-templates/>
+		
+	</xsl:element>
+</xsl:template>
+
+
+</xsl:stylesheet>
author	Gerald Carter <jerry@samba.org>	2003-08-15 19:32:45 +0000
committer	Gerald Carter <jerry@samba.org>	2003-08-15 19:32:45 +0000
commit	603b66d22d486c254b0b710165e952f77e57c594 (patch)
tree	b95a7785ffd62a6367645ed7b95356204f534317
parent	c62c8711be1f839b9ec91fbd93c1e76090763349 (diff)
download	samba-603b66d22d486c254b0b710165e952f77e57c594.tar.gz